(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "A Dictionary of the Suahili Language"

Gougle 



This is adigital copy of a biK)k ihal was prcscrvcd for gL'iiL'ralions on library sIil'Ivl's bclbrc il was c^LrL'l liIIv sclliiiil-lI by Googlc as parl of a projccl 

to makc thc world's books discovcrablc onlinc. 

Il has survivL-d long L-nough for llu- copyrighl lo cspirc and thc book to cntcr thc public domain. A public domain book is onc that was ncvcr subjccl 

to copyrighl or whosc lcgal copyrighl tcrni has c.\pircd. Whcthcr abook is in thc public dornairi rnay vary country tocountry. Publicdomain books 

arc our gatcways to thc past. rcprcscnting a wcalth of history. culturc and knowlcdgc that's oftcn dillicult to discovcr. 

Marks. notations and othcr riiarginalia prcscnt in thc original volumc will appcar in this lilc - a rcmindcr of this book's long journcy from thc 

publishcr to a library and linally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Googlc is proud to partncr with librariL's U> digili/L' public doiiiain malL'rials and niakL' llu'in widcly acccssiblc. Public doniain books bclong to thc 
public and wc arc mcrcly llu'ir L'uslodians. Nl'vltiIu'Il'ss. this work is iwpcnsivc. so in ordcr to kL-L-p providing ihis rcsourcc. wc havc takcn stcps to 
prcvcnt abusc by coninicrcial parlics. iiicIlicIiiilj placiiig: lcclmical rL'strictions 011 automatcd qucrying. 
Wc alsoasklhat you: 

+ Make non-commerciai u.se ofthe fi/es Wl' dcsigncd Googlc Book Scarch for usc by individuals. and wc rcL|ucst thal you usc thcsc filcs for 
pcrsonal, non-commcrcial purposcs. 

+ Refrain from uittomuted f/uerying Donot scnd autoniatcd L|ucrics of any sort to Googlc's systcni: If you arc conducting rcscarch on machinc 
translation. optical charactcr rccognition or othcr arcas whcrc acccss to a largc aniount of tc.\t is hclpful. plcasc contact us. Wc cncouragc thc 
uscofpublic domain matcrials for thcsc purposcs and may bc ablc to hclp. 

+ Maintain attribution Thc Googlc "watcrniark" you scc on cach lilc is csscntial for inforiiiiiig pcoplc about this projcct and hclping thcm lind 
additional matL-rials ihrough Googk' ISook Scarch. Pk-asL' do not rcmovc it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatcvcr your usc. rcmcmbcr that you arc rcsponsiblc for cnsuring that what you arc doing is lcgal. Do not assumc that just 
bccausc wc bclicvc a biK>k is in thc public domain for uscrs in thc Unitcd Statcs. that thc work is also in thc public domain for uscrs in othcr 

L'ounlriL's. WliL'lliL'r a book is slill in copyrighl vark's from L'ounlry lo coLinlry. and wl- can'l ofll'r guidaiiL'L' on whclhcr any spL'cilic lisl' of 
any spccilic biK>k is allowcd. Plcasc do not assumc that a b(K>k's appcarancc in Googlc Book Scarch mcans it can bc uscd in any manncr 
anywhcrc in thc world. Copyrighl iiilriiigciiiciil liability can bc quitc scvcrc. 

About Google Book Search 

Googlc's niission is lo organizc thc world's information and to makc it univcrsally acccssiblc and uscl'ul. Googlc Book Scarch hclps rcadcrs 
discovL'r lliL' world's books wlulc liclpinjj anlliors aiid publisliL'rs ivach iil'w audiL'iicL's. You cau scarcli llirougli llic full lc\l of ihis book on llic wcb 
al |_-.:. :.-.-:: / / booki . google . com/| 



A DICTIONARY 



OF THE 



SUAHILI LANGUAGE 



BALLANTYNB, HAN&ON ANO CO., BDINBURGH 
CMANDOS STRBST, LONDON 






* 

•• 

'• 



• • • 

- • 






• V 1 



A 



DICTION ARY 



OF THE 



SUAHILI LANGUAGE 



COMPILED BY THE 



REV. DR. L. KRAPF 

AflSSIONARY OF TIIE CHURCH MISSIONARY SOCIETY IN EAST AFRICA 



WITH INTRODUCTION 



Containino an ©utline ot a Suabili Grammar 



LONDON 
TRUBNER AND CO., LUDGATE HILL 

1882 

[All righis reserved.\ 



l INTRODUCTION. 





In 1879, the Committee of the Church Missionary Society put forth a circular 
inviting subscriptions to a Dictionary of the Suahili Language, which their 
honoured and aged missionary, Dr. Ludwig Krapf, proposed to publish under 
their auspices. The work was entrusted to Messrs. Triibner & Co., Publishers, 
* Ludgate Hill, with whom a contract was entered into by the Committee to 
take a certain number of copies. 

While a few sheets remained in the press, the venerable compiler fell on his 
last sleep* leaving the great work of his holy and useful life incompleted ; on 
his table lay a corrected proof sheet, as some of his latest thoughts before his 
sudden call had been devoted to what he deemed an important factor in the 
great enterprise of converting the Pagan tribes of East £quatorial Africa, all 
of whom spoke this lauguage, or kindred dialects. 

The Committee accepted as a solemn duty the task of completing the work 
in the raanner, and on the lines, laid down by their revered friend, and resisted 
all suggestions to make changes. Such as the work was designed, and carried 
on by Dr. Krapf, such it is issued to the public. The Committee were per- 
fectly aware of a difference of opinion ezisting between two schools of Suahili 
scholars — that of Zanzibar, and that of Mombasa. They were also perfectly 
aware that Dr. Krapf was the first in this linguistic field, was a scholar of 

* 

high European repute ; they laid stress upon the fact, that the Dictionary was 
his, and that of his lamented friend Dr. John Rebmann, one of their honoured 
Missionaries, and they determined to accept the merits nnd demerits of the 
work, whatever they might be. 



■• -k * x *J 



vi INTRODOCTION. 



Therc may be a difference of opinion on the mode of rendering the language 
into a modified form of the Roman Alphabet, and the mode of spelling. Such 
differences have occurred repeatedly in dealing with other languages of Asia, 
Africa, America, and Australia. It is natural that each author should desire 
to have his own views carried out. £xperience will decide upon a question, 
which is not one of principle but of practice. Those who have to make use 
of English, German, and French dictionaries of the same language, know 
that the inconvenience of a different transliteration of the same vocable only 
lies on the surface. 

At any rate here is now something, where nothing existed at all. Had the 
life of Dr. Krapf not have been prolonged to the close of last year, the public 
would not have had the invaluable aid of his long experience in acquiring a 
knowledgc of the word-stores of the language. 

Robebt Cust, 

Honorary Sccretary of Royal Asiatic Society, and Membor 
of the CommittcoB of Church Miiwonary Society and 
British and Foreign Bible Societies. 
Londow, March 24, 1882. 



PREFACE. 



It may be interesling to the student of Kisuahili to learn by what steps and under 
what circumstances this language, which is now taking its place among those which 
are written and printed, first emerged from the class of unknown and illiterate tongues. 

In November of the year 1843, when the Mission in Abyssinia, with which I was 
connected, had been reluctantly abandoned, a vague report, concerning the Galla tribes 
inhabiting the equatorial region of Africa, which I heard while in Aden, determined 
me to sail directly in an Arab vessel along the coast in order to find them. 

We passed Cape Guardafui, Ras Hafoon, Worsheikh, Mukdispa, Marka, and Barawa, 
and on Christmas Eve anchored in the estuary of the river Jub. The next day we 
reached the island of Kiama, where I had the very great pleasure of meeting with the 
Gallas of the tribe Dado. 

Had it not been necessary for me to pay my respects to the Sultan of Zanzibar and 
Major Hamerton, H.B.M. Consul at that place, I should have decided to stay at 
Kiama and attempt a Mission among the Gallas on the main land. 

From Kiama our vessel proceeded to Lamu, Malindi, and Takaungu, at which 
latter place I obtained important information. 

At Takaungu I heard for the first time of the much-famed silver mountain Kili- 
mandjaro, which 8ubsequently was discovered to be a snow mountain. I was also 
told that there was a great sea beyond the country of Uniamuezi. Being then unable 
to conceive the idea of a great inland sea, I thought my informants spoke of a large 
river. 

In Takaungu, too, I met for the first time the heathen Wanika, a people who at 
once appeared to me to be less savage and more accessible than the Galla tribes. 
When I arrived at the island of Mombas, where I was received very courteously by 
the authorities, the opinion I had formed was confirmed by what was told me of the 
Wanika who inhabit the surrounding hills on the main land. Indeed, I became con- 
vinced by what I saw and heard that Mombas was the place whence a Mission to the 
interior could be best commenced. 

Afler having visited the islands of Wassin and Tanga, and the so-called Pangani- 
town, which is on the river Pangani, my wife and I arrived at Zanzibar about New 
Year's day, 1844. Here Major Hamerton kindly introduced me to the Sultan Said- 
Said, to whom I mentioned the object of my coming to East Africa, and my desire 
to settle at Mombas. His Highness at once gave me full permission to do so, and 
furnished me with a letter, addressed to all his Governors of the coast, charging them 
" to be kind to Dr. Krapf, who wiahes to convert the world to God." 



▼iii PREFACE. 



In May, 1844, we sailed for Mombas, and immediately on my arrival, I set myself 
to the study of the Kisuahili and Kinika languages, by means of the colloquial Arabic 
which I had learned in Egypt, Arabia, and Abyssinia. I also visited the Wanika tribes 
in the neighbourhood, and sought to establish friendly relations with their chiefs. 

At Mombas I became acquainted with people from all parts of the coast and the 
interior. By intercourse with these, I became aware of the existence of a large family 
of languages (having a common base), which extends from the equator to the Cape of 
Good Hope. 

This discovery deeply interested me, and induced me to investigate with great care 
the characteristics of Kisuahili, which I very soon found to be the key to all the dialects 
inland. The peculiarities of the language puzzled me for a long time, till at last it 
became clear that the whole of the nouns could be divided into eight classes, each 
having its own euphonical concord. Besides, I found that the South-East African 
mind distinguishes between the animate and inanimate creation, between the principle 
of life and death. These chief difficulties having been surmounted, Kisuahili showed 
itself as an easy and regularly formed language. 

In 1845 I was able to send to Mr. Coates, the lay secretary of the Church Missionary 
Society — with which Society I had been connected since 1837 — an extensive 
vocabulary, and an outline of the grammar, with a translation of the Gospels of St. 
Luke and St. John. These little works were sent simply for the use of the Mission- 
aries who were shortly to be sent out to join the East African Mission. The first of 
these who arrived was the Rev. J. Rebmann, who reached Mombas in June, 1846. While 
yet in England he made a copy of my manuscripts, and, during the long voyage of 
140 days from London to Zanzibar, committed the whole of their contents to memory. 
This gave him a great advantage in mastering the language after his arrival in Mombas. 

When I had despatched the above-mentioned works to London, I commenced the 
compilation of a large Dictionary in four columns, viz : English, Kisuahili, Kinika, 
and Kikamba ; but as it proceeded, I found, as did Dr. Carey in India under similar 
circumstances, that my plan was too comprehensive, and so I suppressed the Kikamba 
column. This was the Dictionary to which Mr. Rebmann referred when he wrote, 
" To-day I continued to write out the Kisuahili and Kinika-English Dictionary, which 
was commenced before we left Mombas and settled in Rabbai Mpia. It is no work of 
mj own, but only a different arrangement of the larger Dictionary of Dr. Krapf, carried 
out inEnglish, Kisuahili and Kinika." (Church Miss. Record, February 1819, p. 29.) 

Unfortunately this Dictionary, which I, on my departure from East Africa,had left in 
the hands of Mr. Rebmann, was destroyed by the white ants. When Mr. Rebmann had 
mastered the language a little, he added to the Dictionary, which I had begun before 
his arrivalin Mombas, by communicating to me new words he heard among the people. 
His own attention was, however, chiefly gi ven to the Kinika, of which he compiled a 
large Dictionary on the basis of my own Kinika work. This work of Mr. Rebmann is 
in the possession of the Church Missionary Society, and is well worth publication. 

I regret that I had not seen and read the scattered manuscripts of this great work, 
B8 I should not, in the year 1876, when I edited Mr. Rebmann's Kiniassa Dictionary, 
have made inthe preface the desultory remark, " excepttheexcellenttranslationofSt. 
Luke in Kisuahili (which was printed in July and August, 1876) and Kiniassa 
Dietionary, Mr„ Rebmann haa brought to Europe nothing of any great value in regard 
U> Philology." 



PREFACE. U 



In the year 1860 I gave my Kisuahili Dictionary in four manuscript volumes to 
the Rev. Thomas Wakefield, of the United Methodist Free Churches' Mission at Ribe ; 
but whether he has enriched the work by the addition of new words I do not know. 

The above sketch will show how the foundations of Kisuahili lexicography and 
Grammar were laid. What I had written on the latter subject was printed in Tubingen 
by Ludwig Friederich Fucs in 1850, under the title of " An Outline of the Elements 
of the Kisuahili Language." The Kisuahili vocabulary, which was the precursor of my 
Dictionary, was likewise printed the same year by the same press, together with 
vocabularies of five other dialects — viz : Kinika, Kikamba, Kipok6mo, Kihiau, and 
Kigalla. 

When Mr. Rebmann and I were at work in Africa, there was no such demand for 
Kisuahili books as would justify a large expenditure in printing works of the magni- 
tude of this Dictionary. Since then, however, a great change has taken place. The 
Church Missionary Society has greatly enlarged the area of its work in East and 
Central Africa, and other Missionary Societies have joined it in the field. 

The scientific and commercial enterprise of Europe has also found a large opening 
for activity in the land. So, now, the linguistic work which was prepared with so much 
labour and care in other days, can no longer be withheld from the public. Even 
after careful revision, with the advantage of later information and experience, what is 
now put forth is not as complete as 1 could wish. But our successors will, doubtless, 
from time to time, supplement our work with such additions and modifications of 
words as have not up to the present time come to my knowledge. 

Before I conclude this preface, I must add a few words in reference to the Hand- 
book of the Suahili language, which Dr. Edward Steere, Missionary Bishop for Central 
Africa, has edited, 1870 (and the second edition, 1875). He states in the preface, 
p. 4, " When Bishop Tozer arrived in Zanzibar at the end of August, 1864, the 
only guides we had to the langaage were the Grammar and Vocabulary of Dr. Krapf, 
and his translation of part of the book of Common Prayer. During Bishop Tozer's 
visit to Mombas in November, he made a copy of a revised vocabulary belonging to 
the Rev. J. Rebmann. However, although one cannot estimate too highly the diligence 
and linguistic ability displayed by Dr. Krapf, and the patient sagacity of Mr. Rebinann, 
we soon found that, owing partly to the fact of their collections having been made in 
the dialect of Mombas, and still more to the confused and inexact style of spelling 
adopted unfortunateJy by both, their works were of scarcely any use to a mere beginner. 

" I soon after procured copies of the manuscript vocabularies collected by Mr. Witt 
and Mr. Schultz, then representing the firm of Oswald and Co., in Zanzibar." 

" P. 5 : During Mahommed's sickness I completed the ' collection ' from Dr. 
Krapf, with the help of the vocabulary collected by the late Baron von der Decken 
and Dr. Kersten, and of that collected by the Rev. Thomas Wakefield, of the United 
Methodist Free Churches' Mission, both of which I was kindly allowed to copy. 

" P. 9 : Only three weeks before leaving I had the advantage of consulting two 
large manuscript dictionaries compiled by Dr. Krapf, and brought to Zanzibar by the 
Rev. R. L. Pennell. I was able to examine about half the Suahili-English volume, with 
the assistance of Hamis wa Kayi, enough to enrich materially my previous collections, 
and to show how far even now I fall short of my first predecessor in the work of 
examining and elucidating the languages of Eastern Africa. There remains for some 
future time or other hand the examination of the rest of Dr. Krapfs dictionary, &c." 



PREFACE. 



When I read these remarks for the first time, I was highly eurprised that the learned 
and zealous Missionary Bishop on one hand should praise the diligence and linguistic 
ability of Dr. Krapf, and the patient sagacity of Mr. Eebmann, and on the other hand 
ehould state that the works of both Missionaries were scaroely of any use to him or 
to Bishop Tozer. It is manifest to every reader that this statement of Dr. Steere is, 
to say the least, self-contradictory. I have, however, no wish to pick a quarrel with 
the Bishop, though the attitude he takes toward the Missionaries will for ever remain 
a great mystery to me. The Bishop used Kisuahili collections compiled by other 
Germans, e.g., Mr. Schultz and Baron von der Decken, and yet their German ortho- 
graphy did not discourage him from using their works — besides, Baron von der Decken 
was in the possession of my works before he went to Africa. I met him at Mombas, 
in 1862, when he conversed with me about some points of my " Grammatical Outline 
and Vocabulary of Six East African Dialects," and also on my "Travels and Missionary 
Researchea during Eighteen Years,inEast Africa," printed by Mr. Triibner, in London. 

Indeed, if I were compelled to strike the balance between my Dictionary and Dr. 
Steere's Handbook, I should have to state that the form of the book is the Bishops, 
while the essence of the Grammar and of the Dictionary are iu the main my work, 
nor does Dr. Steere's statement quoted above contradict this. I readily give him the 
credit of the arrangement, especially as he has ao ably and with so much pains utilized 
my materials. I was much annoyed, it is true, on first reading the book, and consi- 
dered it plagiarism ; but the candid way in which the Bishop spoke in the preface of 
Mr. Kebmann and myself, showed me that it was not so. I esteem him also for his 
missionary zeal, and especially for the extent to which he has furthered the science of 
philology in East Africa. 

Ajs to the orthography of the language of South-Eastern Africa, the best plan 
would have been, if the standard alphabet of Dr. Lepsius had been adopted from the 
beginning, especially afler all the great societies of Europe and America had subscribed 
to that alphabet and pledged themselves to co-operate in its promulgation and 
adoption. And no doubt this step would have taken the bull by the horns (as one 
of the Secretaries of the Church Missionary Society wrote to me), and put a stop to 
all future orthographic quarrela I am sure the orthography of Dr. Steere, Krapf, 
and Rebmann, and of all other Suahili writers, wili and must be absorbed in course of 
time by that universal alphabet. What confusion must arise, if the University 
Mission at Zanzibar, the Church Missionary Society's agents at Frere Town and in 
Uganda, the Free Methodists at Ribe, the Scotch Mission near Lake Nyassa, and the 
London Society near theLakeTanganika, would have their separate orthography ! Or 
will any of the local leaders of these Societies and their stations be so presumptuous 
as to declare in a high-handed tone : " My orthography is the correct one, and ought 
to be adopted by all who have now or shall have in future to reduce East African 
languages ?" 

In like manner I protest against all Suahili translations of Scripture which claim a 
title to superiority, because they have been made by individuals exalted in their 
secular position. Why not rather allow every one to contribute his individual mite 
of lexicographical, grammatical, and translational work, which will in course of time 
bring about in East Africa the same linguistic perfection which has been attained in 
other continents by continuous and persevering activity. 

With these remarks I may conclude this prefuce, only adding that the Outline of 



PREFACE. xi 



Saahili Grammar has bcen abridged from its original form in order to be appended to 
this Dictionary for the convenience of the learner. 

Regarding the form of the Dictionary critics wili especially find fault with the 
frequent repetition of words which occurs at various places, and with an orthography 
which is not uniform everywhere. A word may be written with the letter /, at 
another place you may find it written with t>, or it may be written promiscuously with 
i or *, or j or ch. The author was of opinion, that the book was not only destined for 
Engliah students, but also for those of other nations who are less accustomed to English 
pronunciation. Besides, I bore in mind that my successors in East Africa will issue 
other editions, which will be improved extensively after many points have been in the 
mean time elucidated and cleared up. A standard Suahili Lexicon must not be 
expected in the present century. 

Lastly, let me express this one hearty wish, that, under the Divine blessing, this 
volume may be of material aid in the spread of Christianity and Christian civilization in 
Central and Southern Africa. May it also help in forming a great chain of mission 
stations which shali unite the East and West of Africa. This has been an object of 
the author's most earnest desire since 1844, and 1 would fain entail this object on alJ 
missionaries who are sent to Africa now or hcreafler. 

Nearly the half of this chain has been happily inaugurated by the stations 
established in Mpuapua (Mpwapwa), Eagei and the kingdom of Uganda, from which 
no great distance intervenes to the Livingstone or Congo rivcr, which, being a vast 
water-way, scems destined to facilitate the accomplishment of this undertaking. 

I would here oifer a practical suggestion — namely, that as the Kisuahili is the most 
cuitivated of thc dialects in this part of Africa, and is, moreover, spoken from the 
equator southwards to the Portuguese settlements of Mozambique, it should be made 
to supersede, as much as possible, the minor dialects inland which are spoken by only 
a small population. 

Mount Kadiaro, for example, has a population of about 15,000 souls. Shall the 
Missionary compile a dictionary and grammar, and make a translation of the Bible in 
this limited dialect? He may translate one or twoof the Gospels as abeginning; but 
I shouid advise him to introduce Kisuahili books, and by means of schocls, in which 
their own dialect is taughtfor a time, to make the people familiar with Kisuahili as 
their literary language. There would be no difficulty in this, as the people will be 
glad to learn Kisuahili for the purpose of intercourse with the coast. It is true that 
thevariety of these multitudinous dialects presents peculiar attractions to the philo- 
logist, but for practical purposes it is very desirable that their number should be 
diminished. 

For the best and most original dialect of Kisuahili itself, the people of Patta, Lamu, 
Malindi, Mombas, and Tanga claim pre eminence over the inhabitants of Zanzibar and 
Pemba. And it must be admittcd that the Kisuahili spoken at Zanzibar has a very large 
infusion of Arabic and other foreign words. The Mombassians, therefore, consider the 
dialect of Zanzibar as the " man6no ya Kijingajinga," t.«., the ianguage of ignorant 
people, or of newly arrived slaves and other loreigners (vide : " mjinga u ). 

In translations and grammatical works it is a rule of modern philology that ail such 
foreign words should be rejected, and, wherever possible, only indigenous words 
should be used. It was on this ground that Mr. Rebmann, to the end of his life, objected 
to translations of the Scriptures in the Zanzibar dialect. He considered that dialect 



xii PREFACE. 



to be low and vulgar, and often expressed a wish that the purer expressions used in 
Momhas, Lamu, and Patta, might be substituted for it 

I, too, once held the same objection ; but latterly it occured to me that the Zanzibar 
dialect was not without usefulness, as it is spoken by a very large number of people 
along the coast, and also affords to the translator the resource of being able to adopt 
at will an Arabic word when in difficulty for a proper expression in Kisuahiii. 

Finally, I cannot forbear paying a tribute of respect and gratitude to his Highness 
Said-Said, the first Sultan of Zanzibar, and to all his successors ; to Major Hamerton, 
Col. Pelly, Col. Playfairand Dr.Kirk, H.B.M. Consuls at Zanzibar ; to the American 
Consul, Mr. Waters, and those who succeeded him. All have shown great kindness to 
the Church Missionary Society's Mission in East Africa from the beginning to the 
present day. May God reward them abundantly I* I have, also, to acknowledge my 
being under a special obligation to the Rev. R. H. Weakly, for having taken the 
trouble to look through the English portion of this Dictionary, in which he has 
corrected the Arabic and such phrases as were not strictly English. 

To the Church Missionary Society I wish to repeat my warmest thanks, which I 
have on several occasions publicly expressed to them, for the kindness I have received 
during my eighteen years' connexion with them — first in Abyssinia, and subsequently 
in the Equatorial region — which kindness they have now evinced again by the libe- 
rality with which they have agreed to pay the expenses of printing this Dictionary. 

* Among the above-mentioned benefactors I onght not to forget Lord Aberdeen, then Her 
Majesty's Foreign Secretary, who most kindly sent me, through Major Hamerton, a letter of recom- 
mendation to His Highness the Sultan ot Zanribar. 

THE COMPILER. 

KORNTHAL, NEAR STUTTGART, WURTEMBERO. 

July 28, 1881. 



AN OUTLINE OP GRAMMAR 



or THI 



SUAHILI LANGUAGE. 



A Orammar of any Language has to treat : . First — Of the Form and Sound of tke 
Letters (Phonological Part). Secondly — Of the Different ParU of Speech, or of the 
Different Sorte of Worde (Etymological Part). Thirdly — Of the Right Disposition of 
the Worde in Sentences (Syntactical Part). 



PART I. 

Phonology. — Form and Sound of the Kisuahili Language. 



CHAPTER I. 
THE ALPHABET. 



(a) Capital Lettebs. 

A, B, Ch, D, Dz, E, F, G, Gh, Gn, H, I, J, K, 
Kh, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, B, 8, Sh, T, Th, U, V, W, 
Y,Z. 

(b) Small Lbtteb8, and mode ofpronoundng the 
Capital and SmaU Letters. 

a tf to bepronounced as a in father, far t papa. 

b as b in black, bare. 

ch „ ch in church t chin t chUd t cherry. 

d „ d in bed t ao t die. 

ds „ dz in mudzo (mudeo or madzo), in the Kinika 

word mudzo, good. 
e „ e in let t met, get t every, hen; £ as in fHe t or 

chair. 
„ tinfine, fire, and tike the Oerman v. 
g )» gingave t gate t glory t give. 
gh represents the Arabic £ (ghain). 
gn and ng represents the Amharic letter gnah&a, 

or the French gn in regner (to rule). 
h as h in hand t hat. 
i „ i in caprice, and — ee in fett; short, Uke iin 

pin, pity t Uttle. 
j „ j injust t John t joij % johe^ join; sometimes U 



is pronounced more like dy in OaUa, softer 
than dflh in German*—e.g. dyaba (to be 
strong in OaUa), is pronounced Uke the 
Oerman djaba ; dshaba would be too harsh. 
k as kin 1dnd t kitchen t kakndar. 
kh represents the Arabic kha (G)or Oerman ch — 
e.g. t ich, Imyself; kochen, to cook; loch (a 
hole); in Suahili t kh may be written by 
h, not by k — e.g. t rokho, may be written 
roho, not roko. 
I as 1 in long t Up t London. 

m in mamma t man. 

n in no t night, never. 

o in globe, notice, boy, and short, Uke in not, 
hot t pot. 

p in pen, pepper t paint ; p has sometimes an 
aspirated or explosive sound — e.g. t pepo, 
much wind (p'epo). 

q in words having the Arabic letter \} for 
that letter — e.g. t aqili insteadof&k\\\, under- 
standing ; qaf instead of kaf in Arabic. 

r in robber t river t ring, to raise. 

s in sun t Sunday, save. It must not be 
ident\fied with the BngUshz, whichis—dzor 
tz in German, whereas the English Bis — the 
GcrmanM. 



m 
n 
o 



i» 



i» 



» 



j> 



»! 



I» 



II 



XIV 



AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAB OF 



sh as sh in shiUing, shield, sch in German, or like 
the Arabic schin ( J5» )• 

t „ t in ten t mat, hat. T and s ore very often 
used in the dialect of Mombas, where j and 
ch occur in the dialect of Zanzibar. 

th „ th in think. This sound represents the 
Arabic L , and may be written th or t ; 
whereas the Arabic fc may 6e written th 
or z. TAe fetter cad ^j© , ;nay 6e written 

b or c t tchereas dhad ^ , ou^At to 6e 

toritten dh or d. 2>r. Stetre in his Hand- 
book, p. 9, thinks that all these sounds 
may be replaced by a z, irAicA ftcoct gram- 
marians will scarcely admit. 

u „ u in rude, fuU t buU, or ~= oo in too/. 

v „ v t» wry, view, fcwe, every. 

w W is to be pronounced like Arabic ) , or 
Uke German w. The EngUsh w is t according 
to Professor JRothweWs Grammar, p. 18, to 
6e considered as a vowel, and not as a 
vowel and consonant; therefore the English 
w cannot properly be introduced into the 
Suahili — e.g. t the English w in the word we 
is properly — uih, or in went = uent, con- 
scguently it is nopure w like in Oerman or 
Arabic. W is in English a double u and 
was formerly written uu and not w, as 
RothweU states. 

y n y lw yonder % year, young. The peopU of 
Lamu pronounce j in words, which the 
Zanzibar dialect pronounces with a dash, 
Uke j or ch — e^r., najua in Kiamu ; nayiia, 
/ knoWf from ku yua or ku jiia, to know. 

% in zealy kusy, razor; % is the Arabic j , 
wherefore aU the words whieh are written 

in Arabie with j , must be written with % 
in English and SuahUi. 

The compound letters tch or tsb, may be 
erpresstd by the English ch; words which you 
wtil notfind under ch, you wiUfind under j in the 
Dictionary. 

Aperfect alphabet ofany language is to contain 
only such a number of letters which is precisely 
equal to the number qf simpU articulate sounds 
belonging to that language. For this reason we 
have omitted z, which may be rendered by ks or gs. 
Ph may be given byf t asthe Italians write—e.g. t 
Filosofia for phUosophy. 

Itisa greatpity that the " Standard Alphabet' 1 
which the Church Missionary, the London Society, 
the Bible Society, and most of the Missionary 
Sodeties in Europe and America have recom- 
mended in 1854 to their agents for adoption in 
foreign lands, has not been universaUy introduced 
in East Ajrica, as by this means the confusion of 
Orthography would have been radtcaUy obviated; 



ii 



but, on the other hand, we must not misconceive the 
disadoantages which this universal Alphabet 
would involve. (1) The great number ofletters with 
diacritical marks wiU alarm those who are 
beginning to leam a language. (2) The casting 
of new types reauires a great outlay, and (3) 
the great advantage which natives who study 
EngUsh or any other European language derwe 
by using the usual Alphabet in the old way t would 
be lost t as many letters would be omitted or 
modified by the " Standard Alphabet. 11 

As to myself I much regret not having chosen 
the Amharic Alphabet for the great famUy of 
languages to the south of the Eouator. As Iwas 
thefirst European who reduced SuahUi to writing t 
and as there was then no universal alphabet 
compUedf I might easUy have chosen Amharic t as 
Ihave done in the case of the great GaUa nation 
which surrounds Abyssinia t and which already 
possesses the greater portion of the Bible in the 
Amharic charactcr, which would evidently suit the 
SuahUi better than the Boman. The only dis- 
advantage wovld be t that you cannot write the 
AmhariCf or Ethiopic letters so quickly as you can 
write the Roman. A second disadvantage for a 
European would be that he would have to learn 
an afphabet entirely new to him. 

However % whilst deploring my not having intro- 
duced the Amharic Alphabet into Suahili, I have 
never regretted having rejected the Arabic mode of 
writing, which is too imperfect and too ambiguous 
for writing SuahiU in a correct manner. True t if 
John t the present Emperor of Abyssinia, should 
accompUsh his gigantic pkm of conauering 
and annexing aU the GaUa tribes Jrom the 
frontiers of the present Abyssinia down to the 
river Oojob (or Jub) t and to Kaffa t situated under 
the 4th degree of north latitude, the influence of 
Amharic would become immense. But this plan 
wiU probaUy remain a dream which the Coptic 
priests haveput into the Emperor's priest-ridden 
heart. 

FinaUy, I may observe, that Mr. Rebmann, like 
most of Southern Germans, has confounded fre- 
auenUy the letters b and p, d and t, — e.g. t daba daba 
for tapa tapa, to shiver, to tremble (kua bcredi). 
The student must bear in mind this incorrect 
orthography, and must lookfor the meaning ofa 
word under the letter t if he does not find it 
under d, and vice-versd. There are many 
words in Mr. Rebmann y s manuscripts which 
reouire a doser ezamination ; but I did not think 
it right to leave out such words, though they are 
inexpUcable at the present stage of our knowledge 
ofSuahUL These words wiU no doubt give occa- 
sion for future ezamination, to ascertain their 
correct meaning. 



THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. 



XV 



CHAPTER II. 



DIPHTHONGS AND ACCENTUATION. 



Properly $peaking, there are no diphthonge in 
KisuaKili, as two voweU, which stand at the ind 
of a word have the $ound of a diphthong, and 
appear to form one syUable, yet are reatty pro- 
nounced a$ two $yUable$, of which the first vowel 
haa the aceent. On hearing $uch a wordfor the 
fir$t time, one thinka his eor hear$ the sound ofa 
diphthong, but on clcser examination one finds it 
otherwise — e.g., in the words babai or mamai {his 
father or his mother), the vowels ai are heard 
like one syUable, conseauently there appears tobea 
diphthong; but if one pronounces ai distinctiy — i.e., 
every letter eeparately and clearly, one will not 
hear one syUable and sound, but two. The same is 
the case ifone hears the words " ame-ni-sikiai,'' he 
heard him, or "nimeBehau," I have forgotten, or 
" Teita," a country in the interior, or " Kiwoi," 
acelebrated chiefofthe Wakamba — one supposes 
atfirst that one hears the diphthong sound o/ai, 
or au, or ei, or oi, but if one pronounces the letters 
properly and distinctly, one witt give up the idea of 
there being diphthongs in KisuahiH. 

As to the accent, we must direct the leamerfirst 
ofall, to the Dictionary, which in most cases will 
show him the proper mode of aeoentuation. In 



general, the accent rests on the penult, or penulti- 
mate, with dissyUables and trisyUables, or with 
pdysyUaUes on the antepenultimate. Mono$yllable$, 
ofcourse, present no difficulty — e.g., ku pa, ku va, 
ju. Words with two syUables — siku,day; mama, 
mother; penda, to love. Words with three syUables 
— urongo, a lie; niumba, a house; mtanga, sand. 
Words withthree or more syUables — 6nia, to show; 
fania, to make; gawania, to divide; but there are 
many exceptionsfrom this rule — e.g., ku takata, to 
beclean; mt6ro, the robber ; ku tangulia, to pre- 
cede; amedaka, he desired; ku onieaha, to show 
one; babayangu, myfather. 

Words derivedfrom Arabic and other foreujn 
languages, retain their original accent — e.g., ku ku- 
ba\i,from the Arobic kabala, to receive; thahabu, 
gold. 

It is very necessary for the student to notice 
careJuUy the position of the accent, as this has 
great infiuence on the proper meaning of a word 
— e.g., k6ndo means strife or quarrel, whereas 
kondd signifies sheep. Toa or toaa means to take, 
but ku t6a, to bring orput out, to deliver ; and ku tua 
toput down, to rest, and ku tua or ku chiia {Kiiin- 
guja) to set — e.g., jua la tua, the sun is setting. 



CHAPTER IIL 



ON ELISION, CONTRACTION, ADDITION, REDUPLICATION, EXCHANGE QP LETTERS. 



1. — Elision, or JSjection with the compensation 
of another letter, takes place in theformation of 
concrete and abstract substantives — e.g., mpe'nzi, the 
beloved one, a Jriend,from the verb ku penda, to 
love; mape'nzi or upenzi, love. In other words, 
elision is not attended by the eompensation of 
another letter, but the mode ofpronunciation shows 
that an elisionhas taken place—e.g., b'ana, master t 
is for buana ; m'otto, fire, for muotto ; m'ezi, month, 
for muezi, pl. mi6zi, miotto. The elision ought to be 
indieated byputting an apostrophe over theplace 
where the letter has been eUded. 

2. — Contraction takesplacein words in which 
two vowels of the same kind coincide — e.g., manga- 
Ko, look, sight,for maangatio, /rom ku angalfa, to 
$ee, to look; mandiahi for moandishi, from ku an- 
dlka, to write, writing. 

Contraction takesplace most freauently when a 
prepcsition or verb or conjunction is connected with 
apronoun — e.g., pamoja nai, together with him,for 
pamoja na yee, with him, or pamoja na sui, with 



u$, for pamoja na suisui ; pamoja nanui and pa- 
moja nao, for na nuinui, with you, and nao for na 
wao, with them. Ame-ni-piga-mi, he has beaten 
me, for ame-ni-piga mimi. 

lurthermore, contraction is used in the $uffixe$ 
of many nouns — e.g., babai for babayakwe, his 
father;mkewe,hi$wife,formkewa.hire ; nduguye, 
his brother, for nduguyakwe. 

3. — Addition of a letter takes place before a 
vowel—e.g., ku-mu-6na for ku-m-6na, to $ee him; 
mu6ni, the observer, for m6ni. 

4. — BedupHcations of syUables for the purpoee of 
giving intensity to the meaning of the word, are 
freauent — e.g , kijelejele or kigelegele, a shrill 
$cream uttered as a $ign ofjoy; maji, maji, water, 
water =• wetness, very humid. 

5. — Exchange ofletters occur$ $ometime$ — e.g. t 
ku pigoa and piboa, to be beaten ; ku tafttti and ku 
tafiti, to seek, to examine. This may, however, be 
ascribed to the various dialects. 



TWl 



AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF 



PART IL 

Kttmologt. — Treating of the different Parts of Speech — tke Article, the Noun, the 
Adjective, the Pronoun, the Verb, the Prepoeition, the Conjunction and the 
Interjection. 

CHAPTER I. 

ON THE ARTICLE. 
There i$ no Artide t'n the SuahiU Language. 



CHAPTER II. 



ON THE NOUN. 



In KisuahUi, as weU as in the eognate dialects, 
the wholework of declension, eonjugation, dbc., is 
earried on by prefixes, and by the ehanges which 
takeptace in the initial letters of words, subject to 
grammatieal rules. Now, as evphony is evidenUy 
one great object to which these langumges are sub- 
servient, and as this issecured by thefreauent re- 
eurrenee ofsimUar letters and syUables producing 
an easy and agreeable transition from one word to 
another, this peculiarity, upon which the whole 
grammar depends, and which may be considered as 
the croz grammaticorum in the South-East African 
languages, has, with some propriety, been termed 
" The Euphonic or AUiteral Coneord" Euphony 
has certainly its share in eocptaining this pecu- 
Uarity, but aphilosophic linguist wiU searcely rest 
satisfied with this explanation. The true cause of 
this peculiarUy must lie in the deeper recesses of 
the South-East African mind, which distinguishes 
between animate and inanimate, between rational 
and irrational beings, between men and brutes, and 
between Ufe and death. 

As a ehief inspires his tribe with Ufe and order, 
and as detached lofty mountains in East Africa 
rise over the eztensive plains and serve as landr 
marks to the earavan leader in the dreary wUder- 
so the South-East African languages have a 



ness t 



tendency to forming separate families, or classes 
of nouns, which govern the whole grammatical 
edifice; therefore the noun has the precedence, and 
aU the other parts ofspeech are, as it were, its de- 
pendents, or campfoUowers. Every noun belongs 
to a particular dass, and this classification is 



recognized by the various initial forms, which put 
the nouns grammatic monarchy or chieftaincy upon 
the verb, the adjective, and aU the other parts of 
speech. If it is true that extemal conditions do 
contribute towards reaUzing the aualities of wliich 
any nation is capable, or for which it w internally 
prepared and disposed, we must say, that the, 
physiognomy of South-East Africa, in social, geo- 
graphical, and other respects, must have aided tltt 
development and cuUivation ofthe language, in the 
manner which distinguishes it from Asiatic and 
European languages, which are chiefiy inflected 
languages. The nearer a noun approachcs life, 
which pervades the whole creation in various gra- 
dations or modifications, the more nobly, I might 
say, a noun is treated by the East African lan- 
guages — ejg., m'tu mzuri ameanguka, a handsome 
man isfaUen, but mti mzuri umeanguka, a hand- 
some tree is foMen, and niiimba zuri or nzdri 
imeanguka, a handsome house isfaUen, Niumba 
has no life at all, whereas a tree (mti) has life, and 
shows it by growing and giving fruits, but man 
(mtu), belongs to the rational andanimate creation, 
hence thisform is differentfrom mti in the verb. 
Perhaps manyphilologists ofEuropewiUcomplain 
ofwhat they may caU the deficiencies ofthe SuahiU 
family, but we think that this very contrast is the 
beauty of these Africanic languages, which will aid 
the East Africans in bringing them to their ulti- 
mate destination, as our own languages have been 
subservient in leading ustothe destiny which God's 
providence has intendedfor us. 



THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. 



■ • •• 

XVII 



CHAPTER III. 

GENDER OF THE NOUNS. 



There is no gender in KisuahiU. If the mascu- 
Une gender must be distinguishedfrom thefeminine, 
different words distinetive of the sezes are to be 
used, e.g., b'ana, master; m'ana, mistress; mvu 
l&na, young man; msijana, young woman, girl; 
jimbi or jog61o, eock; kuku, hen; or the adjectives 



mume (male) and mke (female) must be added 
e.g., mana mume (male child), a son; mana mke 
(female chUd), daughter; Mzungu mtime, a Euro- 
pean man; Mzungu m\e, a Evropean woman; 
gn6mbe mume, a bufl; gn6mbe mlte, a cow. 



CHAPTER IV. 
ULASSIFICATION OF NOUNS, OB TABLE OF CONCORDS. 



Instead of giving many rules on the various 
nouns or substantives, we have represented them 
in Tables I. to V., which, ifcommitted to memory, 
wiU carry the learner through most ofthe difficuUies 
which may stand in his way. 

From the form of the nouns given in the table 
we may be justified in dividing all nouns into pre- 
fixed, in part preficed, and non-prefixed nouns. 
The words mtu, mto, mukono, kitu, ulimi are pre- 
fixed nouns in the singular and plural, whereas 
kaaha and jiwe are only in part (in the plural) 
prefixed, and the nouns simba, nguo, uharibifu, 
utukuffu, nti, niumba are non-prefixed. It must be 



observed that common people or slaves somtimes use 
aprefic in theplural where none ie used in correct 
language — e.g., slaves say wagn6mbe (eows) and 
wabuzi (goats) instead o/gnombe and mbuzi. 

It must also be observed, that with those neuns 
which have no distinct prefix in the singular or 
plural, the deficiency of number is made up in the 
noun governed (nomen rectum), or in the depen- 
dencies of the gorerning noun (nomen regens), e.g. t 
kondd wame kuffa, the sheep died; ngiivu za Mungn, 
thepowers of Ood; mbuzi ya babai, the goat ofhis 
father; mbnzi za babaze, the goats ofhis fathers; 
nguo za ndugu zangn, the dothes ofmy brethren. 



I. 

Table of Concords. 

Suahili Nodns or ScBSTANTivia may be arranged or represented in eight classes, which may be 

divided into three divisions : — 

(a) Prefixed Nouns in the Singular and Plural. 

(0) In Part-prefixed Nonns in the Singular and Plural. 

(c) Non-prefixed Nouns in the Singular and Plural. 

Clabs I. — The nouns of which begin with m, andt vieo; chombo, avessel, pl. viom'bo; kiwanda, 
signify animate or living beings, e.g., m'tu| a workshop, pL vivanda ; janda, finger. pl. 



(man), plural watu (men). 

Clabs II. — The nouns ofwhich begin with m, but are 
not the names of living beings. They are 
preficed in the singular orplural, e.g., m'ti, a 
tree, pl. miti ; m'to, a river, pl. m'ito ; mk6no> 
hand, pl. mik6no. 

Clabs III. — Nouns which have no prefic in the 
singular or plural , and which do not belong 
to Uving beings, e.g., niumba, a house, pl. 
niumba, houses. 

Clabb IV. — Substantives which have no prefix in 
the singular, butprefic ma in the plural, e.g., 
neno (word) pl. maneno (words) ; kasha (chest), 
pl. makasha (chests). 

Clasb V. — Substantives having the prefix ch or 
ki in the singular, and vi in the plural, e.g., 
cheti, a passport, pl. vieti ; cheo, measure, pi 



vianda. 
Class VI. — Nouns beginning with u in the 
singular reject u, in the plural, if a consonant 
foUows the u, e.g., utepe, a band, a fiUet,pl. 
tepe ; unu elle, hair t pl. nuelle, hairs ; upanga 
(8Word),pl. panga (swords) ; ukuta (stone wall), 
pl. kuta ; but if a vowel follows the u, the 
plural is formed into ni, e.g., uimbo (song) t 
pl. nimbo (songs). But it must be observed 
that tliere are also nouns whichput ni before 
the plural, e.g. t ufa (a craclc), pl. niufa, crachs ; 
usso (face, countenance), pl. u'uibbo, faces ; uta 
(a bow), pl. niuta or mata ; uzio, a hedge made 
in the sea to catch fish, pl. ninzio; utu, a 
cause, has niutu in tJte pl. (causes). It must 
also be observed that the noun ua (fiower) 
changes the plural to maiia (Jbwers) ; uo, a 



• •• 

XVIII 



AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF 



sheath, forms likewise mauo ; umbu (sister), 
forms maumbu (sisters) ; ungo (a rouiul flat 
basJcet used in sifting) has maungo in the 
plural, whilst ushanga (a bead) has shanga» 
beads ; uwingu (heaven) has mbingu in the 
plural; Jwingu is a cloud, mawingu, clouds; 
ubau, a plank, forms in the pl. mbau ; and 
ubavu (a rib) has mbavu; ubawa, a wing 
feather, has mbawa; ulimi, tangue, forms 
ndimi in tlic plural; waraka (a Utter) has 
niaraka. 



Class VII. — Mahali, place, pl. rauahali (occurs 
seldom). 

Class VIII. — The infinitive ofverbs, in connexion 
trith the preposition "kua," is fretptently used 
to form substantives, e.g., kufa, to die, hence 
kufa or kuffa kuanga, my dying, my death, 
lct to die, m, or with, or from me ; kufa kua 
baba, the dying of the father; kudako kuako, 
to desirefrom thee — thy desire ; kuja kuakwe, 
his coming ; kuja kuetu, overcoming. 



II. 

Second Table. 

Showing the Agrtement or Coneord of Adjectivks, Pbonounb, Suffixeb of Nouns, dtc, 

with the Various Classes of the JSubstantives. 



1- — A good man of the land, mtu (man), muema 
(good) wa (of) n'ti (land) ya (of) Waarabu 
(the Arabs), pl. watu wema wa n'ti za Wa- 
zungu, good men ofthe lands ofthe Europeans; 
mtumke mu6vu or mbaya (abadwoman)hkn& 
(has no) ada (custom) ngema or njema (good). 

2. — Simba or gnombe wazuri woto wame udwa ni 
(or na) Wagallas, lions or cows beautiful all 
( ail fine lions and cows) have been kiUed by 
the OaJlas; simba wa nti hi (the lions of this 
land) wakali eana ( are fierce very, are very 
fierce) ; gnombe wa Wakuavi ha-wa-besabiki, 
the cattle of the Wakuavi are not counted, are 
innumerable. 

3. — Mtende wa muarabu (the date tree ofthe Arab) 
ni (is) mti muema (a good tree) si mbovu 
( not bad) ; mitende hii iote ya Waarabu) all 
these date trees ofthe Arabs) si mibovu (are 
not bad) laken ni mema (but good). 

4. — Niumba ya Mzungu huyu ni njema sana, laken 
ninmba za Wagalla ni mbovu (the Jtouse ofthis 
European is very good, but the houses of the 
Oalla are bad). 



5. — Ritu changu hiki ni chema, laken vitu viako 
hivi (hivio) si viema, this my thing is good t 
but these your things are not good; virau viote 
hivi si vikali, tua-daka ku-vi-noa, all these 
knives are not sharp, we must sharpen them. 

6. — Kasha langu hili wala jema, wala bovu, kua 
sababu hi siwi'zi kn-li-uza, this my chest is 
nsither gtx>d nor bad, therefore I cannot sell 
it; makasha huya iote ni mangapi? how many 
are att tliese chests f 

Ubatu or utaHsa huu ni wema, si ub6vu, laken 
batu huo ni bovu ; this vial is good, not bad, 
but those vials are bad. 

Ukuni, apieceoffirewood; kuni, pieces offire- 
wood; kuni hizi za Mvita hazi-teket6i, these 
pieces of wood of Mombas do not bum t ni 
mbovu, they are bad. 

9. — Ndipo mahali pangu, ni pema si pabovu, this 
indeed is my place ; it is good, not bad. 

10. — Ku fa kua watu wema wote ni kwema, si ku 
b6vu, kama kua watu wabaya, the dying ofall 
good men is good, not bad, as isthe case with 
bad men. 



7.— 



8.— 



III. 



1. — Mtu apenda maji, na maji yatoka mbali, na 
watu wa-ya-tukua (maji) kua mitungi nium- 
bani knao, man likes water, and the water 
comes from far, and the peopHe carry it in jars 
to their houses. 

2. — Ukuni wateket£a wema, wa-m-faa mtu, kua 
sebabu hi mtu a-u-penda sana, Oie wood burns 
weU, it is ofuse to man, tJterefore man likes 
it. 

8. — Niumba ya mfalme inateketea, na niumba za 
watu wangi zimeteketezoa, na mfalme ali-i 
pcnda niumbayakwc mno, laken watuwakwe 
hawaku-zi-penda niumba zao, tJie housc of the 



4.— 



5.— 



6.— 



King was burnt, and the houses of many 
people have been consumed, and the King had 
UJced (it) his house very mvcJi, but Jtis people 
did not like (theirs) tJieir Jtouses. 
Kitu hiki kimetendeka ni nduguzangu, laken 
mimi siku-ki-penda, this thing was done by my 
brothers, but I did not like it. 
Witu viangui viote wimeiboa laken muivi 
ame-vi-rudiBha, all my things were stolen, but 
tJie tJiief gave tJtem back. 
Kasha hilo limeangtika, laken babayangu 
ame-li-inua, that box fell down, but my futher 
lifted it up; la angiika, itfaUs. 



THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. 



XIX 



7. — Makaaha yangu yote yamewasili, nami nime- 
ya-pata katika ameri na ealama, aU my boxes 
arrived, and Igot them securely and safely. 



mtn apenda-ye, the man who loves him (mta). 
mtu apenda-o, the man who loves (the wood, 
ukani). 



mtu apenda-lo, the man loves (the kafcha, box). 
mtu apenda-cho, the man loves (kitu, the thing). 
mtu apenda-yo, the man loves (nguo, thedoth). 
mtu apenda-zo, the man loves (niumba, the 

houses). 
mtn apendi-vio, the man loves (wito, the 

things). 



IV. 



1. — The man whom Ilove, mtu ni-(m)-pendai (or 
mtu ambai kuambo na(m)penda). 

2. — The word which I love, neno nipenda-lo (or 
neno ambalo kuamba napenda). 

3. — The thing which I love, kitu ni (ki) penda-cho 
(or kitu ambacho kuamba napenda). 

4. — The things which Ilove, vitu ni (wi) penda-vio 
(or vitu ambavio kuamba napenda). 

5. — The house which I love, niumba nipenda-zo 
(niumba ambayo kuamba na(i)penda). 

6. — The houses which Ilove, niumba nipenda-zo or 
ni (zi) penda-zo (or ambazo kuamba napenda). 

7. — r lhestones whichllove, mawe nipenda-yo (or 
ambayo kuamba na(ya)penda). 

8. — Thefire which Ilove, motto nipenda (or ambao 
kuamba na(u)penda). 

9. — The place which I love, mahali nipenda-po (or 
mahali ambapo knamba napenda). 



1. — The man whom thou hast loved, mtn ulio-(m) 

penda (or ambai kuamba ali-m-penda). 
2. — The word we have loved, neno tiililopenda (or 

ambalo kuamba tualMo-penda). 
3. — The thing which they have loved, kitu walich'o 

penda (kitu arabacho kuainba walipenda). 
4. — The things we love, witu (tu)-(vi)-penda-vio or 

wilivio tuapenda (or ambavio-kuambatuapenda) 
5. — The thing he shaU or wiU love, kitu ataka-cho- 

penda (or ata-kuja (ki) penda). 
6. — The house he shaU love, niumba ata-penda-yo. 
7. — The houses he wiU or shaU love, niumba ata- 

penda-zo. 
8. — The words he has loved, maneno alio-ya-pendV 

(or maneno ambayo kuamba alipenda). 
-Thefire he loved, motto alie-u-penda. 
— The thing he does not love, kitu ambacho 

kuamba hapendi (or hakupenda, which he has 

notloved). 



9.- 
10. 



V. 

Table representing the Various Classes o/Nouns, their Oovernmeni in the OeniHve Case, 

and their Euphonical Preformatives of Verbs. 



1. — Mtn wangnwaninmba waja, amekuja, atakuja, 

ajaye, my man of the house comes, came, shaU 

come, is coming. 
2. — Muili wa mtotowangn waffa, umekuffa, ntaknffa, 

nfao, the body ofmy child dies, died, shaU die, 

is dying. 
3. — Riti cha niumbayangu chaangiika, kimeanguka, 

kitaanguka, kianguk&cho, the chair ofmy house 

faUs,feU, shaUfall, isfaUing. 

4. — Kasha la ungawako lajaa (or linajaa, limejaa, 



itafaa, ifaayo, his stone-house is useful, was 

useful, wiU be useful, being useful. 
6. — Niumbazitu za* mawe zafaa, zimefaa, zitafaa, 

zifaazo, our stone-houses are usefid, were use~ 

ful, wiU be useful, being useful. 
7. — Mahalipenu pa maji papendoa, pamepe*ndoa, 

patap^ndoa, papendoapo, your water-place is 

Uked, was liked, will be liked, is being liked. 
8. — Wituviao viapatikana, vimepatikana, vitapati- 

kana, vipatikanavio, their things are got, were 



got, wiU be got, being got. 
litajaa, lijaalo), theboxofor with thyflour is 9 ._Makasha yangu yaja (or yanaja, yameknja, ya 
fuU, was fuU, shaU befuU, beingfuU. | uMfa yajayo), my bozes come, came, wUl come 

5. — Ninmbayakwe ya mawe yafaa, (ifaa,) imefaa, I arecoming. 

VI. 

• • 

Table showing theuuof the Infixes ofa Verb, ofthe Demonstrative JPronouns, and the 

Mode of Salutation. 



He loves me, a-ni-penda (or a-ni-penda-mi). 
He ioves thee, a-ku-penda (or a-ku-penda-we). 
He loves him, a-m-penda (or a-m-penda-e). 
He loves us, a-tn-penda (or a-tu-penda-sni). 
He loves you, a-wa-penda (or a-wa-penda-nui). 
He loves them, a-wa-penda (or a-wa-penda-o). 



NEOATIVE. 

He does not love me, ha-ni-pendi (or ha-ni-pendi-mi). 

He does not love thee, ha-ku-pendi (or ha-ku-pendi- 

we). 

He does not love him, ha-m-pendi (or ha-m-pendi-e). 

He does not loveus, ha-tupendi (or ha-tu-pendi-sui). 

62 



AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF 



Ee does not love you, ba-wa-pendi (or ha-wa-pendi- 

nui). 
Ee does not love them, ha-wa-pendi {or ha-wa. 

pendi-o). 

Thou lovest me, wewe wa-ni-penda (or wewe wa- 

ni-penda-mi). 
Thou lovest thyself, wewe wa-ji-penda. 
Thou lovest him, wewe wa-m-penda. 
Thou lovest us, wewe wa-tu-penda. 
Thou lovest them, wewe wa-wa-penda. 

Ee shaU or unU love me t ata-ni-penda; negative 

hata-ni-penda. 
Me shall or wtil love thee, ata-ku-penda ; negaiive 

hata-kn-penda. 
Eeshallor will love him, ata-m-penda; negative 

hata-m-penda. 
Ee shaU or wiU love us t ata-tu-penda ; negative 

hata-tu-penda. 
Ee shaU or wUl love you, ata-wa-penda ; negative, 

hata-wa-penda (or hata-wa-penda-nui). 
Ee shaU or wiU love them, ata-wa-penda; negative, 

hata-wa-penda (or bata-wa-penda-o). 

IVom this table we see, that the Injuees are as 
foUows : sing. ni (me), ku (thee), m (him), and mu 
before a vowel; pL tu (us), wa (you), wa them. 

The 8uffixes are : sing. mi or mimi (me), we or 
wewe (thou), e or yee (him) ; pl. sui or suisui (us), 
nui or nuinui (you), o or wao (them). 

Demohbtbative Pbonouhs. 
1. — This man, mtu huyu; pl. these men, watu 
hawa. 
That man, mtu yule (huyo) ; pL those men, watu 
waW or hawale* (hao). 
2. — This word, neno hili ; pL these words, maneno 
haya. 
ThaX word, neno hilo, or lile, or hilile ; pl. those 
words, maneno hayale (or yale hayo). 
3. — This house, niumbahi, or hii ; pl. these houses, 
ni-umba hizi. 
That house, niumba hiile, or hiyo ; pl. those 
houses, niumba hizo, hizile, or zile. 
4.— This thing, kitu hiki ; pl. these things, witu 
hivi (hivio). 
That thing, kitu hikile (or kile, or hicho); pl. 
those things, witu hivile, or vile. 
5. — This fire, motto hu (huu) ; pl. these fires, 
miotto hii. 
' Thatfire, motto hule*; pl. those fir es,miotto hiyo. 
6. — This tree, mti hu, or huu; pl. these trees, 
mito hii. 
That tree, mti huo, or ule ; pL those trees, miti 
hiyo, or miti ile. 
7. — Thisplaoe, mahali hapa. 

That piace, or those places, mahali pale, or 
mahali hapo. 



8. — This song, uimbo hu (hnu) ; pl. these songe, 
nimbo hizi. 
That song, uimbo ule ; pl. those songs, nim ho 
zile. 
9. — This goat, mbuzi huyu; pl. these goats, mbuzi 
hawa. 
That goat, mbuzi huyu; pl. those goats, mbuzi 
b&o. 
10.— This chest, kasha hili ; pt. these chests, maka- 
eha haya. 
That chest, kasha hile ; pl. those chests, ma- 
kasha yale. 
11. — This dying, kufa huku. 

That dying, kufa huko, or kule. 

Modks op Salutatton. 

1. — In the moming, before or at day-break : 
kuna kuja, or kume kaja, or kuna kwisha knja 

2. — On meeting after day-break in the morning : 

Ujelewe, how hast thou rested or slept f 
Resp. — Nawe ujel^we ? and hast thou slept (welt) ? 

mjeleVa ? have you slept (weU) ? 
Rbsp. — Tumejele'wa (address to manypersons) we 

have slept (weU). 

3. — At or about noon : 
Za mtana? what state ofthe dayf 

Rbsp. — Ni h6ri, uamba zako, it is weU, what is thy 
statef lit., what is thy sayingt from ku 
amba, to say. Eence, jambo, pl. mambo, 
state, what hast thou to say f 

Or RE8P. Tuamhazangu ni ngema, our state is 
good. 

TO MANY PEB80NS. 

Muamb&-je ? Eow do you do t What do you say t 

Muhali gani ? What is your state f 
Rbsp. — Tuambazetu ni ngema, or tu wazima, our 
state is good, or we are alive. 
What is thy state t what doest thou say t wa 
amba-je? 
Resp. — Ngema, nawe wa amba-je, weU what dost 
thou say, or how dost thou do t 

4. — General Terms: 
Uhali gani ? what is thy state f njema, it is good; 

je we'we, and thou f or na wewe, or una wewe ? 

or je yako, or je zako? 
Is the state weUt yambo (jambo) sana? nawe hu- 

jambo sana? are you quite weUf or lit., is 

nothing the matter with you t 
Resp. — Haliyangu ngema, kama lulu (lUce pearh) 

kama marjani (like coral), kama fethaluka 

(Uke red coral ). 
Or, hujambo ? are you weU f Resp. — Si jambo, 

/ am well (hajambo means, he is weU, or ha- 

jambo kidogo, he is not very iU, or he is a 

Uttle better). 



THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. 



XXI 



Nami yangu ngema (or nami-zangu) or si jambo 
8i jni yako or zako, I donot know yoisr state t 

5. — On Parting in the Evening. 
Knna kutoa, the sun has set. 
Bxsp. — Ku litueUe, ninende nikalale, kna heri ya 

Mnigni zimgu. 

6. — On Departing. 
Adieu! kna heri (in happiness). 
Be8P. — Kna heri ya kn onana (in happiness of 

meeting again), kisha tuonane, or tuta knja ku 

onana, Mnngn akipenda, may we meet again 

in happiness, please Qod. 

7. — Salutation of Slaves or Inferiort. 
Nashika m6n Bana, or Muigni, or Muana, or Mn- 



unguana, Ut. t I seize or embraee your feet. 
Oh Lord, Oh Possessor, Oh Lady, Oh NoUe 
(— nashika mukono, or magu= 1 reverence you 
very humbly). The Besp. ofthe superior is= 
ai, or marhaba, toell. Then the slave says — 
nimekwisho shikam6u, / have made my reve- 
rential bow. 
Hnjambo niumbani? or uhali gani niumbani? 
How are you in your houset How ie your 
household, meaning your wife, children, and 
servantst Bebp. — Njema. It is not proper 
to inauire about the heaUh of the wife or 
woman. 



CHAPTBR V. 
ON THE POST-PBEFIXES OF THE NOUN. 



Kisuahili is destitute of what we call declension 
of the substantives in other languages. It expresses 
the various relation» of the cases by a separate 
monosyUabic particle, whieh we may caU a post- 
prefix, to render it distinct from the prefix of the 
noun mentioned in the preceding chapter. The 
foundalion of the post-prefix is the letter a, which 
undergoes a modification according to the class of 
nouns to which it has reference in the tabte of 
concords. It is probable that the infinitive Ki- 
suahiH verb kua has been resolved into ku (to) and 
a (be), so that the post-prefix would appear tobea 
hind of relative, e.g. t wa — he who is. But as 
regard must be had to the laws of euphony and 
relation or harmony with the goveming noun, 
these post-prefixes must be of various euphonieal 
forms, which see in the taUe of concord. 

ExempUfication. 

M'tu wa Uzunguni, a man of Europe; pl. w£tu wa 

Uzunguni. 
Mnarabu wa Meseri, an Arab of Egypt; pl. Wa- 

arabu wa Meseri. 
Mukono wa muili, the hand bfthe body; pl. mik6no 

ya muili. 
Usso wa Muhindi, the face of a Hindu; pl. niuaso 

za Wahindi. 
Mto wa nti, the river of a country; pl. mito ya 

nti. 
Waraka wa wali, the letter of the governor; pl. 

niaraka za wali. 
Kitu ja roho, a thing or matter of the spirit ; pl. 

vitu via roho. 
Jina la mfalme, the name of the hing; pi. majina 

ya mfalme. 
Neno la kuelli, the word of truth; pl. maneno ya 

kuelli. 



Kazi ya baba, the work ofihe father; pl. kazi za 

baba. 
Niumba ya mawe, the house of stone; pl. niumba 

za mawe. 
Mahali pa raha, theplace ofrest; pl. muahali mua 

raha. 
Unuelle wa kitoa, one hair of the head; pl. nuelle 

za kitoa, the hairs ofthe head. 
Simba wa Mungu, the Uon of Ood; pl. simba za 

Mungu. 
Ulimi wa mtu, man't tongue ; pL ndSmi ya watu. 
Chanda cha mukono, the finger of the hand; pL 

vianda via muk6no. 
Chombo cha Waarabu, the vessd ofthe Arabs; pl. 

viombo via Waarabu. 
Utu wa vita, the cause of the war; pl. niutu ya 

vita. 
Ubaribivu wa niumbayakwe, the destruction of his 

house; pl. uharibivu wa niumbaze, the destruc- 

tion ofhis houses. 
Ku fa or kuffa, to die; knfia kuangu, my dying or 

my death. 

The post-prefizes might also be caUed the charac- 
teristic signs orparticles ofthe genitive or posses- 
sive case. 

It must also be observed that there is no necessity 
for introducing cases or declensions of nouns into 
Kisuahili. The nominative, being the case which 
expresses simply the name ofa thing, or the subject 
of a verb, has no characteristic mark. The genitive 
case is clear by the particles which we have termed 
post-prefixes. The dative or appropriating case, 
when it can be expressed, is rendered by apreposi- 
tion; e.g., nime kuenda kua wali, / went to the 
governor. In general, the dative is not required t 
but rather the accusative or objective case, toward 
which all transitive verbs have a tendency, e#., 



XXII 



AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF 



nime-mo-ambia wali, / spoke to the govemor, lit., 
Isaid or told the governor. Nime-m-pa wali kitn, 
Igave the governor a thing. 

The accusative and nominative may easily be 
recognized by the connection of the words which the 
writer or speaker wishes to expre$s. 

The voeative ease is only used in a solemn 
address tnade to Ood or men; e.g. t ewe Mnngu ! 
ewe sultani! God! Okingl Ewe is abbreviated 
from wewe (thou); ee wewe, thou; pl. egnui 
watu, ye men! ye men there! 

The ablative ease isformed by means ofpreposi- 
tions, if we may caU them by this term. Mua or 
miongonimua means "jrom;'* cjg., niraekiibali rau- 



konimuake, 1 received it at or from his hand, liU 
in hand from or of him — mukon6-ni-muakwe ; 
miongonimu/i mfalme, from the king, lit., miongo 
(side, part), miongoni, in the side or part, mua, 
from — in the side orpart from the king. Mu6ngo 
means properly "a decade of ten days," or, as in 
Kinika, " time," "part;" e.g., mirongo miiri, two 
parts or times of ten, two decades = twenty; mi, 
r6ngo mihatu, thirty, &c. Ni is vsed with verbs; 
e.g., he was beaten by his brother, amepigoa ni 
nduguye. Ni signifies also the locative case; e.g., 
niumba-ni, in the house; niumbanimuangu, in my 
house; niumbani-pangu, near my house; niumbani, 
kuangu, to my house. 



CHAPTER VI. 
ON THE DERIVATION OF NOUNS. 



(a.) Dertvation op Concrete Nounb ob 

SuBSTANTIVES. 

1. — By means of the participle, as — 

Apendai, he who loves = thesfaver, e.g., mtu 
apendai mali, the man who loves property—the 
lover ofproperty *= a covetous man. 
2. — By a kind of second participle* e.g. : — 

Mtenda kazi, a man making work => a 
working man or workman. 

Muharibu niumba, one who destroys a house 
-» a destroyer ofa house or houses. 
3. — By a form which subjects the last radical to 
a change or to an augment of letters, e.g. : — 

Mpenzi wa Mungu, lover of Ood (ku penda). 

Msemi wa man6no, speaker of words (ku 
eema). 

Mfuni wa mpunga, -the reaper of rice (ku 
funa). 
4. — By the augmented form : — 

Msemaji, speaker; msomaji, reader; muom- 
baji {pr mu6mvi), the beggar (ku 6mba, to beg). 
This form implies in many cases the idea of 
contempt, 

(b.) Debivation of Abstract Substanttves. 

1. — Abstract substantives are derivedfrom verbs 
by means of a change of the last radical, and oy 
the application of the plural prefix ma or the 
singular prefix u : — 

Pato la mali, obtaining or acauisition of 
property (Jrom ku pata, to obtain, to acauire) ; 
pendo la fetha, love of money (ku penda) ; somo 
la juo, the readingofa book; maamzi, judg- 
ment (ku amua, to judge) ; maneno, talk (ku 
nena) ; mafuno, reaping (lit., reapings), ma- 

* Cfr. tke cmutructive mood in I$enber<j'$ Amkarie 
Orammar, p. 70. Tke form m btfbr* a vtrb po—cutt botk 
tkt ekaraeten of »ub$tantive and verb. 



funaji; masemaji, taUcing; mapaji, givings* 
gifts; uharibivu (ku haribu), destruction; 
upunguvu (ku punguka), want; utuma, slavery 
(mtuma, a slave) ; ufunguo (ku fungua, to 
open), key. 

2. — Abstract substantives derived from concrete 
nouns, e.g. : — 

Ubana, lordship,from bana, lord, master. 
Ufalme, kingdom, from mfalme, king. 

3. — Abstract substantives derived from adjec- 
tives: — 

Ukuba, greatness, from kuba, great. 
Ujaje, Uttleness, from jaje, Uttle. 
Thus the Kisuahili forms easUy substantives 
which signify character, guality, office, employ- 
ment, state, condition, action, habit, dominion. 

4. — Substantives signifying instrumentaUty 9 
agency, locality: — 

Muiko wa ku pikia, a spoon for cooking « 
kitchen-spoon ; jombo or kidudo ja ku pigia, 
instrument to beat with = beating instrument, 
e.g., hammer ; mahali pa ku andikia, placefor 
writing = writing office; jembe ja ku limia, 
spade. 

5. — The infinitive of verbs in connection wiih 
the preposition kua serves also toform substantives t 

t.g. :— 

Kuja kuangu, my coming; kuffa kuakwe, 

his death, Ut., to die in, with, or from him; 

ku daka kuako, thy desire ; kuffa kuetu, our 

dyivg ; kuffa kuao, their death. 
In concluding this chapter we woidd notice the 
word muegni or muigni whicJi deserves the special 
attention of the learner, as this word is most vseful 
for translaling abatract ideas and combinations of 
European languages into KisuahiU. Muegni 
signifies : possessing, having, possessor t proprietor, 



THE SDAHILI LANGUAGE. 



xxin 



e.g., muegni mali, thepossessor of properiy ; mu-|*Aw? you see, tliere may be by this jaek-word 



egni ku penda mali, thelov er ofproperty ; muigni 
rebema, the possessor of mer cy = merciful; mu- 
egni thambi, possessor of sin « sinner ; muegni 
ku jua haya nani ? Ut., thepossessor to hnow this 
who is he = who knows this f who is the knower'of 



formed adjeciives and concrete svbstantives. Note 
" /" and ego mean$ in Kikamba gnie or ignie, 
conseauently muigni means the " i" or ego ofany- 
thing — possessor. 



C H A P T E R VII. 

ON THE VERB. 



r The verb, next to the noun, being the most essential 
part ofspeech, we must dwell on it at this place, 
reserving the adjectives, numerals, pronouns, dcc, 
to subseauent chapters. 



Gekebal Remarks on the Verb. 

1. — A verb is defined tobe a word whieh signi- 
fies tobe, to act, or to suffer. 

2. — Verbs are considered to be of three kinds, 
active, passive, and neuter. 

(a.) The active verb, which is also caUed 
transitive or objective (as the action passes 
over to the object), expressesan actian, which 
impUes an agent, and an object acted upon. 

(b.) The passive verb expresses a suffering 
or receiving of an action, and impliesan object 
acted upon, and an agent by which it is aeted 
upon, 

(c.) The neuter verb expresses neither ac- 

tion nor passion, but being, or a state of being. 

As its effect does notpass over to anyobject, it 

is also called intransitive. 

3. — AuxiUary or helping verbs are those by the 

help of which verbs are principally conjugated. 

Theparadigm will show how far there is occasion 

for the appUcation ofauxiUary verbs in Kisuahili. 

4. — In point of auaUty verbs are divided into 

perfect and imperfect. We shaU see howfar this 

division may be appUed in KisuahiU, 

5. — To the verbs belong nvmber, person, mood, 
andtense. 

(a.) Kisuahili has but two numbers, sin- 
gular and plural. There is no dual as in 
Arabic. 

(b.) Each number has three persons as in 
Engiish. 

(c) The mood consists in the change which 
theverbundergoes to signify various intentions 
of the mind. 

The moods in Kisuahili are as follows : — 
(a.) The infinitive mood, which expresses 
a thing in an unlimitcd manncr, without 
any distinction of number or person; e.g., 
ku n£na, to speak; ku f&nia, to make. The 
sign or particle of the infinitive is ku ; 
e.g., ku penda, to love. Jt appears to us very 



improper to write kupenda, as if it werz 

one word, but ku penda, as in English " to 

love," and in German zu Heben. At all 

events the lexicographer and grammarian 

must separate the particle from theverb,when 

writing for foreigners who wish to learn 

KisuahUi, whereas the natives know how to 

pronounce their mother-tongue, and may write 

and read kupenda as one word if they 

choose. We must never forget the difference 

between a grammar and a translation : the 

former isforforeigners, the latterfor natives; 

just as there is a great difference between the 

mere translation ofany text and the explana- 

tion of it. 

(fi.) The imperative mood, which is the 
8implestform ofthe verb, expresses order t re- 
guest, exhortation, command, &c. 

(7.) The optative or potential is expres- 
sive of wish, liberty, permission, obligation, 
possibility, condition, <&c. 

(8.) The subjunctive mood expresses un- 
certainty, or conditionality of a thing, 

(e.) The participle, which is a certainform 
of the verb, and participates not only in the 
properties of a verb, but aho in those ofan 
adjective and of the concrete substantive. 

6. — If we consider the conjugation of a verb to 
be the regular combination or arrangement of its 
several numbers, persons, moods, and tenses, we 
can speak only ofthe existence of one conjugation 
in KisuahiU; but if we regard the various modifi- 
cations or derivations arising from the various 
significations of the simple or original verb, we 
must assign to the KisuahUi verb a number ofcon- 
jugations or derivations. 

(a.) The simple, original form; e.g., ku 
penda, to love. 

(6.) TJie causative form, which generaUy 
chamjes the last radical and augments it by the 
addedform saorzaor sh& ; e.g., pendeza, to 
please ; ku pungua, to diminish — ku punguza, 
to make to grow less ; ku fania to make, but ku 
faniza, to cause to make; ku takata, to be 
clean — ku takaasa, io mdke clean. 



ZZIT 



AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAB OP 



(c) The objective or dative form t which 
. inserts i or e before the last radical letter of 
the verb, and intimates that the action of the 
verb is performed for or against a person. 
The preposition, ichieh other languages 
would reguire, is thus induded in theform of 
the verb itself; e.g. t ku-m-patia (from ku pata, 
to obtain), to make him obtain, to procure for 
him; ku toka, to go forth — ku-m-tokea, to go 
or eome out to him = to appear to him ; ku 
letta, to bring t to send — ku lettea, to bring or 
send to or for a person — ku lettlwa, to have 
brought or tent toone. 

(d.) Reflexive forrn^ tohieh prefixes the 
syUableji; e.g. t ku ji-penda, to love oneself. 

(e.) Beeiprocal form, tohich affixes na tothe 
rootrverb; e.g., kn pendana, to love one another. 

(f.) The iterative or reduplicative form, 
made by inserting le or li between the two 
last radical letter$ ; e.g., ku tenibea, to waUc 
about; kn tembelea, to go to and fro t to 
ramble ; to love orfavour one by predilection ; 
ku lia, to weep—ku lilia, to condole with one 
by lamentation. 

It wffl, suffiee to have noticed theprincipal forms 
or modifications of the verb. The student must 
always consult the dictionary, if he is doubtful 
about the real meaning andform of a verb. 

7. — There are two voices, the active and the 
passive. Therefiexive and reciprocal derivations 
can have no passive, from the nature oftheir sig- 
nification. Thepassive voice is formed byputting 
o between the Uut radical letters; e.g. t kn pendoa, to 
beloved. Other insertions of more letters will be 



noticed in a particular section or chapter. Dr, 
Steere writes the passive, pendwa, but o seems 
to me preferable t at least in the dialect of Mom. 
bas (pe'ndoa), and in Kinika, kn hensoa, to 6c 
loved. 

8.—Properly speaking t we do not meet with irre- 
gular verbs, but there are some monosyllabic verbs t 
also a few defectives t and some apparently imper- 
sonal verbs t of which we shaU treat in the seguel 
under this head. 

9. — Lastly, we must say a few words on the 
tenses of the KisuahUi. Tense is the distinction 
of time, which, stridly speaking, is limited to the 
present, past, and future. 

Indicative Tenses.—Present. 

Present indefinite (mimi) napenda, I love. 
Prtsent imperfect (mimi) nipendai or 

(mimi) ninapenda, / love, or 
I am loving, I am about to 
hve. 
. (mimi) nimekua nipendai, 1 was 

loving. 
. (mimi) nimependa, / have 

loved. 
. (mimi) nalipenda, / loved, or 
had loved. 
The narrativepast (mimi) nikapenda, and I 

loved. 
Thefuture tense tapenda (or at Zanzibar, nita- 

penda), IshaU love. 
lmperfect . . • takua nipendai, / shaU be 

loving. 
Perfect .... takua nliopenda, / shaU have 

loved. 



Imperfect 
Perfect . 
Pastperfect 



CHAPTER Vin. 

PARADIGM OF THE REGULAR VERB, CONJUGATED IN ALL ITS MOODS AND 

TENSES, AFFIRMATTVELY AND NEGATIVELY. 

Root. — Penda, love, or do love (Imperative sing.). 
(o.) hrrarmYB Mood.— Ku penda, to love. Neoative— Kut6a ku penda, not to love 

(or kuto penda in Kiunguja). 

(b.) Indicatiye Mood.— Present (Itobfimite) Tensb. 



EngUsh. 

1. Ilove 

2. thou lovest 

3. heloves 

1. we love 

2. youlove 

3. they love 



Affirmative. 



KisuahUi. 



SINGULAB. 

(mimi) napenda. 

(wewe) wapenda. 

(yee) apenda or yuwa penda. 

PLURAL. 

(truisui) tuapenda. 
(nuinui) muapenda. 
(wao) wapenda. 



Negative. 



Ilove not (mimi) sipendi. 
(thou) lovest not, wewe hupendi. 
(he) loves not, yee hapendi. 

(suisui) hatupendi. 

Snuinui) hampendi. 
wao) hawapendi. 



THB SUAHILI LANGUAGE. 



XXV 



1. Iam loving, or 1 who 

love, or Iloving 

2. thou art loving 

3. heis loving 

1. we who love 

2. you loving 

3. they who love or are 

loving 



PBESENT ImPERFECT TEH8K. 

Affirmative. 



8INOULAB. 

mimi nipendai. 

wewe upendai. 
yee apendai. 

PLUBAL. 

suisui tupendao. 
nuinui mpend&o. 
wao wi 



1 am about to love, I am loving ; mim 

ninapenda. 
wewe unapenda. 
yee anapenda. 

tunapenda. 
ninapenda. 
wanapenda. 
There i$ no negative in thit tense. 



Pbbbent Pebfect Tensb. 
I have loved, dte. 



Affirmative. 



1. Ihave loved 

2. thou hast loved 

3. he or she has loved 

1. we have loved 

2. you have loved 

3. they have loved 



8IBOULAB. 



nimependa. 

umependa. 

amependa. 



PLUBAL. 



tumependa. 
mmependa. 
wamependa. 



Negative. 



riknpenda. 
hukupenda 
bakupenda. 

hatukupenda. 
hamkupenda. 
hawakupenda. 



1. Ihadloved 

2. thou hadst loved 

3. he, she, k had loved 

1. wehadloved 

2. youhadloved. 

3. they had lovea\ 



Pabt Peefect Tehse. 

BtNGULAB. 

nalipenda, or naliki, or nliki 

penda. 
walipenda (uli or .uliukipenda). 
alipenda (or aliakipenda). 

PLUBAL. 

tualipenda (tuali tuki). 
mualipenda (mualimki tuki). 
walipenda (wali waki tuki). 



siknpenda, ortSLior salipeada. 

hukuli or hulipenda. 
halipenda. 

hatuali or katualipenda. 
hamuali (or hamli) penda. 
hawalipenda. 



1. Iwasloving 

2. thou wast loving 

3. he was loving 

1. we were loving 

2. you were loving 
8. they were loving 



Pabt Impebfect Tensb. 
I was loving. 



8INGULAB. 

nalikua (nlikua) nikipenda. 
nlikua ukipenda 
alikua akipenda. 

PLUBAL. 

tualikua tukipenda. 
mualikua mkipenda. 
walikua wakipenda. 



sikua nikipenda» 
hukua ukipenda* 
hakua akipenda, cU> 



XVI 



AN OUTUNE OF GRAMMAR OF 



Negative. 



1. IshaUlove 

2. ihou wUt love 

3. he t she, or it wUl love 

1. we shaU love 

2. you wiU love 

3. they wiU love 



Future Present Indeftntte Tenre. 

/ shaU or will love. 
Affirmative. 

bihgulab, 

tapenda (or in Kiung. nitapenda). sitapenda. 

utapenda. hutapenda. 

atapenda. hatapenda. 

PLUBAL. 

tutapenda. hatutapenda. 

mtapenda. hamtapenda. 

watapenda. hawatapenda. 

Future Present Imperfect Tbhbe. 
/ shaU or will be loving. 

8INOULAR. 

takna nikipenda or nipendai (or. 

takua mnegni kn penda). 
ntakna ukipenda or npendai. 
atakua akipenda or apendai. 

Future Present Pbrfect Tense. 

I thaU have loved. 

Affirmative. 

8TNOULAR. PLURAL. 

1. I thaU have loved, takua nliopenda. 1. we shaU have loved, tutakua tnlio penda. 

2. thou wilt have loved, ntakua uliopenda. 2. you wiU have loved, mtakua mlio penda. 

8. he wiU have loved, atakua aliependa. 8. they wiU have loved, watakua walio penda. 

Futube Past Pebfect Tense. 
Ishould have loved yangali-ni-pasha ku penda or ningalipasoa ni ku penda. 

I shovld or must love ya-uipasha ku penda. 

I would or desire to love nadaka ku penda. 

Ishould be loving yanipasha kua muegni ku penda. 

IwouJd be loving nadaka kua muegni ku penda. 



1. I $haU be hving 

2. thou wUt be loving 

3. he shaU be loving 



sitakiia nikipenda. 

hutakua uldpenda. 
hatakua akipenda. 
dfc 



Negative. 
do not love, or love not t sipenda. 



(e.) Imperattve Mood. 
Affirmative. 

8INGULAB. 

love thou, or do love, penda. 
In Kiung. the peopie freguenthj say pende, love 
thou. 

PLUBAL. 

love ye, pendani (or pend6ni). love ye not, sipendani or sipendeni. 

We must observe, that the natives are not very fond ofusing the imperative form. Theyprefer 
speaking in thepotential mood, unless the categorical imperative be reouircd by the speaker. 

(d.) Potehtial Mood. — Pbesekt Tense. 



I may love, orlc*me love. 
Affirmative. 

1. (mimi) nipende 

2. (wewe) upende 

3. (yee) apende 

1. suisui tupende 

2. nuinui mpende 
3 wao wapende. 



8INGULAB. 



PLUBAL. 



/ may not love, let me not love. 
Negative. 

mimi nisipendc (nsipende). 
uRi'pondc. 
asipende. 

tunipende. 
msipende. 
wasipende. 



THB SUAHILI LANGUAGE. 



XXVII 



Ishould, 1 would love. 
Affirmative. 

1. ningependa 

2. ungependa 

3. angependa 

1. tungependa 

2. mgependa. 

3. wangependa 



Perfect TEN8E. 
81HOULAR. 



PLURAL. 



I should or would not love. 

Negative. 
singe penda. 
hnnge penda. 
hange penda. 

hatunge penda. 
hamge penda. 
hawange penda. 



PA8T PeRFECT TEN8E. 

1 would, 1 Bhould have loved, had I loved (ngali). 



Affirmative. 

. 8IK0ULAR. 

1. ningalipenda, Iwould or should have loved. 

2. ungalipenda, thou wouldest have loved. 

3. angalipenda, he would have loved. 

PLURAL. 

1. tungalipenda, we should have loved. 

2. mungalipenda (mngalipenda), you would have 

loved. 

3. wangalipenda, they would have loved. 



Negative. 

sfngali penda, Ishouid not have loved. 
hungali penda. 
hangali penda. 

hatungali penda. 
hamgali penda. 



hawangali penda. 

(«.) SuBJUHcnvE Mood. — Prebent Tensb. 
If Ilove, floving, or, when, rinee, ihough Ilove, dbc. 

8INGULAR. 

1. nikipenda, i/Ilove, Iloving. 

2. ukipenda, ifthou lovest, thou loving. 

3. akipenda, he loving. 

'\ PLURAL. 

1. tukipenda, ifwe love. 

2. mkipenda, you loving. 

3. wakipenda, they loving, ifthey love. 



mimi nikitoa ku penda, ifllove not. 
wewe ukitoa ku penda. 
yee akitoa ku penda. 

tukitoa ku penda, 
mkit6a ku penda. 
wakitoa ku penda. 



PrESBHT PeRFECT TEN8B. 

Affirmative. Negative. 

Ifor when Ihave loved, or after, as soon a$ Ihad If t when or after I have or had not loved (not 

loved. having loved) (except, unless Iloved). 

81NOULAR. PLURAL. 8INGULAR, PLURAL. 

1. (mimi) nlipo or nilipopenda. tulipopenda. 1. nsipopenda. tusipopenda. 

2. ulipopenda. mlipopenda. 2. usipopenda. msipopenda. 

3. alipopenda. walipopenda. 3. adpopenda. wasipopenda. 

FUTURE TEN8E. 

When, or if I shall love, or shall be loving. 

8INOULAR. 

1. ntakapopenda, iflshall love, or shaU be loving. 

2. utakapopenda, ifthou shalt love, or shalt be loving. 

3. atakapopenda, ifhe shaU love, or shall be loving. 

PLURAL. 

1. tutakapopeuda, ifwe shaU love, or be loving. 

2. mtakapopenda, if you, or when you be loving. 

3. watakapopenda, if they shall love, or be loving. 



XXVIII 



AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF 



PLUBAL. 

1. tupendao, we who love. 



PaBTICIPLES OF THE ACTIYB VoiCE. 

(a.) Prebeht Pabticiple. 

Iloving, or 1 who love. 
snrauLAB. 

1. (mimi) nipendai (or nipendaye), / loving, I who 

love. 

2. (wewe) upendai, thou loving, or vaiko lovest. 2. mpendao, you who love. 
8. (yee) apendai, he ioving t or who loves. 3. wapend&o, they who love. 

This participU has no negative form; if the negative be reavired, it mu$t be rendered with the 
relative pronoun, and the negativeform of thepresent tense of the indicative mood; e.g. } I not loving, 
mimi ambai kuamba hapendi. 

The Suahili people Uke to say: mimi ndimi nipendai, I, yea I, or the very same, or the very man 
who loves; wewe ndiwe upendai ; yee ndie apendai ; suisui ndisui tupend&o ; nuinui ndinui mpendao; 
wao ndio wapendao. 

(6.) Past Pabticiple. 
1 having loved, or nliekua nikipenda, or nliekua muegni ku penda. 



8INGULAB. 



PLUBAL. 



Affirmative. 
Ihaving loved. 

1. mimi nllo penda. 

2. wewe ulio penda. 

3. yee alie penda. 



Negative. 
I having not loved. 
mimi nsie penda. 
usie penda. 
ade penda. 



Affirmative. 

1. suisui tulio penda 

2. nuinui mlio penda. 

3. wao walio penda. 



Negative. 

tusio penda. 
msio penda. 
sraaio penda. 



(c.) FuTUBE Tknse op the Pabticiple. 
/ who will love t or who shatt be loving. 

8INGULAR. PLUBAL. 

1. (mimi) ntakai (or ntakaye) penda. 1. (suisui) tutakao penda. 

2. (wewe) utakai penda. 2. nuinui mtakao penda. 

3. (yee) atakai penda. 3. wao watakao penda. 

There is no negatiue, butitcanbe expressed by saying: I who shall be he who shall not looe, ntaka 
mimi ambai kuamba sipendi or sitapenda. 



VARIOUS ADDITIONS TO CHAPTER VIII. 



1. — The form bupenda means, " they like, one 

Ukes, one would like ;" hu-enda, " one goes t they go, 

everybody goes." In this form there is no dis- 

tinetion of number, person, or time. Therefore 

Dr. Steere has put up the rule: "customary 

actions are exprcssed by prefixing hu- to the verb" 

(on dit). 
2. — I see him going, or I saw him going; 

na-mu-ona anakuenda, or nali-mu-ona 

anakuenda. 

Isaw him coming, nali-mu-ona anakuja, or 

Isee him coming t nime-mu-ona anakuja, and 

Isaw that he opened the door, nika-mu-ona 

ame-u-fungua mlango. 

The dothes were lost, ngiio zalikua zimpo- 

tea. 

3. — The difference between the ina and ime tense, 

must be weU observed; e.g., inajaa, means, it is get- 

ting fuU, but imejaa, it isfull; ina potea, it is 

becoming lost, but imepotea, it is lost; anavaa, he 

is putting on, but amevaa he has put on = he 



wears; inapassuka, it is being torn — imepas- 
suka, it is tom. 
4. — Mtu apendaye, the man who loves (at any 

time). 
Mtu anaye penda, the man who is loving 

(now). 
Mtu atakaye penda, the man who loves (at 

somefuture time). 
Nitakapo penda, when Ishatt be loving. 
Ninapolala, when I sleep, i.e., at any time 

when 1 am sleeping, 
Nilalapo, when I sleep, i.e., in the case of 

my sleeping. 
Nitafurahi nikikuona, seeing you, I shatt 

rejoice =■= I shatt be glad to see you. 
5. — Nyapopenda, even ifllove. 
Ujapopenda, even ifthou love. 
Tujapokupiga, when we come to beat you, 

even ifwe beat you. 
Wajapokupiga, when they ccnne to beat 

you, even ifthey beat you. 



THE SUAHILI LANGUAOE. 



Rnja, to cotae, aml po, tehen or uthere; 

hente ajapo, tnhen he eomes. 
Ujapo hukionl, eve n i/ yoi* tlonot setit. 

6. — Eaamba or kama ungekua naakili, mali 
yakounge dumu usyo, if you teere a man of 'under- 
Itanding, yottr preperty would have eontiaued toith 
you, i,e,,your property wouidbc,or viould hov e been 
yourt stili. 

7. — Muambio s-ka-tukulie miigowoko, tett him 
to earry thy load for thce. 

8. — The infinitivc may be tued to erprett the 
aetion indioated by the verb; t.g., kfifS, dyiag ; ku 
enda, going ; ku pendaiia, mutual loving. 

9. — Dr. Steere mentiont a tcnte ahieh he ealU 
" very properly" the not yet tente. Be tayi there 
m o negative lente made by the ute ofthe negative 
prefixet foBotced by ja, uhieh it a sort ofnegathe 
pretent perfeet, denying the aetion uptolhe time 
of tpeaking. 

1 . ' Si-ja-pcnda, I have not ytt ioved. 

2. Hu-ja pcnda, thou hatt not yet Irnttd. 

3. Ha-ja.penda, he hat not yet lovcd. 

1. Hatu-ja-penda, we have not yct loved. 

2. Ham-ja-penda, you have not yet loced. 
8. Hav/a-ja-penda, they have not yet ioved. 
Hajaja, he U not yet come, he U not oome 

Hajaja bado, heitnot eome, at leatt not yet. 

Hajesba — baja isba, he has not yet finished. 

10. — Inttead o/aaiondo, that he may not go, you 

mat/ atto tny; aeende, at tke i of si often dit- 

appearl bcfore a voteel; niaenda, let me not go; 

tueode, do not go. 

11. — Ame-m-t»fut* atri-mu-fine, he tearehed or 

loekedfor him, butdid notsee orfindhim, or tcith- 

outfinding him. 

12. — 1. Ni-slje-ponda, that 1 may not have 

already loved, or before I have lotied. 

2. U-aije-penda, that thott mayett not have 

already loved. 
3- A-siie-peuda, thathemay nothanealTeady 
loved. 



1. Ta-BJje-penda, that we may not have 

ulready toved. 

2. M-aije-penda, that you may not haoe 

already loved. 

3. Wa-aije-penda, that they may not have 

already loved. 
Uta-m-pata asijelala, you urill teite him 

hrfore he goet to tUep. 

Niaijo nikaffa, that Imay not die before, or 

that J trtay not be already dead. 

Tni PisarrB Voicb, 

Tlitpatrive itformed by interting n cr o before 

tlie fisal voicrl ; ku penda, to love— paitive, ku 

jrt'ndua or pendoa, to be loeed; both modet of 

/,i,„.iiticiatum are heard, perhaptlhe one (u) more 

nt Zanahar, the other (o) at Mombat and other 

plaeet in the north ; aponda, he. lovet—patt., 

HpOndna, he it loved; bapendi, he doet not love — 

pMfc, ha-pcndui, he U not Uned; tnmependa, ive 

huce loved — tnmependna, ua have been loved/ 

uiii[B?ada, thou toilt iove—pait., utapondua, thou 

icilt he loved — sikn pondua, I tva» not loved — lita 

pciidua, / ihatt not bt loved. 

Imferitite Mood. 

l ■■ ■ dua, be thott loved; penduani, be ye lovtd; 

ai pendna, be thou not loved. 

ItmamvE. 
ku pendoa, to be loved; 
kutoa ppndoa, nottobe loved. 
Potiktiil. 
nipondne (nipendoe or uipendue), may Jbe loeed. 
Geflecti ve Vkrii. 
ii.i ji-pendi, Jlove tnyself; negative, n ji-pendi ; 
■ ■■ c-ji-pcnda, 1 loved mytelf; 
niji-pende, may 1 love mytelf. 

IupBKATtVK. 

ji -penda {or ji-penda uafsijako), love thyietf; 

ii | lindani [or jipendani ntfi\teaa),love yoartelfl 

ne/jative, aiji-pende (pi. Bi-ji-pendeni), iove not 

thyielf. 



CHAPTER IX. 
IRKEGULAE VERBS. 



MonotyUabie and dUtyttabic verbt tehieh begin 
toith a vowel rriain the ku of the itifinitive in thote 
temei in mhich the tente prefix endt tn a lyllablc 
lohich eannet bear the aaccnt, Thcte tcnteprefixet 
are na, ame, ali, ta, japo, nge, ngab', aije. The 
other prefizet—a, ka, ki, nga, ku, ja, Bi— eon bear 
the accent, and tkerefore the ku ii tvA rctained. 
The irregvlarity affcdt chiefiy the perfect and 
futurt tcntci. We ihould escpect the form ni 



and taja, / eame, I shall come ; but the particle 
ka cannot be omitted in thete teniei, kG ja, to come t 
Nija, I come; ninakdja, / am coming; ni 
kaja, and I came; nimekuja, / have come; 
nikija, / eoming; nalikuja, / eame, had 
come; nitaknja or taktija, / thatt eome; nija- 
pokuja, even if I comc ; ningekuja, / thould 
eotne; ningaliknja, Ithotdil kave conte; Biji, / 
eomenot; «ikujo, Idid net come; aijaja, /oot 



AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF 



not yet come; nisije, let me not come; nisije- 

kuja, before 1 come ; nisipokuja, when I come 

not; aliekuja, he who came; nije, let me come; 

ajaye, he who comet. 

The verb kuja, io come, is the only verb which 

hcu an irregular imperative, sing. ndo, pl. ndoni 

(Kiung. njoo, come;pl. njooui, come ye); sije, come 

not ; rijeni, come ye not. 

The dissyUabie verbs amekwisha, he hasfinished 
and amekwanza, he hae begun, retain the ku or 
omit it; you may say : — 

Ameisha, ameanza, or amekuisha and ame- 

kuanza. 
Kula, to eat, a$ ameknla, he has eaten. 
Ame-m-la, he has eaten him. 
Kn aza or kowaza,**o think, to consider. 
Ku iva or kuwiva, to ripen. 

As the Dictionary gives information about every 
verb, we refrainfrom mentioning other apparently 
irregular verbs. However, afew verbs must still be 
noticed. 

1. — Ku toa or toaa, to take (Kinika, ku hala). 
(1) natoa, Itake; (2) waloa; (3) atoa, &c. 
(1) ri toai, I take not; (2) hutoai; (3) ha- 
toai, dtc. 
Imperative: toa, take; sitoai, take not; toani } 
ta&e ye; eitoeni, take ye not. Patsive, toaliwa. 

2. — Ku t6a, to cast or bring out (ku lafia in 
Kinika) ; nat6a, I cast out; slt6i, I do not cast 
out. Imperative, t6a ; negative t rit6e ; />Z. toani ; 



negative, sitoeni. Passive, ku tolewa ; ku t6sa, e.g. , 
ushuru, to make one pay duty. 

Ku fa or kuffii, to die. (1) nafta, / die; (2) 
waffa; (3) affa; pl. tuaffa, <^c. Negative, siffi, 
huffi, haffi, (C'c. Nimekuffa, / died; ri kuffa, 1 
died not; nali-kufia, / was dead; takuffa, / tAotf 
die; sitakuffa, I shaU not die. Imperative, f*\, 
die thou, fini, die ye; neg. eife, die not t rifeni, die 
ye not. Mafaji, d^A ; mfu, dead t pl. wafu ; kiffia 
(objective), todieto one; ku filiwa, to be deprived 
of somebody by death; ku-m-fisa, to make one die 
-to kUlone; mtu aliefiwa na (ni) mamai, one 
whose mother is dead; 

Ku la, to eat; nala, / eat : wala, thou eatest; 
ala, he eats. Negative, sili, / eat not; huli, <Ao» 
eatest not; hali, Ae eoto not. Amekiila, he hat 
eaten; hakula, he has not eaten; atakula, he shatl 
eat. Imperative t la, eat; lani, eat ye; rile, eat 
not; ri!6ni, eat ye not. Passive t kn liwa, to be 
eaten; kn lika, to be eatable; ku liflha, to makeone 
eat, tofeed him; ku Ha, to eat with; ku lana, to eat 
together. 

Ku za, to sell (or ku uza) ; nauza or noza, IseU; 
wauza or woza, ifou sellest; yuwa uza, or yuoza, 
Ae #efl«; tua uza or tuoza, toe #e/Z; muauza, or 
mdza, you «ett; wauza or w6za, <Aey «e^. 
Negative, suzi, I do not seU ; huzi, tAou <2o«t no* 
•e//; hauzi or hozi, Ae <ioe« not seU ; hat6zi, we do 
not seU; hamuzi, you do not seU ; hauzi or ha6xi, 
they do not seU. Passive t kuzoa, to be sold; ku 
uziana, to exchange in trading. 



CHAPTER X. 
AUXILIARY VERBS. 



There are various auzUiary verbs t e.g. t kiia, to 
be; ku isha or kwisha, tofinish, to come to an end; 
kuja, to come; ku t6a, toput out t to deUver t to take 
away; ku w6za, to be able, can; kua na buddi, to 
be unable to cscapefrom, to be obliged, must ; sharti 
(ofnecessity) t should or ought; ku pasa or pasha, to 
eoncern ; sina buddi ku enenda, I have no escape t I 
must go, I ought to go (lit. t it concerns me to go) ; 
ime-ni-pisha nisende, / ought not to go; ime-ni- 
pasha ku ende, Iought to go; haiku-ni-pasha mimi, 
it was no business of mine; ame-ni-pasha mimi, Ae 
is a connection ofmine; ime-ku-pasa-ni, what have 
you to do with it f kut6a kuja, not to come {or kuto- 
kuja in Kiung.); ku tosa ku-mu-uliza, to excJude 
asking him; ametoa kuja, he was remiss in coming, 
he has not come, he neglected it; nikit6a kuja, if I 
forbear from coming, as long as I do not come. 
Kwisha, to finish t refers to the notion that some- 
thing has been fuUy done, and katika kwisha, / 
have nearly done; e.g. t ni katika kwisha ku vuta 
tombako (tit. tumbako), / am finishimg smoking t I 



am just leaving off t I have nearly finished or 
done. 

The verb kua, tobe, is an important auriliary. 
Nili nikipenda, I am loving, I being to be 

loving. 
Nikali nikipeuda, lamor Iwas loving. 
Nikiwa nikipenda, Ibeing loving, while Ilove. 
Nikiwa nimependa, / having loved. 
Nikiwa nimekwisha ku penda, having ahready 

loved. 
Nalikua nimependa, / was loving. 
Nalikua nimekwisha ku penda, I had already 

loved. 
Takua nikipenda, I shaU be loving. 
Takua nimependa, / shaU have loved. 
Takua nimekwisba penda, / have already 

loved. 
Takua nilioponda, / shaU be who has loved, I 
shoM have loved. 
Kua, to be; kut/ja kua, not to be; anakua and 
amekua, he was; hakua, he was not; alikua, Ae 



THE 8UAHILI LANGUAGE. 



XXXI 



hadbeen; atakaa, he shall be; hatakua, he shall 
not be. 

Imperative; iwa, be thou; riwe, be thou not; 
iwani, be ye; siweni, be ye not. Potcntial: n6we, 
may I be; siwi, may I not be ; uwe, mayest thou 
be; huwi, mayest thou not be; awe, may hebe; 
haawi, may he not be; tuwe, may we be; neg. t 
hatuwi ; jnuwe, may ye be ; neg. t hamuwi ; wawe, 
may they be; neg. t hawawi; angekua, he would be; 
angalikua, he would have been; akawa, and he 
became t and he was ; ukawa, nikawa, tukawa, 
mkawa, wakawa; yuwawa or wawa, he becomes; 
yuwawa, wawa, nawa, tuawa, muawa, wawa; 
negative, hawi, huwi, siwi, hatui, hamui, hawawi. 
Subjunctive: nikiwa, ukiwa, akiwa (when he is). 
Participle : awai, he who is ; aliekua, he who was ; 
atakai, he who shall be; amekua, he grew; (1) 
nakua, / grow ; (2) wakua ; (3) akua, he grows, 
d'c.; sikui, I grow not; hukui, thou growest not ; 
hakui, he grows not. 

Yu or ni, he U ; si, he is not. 

Affirmative. Negative. 

Singular. 
3. yu (pr ni), he is. si, he is not. 

2. u (or ni), thou art. nu, thou art not. 

• 1. ni, I am. si, I am not. 

PLURAL. 

1. tu (ni), we are. hatu, we are not. 

2. mu (ni), you are. hamu, you are not. 

3. wa (ni), they are. si, they are not. 

Yuna, he is with t or he has. 

8INGULAR. 

3. yuna. hana, he has not. 

2. una. huna, thou hast not. 

1. nina. sina, Ihave not. 

PLURAL. 

1. tuna. hatuna, we have not. 

2. mna. hamna, you have not. 

3. wana. bawana, they have not. 
yuko, he is there, with hako, he is not there. 

me, i.e. t at my house ; 

yuko kuangu. 
uko, thou art there. huko, thou art not there. 

niko, / am ttiere. siko, / am not there. 

tuko, we are there. hatuko, we are not there. 



Affirmative. 
mko, you are there. 



Negative. 

hamuko, you are not 

there. 

wako, they are there. haw&ko, they are not 

there. 
yupo hapa, he is here. 

yumo niumhani, he is in the house. 

alipokuapo hapa, when he was here. 

kuna mtuma, there is a slave. 

kulikua na mtuma, there was a slave ; alikua nai 

mtuma, he had a slave. 
nina niumba, / have a house; atakua nayo niumba, 

he shall have a house. 
nalikua na niumba, 1 had a house ; niwe na ni- 

umba, let me have t or that I may have a hovse. 
ninazo, / have them (i.e. t the houses) ; mtu alie 

kua nazo, the man who had the houses ; niumba 

alizokua nazo, the houses which he (the man) 

had. 
hakuna or hapana there is not. This form never 

undergoes any change. 

Impebsonal Verbs. 

8INOULAR. 

ya-ni-pasha ku fania, / must do it. 
ya-ku-paeha fania, thou must do it. 
ya-m-pasha ku fania, he must do it. 

PLURAL. 

ya-tu-pasha ku fania, we must do it. 
ya-wa-pasha ku fania, you must do it. 
ya-wa-pasha ku fania, they must do it. 

Negative. 

81NOULAR. 

hai-m-pa8hi ku fania, he must not do it. 
hai-ku-pashi ku fania, thou must not do it. 
hai-ni-pashi ku fania, / must not do it. 

plural. 
hai-ta-pashi ku fenia, we must not do it. 
hai-m-paebi ku fania, you must not do it. 
hai-wa-pashi ka fania, they must not do it. 
yame-m-pasha (perfect). 
yah'-m-pasha (past perfect). 
yata-m-pasha (future). 
ya-m-pasha (potential). 
yaki-m-pasha (subjunctive). 
ame-pa8hoa ni ku enenda, he was obliged to go = 
yame-m-pasha ku enenda. 



xxxii 



AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF 



CHAPTER XI. 

ON THE NUMERALS. 

The student ofSuahiU must befirst told, that two fomu ofnumeralt are made usepfbythe natives; 
one is purely SuahUi, the other is takenfrom the Arabie. 



(a.) Cakdival Numbebb. 


Scahili. 


Abjlbic. 


one 


moja (moei in Kiung.) 


wabed 


two 


mbfli (or pili) 


ethnen 


*hree 


tatu 


thalatha. 


four 


'nne 


arba. 


five 


tano 


khamsa or hamsa. 


six 


sita 


setta or sita. 


seven 


saba 


saba or sabaa. 


eight 


nane 


thamanie. 


nine 


kenda 


tissa or tissia. 


ten 


kumi 


ashara or aaher. 


eleven 


kumi na rooja 


ahadashar (ahad ashara). 


twelve 


knmi na mbili 


ethnaahara. 


thirteen 


kumi na tatu 


tbalatashara. 


fourteen 


kumi na 'nne 


arbatashara. 


fifteen 


kumi na tano 


hamastashara. 


sixteen 


kumi na sita 


setdshara. 


seventeen 


kumi na saba 


sabatashara. 


eighteen 


kumi na nane 


thamantashara. 


nineteen 


kumi na kenda 


tissataahara. 


twenty 


makumi mawfli 


asharin, or asharini. 


twenty-one 


makumi mawili na moja 


asharini na moja. 


twenty-two 


(makumi mawili na mbili ; does asharini na mbili. 




not occur t or but very rarcLy) 




twenty-three 


(makumi mawili na tatu, does not asharfni na tatu. 




occur) 




twenty-four 




asharini na 'nne. 


twenty-five 




asharini na tano. 


twentysix 




asharini na sita. 


twentyseven 




asharini na saba. 


twenty-eight 




asharini na nane. 


twenty-nine 




asharini na kenda. 


thirty 


makumi matatu 


thalathini. 


thirty-one 


(makumi matatu na moja) 


thalathini na moja. 


thirty4wo 


(makumi matatu na mbili) 


thalathini na mbili. 


forty 


maknmi manne 


arbaini. 


fifiy 


makumi matano 


hamsini. 


sixty 


makumi sita 


8cttini. 


nventy 


makumi saba 


sabaini, sabuini. 


seventy-one 


maknmi saba na moja 


wahed wa sabain. 


eighty 


makumi manane 


thamanini. 


eighty-five 


makumi manane na tano 


thamanini na tano. 


ninety 


niakumi kenda 


tissaiui. 


ninetysix 


makumi kenda na sita 


tissaini na sita. 


hundred 


(makumi kumi) 


mia 


hundred-and-nine 


mia na kenda 




two hundred 


mia mbili or better miateni (the 


Arabic dual). 


three hundred 


thalatha mia (mia tatu). 




four hundred 


arba mia (mia nne). 




five hundred 


hamsa mia (mia tano). 





THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. 



XXXIII 



Cardinal Numbers. 
six hundred 
seven hundred 
eight hundred 
nine hundred 
thousand 

eighteen-hundred-andfifty 
two thousand 
three thousand 
four thousand 
five thousand 
ten thousand* 



mia kar. 
mia kurur. 



one hundred thousand 
one miUion 
a billion or kar 
a trillion or kurur 
a quadriUion or baj 

(b.) 0RDINAL8. 

The first (e.g., man) (mtu) wa kwanza (or wa 
mosi) ; tht second, wa pili ; the third, wa tatu ; the 
fourth, wa 'nne ; the fifth, wa tano ; the sixth, wa 
sita ; the seventh, wa saba, &c. 

(c.) Adverbial Numebalb. 

Firstly, muanzo or mahali pa kwanza. Secondly, 
mabali pa pili. Thirdly, mahali pa tatu. 
(d.) Numerals op Iteration. — How many times. 

Once, marra moja ; twice, marra mbili ; the 
second time, marra ya pili ; ofien, marra ningi ; 
how often, or how many times t marra ngapi ? 



Suahili. 
setta mia (mia setta). 
sabaa mia (mia sabaa). 
tamanu mia (mia nane). 
tis8u mia (mia kenda). 
elf or elfu ; watu elf wegni ku penda ferasi, one thousand 

horsemen. 
elf na tamanu mia na hamsin. 
elfeen (elfu mbili). 
elfu tatu. 
elfu nne. 
elfu tano. 
elfu kumi; kumi elf wegni ku enenda kua magu, ten 

thousand footmen. 
mia elfu or lakki. 
lakki kumi (kumi mia za elf). 
mia lakki. 



(e.) Numbers op Multiplication. 
Simple or onefold, ya jino mmoja ; twofold, ya 
meno mawih' ; threefold, ya meno matatu (e.g., a 
threefold rope, ugne wa meno matatu). 

(/.) DlSTRIBUTIVE NUMBERS. 

One byone, mmoja mmdja; two by two, mbfli mbili. 

* _ 

(g.) Fractions. 
Fungu, a part, expresses fractions, e.g., funga 
la arbaini, the fortieth part. 

Theparts ofa doUar, which are the chieffrac- 
tions tn SuahiU, see in the Suahili Dictionary. 



CHAPTER XII. 
ON THE ADJEOTIVES. 



1. — An adjective connccted with a substantive 
gives the precedence to the latter ; e.g., mtu mu6vu, 
a bad man; makasha marefu, long boxes. 

2. — The adjective must agree with the number 
and euphonical form of the substantive ;eg., watu 
wad6go, little man; miti roirevu, high trees; 
ukuni uku, a largepieceofwood; kijana kibuka, a 
taU lad ; mawe mazuri, fine stones ; niumba nzima, 
a good house, good houses; jiwe ku or jiwe zuri, a 
great stone or a fine stone; kazi kuba, a great 
business; mzungu mku, a great European ; 
gnombe wakuba watano, ./Sttt large cows; gnombe 
mkubammoja, one largecow; simba wad6go wawili, 
two Uttle Uons; mbuzi mkuba, a largegoat; mbuzi 
wakiiba watatu, threelarge goats ; niuni wazuri na 
wadogo, pretty and UtUe birds; mayahudi wafupi 
wawili, two short Jews, 



S.—Adjeetives with sujJLce* must agree with the 
number andperson ofthe subject; e.g., thou alone, 
wewe peke yako ; / alone, mimi pekeyangu. The 
same is the case with adjective participles ; e.g., he 
is afaithful man, yee ni mtu alieaminiwa ; 1 am a 
faithful man, mimi ni mtu nlioaminiwa; we are 
sUeping men, suisui watu tu-lalao; coming evils, 
mambo mabaya yatakiyo kuja ; a sleeping man, 
mtu alalai ; a weU constructed house, niumba ilio- 
jengoa mema. 

4. — Adjectives are supplied by using the genitive 
ofa substantive; e.g., robo ya utakativu, the spirit 
of holiness — the holy spirit. 

5. — Adjectives are derived from verbs ; e.g., 
takativu, clean, from ku takata, to be clean; mjuvi, 
a learned man,from ku jua, to know. 

6. — By the application of muegni; e.g., mtu 



* It murt hovever be revtarked, that the common people know notking of tkeae numerule, wkieh tke trading Banian* 
kave inirodueedfrom India. Furtkermore we need ecarcelv remind tke ttudent tkat the eardinal and ordinal numbert ure 
tubject to tke eupkonical rule». 

Tke Waeuakili wko underetand Arabie prefer tke Arabic numbere, and no doubt tkeee ougkt to be introduced into tkeir 
$ckool$ % inatead qf tkeir own inconvenient metkod o/calculation. 



XXXIV 



AN OOTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF 



muegni mali, lit. t a possessor ofproperty ; mti wegni 
matnnda, a fruitful tree ; maneno yegni orongo, 
lying words ; neno legni kuelli, a true word; kitu 
jegni uovu, a bad thing. 

7. — By the application of partidples ; e.g., 
mtu alalai, a sleeping man; ndia ilionioka, a 
straight way ; mti utrio na matunda, a fruitless 
tree; mtu alie na kuelli, a truthful man. 

8. — By the eonjunetion kama (like as), mfano 
wa, by the verb ku fanana na, adjectives may be 
ezpressed; e.g., yuna usso kama muivi, or yuna 
n&so wa muivi, he has a thievish face ; mtu huyu 
yuwa fanana na kijana, this is a childish man. 

9. — Negative adjectives arefreguently formed by 



eonneeting the negative particle si with a substan- 
tive; e.g., si kuelli, not truth — not true = lie f 
faUehood, or false; si mpagi, not a giver, not 
liberal, stingy, tenacious ; «i ratu, not a rman, but 
rather a beast; si kitn, not a thing ** nougkt. 
Maneno yasio yegni kuelli or yasio na kuelli, or 
maneno yalio si kuelli, words which are not true. 
10.— AddUion to remark 2. The Suakili say ; 
mtu muekundu, mueiipe, mueusi, muema, pl. watu 
waekundu, waeupe, wema, or watu, weupe, we- 
kundn, weusi, red, tchite, black, good men; 
kasha jorfiro, jekundu, jipia, a soft, red, new box ; 
makaaha maeupe, maororo, or meupe and mororo» 
watu wangi (wa ngi), Kiung. wengi, many people. 



CHAPTER XIII. 
ON THE DEOREES OF COMPARISON. 



The eomparative degree is rendered in Suahili 
in various ways : — 

1. — By the use o/zaidi (zayidi) more than j^ . 
in Arabie means, auctus fuit, inde excessit nnme 
rum, increvit ; j±\\ redundans ; e.g., kitu hiki ni 

kikiiba zaidi ya ki!6, this thing is greater than 
that; vitn hivi vikuba zaidi ya vile*, these things are 
greater than those. 

2. — By the use of kuliko, where there is. Vide 
Suahili Dictionary, page 177; e.g., niumba hi 
ngema (or njema) kuliko ile, this house is good 
where that is, i.e., this house is better than that. 
Kitu hiki ni kikiiba kuliko kile, or zaidi kuliko 
kile. Mtu huyu ame-ni-pcnda sana zaidi ya yule, 
or kua ungi zaidi ya yule, this man loved me more 
than that. 

3. — By the use of ktipita, to pass or surpass ; 
e.g., mtu huyu yuwa-m-pita muenziwe kua mali 'or 



utagiri, this man surpasses or excels his friendi n 
point ofriches, i.e., he is richer than his friend — 
yuna mali zaidi ya muenziwe. 

4. — The verb ku zidi, to increase (and ku pun 
giia, to diminish) may aJso be used; e.g.,mt\i huyu 
amezidi ku ni fania wema kuliko mtu yull, this 
man has done more gond to me tlian that man ; 
kimepunguka kitu kidogo punde, there was wanting 
a little more. 

5. — The superlative is rendered by placing the 
adjective kulla or wote behind theparticle zaidi ya 
or kuliko ; e.g., sultani huyu ni mkuba kuliko ya 
maeultani wote, or ni mkuba zaidi ya masultani 
wote, thts is the greatest king ; malaika wa-m-pita, 
mtu kua ngiivu (wana ngiivu zaidi ya mtu), laken 
Mungu yuwapita vitu viotc kua ngiivu (ni muegni 
ngiivu zaidi ya viumbe viakwo viot«;, the angels are 
mightier than man, but God is the mighticst ofdll, 
mightier than all his creatures. 



CHAPTER XIV. 
ON THE PRONOUNS. 



1.— Persosal Pbomouns. 
(1) 2, mimi (mi); (2) thou, w6we (or we) ; (3) 
he, y6e ; (4) we, sisui or suisui ; (5) you, nuinui ; 
(6) they t wao (w5). 

2.— PoesEssrvE Pbonodns. 
Mine, wangu, yangu, jangu, langu, pangu ; pL vi- 

angu, zangu, muangu. 
Thine, wako, yako, jako, lako, pako ,pl. viako, zako 

muako. 
His or her, wakwe, yakwe, jakwe, lakwe, pakwe ; 

pl. viakwe, zakwe, muakwe. 
Ours, wetu, yetu, jetu, letu, petu ; pl. vietu, zetu, 

muetu. 



Yours, wenu, yenu, jeuu, lenu, penu ; pl. vienu 

zeuu, muenu. 
Theirs, wao, yao, jao, lao, pao ; pl. viao, zao, muio. 

3. — Replective Pronouns. 
Tmyself, mimi nafsiyaugu or moyowangu or mimi 

muegniewe or muniewe. 
Thou thyself, wewe nafsiyako or wewe moyowako 

or wewe muegniewe. 
He himseJf, yee nafsiyakwe or moyowakwe or yee 

muegniewe. 
We ourselves, suisui nafsizetu or mioyoyetu or 

nioyozetu or suisui wegniewe. 
You yourselves, nuinui or imignui nafsizenu or 

nioyo zenu or nuinui wegniowe. 



THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. 



XXXV 



They themselves, wao uafsizao or mioyo yao or wao 

wegniewe. 
To love oneself the Suahili ean »ay : ku-ji-penda, or 
ku-ji-penda nafsiyakwe, or ku penda nafsi 
yakwe. 

4. — Demonstrative Pronouns. 
(a.) for near persons and objects: huyu, this or 
that, e.g., this man, mtu huyu ; pl. hawa 
e.g., watu hawa, these men. 
(b.) for remote persons and objects : that man, 
mtu huyo or mtu ynle; pl., those men, watu 
hao, watu wale or watu hawale. 
(c.) at a greater distance : mtu yule, that man 
yonder, or mtu huyule ; pl. watu wale or 
hawale. 

5. — Relative Pronouns. 
These will be best understood by a table con- 
taining eocampies of the euphonical concords. 
Theoretical rules are oflittle avail. 

6. — Interrooative Pronouns. 

(a.) Prrsonal Interrooative Pronouns. 
Who f nnani ? whose t wa, ya, ja, la, ya, za, pa, 

nnani ? 
Who am 1 t mimi nnani ? 
Who art thouf wewe unani ? 
Who is hef y6e nnani ? 
Who are we f suinui tu nani ? 
Who are you f nuinui m nani ? 
Who are they f wao nnani ? 
Which nf both ofthese has done this f nnani wa- 

wili bawa walio fania haya? 
To whom has he given the money f nnani ame-m- 

pai fetha 9 
Both ofus cannot know, suisui wawili hatuwezi ku 

jua. 
Whom has AbdaUa beatenf Abdalla ali-mpiga 

nnani ? 
Whose are these things f vitu bivi ni via nnani ? 
Whose is this box f kasha hili la nnani ? 
Whose are these bores f makasha haya enda nnani ? 
Whose is this tree f mti hu ni wa nn£ni ? 
Whose are these trees f miti hii ni ya nnani ? 
Whose is this business f kazi hi enda nnani ? 
Whose worlcs are these f kazi hizi za nnani ? 
Who8e is this goat f mbuzi huyn 6mboa nnani ? or 

mbuzi huyu wa nnani? or nnani muegni 

mbuzi huyu ? 
Whose are these goats f mbuzi hizi za nnani ? or 

mbuzi hawa 6mboa nnani ? 

(b.) Impersonal Interrooative. 
What f which f nine ? ni ? je ? 
Wttatdoes he say f anena nini ? or auena-je ? 
WJtat did he do f amefania nini ? or amefania-ni 

or amefania-je ? 
What has he lostf nini kilicho-m-potea ? 



What shall he get ? atapata-je ? or atapata-ni ? or 
atapata nini ? 

(c.) Universal Interrooattve. 

What man has done this t ni mtu gani aliefania 

haya? 
What sort of men have done this t ni watu gani 

waliofania haya ? 
Which thing t kitu gani ? 
Which things t vitu gani ? 
What state t mambo gani ? 
What is there t kunani ? 
What is the matter t kina nini t 
What have they f wanani ? 
Who is at the door t nani ali6po mlang6ni ? or 

nani yupo mlangoni ? 
What o'clock is it (how many hours) t saa ngapi? 
Where are you going f wenda wapi ? 
How shall Iget t takapata-je? (liow or what f) 
How oldis hef (lit., his age, how gets he it f) umri- 

wakwe atapata-je ? 
How long is it t urefuwakwe yatapata-je ? 
How deep isitf ku enda tini kuakwe chapata-je ? 

(kisema, a well). 
How many peoplet watu wangapi? 
How many goats t mbuzi wangapi, or ngapi? 
How many places t mahali pangapi ? 
How many chairs t viti vingapi ? 
How many boxes or chests t makasha mangapi? 
How many houses t niumba ngapi ? 
How many planks f mbau ngapi ? 
How many trees t miti mingapi ? 
How long ago f tangu lini ? (lit. t since when t) 
How often f marra ngapi ? (how many times t) 
How muchf kadri gani? kiasi gani? what quan- 

tityt 

7. — DlSTRIBUnVE Pronouns. 

Each of his friends, kulla mmoja wa rafikizakwe. 
Every man, kulla mtu moja. 
Neither ofthem, hapana moja muao, 

8. — Indefinite Pronouns. 

There is not any or one that does good, no, not 
one, hapana muegni ku fania wema, hatta rnta 
mmoja. All men, watu wote; all matters, kazi 
zote ; aU ptaces, mahali pote (muote) ; everything, 
kitu jote ; whoever wiU do it, shaU be paid, kulla 
mtu afanini, or kulla muegni ku fania, or kulla mto 
ambai kuamba afania, atapawa fetha ; you are aU 
gone astray, nuinui niote mualipot£a ; we aU saw 
it, suisui zote tumeona ; they aU went away, wote 
wao wametoka ; such people, watu kamo hawa or 
mfano wa bawa. 

At Zanzibar the people say : kiti chake Sultani, 
the SuUan'8 own chair, or this is the SuUan's chair, 
to mark the person whose the thing is, the chair in 
wltich no one but the SuUan sits. At Mombas 1 
have never heard this expres8von. 

c2 



XXXVI 



AN OUTLINE OF GRAMMAR OF 



Niumbani mle, inlhat house; niurabani pale, by 
that house; niumbani kule, to that house. 

Mirai ndimi, it ts I; wewe ndiwe, it is thou; 
ndie, UUhe; suisui ndisui, it is we; nuinui ndinui, 
it is you ; ndio, it ia they. You may aho translate 
inimi ndimi, it is I, the very same. Ndie (pr ndiye), 
it is he; sfye, it is nothe. 



Whosoever may come, yee ote atakaye kuj» ; th 
man I went to, mtu nalio-mu-endea ; the man 
whom I went wtih, mtu nalio-kuenda naye ; wkere 
I came from, nilipotoka ; where I am going to t 

nina-po-kuenda. 



CHAPTER XV. 



ON THE ADVERBS. 



I. Adverbs op Time. — (a.) Present time.'now^ 
BMA or wakati hu ; to-day, leo ; now-a-days, katika 
zamani hizi. (b.) Of time past: some time ago t 
wakati uchache ulipopita ; long since, wakati ungi 
ulipopita ; lately, kua karibu. (c.) Of time to come ; 
ere hrig, karibu, punde ; henceforth, tangu sasa ; to- 
morrow, kesho; after to-morrow, kesho kutoa. 
(d.) Of time indefinite : often, marra nengi ; some- 
times, marra mmoja mmoja ; seldom, si mno 
kabisa ; again, marra ya pili ; instantly t sasa hivi 
or upezi, or kua muongo hu. 

II. Of Place. — Above, ju ; abroad, n'de ; before, 
mbelle ; behind, niuma ; far, mballi or kule. 

III. Op QoANTrrY. — Little, chache, haba ; abun- 
dantly, kua ungi ; kadri gani ? how much ? 

IV. Op Doubt. — Pbssibly, yemkini; perhaps, 
laboda or kua nasibu. 

V. Op Neoation. — No, sl?io; by no means, 
kabiaa. 

VI. Op Afpirmation. — Kua kuclli, truly; kua 
yakini, verily; yes, Swa or ai, or marliaba. " Yes" 
and "no" are usuaily rendered by the repetition of 



the verb used by thepersonasling; e.g. % wewe ume- 
fania haya? resp., (mimi) nimefania or sikufania, 
yes, I Jtave done it, or I have not done it ; un- 
doubtedly, hakuna teshwisbi. 

VII. Of Interrogation. — Whereforet kua 
sebabu gani? whenf Hni? howt genzi gani, or 
gissi gani, or kuani? The verb connected witk 
kuani stands usually in the infinitive ; e.g., kuani 
ku fania haya? why to do thisf = why hast thou 
done, or dost thou do this t 

VII I. Of Manner are frequently formed by 
placing the preposition kua before a substantive; 
e.g., kua faraha, with joy — cheerfuUy ; kua u6vu, 
with badness = badly. In like manner adverbs are 
formed by placing kua before the infinitive mood; 
e.g., kua ku shinda, by conqaering — victoriously ; 
kuu ku jua, by knowing « knowingly; kua ktt 
amini, faithfuUy. 

IX. Many English adverbs may be expressed 
by the adverb sana ; e.g., shika sana I hold very or 
much! = hold tigfit; yuta sana! pull hard! enda 
sana ! gofast I sema sana, speak out or loud> 



CHAPTER XVI. 



ON THE PREP0SITI0NS. 



Above— ju ya; e.g., ju ya mbingu, above the 

hcavens. 
About — katika; e.g. t katika muanzo wa muaka, 

about the beginning ofthe year. 
After — niuraa ya, or kiniuma ja, or bada ya, or 

muiaho wa, mfano wa, kama; e.g. t mfano ya 

ada, after thefashion. 
Against—yi ya, or kua ku teta na (by opposing\ 

or kiniuma cha ; e.g., amekuenda kiniuma cha 

amriyangu or kua ku teta na amri yangu, he 

went against my order. 
Along— kandokando; e.g. t kandokando ya poani, 

atong the coast. 
Amidst or amid, or among— katikati; e.g., katikati 

ya iiiumba. 
Jround— kua upande wa (on the side of) or kua 



ku zunguka, upande wa Mvita, or nti izimga- 

kayo Mvita or Mombasa. 

At — katika: e.g., katika Mvita, at Mombasa; by 

sea, katika bahari ; mua or miongoniraua, ai 

him, at his hands; miongonimuakwc kua; 

e.g., kua kima kidogo, at a smaUprice; kua ku 

daka kuao, at their reoyest (wao walipodaka). 
Before — mbelle ya or za ; e.g., mbelle za mfalme, 

before the king. 
Bclme — tini ya ; e.g., tini ya maji, below or under 

thc water. 
Beside — kua upande ; beside the house, kuB upande 

wa niumba ; ju ya ; e.g. t ju ya haya, beside 

this. 
Betwcen, betwixt—bQ\n& ya or katikati ya; kati* 

muctu, between ourselves. 



THE RUAHILI LANGUAGE. 



XXXVII 



Beyond — kua huko; Unguja kua huko, beyond 
Uhguja; saidi ya or ju ya kipimo, beyond 
measure; amekoti upandewako, he sat by you; 
amepigoa ni msome&hi, he was beaten by the 
teacher. 

Concerning, on account of— kua se'babu ya. 

Down — katika tini, kuend6a tini, tini ya. 

During — pindi ; during his residence in London 
pindi alipoketi Londini. 

Ere — mbelle ya, kabla ya ; mbelle ya muaka raun- 
gine, or kabla ya muaka mungine, or muaka 
mungine usisassa ku pita ; asisasaa or asija 
' keti Mvita, be/ore he dwelt at Mombas. 

Except— pasipo ; ameleta vitu viote, makasha 
mawili bassi yame salia or hakuletta, ameata 
or amesaaa, he brought everything ezcept tioo 
boxes. 

For — kua sebabu ya; nime-m-penda kna sebabu 
ya akilizakwe, f loved him for his under- 
standing ; nime-ku pelekea waraka, / have 
sent a letter for you; I have done it for you, 
nirae-ku-faniza haya or kuako wewe, in your 
behalf; kitu hiki chako wewe, this thing isfor 
you, or belongs to you; amefania vema, nai 
ndie Muarabu huyu, he did wellfor an Arab; 
amekuenda Patta kua kazi hi, he went to Patta 
for this affair ; siku nengi, tangu miaka mingi, 
for a long time, or many years ; ni maovu 
kuako, huwezi ku nena, it is too badfor you to 
say it;he clothed him weU to prevent his catch- 
ing cold, ame-m-vika wema kutoa ku sliikoa ni 
beredi or asishikui ni beredi ; oh,for a swordl 
kuamba nli nao mimi upanga ; nimesikia kuako, 
I heard it from you; in his infancy, wakati 
alipokua mt6to {when he was a child) ; the cup 
is over against me, kikombe kina ni-lekea or 
kina-ni kabili \is opposite to me). 

Out of— ametoka niumbani, he went out of the 



hovse, or amet6ka katika niumba ; out oflove 
to me, kua ku penda mimi ; it is out offashion, 
kitu hiki kimetoka katika ada, hakina ada 
tena sasa. 

Save (vide except) — asipo isipokua, isipo. 

Since — tangu ; since my return, tangu nlipo rudi. 

Through — kua, e.g., through much toU, kua mashaka 
mangi ; the ball went through his belly, popo 
miengia imepita matumboyakwe. 

Throvghout the land — kua nti iote. 

Till— hatta, e.g., tanga subukhi hatta ueiku, from 
morning till night. 

To — From here to Barawa, hapa na Barawa ; ame- 
toka Mvita amekuenda Ungnja, he went from 
Mombas to Zanzibar; he is bom to this, ame 
vialiwa ku fania mambo haya ; / read the 
book to this man, nime-ra-somea mtu huyu juo 
hiki (or nime soma juo mbelle or kua mtu 
huya) ; the debt amounts to 100 dollars, deni 
ni reali mia or deni yapata reali mia ; to my 
hnowledge he is very busy, najua yee yuna 
kazi nengi ; this is nothing to what he did 
yesterday, kitu hiki hakina amefania jana 
zaidi ya hiki ; as to me, Igo to Malindi, laken 
mimi nanenda Malindi. 

Towards — Towards sunrise or east, upaude or 
ueekeo wa mao ya juo ; ueleke'o wa Bukini, 
towards Madagascar. 

WUhin — Within six hours 1 walk, kua ndia ya 
setta saa; he remains within call, yuwaketi 
mahali awezapo ku itoa kua kulla kipindi. 

WUhout — He did it without selflove, amefania 
haya asipoji penda nafsiyakwe ; he spoke with- 
out any regard to the greatness of the king t 
amesema maneno haya asipo hesabu uku wa 
Sultani ; a house without men t niumba isio na 
watu, or isiokua na watu. 



CHAPTER XVII. 



ON THB OONJUNCTIONS. 



(a.) CoPULATTV£ CoifJUNCTIONS. 

And, na ; also, tena ; as well as, na-na ; not only, but 

also, si baasi, laken tena. 
While or whilst — wakati nioaza kna maneno haya, 

wali ali-ni-ngiHa or ali-ni-fikilia, whilst I was 

thinking about these things, the governor came 

in to me. 
After — pindi tulipo-m-piga or misho wa ku-:n-pigai, 

tualifungua, after we had beaten him, we 

were imprisoned. 
As soon as he arrived, he died, wakati aliofika, 

alikuffa or alipofika alikufia. 



No sooner than — He no sooner heard the voice than 
he left the house, aliposikia kolele, alitoka 
niumbani. 

TUl — hatta ; wait till he comes, ngoja hatta yuwaja 
or hatta atakapo kuja ; akija narabiami, teU 
me when he comes. 

When — Aliugua nlipo-mu-ona, he was sick when I 
saw him. 

Ere, before — Before he had time to escape, he was 
seized, asija pata wakati wa ku kimbia, aK- 
kamatoa or asitassa kua na wakati wa ku 
kimbilia, aliguiwa ; before he went, asija ku 



xxxviu 



AN ODTLINE OF GBAMMAB OF 



•w 



enda, or asitassa ku enda, or kabla hatassa ka 
enda. 
Not tiU — It was not titt he went on shore that ke 
got better, haku p6a uellewakwe hatta alipo- 
shuehoa poani. 

(b.) CONDITIONAL CONJUNCTIONB. 

Kuamba wewe hukuenda Kiloa, hungali ngtia, if 
thou hadst not gone to Kiloa, thou wouldst not 
havefallen sick. 

IVovided that — Ruamba yu ynwarudi tu (hassi), 
na-m-saraehSa maovuyakwe, provided that he 
returns, I wiU pardon him for his wicked- 
ness. 

JSlse — This man is alive, else he could not waUc, 
kuaraba rotu huyu hakua mzima hangeweza 
ku tembea. 

The more — the more — kua zaidi mtu akizidi kua mes- 
kini rohonimuakwe, yuwazidi kua ku-m-jongea 
Mungu, ata-m-jongea Mungu kua zaidi, the 
poorer a man is in spirit the more he is like 
Qod, and the more Ood will dtaw nigh to him. 

How muclt more — Eua kadiri gani zaidi, or mambo 
gani kua ungi. 

(c.) Causative Conjunctions. 

He is a powerful king, for he is loved by his people, 
Sultani buyu muegui nguvu kua sebabu ya ku 
pendoa ni watu wakwe or kuani ya amependoa 
ni rayazakwe. 

As I lived in Egifpt, I know many people ihere, 
kua sebabu mimi nimeketi katika Misiri, najua 
watu vangi hapo, or kua sebabu nlioketi mi- 



serini, dec. ; or mimi najua watu wangi miae- 

rini kuani, nimeketi hapo. 
Then — Then you wUl notdoit any more, na hivi 

hutafania mara ya pili. 
Iwas not born nor bred a blacksmith, mimi siku- 

viuliwa wala aiku lewa kua muhunzi (mhunzi). 
J shall go to theplace, how remote soever it may be\ 

takuenda mahali hapo, rjapokua mballi mha, 

kuamba ni mballi sana. 
No other but yourselfcan do it, hapana mtu mun- 

gine isipokua nafsiyako wewe awesai ku f&nia 

haya. 
What he says is nothing but lies, urongo tu (utupu) 

roanenoyakwe iote. 
Hegave him more money than was due to him, 

ame ra-pa fetha zaidi ilio-m-pasha ku-m-pa. 
As he likes rice, so I like bread, ni kama yu apenda 

mtelle, ni kama hivi mimi napenda mukate. ' 
This man may lose all his money, yet he will not 

become a poor man, mtu huyu aweza ku po- 

tewa ni kulla fethayakwe, asipokua mtu mes- 

kini, or laken hatakua mtn meskini. 
Man cannot be happy, unless he fear Ood, mtu 

hapati bakhti ngema kua yakini, kuamba ha, 

m-chi Mungu (isipokua kua nguvu za Mnngu). 
This news may 6* considered as an indication of 

approaching war ; habari hizi zikatiriwe kama 

alama (kua alama) ya vita vitakavio kuja (or 

vilivio karibu). 
The conjunction " in-order-that v is generaUy ex- 

pressed by putting the verb into the subjunc- 

tive mood ; let him go in order to see, a e*nde 

aka6ne. 



CHAPTER XVIII. 



ON THE INTERJECTIONS. 



Of grief—ahl oh! woi ! ole ! ole wangu ! woe i& 

me ! ole wenu, woe unto you. 
Of sUence — niamoa, pl. niamazani ! be quiet ! 
Of impatience — chut ! 
Of contempt — keTule. 
Of regret—\&\t\, oh ihat, would that (things had 

been otherwise). 
Of compliment or of thanksgiving, ah sant (you 

havt done well in Arab.\ I thank you; mar- 

haba ! thank you, it is wetl (acknowledging a 

gift received). 
Ofhaste— hima, or hima, hima! harraka! upezi! 

ouickly ! be quick ! make haste ! 
Calling attention to what has been said or istobe 

said — ati ! look you ! I say ! angalia ! look ! 

aikia! hear! tazama! behold! 



Of completion — bassi ! that wiU do! no more ! 
stop! enough! 

Heya or haya ! an exhortation, hastening people 
about their work; heya! heya! come along ! 
go on ! set about your work ! 

Ho ! hodi ! hodi hodi ! hodini ! crying before a 
house, waiting and begging for entrance. 
The inmates answer: karib, come in! karib 
means in Arab. come near ! It is an invita- 
tion for sitting doitm and joining the conver- 
sation of the party. The invited person 
answers : niraekaa kitako, I am set down, I 
am in a sitting position. 

Of compliance—yes, well! vema ! very weU; ni 
mcma, ndio, ndivio! the contrary is sivio! 
sidaki, / wiU not, I refuse. 



THE SUAHILI LANGUAGE. 



XXXIX 



Of addrett—oh ! 6we, pl. egnni ; ewe bana, a 
master! ewe Mungu ! God! At Zanzibar 
thit addrett to a tuperior teemt to be objec- 
tionable. 

Of attonithment — ni ajabu ! oh wonder ! 

Of abhorrence—far be itfrom me, kitu hiki kiepu- 
kane nami, or jepuSne or jondoene (ku ond6a, 
toremove). 

Of attent — to be ture ! kuelli, ni kuelli ! yakini ! 
hapana maneno. 

Of expultion — beaone / t6ka, mu-ondo^ni ! rau- 
epueni ! ond6ka ! a epukane nami ! ndazako ! 

Of taking leave — kua heri ! fareweU ! good-by ! 
pl. kua herini, or kua heri ya yu onona ! may 
toe toon meet again ! 

Of turprite— kumbe ! what then! another exela- 
mation ofturjrrite it looo ! 



Miye ! me! I amthe one ! weye, are you the one ! 

iVt you 1 
Saa ! you ! I tay ! ndo saa ! come on, do! 
Salaam! peaee! hail /— salaam Bibi, with the 

mittrett't complimentt. 
yefoolt ! nuiuui wajinga ! mna wazimn ! 
What a great man ! ni mtu mzima gani ! 
Starehe! When one entert a eompany of men, 

and they rite to honour At'm, he endeavourt to 

prevent them by taying : starehe, do not dit- 

turb yourtelf! don't get up ! 
Similla! out ofthe way! simille ! similleni ! malee 

way ! probably for Bitmiltah, in the name of 

Ood! Itit*** ji-tenge ! get out ofthe way ! 
Tutu ! do not toueh ! leave it alone ! taid to chU- 

dren. 
Tendeni ! goon! work ont goon with your work 

or employment. 



EXPLANATION OF THE ABBEEVIATIONS. 



Kid. — Kiduruma, the dialeet ofthe Duruma tribe 

( Wanika). 
Kimv. or Kim. — Kimvita, the dialect of the 

island of Mombas or Mvita. 
Kig. — Kigunia, the dialect ofthe island of Patta. 
Kimr. = Kimrlma, the dialect ofthe people ofthe 

highland and of the mainland (of Africa), 

especiaUy ofthe people who live on the coast 

south of Unguja or Zanzibar. • 
Kir. — Kirabbai or Kiravai, the dialect of the 

Babbai tribe. 
Kin. or Kinik. = Kinika, the dialect of the Wa- 

nika tribes, which consist of two divisions, the 
Wadigo in the south, and the Lupango in the 

north and west (of Mombas). 
Kinias. — Kiniassa, the dialect of tribes near the 

lake Niassa. 
Kikuav. — Kikuaoi, belonging to the Wakuavi 

tribes. 
Kik. -= Kikamba, referring to the Wakamba 

tribes. 
Kiung. = Kiunguja, the dialect of Zanzibar, and 

all that belongs or refers to Zanzibar. 
Kidm. = Kidmu, the dialect of the island of 

Lamu. 
Kijan. -= Kijangdmoe, a place near Mombas. 
Kilind. — Kilindini, a auarter of Mombas. 
Kijom. =- Kijtimvu, a Muhammedan viliage to the 

west of Mombas. 
Arab. =■ Arabic (" Lexicon Arabico-Latinum," 

auctore O. W. Freytag t is the one which was 

consuUedfor the Dictionary) 
N. Gent. =- Nomen gentilicium, the name of a 

nation. 
N. Prop. =■ Nomen proprium t proper noun. 
B. or Beb. =- Mr. Bebmann, missionary at Kabbai 



m 

and at Kisulutini at a later period, firom 
1846-1875, in East Africa. The student wiU 
observe that Mr. Rebmann seldom explains the 
words he has given. Hence so many signs 
of interrogation. He evidently intended to 
explain matters morefuUy at a later time, but 
this was prevented by otlter cngagements. I 
did not think it rigfu, however, to omit words 
which Ihadfound in his manuscript. 

E. or Erh. — Mr. Erhardt, missionary of tke 
Church Missionary Society, in East Africa. 
He arrived on the 15th of June, 1849, ai 
JSabbai Mission. 

St. « Dr. Steere, Bishop at Zanzibar, the 
editor ofa valuable handbook of the SuahUi 
language, as spoken at Zanzibar. 

Sp. =■ Mr. Sparshott, missionary of the Church 
Missionary Society, East Africa. 

Chram. — Orammar (Suahili). 

Deriv. « Derivative, or derivation. 

Suff. » Suffix. 

V. a. ■- Active verb. 

V. pass. — Passive verb. 

Bedupl. v. = Beduplicative verb. 

Intens. verb. «- Intensive verb. 

Beit. verb. = Beiterative verb. 

Beci. v. — Beciprocal verb. 

Magn, n. = Magnifying noun (e.g. t mto, river 
juto, a large river). 

Diminut. n. = Diminutive noun (e.g. t kijfito, 
smaU river, a brook). 

Fig. — Figurative. 

V. obj. «= Objective verb. 

V. dat. — Dative verb. 

V. c. — Causative verb. 

Q. v. — quod vido, which see. 



Observe, that the author has generally, with the Initials, indicated the source whence he drew any 
word,for he detests anything like plagiarism. 



t, 



SUAHILI-ENGLISH 



DICTIONARY 



A, t/ie termlnal vowel of aUpurely African verbs; 
in the iiegative form it is changed into "i," and 
in the optaiive into " e " — e.g., apenda, he loves; 
hapcndi, fte does not love ; aponde, may he love. 

Ku-a, v. «., to be or to become. Tlie word does 
not signify existence in an absolutc hut 
merely in a relative seme, and can tJierefore 
not be used wlien the idcas of " / am" or 
" God is," or "exists" are to beexpressed; 
in this case mere pronouns, combined icith 
adverbs, are emphyed — e.g., " Nipo," / (am) 
tliere; " Mungu yuko," God he (is) tlierc. 

In fact, kua (pass. " ku-wa ") indicates 
cxistence only in thepast andfuture tenses, ia 
which, like all monosyllabic verbs, it retains 
tJie infinitive partide, " ku, '' as an auxiliary 
to strengthen thesound; e.g., mancno yaliokua 
thabidi, t/ie words which havc becomefirm or 
established (with us). Mvila inakua yaja, lit., 
the rain has been it comcs = the rain is coming; 
wavuvi wauakiia waja, thefishermen are about 
to come — they are coming; kungiiwa mballi, 
takuenda, though it befar off, yet Is/iall go. 

The optative mood is formed from thcpassirc 
roice,with the " a" c/ianged into "e" — c.g., \ 
" wasiwe na makossa," they not may be with 
faults, i.e., without fault, the optativc being 
oftcn used adverbiaUy, or like a preposition. 
T/tepositive form of the optative is "awe,"j 
may fie be, vide Krapfs " OutlineofGrammar" i 
page 72. ' 

In refsrence to the letter "a" see page\ 
242 in Dr. Steerc's "Bandbook ofthc Suahili 
Language," second edition. 

Of the passive form (wa) some use exists 
in the present tense, indicative mood, but it is 
confined to tJie third pers. sing. and to 
monosyUabic verbs t the sound of which it 



is meant to strengt/wn; e.g., yuw&ia, he eats; 
yuwaja, he comes. 

Aali, adj., choice, good; from the Arabic <Jle\ 

(aali), cfr. jj^ (ala), altus, ezcelsus ftiit, hence 

" aali," superior, sujrremus. 
Aasi, ttdj., rebellious, refractory, disobedient ; rid. 

asi or assi ; Arab. ,-*aC , rebellia, inobediens fuit. 

A'badan (or abadi), always, constantly; Arab. Jq\t 

percnnavit, \j^\ (abadan), scmper; kaziyakwc 

ni kn iba abadi, his business is to stealconstantly ; 
abadani is an espression of assurance. 

Abe watoto, vid. babe watoto or babe wana. 

A'biri, r. v., tojwrn orer, togo across (a river, laJce, 
or sca), to bc ferried ovcr = ku vuka, to go 
togethe.r as a passenger by sea in a vesseJ, or 
with a caracan (juro) in traveUing by land. 
Nimeabiri chombo cha Muarabu hatta U'nguja, 
I went toget/ier, or I went as apassenger on an 
Arab-ve8sel as far as to Zanzibar. Ididnot 
Uirc t/ie whote d/iow, but I paid thc usua/fare, 
irhich with tftc natines amounts to a £ or J ditUar 
from Mombas to Zanzibar. Tumeiibiri jaro ch.i 
Mzungu hatta Ukambani, weioined t/ie caravan 
ofthc European asfar as to Vkambdni. 

The verb iibiri is to bc derived from thc 

Arabic y^ (abara), transivit, tmjecit flumcn. 

Abiria, r. obj., topass or cross over to a certain 
placc; e.g., nime nauili chombo cha Baniani ku 
abiria or ku vukia Unguja, I/iave hiredthe 
vessel of a Banian to puss or cross over to 
Zansibar — nimevuka katika chombo cha 
Baniani, I crossed over on the vessel of a 
Banian. Nime mu-abiria kua or katika chombo 
cha fulani, / made him go over in thc vesseJ 
ofN.K. 



( 2 ) 



AD 



Abiria signifies " passengers " according to Dr. 
Steere's Handbook, page 243, but in tJiis casc 
it 8houIdbe "waabiria," tJiey wJio pass orcr ; 
in the sing. " muabiria," onc wJio passes orer. 
However, the inexact dialect of Zanzibar 
aUows many forms tchich are not admitted ia 
other dialects. 

ABfRiBiiA, v. c, to cause to'cross, to put across ; 
Baniani muegni chombo ame-mu-abiri8ha 
Mzungu— ame-m-vusha Mzuugu, the Jhnu'an, 
the owner of tJte vessel, put the European 
across. " Ku-m-viisha" is more correct. 

Abua, v. a., to scrape off (e.g., miia, sugar-canc) ; 

see ambua ; abiia occurs rery stldoin. 
A'budi (or Abodi), *., sec budi. 

Abudia, r. obj. ; abudisha, r. c, rid. 

A'budu, r. a. (from the Arabic Juc, ubada, 
adoravit, fecit aliquem servum), tn scrrc, to 
adore,toworship; ku-mu-nbudu Mungu, to scrrc 
or worsJiip God; ku abudu sannara, to adore or 
worship idols ; mtu huyu anaabudu salla, this 
man prays ahcays, lit., serves prayer, i.c, serres 
Ood in prayer, especiaUy after tJtc prcscrihcd 
MuJiammedan fortn. 

AbudIa, v. obj., to give worsJtip to, cg., ndia or 
maneno, the way or the words, to gice worship 
to Ood, the manner ofworshipping God (ndia 
ya ku-mu-abudia Mungu). 

Abuduha, v. c, to cause to serve or to worship, 
to make one adopt one*s religion (ku-mu- 
abudisha Mungu). 

Acha, v. a., to lcave, to quit, to abandon ; sce ata, 
atana, atia, atilia in tJieSMombas dialect, bnt acha, 
achana, achia, achilia, achilika in the d'udect 
of Zanzibar. 

A'cham, vid. A'jam or A'gam, Persia. 

Achari (or ajari), *., a thick acid juice or cJtylc, 
prepared by the natires ofslices ofJenum mixcd 
up with salt and red pepper (pilpili hoho). Jt 
serves the natives for pickles, hencc, prcserrcs 
{e.g. t achari ya macmbc, i.e.,juice of mangos). 

A'da, v. a., to slit the bast or bark of trtcs and 
make strings of it (R.) ? 

A'da, *., pH. maada (ya, pi. za), custom, manncr, 
a gift or prescnt according to (ancicnt) custom; 
ni-pa maadayangu or adazangu, give me my 
eustomary gifts or presents; nikipoa, ta-kii-pa 
adayako, when I get well (says the patient to his 
physician), I will give you your gift (fee) ; cfr. 

Arab. f ^Vc » consuetudo, mos, donum. 

A'dabu, *. (ya), civility, good beJtaviour, good 
manners (adabu is to be distinguisJted from 

athabu, vid.) ; Arab. ^^\ , humanitas, elegantia 

morum et doctrinae ; omnium rerum scientia, qua 
avitiis omnis generis caverepossnmua (IVeytag's 



Lcxicon) ; mlabu ngema or mbaya, good or bad 
behariour; ku-m-tia kijana adabu (or adabu 
ngema), to teach tJtc boy manners, lit., to put good 
manncrs into the boy. Mtu huyu hana adabu or 
ni mtofu wa adabu, this man has no jtolitcncss, 
or no polite manners; aingiwe ni adabu, he 
sJtould learn to behare well or politely; mtu 
huyu ni mjauiri, ni mucpni makii mangi, ni 
mtakabari or yuna kcburi. he isproud, arrogant, 
insolent, d'c ; ku-m-tia adabu may also signify, 
to chasten one by coufiiiing him, d'c; adabu«= 
muendo (vid.) t hence the jnroverb, " Muendo 
hauna adabu." 

Adabika, r. v. (R.)? « ku ngiwa ni adabu, or 
ku tiwa adabu. The student must not 
confound adibisha and adibn with athibu and 
athihislia and athibia, which lattcr rerbs 
*ignify, Ki to castigate, to torment," whilst adibu 
and adil'isha seem vevcr or but rarely to be 
med. Scc athabu, athibu, athibisha, to cause 
to be in pain, topunish, but adibisha, to cause 
to behare well. 

A'damu, s., adam (muana or bin adamu, son of 
man), a human being, a man (ewc muana wa or 
bin adamu, O thou son of man). 

Adana, s., mpiga adana=muadini aitai watti wa- 
aalli, the man wfo culls people to prayer, thc 

muezzin; Arab. r.ivaure8praebuit,(2)significavit, 
indixit Muhamedanis publicae preciHhoram ; T,XH\ 
praeco, promulgatio procnm. 

AdAwa, *., cnmity (see adui, an enemy); the trorrf 
is 8eldom heard. 

A'di, v. a., to accompany or to wait on a person 
to the door; in general, to accompany one for a 
short distance by sca or by Jand. The verbs 
" adi " and " iiga " must be distinguished tceU. 
" Muegni ku adi " is tJie person wJio accom- 
panies anotJier to the door, orfor a sJiort distance 
beyond it, and remains aftenrards at home; 
whereas tJtc " muegni ku aga " w hc who bids 
fareweU to and parts from tJie muegni ku adi for 

crer, orfor some timc; cfr. Arab. W , praetcriit 

missura fecit, reliquit, effecit ut transiret, per- 
vaderet. 

Adia, *. (ya), or ratlier athia(«£t), agift, donation, 

pre8ent; Arab. |^, donum,/row ^.largitos 

fuit, dcdit, donavit Many Suahili pronounce 
"hadia," but tJiis is erroneous. Jn geveral, 
tJiose SuaJiili who do not know Arabic, pronounce 
Arabic words reri/ badly, and sJiotdd not be 
imitated by Europeans, wJio sJiouJd ahcays 
cndearour to acauire pure Suahili words, and 
never use Arabic erpressions, when thcre is an 
adeauate and indigenous word fottnd in 



AD 



( 3 ) 



AP 



KiauaJiUi. Modernphilology makes great efforts 
toward ejecting as much as possible foreign 
words from a language, in order to make room 
for those erpressions which belongcd originaUy 
to it. Ku-ra-pa mtu adia or athia = ku-ru-pamtu 
kitu cha burre, to give a man a present, or a 
gratuity; ana-ni-pa adia, he gare me apresent. 
A'dibu, v. a., to teach (good) manners, to educate 
(vid. adabu). 

A'dili,*. andadj. (ya), rightconduct, riglit; Arab. 

90- 

Jjtc (adlon), justitia, aequitas ; hapana L6kuma 

adili, tliere is no riglUjudgment. 

A'dili, v. n., to bchave or act rigldhj; Arab. Jjkc 

(iidala), quod justum et aequum csset, statuit 

pracstititquc. 
Adilihha, e. c., to makc or teach one to act 

rightly. 
AdIlifu, 8. ( ? ) 
Adimika, v. «., not to be obtainable; e.g., sermalla 
wakiadimika = wakitoa patikana, or wakiwa 
shidda, if the carpenters be not found, if they 

JiardJy exist; Arab. p** Gidima), destitutus, pri- 
vatus fuit. 
Adimiba, v. c. (?) = ku tukuza, to praise, to 
ghrify. This verb reqvires further and closer 
examination ; perhaps it may be derived from 

the Arab. t L«» (athama), magnus fnit, magni 

fecit, honoravit. Hence the trriting " athimisa " 
would be more correct. 
Adinamhi, *., pl. wadinassi, n free man of un- 
mingled blood, whose parents have not been 
slaves ; mtu huyu ni adinassi, this is afree man 
=-muunguana asie kitangunio, this is a free 
man without mirtnre of blood. The word is no 
doubt a corrvption of the Arabic expres8ion, 

wald-cl-niis, afrec-born person, .jJuK jjT - 

Adua, v. c; ku adua hasada or sungiia jito (R.). 
This ex])re8siun refers to tlte ceremonies which a 
native doctor perforni8 before he begins to treat 
a sick person. First six yards of American 
cotton-cloth must be brought, a number of pieces 
of bread are to be baked, the water of three 
cocoa-nuts must be put into a kettle, d-c, where- 
upon tlte doctor will read some scctions from the 
Coran, &c; mu-adue hasada, ndipo afanike 
daua or dawa, pcrform the hasada, then let the 
medicine be administered to him. 

A'otf i, 8., an enemy (ya), pl. maadiii, this plural 
form, however, occurs but rarely, as is the case 
with many Arabic words. The Suahili say, 
mtu huyu ni adui, pl. watu hawa ni adui, instead 
o/maadui. Adui, an enemy, also — mtu mbaya, 

•a bad man; Arab. cS^, homincs peregrini, 



-Cj 



inimici; ^jtfi, hostilitas; hence adawa (ya), 
enmity in Kisuahili. 

AiSe (or eee) (St.), yes; Arab. ^ (ai), nimirum, id 
cst, ita, bene. 

A£xboe (or £mroe),0. (la), glue; see sumugh, gum- 
arabic; cfr. also ulimbo and mlimbolimbo; all 
these matters are vsed as glue or birdUme, also 
for sealing letters. 

A£nzi, *., see enzi or czi, 8., power, auth>rity ; 
kiti cha aenzi, a cltair of power, an exceUent 

6 

ckair, a chair of fashion ; Arab. )*, potentia, 

dignitas, honor. 
A'fa, *. (la), pl. maiifa (ya), something fearful, 
hostile, dangerous, injurious, enemy (cfr. muafa 

anJ mkhiifa) ; Arab. ^j^, nietuit, S^j^^timor, 

raetus; Mgalla ni afa la Mnika, the GaUa is an 
enemy (an object of fear) to the Mnika; 
Wagalla ni maufa ya Wanika ; nti inangia 
maafa ya Wagalla, fear or danger from the 
Galla has entered, i.c, seized the country ; ndia 
ilio na maafa or miafa, a road on which 
there are dangers or enemics; Mkuafi ni afa 
laugu, tfte Mkuafiis myenemy, myobject offear; 
afa ni jambo la hasara, la ku (diirii) thuru; 
Mungu a-mu-afue katika afa ote pia ya duniani, 
may God save him from aU dangers of the 
world! 
Afathali, vid. afthali. 

A'fia (or afua), *. (ya), IteaUh; ]j^ sanitati 
restituit; Jicnce &**lc, incolumitas, salus, good 

Jiealth. 

A'fia, v. a. t to bring out, to issue, to spend or 
expend, to give away=Vu toa (Kin. ku lafia) ; 
ku-mu-afia rukhsa or amri, to give one per- 
mission or order ( = ku-mu-amuria) ; ku-mu- 
tifia, or ku-m-toa \ishuru, to exact dvtyfrom one ; 
mtumko huyu ameafia mimba, this woman mis- 
carried, had an abortion ; ku afia mali, ku wa- 
pata watu, to spend property for getting men. 

Afia, r. a., to m<ike toswear; see under apa, r. n. 

Afikana, r. rec ( =ku agiina), to agree one with 

another, to mdke an agreement; cfr. Arab. <3*j 

(wafika), consenait, assensus fuit. 
Afikanibha, t». caus. (or wafikasisha), to 
conciliate, to nwke to agree, pacify. 

A'fiki, r. n. ; e.g., hali ku afiki shcria ? (R.), he 
has not interdictcd thee from the law; 4«UV 
interdixit, alicui, aliquid. 

Afiuxi, *. (ya), opium; Arab. ypkY 

A'fthalt, afIthali, afuthali, adv., better, rathcr, 

b2 



(4) 



cspeciaUy preferablc (ofihe two), in preferencc of, 
best; Arab.Lth (fathfila), eiuberavir, praecelluit ; 

X&iS (afthnlu), praestantior, optimus; thahabu 

ni afthali kana fetha, gold isbetter tJiansUrer; 
kuetu suisui afthali, eapeciolly with ua or in ottr 
houae. 

Afu, *., wild jasmine (St.). 

A'fu (or afua), v. a., to deliver from, to save, 
preserve, pardon, to render safc cure ( — okoza, 
p6nia) ; Muegniziuigu ana-mu-afu, the Lord has 

aaved or preaerved him ; Arab. v£c , incolumem, 

innoxium servavit Deus. Mnngu a-mu-afiie, 
may God preserve him; mtu huyu ametesua 
(amepawa ugonjoa) ni Mungu, luken sasa 
Mungu ame-mu-afu -=» ame-m-jalia aiia, nmemjalia 
sirkizakwe or riskizakwe. In general, ku afu 
means to deliver one from siclness,famine, w 
other Jcind of distreaa. 

Afua, *., aee afia, health. (TJtis exj)rcssion is 
more uaual.) 

Afua, afura, r. a., totear (said oftJtorns) (R.)? 

Aga, r. n. and r. a. (Kimr.), to perisJt, to bc lost 
andtolose, destroy («potca, potesa) ; nnaagti 
ushangawukwe, tliou Jiast lost Jiis beads (Kin. 
ku angamika) ; watu wangi wame-ku-aga, many 
people perisJted, have been destroyed; kulla mtu 
acndai Chagga, harudi teua, huacu, Chagga 
ndicho kingacho watu, he wJu> goes to CJiagga, 
sJtall no more return, he wUl perish, for Chagga 
is tJte country whicJt destroys people. 

Ao.\, r. n., to taJ:e leave of a person ; uime kuenda 
ku-wa-aga watu, I ircnt to taJcc leave of tJte 
people; jiia likinga miti, lit., wJten tJte sun tales 
leave of tJte trees, i.e., near aunaet (a rery 
poetical erpression). 

Aoana, v. rec, (l)to tdkeleave ofeach other, (2) 
to agree one witJt another, (3) topromise eacJt 
otJter (kua maneno); mnaagana nini? what 
Jtavc you agreed to ? ana-ku-aga nini ? wJtat Jtas 
Jtc promieed tJtee ? aganiza nhadi, to mdke a 
covenant. 

Aoia. v. obj., (1) to conveytJte valcdictory word to 
anothcr in tJie name ofJdm icJto bids farewell ; 
wewe rafiki u-mu agic babayangn, tJtoufriend, 
convey my farewell to my father; (2) to give 
one a promise ; siku ile huku-ni-aga ku-ni-pa 
kofia, mbona huku-ni-pa, hupendi ku-ni-pn, 
iika-ni-agia bassi, why tJien didst thou promise 
mef 

Aoilia, v. ol)j. (?) 

AoiLT8HA, v. c, ? to charge cne, e.g., to demand a 
debtfrom somebody. Deriv. ngizo, pl. mnfigizo, I 
charg\ commission. J 



A'oiza, v. a., to order, to cJtarge, to commis&io* 

or enjoin any one, to direct, to appoint to. 
AmziA, v. obj., to give in charge; mme-ma-agizla 
kashalako, Igave thy box in charge to kim. 

Aoama, r. »., to he entangled (said of trees) ; eee 

anguma, wJticJt, is more vaua!. 
A'oiri (or kjim) r. a., to Jtire, e.g., a serrant, a 

Jtouse, <t'c. ; ^.\, mcrcedcm dcdit.condusit, mercede 
locavit; agiriwa, r.p., to bc hired or emplomed 
for wages ; alie agiriwa, one wJto is cmpioyed for 
wages. 

AoiniaiiA, r. c, to let for hire, to causc to hire. 
to lei on Jdre. Deric. ijnra, wages. 

Aoua, r. a., (I) to treat one medically, to male 
medicine for one, to attend to a auk peraon, to 
treot one after tJtc African faahion (cfr. adua), 
Kin. ku Ingi'ila (ku-m-fania dawa) ; (2) toprediet, 
cg., ku agiia ndoto=kubu8hirindoto t topredict, 
toforeteU by a dream; ku-ji-agiia nafsi yakwc, 
to curc or JteaJ, JteJp one^a self. 

Aoulia, v.obj. ; ku-mu-agulia mtu ndoto, toforetell 
or esplain a dream to anybody. Muagiizi, s~, 
may be rendered, a medical man, or afbre- 
teJler, a propJtet; ungiizi, #., prophecg. Both 
terms, muaguzi and ungi'izi, rcauire fnrther 
examination. Fass. aguliwa. 

Aiia! (or ahaa !), in reply to tJte guestion,je? what ¥ 
rid. jc ; aha somo ! yes, oh man ! yes, myfriend ; 
ndivio hulisi, yes, exactly ! 

— * "• 9 c 

A'hadt, s. (ya) ; Arab. ^\ , unura esse dixit; j^.^ v 

unitas; covenant, agreement, promise ; ana-nf- 
pa nhadi va ku ja kuangu, Jte gare me the 
promise, i.c, Jtc promised, to come to me =: ana 
agana nami kuamba ajc kuangu. Wahadi is lotc 
language. 

Aiiapiana, r. rec, to agree witJi eacJi other, to 
jrromise mutuaUy, to come to an agreement 
(R.\ In reference to the Jews, said Kadi 
Ali, tJtejudge f)/*Momba8, " TJte Jewsare wana 
nhadi sann, because tJtey do not mix up with 
otJter nationtt," lit., tJtcy are rery much sona of 
tJte covenant. 

A'iiiiu, r., tojrromise (St.)? 

s c* 
A'iiali, s. (ya,pl za) ; Arab. Ja\ (ahlon), populus, 

homincs, qui ad aliquem pertinent, familia; 
family, connections, relations; ahiili za wali, tke 
relatircs of tJte governor ; ahaliznkwe wote, all 
Jtisfamily; najirani wotc, and all Jtia neighhour*. 

A'iiera, «., (1) tJte future world; viema via ah6ra, 

the Jtapjnness of tJte world to come ; Arab. o^.H\ , 

altcra scmpiterna >ita ; (2) ttte cold boaom of the 
earthorgrave; ku enda ahe'aoraherani «kufcikiia 
katika n'ti ku zimu, to be buried in the ccidearth ; 



(5) 



AJ 



hatta sultani atakuenda ahera, ku-m-sheta pahali 
pa shubiri, ecen a king shaU go to the cold grave 
wherc a plaee of a spatis breadth tc'dl shut him 
up. 

A'hkri (or ratlier ajuieri) = muisho, tlte end, 
the last ; saidina ya awali ndiyo ya aheri, tlie 
first Lord is he who is the last. 

'Ahsant (or ahsasta), v. a., lit., thou hast done tceU; 

m ~ C<- C « 

from the Arabic u; » lini r \ , bonum fccisti, probe 

cgisti, pulchrum reddidisti, ^w**. , bonus, pulcher 

fuit. This term is ttscd to render thanks to him 

mho Jias done you tcelt. Thanks / or Thank you ! 

A'ia, r. a. We are not sure whcther this verb is 

to be derived from the Arabir vcrb g\ , arsit, 

flagravit ? 

A'ika (or taika), v. ?i., to dissolrc, to melt. 

A'isha (or yaisha), v. c, tocauseto mclt; e.g., ku 
yaiaha rusasi, to smelt lead. The dialcet of 
Zanzibar seems toform : yeyiika and yeyusha, 
to mclt and to catise to mclt (St.\ Ku ayika 
(St.), to dissolce, to melt. 

Aibika, r. n.,to beput to shamc, to l* disgraced ; 
Arab. ^Vc , vitiosum fuit, hcnce ^lc or 



*-, »*J= , «IUU9UUJ IUII, •*•.•*•.€ *■ » 

vitium ; ncmsiyakwo imcaibikn, his gootl mimr 
has been disgraced. 

Aidihiia, r. r., to disgracc, to put to shame, to 
blcmish. 

Aiou, s., a disyrace, a reproaeh ; also pudnnda. 

A'ili, r. a. (rfr. Arabic Jle , inclinavit se supcr 

aliquem ; j\^\ , sustentavit, aluit farailiam) ; (1 ) 

to take vpon one's self, c.g., ku aili dcni, to take 
a dcbt vj*on one's sclf i.c, topay it for anttther 
//i<m=dcniyakwe daraka yangu mimi, his debt is 
ujton me, I shaUpay it : (2) to be the cause, to 
iteguilty ; huyu fti aili,aili ni yc, this man is not 
guilty, guilty is he (lt.). 

Ailisia, v. obj., to make onc tukc a thing itjwn 
him. 

Aina, *. (ya) ( = gisi), kind, rJass, spccies, raste; 
kulla aina, all kinds; Arab. ^ ; (l)fon8,rci 
substantia, esscutia ; (2) eye. 
Ainisiia, v. c, to point out, to show by a sign 

rfr. Arub. /jVc , manavit, ^tfi , rcm conspi* 

cuam fccit) ; e.g., ku aihishu kuo ya mpaka. 

Alxi, r. a., to spccify, to appoint. 
AixiA, v. obj., to specify to orfor onc. 
AixiwA, i\ p.., to be specified. 

Ainzi (or aknzi, or a£zi), cid. enzi and ezi ; Arab. 

* . . *- 

y£ , potentia, dignitos, yc potcns, honoratus 

factus cst. ] 



A'iain (or isiu), v. n., to Uve t to last, eiuiure ; ^Lve 

vitam duxit, pass. \j**& invitaconaervatus fuit, 

vixit. 

AiTrwJLLO, what one is wanted or called for (from 
ku ita, to call; p. itiwa or ratlier itoa, to br 
called). Ia>w people pronounce it "etiwalo;" 
aitoalo or aitualo would be viore correct. 

A'jabu, s. (ya) ; Arah. •■ m -^* , status admirationin. 

admiratio,/roni V| >> f* , miratus fuit ; admiration, 

tnomler; ajib ! or ajab ! iconderfult tconderful/i/. 

A'jabu, v. «., to admire (seldom uscd). 

Ajabihiia, v. c, to make to astonish. 

Taajabu, t\ «., to iconder at, to admire. 

Taajabisiia (or ajabihjia), v. c, to make to 
tuhnire, toastonish; neno bili lina-n-taajabisha, 
this irord or matter astonislies me. 

A'jali,*. \yn),death,fate (cfr. Arab. ^\ , terminuiu 

posuit ; Jr^ , spatium temporis), tlie appointed 

timc, life-time, destiny (rfr. muhiila) ; ajaliyakwc 

ili-m-jalia (ku fa) pouni, his fate destined him /" 

die on shorc, and consetptently Iie was buried in 

tlie sand of the sea-shorc close to tlie water's edgi, 

tut ptoplt who die or vho are found at sea art, 

tuscording to jcustom, not consigned to tlui commou 

hurial-grtmnd, but as close as possible to tlte sea- ' 

tcater ; ku salimika Ajali means lit. to be givtn 

up to its fate, hence "to be finishcd entirely:" 

c.g., aamli inasalimika ajali lco, or aamli inakatika 

hiyati leo, the. ghce i* fjuit.f finished to-day ( ~ 

inamalisikfl, inakwibha). 

Ajam (or Acjam) (wa) (n. gent.\ Persia; mtu wa 

« — ■ 
Agam or Ajam, a Pcrsian Arab. ▲^e (ajamon), 

barbari, quicunque non sunt Arabcs, etsi distiuctc 
loquuntur, tum Persac. 
Ajaka, s., merit v 'St); ifthis \rord is reallyin uhc 
tcith the ftuahili peoplc, it is no doitbt to be derircd 

from the Arabic j+\ , or .^.^,mcrcc8,praemiuiu. 

Ajaki, s., vid. ayari, kamha mlingotini. 

Ajari, *. (ya), src acliari, s. 

Ajari, s. (]{.), simuhition, hypocrisy; c.g., akiugua 

ui ajari tu (?), ifhe issick, it isonlysimuiation. 
Ajemi, s.. vid. Ajami or Agami, a Persian. 
Ajib! (w ajab !) tronderfull SSee ajabu. 

A'jili ttnd Agili, s. (ya) (from *+\ ,causa, gratia , 

causc, rcason, sake ; kua ajili or agili-^yangu 
(mimi), for my sake, on my account, because of 
vie; kua agili ya walu, bccause ofmen; kua ajili 
or agili aki-m-penda nikcwo niapcnzi bora, becausr 
Ite loved his tcife irith great tove. The reason 
tchy tlui natives sjh-U ajili and agili (nghili) is. as 
every stvdcnt ofthe, Kgyptian and Syrian diaiects 
knoLcs, because the tiyrian Arabs spell ncliili, 
trhereas tJte Egyjitian* jironouncc aghili; the lettcr 



AJ 



(6) 



*• is pronounced by the Syrians like ch or j, 
whereas the Egyptians jironounce it like gh. Thc 
\cords njili or agili, huja, sebabu conrey nearlythe 
samc mcauiiig, " cause, accouut, reason" rfr. 
A'jiRi(orAOiRi), r.a.,to hirc; y+\ , mcrcedom dcdit, 
mercedc conduxit, hencc thc Suuhili icord iigira, 

9 ■** 
jrw/w (Arab. ^\ ). 

Ajirisha, r. r., fo roKJ»? fo /miy, *o /r£ ow ///rr / 

?tou», ijnra, wages. 

kC - 

A'jiza, *., flMf/Ajizi(r/r. y^c , debilitas, impotcntia, 

postica pars rei), si fanio ajiza, fania harraka. 

usikiiwc, do not tarry, but make hastc. 
Aka, the form of the narratire past tense (i\rd 

pcrson sing.), see Steere's Handbook, pagc 134 ; 

aka pcnda, and he or she lored. 
Aka ! exdamation of astonishment. 
Aka. r. a.; (l)ku aka or akka, to build in stonc; 

ku aka niiimbn, to buihl a house, vfc., a stone- 

house, in distinction o/ku jenga niuinba, to buiid 

a house of wood (of jnles) (see ku waka or 

wakka); (2) to burn (akaka), to burn (*aid of 

pain), 

Akia, r. oly., to buildfor or with. 
Akaij, (1)*. and adj., some feir, some ; Arab. 

— 

U (kalla), paucus fuit; iikali ya watu, some feir 
inen; akali ya kitu, somcthi ng = kita kidogo; 
akali ya vitu, some things; (2) hc is, def. r. li, 
akali mzima or hai, akaliko, he was alire. 
Akania, v, a., to curb ? 

Akari (or adakari?), intoxicating Vitpior (II.) : 

«\Ac , vinum, and A&ct , planta aromatica. plnnta 

*• *• 
mcdica; or j£e , turbidus, faeculentus fuit liquor. 

A'kk, sec likwe, his, her, its (ake in the Zan-ibar 
anfl Kikamba diulccts). 

Akesda, r. n., for akaenda, and he wcnt (sec ku 
enda, to go). 

Akhera, *., see nhera. Ko doubt thc Gullaword 
ckera, s., is to be derived from this adoptcd 
Arab word ahera ; ekera signifie* in Gulla thc 
plac* to which wicked men are banished after 
death, in the opinion ofthe GaUa. Otlier Ualla 
tal'e ukera/or ghost or sjiectrc. 

A'kihri (or akiri), r. a.; jL\ , distulit, postposuit, 

tardavit, cunctatus fuit; to delciy, to be dilatory, 

to remain behind. 

AkhIrisha, v. c, to causc to dday, to put ojf, 
postpone, to adjourn, to mulcc to stay bchind: 
akhiri muzimu, anothcr monsoon or after the 
monsoon (in April, whcn thc ressels return 

from Jndia) ; ^J\ , alter, alius, anotlier ; ku 

akhirisha chombo, to postpone the dejiarture of 
a vessd. 

Akiiiyart, adj. and adv. (Arab. ~&.\ , nielicr. 



praostantior, optimus, from the verb .U- , factui 
fuit potiBessor boni, selegit, praetuiit), choice, 
good, better, more preferable; e.g. f Sengibiri, 
bcndnri ukliiyiiri, kulla shei teyari or tayari, 
Zanzibar is a bettcr port, etergthing u ready 
there. i.e., is found there on the market ; muhabbi 
or muhcbbi akhiyara, a gootl or cjrcellent Jriend. 

Aki, couj., if, in case, wJien; sce Grammar. It u 
subjcct to conjngation, and is nsed aUo in 
formiug thc participle. T/ie lctter u i " u fre- 
uuenthj omitted, e.g.. akenda and wakcnda fbr 
aki and waki enda, if he goes, or if they go; 
akipendn, /;' hc. likes or lores. The conditional 
prefij' is changrd according to the subjeci re- 
ferrcd to. 

Aki, *. (R.\ stcp-mother ; aki na mama hawako, the 
step-intfthcr and thc real mother are uot here, 
says a child when speaking of his mother; aki 
na buana, or aki na mucgni anafika, the step- 
mother and the master arrired. 

Akia (aakia?\ r. a., (1) to snap vp t to gorge, to 
dcvour, to Ktrallmn vp; (2) r. obj., to intercept, 
to get up. r.g.j ku-mu-akia mpira, to pick vp a 
bullfor onv. 

Akiiia, ». (yn, za\ somcthing pui by for saring. 
store, rcserre; Kthiopice, akabu custodivit, 

conservavit; Arnbic, W& 6 , secutus fuit, W©te- 

pone alium vcnicns; ku weka akiba,fojwrt by, to 
pracidefnr. 

AKii>A, s. (ya or wa\ pl. maakida, captain f ehief r 
Uadcr, commandcr ; akiila ya askari, tJte leaden 
or commundcr of soldic.rs, the secontl in com- 

mand; vfr. Arah. <&* , gubcrnator, praefectus, 
j^i , duxit, rexit, gubernavit. 
A'kidi, v. u. (no doubt to be derived from tJte Arab^ 
jXc , possibilis fuit rcs, copiam sui praebuit ali 
cni), to sufficc ( = ghushi, rid.), to besuffieieni; 
c.g., chakiiln hiki chaakidi wntu wnliupo hatta ku 
rudi, thisfood is sufficientfor the^opie who are 
here till thcy retum. 

A'Kirr, r. u. (cfr. iJL<r , sc dcdit rei, substi- 
tit). (1) to yidd, to profit; shambalangu lina- 
n-akifu reali miu, mij plantation yieldetl me a 
100 dollars; (2) to put ( = ku weku), to pvt bgr 
nna-mu-akifu vicmn, / have got hiin a good 
pluce. 
AkifIa, r. obj., to cntrus with; nime-mu akifia- 

mnliynngu mbellc za watu, / entrvsted mg 

projierty to him publicly. 
Akifisiia, r. c. 
Akifiwa, v. p., to be put by, e.g., Muhammed 

akiHwa instead o/anakufa. 
Akiisiia (or contr. nkisha), e.g., kazi hi, he having 
finished this bnsiness; thcn, thercupon: from ku. 
islin, tofinish. 



( 7) 



AL 



Akika, a. (St.), « funeral feast far a chihl; cfr. 
tlic Arabic word AfieAfi , ovis, quae mactari solet 

quum primum infans raditur. 
AkIki, s. (E.) ; ka fania akiki, tJte meat of an 

animal irhich was killedfor a sadaka (*acrifice) 

after a cliiUPs death, after wJticlt therc is no 

matanga (mourning). 
Akiki, *. (ya, pl. za), a kind of red gent; cfr. 

Arahic <jS\&£ , species gemmae quac vulgo car- 

neola dicitur ; cfr. kito cha pete, or kito cha akiki 

cha pete. 

• c- 
A'kili, *. (ya, pl. za) (Arab. Jgc , ingenium, 

prudentia), intellect, understanding, rea*on, 
jtrudence, wits; it Jtas generally tJte jdural sign 
za after it, though now and then aUo the phiral 
form niaakili may he heard; muegni akili, a 
2>08*es8or ofprudence = aprudcnt man; muegni 
akili nzima or nrefii, a very discreet man; 
akili chache, little inteUect. 

Akina, you; addrcssed to young or inferior j>er- 
8om ; akina buana, young sirs ; akina bibi, my 
young ladics (St.). 

Akiri, r. n., to remain hehind; vid. akhiri. 

Akirisha, i?. c, vid. akhirisha, to put ofi\ to 
adjourn. 

Ako, 8uff., thy, your ; ako wewc, your oicn. 

A'kkaba, *. (ya, pl. za), from tJie Arabic verb 

^j^j , propinquua fuit, Jtence l>ji21 (clakriba), 

prozimi cognatione et affinitate, s'auj. U^i , pro- 

pinquus, relations, relatives, comanguinity ; 

ning. karibu, kariba and karabo (ya) ? 

A'kkaba (ya, pl. za) kuumcni, male or paternal 

relatire. 
A'kkaba (ya, pl. za), kukcni, female or maternal 
relation. 
Akua, r. a. (cfr. kuakua and niakiia), to tear (R.) ; 
a doubtful verb r&juiring closer ejcaminatioit. 

Akwe (Kiung. ake), Ju8, Jter, its, ofJiim; niumba 
yakwe, Jtis Jionse (Kiung. niumba yake). 

Al (or kl), tJte Arabic article the; e.g., alftigiri, 

sc — 

daicn, daybreak; ^i , diluculum, prima lux 
aurorae. JSee tJte remarJcs of Dr. Steere, page 
244. 

A'la, *. (ya, pl. za) (aho in pl. maala or niala), a 
srabbard, sJieath, case, in the Kijtcmba dialect; 
tila ya upanga, the sJieath of a sicord; ala za 
vissu, tJie sheath of Jenive*. Ala is catted \\o in 
tJie Mombas dialect. 

A'lapu, thousands; alf or alfu or clfa, «., a 

• Ctf • """■" 

tJtousand; cJU\ (alfon),^/.alafu ; uft\ (alafon), 

tJtousand*. 

""" . •-•* * *rr c ? 

Alama, *., Arabic Ac > signavit; *le , jP«- **ei , 



signum; in Kisu-aJiili it signifies "mark" (ya, ' 
pl. za), sign, taken; ku-tia alama, to fftr« or 
ma&e a *»<7»; kum-wekea alama, to signalize. 
Alamu, 8. (ya, jd. za), ensign, banner; alamu ya 
wita, military eiurign. TJte Wasuahili do not 
use much tJtis Arabic expression, tJtey generally 
saij "bcrumu," wJtich is very likely to be derived 

from tJte Arabic ^ , contorsit, firmum roddidit 

• — 
funcm, hencc *\tf , pars materiae quae torquetur 

in funcm ? ? T/tey use bcramu oftcn for fiag. 
TJte Wanika call it mercly "pingu." 

• C- 

Alasiri, 8. (cfr. Arab. «ac , tcmpus matutinum et 
vespcrtinum), one of the AfuJtammedan Jiours of 
prayer after 3 o'clackp.m. (afternoon). 

Alaye (R.) = hala hala ? ni amri katho wa 
kathe ? 

Albunseyidi (St.), more correctly banu or elbanii 
sayidi, tJte children of the lord (sayidina, our 
prince), theprince's children. 

Alfapa, *., a piece of cotton witJi wJticJt tJte tcound 
i* dressed ajter circumcision to prevent pain 
from micturition. It i* probable that the icord 
bears a rclatioa to tJtc Arabic ^\ j!\ , albicantia 
puncta in extremis unguibus inprimis pue- 
roram ; ^jU t signum fccit. The circumcisor 
opcrates witJt tJte nails of Jii8 fingers. 

^ ^ ^ 

Alfagiri, 8., from y^i , flucre sivit, primam 

6C — 

apparuit aurora, Jicnce .^ , prima lux aurorae, 
diluculum, tJtc break of day, the dawn; the 
carlie8t Muluimmcdan Jtour of prayer, after 
4 o'clock a.m.; jimbi la pili (tJte second crotcing 
oftJte cock) ui alfagiri; datcn, daybreak. 
Alhamisi (or Elhamisi), *., Thursday; Arab. 

umt+A. pars quinta; ^^afej^ pj> dies feriac 

quintae, 8c . dies Jovis. 
Ali, c. a. (R.) ; ku-mu-ali, to appoint Jiim governor; 
Jtcncc tawala, Jtc becamc gorernor, and Jte w now 

tlic wali (gocernor) ; cfr. \ , valde propinquus 
fuit alcui, pracfuit rei, rexit rem ; ! j , praefec- 

tus fult ; J \j , pracfcctus. 
Ali, tJte sigu of tJtat past teme wJticJt denoies an 

action completed in pa*t time, vid. Orammar ; 

e.g., atipcnda, he Jtad loved; ali katika ku soma, 

Jui was in remling, or he iras reading. 
Alia, r. a., (1) to lay on, to apply tJte stick; (2) to 

leavc marks after beating, to weal; ufito una- 

mu-alia muana, tJte stick mahes marJcs on tJtc 

child. 
Alie, Jtc who is, or Jta*. It is subject to conjuga- 

tion t 8ee the Grammar. 
A'lifu, 8. (ya), the alpJtabet, thefirzt Arabic letter; 

i!arf , littcra Elif. 



AIi 



(8) 



AM 



AiAkjl, v. n., to sjplit, to craek, to snap, to dick, to 
give a crack {efr. walika) ; bunduki inalika sana, 
the musket gave a strong crach or report; ku 
alika vianda or vid61e, cfr. popotoa, and fiusa, to 
craeh thefingers. 

Alibha, v. e., to cause to give a crach; also ku 
alisha mtambo wa buuduki, to click the lock of 
a musket, to cock a gun ; ku alisba vianda. 
Alika, r. a. = zaidia, to assist; v. rec., alikann, 

alisha, to nurse (E.). 

Alika, v. a., to calJ, to invite (for aUl) ( «■ ku tnja 
watu) ; watu wamealikfia ngomani, the peojtle 
icere invited, ku teza ngoma, ku la wuli, to eat 
rice ; wamealikua kazini, harrusini, matangani, 
ujima, &c. ; alika is aUo said of roasting orfry- 
ing mahindi (Indian corn). 

ALi&AXA=lemeana, lience maalikano, ledge, layer, 
8tratum. 

Aliki, v.; ku aliki, to hang (St.) ? alikiwa ni 
Mungu? 

Aliko, wJiere Jve is or was. 

Alikua, v. »., he had been; alikiia annkufa, Jie had 
died or had been dead; wewo ulikua ukijiia, 
tJtou Jtadst hiown or hadst bcen hnowing; bassi 
wakiwa wakali wakiseraa, Lukc xxiv. 36; bassi 
wakiwa hawatassa ku amini, Luke xxiv. 41 ; 
alikua anashikoa ni homa, Luhe iv. 38 ; alikuako 
mtu, therc was a man, Luke vi. 6. 

Alikwa, v. n. (St.), to go through a certain course 
of medicine, cousisting chiefiy of various fumi- 
gations and a vcry strict rcgimcm (cfr. adiia 
hasoda). 

Alili (oW)«=sana, rcry; e.g., ali muclle alili, he 
was r.ery sick. 

Alimisiia (or elimisiia), r. c, to causc to learn, to 

teach, inetruct = ku ercfusha ; ^ie , scivit, 

s— 

instruiit, docuit; hencc *lc , scientia (elma or 

elima). 
Aliomo, wJterein he is or wan (cid. Grammar). 

Alisa, s. (St.), a dancing placc, a Jtousc of anmsc- 

tnent. 
Alibua, v. c, vid. alika. 
AiJflHiA, t». c, to cause one to jmy or Jmnd orcr 

( ■» ku takabadisba) ; e.g., nina-mu-alishia maliya- 

kwo mbello za wali, I causcd him to rcccir? his 

property before tlte governor. 

Allah, *., God; aJ\ » adoravit, colnit, a3\ and 
ij\ , numen, Deus ; Jjjj , Deus verus, unicus, 

allah taala, ^U* , Dcus qui cxaltetur (from 

!fcc ) (post nomen Dei), God the nmt hiyh (alie 
ju, He who is above). 



Allau-allah, ouicklyl without dclay, I adjure 
you. 

Allah bilkheir (Arab. y^. f L^*. , bonam, rcs 

exquisita in quovis gonere), may God grant 
Jtappiness. A common answer to the sabttations 
jtresented in the morning or in the afternoon. 
Almaiua, s., embroidcry (St.) (?). 

Almazi, s. (ya), Arab. J*w\» adaroaa, a 

diamond. 
Ama-ama, conj., either, or; Arab. U»\ , quidem; 

autcui, quod attinet ; ama mtu huyu ama jufe, 

eitlter this man or that. Ama is used sometime* 

like "hoicever;" waama ni dogo, however it is 

small. 
Ama, v. «. (E.), to lie on the breast (or bcVy) {efr. 

fuama, fuamia). 

Amia, v. obj.; e.g. t ku amia kitanda, to lay the 
breast or belly on a bedstead (in great pain). 

A'mali, *. (ya, pl. za), (1) conduct, Ut. t an aet, 
action, a thing done; Arab. J^c , opua, nctio, 
ngendi ratio; amuliyakwc ni ngema, his con- 
duct is good; amaliyangn ni mana maji, nttf 
business isthat of a.sailor; hapana unliann 
wa amali, ku tenda amnli ngema, to behavc 
icell; (2) kind of amulet made itp of naiU, 
ncedles, &c. (vid. kilingc), to kill by this secrct 
medicine aperson who is disliked. The adccr- 
sary endeavours toput the medicine into the leg 
ofhis encmy, but the sorcerer draws it out, and 
8aves the man, as Jtepretends. Amali i> a hirisi 
ku pata kitu kilicho potca. 

Amana, *. (ya) (Arab. XC$ , fides, smceritaa), 
trust, security, a thing entrusted to any one, 
dcposit; araeweka amana kuangu, or amo-ni-pa 
amana, or amc-ni-wekca amana, he put me iu 
trust with, lie deposited it with me, he committed 
it to my keeping. 

Amani, 8. (ya), peacc, security, saftty; hakuna 
amani katika nti hi, there is nopeace, or safety, 
in this country. 

AmasLi, v. olj., to confulc in ( = ku-ra-tumania) ; 
muamauia Mungu si mtofu, hc who confides 
ia God is not blind. 

AmAnihha, r. c, rid. aminifhn, to causc to 
beh'eve. 

Amaba, *., urgcnt business i (cfr. Arab. ^1( f 
negotium, rcs quam aliquis tractat). 

Amabi, s. (ya) ;— ya nanga, tJie cable ofan anchor. 

Amba, v. a., to speak (in a bad scnse) « scngcnia 
mabaya, nnfsiyakwc hasikii, to sjicak against, to 
slandcr aperson in Jtis abscnce (wJien lte cannot 
Jiear it) ; in Kinika tliis verb is uscd both in a 
good and a bad sense. 



AM 



(9) 



AM 



Ambia, v. obj. f to speak, to tdl, to inform one ; 
ku-rnu-ambia maneno mcma or mabayo, to tell 
one good or bad words, matters. 

Ambilia, v. obj. int., to speak tuurh to him 
or against him ; ambilika (p.), easy to he 
spoken to. 

Ambiliza, v. c; e.g., masbikio ya-ni-ambiliza, my 
ears tingie, lit., they cause to speak, i.e., they 
give sound, they ring, they tingle. 

Ambililiwa (p.) } to be much spoken to. 

Ambiwa (p.) ; ku ambiwa, to be told. 

Ji-ambilja, v. refi., to invent, derise. 

Amba, for na kuamba or najamba, if; e.g., ungc 
— knfa, amba si Mungu, or najamba si Mungu, 
thou wovldst have died, if God had not (scil. 
saved thee). 

Amba, v. a. (cfr. wamba), to cord a natice bed- 
stead tcith ukamba and mashupatu. TJie tJtin 
ropes made of the fibres of the cocoa-shett 
fortn the warp, wJiereas the mashupatu (oid. 
shupatu) constitute tlie woofof the net-work in a 
aative bedstead (vid. kitanda). 

Amba (or amdaa), v. a., to pass one withovt grect- 
ing or saluting him, to go near without touching 
or Jturting him; maofu or raawi na-ya-ku-anibae, 
may the evil not toucJi tlicv ; ya-ku-pite kua 
kando, or kandokando, yasi-kn-pate, may it pass 
hy thee, may it not reach thcc ; nna-ku-amba, / 
amfarfrom thee. 

Ambaza, v. c, (1) tocause onc topassby witJiout 
hurting — ku-mu-ausha, to avert, lit., go aside, 
to save one ; ku-mu-ambaza mtu na maofo, to 
sare one from evil = ku-mu-okoza na ma6Tu ; 
(2) ku ambaza poani poani dau » ku pita 
poani na dau, to steer tJ\e boai ciose to sJtore. 

A'mbaki, s. (ya) ; Arab. ^jlc , ambamra, species 

odoramenli ; nomen piscis marini magni ; am- 
liergris, an odoriferous svbstance which is said 
to be eaten as a dammy matter by tJte wJiale at 
the bottom of tJte sea and tJien cast off in tJte cx- 
crements. Ambcrgris found at Mombas must be 
given to tJte Government under penalty to tJie 
offender. TJris is owing to tJie great ralvc 
attaching to the ambari. Thc vatives tell a 
story about an island in tJie Indian ocean, 
whitJter tJie wJialcs resort, and wJterc tJie matter 
isfound at tJie bottom oftJic sea. FisJtermen arc 
sometimes attracted and gvided by tJie multitude 
<f birds pouncing upon the ambari as itfloatson 
the surfacc of tJic sea. 
Ambata, v. n., to stick to, tofit dosely, or to attach, 
to deave to; e.g., mihogo yaambata chunguni, the 
cassada-rooU (wJicn bcing boiled) cleace to tJie 
pan; ambdta means properly, to sit close, to fit 
iccll or tight, to be dose to (=patika, patikika), 



tojoin; jua limcambata nti, ngojani, jua lipunge, 

tupate ku encnda. 

Ambai (or ambaye) kdamba, Ut.,saying to say ; 
it signifies tJie relative wJio, he who; mtu 
ambai kuamba yuwapenda—mtu apendai, the 
man wJio lovcs ; ph, ambao kuamba, they who ; 
kuaraba, lit., to say ; conj., if, when (vid. 
Grammar). 

Amuatana, r. rcc, to coJtere, to be dose to, to 
deave to onc anotJter, to be mutuaUy attached 
(EpJi. v. 31, ata-ambatana na mkewc). 

Ambatamsiia, v. c, to cause to join, to maJce to 
fit, tojoin, to be dose to, to adhere to. 

Ambatiza, v. c, to cause or make to stick (— kn 
guya sana). 

Ambika, v. a. ; ko ambika kamba (R.) ? 

Ambisa, v. c (=gandamisa), to cause to turn or 
join; omo la dau liyanibise poani, lct tJte 
(Jtead) fore-part of the boat be turned (let it 
join) dose to sJtore; ku ambisa ufiagio na nti, 
to sweep tJte ground thorougJdy (vid. tambaza), 
lit., to ict tJte hroom join the eartJt, to swcep 
cleau. 

Ambibana, /•. rcc, to slick together, to be cc- 
mentcd togetJter, to meet orjoinfor battle. 

Ambikha (St.), v. c, to make to Jtold togctlter 
( = ku ambatisha ?). 

A'mbo, 8. (la), gum (<= sumaha); ambo la mkiiyu 
wa ku fungia wuraka, letter-sealing gum obtained 
from tJte mkiiyu tree . 

Ambua, r. a., (1) to pare, to ped, to husk; ku 
arabua roaganda ya muhogo, or maganda ya 
nazi, to take tJte Jmsk off cassavaor offtJie cocoa- 
nut; fig., tokilJ, to destroy ; niuma aambuai, a 
Iteast wJticJi kills = a wild beast ; mtu aambuai, 
a man who destroys — a wild or ferocious man t 
a barbarian ; (1) to taJce a morsel in eating 

•;st.)? 

Ambuka, v.n.. to be pcelcd, to cast offtJte skinor 
slouglt ; ngovi inaambuka, moto wa-ni-tckctcza, 
tlic skinfalls off, asfire lias burnt me; muili- 
wangu unaambuka ngovi ; ku ambiika magovi 
ya mapcra ; toka ina ambuka, lime breaks off, 
or bursts, cracks. 
Ambukiza, r. a. i St.),. to give a discasc to, to 

i'fect (?). 

A.Mi>feLiiAX, s. (ja), a kind of fine silky drcss, 
s'dky stuff; godoro ya amdelhan, a mattress of 
silky stuff{a!so bridal-bed or bridaUdrcss) . 

Amerikano, s., American sJweting ; tJte cotton 
c'otJt wJticJt was manufactured and first imported 
from Americn, and is used in trading all orer 
Central Africa. At Mombas tJte natires sold 
(in 1852) generally 12 yards, or 24 mikono or 
cubits (vid. mukono), for one dollar, being egual 
to a German crown. At many places in 



AM 



( 10) 



AM 



UJcambani two yards are equal to the ralue of 
an ordinary sfteep, and 24 sheep are egual to 
one Farasala (35 Ibs.) ofivory, conseguently egual 
to 6 Oerman crowns at Mombas. One Farasala 
of ivory was then sold at Zanzibar for 37-40 
Oerman crowns. At Mombas thc Farasala of 
icory sells for 35-30 dollars* 

A'mpia, v. a. (E. ), to be liberal, to gice one a thing 
gratis; ameamfia watti wiiu, haku =» wa-pa kua 
ugira, laken kua burro, he gave the jicoplc 
things gratuitously, he did not gice tJtem for 
wages, but gratis. Very Ukely amfia standsfor 
afia, v. a., whicli see. Muamii. 

A'milj, v. a. ; ku amili (Arab. J*c , alaccr, agilis 

fuit, oporatus fuit), to manage, to work. 

A'mi.va, adc, amen; Arab. ($t+\ . 



--* 



A'mi.vi, r. 7i./ ^»\ , fidit, nixus fuit, credidit (in 
Deum); Itence imani, faith, religion (Arab. 

£)Uj^ , fides, religion), Mr. Erhardt takes thc 

verb amini also for a nouu, so tltat amini would 

mean, faith, religion, trust; but in this sense the. 

tcord imani will be bctter, and araini ought to be 

retained as a verb which signifies, to beliece, e.g., 

to believe in Ood, ku amini kua Mungu ; usi-mu- 

amini, do not believe or trust him. 

A'mim, adj.,faithful, trustirorthy; mtu huyu ni 

amini, this man is faithful, trusticorthy; watu 

hawa ni waamini, t/tese men are trustworthy. 

The adjcctive miglU also be capressed by using 

muamini or muamiuifu (jil. wa ) ; hotc- 

ever, this is more modern language, introduced 
by the Author in his translations. " Anapigua 
amini" means (according to Mr. Itcbman) 
" an oath by whicli a debtor engages himsclf 
not to withdraw from his place until hc has 
2>aid his debt. Oreat distress will be conse- 
tptent on oath-brcaking. Thc amini ina-m- 
sunibua. 

Amtkisha, r. c, (1) to causc one to beliece, (2) to 
trust one with, to hand ocer, connign ; nimc- 
mu-aminisha mtu muanawangu, ku cnda nai 
Mvita, I entrusted the man with my son, to go 
with him to Mombas; ku amini mtu na kitu 
nieans, according to Dr. Steere ("Jfandbook," 
page 245), " to trust a man with somethiug, to 
entrust something to some ouc." We hesitate 
to support this meaning. 

AminIwa, v. p., to be believed, to bc cntrustcd 
with. 

Amiki, *. (wa), pl. maamiri; jtf\ , imperator, 



* Tho Author is not ocquainted with thc prices of thc 
present Ume (1880) : he only refers to the years of 1846-53. 



princcps, dux; an emir, an officer, 
(e*pcciaUy of ships). The first commander af 
rensels is commonly called siirukhusgi wi mir- 
kabu (admiral), 

Amka, r. «./ ku , to awake (from eleep), 

Amkia, r. a., to pay one's respects, to greet or 
salute iit the morning. Any one who ondte to 
ritn aud salutc his relations and friends in 
the morning, is considered tobe a diereepeetful 
and unmannerly jterson, antl chUdren are 
frequently bcaten for neglecting a d%Uy wkieh 
in reality onJy creates idieness. Mr, JSrkardt 
has (besitlcs amkia) the word amkua, tchich he 
takes in the stnse (1) to visit, to greet; (2) to 
cail, e.g., enda uka-mu-amkuo fulini ; amkoana, 
r. rec, to accmt one another in pauing (efr, 
ankurana in Kiniassa). 
Amhiia, r. c, to cause to awake, to awaken, to 
arouse. 

A'MHUA (or AMSA KANOA, OT KU FUKGUA KAKOA). 

to awake, or open the mouth; henee chamsa 
kanoa, breakfast — chakula cha suhukhi, tke 
food of the morning. 

A'miu (<>r amu iu\ s. (ya. pl. za) ; jA , mandatnm, 

edictum ; pl. jy\ , negotium, res quam aliqnis 

tractat; wder, command, also affair*, matters, 
businc4s; kua amri ya Muungu, by the order of 
God ; nina amri, / harc orders, I am com- 
inanded ; hana iimri nami, hc has no authority 
orer me, or hana amriyangu; muegni amri, a 
coinmander, pl. wcgni amri. 

Amukia (or amjiia), r. obj., to gire one an order 
or jHrinissioit, to put a thing at one's disposal; 
ame-ni-amuria kitu hiki = ame-ni-pa rukhsa 
ku toa kitu hiki, he jiermitted mc to take thie 
thing. 

Amukisiia, r. c, to causc to order, to be ordered. 

AmurIwa (^.}, to bc ordered. 

A'mCuu (or ambu), v. a. (y\, mandavit, juasit), 
to command, to order one. 
A'mu, n. p., the 'ntland of Lamoo on thc coast of 
Ea*t Afriva, situated about 2J degree* south 
from tltc Equator. tiee Baron ron der Decken's 
" Trarels in Eust Africa," rol. ii. page 370, 
on tlte Witu islands (Lamu, Pata, <£c). 

Amu, s., fathers brotlter (St.). 

A'mua, v.p. (from ku ama, toput to, toput a chitd 
to the brcant), pass. to be put to the breast, to 
suck (vfr. ku ama). 

Amui8iia, r. c, to gire suck, to sucUe. 

Amua, v. a., properly ku aamiia (Kin. ku alamula) r 
to judge, to give judgment; ni-amua na mtu 
huyo, or na mdauawangu, avevge meofthat man, 



AM 



( ii ) 



AN 



or of my adrersary; mu-ainueni gnoml>e (Kir. j 
amula ?). 
Amulia, v. obj. 

Amuliwa, v. p., to be judged. Deriv. munnizi, 
judge; maamzi, judgment (Uamuzi ?). 

Amud, s. (ya), pl. maamud, from o*c , proposuit 

s ■* ** 
sibi, columna stabilivit ; j»+c , columna, fulci- 

mcntum; (1) column; (2) tJie upright stick or 

piece of wood, to which the scales of a balance 

are tied = mti wa mizani, or mti wa ku pimia 

tarfiju. 

Auuka, r. n., vid. amka, v. a. 

Ana (or tuna), he or she has; e.g., ana ila, he Jias 
shame = is ashamed (kiia na iia). 

Anakotoka (St.), whence he is comiiig, icJtcrc he 
vomes from (Kiung.). 
Anapokuenda, ichither Jie is going (St.). 
Anapolala, irhile he is sleepint/ (St.). 

Anana, (ulj. f sojt, tliin, not tJiick, clcar (said of 
irind, water, cloth, <£c.) ; upcpo muanana, a soft 
or fine breeze (vid. upepo) ; nguo niamina, a 
soft thin cloth ( = niororo) ; kitu hiki chianana ; 
vitu hivi vianann; maji maanann, rlear and 
tjniet water ; hayana fumbi, yaneuda polepolo, 
ndio cha mbande, the iratcr is still and clear, 
and can be fished, but it is full and muddy at 
fiood'time. 

Anaha, s. (St.), pleasure (?). 

Anda (or wanda, or andaa), r. a., to preparc a 
di*h of various ingredients and in rariousforms. 
ITence to be erpert in cooking, to makc pastry. 
The icord "ku anda or wanda" mustbe carefuUy 
distinguislied from the rerb "ku pika," which 
means simply, " to boil, to cook," e.g., ku pika 
mihogo, wali, <£c, wJiereas in refercuce to tJie 
icords, mukatc, witilpa, tambi, kaki, matoposhn, 
mukatc wa chuma, mukato wa ku mimina, 
tendeti, mai ya gnamba, and other kinds of 
pastry, the word " anda " must be used. 
AndalIa, r. obj., to prepare pastry for somebody 

(ku-m-tengcsea vicma) ; ku-wa-andalia viakula. 
Andaliwa, v. p., to be prepared. 
Andana, r. rec, ku — chakula. 
Andazi, 8., mke wa fulani kana andazi asilojua ; 

kadiri udakalo, ata-ku-andalia, ajua ku anda. 
AndIa, t\, to attend at table (E.) ? Dcrir. 

maandazi, to prcpare maandazi. 
Andisha, v. c, to make to attend at tahle ; 

muandishi wa chakula, preparer offo<xl (mu- 

andiki, waiter). 
Ji-ANDALiA vita, to prepare for battle. 
Andama, r. 7i., to go along with one, to accompany 

one, to stay icith one (ku keti na ) ; watu 

waandama kua Mzungu, the people stay with the 
Kuropean; wafania matdiauiri mamoja nai, they 
haveonecounsel with him, tlieyfollow him,theyare 



in his emp'oy, they hare familiar relation tcith 
him; uiuczi unaandama «= onekana, umekuja 
m'pia; properh/ muczi umcandama muenziwe 
(uliopita), umc shiriki, ume = u-fuata niumayakwe, 
hence muczi muandamo, tJte new moon (tJte moon 
trhich follows the old or past one). 

Andamana, r. rec. % to accompany each other, to 
go tot/ether: tuandamane zoto udia mmoja, 
let us go all together one and thc same way : 
ku andamana chanda na pcte (kama pete na 
chanda) ( ■-= ku shikamatia or kazana, or tshiri 
ktina), to Jzeep togtiher lihefingcr and ring. 
AndamIa, r. obj., to go or run afttrone, to over- 
takc, to accompany him = ku fuata niuma 
yakwc, toJbUow one at a distancc. 
Andamiza (hha), r. c, to cause to go or tofolloir 
after ; mvua hi itaandamiza mui'zi, it will 
rain till new moon, lit., this ra'ui will cause to 
follow the neit' moon : muczi uliandamiza- 
kaniili. 
ANDAMiz/n;ANA, r. rec. 
AndIka, r. //., toput or lay on, to ajypHy anything 
to, e.g., clay to a waV, henre to besmear, to 
ptastrr, ku andika udongo ; to put the pen to 
paper ^ to write, ku andika waraka, to icritc a 
lctter ; to put a cessel to thc water = to steer, ku 
andika chombo ; toput up footl, i.e.,to serve up 
food, to make table ready, ku amlika chakula; 
ku andika or bandika dawa kiondani, to apply 
mediciiie to a wound. 

AndikAnia, r. a., to orerlay, to pilc, toput things 
onc vpon anothcr : ku andikauia viombo ju ya 
viombo vinginc, to put ressels vpon other 
resstls. 

Andikia, ». of»j. t to write or fipply to or for, in 
hehalf of, ctr. ; waraka wa ku andikia watu wa 
Unguja, o lctter for or iit behalf 'oj 'the people, 
of Zanzibar; mu-andikieui hatti, write a note 
to him ; neno Mungu nlilo^ku andikia, hu- 
wczi ku-li-ondoa or huwezi ku-li epiika, that 
irhich God has irritten (destincd) for you, you 
rannot cscape or aroid. 

Andikiana, r. rec, to write to cach other, to 
vorrcKpond oue irith another ; vid. abore, an- 
disha; derir. andiko, s. (la), a writ; andiko 
hili, Luke ii. 2 ; muandika or muandishi, thc 
trriter : maandiko or kibandiko, the applying 
of a plaster. 

Andikiwa, r. p., to be irritten, applied to, laid 
outfor. 

AndIkva, to be written. 
Anoa, 8. (la), sky, atmosphere, air, light,firmament, 

climate; anga kuba or mgnao, a great light, 

Jiencc muanga, a light (sorcerer in tJie Intcrior) ; 

muezi waanza lctta anga ukipaesua uwingu, the 

moon begins to shine, wJien she splits or bredks 



AN 



( 12) 



AN 



through t/te sky ; ndcge za anga, birds of t/tc air; 
anga la muczi or ]a jua, t/te brig/U lig/U of the 
moon or sun; muezi waletta anga, tJte moonputs 
forth her UgJU; ileriv. muanga, light; ku tia 
muanga, to give Ught, to eidig/Uen one; aangayc 
usiku, one w/to sees ot night. 

A'.n'ca, v. n.; kn anga ndugu— ku anza matitti, to 
get teats orpaps. lit., the bursting forth of teat*, 
tohereupon tJte maiden becomes marriageabte ; 
manamke amektia mtu mzima. 

Anoa, r. o., or ku wanoa ( = hesubu), to count, 
to reckon. 

Anga, v. n. (Kimr.) ( = sangii in Kimv.), to beper- 
ptexed, to bejmzzted, to Jix one's eyes upon one 
object. 

Angaza (or sanoaza), v. c, (1) to looh iiUcntty 

itpon one; (2) topuzzle one; neno hili lina-ni- 

angaza or sangaza, this matter puzzles me. 

Anoaua, v. a. (vid. angii), to behotd, to look in- 

tently, to consider, to observe, to taJce notice, to 

direct one's eyes to, to visit, to search for, to 

beware of; angalia,' beJtoldl nimeangalia kitu, 

laken siku-ki-ona, / Jtavc searcJted for tJte thing, 

but have not fouiul it ( — nimctafuta, / Jtare 

searcJted); ku angalia mucllc, to risit a sirk 

person. 

Anoalilja, r. int., to seurch mitch = ku tcznina 

sana. 
AngalilIka (E.), to bc iookabte {if this icere a 

genuine KngHsh vord\ be capabh of being 

looked at. 

Asoauuwa, r. p., to bc tooked at \Jo bc in- 
spected) iiitentiy. 

Anoaliwa, v. p., to be sccn or srarrhed, ob- 
served, regardcd. 

A'noali (or ange), rid. Orammar, Jie icoidd, dc. ; 
rotu huyu angeuawa or nngaliuawa, laken Mu- 
nngu ame-m-linda, t/tis man tcovtd Jtave been 
killed, but Ood preserrcd or protected Jiim. 

Angama (or aoama), v. n., to be cavgJit in foUing 
(as by thc bougJis of a tree); nmcnngama 
mnazini, he fetl from a cocoa-ntU tree, but Jic 
did not fatl to t/te ground, Jiaving been caug/it 
or entangled by tJie branches in Jtis fatt (kitansu 
kime-mu-angama) . 

Anoamia, r. 1\., to faif, to perish, to be rvincd 
( = potea), to be lost ; watu wameangamia wnngi 
vitani, people perisJicd in great numbers in 
tcar; mimi nimeangnmia m'itiini (or muitiini), 
Iwas tost in tJtejungle; unnangamia mfi wangu, 
thou hast made my arrow to Jtang, by sJiooting 
it into a tree, whereby it is iost. 

AnoamIka, r. «., to be tost or destroycd; mali- 
yangu yote (iote) imeangaraika, atl my pro- 
perty perisJted, or is tost, destroyed; nguoyangu 



ina-ni-angamika, my doth was tost to me; 
ku angamikua, to become poor, to be tost. 
Angamisa (or akoamisiia), r. c, to cause to 
perish, to destroy, to ruin; amcangamisa 
nguoyangu, Jte destroyed my doth, my drcss. 

Akoaza, v. a. (vid. anga, r. n.), to Jceep t/tc eycs 
open, to tum or fix the eyes upon one object, to 
watch a matter, to sit without steep = ku kcti 
mato, io sit watcJting; nimeangaza usiku kucha, 
sikulala, I was awake aU night, I did not nleep 
at aU; unaangaza mno, sijajibu, you wish to 
know too much at oncc, I sJtatl not answcr; 
angnza maliyako Mkamba asiibe, irateh your 
property tJtat the Mkamba does not steal it ; ku 
angaza raato, to open tJtc eyes widc in ordcr to 
see well or accurateJy; muanga waangdza 
niumba iote, Ught itiuminates tJte tc/tote Jtouse; 
ku angaza kitu mno; mato ya ku angaza « mato 
mapcfu = muerefu = muangafu wa niato, onc 
who is much entightened. 

AngazIa, v. obj.; ku-mu-angazia mato, tofix tfic 
eyes vpon = ku-m-tunsa sana. Derir. muan- 
gaza, UgJU; ku-m-tia — , to give tigJttto; kuani 
ku-ni-angazia mato vifio, hu-ni-jui ? 

Axg£ma, r. #!.; Wikho ya ku nngcma, to be pusil- 
Janimous, mean-spiritcd, wanting in couragc, 
timid. 

Angika, r. a., to Jtang vp, to hang against a traJt ; 
to be distinguis/ted from pachika and tungika, 
tr/dch means " to hang up openly, not against a 
icatt,' 1 &c. 

Angikia, r. obj.; e.g., chnngo cha ku angikia 
vitu, a Itook for /tanging up things (e.//., 
nguo). 

Ango, s. (la) ; nngo la dau (ku ongoa dau kania 

muaua ?) (11.). 
Angu, suff., of me, tny; angu mimi, my otra • 

rid. Grammar. 

Anoua, v. a., (1) to take or bring dotrn ; ku 
angua madai'u or niacmbc, to cut and throw 
down cocoa-nuts or mangos (from the trees) (e.ff. m 
sipati ku angua); (2) to hatch eggs; kuku amc 
angua mai pia, i.e., mai pia ulio-m-wekca yamc- 
kiia watoto (amenngii.i wnna), t/te /ten Jut* 
JtatcJted all Jter eggs, i.e., all tJtc eggs wJticJt yon 
put nnder Jter Jiave become cJtirlr.ns ; (3) to cut, 
e.g., ku angua » ku knta kucha (rid. ukucha" 
cha mukuno, to cut tJtc naits oft/te hand. 
Anouka, r. «., tofalt, to drop. 
Angukia, r. obj., tofaU down to orfor onc. 
Anoulia, r. obj.; anoulIwa, r. p. Jo bv 

/tatc/ted). 
Anousiia, r. c, to makefatt, to orerturn. 
Anousiiia, r. obj.; Muegnizimgu or Muegni-czi 

Mungu ana-ni-angushia-rokho mbaya. 

Anouiia (or anoua), v. a. } to scrape, 1o gratc, to 



AN 



( 13) 



hatch; ku angura ok6ko wa chuDgu, to scrape a 
pan or kettle orpot (?). 
Ania (or wania), v. a., topurpose, think ofdoing, 
to desire; aania kule mjini (R.). 

Aniwa, v. p. (cfr. Arab. ^ac , voluit, intendit) ; 

ku ania ni kulla mtu ku daka. 
Anika, r. «., to expose to tJte sun or air to dry. 
Anikia, to spread out to dryfor another person, 
in his hchalf &c. ; ku-mu-anikia nguo chuani, 
to aun tJie dothfor him. 
Anisha (E.), v. c. f Rebman brings tltc word 
anika, v. a., in conncction roith "ana," which 
signifies in Kinika "to roof to form a 

roof" ? 
Axkra, *. (St.), a bill of sale (HiiuJostani, a 

ciphcr). 
Anoani, 8. (ya), an address, direetion of a Jetter; 
ku andika anoani ya waraka, to write the direc- 

Hon ofa letter ; Arab. ylyi*, titulus libri, tum 

omnis res, qua altera indicatur. 
Axi\\, 1». «., to remove or to take out qf thc. sun 

or rain (cfr. anika) ; nimeaniia mtelle, usipate 

mvua, / removed the rice lest it should get tcet. 

Anuka ; ku — , to leave offraining. 
A'xza, v. «., to begin; e.g., ku anza kondo, to begin 

a quarrel; alikwanza /br alianza, hc had begun. 

Anzia, v. obj. 

AnzIliza, v. int. t to make a beginning in good 
earnest. 

AxziMA, «., vid. azima. 
AnzLm (or Azhti), *. (ya), rarity ? perltaps to bc 

6 - 

derived from the Arab. y^, rarus, carus, 

eximius; vid. azizi. 
Anzuani, s., tlie JoJianna island (vid. Baron con 

dcr Deckon's " Travels in East Africa"). 
Ao, tJteir, their8; vid. Orammar. 
Ao-ao, eitJicr, or; bettcr au-au (vid.). 
Aoxi (or awoni), r. a.; vid. awuni or awini; 

Arab. ^lc , <A& 1 opcm tulit, auxiliatus fuit ; 

£}*£ > adjutor, auxilium. 

A'pa, r. n., to swear, to take an oatJi; kiila or 
fania kiapo, or ku shika kiapo; atakuenda apa 
kcsho, Jie wiU swear to-morrow. 

A'pia, r. a. ; ku mu-tifia kiapo, to maJ;e one sircar 
by nndergoing tJte ceremony of tJie ordeal; or 
ku mu-afia yamini, to make one swcar (in tJie 
mostpie before witnesses) witJi the rigJit Jtand 
(yamini) on the Coran, wJiich is the case with 
tJte Mvhammedans, whereas the Pagans swear 
by undergoing dangerous ordeals, e.g., the 
person swearing is compeUed to toucJi a hatchet 
heated in a strong fire, or take vp a stone 
from tJic bottom of a kettle fiUcd with boding 



water, or to eat a picce of bread or a 
Ytttle rice impregnated with some poisonous 
matter; to eat an oath, kiila kitipo. If the 
accused peraon be not guilty hc will remain 
nnhurt by tJie ordeaJ, wJiich, in the opinion 
of the natives, will iufaUibly reveal innocence 
or guilt. The person thus prored innocent 
is entitled to claim a sum of money from 
Jiis accuser. Of course tJie result depends a 
great deal on the doctor wJto prepare* the 
poisonous mixture, wJtetJter he is kindJy dis- 
posed toward tJtc accuser or toward tJte acrused 
person, with wJiom Jte may liave a secref 
understanding ; in which case the poison will 
bc vomited and prore harmlcss. A person 
wJto Jias taken an oatJt vpon tJte Coran is 
generaUy not aUowed to go to sea for fear of 
Jtis occasioning shipicreck in case of perjvry. 
TJtc Coranic oath is now usualJy applied by 
tJte natices of Mombas in conseavence of an 
order of the Oovernment, whichperceiced the 
sad conseauences of the application of ordcal* 
as de8cribed above. 

ApIa, v. obj., to 8wear to orfor onc or about. 

Apiana, ?•. rec, to strear mutuaUy. 

A'piriia, r. c, to cause to take an oath, to adjvrc 
— ku-m-pcleka kiaponi, or ku-m-pigisha or k u 
m-tilia kiiipo. 

A'piza, r. «., to imprecate one, (E.) to imprecatc 
against. 

Apizana, r. rec, to imprecate one anotJter. 

A'pizo, s.,pl. manpizo, an imprecation. 
Api ? (or wapi ?), wJtere f vid. Orammar. 
Arabuni, n. prop. in Arabia, better Uarabiini; 

Mudrabu (pJ. Waarabu), an Arab; Uarabu, 

Arabia; Kiarabu, Arabic. 

Akabuni, s. (ya), earnest-money ; £i*h£ , arrha. 

Akak zelan, *., arrack, a Mpiritnous liquor distWed 
in tJtc East Indies (CcyJon). Tlic word arak 

reminds us oftJte Arabic «^ , sudor, #/>//-ituoii* 

Jiijuor beiiig obtaincd by dint'dlation or by thc 
proces* of sudat ion . 
AiiATin, 8., pardon (St.) ; doubtltts to bc derircd 

from tJtc Arabic ^^c , accidit, obviam venit, 

largus fuit, dedit. 
A'kba («r akda'a), /wtr/ arbnini, forty; arbata- 

shara (instead of kumi na nne), fourteen. The 

Arabic numerals are fretptentJy preferred to the 

natire Suahili erpreseion. 
A'kda, r. «., to Jay eggs ; kuku yuwaarda mai (Sp.); 

sijiii aardapo kuku (Kimr.). 
Ani, *., « tJting to maJce onc blusJt, a di*graeeful 

thing (St.); cfr. (l)^ft, nudus fuit ; (2)jVc, 
nudus ; ^^ , nuditas. 



Wngalla. 



., parly, faction; Wndahiilo i 



.;„/„™, 



Irnh 



**■■ 



fecit, docuit ; hnvc niirifii, pl. maarifs, knotrleilgr. 

AHmn, r. a. ( ,j*j , elcgit, grntura linbuil, lo 
Uke; iki-ka-tithi, ifyou pletiie. 
Ahithi, t>. «., (l) = ku cndelclcaa (Er.) ; (2) aritui, 
lo troublt (S.); ij'r. Jdj , adierBatus fuit. 

AVa (or wam), r, a,, tee isn, (" thinl; to rrJUet, 
meditate; hence. niniUo, meditation ; rfr. £T , 

Asa, t'. «. (St.), to forbiil (?), probably ku a»ba, 
luhift (/ntm ku nto), (o fatuc. (u fcort »r 
iibandou, rid. atn, r. «.; asbiaa, r. «., (o «cjmi- 
rate a tcife from lier hitiband, or a child froat 
tlie. brttut; pat*. sahisun, lo be teparated. 

Vilu, i. (yn), /toncy (Arab. J\_c t mol>. The 
rariou* i'md» of i'isSli «re ; (1) isali ya niiiki. 
Ine-honty; (2) fisali ja mria (jif. miwa), frcnWe, 
thr. hoited juice qf the tugar-cane ; (3) iisali ya 
tembo, /r«A palin-vine boiltd inta •> tyrup, 
trhich in properly called Asali ya np-iri l//.i\). 
The calabath into ichich the liqnor •'* rcreircil 
from the tree i* ahrayt cartfuUy cb-aned, in 
rirder to remove all aciility (rfr. tcmbo). Freth 
urtet tnmbo ichleh hat jtiit been brouyht doirn 
froitt the trte i* lieitfor making nsnii ya ngiii. 

Amb, #., the time betircfii 3 nnrf 5 u'ilock p.m., the 
prayer-time nf the .Viiliaiiiiiieilitn* ; cfr. Arahie. 
y^jCJJl , dies ct noa, et tempus nialutinum ct 
veapcrtinaui. 

A'wiaea (or amiIra), wkmi. (c« (kritui ia gen»!ne 

Snahili) (Arahic ,'r , dooam) 
AbhakiM (or AiUiiRiiii), ticenly (makumi mnnili 

(Arab. ojff^ ' Tiginti). 
AshekAti, »., diiiipation, a ili**ijnitetl jnrtim; 

jtA , vnlde Inctus fuit ; efr. bnslinrfiti «r hasliiiruki. 
AsillRU, ku, t'. tiij., to iiinic n *'ujn lo (St.) : Af,} . 
Abhihha, t>. r., vid. ntu. 
A'siikau, tulj. (ahiukaij) (Arnh. A&u , congruit, 

conrenit, nimilis fuit, formatui fuit, JLSjaf ), im. 

proiing in hcalth, bctter iii licalth (durini/ sfcfc 

nei») ; mimi asbkiili lco, / am betler to-day ,- ku 

fnnia ualikiili, to make better; kiia uihkali, to be 

better, to improee. 
A'sirei (or APiiim\ ailj., hre-maliiig (Arab. ^JAc , 

amore ftagmvit, adhaesit alicuii ^JA^ , raaiis' 1 . 
' lociitg very niuci. 
Abul'*, i. (or canrmj, ».), cnitom*, datiei; _tc , 



) AS 

orjil. -r^a , oars decima rei ; una pura cz deceua 
|i;irliln]i, 
Vi-i (or Aiwil, r. i7. (Arab. ^^, rcbclHn, inolfediena 
fuit), tu rebtl, (o be di*obttlienl, loontit or negled 
onc' '* duty to lomcboily; nna-mu-au Hunngu na 
mtu, anakimbia amri yn Muungu or ja mtn ; ku 
mu-asi miime ; mume ame.mu-nu mkewe, ttc 
/ttubatul ueglectttl hi* duty to hii wife, e.g., by 
iiotiiipjiliiiHg her tcithfood and raiment. Thit im, 
hoircrer, «ot yct a formal ditvrcement, thovgh i( 
m«.Y oflen lead to it (rfr, mikfiha) ; kn-ma-Bii 
aultaui, to Ihrow of allegiance to the kinff, to 
i-ebtlayiiinit hiin ; n-evcunakun asst waMnnnfrrj, 
husalli tcna, rtou hail become n« apottafe, a 
rrliel againtt God, bccoune thou hait ceaterl 1» 
nffer prut/er* ; mlu liuyu ni ansi or muaasi wa 
»ti, juwafania uasai, thit tuaa it a rebel n/ the. 
laitil. 

Ahi, r.— ku nendn kuao, (o r»n offandgo home, 
lihe. a tcomaii who cicape* (E.) ; aaia, riil. 



AiiiwA, r. ]i., Id lie abandontd or fortahen ; 
mtumkc nnaasiwa ni mumi'wc, litc trifc trat 
fortahcn hy her hmbanil. 

^ikabi, «., « toliiier ,- vid. nskari. 

Vmii.a, adv., by wo iiieiin* (Sp.)P 

VVn.i, i. (ya, pl. zu) ( J-l , imum cujusque rei, 
radbc, origo), root, origin, lource; aailiyangu ni 
Mmalindi, / «ui n natire qf Mtdiudi at reganh 
mtj origin; watu wa i'isili, aboriijinei; bnr el- 
Aaili, llie iiiuiiUaiitl; .isili ya mnli, the propertg 
gircn iii l/te brijinuing, tht original ttocL or 
rapilal. 



,i,I. ,,/iiur 
, fo liorro 



■ vid. a 



Ahiiiiia, t'. r. ; rid. ata anil nehu. 

AnrrAHA, toiij., nol ytt (rid. Gttitu.\ ere, before. 

AnKARI (or asik.ibi), *, (ya.pl. morml, *a/<licr; 

nskari^nkwc, or wjaBkniiwnkwc, hi* aoldiert; 

j - , cnstra posult ; < r- , copia mngna, 

cicrcitng ; kn tia askari, (o enlitt. 
Awiini'Kni (or ESHiiiCKtii), s. (ya). t/ie morning, 

early in the morning; ^$ . fuit mnno; 

P^» , initium diei ; fCo , tempua matutinum. 
Ahtafu m:ka(R.)! 
AstAhili, ttdj. (vid. stnbili), icorthy, dt*Crriug; 

astabili kn pigoa, he i* toorthj, or he deterret to 

be, or mvet be bcaten. 
Asdaiii (or asi-akhi, or sakhikhi), dcan, purc, 

tincere; cW<>, sanns, integcr, perfcctus. 



AT 



(*5) 



AT 



A'ta, i?. a. ( Unguj. acba), to leave, to leare alone, 
to let alone, to permit, to divorce, acouit; ata 
kitu hiki, leave this matter; ku ata hurru, to 
liberate, release (especially a slave) ; kitoa kina- 
mu-ata, hi$ head lefi him, lie was confused. 

Asha, v. c. (from ku ata), to cause to leave or 
abandon anytliing, toforbid oue a tJting; ame- 
nm-asha tcmbo (scil. kii noa tembo), he caused 
him to abandon the habit of drinking, he 
forbade him tembo-drinking ; mama amc-mu- 
asha muana matiti, the motJier caused the child 
to leave the breasts — weaned him. 

A'wiisha, v. c. t to make one to causc or bring 
about a separation or divorce ; muegni mtuma 
ame-mu-ashisha mke mumewe, the possessor 
of the slave caused the icife to leare her hus- 
hand ; ku ashisha mke, asikiie mke tena, to 
cause a wift to leavc a man so that she be no 
more his wifc ■■ to dirorce Jier, kua ku ushisha 
mikuha, bij annnUing the matrimonial contract 
which was concludcd bcfore the kathi (kadi) in 
the mo*que. 

Atana (achana), v. rec, to lcarc one anotJter, 
to separate (mume na mkewe wame atana). 

Atanibiia, r. c, to cause to leare, to causc to 
become disunitcd, to cause a separation ; nani 
alieatanisha mume na mkewe, who has 
caused the separation of the husband from his 
wife f 

Atia, v. obj., to leave to or for; uzinzi umekiia 
sebabu ya ku-mu-atia, fornication was the 
cause of his divorcing her. 

Atika, r. «., remissible; haatiki, irremissible. 

Atilia (pass. atiliwa), v. int., to indulge, to pass 

ovcr, to forgive, to neglect; nime-mu-atilia 

maofuyakwe, kuani, sikudaka ku teta nai, / 

forgave him his wickedness, for I had no 

desire to quarrel with h'nn. 

Atiwa, v.p. 
Atamia, r. a., to brood, to sit on eggs, to hatch 
eggs; kuku autamia mai, haondoki tena hatta 
ataangiia wana, the hen is sittiwj on thc eggs 
and will not get off again until she has hatched 
the chickens. 

Atamiha, v. c, (1) to cause to brood, to put cggs 

under a sitting hen ( — ku-m-wekea mai) ; 

u-mu-atamishe or ataniise kuku mai kumi, 

make tJte Jien sit or brood over ten eggs — tJiis 

is tJte usual number of eggs during tJte Jwt 

season; (2) atamisha mtumke, to forsake, to 

dirorce one's wife, but this meaning is doubt- 

ful and has very likely becn confoundcd witJi 

the verb "tamisha," to cause to emigrate, to 

banish. 

Atpal, *., pl. of matefal, a brick. 

Athabatisiia, v. c, to control (St) ? probahty from 



W; A , firmitcr tenuit, firmatus fuit, Jicnce to cause 
one to holdfirmJy, to stick close to, to control. 
Atiiabu, »., punishment (cfr. athibu, v. a.) t vid. 
also adabu. 

Atiiama (or athima), *., Ju'gJiness ; &*Ute, mag- 
nus fuit, magnitudo ; mucgni athama, tJie Most 
High. 
Atuimika, v. p., to be cralted. 

Atiiari, *. (R.), (1) damage (?) ; (2) athar (R.), scie 
ofthefoot (?); (3) = hathari. 

AtiiIa, *. (ya) (see adia), a gift, present, donation. 

A'thibu, r. «., (1) to punisfi, to cJtastise; (2) to 

+* -»» -*• 

trouble one (cfr. Arab. «^«ie, impedivit, punivit, 

castigavit ; ^ «fce , poena, supplicium, Jtence 

punisJtment in Kisualiiii. But a distinction 
must be made between adabu, *. (vid.), and 
athabu, s., and likewise between the verbs adibu, 
adibisha, and athibu, athibisha. TJte former is 

derired from tJie Arabic ^S\ , humanitas, and 

athabu from ^\S^, pocna. 

Atuibia, r. obj.; (1) wa-mu-athibia-ni huyu 
muana? why dost tltoutrouble tJiis cJiildf (2) 
usi-ni-athibu, do not troulle me (said to a 
petulant beggar). 

ATHiBiflnA, v. c, to cause to punisJi, to castigate, 
totorment; e.g., majiboa haya ya-ni-athibisha 
sana, these dogs torment or trouble me very 
much. 

Athimika, r. n. (vid. athama), to be cxalted. 
Athini, r. «. (cfr. adana), to catt the MuJtammc- 

dans to puhlic praycr. 
Athiki, r. a. — ku umiza (R.). 

Ati, a particle erplctire, or accessory word in a 
spcech or sentencc, to erpress, I suppose, I tJiink, 
I say or look on ! Felani yuwapi ? wJiere is a 
certain X. X. ? resp. ati, amekuenda Mvita (i" 
do not know), I suppose Jie went to Mombas. 
Ati refers to a matter which one does not knoto 
or wJiicJi one Jias not witnessed, but only sup- 
poses (neno asilo-li-ona kua mato). The Am- 
haric language has a similar expression, cfr. 
Isenberg's "Amharic J)ictionary,"page 126, and 
Jiis Grammar, page 173 ; anten, or enten, lit. t 
the whaVs his name ; vfr. also tJie verb belo, 
bela, bie, d-c; Amh. Dict., page 110, "saying, 
supposing, thinking. 1 ' 

Atikali, r. o., estimate; cfr. kiassi and katiri 
(R.). 
Atua, v. a. (= pasua), to cleave or to split; ku 
atua ukuni, to cleave firewood (passua is more 
usual). 

Atuka, v. n. t to crack; e.g. t nti inaatuka kua 



AV ( i 

jun, the earth crackt from the heat rf tht rih 
(the earth driet up, or itparehed). 
Ao-.iu, ronj,, either, or; au mimi ar yco, either I 
er he; Arab. ,1 , aul, vcl, sive, uon, nwi, quai, 

Atii, v. «., (1) to trare, to icc tc/iethcr tectlt tirc 
tpr'mglng ti/i; (2) (o lurccy, togo over and loot 
at; ku ai'm shn.inba, (o uitir (& plantatioii, to 
see tchetlttr it it in « good or bad eoitditwn ,- 
ku-mn-niin mali ; ku mu-aua-iiiBna koft rioiubo. 
to eadoio (H.) 1 ku-ji-aua, to achibit >one't-iclr' 
infint clothet, ct-c. ; ku ni'in niajo zn, tolraee tltc. 
footiteps of. Dtrit. ndanlia. 
Auka, n. b., (o raaie progreu ia grounh, to br 
grotcn (eirf. kua), to grau, largc moatjh I» 
bear frttit ; mnizi umeankn, the cocaa-trec 
hat grotctt large and itou, beari /ruit ; ninji 
ynnaanka, the teater groici large {at t/>- ih„,d 
time) , maji yanakiia jaauka lenn. 
AukAsa, v. ree. f 
AuniA, r. obj. 

AfniltA, v. e., to ikotB one, t(c; ko-tulfinlH.'m. 

ku-mu-auaha or Oaia nti, to lead oue abtmt, to 

ihotc him the land; auoa, r. c, to mtde tu 

tracc, tomakcone tolook after the planttitUni. 

Acija, (1) to trace out for lomtbody ; ,-. ,'„r. 

(jiatt. nuli'wa), (2) tojmrifg a iromanfortydai/i 

afltr dtibl-btd ; m'ke nmcnuliwa ujuai (efr. aun, 

d. a.), the tcoman hat btcn jntrified jrom the 

defdcmtnt o/ hcr child-bed. Tti* >'« donr. Jy tt 

mnnnjoiini (priett), ir.ho tpriuldet trater 11/1011 

htr, pruy for Itcr, tiitti readt jirnyert oj'h r hrr 

fortij daya' tittij in lltt htmte. 

AuLiWA, v.p., to bc trathed (from the m.iji ya 

tohiiril) nfter birth {cfr. ^fc ). 

Aoiti, vitl. awuni, io help, aititi. 

Aupe, ailj., trltite ; mtu muauiic or mucupo, u idtitr. 



Ausa, v.,from ku uka, to iutdc n 

the aay. 
Auat, atlj., blaci; mtu muausi vr 



l?f 



'i blact: 



A'Oailt, 1. and adj. (tfr, Arab. ij^c , frotn 
^lc , vitam <luxit, i'ita), latting, itnpiritli- 
abfe; e.r/,, chombo clin i'ninlii, a vcatcl 'chi,;< !.>■!. 
Umrj, trhiclt tluet not break, anti tchidi it httnilrtl 
doton from father toion; kitu chn UOebi ; vuna 
auslii = «nickiui Kana, yuna miiialm. Tangu 
analiin'jingii = maislinyangu ; auelii, aih-., nercr. 

AvrA, v. a., ko i'i»vn, ttt iliia, to tpend, to jnmlmr 
(efr. awU). - 

A'wa, r. b. [Kimr.), to go out or atcaij (tn Kiiiil: 

t kn toka); amenwn ninnibiini (Kin-utzilii nium- 
liani), he went out ofthe houie; ku liwa iidc. 



) AZ 

AniA (or avva or in.i), r. obj., togo ottt ta ar 
for ( - ku-tn-tokca), ta thno ont't-ielf to, to 
tippear to one tcith tontething, to give netci. 

Awiija, f. inl. ; ku-mn-Bvra or awilia, to revtal 
Ir, [pan. Rwiliwa) ; ame-ni-awia na khfcbari. 
|f appearcd to me tcith the neta => he brottgkt 
mc nrict, hc gart. me ititcUigence — ame-m-tokea 
na khiibari, or ama-ni-tolia or lettea khibari, 
hc anruaintrd tar. icith; ku mu-avya kha- 

V".i, ■iil. Ormn., I11: teat; kulla mtu ambai 

kimmba yuHva, or intu nwai otc, tchoerer it nay 

ln ; ncno liwiili) lotc, tphaterer trord it tnay be. 
Aw ai.a, »., a jiromiiiorg ttott, or, at Mr. WeaUy 

,mi». a draft or order i» Turkty vpou a pro- 

riitrial trcatury giren in pagmtnt /ijy the tentrat 

Goretnment (Arab. <JW , a draft o» a bank 

nr litfol treaturg). 
Aiv ai.i, adj. and »., firtt, beginuing; nwsl jaeliiairi. 

ljift,rt(tit&T)threco'dochp.m.; Arab.ft, prior, 

niitcrior, priiims, princi|iinm. 
.Vwaea, r. «. (Arab. ,«s , aoUtium pcrccpit, 

coiisnlatua fuit 1, tn pity one, to hare thottghU and 

I, illiitjt of ctiiitpamon for onc; Muungu ata-ma- 

uniii.it, Ootl ic'di pitg him ( - ata-mn-wafa) ; 

Muungn ni muaviizi, God ii compaitionate ; 

jUWHaia watn; awiiza meani (acording ttr 

JSttt tc't Ifandbook), to ditpoie, to allot to eaoh hii 

tlittri .' jirobably from the Arabic ^Jj, to dit- 

tribute. 
Awehia, 1. (St.), a kitidof ttho'c lilt aBedemi. 

wilhtiul amj jiroie or hcail, trith mtrtly a per- 

pt itilicttlar cut-iraicr. 
:\«im. r. o., riuT. awuni, r. a., tohrtji. 
\n -itiu, r. a. (St.), to hartcr ( Jfo , focit 

ili'iiitfl-ne, quod pro re ulin csact ; nabatitoit 

ii,ii|iiiil pro aliquo). 
\wtsi (or awim), r. «., to hclji, to tujiply, to. 

a"ini (Arab, yVc , opcm tulit, jovit, nuiiliato» 

fuit ; heace y.e , adjutor, auxiliu.ni). 

A'ivCKI (oj- ALJii), "., hdji, aitiitance =• tnoaad». 
\ta, i'. a., to rteare, ijdti ( — ku pnatia ukuni, to 

tjitit tcootl), but ku ava ukuni it obtolcte langvagt. 
\t\iii, t. (St.), a dteat (cfr. Arab. j^js , obiena 

Imc illuc vorerque vir; Intro, percuaaor; ,W , 

venit nbiitquc pcr tcrram). 
Avaui, t. (ytt) ; ayari ja nungn, the eabbs of an 
■hor. 

\ , r. 1' ., to mdt ; vld. aia, aiko. 
Avitiii, r. 11. (St.), to jrreacht ke,, momii' 
lortnlni fiu't. 
£«■ w-Aea), c 11., (I) to think, 



AZ 



( 17 ) 



BA 



ponder; e.. in animom immisit, soggessit ; (2) 
to be 8orry (cfr. ^j— ■* , tristis, sollicitoas fait). 
Azama, s. (St.), a nose-ring; cfr. *«c , loro *Uac » 

— C X 

dicto instraxit atrem ; *loc\ , collare, numella, 
qua canis collum includitur. 
Azima, s. (Arab. &«£yc , quidquid adstrinxit, hino 

amuleturo, et incantamentnm contra serpentes, 
morbos aliave mala), a charm used against 
serpenU, to bring back runaway slaves, and to 
banish evil spirits (Kis. tua, suspended above 
doors). 

AzimIa, v. obj. (Arab. obstrinxit aliquem jure- 
jurando, adjuravit aliquem), to make a charm 
against somebody. 
Azima, v. a., (1) to lend on condition of returning 
the loan without interest ; u-ni-azime kisuchako, 
lend me thy knife; (2) v. «., to borrow; e.g., 
nimeazima kisuchakwe, I borrowed his knife. 
Dr. Steere has " ku azimwa"/or " to borrow." 
Aztmia, v., to borrowfor one. 
Azimana, v. rec, to lend to or borroio from each 
other. 

A'zima (or azimu), v. n. (Arab. *yc certo animi 

proposito yoluit facere, intendit aliqnid), to resolve, 



to tJUnk upon anything, to have at heart, to 
propose ; ku aza moyoni, ku kusudia or ukilia. 
Azimia, v. obj., to intend to do anything for or 
against any one ; ni ku tia nia ya ku fania neno 
ya kethe wa kethe ; hakuazimia kiija hapo, he 
did not intend to come here ; n'liketi, sikua na 
azima ya safari (-eikuazimia safari), lakeni 
nlipo ona watu wangi wasafiri kuenda Ukam- 
hani, mimi nami nli (or nika) ona heri nika- 
wa-andamia. 

A'ziri, v. a. (Arab. »ye , reprehendit, impedivit), 

to despise (=ku tukana, ku nazii), calumniate. 

Azirika = ku-m-tia mtu aibu. 

Azibiwa = ku guiwa kua sehabu ya deni (£.). 

Azizi, *. (Arab. ye , rara, cara, eximia fuit res ; 

* 

jtyfc , raros, carus, potens eximius), a rare, costly 

tJiing, a curiosity, rarity; kitu hiki ni azizi 
mjini, hamna, this thing is a rarity in town, 
tJtere is none (like it) ; azizi ni kitu kisicho enea 
watu, i.e., azizi is a thing which does not come 
abroad among thepeopU. 
Azma, 8. (St), scent ? 

Azuk, *. (St.), perjury ; cfr. \\ * visitavit ; (2) 

0-» 

fucavit mendacium ; ».; i falsum, mendacium. 



B has the sanie sound as in English. N changes into 
m before b; e.g., mbaya/ew n-baya, bad; m'bwa 
(mbua) for n-bwa, a dog or dogs. Nw also 
becomes mb ; mbingu for n-wingu, the heavens. 
TIiU grammatical remark of Dr. St. is very 
appropriate. 

Ba, v., to behigh; mnazi hu anaba sana, this cocoa- 
tree is very high (?). 

Ba, a natural sound ; tuna-m-fumasauasaua, huyu 
ba, nami ba (Kiniassa, cha). 

Baa, s. (ya) (cfr. U* , crimen commisit, perfidia 
usus est), evil, trouUe, disaster; baa — kitu 
kilicho adui, soniething that is hostile, hurtful, or 
dangerous ; tumengiliwa ni baa. 

Baa, *., pl. mabaa (cfr. Arab. ^ , homo yilis et 

abjectus), a worthless person, an utter reprobate. 

BAada (or bada), adv. (from jut) , longius abfuit, 



m c- 



«#c- 



*c- 



jut|, post, postea, or \ jaj , postea); baada ya, 

after (oftime) ; bada ya mambo haya, after tliese 
things; bada ya haya na mangine yatakuja, 
after these there will come other things ; baadaye 
or baadayakwe, after it, afterwards, then; baada 
ya salla or sall&ti, after prayer. 
BaadE5, adv., afterwards. 



Baatui, *. (ya) (from yhty , pars, quidam), a 
portion, a certain number seUcted, some ; baathi 
ya watu, some persons; baathi ya siku, some 
days; baathi ya fetha, vid. Act. v. 2. 

Baazi, s., a sort of pea growing on a sniaU tree 
somewhat resembling labumum (St.). 

Baba, s., ya (wa), (pl. za); babayangu, myfather ; 
baba wa mtu (sc. felani or fulani), the father of 
'a certain man; baba m'tu, a human father or 
parent; babe mtu = baba alie-m-via mtu or 
= baba wa kambu, stepfatJter ; baba mdogo, 
mother'8 brotlter; babaetu, ourfatlier; pl. baba 
zetu, our fathers; babazetu ni wamoja, our 
fatlier8 are brothere or near relations ; baba- 
zao ni wawili ; killa mtu na babae (not ana 
habae). 

Babae or babate watoto (or babe wana, babe. 
watoto), pl. babaze watoto (Kin. dsogni ; Kik. 
ndenge wa wcu), a bird, very likely an eagle or 
an owl, which frightens children. The super- 
stitious idea of the natives is, that this bird 
approaches new-born children, that it imitates 
tJteir cry, and causes sickness to them. TJie cry 
ofthis bird frightens chUdren sothat theywilt 
immediately go to bed, or to their mother'e 
breast, and be quiet. Eence the bird is also 



BA 



( 18) 



caJkd mvuma titi (pl. mavuma titi). We see 
Jtere a spedmen of native artiflce in nursing 
their children, regarding which tJtcy say, "h 
daua ya ku kenga watoto wakilia," lit., this is 
the medicine (or means) by wJtich children are 
deceived tohen crying. Muanangu anashikua 
ni babuye (for babaye watoto), my cJiild Jtas 
been seized by the owl (?) which causes sickness 
to him. 

Babaika, V. a., to stutter, to Jtesitate in speahing. 
Bebman takes this word in the sense: to continue 
dreaming, to eleep dreamingly. 

Babale, adv., just then; babale ulipo ondoka — 
majira yale ulipo ondoka basi nami n'lipi'itua ni 
lithuru wa ku-ku-daka (R.) (cfr. piip&lc, palc); ku 
patua ni uthuru, to be seized by an emergeney. 

Babasa, v. «., (1) to grope in the dark (vid. 

papasa) (R.) ; (2) babaza, v. a., to rub softly. 
Babata, v. a., to beat insuffidently : e.g., ku piga 

chmna vibaya kisishikimane, to beat tJie iron 

insufficiently, so that it soon breaks offi (in 

making a jembc, native hoe) ; to beat thin t so 

that it gets thin. 
Babatika, v. n. ; ku babatika mbawa, to flap tJte 

wings (cfr. papatika), toflicJeer,flutter. 
Babatua, v. a. (cfr. papatiia, v. a.) ; e.g., kunde, 

mbazi, e.g. t to make dry beans, as it were, to 

comefortJt. 

Babatuka, v. n. ; fulani anababatuka leo, said of 
one who appears at once nicely dressed, wltereas 
Jte wore bad clotJtes for a time (R.). 

Babe, 8. (Kin. abe) ; babc sultani, babe ngome, babe 

r.doTu or babe wa ndofu (oid. ndofu) (vid. kusa, 

where babe i« explained). 

Bababika? (R.); paparika? 
BabIa and babisa, v. a. ; e.g., ku-m-babisa mtoto, 

to cram a cJiild witJt (food); vid. papia; ku 

babia, v. n. = kula harraka mno (£.), to eat 

voraciously. 
Babika, v. n., tofletch an arrow; ku babika mifi 

mbawa ( — kufumbiramasoai/iiuniaMa) (R.), to 

feather an arrow. 
Babayuka, v. n., vid. papayuka, to talk inco- 

herently, to be delirious in tJte heat offever. 
Babu, «., (1) grandfatJier and grandmotJter, 

ancestors (Kinika, dsawe and bibi) ; (2) convul 

sions (Sp.) ? Babu is idso tJie name given to a 

Jdnd ofsickne88 wJticJt seizes cJtildren ; i.q. niuni ; 

muana augua niiini, ana babu, in Kiniassa i.q. 

mauka. 

Babua, v. a., to strip off, to rend off ( = ku tana 
rairfia, tabua, ku kuanifia) ; e.g., ku babua Ameri- 
kano, to tear offa piece of American cotton-cloth 
Jrom the wJiolepiece (in a shop, &c). 

Babuka, v. n., to get torn out, for instance by 
going through bushes. 



Babulia, v. obj., to tear off (a piece) for some- 

body. 
Babuliwa, v. p. ; uguo imebabuliwa, also to gct 

scratched and wounded (e.g., by a tree) ; 

mkamba ababuliwe maganda, the lobster's sheU 

sJudl be taken off (R.), the lobeter has cast his 

sJtett (?). 
Babura (papuba), r. a., to claw (R.) ; fnlani 
anakuja ni babura leo, he came with a maneno 
ya ku fiolcana or ya ku-m-fiolea or ya ku fi6a 
(vid.). 
Babcbana, v. rec. 

Babubika, to be torn or lacerated. 

Bada, vid. baada, prep., after; bada or kiaha y& 
ath6hori, after noon-time. 

Badala (or badali), s. (ya) ; Arab. Jjtt , mnf&Tit, 

permutavit, substituit ; J o* , permutation, quod 

pro re alia datur vel 6umitur; Jtence a thing 

given in ezcJtange for something else, an eouiva- 

lent. 

Badili, s. (ya), ezchange (Er. takes it in a bad 

sense = deceit). 
Badili, v. a., to cJtange, to exchange; e.g. % kn 

badili fetha, reali. 
Badiuka, v. n., to be excJtanged t to be changed, 

to be changeable. 
Badiliana, v. rec., to excJiange mutually. 
Badiliha, v. a.; amc-m-badilisa nguoyakwe, he 

excJtanged Jtis clotJt for him (= gauza or 

geuza). 
Badilisana, v. rec., to interchange, to exchange 

words, to dittpute. Deriv. mbadilifu. 

From tJte r-erbs given above, the student must 

carefuUy distinguisJt tJte verbs batfli, to per~ 

vert, and patiliza, to reprove, condemn (ko 

kiifurisha) ; vid. eacJt in its place. 
Badali, 8. (ya), likeness, kind = mfano ws; ba- 
dali ya mtu huyu, UJce tJtis man (Sp.). The 
meaning u likenes8, Jdnd," is very doubtful (?). 

Badan (or badam), s., body, carcase; Arab. m*A|» 
corpus (cfr. batani) ; 'fa , intimus fuit. 

Badata, 8. (ya, pl. za), Kimr. — kiazi, a swtet 
potato; kiazi cha badata, sweci potatoes (of a 
red colour) ; manni ya badata, leaves of sweet 
potatoee used as a vegetable. 

Badi (or ratJtcr BATni), s., part, portion (Arab. 

jj ^ ) ; tJtere ie aUo a kind of cloth which i$ 

called badi or bathi. 
Badibi (or badhiri), v. a. (from j&i , dispersit, 

sine modo et mcnsura erogavit opes), to spend 
money in order to yet a wife or a Tdngdom^ 
power (R.), to sguander one's money. 
Bado, adv. (vid. bada), as yet, not yet; bado 
kidogo, eoon; used generally to express that the 



BA 



( 19) 



BA 



matttr in question is as yet incomplcte. Nadaka 
bado reali tano, I want still five dottars ; bado 
hakuenenda =• hatassa ku enenda, he is not yet 
gone. 
Baduivi, s. (wa, pl. mabadaivi) ; Arab. .j^ > deserti 
incolae; uncivilized peopie; Wanika ni baduivi 
yetu. 

Bafk, *. (wa, ]>l. ma — ), a large and venomous 
kind of serpent, ringed with wJtite, black, and 
grey,from 2£ to 4 feet in length. In tJie Kim- 
rima dialect it is called moma. The natives say 
tJtat it has a pointed tail with wJiicJi it stings. 
TJtis is, hoicever, doubtful. TJie stroJce causes 
•ouick sweUing and death if the antidote be not 
promptiy applied. Tliis serpent is said to exist 
on tJte island of Montbas. TJte various kinds of 
snaJces are: (1) bafe, (2) kibawa cha kanga, 
(3) kundamansi, (4) satu, (5) mtanga wa poani, 
(6) pili, (7) wamannimawiti, (8) mk6ko, (9) fira, 
(10) wa nduma kuili. 

Bafta, s., vid. bafuta, s. 

Bafu (ratJter papu) (la, pl. ma — ), lungs, lobe qf 
lungs. 

BapumIa (R.) ? 

Bafuta (or bafta), *. (ya), sJiirting, a sort offine 
calico; bafta dhondo idifukayo unga (difuka, 
v.n.)? 

Baoa, r. a., vid. pnga, v. a., to seize (said of an 
evil spirit), to carryfor wages; pagaza, to maJce 
to carry; pakawa, v. p., to be possessed of an 
evil spirit. 

Baoaba, t\ ii. = ku potea (Sp.) ? 

Bagada, V. a., vid. pakata, to take upon one's 
knees; e.g., — nitoto. 

Baoala, 8. (ya), a buggalo, a large kind of dhow 
square in tfte stern, with a JtigJtpoop and a very 
long prow. Most of tJte Indian trading vessels 
or dhow8 are of this build; they have generally 
a 8mall mizzen-mast (St.). Vid. jahazi. 

Baoawa, v. n. (— lanika), to rut in tJte moutJi, 
to be obscene witJt respect to language. 

Bagaza (buaoaza), v. n. ; ku ji-bagaza, to keep 
one's legsfar asunder or apart in sitting (R.). 

Baouala, s. (wa) (Arab. JAj , mulu*), a mule. 

Baguami, *. — hana akili, mpumbafu ; **} , 
ambigue et obscure locutus fuit, afool. 

Baoua, t?. a. (cfr. pakiia), to put asunder, to 
separate each kindfrom tJie other; e.g., ku bagua 
mtama na mahindi, ku weka mbalimballi; 
tubague gnombczetu, kulla mtu abague zakwe, 
to arrange, to bring in order ; let us arrange 
our cattle, every one his own. 
Baouka, v. n., to be separated, to faU out with 

one anotJter, to be in disorder. 
Baoukana, v. rec. — tetana or halifiana, to be 



at variance, to differ, to dUagree, guarrel for 
or about a matter, to strive. 

Bahami, 8. and adj.; ^ (bahamma), ablactavit, 

peregrinus fuit, barbarus visus fuit; +qj\ , pro- 

loqui nesciens, barbarus, cujus sermo non in- 
telligitur ; hence bahami, sitty. 

0C — 

Bahaki, s. (ya) («^); aqua multa, mare, 

flumen magnum; bahar elthulumat, Oceanus 
atlanticus; bahari ku, great sea; bahari el-ali, 
the Bersian Gulf; bahari ya sham, the Red 
Sea. 

BaiiarIa, 8., a sailor, tJte crew, sailors (vid. 
mana maji). 

o 

Bauasa, adj. (Arab. ^j~£$ , justo minor) — rakhisi, 

cJttap; kitu hiki nina-ki-pata bahasa, I got this 
cheaply. 

Bahasha, s., a square bag or pocket witJt a three- 
cornered fiap to tie ovcr tJte opening, freauently 
used to Jceep books in (8t.). 

Bahati, 8., vid. bakhti, s. 

Bahatisha, v. a., to guess (St.), perJtaps 'from tJte 

****** 
Arabic «« - fc f , inquisivit, di8quisivit. 

Bahia, v. a., to searcJt titt a tJiing is found (Sp.) ; 

cfr. ^jft , intelleiit, perforavit, or aVj., cognovit, 

consideravit, dignovit. 
Bahiij (or bakuili),«. andadj. (Arab. J*-*t , parcns, 

tenai et avarus fuit ; J*rfei , avarus ; l^ , 

avaritia); bahili or mbahili, s. concr., a miser, 
covetousperson ; bahili, *. abstr., avarice = choyo. 
Prov. mali bahili kiila duda, i.c, worms witt eat 
tJte property of a miser. Bahili or mbahili is a 
man who is only bent upon gatJtering property 
witJtout using it — mtu asiejilisha maliyakwe. 
or mtu- aliekusania mali asipokula. There was 
once a rich man at Mombas, named Famdu, wJto 
from avarice sold the meat whicJt Jte Jtad boiled, 
Jtimselfonly using tJte brotJi. He feasted at tJte 
table of otJter people, while tJte eatables ofJtis own 
tcere left to rot, and tJten tJtrown into the sea. 
He was a great bahili, Jtence tlte saying : mtu 
-huyu ni bahili kama Famau. 
Bai, v. a., to receive as an authority, ku kubali 
kama mfalme au mkubawao. Waka-m-bai 
Suleiman Ben Ali (Sp.). If tltis word does 
reaUy occur, it isprobably to be derivedfrom the 

Arabic £t}, inauguratus fuit in imperio, or 

imperator salutatus fuit. 

-o- 

Baina, prep. (or beina), Arab. y^ , inter, in medio, 
between, amidst ; baina ya Mvita na Rabai, 
between Mombas and Rabai. 
Bainl adj. — mballi ; e.g., ku nenda nti baini =» 
mballi (E.). 

c 2 



BA 



(20) 



BA 



Baiki (or bein'i or bavim), r. a., toknow, to recog- 
nize, to distinguish, to make clear, to proce 

(Arab. ^ , manifestum rcddidit, dcclaravit 

explicavit), to acknowledge as belonging to some- 
oody; t.g., nna-ki-baini kisuchangu, / kave recog- 
nized my knife ( = ku ona). Tuna-m-baini mtu 
yiilo kuamba ni muivi; kitu hiki nime-ki-baini 
kua felani ; ni saidi ku baini, it is still more 
evident, or it is clearer. 

Baihia, v. obj. ; ku bainia kna huim. 

Bainika, v. n., to become known, manifest, dcar 
(— kua wazi) ;<;.#., muivi amebainika, tltethief 
has becorne knotcn; kwanzamaneno haya ya- 
likua sirri sirri, laken sasa yamebainika, atfirst 
these words icere a great mystery, but noic thcy 
are clear. 

Bainikana, r. rec, tobe erident mutually ( =ku 
onekana) ; ushiiha ubainikaniio. 

Baini8ha, v. c, to cause to become clear, toprove, 
to show, to define ; e.g., ku bainisha mpaka, to 
define the frontier or boundary. 

Bainiwa, v.p.; e.g n alie bainiwa kiia muema, one 
wlto is proved to be good, one who is justifietl ; 
e.g., umati Muhammadi yabainiwa pahali 
pawili, (1) believers and unbelievers, (2) onhj 
jami Muselmina. 

Baja, *. (\&,pl. ma — ), bctter$aj& (vid.) (ofoopaji), 
the inner side oftlte thigh, lap. 

Bajua, v. a. ( = babua or kuanhia), to strip off; 
ejg., ku bajiia makiiti. 

Bajuka, r. n.; utanzu umcbajuka, a branch 
broke off from thc tree (better papua, vid.). 

Bajuni (pr Pajuni) = Mgiinia, a nativc of the 
country situated between the uland of Patta and 
the river Jub. 

Bakai, a., a trord of tJtc Kigunia dialcct, rid. 
ehudu and baki, remainder, • 

Bakasa (R.), there remnins; fre/piently it is = 
labuda; bakasa ku aniba ni y?, ndiyo angayo 
= wcsa ; bakasa songoro ajapo ndiye adakaye 
wesa (?). 

Bakata, r. a. (ratlter pakata, vid.), to carry some- 
thing before you, to take upon oue J s arm. 

6 C - 

Bakhti, s. (daiiati) (ya), e>^ , vox Pers., 

fortuna, felicitas, luck, fortune, cltance; ku pata 
bakhti ngema or mbaya, to have yood luck or 
misfortune (bakhti mbofu) ; ku tumia bakhti, to 
go; at random. 

Baki, s., wJiat is left, the remainder of moncy, drc. ; 

Arab. ^Jfy , reliquus ct supcrstes fuit ; &*£) , rcs 

residua, rcliquiae, subtraction (in aritlimetic). 
Baki, v. n., to remain, to be left. 
BakIa, v. a., rid. pakin, v. a. 



Bakora, s. (ya, pl. «a), a walking-eticJc tcith «r 
crooked handle, or, as Dr. Steere explaine it, a 
walking-stick with the top bent at right angUe to* 
tJie stem. The best are made pf a white straight- 
grained icood icltich will bend nearly double lihe 
a piece of lead without breaking or retuming. 
Tlte fimbo (another kind ofstick) is straight and 
without a handle; tfte ufito is thin and long. 

Bakhhuihi, s. (ya), a gift, a gratuity (bakhshuriii 
or bashfohi). 

Bakuba (or better pakuba), lit., where great, a 
greatpiece; mtuhuyuanalimabakuba or badogo, 
this man has Itoed a great or a smatt pieee 
(pa dogo wltere little or smaU). 

Bakuli, *. (ya, }ti. mabakuli), a basin, a deep and 
Jarge dish of clay ; kombe is a large piate r 
siihani an ordinary jAate. 

Balamu£zi, 8., moontight, moonshine (St). 

Balanoa, s. (ya, pl. za) (or mbalakoa, #.), a 

cutaneous disease gcnerally confined to the hands 

andfeet of the persun, by which the black skin 

peeU off and leaves a tchite skin, which no more 

turns bltwk. Tetter or Leprosy f The Wanika 

call tltis diseane " mabawaasi.*' Balanga ja or 

za mikono. The person icJto has this disease i* 

not allowed to eat with othcrpeople, who would 

say, Mbalanga eitayaika ukila wali wa mnoto ; 

mtu huyu ana mbalanga, or balanga za mnkono> 

au za miigu. 

Balah (or iialabi and halasiii) (ya, pl. ma — ),a 

large kind of water-jar. It is larger than the 

knsiki. 

Bale, 8. (\&) (vid. mbale) (za rouhogo). 

Balegi, 8. (ya) (Arab. (&\i , pubcr, aetate matnrus ; 

£j , pcrvenit ad finem), aperson arrived at the 
state ofpuberty; mtu huyu nnnkiia biilegi. 
BAleiie, v. v., hc is pubescent, marriageaHe; 
anabalcho sasa, apcwo mko, asihariba mali, he 
is marriageable, let a wife be given to him, lest 
he destroy hin property (by illicit intercourse 
tcith women). 

Bali, but ; hakucnda bali, perhaps he did not go, 

Kin. kendere balu. 
Balob (or balo8i\ s. (wa), and baliob, consvl, 

political agent ( in Turkish f ). Tltus the 

English Consul, Jlajor Jlammerton, was catted 

at Zanzibar. 

Balungi, pl. mabalungi, a citron. 

Bamba (la), ^. mabamba, a fiat thin piece, a ptatc* 
disk; bamba la rusasi, la sifuri, la chiima, la 
fetha, a thin plate of lead, brass, iron t sitver; 
bamba la fetha=koa la fetha, rid. koa and kdkoa. 
Bamba is to be distinguislted from pamba, #., 
cotton (vid.). Bamba la chuma, crantp-iron, 
brace ; bamba ni gumu. 



BA 



(21 ) 



BA 



Bambu, *., a curved instrument wJucJt is tJtrust into 
a bag to find out what it contains, rice or corn, 
<t'c. Amctia bambu katika gunia. Bambu ni 
kidiide cha ku tomea na ku tazamia giinia, ku 
tambua kili6mo. Dr. St. catts it bambo, an 
instrument like a cheese-taster thrust into a bag 
to draw out some of its contents for ezamina- 
tion. 

Bambua, v. a. ; ku-m-bambua mtu nguo ? 
Bambuka, r. n., to fall off like a label from a 
bottleor like a ptaster; ku bambuka mbawa, 
saidof mtoa). 

Bamfua, v. a., to cliip (from chipping come 
chips) ; bamfiika, rfr. Kiniassa banduka from 
bandiia. 

Bamvua, *., spring-tides (St.). 

Banadkr, s., pl. qf bandari or bendari, a landing- 

place, harbour; .juj , orig. Pers., pl. j*>W i 

portus, navium statio ; urbs aut locus, ubi 
mercatores sarcinas solvere solent et cum mer- 
cibus subsistentes vectigalia pendunt. By 
Bandder tJie SuaJtUi and Arabs mean espe- 
ciaUy the sea4owns of Barava, Marka, and 
Mukdisha } being tJte principal harbours of the 
Somali coast. 

Banagiri (or banajihi), s., a kind of bracelet 
ornamented with points or blunt spikcs, mucJt 
icorn in Zanzibar (St.). 

Banda, s. (la, pl. mabanda), a large shed con- 
structed for people to assemble in; banda la ku 
barizi watu ; kibanda is a little shed; cfr. baraza 
and barizi ; banda la farasi, a stable. 

Banda, *. (la,^>/. ma — ), (1) the bhssom-stalk ofthe 
cocoa-nut tree (Er.) ; (2) a shed. 

Banda, r. a. (Kijumfu) — ku vunda, to break open 
with a stone ; e.g., ku banda madafu. 
Bandia, v. obj., to break openfor one. 

Banda banda, r. a., to split or break inio 
splinters or shivers. 

Bandaki, s. (ya) (pr b£ndari, bISnderi), landing- 
ptace, harbour ; mahali pa poani watu washukapo 
or wana maji waegeshapo dau (cfr. banader, s.). 

Bandera, *. (ya), a]flag; the Arab flag is made 
of red stuff. 

Bandi, s. (la, pl. ma— ), stitclung, pinning; ku 
shona bandi or ku piga bandi, to baste, run, 
tuck (in sewing); ku shona bandi, baaden ku 
fania jongo nene, first to tuck, then to make tlie 
proper or real suture (seam). 

Bandia, «., puppet; mtoto wa bandia, a doU; 

watu anasuka kua ukindu, anatia mtelle ndani, 

ana-m-tia kanzu. 
Bandika, v. a. ( = patika, andika), to put on, to 

apply; e.g., ku bandika daua ya kionda. 

Bandikisa, v. c. (or bandikisha), to cause to 



put on, toput load upon load = ku weka kitu 

Bandua, v. a., to break off in fragments (?) (cfr. 

gandua), to deaoe wood in smaUpieces. 

Bandulia (e.g., kuni), for one. 

Bandu bandu, to cut into little pieces, to crumble 
(into) in deaving. 

Banduka, v. n. (cfr. gandiika) ; hali-tu-bandiiki 
ncno hili » ha-tu-ati ku li daya ; mtu huyu ha- 
tubanduki, this man does not leave us, he is 
altcays with us ; hawa-m-banduki Mzungu, 
they do not leave tlie European. 

Banduru, s. (ya) ( — ngama, vid.), tJie place in 

native vcssels from which water is baled out ; 

p&hali patolewacho mnji kua sila katika jahazi, 

it is near tlie main-mast. 

Banoa (muh6go hauja banga), v. a., bangia, 
bangilia ; ushanga wa ku bangia (bangilia — 
bagilia), vid. panga (cfr. tunga ushanga) ; ku 
bangia maneno (to hire) ; (2) to lay in Jieaps. 

Banoi, s., tJie narcotic leaves of tJie wild (Indian) 
Jiemp (from the mbangi), cJiewed in tJie JSast. 
Many tiuaJiili are accustomed to cJiew and smcke 

0C- C- 

tfiis leaf; cfr. -j^ , ex Pers., Sj+ , hyoscyamus 
(bilsenkraut). 
Baniya, *. (ya), a buUding, temple, especiaUy tltat 

ofMecca. Arab. Lf , struzit, aedificavit, Jtence 



.0 - 



A**t , stractura, aedificium. 

BanIa, v.; ku-ji-bania nguo, in traveUing and in 

figJtting ; vid. pania, v. a. 
Banuka, v. n., to taper (?). 

Baniani, n. p., pl. mabaniani, used at Zanzibar 
and on tJie coast as a general name for tJte 
heathen Indians who come as traders from 
CutcJt. * On tJte coast they are generaUy tJte 
custom-ma8ter8, being in tJte service of t/ie chief 
custom-master at Zanzibar, wJto is generaUy 
a Baniani, farming tJte customsfrom the SuUan 
of Zanzibar at a certain sum ofmoney. 

Banja, v. a. y to crack nuts, to beat pulse or beans 
between two stones, to clear the fruit of tJte 
Jtusks, to break off the sJtett or Jtusk by beating ; 
e.g., ku banja korosho kua jiwe ku-i-pata suafi, 
ku wcka kando maganda, to beat to pieces t to 
dasJt. 

Banza, r. a. (ku fita kizani ?). 

Ku-ji-banza, v. ref, to saueeze one'sselfagainst a 

waU or into a Jtedge to aUow some one else to 

pass (cfr. panza). 

Banzi, s. (la), pl. mabanzi, a splint, a splinter, a 

smaU thinpiece ofwood; banzi la ukuni kibanzi, 

a very smaU spUnt. 

Bao, s. (la) (vid. ubao and mbao, board) ; bao la 

komoe (komoe, tJte fruit ofthe mkomoe tree) is 



■ BA (_ 

a hoartl tcitk 32 •inall holet, tarh aboal thr *! 
ofa teacup,fvr plagiu;/ a funmritf ijtinie, al 
taUtd bao, wilh korooe, or tr'tth jirbbUit. rtV. T. 
helt* arc itnnttiuu* m'rclg iranjirtl tiut iti '. 
t/rintnil, aitd ani/ miiall thini/t niatf lie titrtl 
ylojr with (rfr. bao ta catftriingo) ; kn tt-u bnola 
kiinioo or la eelarnnge (Sl.). 

BAta, ». (la, jil. mi-; ; bnpn i* that irhirh jinijrct* 
aad receilet at/aia, that irhirk ii vnt rtmuil 
(mdaura) «or i/mii/riiiti/ti/itr ^mrabba). but irhirh 
it im*i*n. (1) llnpn la u»o pn ka talia. tht 
tempU of the. hettd, almi a braatl fitrr : bnpn In 
□190, large fortltcud. (2) KnpigaUipn lnupangu, 
to tlriht trith thejtat nf n ttrtinl, Av. ; ame-ni 
piga bapa la upanga kuaiko mukiili. i\e., kn-m- 
piga kua martngo j» upiinga, tn htnt viic vitli 
the bark nf the ttrord, lehirh irilt not hur 1 
hiia, but ku temn upangn kuo inakAli irill hurt 
liim (ku-m-h;iziri\ ki-ko i bnpa, jrafnliwa bapa 
bapa. Thefurm nf thr iiiaatitmloiie Aii* bopa bnpa, 
fciii rofiringo (ronmtuett) liiu uo bnpa bapa. 

Baba, *., a t/iecie* if anlelti/ie (HclgobagnB arun- 
dinoceus) (St.). 

BabA (ttr barb.i, itr nKRKi.il, *. (yn, jJ. zu) 'Arttb. 
^jt, torra, imprimis pnm Buporiorct pulvis; ,jj) ' 

agreatin, regio incultn; hjt , curjipa», tlcacrlnm), 
(1) land ia ijritirtd; (-) vilil rottnlrii, tmeitl- 
ticateil ttad vitinlitrliittyl r/ntntri/, i n/iciiiill;/ ,f n 
tamli/ Hml (rfr. niba). « tletert, irhrn: therr i* 
biitlitllrnr uo iimrul ituil, regrtatitm ; liurra jciipe, 
afrec n/ieu Irtul <;/' eutiulrg ; ,;() i-wt*f ; bnr-ea 
Suahil, Ihe finnhili eotul : bnr-el-Kan, Ihe traet 
ofthe PertiaH coat bcloitt/iiia to OmaH ; bur cl 
ognm, fie Somaii eoatt t bur cl naili, maiulantl ; 
barro yt kwausa, si kiaiwo ^ri'rf. auili). Thc 
Arabie naine. Znnjibar ur Zenzibar, ^ingibar, it 
ilerivctl froia Znnj or Zcii.j, wltieh wa* Ihe uaint 
ofa tjietial tribc rettilint/ muth af Ztmzibar oa 
the laoinUmd, b«t wliich becamc ut the tuiite 
timcthe tjeaeral terui for a negro ; coanctpieittlg 
Htiuzibar icoultl litjuifji, the Itiatl of Ihe vegro, 
ihe netjro eoatt ; efr. Dr. Krapf, ■'TeaitU ,'n 
Eatl Africa," p. 513. 

Bababa, atle.,iiro/ier,jiul, cj'actlt/ [T,\ jierlttna far 
bariibara or banilra = miun aaua, ctjual. 

Bah.Uara, :, (1) - anua eaua; (2) « vhorUh 
vaman, ajyrottitule ; iuko buyn iii bnnibnra, thi» 
icoman i» a jirottititte (~ mtnlalcBbi), 

Babababa, r. a., to tcrajie off the mnlaika (the 
thort hair, lit., hair», if thit Wtre ait JCiigfith 
flural) ofan aaimal, which hart bttn jirteioittlg 
tinged (11.). 

BARAoUHO(or rn'ftcr nAnanL-mr), «., atpiralhorn 
tued at a latuictd iiittritmrut; it it biovn 
tkrtmtjk a holc. at the tmall cntl; warJiorn, 
gnnda in A'in. 



IIakaba (ur mbakaba), *. (ya) (Arab. ^L», genm 
tivctcm ir, tcmun procubiiit, bcncdiut; Ey , nv 
crcmentum, abuiulantia, fclicitan), blestiag ; great 
ijit-ltl of a itttatation ; Muungii imetU baiab 
lutlika mi. 

Dakiki, c. «., tnblen; barikia, logtrc a bUni** 

ta: bnrikiKii. tn be blettal, Itt beeome amri. 

llr. >Sf. tiinli» the rtmarb: Ytntiuj peo/Je art 

uiitl ia Zanzilmr to bariki trifm theyjint haet 

tiiiiacetina vith tht oji/iiitite acr/ ffirlt are 

thtniijlit uld euoiigh beltcecn nine mitl ten. 

HaB.ikija. *.(orBAaiK6A;i,]a,y.in»i — \tlit artrritf 

oriiuitktifa Muhantmtdau iroman, «i> t hnt not iinf 

W thc eifit are tcen (rfr. utaji) ; tfr. Arai. 

g*jt , ric* opcruit fnciem alicnjat ; C^^jl , lica, 
opcrimcnlum Tucici muliobrc. 

brndcra, ajlag. 



■ ;?. ?-)- 



JlAK.iiiK, i.. tt tiiul of lorii't, of grcitthojifter (Krr. 

BlB.ia ^ur u'uti»), *., a d'ncatt IUe lejiroeg; nrt» 
huvu jutin barna; rfr. Artib, ij>fi . lepra comp- 
ki» Tuit et laboravit. 

Bakahai,.,, k aw.tW„ir (?). 

llAKAWK \or MIIIABAWK?) (R.). 

Bin.tM, *. fi^r. Arab. £ p elivi t ijt nmpam 

nmpliim, proiiiit in conapcctum; jlj . cnmpn* 

nni]i]ua et pntrns ; a ttont ttal ar benrh table. 

eitlur auteiile of the honte or ia the l.till, rhert 

the iuiitli r sii* in public aiul receivtt hitfrUudt; 

liracc thejinblic utttliesct held Jt/ the Sultam, and 

the council then htlil ; mcctimj ofa eaundt. 

Uiiuzl, c, tn tit iu Uaraxa, to hold a twblic. 

rtrejaiiut ; (1) kn kctiaha or ko koaania wata 

bnrnrnni ; ('!) wntu wnmebiiriii kua ntn kn 

aikiTfl mancno. Taabarfci kua M»angu ka 

«ikiznjuo, kulln mnegni ncnolnkve. 

it.iiii, r. a.: kn biiri miisbitn na poani, to jmt 

de the rauuc ( « cpfl») (II.). 
Dakia, r., 'ii latt. at thc dttdn-/iiat/ ; kn bariwa, r. j». 
[Uhiiii (ur iifiRKDi V *. (yn) (Arttb. jj( , frigidua luit, 
jj , frigun), coldnc**, dampnei* ; nli ina baridi 
ki'ul mviin, the ijround it tlainp or tnouitfrem 
rain, antl llurrfore coltl ; uaiondoke ondfike, 
biipo ulahiipo pntnngia (pnLatngia) boriili, do xat 
kerji leutiut/ tjour /Attce, elte there trhfre yott 
tterji t/ott will gel ooW. 

Bamdihiia (or BUBi:i>il<IIA), 1-. f., to rool; maji 
ya mtiioi jabaridiaha or jBburadieba rokho, 
tht ri'rw-trafcr eoolt oae'* tjiirit. 



(»3) 



Baridi yabisi, «., rheumatiem (lit., dry cold; vid. 
yabisi). 

Babiki, v. a., vid. baraka. 
Barishai, adj., damp, cool, moist (E.) (warishai, 

R.). 
Bariyo, what t« left from the evening meal to be 

eaten in the moming (St. ). 
Barizi, V., vid. baraza. 
Barkinia, s., a baraue (R.) ? 
Barobaro, «., vigorous, expeditioua ; mtu huyu ni 

barobaro, ni hodari ku tuma, si mvivu, yuna 

bidii. 
Barra, s., vid. bara. 
Bab#a (or baroa), 8. (ya, pl. mabarua), a note, 

bUl, letter, espcciaUy a summons from the judge 

which he writes to a debtor to demand payment 

(generaUy on a small bit ofpaper). 
Babubabu, 8.; mtu huyu ni barubaru, aanza ku 

andika ndcfu, a man whose beard is beginning 

to grow. 

Barudi, 8. (ya), gunpowder. In Turkish c^t . 

Barzuli, *., afool (St.) ; cfr. j.^ , crassus vir. 
Basasi, s., a prudent man (muegni f ikira nengi) 

but a cozener or a cheat. Hence = mtu mk6pi, 

muegni madeni niangi ; see mkopi. 
Basbas (or basbasi), 8. (ya), mace, tJie inner husk 

of the nutmeg. 
Babha, V. (from ku pa or pata), vid. pa, pata 

(baehieha, bashua), vid. pasba. 

Bashiri, t7. a. ( yt* , laeto nuntio exhilaravit), to 

announce = ku eleza ; ta-ku-bashiri ndotoyangu, 
IwiU relate to thee my (good) dream; ku bashiri 
heri or kheri, to announce good tidings; ku 
bashiri — ku-wa-pa watu khabari = ku-wa-eleza 
or ku-wa-khubiri. 

BashibIa, v. obj.; a-m-bashirio kheri, may he 
announce to him yood tuck ! 

BashIshi, #., vid. bakshishi. 

BasIa, s. (or better pasia) (ya, pl. za), (1) a curtain 
(vid. pasia or pazia) ; (2) the midriff or dia- 
phragm whicJt separate* tlte lungs and heart 
from the intestines (Erh.). 

Basiri, v. a., to foresee; y^ , fuit videns, in- 

telligens, eminus et ex alto prospexit. 

Bassi (or bass), conj. ezclusive, but, only, enough, 
it wiU do. In the beginning of a sentence it 
means, weU, and then, and so. But when it 
foUow8 a word or phrase it meane, juet this and 
no more. 

Bastola, s., vid. pistola, apistol. 

Basuu, *. (ya, za), hemorrhoide (Sp.). 
Bata (or batta), *. (la), pl. mabata, a duck; 
bata la mzinga, a turkey; bata la bukini, a 

gooee; Arab. ty , anas (duck). 



Batani, *. (or battjti) (ya), (1) beUy; Arab. ^jiaj» 

interiorem partom et medium ingreesus fuit 

so- 
locum ; /Ja) , venter (tlte batani w to be dis- 

tinguiehed from /^oj , corpus, body, in KU. 

carcase) ; (2) batan, 8. (ya), a cloth with lining 

(marduf ) ; kisibao cha batan ; h^ , interior 

pannns (vestis). 

Bat£la (or bet£la), *. (ya, pl. ma — ), a large 
boat or dhow. Those emaUer than tlte batela 
are the mashiia, dao, mtumbui, huri (which eee). 
The batela has a eauare stern and an ordinary 
boatMke head; it hae sometimee no deck; it it 
smaUer than a bagala. 

Bati, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), tin, solder ; ku tia bati, to 
tin. 

Batlli, v. a. ( JLj , vanus, nihil fuit or evasit 

irritum fecit, abolevit), to abolish, to annul, re~ 

ver8e,repeal,fru8trate, tranegrees; e.g., ku batili 

hakki. 

Batilika, r. med., to have the gyality of being 

abolielted, cltanged. 
Batilisa, v. c. 

Batili, 8. (Arab. JLlj , vanus, irritus), worthlees, 

of no use; mtu huyu ni batili, this man is 
wortJUcss, perverse, tranegreesor ; ubatili ni 
mambo ya batili. 

Batli, *., the log (nautical) (St.). 

Batobato, *. (la, pl. ma — ), epote of colour ( — 
marakaraka), the varioue cclours of an animal, 
e.g., of a leopard, buUock, d'c. Ferhape to be 

derivedfrom ^ , tenui cute proeditus et pin- 

guis, mollis (?). 
Batua, v. «., to break off a piece, e.g., of muhogo 

and otJterfood (wliich is boiled in a pot), to takt 

a 8ligJU taste of the dish ; cfr. patiia, v. a. 

Batuka, v. n. 

Baura, *., o European ancltor; see paura, *. 

Bausi, *. (la,^. ma), splint, spUnter. 

Bavuni, at tlte side, alongside (St.) (cfr. pafuni). 

Bawa, 8. (la, pl. mabawa) (in Kin.), a large m'biia 
mitu or kijibua mitu in Kis. (niama hi ni mkali). 

Bawa, 8. (ia, pl. mabawa), the wing of a bird; 

nbawa, a featlter of the wing; pi. mbawa, the 

featlter8 ofthe wing; see ubawa. 
Bawa, 8., 8te pawa za wifufu. 
Bawaba, 8. (la, pl. mabawaba), a hinge; e.g. t 

bawaba la mlaogo. 
BawJLbu, *. (ya) ; bawabu ya kifungo or chumba, 

s - 

the officer of a prieon (cfr. ^>\) , porta, janua ; 
syAji i janitor), door-keeper. 



BA 



(22) 



BA 



a board witli 32 small Jtoles, eacli about tJte size 
ofa teacup,for playing a farourite gante, also 
caUed bao, witJi komoe, or tcith jwbbles, &c. The 
holes are sometimes merely scooped out in the 
ground, and any small Htings may l*e U8ed to 
play witJt (cfr. bao la eBtan'ingc) ; ku teza baola 
konioc or la estaningc (ttt.). 

Bapa, *. (la, })l. ma — ) ; bapa is that which projects 
and recedes atjain, that which is not rouml 
(mdaura) nor tpuidrangular (mrabba), but whivh 
18 uneven. (1) Bapa la usso pa ku lalia, the 
temple of the head, also a broad fttcc ; bapa la 
U880, large foreliead. (2) Kupiga bapa la upanga, 
to strike with thefiat of a sword, rfr. ; ame-m- 
piga bapa la upanga kusiko makfili, i.e., ku-m- 
piga kua maongo ya upanga, to beat one with 
the back of the sword, which will not hurt 
him, but ku tema upanga kua makali will hurt 
him (ku-m-haziri), keko i bapa, yafuliwa bapa 
bapa. TJteform of the mango-stone has bapa bapa, 
but mfiringo (roundness) has no bapa bapa. 

Bara, 8., a species of antelope (Helgobagus arun- 
dinaceus) (ttt.). 

Bara (or barra, or berria),*. (ya,j>/. za) (Arab. 

<jyt , ierra, imprimis pars superioret pulvis; %£$ ' 



60 



agrestis, regio inculta ; &tjl , campus, dcscrtum), 

(1) land in general; (2) iri7.7 country, vncul- 
tivated and vniuhabited country, esjtccially of a 
sandy kind (cfr. nika), a desert, whcre therc is 
but little or no wood and vegetation ; barra jeupe, 
afrec open tract ofcountry ; (3) coast; bnr-es 
Suahil, the tiuahili coast ; bar-el-Fars, thc tract 
oftJte Persian coast bclonging to Oman ; bar el 
agam, tJie Somali coast ; bar cl asili, mainland; 
barra ya kwanza, si kisiwa (vid. asili). Tlte 
Arabic natne Zanjibar or Zenzibar, £ingibar, is 
dcrivcdfrom Zanj or Zcnj, which was t/ie name 
ofa special tribe residing south of Zanzibar on 
the mainland, but whic/i became at thc same 
time the general term for a negro ; consetptently 
Zanzibar would signify, the land of the negro, 
the negro coast ; cfr. Dr. Krapfs " TraveU in 
East Africa," p. 519. 

Baraba, adv., j)roper, just, ejcactly (?) ; perJtaps for 
barabara or barubra = saua saua, equa/. 

BarAbara, 8., (1) =» Baua saua; (2) a whorish 
woman, aprostitute ; mko huyn ni bambara, this 
woman U aprostitute (=* mtalalcshi). 

Barabara, v. a., to scrape off the malaika (the 
short hair, lit., Jtairs, if this were an English 
plural) ofan animal, wliicJt have been jrreviovsly 
singed (R.). 

Baraoumo (or ratJier barohumu), *., a spiral horn 
used as a musical instrument ; it is biown 
through a hole at the small end; war-Jtorn, 
gunda in Kin. 



Baraka (or mbaraka), s. (ya) (Arab. qU , genua. 

flectcns in terram procubuit, bcnedizit; 2&t > in- 

crcmentum, abundantia, felicitas), bltsting ; great 

yield of a plantation; Muungu ametia baraka 

katika nti. 

Bariki, v. a., to bless ; barikia, to gire a bUseing 
to; barikiwa, to be blessed, to become much. 
Dr. St. makes the remark: Young pcople are 
said in Zanzibar to bariki when theufiret have 
connection with tlic opposite sex; girls art 
tJiought old enougli between nine and ten. 

Barak6a, s. (or babikoa) (Ia, jrf.ma — ), the covering 
ormaskofa MuJiammedan icoman, so tJtat nothing 
but thc cyes are seen (cfr. utaji) ; cfr. Arab. 

gty , rica operuit faciem alicujus ; fftyl , rica, 

opcrimcntum facici mulicbrc. 
Baramu, *. =-bendera, aflag. 
Barara, s. (?) (R.). 

BarAre, *., a kiad oflocust, of grassJtopper (Kir. 

nioi ?). 
Baras (or b.vuahi, 8., a disease like leproty; mto 

huyu yuna baras ; cfr. Arab. \fjl , lepra correp- 

tus fuit et laboravit. 
Baraavai, *., a swallow (?). 

Barawe (or mabarawe?) (R.). 

Baraza, s. (cfr. Arab. ^ f ex ; v i t i n campunr 

amplum, prodiit in conspcctum; \\# , campns 

amplus et patcns ; a stone seat or bench table. 

eitJicr outttide of tJte house or in tJte JiaU, wJkere 

tJte master sits in public and receives hisfriends ; 

Jtenc* tJte public awdiencc Jteld by tJie Sultan, and 

the council tlten Jtetd ; meeting ofa council. 

Barizi, i'., to sit in baraza, to Jtold apubUe 
rcception ; (1) ku ketisha or ku kusania watu 
bara7ani; (2) watu wamebarizi kua mtu ko 
sikiza maneno. Tuabarizi kua Mzongn ku 
sikiza juo, kulla muegni ncnolakwe. 

Bariziana, t\ rec. 
BarI, v. a.; ku bari mushua na poani, to put 

aside tJte canoe (=» epiia) (R.). 
Baria, v., to lose at tJte dado-play; ku bariwa, r.p. 
Baridi (or b^redi), *. (ya) (Arab. o^ , frigidos fuit, 

j^ , frigus), coldness, dampness ; nti ina baridi 

kua mvila, tJte ground is damp or moistfrom 
rain, and tlterefore cohl ; usiondoke ondoke, 
hapo nlahapo patangia (pataingia) baridi, do not 
keep leaving your }>Iace, else t/tere where you 
slecp yoti will get cold. 
Baridisha (or burudisiia), r. c, to eool; maji 

ya mtoni yabaridisha or yaburudisha rokho» 

tJte river-watcr cools one's spirit. 



(*3) 



Baridi yabisi, «., rheumatism (lit., dry cold; vid. 

yabisi). 
Babiki, v. a., vid. baraka. 
Barishai, adj., damp, cool, moist (E.) (warishai, 

R.). 
Bariyo, wltat is left from t7te evening meal to be 

eaten in the morning (St. ). 
Barizl, v. } vid. baraza. 
Barkinia, s., a bartpie (R.) ? 
Barobaro, *., vigorous, expeditious ; mtu huyu ni 

barobaro, ni hodari ku tuma, si mvivu, yuna 

bidii. 
Barra, s.j vid. bara. 
Babua (or baroa), s. (ya, pl. mabarua), a note, 

bill, letter, espcciaUy a summons from the judge 

whicJi he writes to a debtor to demand payment 

(generaUy on a small bit ofpaper). 
Babubabu, 8.; mtu huyu ni barubaru, aanza ku 

andika ndefu, a man whose beard is beginning 

to grow. 

Babudi, 8. (ya), gunpowder. In Turkish «y^ . 

Babzuli, *., afool (St.) ; cfr. \^ , crassus vir. 
Basasi, 8., a prudent man (mucgni fikira neogi) 

but a cozener or a cheat. Jlence = mtu mkopi, 

muegni inadeni niangi ; see mkopi. 
Basbah (or babbasi), 8. (ya), mace, the inner hush 

ofthe nutmeg. 
Basua, v. (from ku pa or pata), vid. pa, pata 

(bashisha, bashua), vid. pasha. 

Bashiri, v. a. ( y&j , laeto nnntio exhilaravit), to 

announce — ku eleza ; ta-ku-bashiri ndotoyangu, 
I will relate to thee my (good) dream; ku bashiri 
heri or kheri, to announce good tidings; ku 
bashiri =- ku-wa-pa watu khabari = ku-wa-eleza 
or ku-wa-khubiri. 

Bashiria, v. obj.; a-m-bashirie kheri, may he 
announce to him good luck ! 

Ba8h1shi, »., vid. bakshishi. 

BasIa, 8. (or better pasia) (ys^pl. za), (1) a curtain 
(vid. pasia or pazia) ; (2) tlte midriff or dia- 
phragm which separates tlie lungs and heart 
from the intestines (Erh.). 

Basibi, v. «., to foresee; j*i , fuit videns, iu- 

telligens, eminus et ex alto prospezit. 

Bassi (or bass), conj. exclmive, but, only, enough, 
it wiU do. In the beginning of a sentence it 
means, weU, and then, and 80. But when it 
foUows a word or phrase it means, just this and 
nomore. 

Bastola, 8., vid. pistola, apistol. 

Basuu, *. (ya, za), hemorrhoida (Sp.). 

Bata (or batta), t. (1a), pl. mabata, a duck; 

bata la mzinga, a turkey; bata la bukini, a 

goose; Arab. k* , anas (duck). 



Batani, *. (or battni) (ya), (1) beUy; Arab. ^$t 
interiorem partom et medium ingressus fuit 

fiC— 

locum ; ijai , venter (tlte batani w to be dis- 

tinguished from ^j^ , corpus, body, in Kis. 
carcase) ; (2) batan, *. (ya), a cloth with lining 
(marduf ) ; kisibao cha batan ; &da? , interior 
pannus (vestis). 

Bah?la (or bet£la), *. (ya, pl. ma — ), a large 
boat or dhow. Those ematter than tlte batela 
are the mashiia, dau, nitumbui, huri (which see). 
The batela has a sguare etern and an ordinary 
boatJike head; it has sometimes no deck; it is 
smallcr tlian a bagaia. 

BAti, *. (la, pl. ma — ), tin, solder; ku tia bati, to 
tin. 

Battli, v. a. ( Jlaj , vanus, nihil fuit or evasit 

irritum fecit, abolevit), to abolieh, to annul, re- 

ver8e,repeal,fru8trate, transgress; e.g., ku batili 

hakki. 

Batilika, v. med., to have ihe gvality of being 

abolished, changed. 

Batilisa, v. c. 

t» - 
Batili, *. (Arab. JW* , vanus, irritus), wortJdess, 

of no use; mtu huyu ni batili, thie man w 
worthless, perverse, tranegressor ; ubatili ni 
mambo ya batili. 
Batli, «., the log (nautical) (St.). 

Batobato, *. (la, pl. ma — ), epote of cohur (— 
marakaraka), the various colours of an animal, 
e.g., of a lecpard, buUock, d'c. Berhaps to be 

derivedfrom ^ , tenui cute praeditus et pin- 

guis, molli8 (?). 
Batua, v. a., to break off a piece, e.g., of muhogo 

and otlierfood (which is boiled in a pot), to take 

a eliglit taate ofthe dish; cfr. patua, v. a. 

Batuka, v. n. 

Bauba, *., a European ancltor; see paura, *. 

Bausi, 8. (\&,pl. ma), splint, spUnter. 

Bavuni, at the eide, alongside (St.) (cfr. pafuni). 

Bawa, *. (la, pi. mabawa) (in Kin.), a large m'biia 
mitu or kijibua mitu in Kis. (niama hi ni mkali). 

Bawa, *. (la, pl. mabawa), the wing cf a bird; 

ubawa, a feather qf the wing; pl. mbawa, the 

feat7ter8 of the wing ; see ubawa. 
Bawa, *., see pawa za wifufu. 
Bawaba, *. (la, pl. mabawaba), a Jtinge; e.g. 9 

bawaba la mlango. 

Bawabu, *. (ya) ; bawabn ya kifungo or chumba, 

s - 
the officer of a prieon (cfr. ^^ , porta, janua ; 

s^Aji , janitor), door-keeper. 



BA 



(24) 



Bawasiri, 8. (vid. basuu), Jiemorrltoids (cfr. Arab. 

jtf\jl also j#o\jl ). 

«» ^ 

Baya, adj., bad, eoil; mtu huyu ni mb&ya, this is 
a bad man; niumba mbaya, a bad house; kasha 
hili ni baya, this box is bad; kidiide hiki ni 
kibaya, this instrument is bad, unfit. 

Baya baya (cfr. paya), v. «., to tattle, to prate 
(Kin. vaya vaya), to talk, especiaUy infever (cfr. 
bayuka). 

Baytsi, r. a., to hww, to recognize; *eibaini; 
bayinika, to be known or notorious. 

Bayani, adj., see mbeiyani or mbeiana ; kitu hiki 
kimekiia mbeiana or wazi, this matter has 
become clear or evident. 
Bazazi, s. (wa), a trader and one wlto clicats in 

trade, a huckster (cfr. o , rapauit, spoliavit? ). 

Bea, beab£a, beb£a, bebesa, v. (see pea, popeta, 

pepesa, swcep, clean) ; ku bea, to becomc vcry 

oltl a peviika. 
Beba, v. a. ; ku bcba muana, to carry a cliild on 

the back in a cloth. 
Bebea, sce pepea, tofan. 
Bebeku, 8. (wa, pl. za), (1) a hc-goat, a buck, 

manly, strong. Dr. Steere ltas theform '* bebera." 

Mbuzi mume alie na ndcfu, kibebcru. (2) Beberu 
or beru (pl. ma), an ertemporized handsail of 
dothes icorn around the shoulders or as a 
turban. 

Bebebuka, v. n., sce peperuka, to flnttcr, to 
fly off, to soar, to sirim, as it irere, in the air. 
Jfeel ready to fly np from tceakness of body, 
nabebcruka. 

Beberumia, v. c, tocause to be carried offby thc 
wind, to blow away. 

Beddem (or bedeni), *. (ya, pl. ma — ), an Arab 
vessel with sharp stern, hiyh rudder-head, and 
toith an vpright cut-waier. Jt has one (or Uco) 
perpendictdar masts. Sometimes it has a small 
projecting liead. The bedoui comes from Arabia. 
Jtisa second-rate native boat. 

Beek, see labek or lebcka, labcka. The mode of 

replying when a serrant, iCr., is called; <J<J , 

solers fuit in re agenda, aptus fuit alicui. 
Befua, befuka, see pefiia. 

Bega, s. (la, pl. mabega), the shotdder ; anatukiia 

rosigo kua bega (=*faii,pl. mafuzi, Kimc). 
Begi, s., a broad kaniki. 

Beoua, v. a., to look for anything in the sand or 
in the soil (*=iniia, funua) ; vid. pekua, r. a. 

Beha, 8. ; sasa una beha mjini muetu ? ( — ku 
takabari ? 

Beiiewa, s., the inner court in a stone house. AU 
large houses in Zanzibar are built ronnd an 



inner court (St.). Perhaps derived from ^jft , 

vacua fuit domua, or C44 1 perforavit domum. 

Bei, «., Arab. ^, vendidit, emit, trade; tid. 

•" *" 
biiisbera, &ct*t , merx, res vcnalis. 

Beja, r. a. ( - kisaBhi), to looh aslant or askew ; 

r. obj., bejca, v. rec. kn bejana, r. n n bejeka, 

bejewa. 
Beina, see baina. 
Bekeb£ke, s. (hizo) ? 
Bekira, see bikira. 
Beka, 17. a:, habcki kitu — hana shukuru ? 

Beko, s.; muogni beko, one who is cautious, 
circumspect (R.) (perhaps from the OaUa word 
" ku beka, to know "). 

Bekua, r. a., to ward offa blow, to parry ; (2) to 

take away from, e.g.,from a pishi (a meaturt). 

• — c 
Belagiiamu (or belohamu), s. (ya) (Arab. ^Al| , 

pituita, humor quidam in corporo humano, 
quorum quatuor sanguie constat ; vid. & , 

pervcnit, magnopero afflixit morbus aliquem), 
phhujm, spitting ofphkgm in coughing; belghamu 
ni kipnndo cha kohozi ; belakhe. 

Beleseha, r. n. (cfr. pelelesa), to attend well to a 
thing, to mind well. 

Bemba, v. a., see ku pemba (kua upembo) ; (2) to 
adapt one'sself to, e.g., ku-m-bemba wali ; ko-m- 
bemba akilizakwe (R.), to eat one's tcits, to outwit 
one. 

Bemiiea, r., (1) to swing; (2) to rock bachwards 
and forwards. Jt is also said of the sails 
flapping when there i* no wind, or tchen the man 
at the helm does not steer properly. Kiti cha 
bembea, a rocking chair. 
Bembeaea, v. obj.; kidude cha ku bembosea 

watu. 
Bembesua, r. c, to cause to rock or swing. 

Bembk, s., food and confectionery cooked by a 
tcoman for her lover, and sent to him during 
tlie Bamadan. 

Bembej£a, r. a., to court, favour; mnionge a-m* 
bembejua tagiri. 

Bkmdkleza (or bembekeza), r. a. (=ku omba 
auni), to solicit aid wlien in a state ofpoverty; 
amc ni-bembereza ku fanizia kazi, he begged me 
vrgentlyfor work; (2) ku bembcreza mato — ku 
geusa mato, to contort the face, for instance 
when a man is begging or dying. 

Bendekesa, v. a., to indulge, connire = in Kini- 
assa, dekeresa. 

B£ndera, vid. bandcra, alamu, berdmu. Bendeim 

or bandera is a piece of red cloth used as a flag 

on ships. The Mombassians hare an old flag, 

I which tltey display in war. Thisflag is covered 



(25) 



BI 



with passages selected frwn the Coran. They 
have aho an old war-drum (ng6ma) covered 
with a Uon's skin. It is used only in war or 
on the death ofa great chief. In war tlie display 
of a white flag indicates the continuation of 
figJiting, whereas if an armistice is desired by 
the enetny he exhibits tlie redflag. 

Bb.na, fj. a. ; ku bena (R. ? ). 

Benua, i7. a. t (1) to put forward t to stick out; (2) 
to leave or show in a state of nudity (= ku 
weka wazi) ; e.g. t ku benua matako, to shoio the 
buttocks, not to cover them (vid. shuri), as the 
Wakamba do in the lnterior; ku henua kidari, 
to walk with t/ie chest thrown forward— funua. 
Benuka, v. n.; kiko kua kiko, to warp and twist 

tJiis way and that (St.). 
Benuka, v. n.; mtu alie benuka matako, one 
wJto leaves the buttocks in a nude state — funuka. 

s — - 

Beramu, s. (ya) (Arab. *ta ), cfr. alamn, ban- 

dem,flag t banner. 
Beresati, *. (or bersati), a kind of cloth (kitambi 

cha )from India. 

Bereu, *. (ya) (see lammi), tar t black stuff (ya 

ku andika alama). 
Berghamu, *., bringing up pldegm (E.). 
Beru, *.; ku fania beru katika kidau, ku tueka ngiio 

(Sp.). 

Berusha, v. a. 
Beshirt, t?. a. t vid. bashiri, bashiriwa. 
Bete'la, *. (ya, pl. ma), vid. batela, a barge. 

Beti, 8. (ya) (Arab. «^ , domus), (1) house; (2) 

beti ya rusasi, or beti ya ku tilia rusasi or 
risasi, a small leather-bag orpouch for carrying 
balls or smaU-sJtot. Ounpowder the natives carry 
in horns. 

Bettli (or batIl), *., a dhow with a very long 
prow t and a sharp stern with a high rudder- 
head. They generatty belong to the Shemali, or 
Ito-sian Gulf Arabs (St.). 

Bezimu (or Bizrnu), *., bucJde. 

Bia, s. (la, pl. ma— ), a large dish (bakuli kuba)- 
In Kiniassa mbia — cooking-pot. 

Biabia, v. n. (— hanga hika), to seek for t to look 
for t to 8how one'sself diligent or active t busy. 

Biai hali (or biei hali), lit., in Arcibic t in what- 
ever state or condition; by all means, in every 
case ; kua kulla hali iwayo yotwe ; kua jambo 
lililo lote or kana abudi, upon all accounts. 

Biabhera, s. (cfr. bei). It is a compound word t 

meaning in Arabic " he sold and bought" hence 

** ** . — *c ** 

trade t commerce; gVj , vendidit, he scld; <c»3M 

emit, Jte bought; ku fania biashera, to trade; 
mfania biashera, a trader t tnerchant. 
BIbi, *. (ya, pl. ma — ), (1) grandmother; (2) a name 
of honour - my lady t my mistress (said by 
slaves) (Kin. wawe) ; muana, a young lady. 



Bibo, *. (Is^pl. ma — ), a cashew apple (St). 
Bichi, adj. ( «* biti in Kimv.) t fresh t unripe, green t 
raw. 

Bidaa (or bithaa), s. (ya, pl. za) (g^ , merca- 

•** ** . 

turam fecit ; foU* , pars opum quae impenditur in 

mercaturam; ©^fr, mercimoniae), goods for 

trading t merchandise. 
Bidit, s. (ya), diligence t effort, ardour m juhudi; ku 

fania bidii, to give one's-self trouble; cfr. £»*j» 
and \^ . 

Ku ji-bIdisha (or bidiisha), to take pains (ku 
bidisha nafsiyakwe, or ku tia rokhoni hatta — ). 

Bifu (orBivu) t adj. t ripe(mb\£\i t mabifu, d-c.) ; embe 
hili ni bifu hatta linabogo€ka or sheteka, this 
mango is so ripe tltat it will burst open; the 
opposite is t "biti (bichi), unripe t green t raw t 
freshr 

Bigania (pioania), to mix old tembo withfresh 
(Kir. bisania). 

Bikira, 8. t an unblemisJted virgin; Arab. *& 

primum in qualibet re, virgo intacta ; S\ , diluculo 

fuit or fecit, primitias accepit et edit. 

Bikikl, v. a.; ku-m-bikiri bikira (kua ku-m- 

tomoa or tomolea kisinda), todeflowera virgin. 

Voluptuous Muhammedans are accustomed 

to marry very young girls t regardless of the 

suffering tJtey cause. 
Bila, except by (Arab.). 

Bilashi (or bilashei), adv. (Arabic ^% , fiine 

or absque re, nihil) — burre, for nothing t gra- 

tuitously. 
Bilau, »., a dish of rice and meat cooked 

together. 
Bilauli, 8. (ya, pl. za), glass t a glass; kikombo 

cha bilauli, a drinking-glass t a tumbler; bilauli 

or bilauri itokesayo maoni, transparent or pel- 

lucid glass t Rev. xxi. 12 ; . J^ , beryllus. 

Bildi, s. (ya, pl. za), a plummet; ku tia bildi = 
rusasi ya ku pimia maji ; ku tafiti kua bildi, to 
pluinb. 

BiLiHi, *. (ya)(= iblis, deril) t an evil spirii con- 
sidered tobeof a more hostile nature than the 
Shetani. The natives beliere that the Shetani 
can be expeUed by beating a drum (ng6ma), as 
he (the Shetani) shuns tlie uganga connected 
with a ngoma and otJter ceremonies. JVJten a 
man has been seized (bagawa) by the Bilisi ht 
lits prostrate on the ground like a deadman; 
Jie does not extend his arms t nor open his mouth, 
nor keep his teeth asunder. In tJiis state of 
torpor and spasm t which the natives ascribe to 
tJie Bilisi t tJtey first scarify the neck, to see 
trhether the man is still alive (ku angalia yu hei). 
Then they mix the dung of an ass with the 



BI 



(26) 



BI 



chaffofrice, and set this mixture on afire at the 
entrance of the room, whicJi isfilled with smoke. 
At Uut tltey attach an amulet (hirizi) to tlie 
neck and arms, wJiich will in thcir op'inion expel 
tJte BUisi at Uutt. 

Biliwili, *. (ya, pl. za), thistle. 

Bilkanuni, *. (ya), eaualiiy, eaualness (Er.) ; 

Arab. tf, perquisivit; Q)^ t canoD, regula. 
Bilula, 8. } a tap (St.). 
Bima, 8., inmrance (in Kihindi) ; ku lipa bima, ku 

toa bima (Sp.). 
Biubirima, v. n., to be Jiot (*aid of fire) ; muabim- 

birisa muoto, muoka-ni? (ni moto mingi) you 

are Jtotfrom tJiefire } why wUl you be roasted t 

Bimbirishana, v. rec, to fjuarrel. 
Binadamu, 8., a 8on of Adam, generally a human 

beiny (Arab.); vid. addmu. 
Binda, r. a., to Jiem, to bordcr : e.g., ku binda 

jamfi? (R.) 

Bindi, s. (la, pl. ma — ) (vid. pindi); ku bindia 
(jamfi, d-c), to sew an ubindo (R.). 

Binik), *. (la, pl. ma — ), knot in tJte cloth ; tJte 
loin-clotJi Jteld up to receice or carry tJtings, 
anything tied in a bundle. WJten tJte natives 
receive a quantity of mtelle, raabindi, mtuma, 
(£'C, tJtey Jtold up tJieir cfotJi, and carry it icith 
tJiem on tfteir back or sJtouUlers like a bag or 
butulle. This is called bindo; ku kinga bindo, 
to Jtold up or opcn tJie dotJt, in order to rcceive 
8ome dry thing. WJicn tied up in a clotJi it 
wouldform a bundU, or jHickct called furiishi. 

Bindu bindu, 8.; mariidi ya signifies great 

mortality like at tJte tiine oftJte cJiolera (R.). 

Binoa, r. a. t i'id. pinga, v. a. (ku binga maji, ku 
binga dau), to stoj), detain, e.g., water, or a boat 
in its course, or in business (R.); ku-m-binga 
lntn ndiani ; ku bingaca na gnombc, ku nenda 
nayo kua tartibu; neno Hki-wa-binga wa-mu- 
andikia kathi ku kata hiikumu, if tJtey Jtave any 
difficulty, they writeto tJtejudge, to decide; sina 
neno tena li-ni-binga — U), I Jiave notlting more to 
detain me. 

Binga iunoa, 8.; sikujasa laken nnatia binga 
binga, thougJi I Jtave not fillcd it, yet I Jtave 
put much into it. 

Bingamanpi, 8. = ud\&,trouble; usi-m-wokce binga- 
mansi (R.). 

Bingiri bingiri, 8., a word imitative ofsound. 
Binoiria, v. obj., to roll ; e.g., ku bingiria 

mlimani, to roll down the mountain; kitu ki- 

bingiriacho humo or humtile. 

Bingirisha, v. caus. (cfr. fingirisha, fingirika, to 
malce to roll, to roU along). 



Bini, r. a., to contrice (Arab. ^ , distincta fait rea, 

intellexit, manifestum fecit). 

Binia, r. obj. - ku zua or zulia, to invent, to 

teU sometJting untrue about another (efr. \j+ 

6truxit, construiit). 

Binti, 8. (wa), daughter, pl. banati ; binti Abdalla, 

AbdaUa'8 daugJtter; women are generaUy mem- 

« c 
tioned by tJteir fatJter's name (Arab. *s*o* 

filia ; pl. «^Uj) ; binti amuyakwe, daughter ofhi* 

father's brother. 
Binzimu, 8., vid. beziniu or bizimu (la, pi. ma — ), 

buckle — roshipi wa ku walia nguo. 
Bikika, 8. (ya, pl. ma— or za) (or bibk) (Arab- 

sd>l , crater fontis, piscina aut simile aquae con- 

ceptaculura), (1 ) a large vessel or pitclter ofcopper 
witJt a nose or snout (birika ya ku nawia watu 
maji) ; (2) a water-trough of masonry (stone) 
made for batJung in tJte Jtouse. Every respect- 
able family Jtas such a birika built ittto some 
part oftJte Jtouse. 
BiuiNzi, *. (ya, pl. za), a cooked mess (dish) of 

meat, rice, pepper, ttc. 
Bihha, r. a., to knock or strike the door and cry 
"Hodi," to attract tJtc attention of tJtc people 
tritJtin tJte Jtouse. It is considered dlsgraceful 
to enter a Jtouse or to go beyond the entranee-kaU 
witJtout Jtaving bisha hodi, i.e., without havina 
announced onc's-sclf or callcd out at the door by 
knocking (kua ku gog6ta) and crying "Hodi, 
hodi." 

Bishana, r. rec, (1) to joke witJi eacJi other — 
ku fania msaha or kua na msaha; (2) to 
8quabble, to quarrel, as joking lcads easily to 
strife (ku tetana, shindana). 
Bimhania, r. a., to knock togctJter, to mix to- 
getJicr ; c.g., ku bishania tembo la subukhi na 
la jioni la jana, to mix tJte tembo coUected in 
the morning with that of yesterday evening 
(cfr. bigania or pigiinia). 
Bibhia, r. obj.; (1) ku-m-bishia mlango, to knock 
at tJte door for one or in reference to one; (2) 
metapJty8ically, to resist, refuse, oppose one — 
ku fania ubishi or kua mbishi; ratu huyu 
ame-ni-bishia hatta tunateta, this man knocked 
at me, opposed or satirized me till we quar- 
relled. 
Bishiana, r. rec; ku bishiana kua ms&ha. 
Bikhara ya sita, sign of war (old). 
Bisi (or Bi88i), *., parched (Indian) corn; bisai za 
(or nibissi wa) mtama, parched milUt; mahiodi 
haya yanakangua bissi ; ni-pa mtama ni-kange. 
Bitana, *. (ya), lined, double, vsed of clothes? 
bitana ya ngvio, a lined chth (kisibao cha ngfio)» 
BrniAA, *., vid. bidaa, goods, merchandise. 



BI 



(27) 



BO 



BiTi, adj., unripe, fresh, raw; biti biti ; hindi ni 
biti ; tembo biti ; mbiti, kibiti, &c; janni biti biti 
kulla kipindi, evergreen; cfr. biohi. 

Bivu, adj., ripe, weU done; mbivu; e.g., niumba 
mbivu ; vid. bifu. 

Biwi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), Iteaps of rubbish, weed, 
wootl, grass, leaves, and other kinds of refuse in 
a plantation (cfr. muaka), which are bumt when 
the muaka is approaching. 

CO tc- 

Bizabi, s. (Arab. yji or .0 , condimentum ollao, 

aromata, d-c), a smaU seed (cummin seed ?) 
used in making curry. Bizari, pilpili, and 
mandano constitute tlte chief parts of the curry 
powder. 
Bize, s., a tcild hunting dog ? (St.). In Arabic 

jW (bazi or bazin) (accipitris species falco), a 

kind ofvulture (orfalconfor hunting). 
Bo, vid. po. 

B6a,«., a largeserpent; cfr. nondo (Boa Anaconda). 
Boba, v. a. = kn funga hodari (Er.), to bind 

tightly ? 
Bobari, *., wcasel ? Reb. takes bobari (ya, pl. 

za) in the sense of"gouge" =■ mangabu, <j.v. 
Bobo, s. (better popoo, *.), the areca nut, cltewed 

with bettUeaf, tobacco, and lime. 
Boeha, boesea, r. a., Reb. ? buesa ? 
Bofia, v. a., to touch, to take between the fingers 
and make an impression, topress sofily in order 
to see trhether thefruit is ripe ; ku gussa means 
" to touclt by applying tlte fingers gently to a 
thing" (ku shika); ku papassa signifies "topass 
the hand over something in order to strip or 
shake it off" e.g., ngoja, nipapasso tungu maguni- 
muangu, wait till I shake off the ants from my 
feet. 

Bofieka, r. n., to admit of making an im~ 
pression; kitu kigiimu hakibofieki, a hard 
thing admits of no impression. 
Bofiewa, t\ p. 
B6fu (or better 6vu), adj., bad, rotten, worn out ; 
to be distinguislied from p6fu, pofua, pofuka; 
mti mbofu, a corrupt tree, pl. miti mibofu ; kasha 
ni bofu, laken neno hili ni ovu; bofu or ovu 
signifies the absolute state of the word, bttt when 
it refers to a noun the usual prefixcs required by 
the several chtsses ofnouns mustprecede it. 
Boga, 8. (la,j>f. ma — ), apumpkin in the dialect of 
Zanzibar; at Mombas it is called tango, pl. 
matango ; mboga signifies " every herb, or leaf 
or vegetable whiclt is edible;" manni yaliwayo 
yote ni mboga, pl. miboga ; kiunga cha mboga, 
vid. kiungo and robuyu. 
Bogi, 8. (or boji, *.), a kind of liquor which has 
various names and is prepared from various 
substances. The natives put a guantity of 
mtama (mitlet) into water, until it sprouts, when I 



they pound it in a mortar. Having strained tlte 
liguor, they put it into a jar and let it remain 
for about ten days, wlten it becomes strong like 
tembo. TJie Wasegua tribes, wlto are veryfond 
ofthis Iiquor, caU it pombe. The Wasambara 
people call it by tJte same name, but tltey prepare 
it usually from poumled sugar-canes. The 
Wakamba caU it uki, and prepare it likewise 
from sugar-cane8. The people of Teita caU it 
jofi, wltereas the WasuaJtili and the Wanika like 
the tembo or uji obtainedfrom the cocoa-nut tree. 
In regard to the preparation of pombo the 
nativestcould talk in tltis way : Watu ana-u-weka 
mtama majini hatta ku mea, hatta uklsha m6a, 
waka-u-ponda, wakisha-u-ponda wakatuja, wa- 
kisha tuja wakatia mitungini ikaketi katiri ya 
siku kumi hatta kua kali. 
Bog6a, v. a., to strip a tree ofits branches, to hp? 
ku kata matanzu ya mti. 
Bogolea, v. obj. 
Bogolewa, v. p.; mti umebogoluwa ni watu, the 

tree was U>pi>ed by the people. 
Boooeka, v. n., to bc liable toburst; ku iva hatta 
ku bogoeka or passuka passuka, to burst open 
from being orer-ripe ; muhogo umebogoeka, 
tlte cassada burstfrom Jtavtng been boiled too 
mucJt (vid. sheteka). 
B6g6du (and boghudu or bokiiudu and b6riiodu), 

Arab. ^jbd^ » odir, odio habuit ( =» ku hosumu or 



husumu), to slander secretly ( ***., altercatus 

fuit, litigavit), to contend or litigate with one, ku- 

tcta na-ku-m-zira. 

Booiiodiwa (or bokhothiwa), Luke xxi. 12. 

Boghudiana, r. rec. = ku zirana, hawakupa- 
tana. 
Boiiari (or bokhari), s. (ya), niumba ya mali, a 

store witJt a nltop and warehome ; niumba ya ku 

tia nafaka, a granary. 
Boje-boji ? 

Boka, t\, bokea? cfr. pokea, v. a. 
Boko, 8., a hippopotamu8, river-ltorse (vid. ki- 

b6ko). 
B6koa, v, n., (1) to obtain a plentiful Jtarvest in 

Kinika — ku fania neema ; muaka hu kuna or 

kuzi bokoa or kuna neema ; Mungu or Muungu 

ame-tu-pa viakula vlngi ; (2) to sink into; bo- 

k6ka, to admit ofsinking into (?). 
Bokoboko, s., a kind of food made of wJteat h 

meat, dc. 

Boksumat, s., Jtard-baked bread, sltip's biscuit. 

Tlte common JSuahili do not know this Arab 

erpre88ion. 
Bokwa, s., Jack-fruit (Tumbatu) (St.). 
B6ma, 8. (laj'l. ma — ), apalisade orstockadeserving 

as a kind of fortification to totcns and villages. 

The boma may consist ofstones or ofpoles, or of 



BO 



(28) 



BO 



an impenetrable thicket of thorns. TJte boraa is 
tobe distinguis/ted from ukuta (wall), tthich is 
made ofstones in building Jtouses, dx.; andfrom 
ugo (hedge), ichich consists of roatanzu brancJtes. 
Ku sungusha boma mjini. TJie boma is also to 
be disiinguished from handaki ( J$*u*. ), a trench, 

ditch. 
Bomba, *., apump (St.); ku futa maji kua bomba, 

topump. 
Bombo, s.j a certain mboga rarely used. 
Bomoa, bomoka, bomobiia, rid. pomoa, pomoka. 

B6mu, s. (la,j>Z. ma — ); bomu la gogo, tJie sound of 
tJie long trunk-Iikedruin formerly called msondo 
(whicJt see). 

B6na, v. n., vid. p6na. 

B6ndk, s., a lowplain, apan-like land, vaJley. 

Bongo, *. (la, pl. ma — ), tJte skuU; wongo means 
tJie brain. In tJte Kijumfu language it is called 
ongo or wongo (la). Bongo la kitoa signifies 
tJie wJtite fai irJiich is in the bra)in$ oftJte Jieod 
of animals, and whicJt tJte Wanika eat t but tJte 
Muhammedans tJirow away. 

B6xi, $.; boni ya jito or ya mato. 

Bonia, v. a. ; Luke xxi. 19, kua ku stahamili 
kuenu boniani rokhozenu (vid. pona, ponia). 

Boni£a (bonyea), r. n. t to sink in t to give way, to 
stick, toput into, to entangle; kubonit'a roidomo 
kana mouo, midomo inangia ndani, to draw in 
tJie lips so tJtat tJtey fall into tJte moutli through 
tcant ofteeth ; nti inakiinia mviia n'nafioga hatta 
n'nabonica, hatta rongu innngia ndani, io stick 
{tJtefeet) in tJte ground wJtivft is sodden with tJte 
rain (rid. topea). Jieb. takes boniua ■- to grow 
Jean. 

Bomehha, v. c. f to cause to gire way, to press so 
as to cause to sink in, to make an impression 
witJt thefingers. Beb., to make ican. 

Boxtii (St.), a bridge (Kiung.), eridently de- 
rived from tJte Latin pons or FrencJt pont, Jtal. 
ponte. At Zanzibar tJterc is sucJt a confiur of 
nations and languages that we cannot gct tJte 
true SuaJtili from tJiat place (vid. divai). Ali- 
jenga bonth katikati ya mto, Jte built a bridge 
across the river. 

BoogA, r. n., to be Jame (It.) ; saidofany member 

oftJte body. 
B6pa, v. n., to feel soft or Jiard to tJie toucJt, to 
admit of softor Jtard impressions ; e.g., embc 
hili labopa kua ugurou ugumn, this mango feeJs 
very hard (cfr. tosa) ; embo labopa kua uororo, 
kidole kikingia . ndani, tJte mango feels sofl 
tcJten tJte finger toucJtes it ; embo labopa kulc, 
kiile. 

Bor£A, r. obj. ; ku-kua magii ; ku bopea kidogo. 
BofJSka, v. ii. t lit. t to be pressible. 
BorgsA, v. c. ; nti inabopcsa magfi. 
B6po, *. (la, pl. ma — ), a deep pit t a pond (Kin. 



gopiie), a place where there is standing wcater; 
mahali pakaapo maji, a ptace where the urater 
stands; mna mab6po hapa, usye ukaanguke, 
tJiere arepits tiere, do not come lest tfoufaJl in. 
B6ra, adj., great, noble, best, strong, important, 
serious; mambo bora (not mambo mabora), im- 
portant or serious matters ; jawabu hili ni bors, 
this matter is great. In the Kichagga and Kipart 
dudects "mbora" means "a virgin, a young 
uroman;" cfr. Arab. y+ , superior illo fuit ; ^j^ f 

bonus ; (2) a cockerel like tJte mso (R.). 
B6bi, *. (ya), tJte bowl of a native pipe t a smaU 
tube of clay into wJtich tJte natircs put the 
tobacco wJten smoking tJteir pipes. The b6ri i$ 

fired ujwn tJte mdnkiili, a wooden tube which 
leads tJte smoke into ihe kiko, which is fiJJed tcith 
water. TJte kiko consists of a cocoa-sheJl. It is 
tJte ccntre from wJtich idl parts of thi$ native 
pipe rise, and in wJticJt tJtey terminate; therefbre 
it is called tJte mama or tnother of the tchoJe 
uMcJtinery. Into this sJtell the natives fix the 
msallem, wJticJt is a recd of about one yard in 
JengtJt, tJtruitgh wJtich t/ie smoke is drawn, afUr 
it Jtas passed tJtrougJt tJte wuter. TJte msallem 
is called muanzi wa ku futia tombako. In the 
bori is fijred a small ])ebble wJtich prevente the 
asJtcs from fidling into tJte water. This pebble 
is called jakasi ; Jience tJtey say, tia jakari ku 
sulia tombako, isiangiike kikoni. Before tke 
smoker prescnts Jtis huka to a bystander who 
desires to take a wJtiff, Jte takes off the bori to let 
tJte remaining smoke escape. T/tis is catied ku 
kupua moshi. TJte noise produeed by the stnoke 
passing tJtrough tJte kiko is caUed malio ya kiko ; 
maji ya kiko yalia, i.e. t the water of the bowl 
cries. 

B6riti (ya, pl. za), tJtick poles laid across from 
one wall to tJte otJter to support the stone roofs 
of a native stone-ltouse. These poles are eut 
in thc mnngrovc swamps and are of a kind 
of Jtard wood wJtich tJte termites tcill not easily 
attack. Itfriti ni mti uliotongoa ku ikitia 
niumba. TJtepoles or rafters must be laid dose 
to one anotJter in order to give solidity to the 
tJtick stratum of stones, pebbles, sand, and lime, 
wJticJt make tJte roof imjterrious. 

Boroh6a, *. (ya), a farourite native dish of pulsc. 
TJiey boil kunde (a kind of bean) and pocho (a 
kind of retcJi) and mbazi (a kind of pea) to- 
get/ter, and tJten crusJt or masJt them into a 
paste, to wJticJt tJtey add water and Icmon-juiee. 
Boroh6a ni mtiizi wa kunde au pocho au mbazi. 

Borom6a (ratJter torom6a), v. a., toget di$lodged 
(cfr. tangana, tangua) of itsclf. 
Boromoka, v. n. (cfr. poromoka), to precipitate, 
toftdl or slip down a precipitous plaee ; mag6- 
bali yanaboromoka ; mtu unaborom6ka. 



BO 



(29) 



BU 



Boromokea, v. obj. t tofall to him, 
Bobom6ko, $. (la, pl. ma — ), precipice, dedirtiy, 
steepness ofa mouniain; maborom6ko ya mto. 
Boromolea — boromokea (vid.). 
Boromosha, v. c, to actually dislodge, to cause 
to precipitate; maji ya mvua yanaboromosha 
mtanga, mta hawesi ku kuea. 

Bob6noa boroxoa, v. a., to bungle one's icork. 
Bobonoo bob6xoo, «., bungling, huddling, a mess 
of one's work; mtu huyu amefania kazi ya 
borongo borongo, tJtis man Jtas bungUd his 
work; hakufania kazi ngema, kaziyakwe ni 
thaifu. 

Boboshoa, 8., a long-shaped black insect found in 
dunghiUs. 

B6buoa, v. a. t to stir, to cut up weeds. 

Bosa, v. a., (1) to ajfiance one; bosoa, to be 
e8pou8ed to (Er.) (bosho ?) ; (2)=boosa, to relax, 
to grow lame. 

B6vu {or ovu), adj., bad, rotten. 

Boza, 8. (ya), a strong narcotic which is made of 
bangi, which they roast on the fire and mix with 
the fiour of bissi za mtama and honey, tJten the 
wJtole mixture is put into a jar. The man who 
uses it witt constantly laugh or sleep for several 
days; cfr. majiini. 

Brahim, 8.; mkunga brahim and shokola (q.v.), 
kindn of eel. 

Bu, *., pl. mabfi, maggot, mite t worm found in 
putrid meat; niama inangia roabu. 

Bft, a natural sound; ku angusba bii (or fu) 
(R.) ; bu na bu, upside-down (telekeza). 

Bua, *., steel used in smithery; a steelfor striking 
fire is caUed mdaruba wa muoto. 

Bua, v. n., and biilika (opp. to banuka), buaya, 
buaika; muana huyu tumbolakwo litabuaya or 
litabuaika, tJte big beUy of tJtis child will be 
d'i88olved f (R.), reduced f 

Bua, s. (la, pl. ma — ), the stalk or stem of millet 
and Indian corn (bua la mtama, na la mahindi), 
but that of rice and of mawelle they call ubiia 
(ubiia wa mpunga na mawelle), tlieir stalk being 
of a smaUer size. 

Buabua, v. a. — ku tonga kidogo, to Jtew a little. 

Buaoa, v. a. (also in Kin.), (\)to cause to faU, to 
throio doicn ; e.g. t ku buaga madafu or mzigo, to 
throw down cocoa-nuts from the tree or to throw 
down a load; (2) ku-m-buaga mansa or ku-m- 
kora mansa (q.v.), to commit a horrible crime 
against somebody, especiaUy against a great 
man, e.g. f by violating his daughter, d'c, which 
crime can only be atoned for by the death of tJte 
offender. 
BuaoIa, v. obj.; ku-m-buagia makini; ku-ji- 

buagia moyo. 
Ku-ji-buaoaha, v. refi., to throw one's-selfon the 
ground outstretched, to lie with the legs 
stretched out. 



Buana (or bama), 8. (wa,,pl. mabuana, «.), tJte moster 
of slaves, of the house, eir, lord, or used ofone's 
ownfather when tpeaking politely offtim. 

Buatiii, r. a. (R.), to raise (from the dead — 

fufua) ; Arab. «^j^ , misit, resuscitavit mor- 

9 c — 

tuum ; hence «^j^ , resurrectio ; siku ya ku 

buathiwa ya ku fufuliwa, tJte day of resur- 

rection. 

Buathia, v. obj. 
Buatabuata, adj. ; ku vaa nguo buayabuaya, to 

put on a loose clotlt (R.). 
Buba, «., (1) measles t (Kinika, franji, French pox), 

vid. mbuba ; (2) undue haste, morbid anxiety to 

finish a bu8ine88 ; ku funga mzigo kua buba ; (3) 

buba, gJuttony (Er.) ; cfr. harara and ulafi (cfir. 

kigarafiia in Kiniassa)', ku fania buba, to be 

hasty or greedy. 
Buba, 8. (rupia), appl'ted to various skin disease* 

(St.). 
Bubo, s. (msegcneko ?). 
Bubu, 8. (A.), a teat (St.). 
BuBtfr, s. (Dr. JSt. Jtas bubu, pl. mabubu, dumb) 

(wa, pl. ma — ), a deaf or dumb man, tcJto can 

neitJter Jtear nor tpeak (cfr. kisiwi). 

Bubujika, r. n., to burst forth, bubble out; e.g., 
wasaha ; ku bubujika mat6zi, to burst into tears. 

Bubuta, r. a.; ana-m-bubuta hatta ana-mu-umiza, 
ku-m-piga makonde sana hatta uka-mu-umiza 
ndani (R.) (Kiniassa, ku-m-b). 

BtfoA, r. n., to Jtave influence or authority witli 

somebody ; probably from iA| , incepit, £ , prin- 

cipium, dominus (R.); habudi kua sultani, Jic 
has no influence witJt the king. 

B#di (or buddi), 8.; Arab. j^ , separatio, fuga, 

jkj 3 , necessarium est, haud est evitandum ; kua 

na budi, to Jtare an escape from ; sina budi or 
buddi, / must, lit., I Jtave no escape; haina 
budi ku nambia scbabu ya khofuyako, you must 
tell me tJte cause of your fear, uchapokufa or 
uyapokufa, tJtough you die. 

Bui5a, v. n., to beprotuberant, to protuberate ; e.g. t 
tumbo lisilo buea. 

Buesa, v. a.; e.g., nsi-ni bueso utumbo; kn buuwa, 
r. p. (cfr. bua) (R.). 

Bueta, 8. (la,';>f. ma — ), a smaU box, canister; 
bueta la ku andikia, writing-desk. In general 
bueta 8tgnifie8 a box Jtaving its lock inside, not 
out8ide; a small box neatJy worked t desk. 

Buoa, *., a Jtare (?) (St.). 

Buoe, 8.; biige kuba = uganga bora (cfr. kiini- 
mato). 

Buou, 8. (\&,pl. ma — ), (1) a kind of tJtick wiUow; 
ubugu (pl. mbugu), a tJtin withe used for 
binding and for making basJcets, d'c; (2) bugu 
tignifies also the stalk to which many pUmts 



BU 



(30) 



BTT 



Jtaoe tJieir fruit$ attached; e.g., bngu la mtoraa, 
la mtango. Its sJioots eure called kono. 

Buouha, v. a. t vid. kon6a, v. a. (cfr. pukuaa). 

Buoudika, v. «., said of tears; matosi ya bugu- 
dika ; vid. pukutika. 

Buoudu, v. a., vid. bogudu. 

Buiiuri, *., incense, jf*i ; perJtaps to be derived 

from the Arabie *{# , herba odorata, buphthal- 

mum. 
Buia, t'. «., and buakia, v. a. (R.), i.q. in Kiniassa 

buira and buirini, to sJtut tlte lips in sJtaving. 
Buibui, «., a spider; niama mdogo wa magfi sitta 

yuwauma kua mcno (Kiniassa, dandaule). 
Bujua, r. «. (ku-m-buj'iia niani), to pass by, to 

push by (said of an animal wJtich loses its liair 

by 80 doing). 

Bujuka, v. n. (kua mitu) (11.). 
Buka, s., sorrow; e.g., moyo ukangia buka kuba. 
Buki (or BukIni), n.p., Madagascar. TJu's irord 

reauires closer examination. WJiat does it 

originaUy mean f 
Buku, *. (vid. piiku) (la, pl. ma — ), a large mouse, 

rat ; in Kiunguja puruku. 
Bukua, v. a. t to betray, make knoirn; rid. nbuku 

(Sp.) ? 

Bukuka, v. n., to become known, cried down 
(-kutokan'de). 
Buu, *., pl. mabuli, teapot. 
Bulisa (bulihia), vid. pulisa. 
Buif a, vid. puma and bumua, vid. pumiia, pumiizi, 

breatJting. 
Bumba, s. (la, pU. ma — ), cfr. pnmba, clod, lump ; 

la tombako, vid. kibumba ; bumba la udongo, la 

niuki (swarm) ; a packct. 
Bumbabika, t\ n., vid. purabasika. 
Bumbuazi, *., perplejrity, idiocy (iSt) ; ku pigua na 

bumbmizi, to become confused so as to be unable 

to go on tritJi one's business. 
BumbCi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), la mpunga (cfr. 

kibondiic), rice fiour pounded up irith scrajted 

cocoa-nut. Kibonde bondc in Kittiasna. 
Bumbuna, adj., lumpy, in a mass (said of iron) ; 

chuma hiki kikali bumbiina. 
Bumburuka, v. n., to befriyJttened atray (ku onduka 

kua nguvu). 

. Bumburuhha (bumburusa), v. c, to scare or 
drive aicay, to arouse. 
Bumda, pl. ma — . 
Bumukda (la, pl. mab — ), a hintl of soft cake or 

dumpling (St.). 
Bunda (la, pl. ma — ); (1) mikatc ya mabunda; 

(2)pack, vid. rdboda ; a balc ofgoods. 
Bunde, s. (la), a cocoa-nut wJt'tcJi is cmpty and 

drietl up. 
Bundi, 8., a native bird, an otcl (?) (St.). 
Bundo, s. (la, pl. ma — ) ; ni makopa ya ku pika 

sima ya bundo (ku bunda in Kin.; ku ponda in 

Kis.) ; efr. kopa. 



BundCki, s. (ya, pl. za\ a musket, gun; ku piga 
biinduki, to fire offa tnusket; Arab. (JJU* » T0X 

peregr. glans missilis. 
Bunga, v. a. t vid. punga. 
Bunoala, s., a kind ofrice (St.). 

Bunoo, s. (la, pi. ma— ), tJie catabU fruii of a trtt 
called nibiingo, a kind of medlar f 

Bukoo, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a dish smaUer than the 
bia (bakuli dogo) ; kibungu is still smaUer; 
bungu la ku pozea uji, a saucer to cool gruel 1». 

BunoC, *.; — la udongo (pl. mabungu), earthen 
resseJ. 

Bunoua, vid. pungu», to caU a persons pepo. y 

Buni, v. a., to begin, to be the first tcho doe* a 
thing, to invent, contrive,find out; ku buni chuo, 
to compose a book; ku buni jambo liailotam- 
burikana, to invent a thing tchieh wae befort 
unknown. Bashidi amebuni Takaanga — ame- 
anza ku jcnga niuraba at Tukaungu. In a bad 
sense it means = ku zua, to contrive, pretend\ 
to imagine ; ku nena neno asilo tumua, he sjpoh* 
tcords which Jie tcas not sent to spcak, he epoke 
from Jtis oirn mind; maneno haya ni jn kn 
buniwa, tJtese are imaginary tcords (cfr. Arab. 

Buniwa, r. p., to be devised or ercogiiaUd m 

ones own mind. 

Buni, s., an ostricJt. 

Bum, #., 80118, tJie sons of; pro bene, e.g., Bene 
Kashidi. 

Bu.nni, s. (ya), coffce-berries, raw coffee, coffet- 
bcaits ; bunni ya kahoa or ya kahawa. 

Bknzi (iu nr.Nzi), s. (la, pl. mab— ), a large stinging 
fiy tcJtirh builds a clay-nest. Jts sting i>, how- 
cvtr, less acute tJtan tJtt mifu gnombe, tcJtichputs 
bullocJcs to fligJtt. TJtis and other stinging 
insects do Jtarm witJt tJtcir tails, Jtence tJke natives 
usc tJte cxpression " ku shutia," q.v. 

Buotiiu, v. a., to hate; jK-rJtaps from the Arabie 

fjbty , molcsta fuit res, gravius affecit, or from 
^/*J (vid. bogudu, r. a.), odit, odio habuit. 

Bupu, 8., rid. punjc (bupa, la, pl. ma— ). 

Bupuru (la, pl. mabu— ), an cmpty sJteU (St); 
bupuru la kitoa, a shdi 

Burai, r. n. (probabJy from ^ , pacem fecit, te 

obtulit, prodiit ad aliquam rem peragendam), te 
gire up or renouncc a claim ; manamke amebcrai 
mahari = ameata mahari, the daughter gave up 
Jter claim to tJte dowry paid by the bridegroom. 
Reb. burai = ku samehe. 
Buraia, v. a. ; mama ame-ni-buraia maharijangu, 

motJter made me renounce my dowry. 
Buraiwa, v.p.; mtumko ameburaiwa mahari ni 
mamai. 

Buri, 8., large-sized tusks ofivory. 

Buriani, 8., afinalfareweU, 



BTT 



(3i ) 



BW 



ness; ku dakana bariani, to ask mutucd pardon 
and to take a lastfarewell (St). 

Blrikao, n. p. t Port Durnford (St.). 

Burre, adj. and adv., in vain, for nothing, gratis, 
gratuitously, for no good, withovt cause; maji 
m-pe burre, pasipo heaabu, give him water 
without payment ; maneno ya burre, vain words 
(yasio faa) ; ku tokoaa or tukana watu burre, to 
despise men wUhout cause (pasipo sebabu). 

Buru, adv., said with the voiee elevated (R.) ; ku 
pita baru. 

Buruda, s. ; juo cha buruda, a book read over a 
diseased or dying person (after all medicine 
has proved useless) ; j uo cha ku-m-eomea mkongo, 
akaffa imma akap6na. 

Bubudi, s., coldness; cfr. Arab. j^ , frigidus fuit, 

refrigeravit ; jo , frigus, quies. 

Burudi, v. n. ; cfr. baradi or baridi, to be cold, 

or beredi. 
BurudIka, v. n., to become cool, to be refreshed, 

to respire mahali upeponi. 
Burudikua, v. p. 
Bubudimia, v. c. (cfr. borcdisha), to cool, to make 

to cocl, refresh; ni-pa-mi maji ya ku zizima ku 

burudisha rokhoyangu, give me cold water to 

refresh my spirit. 
Bubuoa, v. a., (1) to root out «- kulima kuekue kua 
jembe, to scratch or dig up the soU with the 
native hoe. TJie ground has previously received 
the setd, but its growth would be prevented if 
the iceeds were not removed. The eocpression 
corresponds icith that in our European tittage, 
" to turn the ground a second titne to clear it of 
weeds." (2) Dr. St. takes the word to mean " to 
mix up, to knock together" (cfr. b6ruga). Ku 
burugia puekue, to sligJttly hoe tJie ground (to 
prepare itfor tJte coming rain) ; pass. burugua. 
Buruoania, v. a., to spoil by interrupting (Sp.). 
BuRuaiA, v. obj. 

Buruousha, i?. c. / ku ji , to be cumbered about, 

Luke x. 40 ; to show onds-self inattentive and 
lazy (Er.) ; topromiseeverythinganddonothing. 

Buruham (or burhani), s. (from tJie Arab. 8^. 

convaluit. Aitarf i probatio evidens, argumentum 

demonstratio), evidence, proof token. 

Buruji, *., castle or fort; g^ , robur, arcis 

turri8. 
Burura, v. a., to drag, to haul along (Luke vi. 1). 
Busa, 8., Arab beer made ofbarley and miUet. 

Busani ? to hasten ? ^«..uy , festinavit. 

Bu8Ara, s. (ya, pl. za) (Arab. «o> , ecientia, pere- 

picacia), prudencc, aptitude, mechanical skiU, 
astuteness — akili or nadari ; mtu huyu yuna 
busara. 



Busati (or bushati), «., a kind of matting made 
at Mascat. 

Bushahhj, *., a tJiin sort ofstuff(St). 

Bushuti (or BusHiTi), s. ( la, pl. ma— ), a cloak of 
black cohur imported from Arabia ; it is ngiio 
ya beredi or ya mvua. It corresponds to the 
Egyptian burnous. It is made of black shtep's 
woo\ % Jtence wootten stuff, blanket. It cost for- 
merly 2 to 3 dottars at Mombas. 

Buhtani, *. (ya), a garden; Arab. ajU~j , vox 

Pereica, hortus. 
Busu (or BU88U), v. a., to kiss, to kiss the hand; ku 
guya mk6no wa mtu mku, ku sengeza mdom6ni, 
to seize the hand of a great man and put it to 
one's Ups — in respect for him. In tJtis manner 
the servants, friends, or adherents of a chief or 
great man pay their respects to their leader every 
morning or whenever tJiey meet him. 
Bubu, 8., the kissing, a kiss. 
Bushiana, v. rec. t to pay each other respect by 
kissing the Jiand, or by taking each other's 
hand andputting it to the mouth to kiss; ku 
buasiana mikono. 

Busubi, v. a. =ku angalia, to see ; cfr. y* . 

Buu, s. t vid. bu, inaggots in meat. 

Buuusa, v. c, to let slip or glide along ; e.g., ku 

n'do kisimani (cfr. buruliaa in Kiniassa). 

Buyu, 8. (la, pl. mabuyu), tJie fruit of the mbtiyu 
or baobab tree, which is very large. TJie shell 
is used for cups or for drawing water (ndo ya 
ku futia maji). TJte steds and pulp being acid, 
they are used as a substitute for lemons or 
eitrons, and make an agreeable fishsauce. Tlte 
trunk of the mbuyu is too soft to be usedfor 
constructing canoes. TJte trees mtanne, muembe, 
mgndmbo, muafi, mfule, msuffi, rorithi, rasanderusi 
are usedfor making canoes. Miti hi inafa (or 
yafii) ku tonga madau, au mitumbiii, au mah6ri, 
au vilefi au vih6ri (kidau, kilefi kihori cha ku 
tezua watoto). Many parents buy these lUtle 
canoes to gratify tJteir cJdldren, and to accustom 
them to tJie sea from tJieir cJuldJtood. A kih6ri 
costs about one dottar, whilst a dau (dhow) or 
mtumbui is wortJi from 6 to 15 dottars. The 
people of the islet of Wassini live in a great 
measure by making canoes, as tJie country around 
supplies them u:ith trees suUaUefor tJtem. 

Butuka, v. n., to break open (a blister) ; efr. gabuka 
in Kiniassa. 

Buzi, 8.,pl. mabuzi, a very large goat. 

Bwaoa, v. a., vid. buaga, v. a., to cast down wJtat 
one has carried; ku buaga nazi, to throw down 
fresJt cocoa-nui8 from tJte tree. 

Bwana, 8., wa, pl. mabuana ; vid. buana. 
Bwana mdogo, the masters son (the little or 
young master or lord). 



CH 



(32) 



CH 



C (CH) 



C11 : see tJte renuirks icJiicJt Dr. Steerc has matle in 

Jtis HaiuJbook on this sound (]$>. 253, 254). 

Words notfouiul uiuler Cu will hefound under 

J, and vice versd. 
Cha, tjenitive particJe, of, pJ. via ; kitu cha mtu, 

a mans affair; vitu via watu, thc affairs of 

men. 
Cha (or chai\ *., (1) tca; (2) a stahle for cattlc 

Ciia, r. v.; kii cha, to fear, to he afraid: yu- 
wacba ku cnenda pekee, Jie is afraid to go 
alone. 
Ch£a. 
Ciielea. 
Cheleba. 

ClIELEUEA. 
ClIELEWA. 

Ku ciiEHHA (or hettcr ku timi.O, r. c., to causc 
to he afraid, to mdke afraid — ku-m-tia kiclio, 
lit., to putfear into Jtim, tofrigJden him. 
Ku chua (or ku ciiewa), pass., to he fcarcd; 
aliechewa. 

Ciia; ku cha, to come, t'tf. jii, v. n., and ku chiia, 
to set (oftJu? sun), rid. tua, v. n. 

Cni, r. n.; kii cha, to dawn, to rise (oftJw sun); 
kumekucha, it has dawncd, the dairn ; kuna 
ku cha, it dawns, tlie dawning ; hakulala usiku 
kii cha or tangu usiku hatta ku kacha muanga, 
Jie did not sleep from vightfall until daybreak, 
till tJtc light came; amckOlcti ku cha, Jie sat up 
all nigJit till dayligJit ; karibu na ku cha; 
subukhi haku-tassa kii cha ; ku li kucha ku lia 
» ku lia siku zotc ; hakuj;icha, ku cha ku cha. 

Chabu charu, s., 8(iid of makuti ; chabu chabu 
tupu. 

Chabudu ciiabudu, *. ( = wazi wazi), s. and 
adj., to hecomc full of Jioles, perforated (e.g., 
a ciotJt) ; ku weka viombo chabudu chabudu, to 
place utensils disordcrly. 

Cuacha, r. n., ku chacha, to fcrment, lcavcn; 
zima ina chacha or tatu. 

Chaciia, r. «., to begin to rot, to hc spoiled ; wali 
hu una chucba, this (Jboiled) rice hegins to spoil. 

CnACiiA, s. ; bahari ina chacha ; ina chachukua 
sana (R.\ to wave, he rough (of thc sea). 

Ciiacha, s. (ya,jpZ. za), (1) a kindofgrass growing 
inwetplaces; (2) chacha, pl. machacha — ma- 
fuzi (cfr. mashada, makoja, and marcro). 

Chacuaoa, v. a., to wash clothes hy ruhhing thcm 
hctween tJie hands and hy dahhing thcm gently 
on a hoard or stone, not hy heating them so Jtard 
as is gencraUy done when the word kn fua is used. 



In heating gently the washerman says, cha, 
chn, cha, Jtcnce tJie erpression "chaohaga;" 
uchachago nguoyangu, usipure (vid. para or 
puaya), wash my doth gently, do not heat it. 

Chachauiha, v. a., to out-roar, to interrvpt one hy 
speaking loudly ; ame-ni-chachauisa kua maneno- 
mangi; chachauiso (la), s. t embarraasment = 
tata. 

ChachAwa, r. «., not to kcep still (like chUdren) 
(R.), not to keep quiet (?). 

Chaciiawi, s., a confused noise oftalk, vhich nobody 
understands, 

Ciiache, adv., a little, a few, not many ; watu 
wochachc, some men; rikn chache, some days; 
akili chache, little understanding. 

CiiAcuiA, r. ohj., nV/.jajia, to puzde; kaai sina- 
ni-chachia (dahabu ina-ni-chacbia), to jaerpiez, 
not to knoic wJiat to do. 

Chacho(a\ s. ()a), ]A. machacho(a) — mafnai. 

Ciiaciiu, s., sce tatu and utatu (nchachn), bran, 

Jeaven,ferment. 
Ciiaciiuka, v. v., tosour, tomakesour, c#. f mturi; 

chachiika, to hecomc or turn sour ; ku pata 

ukali or kiungo. 
Chaciii'ka (and ciiafuka), r. n., tosurge (bahari). 
Ciiada, s., namc pf a person; cbadda katika 

chadda(R.)? 
CnADi, s., Jiunger, starration (Kiung.) = nSSL' t ame» 

shikiia ni cliadi or shungi tati. 
Ciiadi, v. a., to demand or renuest anything vehe- 

mcntly from somehody ; aroe-ni-chadi hatta 

nime-m-pa ; cfr. \&*. , profuit, donavit, postulavit 

petiitvc ut darctur aliquid ; s. t terminua, eztre- 

mitas, vehemcntia. 

s c — 
Cuaddi, *. (ya), Capricorn; Arah. ^J^. , haedoi, 

capricornus. 

Ciiaddi, *. (ya, pl. sa — ) (cfr. J9. , magnus fuit 

dignitatc; a> , avns; *>W\ 1 majores), the grtat 

grandfatJier, anccstor; mtuhuyn ni shoha tanga 

jaddiyakwe (=» babu). 
Chafi, *., a kind offisJi. 
Ciiaki, 8., an insect wJtichcreeps over aperson and 

causes manigu nigu (swelling\ q.v. 
Chafia, v. a., vid. chafya, to sneeze. 
Ciiafu, s. (la,p/. ma), a kind ofhasket made of 

miii (cfr. mua) for catching shrimps (vid- 

mfumbi). It Jias Jioles $0 that the water may 

runtJirough. 
Ciiafu, s. (Kiung.) (la, pl. ma— ), the cheek, 



OH ( 2 

rapeciallij tkat part tehieh it over tke tettk; 
Kiinv. tafu, viil. 
Chafua, 0. a. (Kims.), to makt muddg (KOind. ku 
tcfun) - ku tU taka. 

Cbaf&ka, ii. »., to bedirty; ninmlia inachafuha, 
jadaka fagiwe, tlie houie u> dtrtg and mutt ifi 

('HAPULiA, 8. oij'., (o dirti/, to ioil, to bedaub ; 
ame-ni-chafuli» ngaojangu. 
Chafua, v. a., to put flt diionler, ditarrange 
(Kiung.). 
Chafuka, r, ». , (o fe i'» ditorder; mojo ume- 

cbsiuka, i/«i ■*£. 
ChaW:ka chapuka, (o be ail in a meti, to be aU 
tnmbted about aad in confuiion. 
Ciiafta, i>. n. f ku chafja or ku piga cbafja, or 

kwenda chafja, to ineete (St.l. 

Chaua, o. ». (fi.)i chaga r ».,/roronchagaP (R.). 

CiUoika, adj. and tubtt. (pl. machagin»), bold, 

braee, gallant ; nitu hu ju ni chSgina, mtu mkili, 

hachi, tbit man it brave and warlike, ke u not 

afraid; cfr. the Ainharie icord tehiikana, v. «., 

to be braoe; tahakang, t'.e., brace, bold, vatiant, 

maidy, Iscnbcrij's Amh. Viet.page 187. 

ChaiiC'a, tt. a. ; ko chagua (/Ciunj.), topiek oat, to 

irlect, to clioose; Kimv. tagiia or tafia, <j.u. 
Chaha, t. (ya, jlJ. I»), poteer, authority (— emi 
or eii), dontinion ,■ aullani nme-m-pa wali chaha 
ya watu, (/« vuUan hat given the, goEtrnor poirer 
ocer tkepeopU; cfr. Arab. a^. (Peri.), dignitaa, 
potentia ; kilango cha chaha or poponi, the gate 
of Paradite, ahieh tlte fiuahili imagine theg tee 
vpeneil notv and then at night, tehen they tee a 
ctrij bright ipot ofiky. No doubt tliey eonfound 
the yate of Paradiie icitk tke niota ja chaha or 
ja kibula, which tccmt to be ike polar ttar (?). 
Ku-m-pa chitha or chJizi, to make one rich (R.) ; 
chaha (irritten by Dr. Ht. jaba), gootl htek, rni- 
erjiectcdfortunt. 

Ciiahi, v.; chahiwa, r. p. (H.), to be ntade 
irealthy, 
CnAHABU, v. a. ; ku chahabu chi'ioibo poiini, to lifi 
up a vcssel upon ihore ( — gadimn). 
Chahahiwa, v.p. (-kugadiiniwa), tobeekored 

up (or erected) o» lupjnrt». 
«'hahabu,». Cin,pl. ma— ), atupport; ku weka 

chombo jii ja , toput a vetiel ontuppOTtt. 

Chaham, i. (vturl), viil. jahazi; vid . j^. , instru- 

mentum ; efr. chombo. 
('uahili, v. a. ; Arab. Jg*. , ueecius fuit, insipieni 
fuit, ignoravit. 

Chaiiiu, »., (1) an ignorant man; (!) one aho 
knoir» no fear, one tcko regardt no dangcr, 
hence brave, courageoHi, daring (ni mtu 
niknli, aaie khofu ja watu, ai muoga) ; ku-m- 
chiihili mtn, laken Munngu hactiahiliki, 



Chahhjka, v.p., to bt dartd. 

Chacho(a), *. (Ia),pt machacho(u), (— maKai ; 
vid . makoja and marare). 
Chai { cr cai), >., tea. 
ChIea (or CHAK AA ), p. «^ to aet oU OT icorn Oltt 

(througk age or w) — ku legiia or ku raruka ; 
e\g., nguo imechaka, imekua kukii (ioieraruka). 

Chaka, ■., (1) nmmeriy); ku piiha wakati wa 
chaka, to ettivate, to pati the lummer-time ; 
chaka oi aamani aa ku toka chua, haknna 
upepo; (2) athietforeit (P). 

ChakJIcha, v. a., (1) topound oil (nery lilehj from 
the eraeking tound ickich ii caiued i'ji pounding 
oil) ; chikacha = ku ponda mafiita kua kinu, but 
ku ahindika mafiita it done kua agamia (by 
camtli); (2) ku cbakacha ninmba — ku takaaw 
niumba, ku fania tupu tupii tebabn ja ku uUna, 
to dear or empty one't houte on emigration ; (S) 
tumbako ni chakacha, haifai, ni tombako dofu 
liiilo aaha menuni, aeak tabacco, being twt 
pungent to man't teeth. 

CnAEACHiKA, v. n., to be pounded thorougUg ; 
mafuta jameehachika aasa- jamepomieka aana, 
or Tamechakachua. 

Chakai'u, i. (Kijumvu), an aninal vAich eatt 
poultry. 

Chakaiu, »., vid. bori. 

, , cAoit, ichiting, ptitty (St ). 

Chaki chaki, tcattercd about inplenty; mabulnahi 
wakali chakichaki mulfi mwila (efr. Kiaiatta, 
Bakataka). 

CuIkd, thy; e.g., kitu chako, thy tking or matter. 

Chakouea, lit., kitu cha ku ogca, a thing to bathe 
abatk. 

Ciiakua, v. a.; ku-ji-chakua, (o dittort the mouth 
tlightlg in contempt (B.). 

Chakula, j. (lit., kitucha ku la, « (/««30/(0 cat) 
(cha, pl. ria — ), meal, food, eatablet; chakula 
cha aiibukhi, tlie breakfait; chamtaoa, diniter; 
ckajioni, tvpper; Arab. JS1 , cdit, lif , qnid- 
qnid editnr. 

L'iiAEUMuA, s. (cba,pf. ria — ), drtnking (kitu cha 






iakuha, v. a., toierape; e.g. kuka «chakiira, or 

acbaklia (B. ) ; ku ji chnkua, to tcrape the tetth 

icitk tke tongue. 
Chakwb (chake i'n Kiung.), kii, her, itt, vtd. Gram. 

(ikwe). 
Chale, a kind offuh. 
Chale cha r6 and chale cha puawi (B.) ? 
Chali, baektcard, on hii back (St.). 
Chajujtda, 1. (la, pl. machamanda}, a rouml 

ttrong batket aith a eocer, both made of rniil ; 

kichamanda, a imall baiket, 
Chahba t-HA jrro (Kiung. cha jicho), a irhitefilm 

over tht eye; mncgni chamba, a perton icith a 

tckite fim in tke eye; cbamba cha jito (efr. 



CH 



(34) 



CH 



up6go) ; mtu huyu ana chamba cha jito, or ana 

Idini cheupe cha niato ; jito lina chamba, tina mtu 

ndani. 
Cuamba — ku amba, used as conj. to say t if; na 

kuamba, though, if wJten. 
Chamba, v. n., to break icind with a noise ; punda 

yuwachamba kua kelcle ; chamba is to be dis- 

tinguisJted from "kushtita," ichicJt means "to 

breah wind witJtout any noise, but not tcithout 

stench (cfr. mashuzi, ushuzi). 
Chamba, 8. (la), breahing ofwind dovmoards. 
Ciiamba, 8. (— ki&mba), pl. viamba, (1) a small 

rock; muamba, a large rock; (2) jengo (]>l. 

viengo) viliviokatoa kasidi ; ku-m-pigia chamba 

or viamba ( — otea), to mdlce huts for waylaying 

people; the robbers cut part of the wood near 

the wayside to waylay travellers. 
Chambamba, 8. (contr. from kiambnmba), thin, 

lean, meagre; Muegnizimgu hakuumba cham- 

bamba, the nativts say this of a man who was 

formerhj lean, but icho became aftertcards strong 

(amewanda). 
CnAMBO, 8. (cha, pl. viambo), a bait ; kitu cha ku 

fulia anmaki, or kitu cha ku tegSa niuni ; ku 

weka or ku tia chambo katika mtambo, to put a 

bait into a trap. 
Chambua, v. a. (see "shambua," to cJean cotton), 

to dress, ciean, to pick the sticks and dirt out of 

cotton^ topick cJoves offtheir staJJcs. 
Chambura, *. (cha ku futia), pincers (Er.) ; perJtaps 

the 8ame word as chamburo, ichich is aplate for 

wire-drawing (St.). 
CnAMCiiELA, 8.; pepo za chamchela, o whirhcind 

(St.) ? 
Cuamei, 8., sodomy — khanisi. 
Cuamia, v. a. (or ciiamii), to gather, to assemble, 

e.g., watu (wimbi la ku chamia, vid. mudia, 1\.); 

£*» , collegit. 
Chamii, v. 7i., to milt. 

ChamhakAnoa (or cjiamshakAnoa), *. (/*>., kita cha 
ku amsha or amsa kanoa, somethiny to wake tJte 
mouth), something eaten first in tJte morning; 
hence brealfast = chakula cha siibukhi. 

Chamvi, *., vid. jamvi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), a large 
mat of tJte coarse or common kind. 

Chana, v. a., to comb; vid. tana. 

Chana, *. (\&,pl. ma — ), a lad; cfr. mtukutn. 

Ciiana, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), tJte larva of a bec (rid. 
machana) ; chana la niuki is tJte empty cell; kamba 
la niuki is tJte cellfidl ofJtoney. 

ChanAba, 8, (la, pl. ma — ), the uncleanness afler 
cohabitation. Hence the MuJtammedans are en- 
joined to wasJt tltemselces after tJte act. Mtu 
huyu ana chanuba (chanapa), i.e., ana taka 

asipooga, akilala na mke ; cfr. s-*** > pollutus 
fuit nempe effluzu seminis. 



Chancha, 8., a prostitute (female or male) {ji. 
ma— )? 

Chanda, 8. (la, pi. vianda) ; chanda cha mukone, 
thefinger oftJte Jtand; chanda cha magu, a toe; 
(1) chanda cha gumba, the thumb; (2) chanda 
cha shahada, the fore-finger; (3) chanda cba 
toka, middle-finger; (4) chanda cha kati ya kando 
or chanda cha muandamizi wa miabo, tht 
ringfinger; (5) chanda cha miaho (or cha 
kando ku andamana chanda na pete), the littie- 
finger. The midtHe-finger is caUed chanda cha 
toka (lit. t the fingcr of lime) because the JSuahiU 
take tJte lime used in Uraibu (vide) with tkat 
finger; if they do not, it trifl judge them an tke 
day ofjudgment. 

Ciianda, 8. (la, pL ma — ) ; chanda la mnaii, o 
leaf of tJte cocoa-nut tree. 

ChandAla, s. (cha,j>/. viandiila), a separate portio* 
or a remnant of food which a wife pr es e r vt s for 
Jter husband after tJte banaueting gvests art 
gone; *Jie doe* it from the tender consideration 
that Jter Jnuband migJtt not have eaten enovgk 
(ku-m-wekua mume chandala). 

ClIANDARCA (OT CUKNDKRUa), 8. (clia, pl. vttD- 

dania), an awning or anything (e.g., nguo, janivi, 
dr.) that protect* against tJte sun ; kn tnngika 
or fungua nguo. Kiung. chandalua, an auming, a 
mo«quito-net. 

Ciianoa, r. a. («ku shanga) (Kiung.), to tplit 
(irood). 

Chanua, s. (rid. kianga), clear weather after tJw 
rain Jtas passed ; Hnatoka chua, mviia inakwi&ha 
ki'i gnia. 

Ciianoa, 8. (cha, pl. vianga); changa cha malo 
dhnne*8 =• haoni sana, yuna kizA cha mato; mtn 
huyu hana changa cha mukono — hana kh6fh ya 
ku suia mukono, i.e., Jie stealssuddenlg; hachimto. 

Ciianoa, adj., nnrijte, young,fre8h; kitu kichanga^ 
anytJting unripe (hakitasaa ku iwa); mtoto 
mchanga, a young child; umbe hili ni changa, thi* 
nmngo is unripe; mahindi machanga, unripe 
Jndian corn ; ndizi ni changa, theee bananas art 
vnripe; siibukhi changa changa, in the morning 
wlten tfte sun is not yet Jtot — when the sun is 9 
as it werc, yet unripe. 

Chanoa, v. a.; ku la kua ku changa (Ungvj.), o 
feast wJtere each contributes sometJUng to tht 
entertainment; cfr. tango (Kin. tzanai). 

Ciianoam'ka, v. n. ; ku , to be genial or heartj 

and pleasant (cfr. tnngam'ka, tangamuka, v. n. r 

CiianoAnia, r. a. (cid. tangania) (Kiung.) t to mix; 
changanika, to be mixed; changaniaha, toperpiez 
(cid. tanganika and tanganisha). 

Changarawi, 8., grit, little wJtite stones like those 
in coarse sand (St.). 

Chanoawe, *. (ya, pl. kawe za — ), a pebblc; tii. 
kawe, gravel (jangawc ya jiwe). 



CH 



(35) 



CH 



Change (chahghz), «.; kn piga change; vid. 
topoa. 

Chango, a. (cha, pl. viango), (1) a peg or hook to 
hang things upon — kidude cha ku angilda or 
tungikia kitu (ku tungika, to suspend, in Kimr.) ; 
(2) uchango wa utombo, tke great stomach; 
diminut. chango, smaU intestines, round worms 
(cfr. ujango and ucbengelele) ; (3) chango la 
uviazi (uvyazi), cfr. moaminiba and ufiazL 

Changu, (l)pron. pots., \$t pers. sing., my; kitu 

changu, my thing or matter; (2) a kind offish. 
Changua, v. a. (Kipemb.) — ku fumua (Sp.) ? chan- 

gulia, v. obj. (e.g., tangulezangu) ? 
Changua, pl. machangua, a large or extensive 

desert. 
Chania, v. obj.; vid. tania, to combfor, dr. 
CnANiATA, v. a., to cut into small sliccs, to boil 

together ; ku kata vid6go vidogo, e.g., cassava, 

banana, d'c, and boil them together (cfr. mcha- 

niato). 
Channi, 8. (la, pl. manni), a leaf; channi la mti, 

the leafofa tree; pl. manni or machanni means 

also "grass, herbs," like niassi. 
CiiANNiKiwfTi, adj., green (the coJout of a green 

leaf) ; ngiio ya channikiwiti, a green doth. 
Ctianja, *. »muongo, impostor; uchanja— urongo. 
Chano, s. (cha, j?/. viuno), a large wooden piatter ; 

also a sort oftable or loio stool upon wJuch the 

Arabsplace their food (cha ku andikia wali). 
Chanua, v. a.; ku chanua, toputforth leaves (St). 
Chanzi, s. (la, pl. ma — ), the sleeping of a member 

ofthe body, hence cramp; mtu akiketi mno yuwa- 

fania chanzi la magu ; yuna chanad la mukono 

or kigu ; gu limekufa chanzi. 
Chahzo, 8. (cha, pl. vianzo), the beginning ofplait- 

work of a mat ; cbanzo la mkcka (cfr. olelesa), 

jamvi, shupatu. 
Chao, pron., their ; kitu chao, their matter. 
Chao, s. (cha, pl. viao), a roller, trestle; jao ni 

kidiide cha ku shulia (ku shua or shuBha) dau, 

the roUers orpieces ofwood on which boats or 

trees, d:c, are launched. 
ChAo, 8. (cha, pl. viao) (- kikao), a smaU group of 

people; wamekuja viao or vikao vingi hatta ku 

timia geshi ya watu. 
Chapa (or ciiapara), s., excessively or perfectly 

drunk; mtu felani yu chapa or chapara 16o, 

N. N. is auite intoxicated to-day. 
Chapeo, *., a hat; cfr. the Frenth chapean and 

the Italian capello; vid chepeu. 
Chapo? 
Chappa, *. (\&,pl. viappa), (1) a stamp, mark — 

alama ; e.g., pipa linaandikua chappa, the barrel 

has had a stamp or mark written upon it; 

Ngome ya Mvita imeandikua chappa, this refers 

to the inscription on the castle-gate ofMombas; 

(2) chappa cha kn fungia waraka kua jeti or 



sammaha, a stamp for dosing a letter with a 
smaU wafer or with gum-arabic; (3) ku piga 
chappa cha chuma katika kertasi, to print on 
paper, lit., to beat an iron mark on paper (of 
course this erpression is not weU understood oi/ 
natives wJto have Jiad no intercourse with Euro- 
peans); (4) thefin ofafish. 

Chapua, v. a., to increase the noise of a drum ; 
ku ongeaa mlio wa ngoma ; ku chapua magu — • 
ku fuliza. 

Chapuka, r. n. — amekuenda harraka (Sp.). 
Chapulisa, v. c, cfr. ngoma. 

Chapuo, s. (cha, pl. viapiio), a smaU native drum 
(ngoma nd6go) ; cfr. ngoma. 

Charakasa, v. n. ( — ku piga mshindo, to make a 
noise), to make a brushing noise as by walking 
through grass (in Kiniassa " wayiira"). 

Charibu, v. a., vid. cheribu or jaribu, to try. 

Charo, s. (cha, pl. viaro), a band or company of 
travellers, a caravan, journey, erpedition ; 
Mzungu amefania viaro vitatu via Chagga, tiic 
European has made three journeys to Chagga .- 
mjaro is one man of tJie company, a journeyer ; 
ku fania charo =- ku safari (Kin. kn hamba), to 
travel on mercantile or other business. CJutro iV 
originaUy a Kinika word for which the SuaJUli 
use "Bafari," but the KiniJca expressvon "charo" 
Jias been fuUy adopted by the Suahili. Viaro 
viwili via Ukambani, two journeys to UJcambani. 

Chabo, 8. = fucho or fujo, tJioroughfare ; amefania 
niumbayakwo fucho, he made his Jiouse a 
thorougJifare, or a dove-cot, good and badpeople 
going in and out. 

Ciiasa, *., the oyster, R. (?) 

Chasasa, 8., a kind ofbeads. 

Chasi, s., a kind of pumice-stone, used in making- 
mikeka (Sp.). 

Chasi, v. a.; ku-m-chasi ( - ku-m-fathili), to reward. 

Chasi, 8. (ch&,pi. vichasi), abundance, plenty; vid. 
jasi. 

«* ^ ** 

Chabtri, v. a. t Arab.y^. , ausus fuit, ivit, to dare, 

brave; amechasiri or amechesiri ndia pcke = 
yakwe, Jte braved the way alone. 

Chassi, 8. i)&,pl. ma — ), an ornamentfor the ears 
worn by the nativefemales; chassi la fetha (cfr. 
furungu). It costs about 3 doUars, i.e., 14 dctt. 
in each ear ( — la shikio). 

Chatd, *., apython, a crocodUe (?) (St.). 

Chauri, 8. ( jl^. , injustus fuit, hence.y^ , injus 

titia, opprosBio), injustice, vioJence, tyranny, 
oppression. 
Chauzi (or cheuzi), *. (or chozi), a brace, apair; 

vitu viwili viwili ; vid. cheuzi ; Arab.)p- • 
Chavu, 8. (cha, pl. viavu), a net. 
Chavu, adj.,fiUhy, unwashed. 

Chawa, #. (Kiung.), loute; Kimv. tawa (cfr.). 

d2 



CH 



(36) 



GH 



Chawabu, s. (la, pl. majawabu), anewer, condition, 

ttate; vid. jawabu. 
Chawa chawa, v. »., to sit restlessly (B.). 
Ciiati, «., tea; vid. chai. 

< 'he, interrog. particle, vid. je. 

< 'nfiA, w. n. - hakulea, undisciplined (II.)? 
Chebali (la, /rf. ma— ), »W. jebali; ni muamba 

mkafu ku zuia bahari, halifai toka. 
Chebi, 8.; ku paka range chebi kimoja (on a 

mashua)? 
Ciieciia, r. a. — pasua, e.g. } muhogo or viazi (R.). 
Cheche, «., a brown mango uste (St.). 
Chechea (ku), v. n., to walk lame (Kiung.). 
Oheciiele, *., one who goes far beyond wJtere he 

intended to stop through inatteniion (St.). 
Chechemea (ku), r. n , tobe lame (Kiuug.). 
Chechemuka, v. «., to seetJte likeferment. 

Chechemusha, v. c, to set infermentation. 
ChechAvu, *., hiccough (Sp.). 
Chechi, 8. (la, pl. machechi), a spark. 
Chefua, v.a.,to mdke nauseous; kitu hiki kina-m- 

chefua moyo, this thivg makee him naueeate, so 

that he vomits (vid. elea). 

Chefuka, v. »., to be nauseated, tofeel an inrlina- 
tion to vomit; moyo adaka ku tapika — ku ji- 
tukisa moyo. 

Chefusiia, r. c, to cause to nauseate or to be 
nauseated ; kitu hiki kina-m-chefiisha moyo or 
kina-m-tukisa moyo. 

Chege, *. (la, pl. ma — ), bad, useless, in con*equence 
of water or juice : muhogo hu ni cht'ge, this 
caasada ie watcry, it Jia* no meal, it ie tJterefore 
bad or uecless ; mchi'ge ie a amall watery 
rouhogo; a large one ie called chegc. The 
yeople of Pemba caU it chclema (vid.). 

Cheoni, adj.possessice, referring to a mord ofthc 
Ki-dass, rid. muegni (or muigni) ( — egni) ; contr. 
from kicgni, kieguiewe, lience chcgnic we, itscJf. 

Cheoni, vid. muegni or Sgni, with, Jtaving, pos- 
sess'uuj. 

Chego, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), cJieek-tooth ; chego la jfi 
na la tini, the upper and under cJtcek-teeth 
(machino ya tafu), grinders. 

Cheoua, r. a. (Kiung.) (cfr. tagiiaor taiia), to cJioose. 

CnEKA, v. n., to laugh (Kiung.); ku tcka in 
Kimv.; cfr. llebrew tzakhak, v. n, 

Chekelea, r. obj., to laugh at. 
ChekerSa (or chkkelea) (rfr. tercnica), 7.'. a., to 
deligJtl or refresh one (who lately arriced) by 
shoicing him kindncss (vid. mteremcsi). 

'CnEKO, *. (la, pi. macheko), (1) a UtugJt, a loud 
laugh (Kiung.) (matcko in Kimv.) ; (2) cheko 
eignifiee one of tJte tJtree stones wJtich form tJie 
native tripod; cfr. meko and chiko. 

•Chekua, r. a., (1) dig up; c.g., fisi limechckua (or 
fukua) kaburi, tJte hyozna dug up t/te grave; (2) 
toHirow on or out; e.g., gnombe mkali ame-ni- 



chekua or ame-ni-pigia cr intia, a feroshm 
bullock toeeed me (with ite kome). 
Chekulia, v. dbj. ; gnombe ame-m-chakuha. 
Ciiekuka, v. «., to be dug or tkrown *p(byem 

animal). 
Ciielk; wazungu wa-i-chele milango yetn, n£pt 

(ndipoea) wasingie (R.) ? 

CnELEA, r. obj., from ku cha, (1) to be afraid, te 
fear (vid.) ; ku-m-chea er chel£a, to be afiraid 0/ 
him; na-ni-chelca aaidi ya aultani, I fear him 
more than the king; (2) to go doum — kn sfcnka 
tini; ku chelea kula haramu, to be afraid ef 
eating what ieforbidden; macheleo, danger. 
Chelewa, r. p. ; umechelewa ne> muoto. 

Cuelebi, a kind ofpastry. 

ChelelHso (or chendklebo), s. {for kieleleso emd 
kicndeleso), or cheneso, pattern, eample, moaa\ 
scale, rule (cnesa, enesea). 

Chj?lema, s. (vid. chegc, Kimv.), mcbvlema, pt. 
michelema, sinall caaiada without meai, ratker 
watery (Kipemb.). 

Chkle8a, t\ a. ( - ku laaa), to cauee to paee the 
nigJd, to keep orer night; amecheleaa wali hatta 
kunakucha, Iteprceerred (boiled) riee ocer nigk 
titl daybreak (ku keti«ha usiku kucha). 
Ciielehea, r. obj., niiue-ku-cheleaea wali hatta 
elfogiri, / have taken care of the riee thromoh 
the nigJd till tJie morning for you; efr. 
muiku (wali wa muiku). 
Ciielewa, v.p. ; wali umechelewa hatta ■nbuUd ; 
ukuni hu wachelewa muoto sana, umelala na 
muoto hatta siibukhi; maji yachelcwa niangu- 
ani (rid. ku cha). 

Ciiele^a, s. (chn,|^. vielesa); chelesa cha nangt, 
tJic buoy of an ancJtor (cfr. el^a) ; kigogo 
kiolciicho ku onicsha nanga ; alama ya nanga ku 
tamburiknna ilipo, tJte piece of wood which 
Jtoftts on tJie water to sJiow where the anehor it. 

Chelewa (ku cukl£wa), v. /)., to bo overtaken b$ 
eometJiing tJtrough thottgJuleseneee, to wake *p 
and fiml it broad dayligJtt, to be etruck fooUeh, 
to be dumbfoundcd (St.) ; cfr. cheleaa, to eemee to 
pas8 or slecp tJte nigJtt. 

Chelkza, r. a., to kecp, to put on one eide (St.) 
(cfr. teleza, to slip 'i). 
Chelezea, r. obj., to kecp or put aeidefor. 

Ciiema, adj., good,finc, nice; mtu muema, a good 
man ; kitu chema, pl. vitu viema, a good thimg, 
good tJting8. 

Chembamba, s., vid. kitcwatcwa, a smatt tkin worm. 

Ch^mbe, e. (Kiung.), vid. tembe in Kimv., a grain, 
grains. 

Chejibe, «., la, pl. majembe or viembe, and eontr. 
membe, (1) a native hoe (chembe cha kn limia 
nti); (2) chembe (for kiembe, pl. viembe, i* 
Kimr.) cha mfi, tJie arrow-Jtead of iron; vid. 
kigumba ; chvmbo cha ku fumia = kigumba. 

Chembe cha moto, #., the pit ofthe stomack (St). 



CH 



(37) 



Chemb£u, #. (cha, pl. viembeu), a chisd. 
Ch£mchem, #., a spring ofwater (St.). 
Chemua, v. n., to sneeze; vid. kiafia. 
Chemuka (or chemka), v. n., to bubUe, to boU up; 

maziwa yachemka kua ku pata muoto sana; tembo 

lacheniuka likipata chiia. 
Cheka, #., a kwd ofsheUfish. 

Cuekab, #./ cfr. y^ , dimidium hominis vel iei, 

latoa ejus, side;pL v^W» «•*> interior,atrium; 
latus et majestas regia (titul. honor.); Ha chenab 
el muheb rafikiyangu, lit., to the side of my 
belovedfriend -tomy beloved friend (in letters). 

Chenche (chinche), vid. chenge. 

Chekdea, v. n. (for ku ji-endea), to walk abotU. 

Chenderua, #., vid. chanderiia, an awning. 

Chekeke, #. (= kenene) (wa, pl. vienene), a 
cricket (?); chencue chapiga kelele (— fuando 
in Kir.)\ chenene niama md6go aketie nti, 
atimbai mtangani, a kind ofwhim f 

Cuekekza (or chekeza) (jenaiza) (ya, pl. ma — ) 

(Arab. *)W), a bier used at faneraU ( = 
kitanda cha ku tukulia mtu aliekufa). The legs 
of this natioe bedstead are handsomely turned 
on tJie lathe, and the plaiting is neatly done. 
There is a kind of gate or entrance at the 
head and the foot of this bier in order to usher 
in the corpse. Through one gate the head is 
tuJtered, and through the other gate tlie legs are 
lowered into tlte grave. The chenenza is pre- 
served in the mosoue, as the bier in our churches. 
Now and then a reUgious carpenter presents to 
the mosaue a chenenza as an offering. The 
corpse t# first washed, then covered with a doth 
caUed sanda (vid.), after this it is put into a 
fine mat (mkeka), and at last covered with a 
doth called subaya, which is a cloth of honour 
(nguo ya heshima). The aubaya t# taken back 
by the relations, but the mkeka is sent to the 
mosaue, to be sprtad out there for the use of the 
praying people, after it has been well wasfted. 

Cheneo, 8. (cha) (vid. enea, v. n.), Being, existenee (?) ; 
e.g., cheneo cha Mungu, cha muezi, cha chua, 
cha uiota — kao or mao. 

Chenezo, #. — kenezo, cheo (cha, pl. vienezo), any- 
thing which terves for a meaeure, a measuring 
line or rod; e.g., muft wa ku enezea keke, the 
Uade of mua, with which a workman measures 
tlit thickness of a woman's hand in order to 
make a keke or ornament for the wrist. In 
general, chenezo is the kipimo or kidude cha ku 
enezea or sawanisia, anything taken by the 
workman to obtain the measure ofthe thing to be 
made. To take one's measurefor. 

Cbekoa, v. a., (l)tocut off, to cut wood, toprune; 
ku chenga mtama ulioiwa (=» ku kata), to cut 
ripe miUet, i.e., tocutthe sialks ofmiUet, to bring 
the ripepanides home; (2) ku chenga niumba ya 



udongo or ya miti, to build or eonstruet a house 

or edifiee of day or wood. To build of stone 

they say " ku akka ;" cfr. akka. 

Cheng£a, v. obj., to buUdfor one. 

Chesgo, #. (la, pl. ma— ), (1) a buUding, pl. 

machengo, building materials; (2) encampment 

in traveUing; chengo ni mahali pa ku lala 

safarini kana zizi la gnombe. The natives in 

traveUing through a hostile country or through 

a wilderness construct a chengo every night; 

they cut off large branchesfrom trees and make 

a hedge (if possible of thorns) around the 

camp to secure it against wild beasts and 

robbers. The traveUers sleep inside the hedge, 

setting a guard and keeping afire burning aU 

night long. 

Chenge, #. (cha), a wisp of grass or makiiti (vid.) 

tied together and set on fire (cfr. dsagali in 

Kinias8a)\ chenche or chinche cha muoto, a 

firebrand. 

ChengbUSle, #. (pl. of sing. nchengelele). The 

Suahili say, chengelele za raatumbo or ma- 

chengelele ya raatumbo, ndio tumbo nd6go; 

utumbo ndogo ndio uchengelele; the smaU in- 

testines are caUed chengelele, whereas the colon 

and ileus are caUed tumbo ku or matumbo 

maku (e.g., tumbo la gnombe). 

Chengeu, 8. (cha, pl. vienggu), the shade ofa lamp; 

chengeu cha ta or cha ku finika ta, the cover 

of a lamp. It is made of day, to protect the 

ligldfrom the wind. 

Chenoua, v. a., to puU down, to demoUsh a build- 

ing. 
Chenna, #. (ya), Arab. &*. , (1) Paradise (peponi) 
after the Muhammedan notion; (2) a kind of 
sheUfish. 
Cheni, v. (cfr. ku keni), to cauUs. 
| Chenja -* chenza, vid. 
Chenu, your,pron. poss. rdating to a word ofthe 

Ki-dass, 
Chenza, #. (la,l>Z. ma — ), the fruit of the mchenza 
trce, a large kind of mandarin orange ; chenza 
za kiachami or kiachemi, the Persian oranges 
(vid. acbam) ; there are very good chenzaa at 
Zanzibar. 
Cheo, #. (cha,|rf. vieo), (1) measure, measurement; 
ku toa cheo, to take the measure of a thing (cfr. 
chenezo) ; cheo cha ku anzia kitako cha kikapu ( — 
msalaba in Kir.) ; (2) position, station in the 
world, sense of honour (heshima) ; muana huyu 
hana cheo, haond6ki mtu mzima akija, this boy 
has no sense of honour (or has no manners), 
because he does not rise when an older person 
comes. It i# considered very disrespectful in 
young people not to rise from their seats on the 
approach ofaduUs. 
Chepa, v. a., to rob, steal, e.g., slaves or theproperty 
ofpeopU; ku chepa watuma au mali sa watu. 



CH 



(40) 



choeha, r. c, to make tired, to weary, to annoy, 

tofatigue, totroubte one, to reduce; onda, pepa, 

nata, niumbiika, to weaken, exhaust. 
Chokaa, $. (Kiung.), litne; vid. toka (ya, j>/. »)• 
Chokea, *., a sty in the eye, hordeolum (8t.). 
Chokochoko, «., a kind offruit tcith a red prickly 

rind, whiteputp, and a large kernel (St.). 
Ch6kora, v. a., to pick with a knife ; cfr. tokora, 

r. a. 
Cn6KOBA, *., pl. mach6kora, a Jtanger-on, a de- 

pendant, afollower. 
Cn6KOZA, v. a. (vid. t6koza, r. a.), to irritate, to 

teaze. 
Oiioma, 8., bludgeon f 
Ciioma, v. a. (Kipemb.) — kn oja or ocha, to roast 

(Kin. tz6ma). 
Ciioma, v. a. (rfr. toraa, v. a.) (Kiung.), (1) to stab, 

stick, to prick ; (2) to use fire in any way, to 

bum, to roast, to parch, to apply cautery, to 

bake pottery. 

Chomea, r. obj. 

Chomeka. 

Chomelea, v. obj. 
Ch6mbo, s. (cha, pl. viombo), (1) an instrument, 

chombo cha ku fania kazi, tool (household 

utensiht, vionibo) ; (2) a vesseJ, dJiow, boat or 

ship of natire construction. 
Chomeka, r. «., to stiek something into the doth 

( =» psandika in Kiniassa). 
Chomkkua, v. n., to be bewitched. 
Chomei.Ua, r. obj. (cfr. tomclea), to take out a bad 

piece of thatch, or cloth, dbc, and i>ut in a new 

one. 
Ciiomoa, r. a. (in Kiung.), to sneeze (R.) ? ku 

chom6a kilicho fitiia. 
Chom6za, r. w., to be hot (St.)? 
Chonda MTtrzi, s. (or kionda (kiona) mtuzi), the 

under-Up, especially that part which is most 

required in tastingfood; ame-m-piga fimbo, aka- 

mu-iima chonda or kionda mtuzi, he beat him 

icith a stick and hurt his vnder-Jip (or rather 

the middle ofhis underlip). 
Ch6xoa, v. a. (Kiung.), vid. tonga, v. «., to Jieic, to 

cut, to fulze, to Jurflow out. 

Ciionoea, v. obj. t to cut for or with ( = 
tongca). 

('honoeleza, v. a. (ku-m-tongcleza mtu kua 
mancno ya ufitina), to backbite one, lit., to Jtetc 
a man icith words of slander or discord. 
('iionge, *. (ya); chongo ya m'boa, the canine 

tooth; chonge za m'bon, canine teeth, cuspids. 
( 'honoera, v. a. (cbongea, tongCa), to cvt a little of 

the nazi floicer-stalk in order that the tembo may 

flow quicker. 
Chongo, s. (cha, jri. ▼iongo), boss, hump; mtu huyu 

ana chongo (afania chongo) kama niundu ya 

gnombe, this man has a hump, like the hnmp of 



a buttock, he can therefore neither waik 
stand upright; yuwapiga or inika chongo or 
kichongo. 

Cll6MOO KKKE CHA KAKIU, tkt larye SWOM of ff 

native shirt-like garment. 

Ciionoo (Kiung.) (vid. tongo) ; nt6ngo wa jito, sr 

white inatter runningfrom the dooed eye; pt. 

tongo sa jito ; muegni oboogo or tongo, one vho- 

has lost one eye, a one-eyed person; kda na 

chongo or tongo, to have lost an eye. 
Ch6ko6c (or chokooi), s. (cha, pl. viongoe), a rery 

largefish (UJce the mgumi) ; nimeona chongoe cha 

bahari. 
Choko6ka, v.n.; ku chonguka, to be preripiUms. 
Chokooo (chohgo) (la, pt. machongoo), a kind ef 

Uack icorm with a great many legs; jnlns? 
Chonni, s. (cha, jd. vionni), anything tpJkiek has 

not been seen before and causes attonismrment, a 

novelty; chonni ni chambo Haiioonekana, or 

lisilo kuamo, or chambo la ku taajmbn. 
Ch6nha (or jonsa), r. n., to be ajfticted or 

aggrieved, sorrowful (perhaps from ku jl 

onBa ? ) = ghumisha ; viil. onaa. 
Chonhoe, s. (wa, pl. vion8oe),a crippte; chonnue ni 

mtu mnionge, meskini ya Mnungn. 
Choo, *., vid. cho (cha, pt, vi6o) (mahali pa 

kugnia), a priry, wlticJi is generatty connected 

with a batJi-room. 
Ciiooko (or ciioKo), a smatt kind of j>ea (ffr- 

joko). 
Ciiopa (or d<)pa and topa) (the \eord raries in 

various dialects), s. (la, jA. mach6pa) T a handfnJ, 

sucli a quantity (e.g., of ropes, sticks, switcke*, 

tl'c.) as can be carried in one hand or 1» the 

two Jiands (rfr. oya, mgnanda, koffi, komu r 

ngumi, dopa or jopa). 
Ciiori, s.; kuenda chopi, to walk lame in smeh o 

manner as that tJte lavte side is raised at erery 

step (St.). 
(Jii6i»oa, v. a. ; ku chopoa (rfr. topoa), to drag out 

of one's hand. 

Ciioi>6ka, r. n.; ku chopoka, te* slip out of tkr 
hand. 
Ciiora, r. a., (1) to carre, to adorn with carving. 

engrave; (2) to write Uunderingly ; ku chora 

waraka kua vibaya pasipo uzuri. 
C'hoko, s. (cha, pl. machoro choro) (ctd. nsora), 

tJutt wJiich is carrcd or written, carring. 
Chor6ro (kioroho), wlj., mild, soft, lenient (rid. 

niuon'»ro-or6ro) ; cmbe chororo, si giimu, tkr 

mango is soft, it is not hard ; mahindi maorftro, 

mtu muororo. 
Ciiohha, v. c, to make tired; vid. choka, v. a., to- 

be tired (cfr. josha). 

Ciiohho, s. (kiobuo, from ku 6sha, to wash) f traskimu r 
a bathing-place ; mahali pa chosh6ni — mahaJt pa 
ku oshea mtu aliekufa, a piace for washing tJtr 



(41 ) 



dead; mahali pa fu6ni (or vu6ni) ku nenda fu6ni, 
a plaeefor washing clothee. 
Chohi, *., a black bird with a long beak which 
drinks the tembo on the eocoa-nut tree. 

Chota, v. a., to take up a little at a time with one's 

fingers. 

Choto, «. (from kn chota), taking a Uttle at a 
tiine ; different from ku teka kidogo (vid. teka, 
to draic, to catch). 
('hote, adj., all; vid. ote. 
Ch6yia (or ch6vya), v. a. (vid. tovia or tovya), to 

put into, to dip, to steep (in). 

Chov&ka (or chovibka), v. n., to be put into 
water, to be steeped. 
Ciioya, $. (la, pl. mach6ya) ; ch6ya la nazi — m'to 

wa nazi ukikua, choya la nazi li telle ndaniyakwe, 

Bhina la m'te, watu anala, ni tamu. 
Ch6yo, *. (cha, pl. vioyo) (- ubahili), avarice, 

greediness, par$imoniousne$$ ; rauegoi ch6yo, a 

miser (mbahili) ; ku lia choyo, to grunible; vid. 

ku lia ngoa, to be di$contented. 

Ciiozi, *. (la, pl. machozi) (Kiung.), vid. t6zi, a tear, 
a teardrop. 

Chua, *., the $un; vid.jua. 

ChCa (or chwa), v. n. (cfr. tiin, ku tiin), to set (of 
the $un) ; mchana kuchwa, or kii tua, all day tiil 
$un$et, all day long. 

Ciiua, $. (wa, pl. viua), a frog; chua wa ziwani 
yuwalia, the frog of the lake or icater-pool 
cries. The JSuahili believe that the sun sink$ 
into a pool of frogs, othere that he i$ drawn 
dwcn by peopk in the we$tem hemisphere; 
fir$t boy$ ptdl, then old tnen, and last of all 
tJie $trong youtlts; the spla$h and rush of the 
trater i$ prevented by tlie multitude of people 
drawing water to wash before prayer$; jua 
likitua lafania mshindo, laken watu hawasikii 
kua ungi wa kata la ku oehea na wa watu wangi 
ku salli. 

Chuahaju, *. (cfr. chobari) (pl. machuahari), a 
prtcious stone (johari). 

ChCb (or Djub), n. p., a river which empties itself 
into the Indian Ocean on the Ea$t African coast 
near the Eauator. The Arabs call it "Chub," 
tM SuahUi "Wumbu," the Galla "Danisa," 
and the Somali " Govinda." It is no doubt the 
same river which is caUed "Gochop" in the 
Interior; cfr. Dr. Krapfs " Travels, Hesearches, 
and Missionary Labour$," pp. 48, 68-62 ; $ee 
idso Baron von der Decken'e " TraveU in East 
Africa" vol. \lpp. 294-345. 

Chubba, *. (la, pi. ma — ), a large and $trong 
chisel; chnbba la kazi. 

Chubua, v. a. (Kiung.) (vid. tubua, r. a.), to take 
tlte $kin off, to bruise. 
Chubua chubua, to bruise about, to batter. 
Cuubuka, to be bruised, to be raw. 



Ciiubulia, v. obj. } to take offthe skin ofany one. 
Chubui (or chubwi), $. (ya, pi. za) (cfr. tubui), a 

plummet. 
Chuchu ya ziwa, a teat (Kiung.) ; cfr. tutu and 

titi (St.j. 
Chuchu, *. (wa, pl machachu), Pigmy. The 

Pigmiee reside (according to the imaginary 

geography of the SuahUi) beyond the country of 

tJie Wabilikimo at the world's end; they eat 

sand and $tone$, and wiU come to the coa$t to eat 

stones when the destruction of the world is 

approaching. In their country the $un sets urith 

a splash every day; vid. chua. 
Chuchuma, v. n. (cfr. otama and tutnma), to sit 

upon one's legs as the natives do on going to 

stool. 
Chuchum{a, i'. n. (cfr. dutumia in Kis. and siatama 

in Kinia$$a), to etretch vp or to stand on tiptots 

in order to catclt or reach something ; (2) to halt 

(detea) because. one leg i$ $horter than the other. 
Chuuudi, $. (ya), diligence, ardour; ana chuhudi 

ya kazi, he work$ diligently (jiihudi) (cfr. 

chihidat). 
Chtji, *. (wa, pi. za) (Kiung.), a leopard (vid. 

tiii in Kimv.). 
ChuIa (or chuya), «., rope made of the bark ofthe 

mbuyu tree and used infishing. 
CnujA, v. a. (vid. tuja, v. a.), to strain out, to 

filter. 
Chuka; yu machuka chuka, to $how one'e-eelf 

uneasy by not laying dotcn one's weapons; cfr. 

gniogn6mon in Kiniassa. 
Chuki, s. (ya, pl. za — ), sudden disgust and 

inelination to sudden anger; yuna chuki (za 

moyo), Jie is easily put out — yuna hazira ; kona 

ratu wa chuki chnki. 

Chukia, v. obj. (vid. tukia), to put out of humour, 
to offend one, to abhor, to hate, not to bear; 
kitu hiki kina-n-chukia sana. 

CnuKiwA (- TUKiwA), v. n., to bc offended, pro~ 
voked, vexed. 

Chukiza (or tukiza), v. c, to make one angry, to 
disgust, to irritate, toprovoke to anger; buana 
ame-m-chukiza mtuma, na buana amechnkiwn 
ni mtuma. 

Chukizisha, v. c, to make to offend. 

Chuku, s., a cupping-hom. 

Chuk.ua, v. a., to carry, to bear, to support, sustain 
(vitl. tukua) ; ku chukua mimbn, to be pregnant ; 
ku ckukulia, chukuliwa, chukuliana, ku chukuza, 
to make to carry, to load (vid. tukulia, tukuliwa, 

d'C.). 

Cwula (or chura) (pi. viula or vyula), afrog; rid. 

chua, $. 
Chuma, s. (cha, pl. viuma), irow, a piece of iron ; 

mknte wa chuma, a kind of pastry; vid. ma- 

andfizi. 



CH 



( 42 ) 



CH 



Chuma, v. a. (Kiung.) (vid. ku tuma), to gather, 

to make profit. 
Chumba, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), room, largc houne; 

niumba kuba, chumba hodari; kichumba, a 

little room (pl. viumba) ; niumba hi ina viumba 

vingi or pahali padogo. 
Chumbe, «., vid. kiurabe (kilicho umbua), a creature; 

(1) kiuuibe ni mtu or ni muana wa Adainu ; (2j 

mze mkuba, sheha, a great cliief. 
Chumu, *. (ya), fortune (— bakhti); chumu ngcina 

au mbaya, happiness or mUfortune ; sina chiimu 

(jumu) mimi nai — hatupatani mimi nai. 
CnuMvi, «., salt (in Kipemb.)\ maji ya chumvi, 

8alt water (rock-salt, Er. ?), opp. to maji ya pepo 

(or maji ya mto), sweet irater; maji ya mto, opp. 

to maji ya baharini ; chumvi ya hnliili, sulphate 

of nuujnesia (St.). 
Chuxa, v. a. (vid. tiina\ tofiay. 

Cuumka, v. n., to befiayed, tu lose thc skin. 
Chunda, n. p., a place in the island of Mombas 

abountling witJt cocoa-nut tree»; vid. mtabamari ; 

tembo la chunda. 
Chunga (or bhunga and tunga), to pajfture, to 

tend animals; ku pcleka gnombe katika niassi 

or malishoni. 
< 'hunga, 8. (Kipemb.) (pl. za), hnska; chunga za 

mtama, hasls of millet ( = matoa ya mtama iu 

Kimvita). 
Chunga, v. a.; ku chunga, to sift; vid. tunga ; ku 

turga unga kua utco, to winnotc or siftfiour. 
CnuNuu, 8. (cha, pl. viungu), an earthtn cooking- 

pot; chungu cha ku pikia (from kiiingu). 

Ciiusgu, *. (wa), (1) ants (vid. tungu); (2) tungu 
(yi\,pt. za), a heap; chungu chungu, in lieapn. 

Chungu, adj. (uchungu, 8., vid. utiingu), bitter; 
dawji chungu, a bitter medicine. 

Chunuua, *. \\&,pL ma — ), an orange; chiingua la 
kinanazi, thu kind of orange u of a iarge size 
and (ujreeahle. taste, and is brought from 
Zanzibar to Mombas; chiingua la Unguja lina 
bcredi, lina taamu, laken la Mwita ni kali 
(sour); chiingua la Kizungu, a siceet orange; 
chungua za chenza (or jcnsa) ni ndogo kama 
mai ya batta, niekiindu, this i* tJte Persittn 
orange; mchenza, tltc orange tree of this kind 
(vid. chenza). 

CiiungulIa, r., topcep; vid. tungnlia (Kimv.). 

OiiCsii, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a water-bird, trhite and 

long legged; its crg is considered ominous. 
Chunika, v., vid. chuna. 

Ciiuniu, *., a crust of stdt (vid. miiniu); nimcoga 
maji ya poani nafania chiiniu, 1 wasJied in *ea- 
irater and got mg bodg covered with salt. 

Chunjua, 8. y a icart (St.). 

Chuno, 8. (chttfjfl viiino) -^ kiuno, thc loi». 
Chunuzi, *., vid. chinuzi. 



Cuuo (or juo), 8. (cha, pl. viuo), a book (Jrom ku 
chua or jua, to know); muana wa cuuoui or 
muana chuoni, a scJtolar, a leamed man, pl. 
wana wa viuoni ; mtu asomai, pl. watu w n omio 
chiio ; chuoni, at scJiool. 

Ciiuo (tjuo), 8. (cha, pl. viuo); chuo cha ko fulia 
nazi or madafu (aho kifuo cha fulia nazi), a 
pointed 8tickfixed into the ground to take offtke 
cocoa-nut fibre or husk with. Tke native* are 
very ejrj>ert in dashing the nut againit tke point 
ofthc stick until the hu$k falli offrom the skeit. 

Ciiuoho (or chuokuo), *. (ya), doth of tchatever 
colour it may be; ikiwa neausi, ikiwa nianni 
mawiti, ikiwa ncaupe chuoho ya sufa (? Turk. 
U^., wooUen-doth). 

Ciiri»A, 8. (ya, pi. za or machupa), a bottle; vid. 

tiipa. 
Chupa, v. a. (vid. tupa, v. a.), to throw, dask. 

CHL'pfA, v. obj., to dashfor one. 
Chupi, 8., an ou&el, bird (?). 

Chutuka (or chipuka), v. n. (vid. tepua, tepukua, 
tepiiza), to tprout, become iprouted, to tpring, 
shoot, bud. 

Chui'uza (or chipuza), to nprout, to throw out 
nprouts. 
Ciiuruka, r. n., to go away or off unerpectedlg 
(K.). 

CiiUKURiKA, r. ?i. (or ciiURUziKA), to run dotcn, 
drttp ojf\ to gush (cfr. churura in Kiniassa), 
irhen the rain-water runs doicn from the 
gutter of a roof or from a piece of doth taken 
out of water. 

Churukiza ; ku , to drain out. 

CiiunupuKA, v. v., vid. turupiika or pumtuka, to 
ali]> out, to escape from one8 hold (cfr. pununuka 
iu Kinitts8a). 

Churusi, s., a kind of large and smail chisel (ku 

wina\ 
Churuwa, 8., weasles (St.). 

Chiruza, v. n., to keep a stall, to trade in a smatt 
way. 

CnuRUziKA, v. a. (rid. chururika); ku churodka 
damu, to bleed weU, freely. 

Chuhsa, 8. (cha, />/. viussa\ a harpoon; chuasa ni 
mti uliotiwa chuma cha nta cha ku pigia samaki 
mkviba, kana piipa, ngii, tewa, d'C. 

Ciiurt.su, *. (cha, jH. viussu), or mchussu (pl. ml — ), 
a kind of lizard. 

Cuuzu, v. n.; ku chuzu, to be obliged, must, to be 
under an obligation to do something (cfr. uj^ , 

sumsit partem rei, Batis habuit, distribuit in 
partes) ; ncno hili lachuzu nami ku-li-fania, 1 mutt 
do this thing ; mke huyu aclnizu nawe ku-mu-oa, 
thou must marry thii woman. 



OH 



(43) 



DA 



ChuzIa, v. obj. t to compel; neno hili la-n-chuzia 
ku-li-fania ; mke huyu a-ku-chuzia ku-mu-6a. 

ChuzuA, 8. (ya, pl. ma — ) (cfr. ^ , pars), (1) 
eection of a book, espedaUy of the Coran, ichich 



contaitu 30 sections t catied Khitima nzima; 
fungu la chuo, part or section or chapter of 
a book; (2) a tmall book or pamphlet in 
general. 



Da, v. a.; ku da, to lay; e.g. } kuknwangu yuwada, 

my hen lays eggs (B.). 
Daba daba, vid. tapa tapa (or dapa dapa), v. n., 

to sprawl, tremble, jump, to shiver, to totter, to 

move to andfro (muiliwangu wa dapa dapa). 
Dabanga, v. n.; ku dabanga dabanga (R.), to 

touch one with stinking hands or dirty fingers. 
DabaClo (or tabaulo), *., passing water; cfr. 

Arab. \\) ( Jy ), urinam reddidit, minxit. 

D abia, v. trop. t to be beyoncUthe time mcntioned or 
agreed upon (R.); siku hizi sizo chombo kina- 
dabia. Huyu Mzungu tunalagana siku keda- 
wakeda anadabia. 

Dabiiia (or dhabiha), v.a.,to sacrifice; tfr. Arab. 

£) J f fidit, mactavit, sacrificavit. 

Dabihu, 8., a sacrtfice; sadaka ya sunna, not 
imperative but meritorious, dabihu udahijatini, 
to offer up a sacrifice in remembrance of Abra- 
ham's offering up his son (Sp.) ; vid. dalii, v. a. 

Dabo (or dadbo), pl. madabo, «., a troop, large 
number, a Itost or army, a dioision; Waniasai 
wamekuja madabo matatu, dabo moja linapita 
hapa, the Masai people came in three divisions, 
one division passed liere. 

Dabudu, vid. thabiti, thabutu, thubutu; Arab. L*4 > 

firmiter tenuit. 
Dachali (or dajali), s.; j\£J f falaus, impostor, 

mendax ; hence el maeikh el dachali, AnticJtrist 

^ ^ ^ 

( U.j , mentitus est). 

Dada, v. n.,to be auick in returning (cfr. \j\j , 

celeritas ivit, cucurrit) (R.) ; vid. tata. 
Dada, v. a. (Kinika) t to taste; ku 6nda or 6nja in 

Kis.; (2) to stamp with tftefeet in anger. 
Dada, 8., sister, a term of endearmcnt among 

icomen (St). 
Dada, v. a. t to dangle ? 
Dada, 8. = baba (in the language oflittle cldldren 

— dad, daddy). 
Daddsa, 9. a., to gird round, to wreathe — linga 

(e.g., mkumbu, &c.) (R.)? 
Dadim, v. a. (cfr. gnienia) ; ku-mu-tiliza mno pasipo 

sebabu, topry intothings, especiattyintodomestic 

affairs, to ask unnecessary auestions; nime-m- 



dadisi sana hatta a-ni-ambie, / auestioned or 
pumped aml sounded him vntil he tcid me. 

Dado, s. (y a, pl. za) (also pL madado), die (pl. diee) ; 
ku teza dado, to play dice ; matezo ya dado, a 
game of dicc; dado ya ku tezea korosho, a piay 

with k6rosho (vid.)\ cfr. Arab. «>*>, Iusub. 

Dadu, s.,play with money at Zanzibar; ikiangiika 

mangaringari, bassi ana-ku-teka (R.). 

Daduka, v. n.; mtuzi unadaduka. 

Daftabi (or deftaki), s., an account-book ; deftari 

c-c— 
ya hesabu ya raali ; cfr. jj j f vox Pers., liber 

espensi et accepti ; catalogas. 

Dafu, 8. (la, pi. madafu), a cocoa-nut become so 
ripe tJtat both its icater and its substance can be 
used. The various stages of growth are: (1) 
kidaka, (2) kitale, (3) dafu, (4) k6ruma (when 
the nuttypart thickens), (5) nazi. 

Dafu la m'vi (2>l. madafa ya mivi), barb (R.). 

Daoaa, 8., a very smallfish like whitebait. 

Dagna, 8. (vid, kiamo), beastings t the first milk of 
a cow after calving. 

Daha, s. (pl. ma — ) (perhaps from »Uj , astutia, 

subtilitas mentis) ; ku fania mapenzi ya rokho, to 
do one's own will. 

Daiiabi, s. (tiiahabi), pl. madahabi (cfr. *^jb$ » 

— c - 

putavit, <x*JbX« , agendi modu«,doctrina,8y8tema, 

secta; Mayahudi wafuata madahabi mangine, 
Wazungu wafuata, &c. 

Dahabu (or thahabu), *. (ya), gold ( s^Jb^ , 

aurum). 
Dahajia, v. a., to want ; a-ku-dahajia neno liwalo 
lote; adahajia kitu kuako ; cfr. ikhtajia (vid. 

Arab. gli , determinavit). 
Daiiajiwa, r. ti., to be in want (Sp.). 

Dahaba, 8.; dahara moja «=marra moja ; cfr. Jto , 

0C- 

incidit; Jb*> , tempue. 

Daiii (dahe), v. a. ( = ku fania madaha), to 
sacrifice, immclate ; ku dahi ya ku ond6a maofu, 
to offer a sin-offering (cfr. dabiha). 

DaiiIwa, v.p., to be offered as asacrifice; niama 
aliedahiwa — victim; dahi, v. a.; ku tinda 



OH 



( 42) 



OH 



Chuma, v. a. (Kiung.) (vid. ku tuma), to gather, 

to make projit. 
Ciiumba, 8. (Ia, pl. ma — ), room, large 1tou*c; 

niumba kuba, chumba hodari; kichuroba, a 

little room (pl. viumba) ; niumba hi ina viumba 

vingi or pahali padogo. 
Ciil'mbe, «., vid. kiiimbe (kilicho v'imbua), a creatnre ; 

(1) kiuuibe ni mtu or ni muana wa Adauiu ; [2j 

mie mkuba, Bhcba, a yreat cliief. 
<'humu, «. (ya),fortune (— bakhti); chumu ngcma 

au mbaya, happhiess or mirfortune ; sina chiimu 

(jumu) mimi nai — hatupatani mimi nai. 
Ciiumvi, 8. t $alt (in Kipemb.); maji ya chumvi, 

salt icater (rock-salt, Er. ?), opp. to maji ya pcpo 

(or maji ya mto), sweet water; maji ya mto, opp. 

to maji ya baharini ; chumvi ya haluli, sulphatc 

of ' mwjneeia ^St.). 
Chuna, v. a. {vid. tuna\ tofiay. 

Ciiunika, v. «., to befiaycd, to \o8C the skin. 
Chvkda, n. p., a place in the island of Momba* 

aboumling with cocoa-nut trees; vid. mtahamari ; 

tembo la chunda. 
Ciiunoa (or 8UUNUA aiul tunga), to paMure, to 

tend animaU; ku pclcka gnombe katika niassi 

or malishoni. 
Chunga, 8. (Kipemb.) (pl. za), husks; chunga za 

mtama, htisks of millet ( = matoa ya nitania in 

Kimvita). 
Chunoa, v. a.; ku chunga, to eift; vid. tunga ; ku 

tunga unga kua uteo, to winnow or nftjiour. 

< 'hunou, *. (cha, pl. viungu), an earthtn cookimj- 

pot ; chungu cha ku pikia (from kiungu). 

<'nuxor, 8. (wa), (1) ant* (vid. tungu); (2) tungu 
(ya, pl. za), a heap; chungu chungu, in heaps. 

Ciiuncju, adj. (uchungu, *., vid. utungu\ bitter; 
dawa chungu, a bitter medicine. 

< 'hunoua, h. • la, pl. ma — ), an oramje; chungua la 

kinanazi, thU kind of oramje m oj' a lartje size 
and agreeable ta8te, and ie brought J'rom 
Zanzibar to Mombas; chungua la Unguja lina 
beredi, lina tiiarou, lakcn la Mwita ni kali 
(sour); chiingna la Kizungu, a 8iceet oramje ; 
chnngua za chcnza (or jcnsa) ni udogo karoa 
mai ya batfci, niekundu, this i* the Persian 
oramje; mchenza, tlie oramje tree of this kind 
(vid. chenza). 

Ciiungulia, v., topcep; vid. tuugulia (Kimv.). 

Chuni, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a tcater-bird, trhite and 
lomj leggcd ; it8 cry ie comidered ominous. 

< 'iiunika, »., vid. chuna. 

Ciiuniu, 8., a cru8t of salt (vid. miiniu); nimcoga 
maji ya poani nafania chiiniu, / iranhed in *ea- 
water and got my body covered with 8alt. 

CnuNJUA, *., a wart (St.). 

Chuno, *. (cha, pl. viiino) «= kiuno, the hin. 
<'huxuzi, *., vid. chinuzi. 



Cuuo (or j6o), *. (cha, pl. viuo), a boak (from ku 
chua or jua, to know)\ muana wa cuooni or 
niuana chuoui, a scltolar, a leamed man, pl. 
wana wa viuoni ; mtu asomai, pl. watu wuomio 
chuo ; chuuni, at ttcJtool. 

Ciiuo (tjuo), 8. (cha, pl. viuo); chuo cha ku foha 
nazi or madafu (aUo kifuo cha fulia nazi), a 
pointed itiekfixed into the ground to take offthe 
ctjcoa-nut fibre or hwk with. Tke nativee are 
rery erjiert in da^hing the nui agaimet the point 
ofthe stick unt'd the huek falli of/rom the §heU. 

Ciiuoiio (or chuokiio), *. (ya), doth of whatever 
colour it may be; ikiwa neausi, ikiwa manni 
mawiti, ikiwa ncaupe chuoho ya Bufa (? Turk. 

\lj* , icooUcn-doth). 

('iupa, 8. (ya, pl. za or machupa), a bottle; vid. 

tiipa. 

< 'iiita, v. a. (vid. tupa, v. a.\ to throw, dash. 

Ciiupia, v. oli}., to dashfor one. 

< 'nui'i, 8., an ousel, bird (?). 

CnuruKA (or (inruKA), v. n. (vid. tepiia, tepnkua, 
tepuza\ to *prout, become $prouted f to epring, 
8hoot, bud. 

Chupuza (or ciiipuza), to 8prout, to throw out 
*prout8. 

riiuiri'KA, r. ii. f to go away or off unejrpectedljf 

(K.). 

ChukurIka, v. n. (or ciiurueika), to run tfotm, 
drop off, to ffunh (cj'r. churura in AVaiocta), 
irhen the rain-water rune dmcn from the 
t/utter of a roof or Jrom a piece of doth taken 
out of water. 

< 'iiuituKizA ; ku , to drain out. 

Cm m ri'KA, v. >/., rid. turupuka or parutuka, to 
ttlip out % to escajie from one's hold (cfr. purumuka 
t/t Kiiiiatsa). 

Churusi, 8., a kind of large and tmall chisel (ku 

wina\ 
Churuwa, 8., )nea#les (St.). 

Chukuza, v. n., to keep a 8tall, to trade in a smaU 
way. 

CnuRUziKA, t7. a. (rid. chururika); ku churozika 
damu, to lAeetl irell, J'rceJy. 

Chuhma, 8. (cha, ;>/. viussa\ a harpoon ; chus&a ni 
mti uliotiwa chuma cha nta cha ku pigiu samaki 
mkuba, kana papa, ngii, tcwa, rfr. 

Ciiukmu, *. (chn, jd. viussu), or mchuwu (/>/. mi — ), 
a kiml of lizard. 

Cnuzu, r. v.; ku chuzu, to be obhged, must t to be 
under an obligation to do something (rfr. u^. , 

sumsit partcm rci, satis habuit, distribnit in 
partes) ; ncno hili lacliuzu nami ku-li-fania, lmmet 
do thi8 thing ; mke huyu achuzu nawe ka-rnu-oo, 
thou must marry thi$ woman. 



OH 



OiuziA, v, obj., to compel; neno hili la-n-chuzia 
ku-li-fania ; mke huyu a-ku-chuzia ku-mu-6a. 

Chuzuu, a. (ya, pl. ma — ) (cfr. ^ , pare), (1) 
eection of a book, espedaUy of the Coran, ichich 



(43) DA 

contains 30 sections, caUed Khitima nzima; 
fungn la chuo, part or seetion or chapter of 
a book; (2) a small book or pamphlet in 
generaL 



Da, v. a,; ku da, to lay; e.g., kuknwangu yuwada, 

my hen lays eggs (R.). 
Daba daba, vid. tapa tapa (or dafa dapa), v. n., 

to sprawl, tremble, jump, to shiver, to totter, to 

move to andfro (muiliwangu wa dapa dapa). 
Dabanga, v. ».; ku dabanga dabanga (R.), to 

touch one with stinking hands or dirty fingera. 

Dabaulo (or tabaulo), *., possing woter ; cfr, 

Arob. JW ( Jrt )> urinam reddidit, minxit. 
DabIa, v. trop., to be beyond,the time mentioned or 

agreed upon (R.); siku hizi sizo chomho kina- 

dahia. Huyu Mzungu tunalagana sikn keda- 

wakeda anadahia. 
Dabiiia (or dhablha), v.a.,to sacrifice; cfr. Arab. 

m+ «5 f fidit, mactavit, ftacrificavit. 

Dabihu, 8., a 8acrtfice; sadaka ya snnna, not 
imperative but meritorious, dabihu udahijatini, 
to offer up a sacrifice in remembrance of Abra- 
ham's offering up his 8on (Sp.) ; vid. dahi, v. a. 

Dabo (or dadbo), pl. madaho, s., a troop, large 
number, a hoet or army, a division; Waniagai 
wamekuja madabo matatu, daho moja linapita 
hapa, tlie Maaai people came in three divisions, 
one division passed lierc. 

Dabudu, vid. thabiti, thabutu, thubutu; Arab. L*4 , 

firmiter tenuit. 
Dachali (or dajali), s.; J\£J t falauB, impostor, 

mendax ; Jtence el maeikh el dachali, AnticJtrist 

^ ^ ^ 

( U.j , mentitus cet). 

Dada, v. n, t to be auick in returning (cfr. \j(j , 

celeritaa ivit, cucurrit) (R.) ; vid. tata. 
Dada, v. a. (Kinika), to taste; ku onda or 6nja in 

Kis.; (2) to stamp with thefeet in anger. 
Dada, s., sister, a term of endearment among 

icomen (St.). 
Dada, v. a., to dangle f 
Dada, 8. = haha (in the language oflittle children 

— dad, daddy). 
Dadka, v. a.j to gird round, to wreathe — linga 

(e.g., mkumbfi, &c.) (R.)? 
Daddsi, v. a. (cfr. gnienia) ; ko-mu-uliza mno pasipo 

sebabu, topry intothings, especially intodomestic 

affairs, to ask unnecessary nuestions; nime-m- 



dadisi sana hatta a-ni-ambie, / auestioned or 
pumped and sounded him vntil he tcid me, 

Dado, s. (ya, pl. xa) (also pL madado), die (pl. dice) ; 
ku teza dado, to play dice ; matezo ya dado, a 
game of dice; dado ya ku tezea korosho, a piay 

with korosho (vid,); cfr. Arab. *>*>, lusus. 

Dadu, s,,play with money at Zanzibar; ikiangiika 

mangaringari, bassi ana-ku-teka (R.). 

Daduka, v. n.; mtuzi unadaduka. 

Daftari (or dektaiu), s., an account-book ; deftari 

s-c— 
ya hesabu ya raali ; cfr. y&o , vox Pera., liber 

eipensi et accepti ; catalogas. 

Dafu, s. (la, pl. madafu), a cocoa-nut become so 
ripe that both its water and its substance can be 
used. The various stages of growth are: (1) 
kidaka, (2) kitale, (3) dafu, (4) koroma (wJten 
the nuttypart thickens), (5) nazi. 

DAfu la m'vi (j>7. madafu ya mivi), barb (R.). 

Daoaa, s., a very smallfish like whitebait. 

Dagna, s. (vid, kiamo), beastings, the first milk of 
a cow after calving. 

Daha, s. {pl. ma — ) (perhaps from »Uj , astutia, 

subtilitaa mentis) ; kn fania mapenzi ya rokho, to 
do one's mcn will. 

Daiiabi, *. (tiiaiiabi), pl. madahabi (cfr, *^jb$ * 

putavit, 4x^toX« , agendi modus,doctrina,8ystema, 

secta; Mayahudi wafuata madahabi mangine, 
Wazungu wafuata, dc. 

Daiiabu (or thahabu), 8. (ya), gold ( s-*fe«3 t 

aurum). 
Dah a ji a, i7. a., to want ; a-ku-dahajia neno liwalo 
lote; adahajia kitu knako; cfr. ikhtajia (vid. 

Arab. r\& , determinavit). 
Dahajiwa, r. n., to be in want (Sp.). 

«•• ^ «» 

Dahara, s.; dahara moja «=marra moja ; cfr. Jto , 

BC- 

incidit; Jt*y , tempus. 

Dahi (daue), r. a. ( = ku fania madnha), to 

sacrifice, immolate ; ku dahi ya kn ond6a maofu, 

to offer a sin-offering (cfr. dabiha). 

DahIwa, v. p., to be offered ae asacrifice; niama 

aliedahiwa — victim; dahi, v. a.; kn tinda 



DA 



(44) 



DA 



niama ya sadaka riku ja muesi kumi wa 
mfunguo tatu, ku-m-kumbuaha kitindo cha 
Ibrahim alipoamuriwa ku-m-tinda manawe, 
akiaha akitinda kondo badili ya manawe. 
Daiubu, adj. - hadiri or tayari, ready (Sp.). 
Dahidi, v. »., to take pains todoa thing well; ku 
ji-dahidi, v. refi. t to exert one's-self; kitu hiki 
nime-ji-d&hidi laken siku-ki-pata, / exerted my- 
eelfabout thie matter, but Idid not get it. 
Dahill, *., idiot (Sp.) ? 
Dahiri (or deueri or thahiri), plaiH, evident, 

clear (cfr. ^jk , apparuit, manifesta fuit res; 

J 

j*\k , apparens, conspicuus) ; ku ona dnhiri = 

ku ona na mato, toseedearly. 

Dai, r. a. (cfr Uo , advocavit, invocavit, vindicavit 

sibi), to claim, to sue for at law t to demand pro- 
jterty; na-ku-dai, or nadui kuako fethayangu, 1 
demand my money; ku-ji-daia, to consider one's- 
selfapious man(R.). 

Daifu (thaifu), adj. ( uvii , debilia, infirmus 

fuit), infirm, weak t bad t faint ; muiliwakwe ni 
duifu, his body is ireak (muembamba. thiii)\ 
tabinyakwe ni daifu, sinchcma, his disposition i* 
notgood; kuani? whyt resp. hapatani nu mtu. 
Daifika, v. n. (dufika). 
Daifisha, r. c, to weaken, debilitate. 

Daiu, v. a. t to inquire into. 

Daima (or dayima), adv. t always - siku zote; 
yuwateta daima nu wutu, he always auarrds 

irith people; Arab. *\a , perennavit, ^J » 

perraanens, Uj\j , aemper; mtu huyu daimu nu- 

mu-oua akipita hapa ; yuwaftnia daimu. 

Daimu, r. /l, to abide by. 

Daimimiia, r. caus. t to continue, perpetuate (it is 
rarely used). 
Daikika dairika, to be dispersed. 
Daka, s. (la, pl. maduku), a large cocoa-nut which 

falh off. 
Daka (ku taka in Kiuntj.), v. a, to want, to desire, 

to wish for t to seek t to ask for; naddka ku 

cneudu, I wish toyo; cfr. jtf , desideruvit, pro- 

pcnsus fuit, valde intendit, versavit rcm upud 

unimum. Dr. Hteere tukes " daka" in the sense 

im to catch, to get hold of." This inay be ai 

Zanzibar, but I never heard it at Mombn*. 

Inntead of ku daka, he uses ku taku, with wltich 

the Arabic would correspond. 

Dakia (or takIa), r. obj. t to desire anything 

for somebody or in his behalf or against him; 

nime-m-dakia viema au vi6fu kua wali, / 

desiredforhim good or evilfromthegovernor; 

amc-m-dukia rukhaa, asipigue, he desired for 

him fuvour t that he should not be bcaten. To 



intereetle for, or to prevail upon one for some- 
body (cfr. omboa) in his favour. 

Dakaa, v. «., to get oidt (Bp.). 
Dakaka, adj., old, useless, deeayed. 
DakaiJka, r. a. -ku j6ka, to be tired. 

Dakaluha, r. c. — ku sumbua watu kum kaa. 
Dakatu, s. (la) = dufu la tombako, haiwiahi (vid. 

dufu) ; tombako hi dakata, ai kali, inakula pepo, 

imefaniu beredi, the tobacco has beeome bad t it is 

notpungent t not strong. 
Dakawa, «., a long rope (ugue nrefu ku futa kitu 

kua mballi). 
DakI a, r. *., to pass on something ekvaied (Kini- 

assa t ku danta). 

Dakilia, dakiuka ; haudakflfld utagaVhu (uwa- 
yumbayumba), this large braneh of the tree is 
itnpassable. 
DakIka, *., a minute; dakika (ya), pl. sa aia, 

the minutes of an hour; efr. jlj , tenuia fbift' 
s 
v3*^> , tenuis. 

Dako, 9. (tako) (1h, pl. ma — ), back, buttcek, pos- 
teriors, the hind-part; dako )a bunduki, gum* 
stock ; podez (R.) (?), the lower part, bottoutj 
foundation of anything. 

Daku, *., the Muhammedan midnight feast 
during the liamadan ; ku la daku takes plaee 
kutiku usiku ukii, or usiku ulipogawanikina, 
bcrause the feast begins at the first crowingofthe 
cork. At Zanzibar and other garrison-toume a 
gun i* Jired about 2 a.m. to give notice that tke 
tinwfor eating i* drawing to a dose. Tke name 
is said to bc derived from the saying, " Leni 
(lani) upesi, kesho kuna ndaa kun," " Eat 
yuickly, to-morrow there will be great hunger" 
(St.\ 

Dakuuza, v. a., to contradict, to deny, to oppose 
one before ajudge; vid. udnku. 

Dakura, r. a. = papura. 

DalJIu, *. ' Jjj , iuternuntius inter cum, qui 

rcm vendit eumquc qui cmit), a broker, a 
sidesman, a hatrker, an atwtioneer. 

DaiJa, *., the name ofapowder usedas aperfume 
for burying-dothes (U.) ; a yettow composition 
much tisetl as a cosmetic (St.), it givee eeflwes* 
and a sweet smell to the skin. 

Dalili, h. ; Arab. Jj*) , quo quis dirigitur, argu- 

mentuin, id qno aliquid indicatur, mooatimtur r 
hence gvide, oue who shows the road; tign, token, 
hence huttu dali'li, anything at au\ even a trace; 
hattu dalili (hatta kidogo) sikuona kitu aham- 
banimuungu, I have found nothing in my pfan- 
tation, vot even a trace. 
Dalimu (i>£limt, rcctius tiiaumu), v. a^ todefraud, 



DA 



(45) 



DA 



<aoerreach in business; *}i , injustus fuit,injuria 

.affecit. 

DjLltmu (or mdalimu), a defrauder. 
Daliba, v. n., to smooth, toplate. 
Dalibha, v. a., toput to shame (Rom. v. 5) ; et*Aer 

/ront ^L , oblevit, contamelia affecit, or \S t 

vilis fuit, vilem reddidit. 
DallasIm, «., cinnamon. 
Dama, «., validity, legality (R.) ; neno limekua dama 

kna sultani, *Ae tcorci tra* valid with tht king ; 

cfr. damisa. 
Dama, s., agameptayed on a board like chess(8t). 

Damaa (or thamAa), v. a. (Arab. ^jA , or \£ t 

vehementer sitivit, desiderio flagravit), to desire 

or expect eagerly; £♦!» , concupivit. 

Damana (thamana), *. (ya), surety, bail (aUo 
diimana and udamini). 

Damani (or demami), *., tJie last montlis of the 
soutJt-monsoon, wJten the south-wind abates in 
strength and bloics moregently, wJticJt is the case 
from the end ofAugust tHlthe middle ofXovember. 
The word U, lwwever, also applied to the ichole 
season of southerhj winds from April to tJte end 
of October, more espedaUy to the months of April, 
May, September, October, andpart of November. 
At Damani, either in the beginning oftJte kusBi, 
i.c.,soutJirwind, inApril andMay, or at the end, 
in September and October, tJte native vesseU 
startfrom 8udhel(tJietiuahilicoast) andproceed 
to Arabia and Jndia, wJtence they return with 
the keskasi (north-wind) in December or in MarcJt. 

Damasiia, 8., desire, wUJt, longing for something; 
cfr. tamasha. 

Damba, v. n. (tamba), to travel. ThU rerb Jtas 
become obsoUte, but it U preserved in Prorerbs : 
e.g., muana mdamba yule ni kheri kama mce wa 
kale. In Kin. ku hamba — ku safiri. 

Dambi (vid. thambi), sin, crime (Arab. ^iS , 

secutus fuit, crimen culpamque commisit, s-jj , 

criraen, culpa). 
Dambu, s. (ya, pl. za), Uaves of the betel shrub 

(mdamhu, pl. mi — , or mtambu) ; vid. tambfi. 
DambuarajIka, v. n. (cfr. damburujika) =- ni ku 

toka mno (R.). 

DAMBUKA, V. U., DAMBUKIA (R.). 

Damtni (better thamtni), to baU ( y+* , cavit, 

spospondit sponsorem esse voluit) ; mimi nime-m- 
damini Abdalla, mali ta-m-lipia (taondoa deni- 
yakwe) mda ukifika, nimekua damana. Mu- 
hammed said to JiU foUowers, Enenda ukapigane 
nime-ku-damini pepo, but nobody ehe covld say 
ifiU except Muhammed. 



DamuIwa, v. p. 
Damihi (or thamiri), *. (Arab. l^* , concepit, 

cogitavit;j*+* , conceptus animi, mens), thonght, 

conscUnce; mtu huyu kana damiri ngema = kana 
maazo mema, this man has no good thougJds ; 
mimt nalikua na damiri ku enenda Kiloa, laken— , 
ItJwught ofgoing to Kiloa, but— 
Damwa, r., vid. timiza, to accompiUh, e.g., neno- 
lakwe. The student must distinguish well be- 
ticeen (1) tama or tamaa, Arab. ^ , totus, per- 
fectus fuit, hence tamisha or better timiza, to 
fulfil, accomplUh; (2) damaa or thamaa, <J*t , 

sitivit vehementer (or £+k , concupivit), todesire 

eagerly; and (3) ^L , thamma, multafuit res. 

0" 
DAmu, s. (ya) ( *o , sanguis), blood. 

Danabahi, r. n.f (R.), rectius tanabahi, to be 
dear or manifest. 
Danabahibha, v. e. f 

Dahadari (better tamathari), r. n. ; Arab- jli 

scivit et cavit ; ku ji-danadari nao, to beware of 
them. 

Danda, v. n.; kitu kizito cha danda nti (R.); vid. 
tanda and tando. 

Danza, r. a.; ya-ni-danza manenohaya (=ya-ni- 
sangaza). 

Danga, r. a., to take up carefully, as they take up 
a littU water left at the bottom of a dipping-place 
to avoid making it tnuddy (St.) ; (2) to stroll 
about (vid. tanga). 

Dangania, v. a, to cheat, to deceive, to Jiumbug, to 
impose upon; ku dangania kua maneno ya 
uw6ngo or urongo, to deceive by lying words, 
but ku-m-kopa or kenga kua mali means "to 
cJteat him of JtU property." For instance, a 
person borrowed five doUars with a promUe of 
returning five dottars, but, having received 
tJte money, Jte escapes and never cares a bitfor 
the Under, ame-m-kopa kua mali. 
Danganika, v. n., (1) to tum out a liar, ortobe 
a lie, or an idler, to be cheated; (2) tobestupul 
— bulukira in Kiniassa; mtu huyu amedanga- 
nika = amekua muovu na mvivu ; kaziyakwe 
ku danganika na mji — ku temoea bulle, or 
ku tanga tanga mjini, to rove or wander about 
in town doing nothing; manenoyakwe yame- 
danganika — hayakua kuelli, his words turned 
out faUe; hayakulekea, they have not been 
rerified. 

Danoanikia, v. obj., to exJnbit orproveone to be 
a liar ; h6kumu ime-m-danganikia « ime-m- 
pata muongo, or manenoyakwe hayakua na 



DA 



(46) 



DA 



sheria or shcriia, tfte judgment proved him 
a liar, did not jind his words true before the 
law. 
Dasgahibha, v. a. t to confuse, frustrate t to 
render impossible ; watoto hawa wanadanga- 
nisha manenoyctu kua kclele, hatnwezi ku 
zungumzana, the cJiildrenfrustrated (rendered 
inaudible and therefore impossible) our con- 
versation, so we cannot taJk totjethtr. 
DIhoibha, v. c, rectius tahoisha — tembcza, to 

eause or make go; vid. tanga. 
Dahibu, v. n.=ku ji-tenga; mahali mhalli pana ji- 

danibu (R.) (Kiniassa t danimpidsa). 
Dahhi (better ku tuahhi), to think, to suppose, to 

guess ; Arab. yb , putavit, opinatus fuit, sus- 

pectum habuit. 

Dahkia (or thannia), t\ 06/., to think of; e.g., ku- 
m-thannia mtu mart vu, to susjnjct a man ofecil 
things, to think bad things with referenve to a 
tnan ; ku-m-dannia kiia muifi, to suspect him to 
be a thief. 
Dakha, v. a. t (1) to catch one in his speechf (R.\ 

vid. danda ; (2) ku dansa — fura (Er.). 

Danbia, s. ; vid. tansia (tunalettewa tansia). 

Danzi, s. (la, pl. madanzi), a bitter, scarcely eataUe 
sort oforange. The danzi is reputed to be the ori- 
ginal orange of Zanzibar. The natne is sometimes 
apiHied to ail kinds of oranges t and sweet oranges 
are caUed madanzi ya Kizungu, Eurojtcan (For- 
tuguese) oranges (St.) ; chungua kuba la taamu ; 
danzi, pl. madiinzi, the fruit of the. mdanzi tree, 
tlie Jndian bambaloon (Keb.)- 

Dao, *. ( — kombo), a curvity, curre : pana ingia 
dao-ni pahali pana kucnda komho (R.). 

Dapa, v. n. (cid. tapa), to trembte; ku dapa kua 
hcredi au homma, to shiver from cold or fer-er. 
Henre kitapo cha beredi muili ume-m-dapa kua 
bcredi. 

Dapa dapa (tapa tapa), to shiver, sprawl =» ku 
ruka ruka, like ajish being outofwater, or likc 
a bird t or a man asicjtia ku ogelca (who can- 
not swim), splash, dabble. 

Dapa, s. (la, pl. ma — ) ; dapa la mfiimo, a branch 

of the palm used as a matuli, i.e., umbrella, by the 

Wanika; dapa latiwa maji ya muoto ku legt'a, 

lisiraruke kua chiia. Dr. Steere icrites dapo (la, 

7>/. roadiipo), a native vmbreila. 

Dahaba, v. n. ; mtango unadtiraha ; miti ya ku 
tamha yadaraha (Kiniassa, ku dasa) (11.). 

Darabi, *., pi. raadarabi, a rose-apple (St). 

Daraja, s. (ya, pl. ma — ), (1) stairs, a staircase 
of stone, a bridge (ngazi, ladtler t is of tcood), a 
step; (2) dignity, degree, preferment ( — ushcha), 

rank ; cfr. g. j , gressus cst, gradatim ascendit ; 
X*..j , gradnfl, scala. 



Darajau, v. n. (more correetlv takajaij) {tfir. 
/CJ , pedem alicujns afflixit, pedibos incamt; 

m\ C ^ 

JJL , vir), a man; henee tarajali, to beeome 

manly. 
Darajalisha, v. c. 

Daraka, s. ( juU ' j3», ordo, werws), piedge ; vid. 

taraka. 

Daraha, s. (ya, pi. ma — ) (efr. ^.o , oUiterarit 

trivit, perlegit), a dassfor reading, meetingfor 
learning; (2) seetion of a book (madrisa, a 
schooi, Arab. madrason, gymnasium, academia) ; 
(3) the border of a ctoth with varioue coUmrs ,- 
cfr. darizi. 
Dahatiiia (TARATiifA), v. a n (1) toapply to onefor 
Jielp, in a demand, <Cr., to stand by in daitming 
or defending one and in asking for paymeni ; 

cfr. Arab. ^J>. , gratum habnit, contentom 

reddcre studuit; (2) to remonstrate icith; (3) to 
ask after one; mtu auawaye muaka hadarathiwi, 
the man wlio will be killed in the new year u not 
inquired after. 
Darau (or better Tn.\.RAu),r. a., to scorn, todctpise, 
to slight one, to sltow one want of respoct ; sune- 
ni-diirau=haku-ni-fania kua mtu. Ferhapsfrom 

the Arabic yjb , humilis fuit ; neno la ko-tn- 

diirau, a nickname. 

Daraiwa, to bc humbled, despised. 

Dakauijwa, v. p., to be despised. 

Ku-ji-darau, to neglect or slight one's-telf. 
Dakatali, r. n. — erefuka ; ku ji darayalisha, tc* 

affect prvdcnce irithout being prudent (muerefu) 

(tfr. darajali). 
Dari, s. (ya, pl. za), story, an upper fioor, seeond 

story of a house (of a niumha ya mawe), it is 

not the roof; darini, upstairs; cfr. A& , cir- 

cumivit; J\j , domus, nompe aedificium et 

atrium. 

DvRiui, s. (rectius thariri) (Arab. j^ t jtj^ , «ig- 

num quo via monstratur ( — dalili, vid.), a $ign 
or indication of what is about to come ; li^k^n». 
dariri ya mvua or wingu = hakuna al&ma ya 
kuja mvua; sasa niumba ya Mzungu H«p*"* 
dariri ya gu la mtu. 

Darizi, v. a. (uj , I\>rs. t sutura vestis; more 
correctly J^I» , pulcher forma factus est, figoria 

acu pictis ornavit vestem ; jkL , Pers., ornamen- 

tum vestis acu pictum), to weave or sew a 
coloured border to a cloth, to apply the work of 
embroidery or auilting; ku darisi nguo ; kn piga 
chirizi or derizi =• ku shona kua.uiuri, kua hariri, 



DA 



(47) 



BE 



si ku piga punta kua uzi, irhich latter means in 

general " to sew," but darizi means " toseworna- 

mentaUy." 
Darizi, 8. ; darizi ya kansu, embroidery of a 

sJurt (vid. kanzu). 

Darizia, v. obj. 

Dariziwa. 
Daruma, 8. (vid. taruuia) (la, pL ma), a cross-piece 

ofwood. 
Darumeti, *., part of a dJtow, joists of tlie deck (?) 

(St.) ; the imide boards of adltow. 
Darura (roctias tharuka), s. m shtihuli, i.e., 

business; Arab. &.«*£ , reB necessaria, necessitas, 

indigentia ; sina darura naye, I have nothing 
to do with him, 1 Jtave no btuiness vrith him. 
Dasa = ku gusa, to touch. 

DabbIhi, 8., vid. tesbihi, rosary, chaplet; Arab. 

***•*. C " ^* c 

f 3 » , natavit, precatus fuit, laudavit ; mAa,j T ' 

globuli rosarii ad quoa repetuntur preces. 

Dabim, *., poniard, dagger (jambia) ? 

Dasua, v. n., to 8peak clearly and determinedly 
(R.); ku dasua maneno; nena maneno u-ya- 
juayo ; haku-ya-fumba fumba, ana-ya-dasiia ; jina 
la mke ha-li-dasui ; ? ku-mu-ita mtu, laken usi-m- 
dasue jina. 

Data, s. ; ku-mu-cndcsha kijana data (dade) ? 

Dataoa, v. n. ; vid. tataga (in Kiniasea, danta) n. 

Datama, v. n. (=> lengama in Kiniassa), vid. 
otama, to duck, to stoop, to coicer. 

Dau, 8. (la, pl. madau), a native boat sharp at both 

ends with a square mat sail. TJiey are the 

vessels of tJte original inhabitants of Zanzibar, 

and chiefly bring fire-wood to tJte toicn from the 

south endofthe island (St.). 

s — 
Dauama, adv. (vid. daima), always ( A^ , perse- 

verantia). 
Dauati (or dawAti), 8., writing-desk (Arab. S^j , 

atramentarium) ; dauati ya wino, inJcetand; 
dauati ya kasha, a little box. 

Daudika, v. n. (R.)? cfr. s&mand sarika. 
Daulati, 8., tJte govemment; cfr. Arab. \\j , 

s-c- s— • . . 

conversum fuit ; &3««> J.j , conversio temporis, 
prospcritas, dynastia. 
Dausi, 8.,peacock (R.). 

Dawa, 8. (ya, pl. madawa) ( ^o , aegrotavit ; 

p\ft«> , mcdicamentum, remedium), a medicine, 

remedy; dawa ya ku hara, a purgative; dawa 

ya ku tapika, an emetic. 
Dawa, *. (la, pl. ma — ) ; vid. mgomba wa tum- 

baku. 
Dawabu, 8., to gice eomething to a Muhitaji for 

what no reward is erpected (R.). 



Dawada, v. (rectiii8 tawAtiia, v. n.) (cfr. Arab t U. t 

superavit alium nitore ct munditie, pec. sacrae 
lotionis ; se mundavit aqua, se abluit ad pera- 
gendam precationem), to wash one-8-self with 
water before saying (Muhammedan) prayers. 

Dawadia, v. obj. (cfr. khodubu). 

Dawakuu, v. n. (and dawakau) (rectias tawa- 

kuli, v. n.) (Arab. iL .commieit rem suam alteri, 

fretus fuit Deo ; confisus fuit alteri), to be con- 
fident. 
Dawara, 8.; rokho ina-m-dawura, Jte is compoeed 
or quiet t (R.). 

Dawasa, r. a. (rectius tawasa); Arab. £~j 

in poteetate fuit, potestatem dedit ; ku-m-daw&su 
mtu, to appoint one as tJte rtUer; said also of 
tJte festivities connected urith that appointment. 
Dawisaka (Kipemba). 

Debadkba, v. n., to go about with (bidaa) mer- 
dtandise tiU it has been disposed of. 

Debuani, 8., a kind ofcoloured chthfrom India. 

Defpe, #., time; amepiga bunduki deffe mbili, he 
fired tJte gun twice; vid. kono, *.; cfr. Arab. 

A*J*> , unus impulsus ; vicis una. 

6 C- 

Deftari, 8.; vid. daftari; cfr. *s5o » vox Persic, 
liber oxpensi et accepti, catalogus. 

Deoa, v. a. (vid. teka, to catclt) ; ku-m-dega mtu 
akili, to search out, to find out wJiat one know$; 
tueude tuka-m-dego akili. 
Deoeaka, v. rec. (better tekeana). 

Degea, r. n. ; ku-sambo maji (cfr. dapadapa) ; 
degewa, r. p. 

Dege (better tboe), *. (vid. tege) ; mizani ya dege, 
an unjust measure or unjust balance. 

Degel^a, v. n. (tekele*a), to rejoice at tJie birth of 
a child, or at tJte safe arrivalfrom a journey. 

De*iiaki, v. n., to sneer, to deride, to laugh at (ku 
tesoa, fiulia); Arab. <3*** 

Deheni, r. «., to daub a native craft with lime and 

oil (or cameVefat); cfr. Arab. yjt*y , unxit — 

ku paka chombo kna shehum ; sheham ni mafiita 
ya ngamia yaliotaoganioa na toka ; ndio ku 
deheni chombo. 

DehknI, *., lime and fat for davbing the bottom of 

sc * 
a native vtssel; /jjfcj , oleum quo ungitur. 

Deiieri, adj. (better tiiahiri) (vid. dahiri), or 

dihiri, v. n. t to be manifest ; Arab. yfc > appa- 

ruit res. 
Dereria, 8. obj., to make clear and so conspicuous 

tJtat one eannot deny it; nime-m-deheria maneno 

mbelle za kadi (kathi). 
I Deuehisha (or dihirisha), v. c, to makc clear or 



DE 



(48) 



DS 



manij'est, to di*do$e; ku weka wazi ku jiia 

suafi. 
Deirika (or tkirika\ r. w., to diminish or perieh 
unperceivetUy ; fcthayakwc imedeirika ku-pii-watu 
aaipojua; mbuzizangu zinadcirika siku hizi kua 

kidi'ri; perha}>8 from the Arahic Jb , nocuit, 

noxa affecit, laetrit, laesus fuit. 
Deka, r. n., to rcfuse to be pleased, to he perverse, 

to he teaeing (St.). 
Dekesa, v.; chombo kinadekesa muambani, the 
ve88cl rnn agrountl on rocks ; viombo vinadekesa 
furdani ; cid. tekvza, to run ashore. 
Dekewha, r.c. (tekkmiia); — kua maneno, tomake 
one laugh with icords tiU anger has pa**ed 
away; vid. teka. 
Dklali, t. (rid. dalali), apedlar; mtu asnngukaye, 
ku uza vitu, or mtu anadiye ngiio, d:c. ; vid. nadi. 
Dklea, r. n., vid. telca and tcscza, to slip, to hc 

tlippcry. 
Di!leka, r. ti., vul. tcleka ( = siraika), a pot on 
fire. 

Dklekeza, r'ul. ku telekcza chungu, to cocer the 
pot in atcJi a manner that the concave part 
of tfie cover on the ineidegoes dotrmrard, in 
opposition to ku finika bunabu ; u-ki-telekeze, 
usifinike bunabu; "ku finikiza" aiul "ku 
telekeza niungu" must he trell distinguisJted. 

Delekatui, h., a kind o/o*rrf (picnonotus,*» India 

thehullndl). 
Dklele, adj.j lerel f 
Deli, 8., thc top of a tu*k ; deli yu pcmbc ( J$J f 

postrcninm cujnsquc rci). 
DKLiu, *., rid. dalili. 
D£limu, v. ?!., cid. dalimu or thalimu. 
Delki (hcttcr telki), $., a donkey J 8 walk; kucnda 

c - 

dclki, to walk (of a donkey) ; jpL , cursus coui. 

Dema, *., a kind offish-trap. 

Dkmak, adr., 8teering toward the opcn 8Ca not 

toward the rock* (Sp.). 
Demani, the *hcet of a sail (St.). 
Demaki, 8., ritl. damiini. 
Dembo, *., vid. tcmbo (dcmbo la tombo, R.)? 

Denda, v. a. (hettcr ku tknda), to make, to hear 
(fruit)-, vid. tenda, tendekeza; ku ji-tcndekcza, 
to ajtpropriate, or to accwttom to hy imitation, 
cspecially to hahituate to sonwthing improper (R.). 

Dkndu oC (la), pl. madendu gfi? ; cfr. tcndegfi, 
lcg of hedstead. 

DfiKciE, 8. ; ku kiita dongc, to 8havc the hair cxccpt 
on the crown of the head (St.). 

Dkko£a, r. (vid. zcngca) ; ku-m-dcngezca ; m- 
dengezco huyu, aketi. 

DKNOEDENtiE, adr., to shake like a dungu (ri/l.), 

Dknokl£a (cid. tengelea), r. n., to look nice, 
orderly, to he in a proper condition (R.) ; also 



said of " intellect ;'' akilisakwe ha-ziku deuge&i 

(zi mshamara kitonni). 
Dknoenea, »., rid. tcngenea (Kiung. tengenvza; 

tengelesa in Kimvita), tofinitk of. 
Dkkoe wa m buo, a heyoat. 
Dkxues, «., afiih trith rcddithfl&h (R.). 

Dknoo, 8. (ya, pl. za), a kind of hean intro dm eed 
hy the Jianians from India; henee U tt caSed 
mboga wa Baniani, hut tke natires have beeom 
aeeustomed to the ute of it. Mdengo i$ the jdant 
irhich heara it. 

Dkvou, 8., peas, 8plit pcas, brouaht dry from 
India (»St.). Xo douht id. auod dengo. 

Dehoua, vid. Kinika " ku kemba." 

Dkhouka, v. n. ; vid. tenguka, teguka, pia ; magu- 
yangu yanadengoka, viungo vinabiabana, ndipo 
gu linadengfika ; jua Hkidenguk* na vitoa, vken 
the sun reachcs the mcridian, i» culminating; 
dengusha. 

D^koCri, r. a., Kigu. (Kidur. dengura), (1) to 
hiccr, toahase, to degrade one; e.g. t to epeak ofa 
man ae one tjKaks of an animal ( — ka tharmu ) ; 
(2) 8omethiny proroking (R.). 

DUni, 8. (ya), pt. madeni, a deht, dehte ; ku lipa 

deni, to jyay a deht; cfr. Arab. ^S f debitor 

cvasit, creditum mutuumve petiit vel cepit ; C4 |J , 
debitum crcditumvo, aes alienum. 

D^kaja, vid. daraja. 
Derajalisha, v. 0., to eialt one, to eonfer vpou 
one a higher rank X 

De*riia (ya, ;>/. za) (or dkrura, or i»isumA, or 
md^ruha), 8., (1) a ntroke; (2) a ttrong wind; ba- 
hari imepigua ni dcruba, a rtrong wind hlew at 
sea; a higher degrcc of wind i* tufnni . agaleof 
\rind; tufani ya pepo, hurricane, rioient storm • 
lco kuna mdcruba baharini ; (3) apoplery; 
deruba mmoja, one stroke, on a auddcn; cfr. 

Arah. ^jyt , verbcravit, porcussit. 

Derbini, 8., rid. niuanzi (wa ku angalia), a 8py- 

gla88 (Arah. dorbini), telescope; Dere. {$4k\y±y 
which seesfar. 
D£rkd£re, s. (Kir. chokaifu), name of a emaU 
anh-colourcd hird. 

Dkkkw£koa (or dkkkrknoa), r. o., riddie, to 
iriiuiow (through the sicre), R. ; cfr. sungua, ku 
takassa, ku }x'a. 

D^ri.v, *., an ornament of lace sewed on a 

kiBibao (R.) ; cfr. Arahic tklLA , tunica goan* 

pina usquo ad locum cordis fiasa globuluque 
oniata. 
Dkkitbu, 8., vid. sulubu. 

Depturi, s.; Ters. ^yu.J (cfr. ^ Bcripait; 
jetawJ , composuit, hence linca, scriptura, fabulae') ; 



DE 



(49) 



DI 



(1) aistom, customary; e.g., desturiyetu neno 
hili, this matter is our eustom; (2) a spar, or 
boom ofa dhow, to tchieh the loicer corner ofthe 
sail is fixed and turned toward the tcind; m'li 
wa desturi, vid. m1i. 

D'eha (vid. t'esa), toaffliet; Muignizimgu ana-m- 
t'esa batta hivi, sasa ana-mu-inua, God haa 
affliettd him, but now he Jtas raised him up. 

Dete (pl. madcte), vid. tete. 

Det£a, v. n., to Ump, to halt ; ku detca unionga or 
nionga — ku fiindoa ni tambazi, to be lame in tlie 
leg or thigh in consequence of a disease caUed 
tambazi, which causes a man to halt, to Jiobble in 
his gait, i.e., in going Ite moves his leg forwards, 
i.e., yuwadctca unionga (or pl. nionga), but 
yuwadetca kua gu moja, Ite limps ; one of his 
feet being too short so that he must walk or stand 
on tiptoes on that side. The student mutt dis- 
tinguish between (1) ku dotca, to limp -- ku 
detea kua ku kokota ; (2) ku teta na mtu, or ku- 
m-tetea, to guarrel with one t to oppose him ; (3) 
ku t'et'ea, to cackle like a Iten ; kuku adaka ku via 
sasa ; vid. teta, <£c. ; (4) ku detea ndani, to put 
inside; ku dctea muoto ndani ya mcko, muoto 
upato wakka, to put the wood whicJt is burnt 
down into the midst of the fire-place, to keep the 
fire burning. Kulla neno na ntayakwe, every 
icord has its meaning or its point. 
Det£sa, v. c, (1) tocause limping; (2) to lead 
one wlto is blind or sick (R.). 

Deteleka, f. «., to omit, to interrupt; \ragcni 
kuetu-viakula-viao ha-vi-deteleki ; wageni nao 
hawadeteleki, waja siku zote. 

Dkteleka, v. n. ; ku deteleka na kungia shimoni 
(cfr. sesetcka). 
Detelesh-a, v. caus. 

Deteme\\, r. w., to reach after anything, standing 
on tiptoe (cfr. dantamira in Kiniassa)(lX.) ; mbuzi 
adctemea ku tapia manni. 

Deua, v. a. — cpua, to take off t e.g. t meat or a 

pot from the fire (R.) ; dculia. 

Dkuli, *., a silk $carf worn round tlte waist; cfr. 
~ - s - 

.1 rab \\S , habuit syrma vel cauda vestis ; Jj 3 , 

cauda vcstis, syrma, lacinia. 

DfiCiu, v. a. «» darau or thuriiu, to scorn. 

Dkvai, *., claret, ligltt wine. This word is eridently 
a corruption of tlte French " du vin. 1 ' Tlic 
crafty tfuahili told me frequently, "Dovai or 
nebid is lawful and not against the (oran, bitt 
el khamer isforbidden to a Muhammedan." It 
i* evident tfiat tliey wisJi to evade tlte Coran by 
tliis sophistry. 

Dez£a, vid. tezea; ku desa (teza) ngoma; ku-m- 
dezea ngoma. 

Dia, v. a., vid. tia, tilia, tililia; ku-ji-tia, to 
iuterfere, to mix up with; maneno haya sio nlio 



sema, watililia, maneno hayo usi-ya-tililie ; jua 
lina-m-dia = tia, the sun has set to him t Ite could 
not gofartJter; the sun stopped him. 
Dia, s. t (1) composition for man's life,finepaid by 

a murderer (St.) ; (2) weaknessf Arab. d*o . 

Diaka, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a auiver for arrows. A 
piece ofskin, which has just been flayed off an 
animal, is stretched over a round piece of icood, 
which is afterwards taken out. The skin is 
tlien sewed togetlter. TJie auiver will hM from 
10 to 20 arrows. 

Diara, s. = baraka, blessing ; muaka wa diara, a 

plenteous year ; cfr. .*> , copiose dcmisit pluviam 

coelum, abundarunt opes ; (la, pl. ma — ) (cid. 

kaburi). 
Diba, s. (vid. tiba), aur.iliary troops. 
Dibaji, 8., elegance of composition, a good style ; 

(1) anoani is tlie titles and address of a letter ; 

(2) dibaji, the prefatory greeting, and names of 

honour ; Arab. g)*> , figuris ornavit pinxitve aut 

finiit rem ; cW*> , (1) vestis scrica ; (2) camcla 

juvenca; (3) praefatio libri ( — muanzo la 

cbuo). 
DIbu, *. (rid. tibu), swcet sccnt, perfumes (ma- 

vumba), vitu viema viungo mbalimbali vikasalia, 

tiwa pahali pamoja, viaitua viungo; vikelo 

vizima, vikisagua ni dibu au mavumba (R.). 
Dida, *. (\&,pl. ma — ), a bundle ofwood; dida la 

kuni (zilizo fungtiniua kua ungi), a load of woo*l, 

or offagots. 
Didimia, v. n., to 8ink, to submerge ( — ku tota or 

sama). 

DidimikIa, r. obj., to bore with an awl, rfr. 

Didimihha, v. c, to cause to sink ( — ku tossa or 
samisha). 
Difuka, v. n., vid. batta. 
Dioali, s., part of a natice pipe, being the stem 

which leads from the bowl into a vensel of water 

through whichtlie smoke is drawn (St.). 

Dioidisa, r. n. (ob*c), said of tJie motion of a 

woman during coition (R.). 
Digo ; ku ji-fania digo (R.)? 
Piiiaka, *., mockery; dihaki, r. «., to mock at (vid. 

debaki and thidaka). 
Dii, r. n. (or di or ratJier tiiii, v. n.), to pine 

away, to waste (»ku dofu, kukonda) (cfr. Arab. 

gU, periit, invcnit rom suam pcrcuntem), ku di 

or ku tbi, toperi^Ji ( = haribika). 
Diika, v. n., to consume. 

DiiHHA, r. c, to consume, to weakenone; Mungu 

ame-ra-diUha or disha ; mtoa unadisha niumba 

(vid. di). 

DIka, v. ii., to be spoiled — ku haribika ; ngi'io or 

mbcu imedika kua m'toa — imengiliwu ni m'toa 

E 



DI 



(5o) 



DI 



ikaharibika, tJtc clotJt or aeed Jtaa been apoiled by 
tJte tchite anta (or mitea) ; nguo zinadika kua 
nondo, the cJothea hove been apoiled by tJte nondo, 
a kind o/ mite or tnoth ichich destroys clothes 
ahut up tn trunks. Henee tJie notivea erpoae 
their garmenta to the 8un from time to time ; 
zitoke bcrcdi, to remove dampneaafroin them ; cfr. 
,30 , tcnuiu fait, comminuit, attcnuavit. 

DIki (or thiki), r. a. (cfr. Arah. jjU , angustus 
et arctatus fuit, in angustiam rcdegit, hence 
jj-mo , angustin, afflictio, inopia, afflictus status), 

to render narroic, to drive one into atruita; 
fig., to vex, to distreaa : mtu hnyu aine-ni-diki, 
ruahali pa ku lnla ni padogo, tJtis man has 
straitened me bccause the aleeping-placc ia too 
snmlJ ; I hod not room enougJt (ku kaza, songa\ 
Dikika, v. n.; Fulani anadikika, akdwa mucgni 
ku dikika, hr. icaa in diatreaa. 

Dikihiia, r. c, to afflict, to jnuhone Jiard (ana- 
m-shindisa). 

Dikiwa, v.p., to bepreaaed, rcxed. 
Diki. *. (thiki) (ya), varroirnes*, straitncsa, 
tigJttnesa ; niuinba hi ina diki, heina nefas, thia 
Jtoitae ia narrotr f it has not mueJi room : fig., 
distreaa, affliction, preaaure; ku toa katika diki, 
to aaoefrom diatresa, grievance, dangcr. 

Diki DiKi, adv., to piecea, rery fine, rcry mucJi; 
e.g., unga una sagua dikidiki, tJtefiour has Iteen 
grottnd veryfinc; ku vundika diki diki, to J>e 
Jirokcn in pieccs : ku fvoa dikidiki, to bc donc 
cntireJy, to be ovcrdonc (said offood). 

Diko, 8. (pl. mndiko), « landing-placc (St.) (rfr. 
liko, *.). 

Dili, *., a acrpcnt. 

Dili, r. a., to act at vovght (Luke xxiii. 11) (vid. 
dalishn\ giHsi gani ku-m-dili muenzio kama 
ambaye kuainba si muenzio ? kama alivio-ni-dili 
(thili) nguvuzangu, Muegnizimgu ata-m-jazi. 

Dilika, v. n.; naona ku dilika nafainimuangn, 

Ifcel to be act at nougJtt. 
Ku diliana, v. rec. 

Dilia (dililia\ rjV7.dia,tia,tililia, r. a.,toputinto. 

Dilipika, t». 71., to diminiah or to decrease by 
distrilmting or apcnding too mucJi = ku 
pungiika kua ku toa eana ; mtellewangu nmcdili- 
fika leo, my rice haa decrcaaed to-day, because 
I Jiavc givcn one measure to this man, and 
another to that man, icJto c.aUcd on me. 
Dilifihha, v. c, to cavsr to diminish; e.g., watu 
wamedilinsha leo mtcllewangu, wame-ni-tia 
nniongc. 

Dilifu, r. 7i., io dic (R." ; ku dilifu ku fa. 

Dilika, r. n. t to bc discouraged (CoJ. iii. 21 \ 

Dilimu, vid. dalimu; kuji-dilimu nafsiyakwe, to 
commit suicide. 



Dilla dilla, odj., varioua ; watu dilla dilla, 
various people ; mtomke huyu apika dilla dflla, 
(kulla ginsi), this vsoman cooks various tkinga. 

Dima (or tiiima), v. a., to defeot (R.). 

Dimamu ; viote pia kuaroba muario dimamu ai ta 
haji kitu kiwacho chote. Dimamu •■ timim 
— timia, to he over the vchole; Khamiai Kombo 
ia over the tcJtole of the northem Wmuka 
tribea. 

Dimazi, a., an ertempore plummet. 

Dimra, r. a. ; usi-m-dimba tangamiika (R.) (aaid 
ofmourning) ; maneno ya ku dimbia ; ku dimba 
rokho (vid. tim6). 

Dimbuka, vid. fukv'ika, r. n. 

Dimbuza, v. c; jiia ladimbuza; muezi wadim- 
baza. Thia rerb aignifiea tJte beginning of tJte 
aun'a or moon'a coming forth. 

Dimu, 8., a limc; dimu tamu, a atreet lime. 

DiMu, v. n. (R.) (rectiua timu) ; Arab. ^ , totof, 

perfectuB fuit, ad completum finem perrenit; 
e.g. t sikuzakwe zinatimu, Jtis time i» come. 
Dimia, r. ohj. (better ttmia). 
Dimiliza, r. a. ; pro timiza, to maJce up a dti- 
ciency, tofiJl up. 

Dixi, 8. (ya), reJigion, vorship, ereed; ku skika 

juo na ku salli ndio dini (after the JUuhammeda» 

s 
notion) ; cfr. ^o , ritus, cultua Dei ot timor. 

Ku di.ni, v.n.; ku thikiri ( XS , recordatui est) 

preces ni ku dini on Htt siku ya Jumaa, amltm 

Ttiur8day evening. 

Dira, 8., a bird icJtich fiies into a Jtoie (pango\ 

irJticJt people shut up to kiU tJte hird. It dia 

mourning for ita young ones : hence the natirt 

80itg (vid. kule). 

Dira, 8. Cya, pJ. za), tJic marincr'a composa (e/r. 

Arob. j\t , circumivit; J^j, circulaa, circuihn); 

dira ya kn saffiria chombo baharini, an inatrm- 
mentfor directing tJte royage ofa ship. 

Dira, v. a. t to cut ahort; ku dira nuelle kitoani. 

DntiKA, r. «., to be cut; nuelle zinadirika. 
Dikahu, a.; ku futa uzi or dirabu, to atpin. 
Diba dika ; manenoyao yali dira dira, their ivords 

•trcre diatant (R.). 
Diridiki ; wanakuja diridiri, muoto wakka (B.\ 
Dirikana, v. rcc : ku sanikana. 
DiRiKi, r. n., to be ahle ( — ku weza), to ventwe, tt> 

Jtave a will or power, to avcceed in one'a purpm 

by bcing guick, to be in time, to be hecoming; efr, 

«cS. *> , comprchendit, assecutus fuit conaecatw 

potitiisvo fuit ; si diriki, / cannot take it upan 
myself, I am not responsibU; ta-ku-diriki mam 
moja, to comply guickJy. 

Diririka, r. n. (vid. tiririka), to run a$ ink 0* 
paper; nioka yuwa tiririka. 



DI 



(50 



DO 



Diririhha, r. c, to cause to run; ku diririsha 
mate, to spirt spittle through oiie's teeth. 
DiRWHA, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a window ( - shubaka) ; 

dirisha la ku angililia poani. 
DiRwin, v. (and dirihhIa), to manifest, to tett, to 

lay open. 

Dirizi, 8., iron armour (Sp.) ()»•>, i*r«. sutura 

vestis). 
Dibha, r. a. (oid. tisha, v. a.), tofrighten; dishika ? 

(2) todestroy; ku-jidisha. 
Dihmali, *. - utaji. 
Dita (or duta), r. a. ; ku dita ngiio — ku funga 

pamoja ngiio ncngi, ku-zi-tukiia, to tie in bundles 

{or packages) many clothes aml thus carry 

them. 

Ditika, v. n. ; mtiinia ameditfka mzigo wa Buana- 
wakwe, the slace icas ioaded with hig masters 
bundle. 

Dittsha, v. c. ; Buana ame-m-ditisha ratiima. 
Ditimia, v. ii ., to be far at sea, far off from land 

(=» ktia niballi katika uziwa); tumc = ditimia, 

na uziwa, Mvita hauoncki tena, we are far off 

on the grcat sea or dcep, Mombas is no longer 

visible. 
Ditimua = tutumiia ? 
Divai, 8., winc (Kiung), evidently from the French 

du vin (cfr. viniu). 

Diwani, (1) the scnate, council; cfr. Arab. 
s - 
rtW*> ( vox P ro P- Persica), senatus concilium; 

(2) jumbe or mfalme, a councittor, a title of 
honour among the coast-people of thc island of 
Tanga (pl. madiwani). 

D6a, v. a. (vid. toa), to take or give out; toalia; 

suisui tuatoalia kua yalcyetu. 
Doama (or dotama), v. n.; jamvi latouma (or 

ladotama). 
Doana, *., a hooh (St.). 
Dobea, r. n., to become wealthy; mji umcdobca 

(Sp.) (vid. topca). 

Dobeza, v. c, to make rich; Mungu amcdobuza 
nti. 
Dobea, r. m., to become yeUow (leaves of trees) ; 

dobesa (II.) pondo ya dobea — topea. 
Dobi, *., (1) a washerman (ravua ngiio) ; (2) a red 

cap ( — kofia) irornby chieft (in Kiniassa kisodi) ; 

(3) having a load; chombo ki dobi, thc re88cl is 
heavily laden ■» chombo kishehena. 

Doboa ? kiapo cha shamba ? ku doboa m.ihindi 

wa ansapo ku ya doboa, to eat food which is 

forbidden by the mganga (K.). 
Doboka, said ofa perforated gkin (full of holes), 

gaid also ofsickncss coming out, breaking forth. 
Dobua (or topua) ? 
Doda, v. a., to push or prick or knock for some- 

thing, to make itfall down. 
Doda, v. n. (Kimrima) «= ku tona (Kimv.), todrop, 



to drip ; ku doda nti ; nguoyangu inadoda kua 

mvua, my doth drips with the rain. 
Dodo (vid. 6mbe) ; maembo ya dodo. 
Dod6a, v. a.; ku dod6a, to take up a little at a 

time. 
Dod6fu, 8. (pl. ma— ), a kind of fish (tetrodon) 

whicJi the nativeg do not eat as it is poisonou8 ; 

yafu yafulakwe (pafu) lina sumu. The nativeg 

gay that the poison ig removed by eating human 

excrement, which causes vomiting. 
Dodoki (pl. madodoki), a long slender fruit eaten 

ag a vegetaUe (St). 
Dod6ra, r. a. t to gruh, dig out, e.g., ku dodora 

mtama, from a matting bag. 
Doesa, r. a. = pendeza ; kitu hiki kitadocsa ; kitu 

hiki haku-ni-docsa (hakidoesi na mtu mnye) 

(vid. toesa), rokhoyako ya-ku-doesa kaya au 

Kisulutini ? 
D6fika, v. n. (or d6fu), to become thin, lean — ku 

onda or konda ; cfr. Arab. j^jcA , debiiis, in- 
firmus fuit, impur fuit. 

D6fihha, v. c, to.cause to become lean or weak 
(ku ondcsha or kondusha) ; fvj., to weary one, 
e.g., kaa maneno mangi, by many words; ndia 
ime-m-dofisha, tJte road wearied him. 
Dofra (pH, madofra), a sailmakers palm (St.). 
Dooo, adj., little, smatt, young, younger. 
Do(H)DA, v. n. ; c.g., mvua yadogoda ? 

Doo6ra, v. = chogoia in Kid. (to grub obsc). 

Dooohha (rectius tokohsa), i». a., to boil, c.g., 

mahindi, kundc, muhogo, but to cook wali. 
D6iiax (or i>6khax or more properly dukhan, 

^ ^ ^ 

dukhani), a chimney, from the Arab. /4A.J 

fumum emisit ignis ; £)\d.«> , fumus ; hence 

markebu ya dukhani, or markebu ya moshi (in 

Suahili), a steam vessel. 
Dohani (or dokhani), a sort of tall baiket in 

whichfruit is brought on mens heads to market. 

JSee a more detaiied description of this dohani 

111 Dr. Steere's " Uandbook," page 261. 
Doiiara (rectius toiiara), (1) uke akiauliwa anakiia 

dohara (vid. aulia) (cfr. Arab. ^L , mundus, 
purus fuit ; ftAgL , mundities). Tohara must be 

•i» ** *■• 

wtU distinguisJtcd frotn ku tahiri, yjo , pracpu- 

tium exstirpavit, to circumcise. Ku pasua dohdra 
— ku dohiriwa, legal purity. 

Dodori, 8. (ya) (or ed6h6ri or ed6iiuri), noon 
(pne cf the Muhammedan hours of prayer) — 
jua likisimama na vitoa. 

Dokeza (or tokeza), v. a. ( = ku gnognogncsa, to 
whisper into one % 8 ear), to give one a hint 
secretly, e.g., if some people tntend kiUing or 
rcbbing me, and one of them informs me of thig 
plan, I would gay: Kafiki yangu ame-ni-dokeza 

e2 



DO 



(52) 



DU 



maneno haya or nime-dokczoa ni rafikiyangu ; 
mimi singejoa, laken mtu ame-ni-dokcza , usso 
ulio dokeza (cfr. komo la usso). 
Dokokhani (cid. turukbani) ; ku toa turukhani, to 

counterbaJance, to eijuijpoise. 
Dokua, *., a lcind of food or beverage t a kind of 

beer = dumbu in Kinika ; cfr. pombe. 
Domo, $. (la, pl. ma), (1) domo la kiu'mbe, thebeak 
of tlie kuembe, a certain water-fowl with a long 
beak; (2) jirojcction (madomo madonio), kitu 
chegni domo, something prominent, jutting out. 
D6na, r.a., topeck, uscd ofbirdsjiickingvjigrain, 
«ftc. 

Donana, r. rec; c.g. kuku wawili anadonana kua 
midomo, ttco foirls peck cach othcr with their 
beaks. 
Doke8A, r. c. 
Donda (pl. madonda), large sorcs ; donda ndugu, 

malignant ulccrs. 
Do.vdo, s., (1) starrJt; bafuta hi ina dondo ncngi 
singema, this bafta has mnch starch in it, it ix 
not good, becausc in irashing the starch comes 
out aml tlte cloth is tlien oflittle use; (2) dondo, 
(pl. madondo), coralt (Sp.). 
Doxd6a, v. a., to pick out } to ndl; ku dondoa 
ndiimo za mtelle, to pick out thc grains of rice 
whicJt have not yet bcen husked. In gencraJ, to 
tiean grain, to pick up bit by bit. 
Dondoka, r. n., to faJl, or drop one by onc ; 
mbcyu zime-ui-dondoka, the med* drojijicd 
from my hand onc by one. 
Dondoro, Dykcr* mitclopc (St.). 
Donua (pl. ma — ) (Kin. mazajc). 
Donoania (tenoania) (R.) = ku-m-fania fitina 

(cfr. songa in Kiniassa). 
Donok, s. (la, p\. ma — ), a dot ; donge la damu, 
a clot of bhod; damu imcfania madonge, thc 
blood has bccorne dottcd or coagulated, madonge 
ya zima. 
Do.NotfA, v. a. (rid. chongera) ; dongelcsa ; alic-m- 

dongclcsa ni fulani. 
Do.vooa, *. (la, pl. ma — ) (cfr. kawe aud ndongo), 
clod — nti ya ndongo, clay soil ; udongo una 
madongoa, na katika mviia una telczi na topc, 
kuani ? ni nti ya ndongo. 
Doxo6xia, r. a. ; ku dongonia maji, to take vp 
gently and Uttlc by little the tcatc.r ichich is ntill 
remainivg in au empty pit or dryfountain. 
Do.von6ka, 0. 11. (H.), (1) to hare food and raiment 
rcgularly, or snfficiently (maridawa) ; (2) to gtt 
vp, to rise from poverty ; ni mtuambayo kuamba 
yuwapata ngiio za maridawa ; ku fania hujambo 
{Kir. ku hcnda niuiri). 
Doi»a, s. (or .toi'a or topa) (la, pJ. ma — ) (vid. 
oya) ; dopa la kuni, as much mood as can bc 
taken in both hands, a snta'l bundle of gnougo, 
fimbo or fite. 



Dop6a, v. o. ; ku dopoa kua pili, to bore tkrougk 
(Sp.). 
Doi»6ka, to be perforated. 

DoasA, r. a. (rid. tossa, r. c), to wet througk ; tosa 
la cmbe. 

Dotai ? (R.). 

Dotka, r. a., to lengthen or puU out the tcick of a 
lamp, ku pata ku wakka wcma, that it may burm 
niccly; ku dotea kua kijiti utamba wt ta ku 
pata ku wakka wema ; ku dotea muoto = ku tia 
or songesa winga ndani ya mcko; ku dotc% 
dotelca, jejclca cliungu kipate harri ka dote- 
lesca. 

Dotka (or doteliSa or detelka or jejelea 

CHUNGU MUOTO, KIl'ATE IIARSl). 

Doteleza, r. c; fig^ ku-m-dotelcza fitina = ku-m- 
tesania. 

D<jtelez£a, r. obj.; ku-m-dotelezea maneno ya 
ufitina, thcre icas jvreriously an ill JeeJing, bmt 
he incrcased it as one increases a firt b$ 
thrusting the fircbrand farther into it. 

Doti, s.,apiecc of cotton-cloth eight mik6no (cubiU) 
or a Uttlc hss thanfour yards in length. 

Dot6ma, v. n. — ku cnda mbio, to go or sail 
(juickly; chambo kile chadotoma, ni kipesi cha 
ku cncnda; dotomca or totomea; saaa kina- 
kwisha dotomca, rtoir it (the ship) has gone oui 
ofsight. 

Dotoka, r. a. \cfr. dokora), to scratch vp, cjj^ 
nti. 

Doya, r. «., to sjiy ur rcconnoitre, to go as a spy - 
ku tcmbca nti, ku angalia tabia ya nti. 

Dra (or dkka), 8., the Arabic name of the SuoJuIi 
cjpression "^111^6^0/' cnbit, a measure from 
the clbow to thc cnd of the third finger ; cfr. 

Arab. g»3 , mensuravit cubito; £^%*i , part 

brachii ab cxtreiuo cubito usque ad ertrcmitatem 
digiti medii (rfr. doti). 

Dua, r. a. (t(ta), c.g., pilpili, <lc, to arind, trituratc 
Jiepjwr, mandano, d'c. 

Dua, s. } worship, theohnjy; cfr.Arah. \^>, Tocant, 

appcllavit, invocavit, rogavit Deum ; £fcS , 

invocatio, prccatio ; diia za ku-mu-ombfa mta 
Mucgnizimgti ; (2) dna, vid. tiia, a speU. 

Duala, i\ a. (cfr. Kin. luala), to be amazed or 
}>crplexejd. 

Duama, r. 11.; maji haya yanaduama — yanatuCa. 

Duar.1, *., a cranc, irindlass; cfr. Arab. A J, gynmi 

egit, circumduxit; ^o , g}TUfl; ^ , circuro, 

mudawaron, rotundus. 
Duami, «., la, pl. maduasi ? 
DuazA.va ? 
Duba, v. 11. ; maji yashinda, yaduba mtungini, if 

thejar is not quitefuJl. 



DCT 



(53) 



DTT 



Duuu, v. n. (vid. tubu), to amend, better ones-seJf; 
Arab. s^AL, bonus fuitj tibu, Arab. v^L, mcdi- 

catus est, curavit ; Jtcnce tibu, to Jieal (vid.). 

Duda, pl. madiida; ku lima maduda, ridges (cfr. 
tadu in Kiniassa). 

Dude, *. (la, pl. ma — ), anytJiing, a wJiat-is-it? 
a thing or instrument of whiclt one does not 
know the name or hasforgottcn tJie name of it — 
kitu asicho-ki-jua jinalakwe, ndilo dude (diminu- 
tive, kidiide) ; dude gani hili ? what is this thing 
Jtcre ? 

PuDiA, v. a., tofill up (e.g., tlic ground ofa Jtouse) 

DCdu, 8. (la, pl. madiidu), a small stcelling pro- 
ditced by muclt scratching of parts of tJte body ; 
N'na-ji-kuna hatta n'nafdnia madudu muilini. 

Dudu, *., pl. wadiidu, an insect or insects and 
vcrmin destructice to wood atul grain; cfr. 

Arab. o.o, vermis; mdudu, pl. wadudu, general 

term for insect and insects. Various kinds of 

wadiidu are: tiingu, j<">ngo, kiron, tinne, m'toa 

(termites), siiifu, miuio. -.1// tJiese are wadudn 

watambao. Mdiidu wa janda, a wJiitlow. 
Dudua, r. n., to become })Oor =» amekua kama 

dudu (Sp.). 
Duduka, r. •»., to become itchy — ku fania pi'le; 

ku-ji-kuna m'no hatta muili kn-mu-asha, hatta 

muili unafania mariigu rugu wa pele. 
Duduka, v. n., to get out of a tJting (Er.); ku' — 

kua kimo ? 
Dudukua, r. n.; nadudukua ni pelc; pele zina-ni- 

duduka (or cbuchuka) inuili ote. 
Duduma, r. w.; mtu huyu ha-tu-pi kitn, ni ku 

duduma tu, to rumble, said of tJte intestines ( — 

Kin. ruruma). 
Du ditmi, 8., a large Jtorn; vid. kidudumi. 
Dudumia, r. «., to maJie a Jtole, to perforate. 
Dudumika, v. a. — ku tumbiia kitu kua mismari 

or uma wa nta, to press in boring or to press 

with t/ic Jiand on a drum. 
Dudumikana, to get into a confusion or agitation, 

to get excited. 
Dudumikisa (hdasi), to press into tigJUly. 
Dudumisa, v. c, to cause to enter, to prrcss or put 

into withforce; e.g., ku dudumisa nguo mkobt&ni 

hatta kungia, to press a cloth into a bag (whicJt 

is already full) uiUil it goes in. 
Dudumua, v., vid. tutumua. 
Dudusiia, i». «., (1) to mocl:, to ridicule = ku 

amba ; (2) to tnakefat = nonsa, v. a. (Er.). 
Dudussa, r. a. (duduka, v. n.), tJie fire does not 

begin to burn; muoto una dudussa hapo — 
hauwakki, sebabu ya niassi kua mbiti, the fire 

will not light (not catch) on account of there 

being fresh grass. 



Duduvule, *., a kind of Jtornet wJiicJt bores in 

wood (St.). 
Duelewa, v. n.; uduelowapo ni jua lala, prov., to 

comply witJt the times (R.) ; cfr. tua, tuelca. 
Duesa, v. a., to bring low; vid. tuesa. Kristiani 

wakikua, mayahudi wakiduesua. 
Dueza, c. n.; ku-ji-duesa = kujidiisha, rid. tucza 

tusha. 
Dun, s., a species of tortoise whicJi is sometimes 

poisonous ; vid. kassa. 
Dufu, *. (la, pl. ma — ), (1) weaknew, badness : 

dufu la tombako, bad tobacco, because it is not 

strong (heiwashi) ; vid. dakatu ; dufu la mtu = 

mtu mbaya (asiependana na watu), a bad man 

(2) adj., tastelesa, insipid. 
Dufuda (or dafda), *., thich cloud (vid. gubari) 

imefania gubari, to be rainy and foggy = uli- 

mengu u mafiiru fiiru, to be misty. 
DOuC, *., a round mat witJi a border round about 

ttsed in grinding flour. 
Duguda, v. a., to sJiake, to quake,mm\i wa-ni-diiguda 

(vid. tukiita). 

Duoudika, v. n., to be sJiaken. 

Dugudisha, v. c. 
Duili (or duiri), v. n. (vid. tuili), to be late; cfr* 

Arab. J\L , pro jj£ , longus fuit Jj£ , mora 
distulit, diu duravit ; to be tardy, dilatory. 
DCka, *. (ya, pl. ma — ), a shop = mahali pa 

biashera; cfr. Arab. ^lso , Pers., locus altior 

et planus in quo sedet mercator, et merces suas 
exponit. 
DuKirtA, v. n., to listen secretly ; cfr- -J*Jj > 
pervasit, penetravit, impetum fecit. 
Ku-ji-dukiha, v. refi., to intrude itUo another't 
business or conversation, witJiout being caUed 
for; mtu huyu ni mdukiai, juwa-ji-dukisa 
maneno ya watu, haku itua. Hence tJie Prov., 
yuwa-ji-fania mawelle ku-ji-tia mtini, i.e., uki- 
tuanga mawelle yanangia mtini, mtu haku 
tia. 
Dukibi (pl. madukisi), an eaves-dropper, a tale- 

bearer. 
Dukuka, r. m., to be knotcn, to Jiave a name (R.) 

(?) - tukiika. 
Dulli, r. dl, to bring down ; duliwa, csj. bendera 

ina duliwa, the fiag was lowered; cfr. $j f 
demisit in puteum urnam, deorsum misit. 
Dulli, s. (ya), distress, misery ; dulli ime-m-pata 

or amepatikana ni dulli — mashuka ; cfr. J^j , 

fortunae mutatio. 
DuLLisnA, r. c. 

Dullia, v. n., to come topaas, Jtappen, to beful- 
filled; maneno yanadullia kua kuelli, the words 

werefulfilUdintruth;efr. JU , conversum 
fuit, notum evasit. 



DU 



( 54) 



DTJ 



Dullu, v. n., to eome to liyltt, to bccome manifett ; 
vitu vingi vimeduilu baba alipo kufa, many tltinys 
wcre brouyJU to liyht aftcr tkcftUhcr's dcath. 

DulubIka, t\ a. - dabiiika (?) 

Dum {pr thum), «., yarlic. 

Di'mana, 8. (va), surety, bail (rid, damana or 
daniini). 

Dumha, v. 7i.; mizigo idumbii katika niiiniba (K.), 
tJte loads lie rouml about in yreat numbers, in 
a6ttn</<i/<ce(wV/.tumbfi),dumba»dumbC< ; viombo 
vldumbe = viombo vijasi, or viombo vina dunibii 
vinaja tclle. 
Dumbuuujika = furujika. 

Dumbua, dumbukiza, dumbuiza, vid. tumbiia, 
tumbuiza; dumbiika, dumbukin; kiti hiki cha- 
ni-Jumbukia niongo, this t/tiny makcs my yall or 
bile to break or come v/>. 



Dunduiha, r. n. (tunduisa); mahindi yaanza 
dunduisa (li.). 

Dunga, r. a. (ku tambua), toperforate, to bore,to 
stick; picrce; ku ( — ku t6ma) dunga mashikio; 
ku dunga (rid. tunga) uuhanga, to itriny bewU; 
v. n. — ku toa mitc ; mahindi yadunga — 
yaAnza ku tokca, to prick, to pieree; mtama 
unadunga. 

Dunoa, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a kind of baslct trith »r 
cocer (!£.), brouyJufrom the Niasta rcgion. 

Dunok, 8. (\&,pl ma — ), the yrcen rind of fruit^ 
e.y., dungo Ja korosho, the yreen hutk of thc 
casJicic-nut, an iimnature cashew-nut; dungs 
ni tundoyukwo nibclle, kisha likakiia dunge, 
likisha kua kanju likaiwa, iikiaha iwa kanjn. 
lilo si dunge tena linakua korosho. 

Dunoika, v. a., to hout aflay (tungika}. 



Dumbukua ; felani siku hizi anadumbiikua ni ! Dinoiza, v. ; maji yakidungizua ni uwangua (rfr. 
uellc. tungisa). 

Dunou, 8. (la, ]d. ma — ), a sJtcd or roof reeting on 
jmts (rid. ulingo) froia 15 to 18 feet higk to 
secure tlw iratc/imen of the pluiUation againtt 
tcildbeasts, cspccially tht leoparde ; a hut ertcfaf 
in a trcc. 

Dunuua, v. a. (tungiia), to degrade, reduee, dit- 
paraye ; fulani amc-m-dungua niucnziwe, to di*- 
miss or remoce from ojjice (?). 

Dunouka, r. n. 

Dunoumaro, «., (1) akindofdrum; (2) a kimlof 
ecil spirit cfdlcd mdungumaro, the drum (dango- 
maro), u tised for erpeUing the spirit ; wi g»"g » 
apiga mshindo wa dungumaro, ku-m-tuliza mdnn- 
gumaro pcpo asitange tange. 

Dum, adj., little, mean, low, bclow, lces, trijliag, 
minority; tJie smaHcst part tcJiich i« 9ola\ dnpi 

ni thumuni ; cfr. q\j , iuferior, vilis fait ; **** , 

infra, 8ub; ^.o , quod inferius est; nimeu» 

duni tamuni, / sold it dt a low price, for a trtfle ; 
mtu duni (pi. watu diini), an inferior, or commo* 
man ofhw oriyin. 
Du.ma, *. (ya), eartJi, tJte icorld, unireree; Arab. 

Lij , mundus, bona mundana, incn; ku fariki 
diinia, to quit tJie world, i.e. t to die. 

Du.vsa, v. v., to smcU; mahali hapa patnednnsa. 

DuNrti, 8., dirulyiny, yo^sip = upelcleri ; mdmm 
dunsi aslcs many qucstions about family matttri 
and spreads about immediately what h< Jku 
Jicard prirately. 

DCta, 8. (ya, pl. za — ), a file, rasp; dupa ja p'rii 
ya ku katia chuma, or ya ka nolca mscmeno. Tk 
studcnt vmst distinyuisli dupa (file), from t6pa 
a bottle; tiipa pa mfiazi (vid.) from kn tnpi,^ 
tJirow away. 

DCpa, v. a., to 8tep occr = ku kiuka or ku kia, 
e.y., ku dupa gogo. 



Dume, adj. ; bata diimc, a draJcc ( pl. mabata ma- 

dume). 
Dumi, *., vid. muao. 
Dummi, 8. (ya), dummi ya moshi, a p'dJar ofsmoke 

rininy })erpendicularly, wJtcn tJwrc is no wind ; 

moshi inabimiima heitawaniki kana nguzo. 
Dumu, v. n., to continue =• ku kawa, ku fauia siku 

zote, inucgni ku dumu kua kitu, constant ; Arab. 

^J, percnnavit. 

Dumia, r. obj., to jyerscrere (*;/>. daima). 

DirMisnA, v. a. (pr daimihiia), to cawte to con- 
tinue. 
Dunda dunda, v. a., (1) to jtound or yrind tJiouyJt 

there may be rery little in tJte mortur ; (2) to 

pluck, yatJier. 
Dundama, v. n., to settle, toyct quiet; maji yadmi- 

diimc, let tlte water be quict. 
Dundauya, v. 
DUNDinA, vid. patn. 

Duxdu, 8. (pl. maduudu), (1) a larye calabash (in 

Kiamu) which tJie Mombassians caU kitoma ; 

kidundu, a small calabash, which siynifies alsoat 

Jlombas a little animal which eats tJie escrements 

pf nten and bea*U; Jtence the Lamuans and 

Mombassians joke eacli otJier, which leads 

frequently to a fierce quaiTcl; kidundu bciny at 

Lamu sometJiiny JionouraUe, wJiiUf it is con- 

temptiblc a* tJie Mombassians understand it. 

Often yreat animosities arise from thesc dif- 

fercnce.8 of dialccts; e.y., mafiizi mcans in 

Ki8uaJt'di : " tJte Jtair around man's privitiee," 

whereas it 8iynific8 "beard" in Kinika; (2) 

dundu, *., cJtafer (U.); (3) a kind of baskct ; 

othcr kinds of baskct arc: tumbi, shubi, pa- 
kaja. 

Dundt'ja, r. a.; muana huyu anadundiia hatta 

anadundua (vid. tundua) (R.). 

DundCa, to be erippkd, stunted, not to attain to 
maturity. 






DTX 



(55) 



Durabim (or derabLni), *., an eyeglass, a ttle- 
scope. 

DOrO (or thubu, rectius thuru) (vid. haithuru), 
v. n., to harm, to be of cotueguence and 
necessity, to matter much, to affect; cfr. 

y*> , or Xo , nocuit, noxa affecit, laesit, necesso 

et opus liabuit, coegit ; sili kuku yuwa-ni-duru, 
/ do not cat fowl, it harms me or affects my 
liealth; kitu hiki cha-m-duru saua, this thing is 
ofgreat cotisequence to him, affects him much; 
hcidtirii, it matters not, tltere is no harm, never 
mind, it is ofno consequence; msi-wa-diiru (viz. 
wazungu) ; ku duri&na, v. rec. ; watu hawa hawa- 
duriani. 

Durika, v. n., to be harmed, to become affected 
by (vid. duru); mtu huyu atadurika kua 
kiila chakula hiki, this man wfll be harmed 
or affected by eating this food, he will feel the 
efects of it; if we liad waited, tungedurika 
sana kua mvua, if we should Jiave been much 
Juirmed by the rain, we should have been 
cauglit in tlte rain. 
DuRiaiiA, v. a., to cause Itarm or bad conse- 

quences, to cause tofeel tJie effects ofa thing. 
Duriwa, v. p.; hamtaduriwa ni kitu. 
Durumana, v. n., to increasc, to become many or 
plenty. From this word the natives derive tJie 
name of tJte Kinika tribe "Duruma," stating 
that tJicre were some slaves wliose duty it was to 
supply tlteir Portuguese masters at Mombas 
with eggs. But tJte slaves made tJteir escape to 
tJie forest and lived there by tltemselves. By 
degrees tlte number of runaway slaves was 
multiplied, Jtence tlte name " Duruma" (accuratius 
quam verius !). 
Dururika, v. n., to drop, drip, tricJde down. 
DuRUsi, v. n.; ku durusi, to meet in a regular 

** ^ ^ 

class for study (St.) ; cfr. ^o , legit lihrum ; 

legerunt ac studucrunt inter scse. 
Dusamali, *., a striped silk JtandkercJuef or scarf 

icorn upon the Jtead by wonien (St.). 
Dubha, v. a. (ku tukuka, v. n., mtukufu, vid.); 

nguo za ku jidusha (tusha) dushana, to make a 

show or parade toitJt dress (?). 
Dussa, v. a., (1) to act as a parasUe, kn dussa 



watu; cfr. <j*ta , calcavit pcdibus terram, 
trivit in area; (2) to get off, dau ladussa (ju 
ya muamba); alikua hawcsi, laken anadussa 
— anap^a; (3) let water pass tJirough — fuja; 
(4) = korofisna. Fulani alikua hawesi anakwisha 
dussa or aisha dussa (vid. tussa) ; ku dussa rokho 
(vid. dua), to be guiet after Itaving been angry. 

Duhua, v. a. — tahayarisha, to sJtame, to make 
ashamed (?). 
DurtUKA, v. n. 

Duta, v. a. (vid. dita, v. a.) (vid. goma i'jt Kini- 
assa) ; ku duta ku rudi, to reverberate; knduta 
to make one stumble (R.) (?). 

Dutama, v. n. (or kC jujuma) (vid. otama, v. «.), 
to sit or squat, to halfsit (Kiniassa, tengama). 

Dutu, *., exuberance, jutting out (kama mimba) ; 
pana dutu hapa, tltere is a little jitfting out (in 
tlte mzingi). 

Dutu, *. (la, pH, ma — ) ; dutu la jiio, tJte size of a 
book. 

Dutuma (or tutuma), r. n., to disappear; watu 
wale wadutuma, si-wa-oni tena wanakwisha 
tutumia or dutumia; chonibo kilo chadntnmu, 
chendazakwe = chadotoma. 

Dutuma, v, n., to seetJte, to rise in boiling — 
tokota; chungu chadutiima = chatokota, tJte 
contents making a noisefrom tJte Jteat. 

DutumIa (or tutumia), v. obj., to stand on tiptoes 
to catcJt anytJting iclticj* is Jtigh (ku shika 
kitu ju, or in order to look far — ku ji-ongeza 
kimo ku angalia mballi ; ku dutumia kua mngfi, 
toput one's-selfon one J s Ugs. 

Dutumua, v. a., to stretcJt ones-sclf, to take pains 
(?); ku-ji-dutumua (mbafu), v. refi., e.g., ku-ji- 
dutumiia ku iniia kasha zito, to exert one's-self, to 
strain evcry nerve to lift up a Jteavy box. 
Dutumuka, v. n. 
Dutumusha, v. c. 

Dutuzika, v. n. »> pumiia (also tutuzika), to re- 
cover breath. 

Duumi, *., a dJtow sail (St.) (?). 

Duzi (pl. maduzi), one wlto is fond offinding out 

and indulging secrets andprivate concerns; cfr. 

dunsi. 



E 



E, abbrev.from yc and yakwe, e.g., na-e for na yee 
and he ; baba-e for habayakwe ; ninmba-e or 
niumbaye = niunibayakwe, his or her house. 

E, 0! oh! c (ee) buanawangu tatubu, 01 mymastcrj 
I will repent or mend (my conduct). 

E'a, v. n. t (1) to be clean; kitu hiki kimeea — 
kimetakata or kimekua snafi, this thing Jtas 



become clean or pure; nguo imeca ; moyo umeea 
or umeknea; mtelle nmekuca = umetakata. Jt 
must, however, be observed that tlte verb ca 
(wltich, as Mr. Erh. rightly say*, is an ampli- 
fication of kua, to be, to bccome) is now-a-days 
an obsolete word and only used now and then 
by people residiny in the vieinity of Mombas. 



EB 



nngu ja- 



nly feet itch — . 
nty feet iteh or \ 



(2) To iteh, 

magu ja-ni-wa«ha kana pfle, 

bvrn iike the itch; atakfia no kero, alMi-aira 

iuimi hatta ya-mu ce (*n7. jale mnmbo afaniajo) ; 

(_3)to go out,to luceeed; c/r.wea, weza; kimc-mu- 

i'-a jeiiia, Ae fiarf f/owJ «Mccew. 

Bbba, r. e., to etean — ku takas.ia. 
EnnE, ri'rf. labeka or lcbeka. 
Eda, »., /rum l/ie Arnb. jj; , numernvit ; mulicr 

aUtun mnlieris, qno cum ca rem habcre ei lcpc 
nefaa, «e. ob mnriti defuncti luctum, vel ob rcpn- 
dium, vel ob menstrua (ri'rf. kalia) ; ku kalia eiln, 
to rtmain in great iptiet and pricactj for Jire 
monthi, ai movrning for a dtreaitd hathttnd 
rctjuire.s; efr. alio kizuka. 

Euaiia, #., vittm (vid. dabi ar tbahi, r. o.) - 
u'idaka ; rfr. Arab. \^t , appuruit, aocri- 
Ecavit. 

Edea, r. ,- kn ji edea or jeilf a, euY ka, to tnut one '*■ 
«#■(«.) (nUjetca«iirftca). 

Edi (or wiui], i'. n ., (o «erie wif one'« engagtintiil ; 
wanakwisha wcdi muakawiio, thtij hace itrrtd 
tmt their ytar (R.) ; ifr. ac . 

Kema, i. (n'rf. Jcma), fth-trap. 

Eftabi [b/ aftahi), «., /roM f/ie .-Ira6. JU , fidit 
rcm, iocipit «olvit jejuniiim, co miBBO facto 
comedit bibitquo qniil ; JU , jejunii eolutio. 
Eftari ii the diih af ricc irliich ii tcrced vp in 
tlie lioaiei of grenl peopht in f/ir erttiing to thmr 
icho are ittritttl duriug the Jtamadaii. The 
ijaeitl are firit preienltd irith uji (ri'rf.), then 
eom'ithe eftari. Imctoka eftari makombc matuno 
or mananc or kcnda, fivc or eight or iii'nc plnlei 
eif eftari are icrred vp in i/iic tctning. Jt it 
cuttoinnry fnr ali t/ie titlherentt of a c/iicf ta 
ntlcnd Itit hanguet durinij thc llmnadan at leaet 
forten or tii-cire dayi. Tlic ujiformrtke ft'ttoru 
vhich itfirtt terrtd up. Jn tjcucral, t/icfoilmcen 
of a dii'f hacc niteaiji nrreitt to hit roWr, e«- 
periuUg those tclio hare 110 irirrt or Itoitin af 
their oten. See Farrathi ; ^J from ^J . 
By thii meang tlie folloictr' are tept atlac/itd lo 
Iht intcrctlt of tlie ekief, tcho yh-tt tliem nofisal 
irayct, aml irho rtckoni On llitir ivjniort itt 
ecery ca-e of iiiu rtjennj ; 

EdftMA, v. n, = ku-m-koribio, to go titar one. 

Eoeh£a, r. n. [vid. togcmca), to lean npon. 

EoiiinA, r. ii., to drire clote to, to puih or run 
againit; manamaji wame-ki-egenhach6inbupooni, 
the tailori ran the rct'tl to tlie ihore i'» orrfer fc 
diienibark — ku uhuaha vitu chumboni ; chombo 
kima egcahna baharini, the retiel icai brovght to 
the tea, cnttrtd the tea. In general, to eaute to 



meet together; mto 1 
ata-ni-cgesba nai. Hola bakn-mu-egiaha, Gorl 
hat not afiietcd him. 

EuteitAM, r. rer., lo pitth or run ngaitut eetek 

other, to riin alongiide, e.g., al tta, 10 that the 

eaptain* eem Udk to each other and ccmmuni- 

cate ittinfrom one Mp to the other. 

EkiM (or iiim), haviug, tci'tk: muegni (jjI. wegni', 

jegni, zegni. 
E'otiCt (irr eum), pron. voeat., ytml tinff. cw«, O 
thou, pl. i'gnui, oh yov or ye; egnui waitn, O w 
men/ewomtu, Othouman! 
Eii£ (or biiCk)! yci! - i'wa,/rom ihe Arab. aiwS, 

& wallah ! j|f», certainlg! 
EioiLi, v. a. (rt'rf. idili, idiliaha), from the Aral. 
Jjic , quod jmtuni et acquum caaet, atatnit erga 
alinm praeatilitque in aliqua ro ; juatitiam recte 
mlministravit inler cob; rectam eSecit iem; 
aequavit; heuct idili, to learn that k-Ai'cA i' 
right. 
EiDiUBHA, r. c, to teaeh one rectitude, rigit 

ronduct. 

Kiuiu (or iufi.i), »., from J^c , justlti.i, tt- 

quitnn; efr. (1) Lac , preaait n)iqucm rea, in 

nngnstiam redegit aliquem (athaln) ; x i) 

Jic , culpavit, reprchendit ; from (1) ntay he 

ilerireil eithiliwa - sumbnliwa, eitbiiiaha (- 

ku lumbi'ia) kun ngt'tvu na koro nn bakcn, to 

eomjiel one to rfo minetking. 

Eii.ixi, «. (ja) (vr ralher EirHuti, rTnisr, ..), rfr. 

Arab. yjf ,iuirea prnobnit, obaecutun fuit; yi-J' , 

pcrminit, Hcitum fccit ; i^l-l* , promulgntio pre- 

cum; heiu-e perniiiiion, lanctinn; ku-m-pa or 

ku tua cidini or ithiui, to gice one permiiiion. 

Eiwi (or fiwi); C-walla, ijei, gca, certainlg, by 

i (rfir. Arab.), a ilrong tutcnt and amtar 

en by iuferiori irken tvunnom:d to perfbrm 

(ekea), i-. a., rid. wckea. 

EkejiaiiI, ■>., aiiy procaking icord or thing, kenee 
prococation; rfr. Arab. *jf , avenatua fnit, 
abhorruit a re aibi non grnta et non conveniente j 
lS , avcraatio, moloatia. 

KaC'A, r. n. (rfr. weki'm), to break open, to break 
bg bendinij — ku faiiia afa, to gire icay bj 
breaking; sordSdo wanickma boriti, nmt ekiia, 
thc KOOtl-icormi hase eaten the rafteri (tid. 
boriti) aiui made tkem gice aav bg breakina er 
bending. 

EKtKA, r. ii.; boriti ja dari ime ekuka (ina- 
piniJanu'ina ikapaaanka), the rafler of tkt rocf 
bent attdhrokc. 

Exi-atHl, adj„ rtd; kitu jekundu, u red tlung; 



EL 



( 57) 



EM 



niumba niekunda, a red Jtouse ; mtu inuekundu, 
a rtd man ; makasha maekundu, red boxes ; vitu 
viekundu, red tJtings. 

Ela, except, but « laken ; Arab. i\ , pro 3^ » 

8i non, sin minus, nisi, praeterquam, no quidem ; 
cla, ela, ela kitu hijo tu-ki-angalilic, but stop, let 
U8 looh at that matter l 

E'lafu, 8.; «Jtf\ , one thousand, pl. ^A\ , ±j}\ » 

thousands. 

Elea (cfr. olea, to swirn), v. n. and obj., (1) to 
float, to be afloat, to be on the surface; dau 
laclea, tungie sasa, the boat is afioat (swims), let 
us now enter it, let us embarh; laelea stands pro 
laolca; mkwisba toka raulG wimbini bassi ni ku 
elea tena buko; (2) to nauseate, to feel sick; 
moyo wa-mu-elea, lit., t/tc Jteart is floating in 
him *» Ite icants to vomit, lie nauseates, he feeh 
sich; moyo wacnenda jii, tJte Jteart rises vp 
lihe a wave or open boat ; inoyo wanelea pro wa- 
nielea — kina-n-jefua (vid. jcfua or jevua) ; moyo 
ku tapika, kina-n-jcfusba, or nimcjefuka moyo ; 
(3) to be or become clear, plain; mancno yangn 
yamc-ku-elea ? have my tcords been clear to you, 
hare j/ou understood my wordsf 

Elewa, v. p.; kn clcwa ni moyo, to nauseate; 
(2) to be mads to understand; mtu huyn ana 
elewa ni mambo sana, wao bawa ku elewa ni 
neno batta moja, Lu/ce xviii. 34. 

Eleza, r. c, (1) to cause or mahe to float, to 
8wim a boat ; (2) trop., to spread abroad, to 
announce, proclaim,preach, divulge; ku eleza 
khabari, todimdge netcs; cnende uka-wa-eleze 
watu (jamaa) mancno yangu; (3) to mahe 
clear, toerplain; (ad. 1) moyo umcneleza, pro 
ume-ni-eieza, kitu biki kinancleza moyo, kina- 
n-tiikiza or jefusba, this matter disgusted me. 

Elkzana, r. rcc. ; mancno gani haya mueleza- 
nayo, Luhe xxiv. 17. 

Elek£a, r. m., to turn out riglU or true t tobecome 
2>roj>er, to be clear and easy to be understood, 
to agree ; maneno huya yameelekca leo — 
yanakua hakikua watu wote waliopo, the 
matter8 turned out or were right or true 
irith all tlie peopite icho were t/tere, to agree, to 
be right. 

Elekeaka, i7. rec, to face one another, to be 
directed in a line =» ku tazamana usso kua 
U8SO, or kua na mukabiila mamoja = ku 
kabiliana, to be opposite to one another. 

Elekeza, v. a. (cfr. lekea and lekeza), to direct 

or point to ; e.g. ku elekeza sbikio la chombo 
mlango wa Mvita, to 8teer the s/iip to or 
towards t/ie entrance of Mombas ; uelekezo 
biindiiki kando, usipige watu, direct or level 
t/ie mushet aside, Ust you s/ioot people; ku 



clekeza dau benderini; deriv. muelekozi wa 

jahazi, t/ie steersman. 
Elekezea, r. obj.; ku-mu-elekczea mato, to 

respect(?) 
Eleka, v. n., to carry a child astride on tJte hip or 
bach, as tJte African women do wJien carrying 
tJieir little children on tJteir bachs; cfr. Arab, 

^jic , adhaesit, appcndit affixitque funem. 

Elekana, v. rec., to carry one another (on tJte 

bach), to agree, correspoitd. 
Elekama, v. a., (l)Kin. «- ku-m-fania msaha ; (2) 

to stow or Jieap (?) ; (3) andikania, to heap. 
Eleleza, r. a., to imitate, to copy ; ku-juo, to copy 
a booh = ku tia juo kingine, to put into anotJter 
booh (vid. kielezo, pattern) ; ku eleleza kazi, ku 
tazama na ku fuasa (R.). 
Elem^a, v. a., to pre8s, urge one veJtemently, LnJce 
xi. 53 ; wafarisi wakaanza ku-mu-elemea sana 
na ku-m-toza maneno mangi kanoanimuakwe ; 
motto waelemea kuja, tJie fire presses on. 
Elemeza (or lemeza) (vid. lemea), to pre88 vpon 

anotJter. 
Elemezana — ku bofiana (or elemeaka), to- 

tJtrong. 

Elemisiia (better elimisiia), r. a., to instruct or 

^-•»» — — — 

teacJt, one ; cfr. Arab. ^ , signavit, ^lc , 
Bcivit, in8truxit, docuit. 

E'limu, *. (Ar(tb. (** , scientia) (ya),* hiow. 

ledge, science, learning, doctrine. 
Elf, elfu, *. (vid. elafu), a tJtousand; elfccn or 

elfain, ttco tJtousaiu/. 
Elimeza, r. a ., to gather in Jteaps (Er.). 

Elkiiamis, *. ; Arab. < j » 6 *a t) \ ^ ' dies fcriac 

quintae, sc. dies Jovis ; TJtursday. 
Elki, *. (vid. ilki), a hind of spicc Jsjf > cibari 

delicatioris genus. It is an ingredient of the 

favourite curry-j>oicder. 
E'ma, adj., goot/, Jcind, nice; niumba ngema or 
. njema, a good house ; kitu jcma, a good thing; 

kasba jema, a good box ; vitu viema, good tJtings ; 

mtu mema or muema, a good man ; watu wema, 

good men ; makasha mema, good bojces. 
E'ma, 8. (la,;)/. ma — ); ema la ku vulia samaki — 

mtambo wa samaki, a trap or net for fislting, it 

i8 lihe a basket, afishing bashet (to catchfisJt). 
Embamba, adj., tJtin, narrow; niumba niembamba ; 

kitu jembamba ; kasha jembamba. 

E'mbe, 8. (la, pl. ma — ) a mango ; muembe, a 
mangodree ; embe za dodo or ombo dodo, a large 
hind of mango which came first from the island 
ofJPemba. 

E'mb6e (or mWb) (cfr. haba), gum, glue ; emboe 
la ubuyu, a hind of paste made from the fruit 



: {rid. mbiiju = haba — 
iul (cid. mduuara) ( jIj , 



EunAuliA (vid. mrabbn), i-juc 



L (or 



uroeted, to gofor 



ilfpart, to tet ojf, to go on, 

teard; amckuetidp, hc Kenti tu.'nde or tuencnde, 

let tu go: sobii ueticuda or naeuenda Mvila, I go 

nowto llomhat; ku cnda zangu, 1 ijo my ttff/, ^ 

tlepart; kucndn zoko, lakwe, zelu. zenu, uo, 

Aw goett airag, he goci liii irng, iL-c.; nend» 

nuiiua tumboku tokoni, 1 tjo to bug tobarroin the 

marktt; ofttr nenda, ktt ii not reiptired; ku 

cndn kua raagu, to ga oitfnot, to iratk; ku euda 

tembea, to take a icalt, to tttke n tnrn ; eudatii 

zcnt:, i.c, nn kazizenu or ihuhulizeiiu ; sns* 

tuende zctu kuclu, uoie let ttt go lioine. 

Esd6a, r. ohj., to go for, or itfter, or ta; ku 

eiidca Ziiiizibiir. tt.ijn tn Zmiiibiir. A-ji-endeii 

zakwe { fiilmii minkuendua-pi, nna siflri ku 

endea upaiulu guni ? Ana ku cndca Mvitn. 

Esdeea, r>, n., tobe pnttable or rapiiblr oflieiiig 

gonc ocer ; c.g., ndia lii bcicndrki, tkii rorul if 

ttol putioblc ; liapa heicndtki usiku, Ihtre 'ti 

iio goiitg or paitage tliii icay ttt nigkt. 

EmielEa, r. »., (o tulcaiice, to mahe progreu 

rapidlg; e.g., nuitto iitno-i'iiJidi'n, the jire ad- 

ranccti, tjirtud nhoitl : uyiio .viioiitltli'iL, llu 

rloth rcitdt niore tind ttiorr. the n nt oftlu rloth 

ia maile irone ; tutu liuvu nmcend' ],-:i kua 

■'lijnii, tliii miiii. itttiaiiral iit lntiirleil'jr ; ku 

onJelc* inbclie or niuma, to tttlvatiet. or to 

rttire; ku cndclcri, tn drtur otit in. Ititglh, to 

protract; c.g., filiimo la ku endeiL-a, ttn nbtjst 

litfiWiini; niufl iiii tlij Utnjt.r; tt. i/ii ftirth'.r . ■:.■/.. 

kiondn kitntndek'n ; niariciio jataendol»n. 

Maenuele\>, i., prnjie'ieneg ; mucudeluzi, pro- 

EmiEI.RZA, i-., ta iiiorr onc ttfterthr tillirr, tnpro- 
It-ittj 'ku {n'leka mlicllc i; r.o.. niiue-mu-endeltza 
muivi kua akili hattn leo nna-m-pata, f iceut 
on prudcntlg (to Jiitd onf the th'ief) till I got 
hiin ta-tlinj ; ku cndelizn mnneno, to niakc a 
tjang i.n'l: hitt nertr to come to tht jmint : ku 
eudelCia wamka — ku audika wiirakn, toput 
tine Ititcr and tmr ,tr-nl uj'tir n.mtltt , hnMilii: 
kn eudelc/a.inmvi, (o go on orcontiititf-iitid-iuij 
the l'ing ntripi icltic/i are tttrn tatjcthcr to 



EM'fl-ll.l. 



. go (kt 



miima hntnlojliwi tena, )tc morlc him trttlh, 
for a groaw-vp ehild ii not carricd; ame- 
endciha watn kuakufuliia mno, he cauitti llm 



/icOjAe to go ovicklt/ iri'fA long itej 
cndOatia Uvita - amoaema wewo etictiJa 
Mvila - nme-m pileka or tuma M«to ; da.ua 
hciku-inu-endi'fiha mliio, the mediciue htitl no 
intmediatc ejfect. 

■ e»h8a \<>r jlkuEa); ajienendea^ajenandKC.CJ - 

njicnondee) raGkij'akwe, may l.ii fritntl go! 

ntiiij I g:i. iicii'.iiidi' ni'il ncnde! ku-ji-cniK'ti, to 

take a traJt, to tcoik ubout. 

Endam, go ticl; endu (come hitlter), endult, «-, 

(buju la ku tekv» maji), ^vid. nduni, tt-itliitt, 

nde, tciVAotif ; ndiye, jea ke, ke, the Perg taine). 

EsuELfiA ta icali:; Late i. G. 

EmU, t'. ii., to jiote or iprtatl oeer; permemre in 

oumcfi partea - ku fika mnhati pole ; to pem- 

trate; Mtiuugu yuwa cnfa donia iote, Gadjtcin> 

tratc» thc icltvlc u airersc, i.e., he upreirnt in ceerg 

purt uf tke irorUl; Muungn yuwa tubaka (juwa 

enOft pi») na ulimengu mzima (efr. tuUa (inn! 

tnbaka); mtyi jamcem'a nti iote, the aater Itat 

Jloicctl or tprctttl oi-cr tke whoU countri/; tume- 

pcwn vitu hattn (unnemia pia zote — tuua. pata 

zoto (enen — ku pata), Inken mfulani bakueiica. 

ire ail Itare rcreiretl Intt a certain man hat ttet 

ubtaiited ; ngiio Imikoeneu = hnkutosha ; ame- 

gawaitia wntu n^tio hatra ku cuca wote, Ac dii- 

tributvtl garmcnti amoit'j t/tc ptojde. untit it 

tvjfictiltiltitftltcm. 

E.vSma (tid. cnca), v. a., to meaiureoue't ttatnrt 

(,kimo) fo ice ick'tch ii taUtr; mimi nimc-mu- 

euenia nduguj-augu, I mcatvttd mgidf irith 

mg brother by fucimj Itim; jee ni airOfu, 

juwa-ni-pita, he. i* tidler tkan mi/nelf; ku- 

mnmho, tn iinaiure ar jmlge matten, to/oUor 

orpuriuc a mattcr ttiitii oue. hatfound it oitt. 

Esenikmia, r. c-p to cattie. to mcainrt: 

Kvlman-V- rrc.Jtj iiieiiiim ■.•i'L't^clfbi/aHOllttr. 

]Zxf.o, *., Vt; Ihc tpreadinij ; cnco la Muungti 

= kiiu U Muungii ur makno ja MuuDgu, llie 

omaiprciciia: tfti'.tl, tln hcitnj [of God\ tJtiA 

U creryirltert; cn.'o la iDnrnlhi, tlte ipnatliitj 

ofthe sictueii (hnja ni jn Muegniaimgu). 

Eneaa, i: a., to makc to ipread, to maJte to gti 

iuto partieulari, kcaee to diilrtbute ; Huungn 

nme-mu-cncza kulla mtu rizikiznkwc or airki- 

jn'ikwB, tiod Itai gircn crery man aU thtit Jw 

Itnt need tif - ail kta neceiiaritl, hi* proper 

tubsiittmce. 

EnkziSwa, c.p., to soitnd ont, 1 T/test. t. 8. 

Enemh, ■*. ii., rid. i.iuln, i'. n. 

E'nba, r. a. = ku p»BBiin iniihiigo nn kti pik» kua 

iu'izi, to 'jilit (muliogo) ritniatlu.rootfor cooliug. 

Enga EKUA,t:.it., tocodtUe, to It'id earefullg; niaoo 

huju juwaciigiin ctlgH*, hnpigui, apcndua una, 

Ihi» ckiid ii cotldletl, ncrcr bcaten and iriicA 

loi-cd; ku cnga cnga m.inu knna ! l»johiri = ku- 



BN 



(59) 



ER 



m-horumia sana«=ku ronga ronga kua tartibu, to 
carry carefully a thing which is breakable. 

Enoia (vid. ngia), v. n. ; wao wamcugiwa ni 
beredi, they caugJtt cold. 

E.noine, root word o/rau'ngine, ui'ngine, or nien- 
gine, wangine and wengiue (vid. ngine). 

Enoni, adj. and *., possessing, Jtaving, with; 
muigni or muogni niumba, possessing or the 
possessor of a house (pl. t wegni niumba) ; kitu 
chegni uzuri, a thing possessing beauty = a 
beautifid tJting (pl,, vitu viegni); kasha legni 
(/>/., makasha yegni) ; niumba zegni watu, houses 
withpeople; mahali pcgni mawe, aplacepossess- 
ing stones. 

Enoua, v. a., to shim. 

E'nu, pron., your, ofyou; e.g., niuraba enu, your 
houte. 

Enua, enulIa, v. a.; (mzigo), vid. inua. 

Enza, v. «., to look at or visit one, to inquire how 
onefares; hence muenzi, afriend or companion 
zcho looks after one in times of affliction or of 
3°Vi ffiring him advice and assistance ; mtu huyu 
wa-ni-enza ku juilia jambolangu, to go after one 
tofind him out, e.g., Luke ii. 45 ; enda aka-mu- 
enzc, anakawa mbona, ana nini. 

Enzana, v. rec, to visit each other, to caU one 
ttpon anotlter. 

E'nzi (or rather tn), s.; cfr. Arab. ^ , potentia, 



0" 



dignitas (from yt , rara, eriraia fuit, potens), 
hence dominion, majesty; muegni ezi, theposses- 
sor of power or sovereignty; hence Mnegniczi 
Muungu or contr. Muegnizimgu, Ood tlie most 
high; allah taala or Ood, he who is Supreme. 
Tlie Suahiti peopJe use this ejrpression at an 
attribute of Ood in distinction from Muungu 
whicJi. is used by the pagans and tJiose who do 
not know Ood after tlte manner of the Muham- 
medans. Theword "Muungu" in the heathenish 
sense means properly "Heaven" (inKinika and 
Kikamba " Mulungu "), therefore do tJie Muham- 
medans use "Muegniezi Mungu," to avoid the 
heathen notion of Ood. 

Hi nti pia ni ezi ya Sayidi Ben-Sultani, aU 
this country is the dominion of Sayid Ben~ 
Sultani; kiti cha czi (aenzi), the chair ofstate of 
a chiefor king — a royal cliair or throne. For- 
merly aU the independent chiefs of tlic Sualnli 
coast had a " kiti cha 6zi " until thepmcer ofthe 
Jmam of Mascat swept them away by conauering 
theirpetty principalities. 

At present every chair ofsuperior manufac- 
ture is called kiti cha ezi. These chairs are 
importedfrom India, America and Europe. As 
they are superior to those made by the natives, 
they are called " yiti yia &ri " ehairs ofpower or 



dignity, on which only great and ricli people tnay 

be seated. 
Eonoa, v. n., to sliake, to sway to and fro (said oj 

trees shaken by the irind); mti hu waeonga kua 

pcpo, haukuelcki, this trce sicays with the wind, 

it cannot be ascended. 
Epa, v. «., to give way, to yiehl, to duck or cower, 

to endeavour to evade a strokc, it'c. ; ku epa jiwe, 

to evade a stone; nikiona jembe kikija, ta 

epa. 

Ep£a, v. obj., to avoid one, not to go direct to, to 
fniss a mark; ku kossa shdbaha , bunduki hi 
yaepca, this musket does not shoot straigJU, 
does not hit rigJtt ; hciptiti shabaha. 

Epeka, v. n., to be avoidable, tobe able to escape; 
rusasi ya bunduki heiepeki, tJte buttet of the 
gun cannot be evaded (like a stonc or arrmo 
which man can see and evade by a dexterous 
tnovement). 
Ef£si, adj., easy, light, not Jteavy, quick; mtu mue- 

pe8i, kitu jepcsi ; niumba niepesi ; makasha ma- 

epesi ; vitu viepcsi ; watu waepcsi. 
EruA, v. a. ( — ku ond6a), to put away, remove, 

brush off, to drive away; jombo hiki kiepue, 

remove tJtis vesscl (pl. viombo hivi vi-epiie) vi- 

ondoe) ; ku epua jungu mottoni — ku tegua or 

ondda, totake away tJte^tanfrom thefire. 

Epuka, v. n., to go away, to tcitJtdraw, to be 
Jceptfrom, to abstain, to avoid ; ku epiika kua 
kiniume, to witJtdraw, to go off; i'ulani ana-ni- 
epuka siku hizi, a certain man Jcept aloof 
from me tJtese days. 

Epukana, v. rec, to be cstranged or disunited 
onefrom tJte othcr. 

Epukika, v. n., to be avoidable; kitu hiki haki 
cpukiki, tJtis t/iing is not avoidable, inevitdbJe. 

Epulia, v. obj. ( — tegiia, ondda); bamba la ku 
epulia chungu mottoni, a tJtin plate with which 
tlte pan is remored from tJiefire (or kolco cha 
ku epulia chungu — ). 

EpulIka, v. n. 

Epuliza, v. c, to let down, to lowcr(f). 

EpulIwa, v. p. (= tcngua), delivered; Rom. 

xv. 31. 
Epuhha, v. c, to causc to go away, toput out, to 

remove, to cause to avoid, 1o keepfrom; ame- 

mu-epusha shctani. 

Epushua, v.p., io beforbidden sometJting, to be 

keptfrom. 
Epusiiana, v. rec, topass by eacJt otJter. 
Epitsakia, v. a., to separate oneselffrom. 

Er£vu, adj., clever, cunning, sJtrewd, subtle,pru- 
dent; mtu muerevu, a clcver or sJtrewd man. 

Erevuka, v. n., to become clever, sJtrewd, dis- 
creet, subtle; to get to know the ways of the 
world, to grow sJtarp. 



EB 



(60) 



FA 



Erevusha, v. c, to make cUver, sharp and 
knoiciny, to teach one prudence. 
Erfa (rfa), s.,freight; jahazi yatafiita rfa, the 

vessel wants a caryo; cfr %j\A , provcntu 

© - 

abundavit, or *\toy , regionis reditus. 



a 



E'sha, *. ; cfr. Arab. ^^ , postrcma pars diei ; 
tempus a precibus vcsperac usque ad tenipus 
frt_?j» f tempus, quo postcrior vespcro peragitnr 

precatio. The time from hcdf past 6 to 8 _p.-wi. 
TAc latest Muhammedan hour of prayer. 
Esiia ni elea, I have understood it. 
Es.se, *., a «crew (St.) ? 

Essu (or ezu) ? ku piga, to hiss ? ? 

Estadi, 8. (or bitadi) — mtu ajuai kazi nzuri, onc 
who know8 how to do fine work ; estadi wa ku 

pika, a yood cook ; cfr. S\m , ct oU~\ , 

magistcr, magister principis pueri, hcrus, domi- 
nus. 

Estaha, *. ; — ya mbellc, the fore-deck. 

Estarange, *., (1) a board with lines for playiny 
icith pebbles, dr. on; bao la — , a gaminy board 
icith deep lines (bao la mifiio) ; differeut from 
this is the bao la mraba or miriiba, a yaminy 
board with many deprcssions. Tlie natives 
play with korosho [vid.) or vcith komoe (vid.). 
Tn former times yambliny was vcry freouent, 
aml many people lost thereby thcir moncy, 
their staves, thcir plantations, buUocks, tic. 
Therefore the govcvumcnt put a stop to that 
play which was calied dado (ku tesa dado). At 
present tluy play only with komoe, or korosho, or 
with pebbles (ku tesa bao na komoe, tCr.) ; (2) 
fig. mtumke huyu ui bao la cstarange, hakcti na 
mume, this icoman is a strumpet, shc does not 
stay with one inan, but decotes herself to cvevy- 
one — mkahaba. 

Estkrehe (or estakkiik), v. u.;cfr. c^a.^,-x-\ ; 



Arab. ».\, ivit ad aliquem vespera, gaudium et 

lactitiam percepit ; quieacere sivit ; to be free 
from troubles or cares and to be comfortabie. 

E.HTEREIltiWA, V.p. 

Esterehesha, r. c, to mahe one comfortable and 
quiet 80 that he may repose at ease ; kitanda 
cha ku sterehc, a couch. 
E'tu, our, ofus', — suisui, our own. 
Eua, v. a., to sprinlde with water after praying by 

way of charm against disease (St. ). 
Eupe, adf, white, ctean, clear. 
Eusi, adj., black. 

Ewa (or ewallah), (vid. ciwaa), be it so! yes! 
Ewe ! thou therc! {pl. cgniii! you there /) oh 

thou! oh you ! 
Ewedeka, v. ii., tohave the niyJtt-mare, incubus, 

to speak or make a noisc (to rattle in the throai) 

while sleeping ; Bhctani ame-inu-wedesha, tke 

spirit which causcs the incubus is calltd Jina- 

misi. 

Ewedesha, v. c. 
Eza, v. a., to measure. In A7n.= Kis. ku enenza, 

hawaniza, ku pima, to measure; tueze urefu wa 

niumba kua ilgue, let us measure the length of 

the house with a rope (ku eza kimojakwe). 

Ezana, v. rec. ; ku-kimo, to measure one T s height 
by another. 
Ez.v, r. n. (cfr. ku ea and weza), tobeable, to have 

powcr over, to be equal, yuwacza or yuwaw£za ; 

cfr. ye , potens i'actus est, potens et magnus 

cvasit. 

Ezemiia (or wezehha), v. c, to enable one; 

Muungu ame-ni ezesha or wezcsha ku kimbia 

Wagalla, God enabled me to escape the GaUa. 

EzfiKA, v. n., to thatch, to cocer with thatch (St.) ; 

ku eztka mduiko, to cover the top ofaroof (R.) ; 

ku kuea na ku wimba (Er.). 
Ezi, 8.; cfr. enzi. 
Ezua, v. a. ; ku — , to vncover ; ku ezua paa, to 

atrip a roof. 



Fa, ?'. n. ; kii fa, to dic, to pc.rinh, to fadc away ; 
ku fa mu8t be well distinyuished from the vcrb, 
ku vaa, e.g., ku vaa nguo, to put on a doth ; ku 
fa kua maradi, to dic of sickness. Mafu wana 
ku fa beredi. 

Fe\a (or fia or filia or felea), v. obj., to die, 
or to be dead to one, to leave one by death ; 
muanawe ame-m-fea or ame-m-fia or filia 
babai, the son died or became dead to his 
fatlter, or baba ameliwa or amcfiliwa ni 
muanawe. Tulifiwa, wc had a death 
among our friends, one of us died; ku fiwa 



ni mtu, lit. to be dead by one — to hare 
one dead. Anafelewa babayakwe, his father 
was dead to him — he hst his father by 
death ; fulani anafia akili, N N died to hi* 
understandiny, i.e., lost his wits. Hindi lina- 
ni-fia kua jua, tlie Indian corn (maize) died to 
me by the sun = Hmeharibika, tcas spoiled or 
destroyed by the heat of the sun ; kina felea, 
hakiku toka nde. 

FiliA, v. obj. ; ifilic hapa, may it die offor atcay 
gradually. 

Ji-fia, v. refi., to de8troy or kill one'sself; ame- 



(6i ) 



FA 



ji-fia kua urongo = he died to himself — de- 
stroyed himself with lies. The verbs : ku fia, 
ku wia, and kn vis must be weU distinguisJuid. 

Femia (pr fisha), v. c, to cause to die, toput to 
death. 

Fisiiia, v. obj., to spoil; ku-m-fishia kaziyakwe, 
to spoil one's work. 
Faa, v. »., to be of use or service, to avail, to 

profit; maneno haya yanafaa, these words were of 

use; niumba hi haifai tena, this Jtouse is no 

longer of any use; kiti hiki hakifai, this maiter 

is of no availj is worth notlting. 

Falia, v. obj. ; hatta mti hu ku-ji-falia, aiso this 
piece of wood may be used. 

Faana, v. rec. t to be of use to one anotJier, to 
Jtelp one another. 

Fayidi, v. a., to be useful to one; wa-m-fayidi, / 
am useful, profitaUe to him ; ame-fayidi jambo 
hili — amcpata fayida kua jambo hili, lie 
profited by this matter ; leo n'na-wa-fayidi, 
to-ilay I profitedfrom them, riz. manenoyao, to 
gct profit from ; niama ya juzi, nlio kula n'na 
or nime fayidi, Iderioed benefitfrom the mcat 
ichich I ate the day before yesterday ; siku-i- 
fayidi ku vaa nguo hi, imeibna ; nimefayidi 
ngiio hi, nime-i-nunua muaka hu m'bua pili, 
nikeli nayo, haitassa taruka. 

Fayida, s. gain, profit, advantage, vse; cfr. 

Arab. j\i; (1) humectavit; (2) donavit rem, 

o - 
utilitatem petiit SJtfvi , utilitas ; ku-m-tilia or 

patia or fania fayida, to procure advantage or 
profit to one. 
Eayidisha, r. c, to make one to gain. 
Fadash (or fatash), *. (K.), a penknife icith 

which a thorn is taken out (?). 
Fadusi (or fatusi) ? = ku vinchari ? 
Fafanisha, r. a., to liken. 

Fafanua (or fafunua), r. a., tofiiul out, to knotc, 
recot/nize, to make clear, understaiul; mimi 
sifafanui niumba hi (si tambui) ni-pa mtu, aka- 
ni-6nie, / cannot find this house, give me a 
nuin to show it to me. Mr. Erh. takes this word 
in the sense, (1) ku sema waziwazi, to speak 
clearly; (2) to blab out or rcport secrets in trust 
(?). 

Fafanuka, v. n., to become dear, kiwicn (kiia 
waziwazi) ; ndia inafafanuka = ime-ni-elea, 
na-i-tambia, the way is known, manifest. 
Fafanukia, v. obj., to be clear to — . 
Fafanulja, r. obj., to make clear — ; m-fafunulie 
mancno hayu, to explain or make clear to 
him. 
Fafanuhha, v. c, to make ckar, to ejrplain; ku 
— juo or mancno. 
Faoanzi, 17. n.; ku — , to become caUous (St.). 
Fagia, v. a., to sweep (vid. fiagia, v. a.). 



s - 



Fahali (pl. mafahali) ; Arab. V^ , mas animalis 

cujusquo, pec. admissarius. In the language of 
Mombas this word refers to "kitu kiume," and 
means, manly, brave, stout ; mtu huyu ni fahali, 
especiaUy fahali wa wita — shuga, si muoga, 
ni mtu ushujai, this man is brave, a brave 
warrior, he is a hero, he does not fear (pl. watu 
hawa mafahali ya wita, brave warriors). In 
reference to animals ttie word fahali points to 
the maie sex; gnombe fahali, a buUock, especiaUy 
in point of generative power, a bull; mbuzi 
fahali, a buck. In the Kigunia dialect tJie pcople 
say, Fahali wa gnombc =- gnombe mume, an ox. 

Fahamia ; kua ku fahamia, on the face, forward 
(St.) (?). 

FIhamu, v. a., to underttand, to eoneeive, to re- 
tnember; Arab. p$ , intellexit, pcrcepit animo. 

Fahamia, r. obj.; fahamia, ni lazima ju yako, 

miiul, you are amenable or responsible for it; 

iflost, it wiU be requiredfrom you. 
Fahamuca, v.p., capahle ofbeing understood. 
Faiiamiwa, v.p., to be understood. 
Fahamisha, v. c, to tnake to understand or to 

be under8tood, to remind = kumbusha, subst. 

ufahamivu, understamling. 

Fauaki, v. n., to glory in, to boast of, to pride 
one f 8 selfon, to be wanton; Arab. ^I, jactavit '» 

bc, gloriatus fuit ; ku fania fahari, to lire above 
one's jnsition; ku ji-fania fahari or ku-ji-fania 
utagiri, to live lilce great and riclt people tJiough 
one Juu not tJuiir rank nor their means. 

• C — 

Fahari, 8.; jsU , gloria, glory — fakhari. 

Faharisha, v. c ; ku ji-faharisha ■■ ku ji-fania 
fahari. 
Faida (and faidi), vid. fayida, *. 
Faja, 8.; la farasi, a stable (St.). 

FAKiei, adj. and 8. ; Arab. jfr , fodit, pcrforavit ; 

jfr , pauper fuit ; ytfr , pauper, cui tantum cst, 

quantum vitae sustenendae sufficit, poor, a poor 

person; pl. Arab. *\>& » paupcrcs. 
Fakua, i\ «., to cut offa icliole piece ; Mgalla ana- 

m-fukiia mbO, tJte OaUa emasculated Jiim. ErJi 

takes tJu's icord in tJte sense, to rob a person 

witliforce. 

FakuUwa, v.p. 
Fala, r. «./ ku — , vid. faa (St.). 
Faladi, s., an old name ofMombas (vid. kongowua). 

Falaki (or f^laki) ; cfr. Arab. dJLU , rotundus 

fuit ; «tUi , orbis coelestiB, Jutnce the science of 
Jieavenly matters — astronomy, astrology; kn 
piga falaki, to foreteU or prognosticate by tlte 



(62) 



FA 



stars, in general, to think, considcr or delibcratc 
on anything — uganga va ku tazamia niuni. It 
is incredible to ichat nonsense the superstition of 
tlie natives leads tltem in reference to good or 
bad omens, thouyh the Muhammedans endcavour 
to conccal their foolcrics from a European. 
Thtis the timdtili (wlto are MuJtammedafts) icill 
return from their projccted journey if Utcy 
sltouJd meet a one-eyed man or if tJtey shouUt 
stumble in the ontsct of the journey. Jn likc 
manner the pagan Wanika wiU abaiulon a 
journey when thcy see a bird wlticJi is considered 
not to be an aiwpicious onc. Leo nimepiga fnlaki, 
nika riidi, niiini amclia vibiiya, nikakua gu baya 
(nime — onana na mdana mbnya) (vid. mdana), 
to-day I harc tried an augury, but returned as 
a bird cried vupropitioitsty and a* I stumbled 
irith an unlucky foot (I met with a bad omen). 
Falani, adj. (or fklani or fulani, mfulani), X. 
X., a ccrtain such and such a man or thing ; 

mzongn falani, a certain European; Arab. ^s^ 

quidara, quaodam. 
Falaula, *., syn. irith laiti, intercession (?). 

Fali, *., an omen, omens; Arab. J\i, omen; JlAJ , 

bene ominatus fuit ; cfr. fe!i, *. 
Falia (bcttcr valia\ rid. vii. 
FalIwa, v. 11., to be helped or deJivered; nimo 

faliwa ni fctha yangu, / was helped by my money 

(Sp.) ; cfr. faa, falia. 
Faha, v. n. t (Sp.). 

Fana, r.n. (cfr. Arab. ^U , venit), toprore gootl, 
to succecd, to turn oitt wcU, to dcscrrc to thrivc 
(especiaUy of trces, of tJtc jtroducc of tJic land, 
c£*c); mpunga unafiina muaka hu = mpnnga 
umekua mcma iuuaka hu, tJte rice has turned 
out well tlti* ycar, it bccame good ; mtu huyu 
afana (or astauc or astahili) ku pigua, tJtis man 
deserve8 (ovgltt) to lw l>eatcn; mancno haya 
yamefana or yamestaue, tJtrse words or things 
turned oui well; chombo hiki kinafana sana, this 
ressel tumed out vcry wcll; kitu hiki chafu or 
chafana, jcstauc, tJtat wiU do. 
Fanana, v. »., to bc alike, to bear resemblancc = 

kiiasiira mojn. 
Fananisha, r. c, to inake or cau&c to l>c alike or 

to re8cmblc, to assimilate, to liken, to conq>arc 
= ku fania sura inoja. 
Fania, v. a., to mukc, to do, to act, to work; ku 

fania kazi, to do or pcrformbwiness ; muhogo 

unafania ku oza, tltc cassada-root does or 

begins to rot ; ku fania shauiri, to taJce counseJ ; 

ku fania kura, to cast lots. 
Ji-fania; ku — , to make ont's seJf toprctend to 

be something, 
FasIa, v. obj. t to make or act for or to onc, in 



his favour. Muongu amc-m-fania wema or 
khcri, God granted kim kindness or hajtpi- 
ness; ni-ku-fanie-che ? what shcdl I doto you, 
or with you f 

Faniaka, v. rec. (obscene). 

Fanuca, v. p., makeable, doablc, feasibJc, prac 
ticable, 8uccessful t settled, to be tlone — kua 
ngcma, ku tendeka ; maneno yao yamefanika 
= yamelekea — hakuna kondo tena, tkeir 
matters (which were previousJy in a badcondi- 
tion) have been settled, thcre is no more strife 
among tliem. 

Fanikia, r. obj., to become prospcrous or s*e- 
ces/tfid to one ; biashera ime-ni-fanikia, thetrade 
was prosperous to me — nimepata bi&sher» 
ngcma, Isucceedcd in trading ; mambojakwe 
yame-m-fanikia kua Mungu. 

Fanikiwa, r.^., Jte was rendered prosperous or 
has done wetl ; aliharibikiwa, kiaha akafani- 
kiwa, he had Jost, then he gained. 

Famliza, v. a , toprosper one. 

Faniza, t'. fl., to make treU, to repair t to mend,- 
nimcfaniza niumba iliokua mbaya, / repaired 
tltc ltouse wltich was damaged. 

Fanizua, r. p. ; ku-katika kazi, to be svccestfmt 
in onc y 8 busines*, to prosper in it. 

Fanizia, v. a., to prosper or favour, to do him 
good >= ku-m-fathili; ku-m-fanizia daua, to- 
pre8cribc medicine for one; ku-m-fanizia, 
uorcvu, hila, msaha, ubishi. 

FanizIka, r. p., to have the avality qf being 
prosjKred or of bcing in a prosperous condi- 
tion ; jawabu or jambo hili limefanizika wema, 
this matter has been done successfuUy ; neno 
hili hali ku fanizika, tltis matter rcas not such 
a8 could bc rendered prosperous. 

Faniziwa, v. p., to be rendered or made to do 
wcll. Tlte substantive derived from fano i> 
" mfano" (vid.). 
Fan(»uhu, 8. (ya, pl. za), ferrule. 
Fanuh (or fanusi), *. (la, pl. ma — ), a lantem, 

Arab. 
Fara, s. (ya), brim, brimful; cfr, £jh , nimmom 

et vcrtcx rci, pars Mimma ; kn pima pishi na 

fara, or ku pima pishi ya fara, to measure a 

pishi (vid.) to its brink. A fara contains 10 

pishi (cfipecially in measuring litnc) ; cfr. 

mshumbi and sanrrn. 

FA.RAOHA, *. (ya) ; cfr. ^ , fidit separatns fuit ; 
sccrecy, privacy, lcisnre. (Kin. njama), to take 
any one privately ; ku m loa faragha or ku-m- 
\nita kando or ku-m-tia faraghani. 

Faraoua, r. a. ; cfr. g^» f fidifc, removit, separatos 
dissitus fuit ; ku-ji-faragua, to separate orscdude 
one'sself to Urc by one's-self, to be jprivate, to 
keep alone, to retirc. 



FA 



(63) 



FA 



•o- 



Faraja, *. (or faraji, s.) (cfr. {%ft , levamen, 

solamen), ea8e, comfort after troubU, biessing, 
rest; kupata faraji after kn ondokewa ni ma- 

t'eBO. 

«» «» 
Faraji (pr pariji), v. a.; firaji ; cfr. gj* t 

liberatus fuit curis tristitia ; removit, detersit 
moerorem Deus, to bless (sku jalia), to con- 
soie. Muungu ame-m-faraji, Ood btensed him 
(nai amcfarajika). 

Farajika, v. p., to be blessed, to thrivc, to be 
comforted. 

FarajIwa, v.p., to beput at ease, to be reiieved. 
Faraka (or morc vsuaily fakiki, fereki), to 

become separatcd ; Arab. ^Jk , eeparavit; ku 

fariki dunia, lit., to have tJie world — to die, to 

decease; bibi anafariki. 

Farakana, v. rec, to be separated, divided } 

alienated by strife. 
Farakiana, v. rec,to be divided, to be alienated 

from one another, to differ among themeeives. 
FarikIwa = ku felewa. 
Fakikanisiia, r. c, to cause to divide or differ. 
FarakIsiia, v. c, to alienate. 

Farikisiia, = ku weka mballimballi, to put 
aeunder. 

Faranga, 8. ; cfr. £. J , pullus gallin» ; (la, pl. 

mafaranga) the chichcn of a hen ; the names of 
fowls according to their age are : (1) kisiwi (thc 
smallest kind); (2) kizingnie; (3) faranga or 
kinda ; (4) mso ; (5) mtetea, (pi. mi — ), tchich 
iays eggs; (6) ko (or kuku aviaye mai), a full 
grownfowl (cfr. kuku). 

Farasi, *. (ya, r pl. ma — ), a horse; cfr. ^J 

equus, equa. 
Farui, r. a. } vid. faraja. 
Fariki, v. a., vid. faraka. 

Farlsiii, r. «., to spread; Arab. ^&J , expandit, 

dispersit. 

Faritiia, v. a. (St.), topay; probabhj from ^jty , 

insecuit, donavit, accepit stipendia sna, de 
exercitu. 
Faroma, 8. (St.), a bloclc to put caps on after 
washing them, to prevent their shrinhing ; cfr. 

&■ 

Fabratiii, 8. ; cfr. ^jb J , statutum quod impositum 

et imperatum est a deo, quod ex lege vcl debito 
penditur, stipcndium; neces^ity, obligation, a 
thing which men mu8t do or abandon. Man 
rnuit have a certain portion of food 8ufficient to 
saiisfy his hunger, or with the Muhammedans 
a man is bound to pray fire timee a day; nina 
farrathi ya kula, niki kossa farratbi miini taanga- 



mia, I am under the nece^sity ofcating—Imu8t 
eat, ehte I shatt perieh; mtu huyu yuna farratbi 
ya ku enenda Mvita, ku pata jakula. Especially 
does the word " farrathi" signify tJie going in and 
out and finding food with somebody; e.g. t kua 
Gabiri farrathi yangn, ndiko iliko = nimesoSa 
kula kuakwe ; Gabiri waaema ; kulla asie mke na 
asie niumba farrathiyakwe ih&pa kuangu — alo 
hapa kuanga. Chakula pale nlapo ndiofarrathi- 
yako. Farrathiyangu kua Wali Muhammcd Ben 
Sef ; farrathiyangu i kua Balos katika Unguja. 
The place I am utually going to ie with the 
Balos (the English JResident) at Zanzibar. I 
go U8ualiy to him, eat and stay with him, till I 
quit Zanzibar. 
Farum (or farumiot farumu), *., baiia^t of 8tone8 
or other things to render a ship more 8teady at 
sea; chombohakina kitu, utie farumu, kipatc kiia 
kizito. 

c *■* *• ** 

Faseiia, *., cUaniines8 (cfr. Arab. &*Xah , pers- 

picuitas), purity, genuineness. Ofthe Coran they 

use the word ufasaha. 

Fasuini, 8. (— ya jombo), the prow of the vessei ? 

the cutwater. 

Fasihi, adj., clean,pure, correct, j>erspicuou8 ; cfr. 
^ •• ^ 
•«aft , lumine ruo appaniit alicui aurora ; clara, 

manifesta fuit res. 
Fasiki, 8., fornicator; Arab. ^y^i , cxivit, aDeo 
defecit, vel scortatus fuit ; ufa^iki, fomication, 
viclence. 

Flanj, *. (ya) (cfr. J^* , vilis, pravns fuit ; 
separavit palmae surculum cumque plantavit; 

_ _ G «• •• 

J^i , homo vilis; Je— * , surculus palmac, 

novella palma), a shoot, 8prig, 8prcading 

Dr. Steere aiiudcs to the native proverb: huna 

asili, wala fasili, you have neitiier root, nor 

branche8, i.e., neitiier good birth nor great con- 

nections. Mr. Beb. takes faeili in the sense 

of '«■ kitambo, interval between tfie appearance 

and explosion ofa meteor (niota). In this caee 

co- 
tJte word wouid have to be derived from A«i r 

incisura, differentia, distinctio. 
Fasiri, r. a. ( ,- nr l , detexit rem absconditam r 

explicuit), to explain, to interpret; fasiria, r. obj., 
to erplain to one ; «., explanation, translation ; 
faBiriwa, r. p., tobe erplained. 
Fataki, *., a percussion cap, a gun-cap (St.) ; cfr. 

jjjJ , ruptuB fuit, rupit omnino ; Jk^ , per- 

mptus, inde oriens et fulgens aurora. The Arabic, 
no doubt, alludes to the scnind and spark oftJie 
cap. 

Fatiiaa (fazaa), 8. (cfr. <j , inquietum red- 



FA 



(64) 



didit, hencc ^k , vir levis, inqaictus), briskness, 

confusion, resttessness, dist/uietness ; rotu wa 
fathaa — asicaza muana huyu yuna or ana 
fathoa, fAw foy 1« restlcss, foryetfut, tiyht, 
Jlighty = hana makini ya ku sikia juo; ncno 
atumalo hasikii, yuwasahau harraka, hatii 
nioyoni ; usifanie fathaa = harraka, harraka — 
roho hafifu ; Muungu hana fathaa, yuna saburi ; 
haamiii kua fathaa. 
Fatiiaika, to be troubtett, disauieted, to become 

confused, to be in Juiste. 
Fatiiaisha, v. c, to cause haste and therefore 

inakeforyetfut, to confuse one. 

Fathaisha (or fazawha), v. a., to press (Sp.); 

probabty froni 9 J , territavit, perculit metu 

a1iquem (?). 
Fatiiali (vid. afathali), preferabty, adv. 

*■» ^ ^ 

Fathali (or fatiiili), r. a. (Arab. Lak , erube- 

ravit, praecelluit, benefccit), to bencfit one, to do 
a kindness to one; to be kiiul to oae, dcserre 
tcelt; to obliye one by kindness or prescnts. 

Fathili, *. (ya, ]il. za), favour, kindness, benefit, 
present, achunrtedyment, otitigation ; ku-m- 
fania fathili = ku-m-fania wcma, to show one 
kindness esperiatty in distrcss =- ku mu-aza 
sana. Pror. fathili za punda ni mashiizi, tit. 
the kindncns ofan ass is his breakiny tcind = 
hc who has rectired bcnejit*, returns them irith 
bad; pror. ivushayo ni mbovu, the lioat which 
has carrieda man to tlie otherside oj'thericer 
is bad, i.e., when he has crossctl the rirer he 
abitses the boat, as the man does icho abuses his 
bentfaclor. 

Fatiiilika, r. a., to be shown kindness, to bc 
under obliyation for kindness shomi. 

Fathilisiia, r. c, to make a person dependcnt 

vpon onc's-self. 
Fathiliwa, r.p. 
Fathilizana, r. rec, to be kind one to anottier ; 

Muungu hafathiliwi, hadaki ku fathiliwa, God 

is not ptit under obtiyations. 

Fathehi, v. a. ( £*aj f detectis malcfactis igno- 

minia affccit), to put to confusion, to find out a 
person in a trick (St.) 

Fatiha, *. (Arab. ^si , apcruit; &**\± , initium 

rci, cnm artic. primaCorani sura), aprayer madc 
by the Muhammedans on certain solcmn occa- 
sions, cspccially atfuneraJs, by rcadiny passages 
from the Coran, particutarly using the first sura ; 
ku-m-fikiliza meiti (mtu alie kufa) fatiha = ku- 
mu-aga kua mancno ya juo ; ku t6a fatiha ; the 
natives say also: ku sonia fatia, on thc yraves 
(aiara), ku toa fdtiha (fataha) (mutanga yakion- 
dolewa). 



Fatushi, r. a., topry, to be ovcr-cvrious. 
Fauk6mbe {pr fuk6mbe and fubuk6mbe), s n a 

khid of vuiturefiyiny very high (?). 
Faulu, v. a., a nautical term. 

Fawiti, r. a. (cfr. Arab. «yU , praetorivit, fugit 

aliquem res, vicit), to detain, to occupy, hinder 
one; ame-ni-fawiti — ame-ni-weka mno. 

Fawiti, s., troubte, embarrassment — athia; ldtu 
hiki kina-ni-tia uthia, kina-n-sirimishjt (Kin.\ 
e.g., sina kizu, nina uthia bora. 

Fayida and fayiih (rid. faa), r. n. 
Fazaa, s., confusion, trouble; rid. fathaa. 

Fedeha, s., a btame, blemish; pasipo — , blameUss; 
cfr. fetheha. 

- 

F£ka (or fieka), r. a. (cfr. ulU , fregit, disaolvit 

compagem, diBJunzit), to ctearforest lands (8t.). 
FelAm, adj., vid. falani. 

Felkfelk (or fekefeke), *. ( JU , deWlis, 
infirmus fuit), an inferior kind ofmitlet; fere- 
ferc, rcd mittet groicing in Arabia, from the 
fiour ofwhicJt the Arab saitors prepare the mo- 
kate wa mofa (vid. mofa) ; ttte miltet is Jirst put 
into water antl then ground together tcith the 
husks. 

FfiLEOi (or feleji), 8., aii cvcettent kind ofiro*, or 
stcel; upanga wa fclegi (vid. kitara), a long 
straight two-etfgtd sword, vsed by the Arabs, a 
cimeter, sabre. 

*— *» ^ 

Fi!leti, r. a. (Arab. «JU , effecit, ut evaderet, 
liberavit), to adrancc inoney, to pay a debt \u 
order ttuit the debtor may be tiberated ; ame-ni- 
feleti amc-ni-fuugua (kua ku-ni-zaidia awtmi), he 
hax liberated, releascd me by paying my debt; to 
relcase froin an obliyation. 
FeletIka, r. p. 
Feletibiia, r. c. 

Felewa, r. p., vid. fa. 

Feli, s. (cfr. fali) ; omen, auspicium (feli ngema or 
mbaya) ; ku piga feli, to ominate. Dr. Stecre 
takes this word in the sense, " fcli, pl. mafeli, n 

beginning of spcaking or doing." In this casc 

0* ^ " 

it mnst bc dcrircd from Asd , niovit ae, cgit, 
opus fccit, whereas feli " meaning omen " must 
be dcrived from JU J\i • Bod omene are 

irith the Suahili: "(1) irhen ttte cock crotcs 
bcforc midnight; (2) irhen a hyena cries at day- 
time; (3)trhen an ass couples a cow; (4) tchen a 
sheep ascends the loic roof 'of 'a cottage /** vrana 
feli ya wa masai, they have an omen of the 
masai, that they vritl comc ; ku-m-feli mtu, i'jfc, 
kua muivi ; ku-m-fcli mtumke, to know a tooman 
carnalty. 
Fenersi, *. (or finesbi) (la, pl. ma — ), a jadtyruit 



(65) 



M 



(bread-fruit ?) ; mfenessi, thejackfruit4ree (arto- 

carpus integri folia). 
Feraga, *., vid. faraglia (ya,jjJ. za), secret; ku-mu- 

cleza maneno ya feraga. 
Feraka (or mfaraka), vid. fariki, v. 
F£rari, 9. (wa, pl. za), vid. faraai, horse (also pL 

mafcrasi). 

Ferdausi, *., paradise; <•**>** i stravit humi, 

sc-c 

V*)**J* » paradisus, sedes beatorum. 
Ferepere, *. (vid. felefele), red miUet. 

Fereji, *., a drain, a channel; cfr. Arab. gj , 

fissura, rima hiatus. 

• -o 
Fersadi, *. (vid. forsadi); cfr. Arab. Si»jh , 

morus arbor aliis frnctus mori, aliis ruber fructus 
mori, tinctura rubra. 
Ferunzi, s. (ya, pl. za). 

Fetiia, e. (ya, pl. za), silver, money ; ^irai. Si , 



- 



argentura, /rom J&i , fregit rem, rupit, sepa- 

ravit; mikiifu ya fetha, chaine ofsilver. 

Fethaluka, *., carnelian or carneol said to be 
found in Chagga (cfr. margani), also a kind of 
beads; ushanga wa fethaluka (or marijani), a 
kind ofwatcr like beads ofgreat value (R.) (cfr. 
kido). Dr. St.takes "marijani yafethaluka" 
for "the true red coral." 

Fethehe, v. a., to disgrace one — ku-m-tia aibu. 

Fktitbha,*., disgrace, a shame; o*Xth , igno- 

minia, opproprium from ~aJ , ignominia 

affectus fuit ; pasipo fetheha, blameless. 
Fetheiie*ka, to be ashamed before the people (kn 

ona aibu) ; to beput to shame ( = ku aibika). 
Fethehe8HA, t\ c, to make ashamed, toput to 

the blush (=» ku tahayarisha). 

FtfruA, r. a.; Arab. ^s* , apernit portam, jus 

dixit, dijudicando diremit litigantes ; to give 
judyment on qu38tions ofthe Muhammedan law. 
Fetiwa, r. p., to be condemned, to be adjudged, 
to be punished. 

FetulikIa, v. a., vid. peketekea. 

FSuli (or fkauli), *., the hold of tlie native ships 
at the stern, the place in a native vessel where 
they put up things as in a baggage-room (jnmba 
cha tini katika chombo cha ku weka mali katika 
tesi) ; jumba cha mali katika jahazi (cfr. akiki, 
another kind o/feuli). 

Fi, prep. (Arab. <j* , in, de, propter), by ; tanofi 
tano, five timesfive; saba fi saba, seven times 
seven. 

Fi, fio, NDivio, ALivio, &c, vid. vi or vy, vi, &c 

Fia, s. (vid. fira), a kind of serpent. 

Fia (or viaa), v. a., togive birth; fialia, fialisha, to give 



assiitance at a birth; fialiwa, v. p., to be bom; 
fiawa, v. p.; fiansa, s; mfiazi, parent; kifiazi, 
generation (mviazi, kiviaii). 

FiA, v.; kn filia (vid. fa) ; ku fa, to die; (1) to die 
to one; pass. ku fiwa na — , to lose by death; ni 
kheri ku-ji-f ia, / will rather die ; (2) to be ar- 
rested in growth, to grow stunted, to be spoiled, 
corrupted, e.g., mnazi kwanza unaond6ka na sihi 
(nguvu), kisha unasunda wdf ua ; mtu hnyu anaf ia 
muili na akili, this man died to or is spo'ded, 
corrupted in body and mind, i.e., hakukua, 
araerunda, hakupata kimo, his bodydid notgrow 
large, he became crippled, short ; amefia akili = 
amepumba, he was spoiled in point of under- 
standing, he became stupid; amekua susu ; 
mahindi yanafia kua jua, hayakupata kimo, 
hayakua makuba, yanafia visegere or vimbugue, 
i.e., gugutalakwe ni nd6go, ni fupi. 
FittA, v. c, to cause to be stunted, tpoiled; kn-m- 
fisa kazi, na kazi if ie — iharibike ; mahindi 
yanafia — hayakuiwa sana junguni. 
FisiA, v. obj.; ame-ni-fipia kaziyangn, he spoiled 
my work, he prevented me from finiehing it. 

FiAoiA, v. a. ( — ku pea), to swcep, hence 8. ufiagio 
(pl. fiagio), broom ( — upco, pl. peo) ; fiagia (or 
fagia) vema katika chumba hiki, stceep this 
room weli. 
Fiaoilia, v. obj. 

Fiaoua, v. a. f 

FialIka, v. p. (or vtalika), to be born in a fine 
and strong manner, and to have many brothers 
and sisters (Er.). 

Fianda, v. a., to crush, to bruise, to contuse; jiwe 
lime-ni-fianda chanda, a stone bruised myfinger ; 
topinch, tojam. 
Fiandlka, v. p., to bc bruised. 

Fiandi, s. (ya, pl. za) ; biinduki ya fiandi, a 
musket which has a small barrel and make» a 
weak report (cfr. shugalo). 

Fiata, v. a., to hohl one's hands or one's clothes 
between one's Ugs or thighs, to take bettceen the 
thiglis, to keep one's thighs closed (when your 
hands arefuU (fiata is not to be confounded with 
fumbata); ku fiata ngtio, to turn up the cloth 
from the knee and tie it to one's buttocks. The 
natives used to travel in this manner in the 
wilderness, ku horumia nguozao, they do not 
feel ashamed as they are not observed by their 
countrymen; ku fiata nguo nd6go kama Mkamba ; 
ku piga ubinda kama Baniani (vid. ubinda). 
Erhardt takes tlte word fiata, u to put one's 
hands in sleeping to one's genitals" ? Ku fiata 
mkia, to take the tail between the legs. 

Fiatisa, v. a., to beat with a switch or whip which 
bends around tlie whole body and givespain; ku 
piga kua ufito uembamba or kua kikoto (vid.), a 
kind ofwhip made o/gnongo za mia. 



PI 



(66) 



n 



Fiat6a, v. a. t to let off, to allow a spring to escape. 

Fiatijka, v. n. t to escape (as a spring does). 
Fiazi, s. (vid. riazi), sing. kiazi, sweet potatoes. 
Ficha, v. a. (Kiung.) « fita, to hide, conceal; amc- 

ni -fita kitu, he did hide the matterfrom mc. 

FiciiiA ( = FrriA), t». obj.; amc-ni-fitia nguoyangu, 
hc did hide my cloth. 
Fida (fidua), t». a. t to uncover, to bctray, to tell to 

(ku-m-sema, this crpression is more vsual). 

Fiduana, v. rec., to Itetruy one another. 

Ku-ji-fidua, to betray one'S'SeJf. 

Fida fida = gunkunisa (K.) ? 

Fidi, v. a. (Arab. \jJ, dato lytro redemit, liboravit 

aliquem; \& or \& , *., rcs qua aliquis redimi- 

tur et libcratur), to redecm, tofree, to dclivcr out 
— ku tfia ndc, ku komboa; maliyakwe ime-m-fidi 
katika kifungo, his propcrty redeemtd him from 
prison, aajuitted himfrom punishment bypayiny 
thefine. 

FidIa, t'. ohj., to deliver orransom one by paying 
the ransom; amc-m-fidia babai kua reali niia, 
he redeemed his father for a hundred ddlars; 
KristoBi amc-tu-fidia kua damu yakwe or damu 
ya Kristosi ime-tn-fidi, kuani, yee ame-tu-ona 
8iii8ui katika thiki. A free JSuahili who 
icounds and kills anothcr frce man has to 
pay the sum 0/6OO to 1200 dollars; ifhe kills 
a slave of somcbody he must pay sixty dollars. 
A slavc wJio vounds and hills his feUmc-man 
must pay fifty dollars, laid to the charge uf 
his master. Formcrly it was customary to 
punish wound with wound, life with life, <(c. 
(likc in Exod. xxi. 23, 24), bvt Svltan Said- 
Haid, the rulcr of Zanzibar, aboI'iHhed this 
cnstom. 

Fidia, s. (ya, pl. za) (in an abstract scnse), 
blood-moncy, ransom ; fctha or mali ya ma- 
kombozi ; hatu-i-daki iidia, tuadaka kisasi 
(retaliation), zamani watosipo fetha waona 
kama ku onewa, tliey cons'uUr it a disgrace to 
take money bccausc the.y dcsire retaliation for 
the crime committed ; amclctta fidia yakwe, na 
kuamba hangetoa mali, antfeuawa, hc hrovght 
his rannom, if hc had not gicen money hc 
would have bcen hilhd. 

Fidia, s. (in a concretc sense) ; huyu ni fidia- 
yangu, i.e., atoaliayo kisasi, this man is my 
redccmer, hcpaid the kisasi/trt* mc. 

Fii)iA ((/r i'idii.ia), to atone or pay for anotJier. 

Fidili, s., abns (Kr.) ? 
Fidi, s., vid. fithi (Sp.). 

FlDIANA (fILIDIANA ?) ? 

FidikAna, r. (11.), vid. sini. 

Fidina, s. t mint (?). 

Fidio, 8.; uganga wa fidio ? (R.). 



FiDiRi, *., vid. fftiri ; Arab. ^Uk , aoliit Mnun; 

j& , jejunii solutio. 

Fido (vid. fito), a switch. 

Fido fido ; watu wa fido fido ? 

Finuu, rid. fithuli, fithulikia. 

Fikka, r. a. ; ku ficka, vid. feka ; kn fieka mnito, 
to clear ground in afbrest. 

Fieta, r. a. t (l)to crush; e.g., ka fieta maembe, to 
crush mangots (which are ripe); (2) = kn-n- 
kaniaga tumbu kua roagu, to tread vjpo* ont't 
?w?%(Sp.)? 

FiFiA, v. w., to disappear, not tobe seenanulonger, 
to pine away; kofuyangu imefifia = haiooekini 
tena, my scar is no longer seen — imekua nnriK 
mmoja ; tayafifia, yadaka kn zima ; wino wafifia 
katika wuraka, the ink cannot be eeen on the 
paper, whicJi therefore eannot be read; si mema 
wino hu, umengia maji; jua linafifia or lioa- 
fifilisa nuru or muanga wa muili, the im hat 
burnt or spoiled the colour or complejrio* of tit 
body. Erh. takcs this verb, " to become Uaekf' 
jua linafifia, the sun blackened f 

Fifilisa, v. a., to cheat one in counting, to over- 
reach one in reckoning (ku fifiliaa katika hesaba) ; 
ame-ni-fifilisa reali tano, he counted 20 doUars, hrf 
gave mc actually only 15, thusabstracting bdoUart. 

Fifinuka ? r. n. (R.). 

Fioa (la, pl. ma— ), the three stones used toseta 
pot u/>on over thcfire. 

Fioiu, s. (ya, pl za), a kind of large radisk, 
growing bcst on the island of Pemba. 

FiuMA, v. a. (FiNiA), (1) to pinrJi, nip uritk tht 

finger-nails (=»ku niukua kua ukucha, pl. knchi>. 

(2) ku kunda usso - ku kasirika, to make * 

sour look, to frown (cfr. ku kunifita) ; ku fignia 

nguc ? 

Fioni/vna, r. rcc, (\)to be pinclied togethtr, toU 
gatlured vp in a smatt or narrotc place ; (2) 
ku kundamuna usso. 

FiciNiu, *., thcmouth ofa bag; kanoa figniu-liiu- 
figniana, or mdomo unafigniana, the moutk is 
uarrow [cfr. ombo); nguo Hi figniu, this dothu 
narrow. 

Figo, s. (yn,pl. ma? za), kidney ; figo ya-ni-um*, 
the lidney pains me. The native* put thf 
kidneys of a slaughtered goat upon the aekinf 
part of a mans body, to curc him. Jn Ukt 
manner they put the wengu (spleen) of a co* 
vjton thc aching wengu ofa man. The sicknett 
of thc wengu causes a sweUing of the beUu (mi- 
tumbo). 

Fika, r. n., to arrive, to reach; alipofika kak 
nibelle, whcn he arrived there. 
Fikana, v. rec, to arrive together. 
Fikanisha, v. c, to causc to arrive at the nmt 

time. 
Fikia, r. obj. t to arrive at onc'e place or f* 



FI 



(67) 



FI 



one, to reach one; warakawangu ume-m- 

fikia, my letter reached him, arrived at his 

place. 
Fikilia, v. obj., to come up to, to arrive at one's 

place, to concern one; mgeni ame-ni-fikilia 

kuangu. 
Fikiliana, v. rec.y to arrive together, to coincide; 

e.g., many words of the Kinika language coin- 

cide with the KisuahUi and vice versd. 
FikilIwa, v. p. ; nimefikiliwa ni mgeni = ame- 

ni-fikilia pango. 
Fikiliza, v. c, to cause to arrivefor, or toreach; 

nime-m-fikiliza mgeniwako niumbani muako, / 

caused thy guest to arrive at thy lumse; 

Muungu ame-m-fikiliza wemi or vibaya; ku 

fikiliza ahadi, tofidjil apromise or treaty. 
Fikilishia, v. obj.; ku-m-fikilishia maneno.kctha 

wa ketha ; ku-m-fikilishia matukano, to abuse or 

revile one. 
Fikizia, v. obj. ; nimefikizia niumba, I reached 

the housc. 
Fikibha, v. c, to cause to arrive, to lead, to take. 
Fisiia, v.c, to cause to arrive ; chakula hiki kita- 

ni-fisha Ukambani, this food will bring me to 

Ukambani, wiU be sufficient ttU I reach 

UJcambani ; ku-m-fisha mbelle ndiani, to see 

one to tlte road, to accompany him tiU he 

reaches the road. 
Fisiua, r., to cause a thing to reach him ; ku-m- 

fishia mbelle mzigo, to carry the load for 

tome one to a certain distance. 

FlSHiWA, v.p. 

Fishua, v.p. 

Fikidia ? (Reb.). 

Fiklja (R. figija), v.a.,to rub between tliefingers, to 
compress by rubbing, to rub topieces, to crumble, 
to rub hard; ku fikija unga ulio na mafiSmbo, 
to crumble a lump offlour between tlic thumb 
and fore and middle fingers, in order to reduce 
it topowderfor bread-making. 

Fikiea (or pikara), s. (y&,pl. za), thought, thouglti- 
fulnes8, consideration ; mtu hnyu yuna fikira 

nengi — yuna maazo mangi ; cfr. Arab' £± % 

cogitavit dc aliqua re ; j& , cogitatio ; fikira 

hizi hatundzo suisui. 

FiKini, to consider, think, ponder; ku fikiri mali 
iliopotea, to think of theproperty lost; ufikiri 
sana, usianguko, think weU, lest you faU. 
Fil, 8., a chess castle or rook (St.) ; in Arabic an 

6 

eUpJiant; J^i • 

Fila, v. n. — fia, v. n., to die; affle mballi, may 

hedie at a distance,far off. 
Filia, v. obj. ; cfr. ku fa, v. n., to die. 
Filimbi, s., a flute. 

Fiuu, r. a. (fifilibi by redupl.) (cfir. ^jJi , 



inops fuit, inopem pronunciavit aliquem judex), 
to take away or to seU by auction somebody's 
property, to pay his debts; wali ame-m-fiiisi 
fulani, ametoa watvima, shamba, viombo via 
niumba, dc. ; na Abdalla amefilisiwa ni wali, na 
sasa Abd. amefilisika, hana kitu tena. 
Filisika, t;. p., to be distrained, to have been 

sold up. 
Filibiwa, v. p., to be seized for the payment of 

debts (pne' 8 property). 
MFiFiLisi, *., a man who sells a debtor's pro- 

perty. 
FuiLi8A, v.a.; ame-m-sehaulisa, apate sehau, to 
get by deceit. 
Fililibika, v. p., to have been sold up; also = 

ku dangauika or pumbasika, to be overreached, 

defrauded, 
Fiiiba, v. n. (vid. vimba)=ku fura, (1) to tweU, 
matumbo yana vimba = yunajaa tello ndani ; 
(2) ku vimba niumba niassi or makuti, to thatch 
or roofa house with grass and palnvleaves. 
Fimbjba (vid. vimbisa), v. c, to cause to tweU; 

mtama uta-ku-vimbisa, to overfeed aperson. 

Fihbiwa (vid. vimbiwa), v. p., to overeat one f s 

self. 
Fimbika, v. n. (or fimbuka) ; maembe yafimbika 
niumbani, the mangoes ripen in the house. 

Fimbisi, *., the state ofbeing inflated (K.). 

Fimbo, *. (ya, pl. za), a long stick (cfr. bakora), a 
walkingstick. 

Finamoa, v. a. (finianga) (Kin. umba), to form or 
mouldpotters clay, to tread and trample, to make 
vessels of day ; ku fania viombo kua udongo, to 
do potter's work. Pottery is the business of 
women in East Africa. The women mould, bake, 
andseUthe ware. They make water'jars, dishes, 
d'c, of various sizes from a red and black kind 
of clay which they dig in the island of Mombas 
and nearJumfu, a MuliammedanviUage, situated 
on the mainland, about six m'des to the west of 
Mombas. 
Finangua, v.p. 

Finessi, s. (vid. fenessi),^/. mafincssi, ajack-fruit; 
finessi la Kizungu, a duryan (St.). 

Finginiuka (cfr. mugnunika), v. n., to wriggle, 
writhe (like a serpent after having been kiUed, or 
like worms crawling inputrid meat). 

Fingikika — bingirika, v. n. t to be rolled, to roll 

along, to writhe like a wounded serpent. 

Fingibisha = bingirisha, v. c, to cause to roU, to 

turn over ; mtu afingirisha kitu asijoweza ku- 

ki-tukua, man uses to roll what he cannot 

carry. 

FIhia, v. a., vid. fignia; ku finia niumba or ku 
fania finio, to make the house narrow ; ndia ya 
ku finiana or ndia ya finio, a narrow way; (2) 
mafinio ya usso, grimace, wryface. 

f 2 



M 



(68) 



PI 



Fjniana, v., to be narrow — haina pana; mlango 
unafiniana, the door is narrow. 
Finia fima, v. a. (or winia winia), to swing, to 
move. backwards and t farward* (a child\; ku-m- 
tesfoha muana (vid. vinya vinya\ 
Finiafa, *., hay t 

Finianoa, t;. «., to tread under foot; kn finianga 
makoyokoyo, to trcad ttndcrfoot a kind of large 
Uach ants (rfr. ku finangn). 
Fjnjka (or funika), v. a., to cover (opp. funua, tu 
uncoeer) ; ku finika chombo, to covcr a vessel ,• to 
close, e.g., a hook. 
FimkIka, v. n. (ngiio hi hai-ji-finikiki, ni ki- 

pando), to become covcred. 
Finikiza, r. c, to cause to cover, to jmt some- 
thing on the top of a vessel so thai nothing 
can fatt into it; ufinikize jungu, asingic paka 
or pania; a-ni-finikize finikize mancno yalo 
(cfr. hanikiza) ; ku finikiza vianda (ku-ji-shika 
mikono). 
Finikua, t\ p., to be covered. 
Finiko, *. (la, pl. ma — ), covering; kifiniko, a 
small corer. 
Finionooa, v. a., to qua*h f = to critsh. 
Fio (la, pl. ma — ), rcins (fio inaka na ini). 
Fi6a, r. a., (1) to cut, e.g. 9 mashukc ya nitama, ku 
tia kikapuni (Sp.) ; (2) to scold. 
Fiol£a, i\ a., to rebttke; ku-m-nenca kua mancno 
ya koro ; ku-m-tolea ufiozi, to ubuse, reprwtch. 
Fiooa, v. «., to trampie ttnder oncs fiet, to prcss 
with one's hands orfeet. 

Fiooana, r. rec, to press or rub against each 

other strongly, to tread one upon anothcr. 

Fiokota, r. a. (hiog6ta ?) (cfr. sokotn), to twi*t 

with the hands, to turn betwecn the hands ; kua 

ku unga iiguc or mshipi wa ku fulia sainaki (rfr. 

kansi, «.). 

Fi6nda, r. a. (cfr. ku sonda), to suck out; ku fionda 

damu or pua ya watoto ; wali (boiled rice) uki-m- 

palia mtoto mjanga puani, mamai yuwa-m-fionda 

hatta wali ku toka puani, when the rice gets iitto 

the nose of a little child, his mother will suck 

it ttntil the rice coines out (this is a tiuahili 

citstom) ; fig., ku fionda watu kua ku gaiagnania 

— to suck out the peopU «=- to impocerish, to ex- 

haust them. 

Fionia, v. «., to make a chirping voinc with thc 

mouth, to do so by waif of showimj contempt 

, (st.). _ 

Fira (Kin.), 8. (— Kis. fia), a kind ofenake, which 
spits at men and endeavoitrs to throw the spittk 
from a distance into the eyts, which canses grcat 
pain. The spittJe causes an itching on tJte skin 
of the body. The natives cndeavour to induce 
another jierson as auickly as possible to makc 
water vpon the eye which has been hurt, urine 
being considered a prompt rcmedy against the 



venom ofthis snake, which i» ofa whitisk edomr. 
There are various kinds of snakes : (1) nyo, \i) 
bafe (long and large), (3) nduma kn wili (skort\ 
(4) aatu (ahout ttrelee feet long), (5) ukukui. (6; 
nondo, (7) fira (is long). 
Fika, v. a., to Ue with a uroman not Leing owtt 
wife (tonguza). 

Fikva, r. p.; fulani ame-m-firn, mtnmke n 
fulani, na mtumkc amefirua ni nitn mvme 
mungine. 
Fibana, r. rec, to commit (1) adulttry, # 
sodomy or pcderasty. 
FinAji, v. a. (cfr. faraja and faraji, r. a.) ; Munngt 
ame-m-firaji akapoa, God blcssetl, consoltd kim 
(after having been in mat f esb, in afflidion). 
Fikanoi, s. (Kin.) (» Kis. mbuba), meades. 
Fikasi, s.,part ofa skip (?) (R.). 
Firiui, v. n., to smell wett, to have a good odov 

( = ku nuka. ku toa rikhi). 
Fiiuoifli, s. (ya) (also FiBixoisi), the stomach or ek 

gizzard ofbirds \the figo of ijuadrupeds). 
FirInoa, r. a. (viuinga), to mtike rountl, to remtt 
roughntss of sttrface; ku firinga tonge lanfi, 
to makc a lump ofboiled rtea and j>vt U intotb 
mouth, the natins using no sjioons in eating (h 
fania muili mmoja). 

Fikino.Vna, ?\, to become sphert'cal and tym- 
vutrical; mti umetongua liatta anafiringaDA0r 
hatta kua mmoja na muiliwakwe, hatU kn 
ondolewa kulla kombo yn> mti, hauna mlin» 
tcna, unafiringana, the trce w round, smcotK 
without any roughncss. 
Fikkomiia, *. (St.), an eagle f vid. faukombe. 
Finu, *. (la,7>/. ma— \fruit of the mfiru trte {Sp.). 
Futi'KA, r. w., to whirl f roho inn-m-firiika — ina* 
gcuka, inakua na ghatabu, iuickaairika, to beamt 
angry. 
Fikusiia, r. c, to provoke one ; watu w*me» 

firuuha roho kua man6no mabaya (Sp.). 

— " " % , 

Fisadi, r. a. (Arab. «x~J, corrupit, pcnlidit; jLJ, 

corniptio) (cfr. husudu), to corrupt ; (2) fi»fi 
(pl, mafisadi), *.; hanauda wa kitu, ni fisadimka. 
a wicked man in gaicral, one who enters tk 
houses of othcr people for a wrong purpost. 

Fihiia, v. c. (from kii fa, r. n.\ (1) to cau*c todie; 
(2) to cause to arrive (from ku fika, viti.). 
Fibiiia, r. obj.; ku fishia watu, to waylay pecfk, 
to lie in ambush — ku ka kikosini, in orderto 
rob and kill (kii fa) ? 

Fmi (or fissi), s. (la, pl. ma — ), hyena. Tk 
Wanika cntertain a foolish attacluHent to ttii 
voracious beast of the forcst. When a kyem 
has been found dcad or kitled by somtbody t tk 
elders of the tribe perform a funcral eertmcmjf 
such as is usual after a tnan's death. Tk 
muanza (vid.) is beaten, and a grcat lamentatkn 



PI 



(*9) 



PI 



and intolerabU howling are heard. The beast 
having been buried in a deep grave digged by 
the mad moumers, the latter slaughter a bullock 
or goat, and eat and drink to escess for three 
days, raising from time to time their voices and 
wceping for their departed brother, as they call 
the hyena. TJte man who has kiUed the beast is 
obliged to pay one piece of cioth to the elders. 
Is this notion connected with Indian ideas 
and customs of the migration of man's soul f I 
do not think so, as the Wanika show no attach- 
ment to any other animal or beast. Very 
likely they intend by tJieir superstitious respect 
for the hyena to keep this beast weU-affected 
towards those icho in a state of intoxication may 
fall asleep in the grore orforest or on the road at 
niglit, as a MniLa told me once when I guestioned 
him on this subject. TheyfrequentlymakeaMdak& 
(sacrifice) for the purpose that no wild animal 
may kiU their countrymen during the period 
of Keskazi (vitl.), when their drinking bouts are 
going on for days and nights in a shocking 
manner. Some Wanika have stated that the 
elders.when talking in a state of intoxication in 
the forest (where they are often assemUed day 
and night) endeavour to imitate the roice of the 
hyena, and that on this account they caU the 
beast their brother. In regard to tJte Suahili 
superstition relative to the hyena see the word 
ffili. See also ScJiweiufurtKs " Heart of 
Africar 

FIbidi, v. a. (vid. fisadi), to eommit an offence in 
another man's house. 

Fisidi, v., vid. fisadi. 
Fisidla, v. obj.; ku cnda ku fisidia. Mambo 
yote a-ya-fisidi. 

Fita, v. a. (vid. ficha), to hide, to conceal. 
Fitapita, v. a., to shuffte, to be evasive in one's 

speecJi (R.). 
Fitamana, v. rec, to be hidden together; jambo 

lililo fitamana. 
Fitajia, t?. rec. (and fitikAna). 

FrriA, v. obj., to hide a matter from any one; 
ame-m-fitia wali kitu biki, Ae Jcept this matter 
secretfrom the governor. 

FrriKA, v. n.,to be capable of being hidden or 
concealed; mtana anafitika mituni. 

Ku jifita MFUA, to take shelterfrom the rain. 

Fithuli (= futhuli), adj. (cfr. Arab. La> » 

praecelluit, se praestantiorem aiiquo judicavit), 
to be proud, insolent; mtu huyu ni fithuli or 
msafihi, yuwatukana or akasbifu watu; anataka- 
biri m'uo, he is veryproud. 
FrrnuLiKA, v. ( — tukana), to treai one contemptu- 

ously, to nickname one (?) ; vid. ufithuli, in- 

soUnce. 



Fithulijua, t». obj., to provoke one to anger by 
nicknaming; mfithuli, s., one who despises 
others, nicknames them. Dr. Steere takes the 
word in the sense officious, over-talkative ; 
futhuli, officiousness. Ku-m-uenea asie — kua 
katiriyakwc; ku-m-fithulikia=ku-m-tolea raan- 
6no ya keburi or ya nasaba. maneno maofn. 

Fitika, s. (ya, p/. za) (cfr. Arab. y& , probavit, 

tentavit, sedazit; ejsi , tentamcn. scductio, 

discordia, seditio, bellum), (1) n. abstr. — ufitina, 
enmity, hatrtd, slander, discord, malevolence; 
(2) n. concr. (wa, pt. ma — ), inciter, instigator, 
abettor of discord or disturbances ; huyu ndio 
fitina ya watu ( ■■ mfitini). 

FiTiKi, r. a., to bring about enmity, discord, 
against any one, to do him harm ; mtu huyu 
arae ui-fitini, ame-ni-tia fitiua kua ndugu 
zangu. 

FrnniA, r. obj., to cause enmity with one, to 
slander one with N. X., to sow discord; Ab- 
dalla ame-ni-fitinia kua nduguyaugu, AbdaUa 
put me at enmity with my brother. 

FrnsiAHA, v. rcc, to put themselves at enmity 
one with the other. 

Fitibi, s. (ya) (rfr. fidiri) (cfr. Arab. £& , wlvit 

00 
jejunium ; jek » jejunii solutio ; jU5\ Jl-j-c , 

festum Muhammedicum succedena jejunio mcnsis 

Ramadhani), alms and presents given at the end 

of the Bamadhan ; aadaka ya ku fungua muezi 

wa Ramadhani, ku tolewa muezi mozi namfunguo 

mozi siku ya idi. A pUhi of grain is given to 

the poor. Abns aregiven (1) at the end ofthe 

liamadhan, (2) after safe return from war, dbc. 

The natives give money, cloth, rice, buUocks to the 

poor or to mosques. 

Frro (sing. ufito, pl. fito, za), long slender sticks 

espeeiaUy usedfor making a basket to catehfish; 

ku suka U810 wa samaki ; fito (pl. mafito), a long 

staf. The Wanika use tlte fito (slender sticks or 

switches) in the construction of their cottages by 

putting them transversely to tlte poles and 

fastening them with the bark of trees or with 

ropes o/mia (vid.) ; cfr. bakora. 

Fiua, v. a., (1) to cut off; (2) to let spring or 

snap ; amefiua ehuke la mtama alipokata bua 

kua tini, he eut offtJie ear ofmiUet afler having 

cut down the stalk. 

Fiuka, t;. n. = tenguka (vid. pia), to go off, to 

snap ; mtambo umefiuka ( — umeinuka jti), 

the trap (noose) went off, snapped. 
Fiuko, s.; mtambo wa fiuko, a trapofastick 

and rope; opp. to mtambo wa liwa and wa 

banchaga. 
FiulIa, v. t to eonvinee one of a faUehood by 



PI 



(70) 



PU 



exaggcrating, to rcfutc by witticism; ame- 
fiulia kinayakwo kua ku tcka. 

Fiuhiia (or fiuha), /\ c, to let spring or snap, to 
lct go off, to let off (a trap). 

Fiussa, v. n. ; ku fiussa watu au niama kua tanzi 
or matanzi (kitanzi, nguo wa miiii), to eatch 
7itcn or animals unawares by a ropc, tchicJi is 
placed on the road in theform ofa noose. 

Fiufia, ?;. a., to cook somctJiing with a slow firc; 
to spoil in cool'ing. 

Fiunda, v. a., vid. ku ramba (2 Tim. ii. 17). 

FiwA, v.p. (vid. ku fa, to die), to bc dead to one; 
fulani anafiwa or anafewa, somebody died belong- 
ing to N. X. (to a certain individual) ; ku fiwii- 
po, therc wJiere people are dcad or dic; manamkc 
aliofiwa ni mumewe, widow (lit., a woman to 
whom her Jtusband dicd). 

Fiwi, 8. (pl. za), a kind ofbean; mfiwi 1« the staik 
ofthc bean. TJtis kiml ofbean is said to have a 
strong smell,for whicli reason tlie wild boar will 
not eat it. Dr. Steere states (page 268) tliat this 
kind of bean grows on a climbing plant with a 
white fiower. 
Fiyuka, r. 71.; joyo (moyo) lina-m-fiyiika akitu- 

kiwa. 
Fokea, t7. a., to cover a sownfield iritli sand and 
mud by inundation (cfr. mcna ; ku tiniba mcna 
ya ku ya or fokca). 

Fok£hi, *., one who roUs on the mud ; mtu huyu 
unafokesi sana (Sp.). 
Fokkk£ka, r. 71. — fukia? (11.). 
Fombo, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a lump; unga ulio na ina 

fombo (cfr. fikija). 
Fom6a, v. a., to demolish ; ku fomoa niumba 

( = jengua), to demolish a liovsc. 
Fondog6a, s., a bad smell in fiovr ; vikiwa havi 

nuki tadu or tatu, ni ku nuka fondogoa (R.). 
Fong6ma, s. (la, p/. ma — ), the fruit oftlte mfon- 

gonia tree. 
Fora, 8. f (R.). 

Fobari, v. a. (vid. furari, v. a.), to keep or tic togethcr 
with ropes, e.g., thc broken parts of thc yard ofa 
ship. 

Forariwa, v. p. 
Fori, *.; mtanga wa fori ? (R.). 
Foromali, 8., a ship's yard; mti wa ku fungia 

tanga la jahazi. tit.writcs foramali. 
F6r5ta, v. n., to snorc in skeping (cfr. misono and 

miono) ; vid. k6rota. 
Fobsadi, *. (vid. fersadi, *.), a small fruit of a trec 
which is eatable (kama kunazi, laken niekundu), 
mulbcrries f 
Fortha, *., custom-house ; forthani, at the custom- 

house (Arab. gbJk , locus maris, ubi naves ad 

anchoram consistunt, statio navium). The 
customhovese is usuaUy near the harbour, hence 



thc namc servc* for both the harbour and the 
custom-housc in Arabic. 
Fbas (frasi), s. (vid. farasi), a horse. 

Frasi, s., a chcss knight (St.). 
Fu, adj. ; niamafu - niama fu, niamit alie bu* 
(vid. nia mafu), a dead animal, the fiesh ofa 
deadanimal; neap tides, maji mafu, lit n decd 
water ; kitu kifu, m'tu m'fu. 
FC, natural sound ; cfr. bu; ku-mu-angusha fu. 
Fua, *., a wooden bowl; ni jano kiuogo cha ku 

oshea miigu, mikono, d m c. (R.). 
Fua, s. (la, pl. ma — ), thc chest; mafua, a ehett 
eomplaint causing a cough, a cold in the head 
and a stoppagc in tJte nose; mtu huyu an» 
rnafua, this man suffers in his cheet ; watu wana 
luafua wakohoa msimu ukingia, when the nortk- 
tcind sets in many persons complain qf tkt 
mafiia. 
Fua, 8. (or ratlier fuo) (vid. fiio) la mikojo, tkt 

scum of nrine. 
Fl'a, *., a small trunk JioUowed out likeacamte, 
into wJiich tJte oily substance of tke poundrt 
tondo is squeezed. *See tondo, the fruit of • 
shrub wJiich yields oil. Fua ni mti uliotoogru 
kiisudi wa ku kamulia tondo. 
Fua, v. a. (cfr. vua, r. «.), the general notUm of 
tJiis verb is to beat, to drag t to draw, toforpt. 
(1) Ku fiia juma, or fctha, thahabu, toforgt inm, 
to bc a blacksmith or silccr and gold smith; ki 
fiia visKii, to forge knives. (2) Ku fua ngno, to 
wasJi a chtli by beating it on a stone ; mahafi p» 
ku fua nguo, a washing-place. (3) Ku fua (orrotkr 
ku viia) samaki, to catch fish with the angtt*f- 
line or witJi a JtooJc. (4) Ku fua majini, tofekk 
somttJiuig out of tJie water. (5) Ku fua (tw) 
ngiio, to put offone's c!otJi t to undress. (6) Ki 
fua (vua) = okoza, epusha, to savefrom danfff, 
8ickncss, it'c; Muungu ame-m-fua (ame-m-TWJi 
God Jia8 rc8cued orsavedJiim. (7) Ku fuandu 
kua tini, to cxcavate for making a road; pati» 
anafua ndia. (8) Ku fua maji (ku teka na ka 
muaya), ku fua dauni mtangani. 
Fulia, v., toforge or wash for one t to butt at « 

cow. 
Fuliwa, p.; juma kilicho fuliwa kama nang» 

(vid. opolua). 
Fuliza, v. a., to go with long and quick stem 

witJiout resting; not'to 8top, to go on. 
Fulizia, v. obj.; ame-m-fulizia faraai ( 

asipumsikc). 
Mfuo, wa ku fua mshipi. 
Mf€to, white sand on tJie seasJiore f 
Mifuo, Unes. 
Mfusi wa nouo, *., washerman 

woman. 
Mfusi wa juma =■ afuai juma. 
Fuama, v. n., toUeon the beUy orface (atomdm 



or washer- 



FTJ 



( 7i ) 



PU 



wJien havingpains in the stomach, &c.) ; opp. to 
ku lala kingalingali, to Ue on the back; ku lasa 
ku fuama, to lie on the stomach. 
Fuamia, v. obj., to lie on the belly ; mtu huyu 
amefuamia kitanda; Mnika amekufa fuamia 
mzigo ; aliefuamia nti ; alala kitnndani ma- 
tumbo na kifiia na uaso nkawa jii ja kitanda. 
Fuamisa, v. c, to upset, capsize a boat, topros- 
trate. 
Fuasa, v. a. (vuaza), to make to cut, to wound with 
something sharp; kissu nime-ni-fuusa ; niassa 
zime-ni-fuasa ; ukamba ume-ni-fuasa ; ame-ji- 
fuasa»ameji hasiri; kissu cha-fuasa — cha pata 
or tinda. 

Fuasika, r. n., to be wounded by seizing some- 

thing sharp; nimefuasika kua ku guya niassi. 

Fuata, r. a., to chew; ku fuata tombaku, tocJtew 

tobacco; ku fuata tombakn, si ku tafuna na 

meno, laken kana ku kamua kua nlimi na meno ; 

ku tia tombaku kanoani asipo tafuna mno kua 

Bebabu ya kua kali, ya ku asha tombaku; ku 

gandamisa, topress, sijueeze with or on the teeth, 

to take tlie tobacco into the mouth andpress it on 

tJte teeth. 

Fuata, v. a., tofoUow, to succeed one, to adhere to 

one, to be afollower orparty of — / amo-m-fuata 

Muhammed, i.e., diniyakwe (his religion) ; ame- 

m-fuata Tangai, or afuata kua Tangai, heis a 

follower of Tangai tJte chief commandant of 

Momhas ; mtama unafuata kinu, the miUet is 

sticking to tJte mill, because it is wet. 

Fuasa, v. c. ( = ku rithia), to be obliged tofollow, 

to be under obligation, to be entirely devoted to 

somebody, to do wJtatever he likes (Er.) ; maji 

yafiiaza, cfr. ongoza and tungiza; mfuase 

adakalo, folhw him in wJuUevcr Jie likes; ku 

fuasa mfano or mancno, to makc a thing 

exactly after thepattern or description. 

Fuatana, v. rec, tofoUow eacli otJtcr, togo wiih, 
to bc contiguous, to accompany. 

Fuatasihha, v. c, to make onejoin orfoUow or 
to accompany; nime-m-fuatAnisha muana 
mdogo na mtu mzima ku nenda Mvita. 

Fuatia, v. obj., to make onefoUow, to gain one 
to one'sparty; Abdalla ame-ni-fuatia mtumishi 
wangu kua mali au maneno mazuri, Abdalla 
induced my servant to fottow or join him by 
giving himproperty orflattering words. 

Fuawa, v. p. (pas8. of fua ?), to be aground, to lie 
on the side and be beaten by the waves ; dan lina- 
fuawa mtangaoi = limepuelewa, linafua mtanga, 
hali nendi tena. 

Fuawe, *. (la, pl. ma — ), an anvil; ni jombo ja ku 
fulia kazi zote ziliopo za kiwanda. 

Fucha, v. a., vid. futa. 

Fuda, $.; — la kinena, vid. kinena. 



Fudipudi, *., on the face (offaUing or lying) (St.); 

cfr. fulifuli. 
Fudikka, v. a., to turn bottom upwards (St.). 
FCdC' (Kin.) (in Kis. fufu), (1) an eatablefruit of 

a tree; tundo za mti ziliwazo; (2) an empty 

sheU. 
Fudua, v. a., to wash after circumcision. 
Fudussa, v. c; ku fudussakibofu, to inflatc a bladder. 
Fue, *. (vue) (la, pl. ma — ), an old or deserted 

plantation — shamba la kale, opp. to shamba la 

tange, a new plantation (cfr. tange and koke) 

(shamba mpia). 
Fufia, v. a. (vuvia), (1) ku fufia motto ("- ku 

pepea or toma motto), to blow the flre ; (2) ku 

fufia nsumuri, toplay theflute; vid. makungu. 

Fufu, 8. (l&,pl. ma — ), (1) an empty shett; fufu la 
nazi, usedfor various purposes; fufu hili nta-li- 
fania kata, hence fufu la kata, a smatt water4ube; 
(2) fufu la usso, cranium, fufu la kitoa or fupa la 
kitoa; (3) fufu la upiia, brain-pan, in which 
is the bongo or uwongo, tJte brain ; of empty 
shells tJte natives make drinJdng-vessels which 
scrve as cups, glasses, &c; (4) mfufu, aspecies 
oftree wJiicJi bears a sort ofplum (R.). 

Fufua, v. a., (1) to vivify, to bring to life again — 

ku-m-huisha, to causc to revive ; (2) to charge a 

second tinte, e.g., amefufiia deni kua uongo or 

kua ku kopa ; watu wale waua fufua maneno ya 

kale, or maneno haya ni ya kale, watu wana- 

ya-fufua, tJte people revircd the cid quarrel ; ku 

fufua neno la kale, to rcv'we tJieformcr qticstion. 

Fufi'ka, v. n. (= kn huika, ku hui), tocome to 

life again ; mtu buyu aDakufa, kisha anafufu- 

ka, roho imeriidi, this man died, aficrwards 

Jte came to life again, Jiis spirit returned. 

This verb refers to feigned death, which, 

however, was thought to be rcal for some timc. 

Ku fufuka =• ku regea uzimani ; ku fufuka 

niufuni. 

Fufuliwa, p., to be brougJtt to lifc again, to be 

revived. 
Fufuliza, t;. c, to cause tocomc to lifc againfor 
some one. 
Fufuma, v. n., to surprise one ; huyu ni-ambia 
tangu jana ku amba utakuja, leo wa-ni-fufuma» 
wa-ni-jia kua ghafula (R.). 
Fufumka (vid. vivumka), to grow up ouickly; ku 
kuaharraka, e.g., mtu amofufumka; mbeu ime- 
kua harraka. 

Fufumsha, v. c, to causc to grow up auickly. 
Fufumonie, in tJte kitchen (Pemba) (St.) ? 
Fufurika, v. n., to flow over, to boilover; jungu 
kimepata motto mno, nmji yamefufurika, tJte 
kettle or pan was so mitch Jieated that the water 
ran over. 
Fufusa, v. a. t (R.). 
Fuoa, v. a., to breed, to rear, to bring up, domesti- 



PU 



(72) 



FTJ 



cate, to tame cattU, to Jeeep animaU. The Svahili 

say, ku fuga niama, to bring vp animaU, but ku- 

lca muana wa mtu, to bring up or educate a 

child; ku fuga nuelle. 

Fugika, t7. n., to be tameable ; goombe hu ana- 
fugika sana, ei nibishi, tJiU cow U wcll tamed 
or domesticated, sJte U not refractory. 

Fuoua, pass. ; e.g., gnombozangu ziraefugua kua 
Abdalla (hefed them on hU pasturcs). 
Fuou, 8. (or fuoupuou ?) (R.), bickerings, strife; 

fugufugu hi (pl. hizi) ; wanasumbua mambo ya 

fugufugu. 
Fuouda (?), v. n. (Kiniassa, burubuda), to move 

about before one falU aslecp ; muana huyu hapa 

katiki, yuwa furuguda (cfr. furukuta) (R.) ; (2) to 

puU, to spin (R). 
Fuouta (vukuta), r. a. (vid. mfua and mifua) ; ku 

fuguta mifua, to blow tJie beUoics. The black- 

smith says to his apprentice, Ewo roanafunzi 

fuguta mifua ni pate fua, or nipate fania kazi. 

The natives use goat or sheep skins as their 

beUows and do aU tlieir work in a sitting posture. 

Fig., to lie (Er.) ; vid. kewa ya ku fugutia ki- 

wanda. 
Fuouka, t'. n.; mti wafuguka kua wadudu ? (R.); 

fugulika, fuguka, or fukuka, to be concave (R.). 

Fugudi or fukudi ? vile adakavio sivio wa-m- 

faniavio, ikiwa fagudi siku zote (R.). 
Fuouto (vukuto), 8. (la, pl. ma — ), sweat, Jieat 

( = jasho) ; fugiito la jasho. 
Fuouza, v. a., to drive away (R.) ; vid. fukuza, to 

chase. 
Fuja, v. a., (1) to run through, tolcak; kitoma 

hiki chafuja, this calabash leaks ; niumba yangu 

yafuja, tJte roof lets tJie water all tJirough; 

(2) to waste, squander, dissipate, e.g., ku fuja or 

fujafuja mali, to waste propcrty ; (3) ku tukana 

in Kipemba. 

Fujia, v. obj. ; mvua ime-ni-fujia, tJie rain drove 
me out. 

Fujika, t'. n., to wastc away, to mouldcr. 

FujfwA, pas8.; ukuta unafujiwa, tJie wall is 
lcaked ujnn. 

Fujo, *. (la, pl. ma — ) ( = iaro), frequent, continual 
passing and repassing ; fujo la watu => watu 
wangi wangiao niumba isio na mume au mke, na 
watokao ku zungumza, ku fania kelele na ku teka 
to ; (1) thoroughfare, rambling; niumba ya fujo, 
a Jiouse of thoroughfare ; niumba hi inafujo ; 
(2) dUorder, bungling; kazi kua fujo; fujo U also 
ifyou disturb otJters with singing (vid. ahambiro); 
msi-ni-wekee fujo tokani, do not go in and out at 
my house, depart; vijana vina fujo wakila, cJiil- 
dren are sloppy in eating; ku fania fujo haba. 

Fujo fujo, 8. (vid. ofio ofio), slowncss, laziness, 
slovenliness ; ku fania kaii kuo fujo fujo = kua 
ufifu na unionge, to work lazUy, becavse the work- 



man knows that, ifhehas finUhed tke present 
work, the master will give him other wark to do, 
Slavee especiaUy do their work a$ slou&y om 
possible. 
Fuka, v. a., to fiUvpor in a smaU hole (SU) (cg., 
a grave) (R.). 
Fukia, v. obj., to fiUup a smaU hole for — ; ku 

fukia kua mtanga or mitanga (cfir. ya). 
Fukilika, v. n. 

Fuka, r. a.; ku fuka moshi, to throw out Minoke, 

tofume. 

Fukiza, t7. c, to perfume, to cenne, to put tke 
incensepot into aperson's clothe* or under kU 
beard, to Jionour Jiim in thU manner ; nai-in- 
fukuze, uwashe motto, do not smoke tc*, make 
a goodfire; ku fukiza wata, wapate ko nuka 
wema ; ku piga watu moahi wa ambari, wa odi 
au wa ufumba ungine ; letta jetezo cha ku fti- 
kizia watn ndi. The guests considcr ii tke 
greatest Jionour if tkey are perfumed witk 
ambari on account of the costliness of tkU 
substance. 

Fukizia, r. obj. 

Fukizo, 8.,fumes, vapour. 
Fuka, v.n. (vuka), to cross, topass over, topass a 

river, toford — ku enda gnambo ya pili, toaoto 

the other siile of a river (roho ime-m-fuka) ; 

muezi ku fuka or fumbua watatueka (R.). 

Fukfukia, v. obj., to do away, earry away (Er.) 

Fukia, v. obj. 

Fukika, v. n., to be capabU of being ferried or 
carried over. 

Fusiia, v. c. , to make one cross owr, to ferry ; 
ku fusha watu dauni, toferry over peojple in a 
boat. 

FranANA, v. rec. (or fussana), to cross in parties 
by turn ; watu haba hapa wangia danni marra 
moja,wangine wakiketi poani hatta ku rudi 
dau, ku fusha watu wasaliao. 

Fukara, s. (^.mafukara) (ytf , fodit, perforavit, 
pauper fuit), an extremely poor man; mtu 
mni6nge kabisa ; watu hawa ni mafukara or 
fiikaro, thcse men are cxtrcmeiy poor. 

Fukarisha, v. c, to cause one to become poor to 
reduce toporerty; vid. komba, v. a. 
Fuke, *. (la, 2>l, ma— ) (cfr. mfuke), a large drop 

of sweat. 
Fukia (vid. fuka) ; upumbafu hu una-ni-fukia »«"« 

unafukia nini, ukitoka Unguja? nafukia npanga 

wazi or kikuba (name ofa boat) (R.). 
Fukizo, s., vid. fuka, tofume. 

Fukka, *. (ya), a native grvel or porridge pre- 
sented at the festivities whick accompany mor- 
riages and mournings (vid. matasa). Jt is pre- 
pared offresh tembo or honey, boiled and ■ 
vpwitkfine ricefiour, black pepper, 



FU 



(73) 



FU 



and otlier spices (e.g., Tangaisi, matumba ya 
maulidi, pajori, mpakanga, kajiri, all which spices 
arc callcd viiingo via madukani) ; leo turackunoa 
fukka kua folani ; kahawa ya fukka, a mixture 
of honey, sugar, fiour, and pepper ; fukka (o/ 
asali and Jioney),for a woman in child~bcd. 

Fiko, *• (= shimo); kuku atimba fuko; vid. kioto. 

Fuko, *., vid, fuka, t\ a. 

Fuko, *. (la, pl. mafuko), (1)« large bag (larger 
than the mfuko) ; (2) a mole * (St.). 

Fuk6a, s. (vra,pl. ma — ), a turtle-dove ; ndiwa is a 
smaU dove with a black neck; kipiiro Jtas red 
down on the neck and under Hte wings. 

Fukombk (or paukombe, or fukukombe), *., a 
large vidturc which catches sheep, &c. 

Fukua, v. a., to dig a small hole for rcceiving the 
posts ofJtouses; in general to dig up; e.g., fisni 
ame-ra-fukiia ratu, the hyena dug up the grave 
of a man ; kuku amefukua mahindi, the fowl 
scratched up tJte Indian corn. 
Fukilika, t\ n. ? (R.). 
Fukua fukua, t\ o., to burrow (St.) ; ku-jiwc, 

excavate stonce. 
Fukuka, p. n., to be dug up, capable ofbeing dug 
up ( — timbuka). 

Fukue, 8., })l. ofufukiie, fine saiul; vid. mtanga. 

Fukujika, v. n., to be spoiled ; mtama umofuku- 
jika — umeoza. 

Fukuru, v. a. ( Si , cogitavit ?), or s. ( » JU , 

sollicitudo, mocror?). 
Fukutuka, i\ n. ? 
Fukuza, v. a. (B. write$ fuguza), to chase, drive 

away, banish; e.g., ku-m-fukuza mjini, to banish 

onc out of town. Mr. Er. seems to derive this 

wordfrom fukua(i?uf.) ; Mr. B.from fuka. 

Fukuzana, v. rec., to chase orpertecute one an- 
other. 

Fukuzia, v. obj., to drive awayfrom — . 
Fulani, adj. (vid. felani or falani), 8omebody,acer. 

tain man, such and such men or thingn,such a one. 

Tliis word remains unchanged : kitu fulani, not 

kifulani ; pahali fulani, not pafulani ; cfr. Arab. 
aAI , quidam, quaedam. 

Fuli, 8. ; mkono wa fuli or wa kufuli (in Kimrima) 
for mkono wa ku lia, the right hand (with which 
men eat). In Kig&nia mukono wa kuume, tJte 
male hand «= right hand, opp. to mkono wa ku 
shoto or wa kike, the female or left hand (vid. 
shoto). 

Fuli, *. (ya), the beginning ofthe north-wind (pepo 
ya kuskazi) ; also the time ofplanting and har- 
vesting the third time in the year (Oct., Nov., 
Dec). Fuli ni muanzo wa kaskazi, mjou ni 
muanzo wa kussi (aouth-wind,from May till Oct.)', 
kwanza watu wanalima mjou ; (2) wakila mahindi 
ya mj6u, waya mahindi ya muaka, wakifuna 



mahindiya muaka; (3) waya mahindi ya fuli, 
na (4) baada ya fuli ni kaskazi. Thtts the natives 
have three harvests: (1) ya mj6u ; (2) yamuaka ; 
(3) ya fuli, katika fuli mfua iko, laken si 
nengi. Whcn the fuli luu plenty of rain it is 
caUed mume (male), when it has but little rain 
it is termedmVe (female). Muaka hu fuli mko» 
muaka hu hamna mfua nengi. Harii nengi, 
vid. kussi and kaskazi (from Dec. till March). 
Ku panda or ku lima kilimo ja fuli, vid. mjo and 
kilimo. 
Fulia (fuulia ?), v. obj. (vid. fua), to forge, to 
work in metal for somebody ; also said of Uie 
carj)enter when he makes a line with tlie chisel 
as a mark. 

Fuliza, r. a., lit. % to cause to beat; ku fuliza 
magu, to make beat one's feet, i.e., to go with 
auick andlong strides witliout resting, togo on t 
not to stop, to run, gaUop; amckuenda hattua 
kuba, or amekuenda mno asipopumua tangu 
Rabbay hatta Mombas, sebabu, amekucnda 
simlia na watu, hakudaka ku pumzika ; cfr. ku 
pigo mbio upesi. 
Fuliza = fuuliza (R.) ; ku fuliza maneno, to 
hurry over (one's) words ; cfr. fuuza. 

Fulizia, v. obj., to make one go auickly; ame-m- 
fulizia farasi ku cnda to (cfr. kifarasi and 
kianga). 

Fululiza, v. c, not to stop ordelay, to go onfast 

(St.). 

Fulia (fuuua ?), maji yana-ni-fulia or palia, when 
it goes the wrong way in drinking: tften the 
people say natajua, I am named, they speak of 
me ; offood tJiey say, chakula kina-ni-songa, the 
food chokes me (without superstitious explana- 
tion) (R.). 

Fulifuli, adj. (= kna ungi), in plenty (wangi), 
much; maji ynpita fulifuli ; wame-m-gia watu 
fulifuli ku-m-kubali. St. takes fulifuli for " on 
tJieface foncards." 

F#mX, v. a., (1) to shoot or to hit one; (2) to 
weave ; ame-m-fuma kua (uta) m'fi (pl. miffi), he 
shot him with an arrow ; amefuma nguo, he wove 
a cloth; ame m-furaa kuu fumo, Jie hit him with 
a spear ; ku fuma uta, to shoot an arrow, to 
wound; fulani afuma. 

Fumaxa, v. rec, to shoot each other (ku pigana 
vitani). 

Fumania, v.cu (ku-m — katika uzinzi), totake in 
the very act of aduUery and to punish the 
offender, to come suddenly upon, to surprise. 
The offendtd person may kiU the offender; 
aki-muona na usso. 

Fumaniana, v. rec, to intrude into people's 
houses without reasonable cause (St.). 

Fumawa (and fumua),j>. (vid. onea); ku fumawa, 
to be wounded (Sp.). 



FTJ 



(74) 



PU 



Fumia, v. dbj.; sindano ya ku fumia nguo, a 

needlefor sewing a cloth. 
Fumika, v.; inafumika nguo hi. 

Fuma, v. n. (vid. vuma), to blow, rage, roar ; pcpo 
lafuma ; bahari yafuma, tlie sea roara ; muamba 
wafuma, tJte rocks cause a tumult (in the water) ; 
simba afuma or anguruma, the Uon roars. Ku 
fuma means in Kipare and KicJtagga " to go out, 
to set out;" but tJtis belongs rather to fuma (vid. 
above). 

Fumia, v.obj., to bhw on or against one ; pepo 
ime-tu-fumia woma au vibaya=tumepata pepo 
ngoma or mbaya, tumefumiwa ni pepo ku, ni 
pcpo ngema. 
Mfumi, sibilant; mafumo, sibilation ? 

Fumansi, 8. (?). 

Fdmatiti, *., vid. babewana. 

Fumda, v. a., to shut or close; ku fumba mato, 
kanoa, mkono, to shut the eyes, tJte moutJt, haml, 
&c, opp. to fumbua mato, to open the eyes ; ku- 
m-famba maneno asisikie, to speak to one ofa 
person in a languagc wJtich he docs not under- 
stand, to veil or obscure tJte words lest he hear 
them ; fumba fumba maneno, opp. to tasua ma- 
neno; ana-ni-furaba haku-ni-ambia wasi; ku 
fumba magu hatta mana ana-mu-ua or ana-mu- 
ulia mballi, said of a woman in travail, who 
puis the legs close togcther from fear or pain, and 
thus destroys the child ; jungu chafumba, said of 
tui or milk wJten it comcs vp (muanzo wa ku 
wia). 

Fumba, s. (fumbo) (la, pl. ma — ), (1) lump; fumba 
la unga uliogandamana, a lump of flour which 
cleaves or sticks together (cfr. pumba) ; (2) ma- 
kuti ya fumba, cocoa-nut leaccs plmte.d for mak- 
ing cnclosurcs; (3) maneno ya fumba, a dark 
saying (fumbo) ; fumba za mtama. 

Fumba, *. (ya, pl. za), a kind ofmat made like a 
bag, which pcoplc wear at sea to protect them- 
selves from thc cold. The fumba ya mia (madc 
of palm-lcaves) is opcn above and below (cfr. ki- 
tumba, kishunda). Ni bcredi, tungie fumbani, it 
is cold, let us get inside tJic bag. When the 
Masrue dynasty ruled at Mombas criminals 
were put into such a bag-likc mat, wJiich was 
sewn up aml loaded icith stones, thus tJie male- 
factor was tJirown into tJie sea, to rise no more. 
Yastahili ku tiwa katika fumba akatosua baha- 
rini, Jie ouglit to bc put into a bag and tJirown 
into tJie sea. Fumba ni jamvi lililo sukua kua mia 
(vid. mia). 

Fumbama, v. n., to crouch; but tui (milk) chafumba 
(cfr. otamo) (R.). 

Fumbata, v. a., to grasp, to dose tJie fist, to com- 
pass, to span with tJie ho/nd or arms; siwczi ku 
fumbata kua mikonoyangu mti hu, ni mnene, / 
cannot span this tree with my hands t it is too 



big; amefumbata fetha mukononi, he grasped 
or kept tJic money in or with his hand. 
Fumbatika, v. n., to be grasped, to be capabie of 
being grasped. 

Fumbaza, v. a. (vid. pumbaza), to cUnch, grasp, 
eompass; pepo or shetani ame-m-fumbaza»ame- 
poteza akili yakwc. 
Fumbazua, pass., to faint f 

Fumbi, s. (la, pl. roafumbi) (vid. vumbi), (1) dust; 
fumbi la niumba, tJie dust of the house ; (2) a 
ravine, a depression (through which runs a tor- 
rent in tJte rainy season) ; mafumbi ya ku panda 
mpunga, because there tJte ground is always 
wct; fumbi la nia&si (cfr. ufumbi, s.), a moist 
place for planting rice, but fumbi or vunibi u 
dust ; maji ya fumbi fumbi, mahindi ya fum- 
bini. 

Fumbika, r. a., to put into hot sand or ashes ; ku 
fumbika muhogo, ndizi, <£'c, to roast t in hot 
asJies; ku fumbika mbo iliotahiriwa mtangani, 
to put tJie member wJuch has been circumcised 
into hot sand in order topromote theprocess of 
licaling. You may often see boys sitting in the 
sand on the samiy roads ofthe interior of the 
island of Mombasfor this purpose. 
Fumbikia, v. obj., to bedust, to bury in the dust, 
i.e., to sow or plant before the rain (Kin. ku 
angira). 

FUMBIHIIA, V. C. (fDMBIZA). 
FUMBIWA? 

Fumbo, *. (vid. furaba, v.) (la, pl. ma — ), (l> lump; 
fumbo la unga, sima hi ina fumbo; (^parable, darh 
saying, a tiidden tJiing ; ku sema kua mafombo, to 
speak in paraUes ; (3) a trick hidilen or covered 
bg taUcing in a language wJiicJt the otlicr man dots 
■not understaml, asimilitude, an aUegory,jpuzzling 
language; wame-ni-fania fumbo kua kiaraba, 
nami sijui ; maneno ya fumbo is a mysterious or 
hidden speech. 
Fumbua, v. a. (opp. to fumba), (1) to open, to un- 
clo8e=*ku ata wazi, c.g., mukono or mato ; (2) to 
erposc to the air, to lift up, to raise; ku fumbua 
niassi zilizo limua, zilizo atua hatta ku 6ia, 
hatta ku fumbiia kna jC-mbe na ku panda mbeu, 
ndio samadi ya shamba, to lay open the decayed 
grass in ordcr to sow the seed; this grass is, as 
it wcre, tJie manure of the plantation. 
Fumbuka, v. n., to show omfs-self, to appear, to 

come to light =>k(\a, wazi, ku onekana, kn tokea; 

kukuwangu aliepotca, sasa anafumbuka, nty 

foicl, which was lost, has now come to light. 
FumbuiJa, v. obj., to lay open to, to erplain to 

one tJtemeaning ofanymatter; ku-m-fumbulia 

neno. 
Fumbukika, v. n., to be startled, to start in desp 

(or kua kazi) ; fumburusba, v. c, 
Fumfuaka = fimbiwa (R.). 



FU 



(75) 



FU 



Fumfumka, v. n., to grow auickiy (R.). 

Fumi, 8., a kind offlsh. Erh. takes it = mgumi, a 
whale. The sesse, msia, and mgumi are large 
fish. 

Fuml, 8. (vid. vumi) (la, pl. ma — ) ; fumi la watu 
wangi, the noise or din ofmany people; fumi la 
ng6ma la magu manne, the great noise which a 
drum offour legs produces ; fiimi la ng6ma (ya 
kumbuaya) mliowakwe ni fumi. 

FomIa, v. obj. (vid. fuma or vuma), tofrighten one 
by roaring; simha ame-m-fumia=ame-m-tiBha 
kua ku fuma, the lion roared at or against him t 
frigtUened him by roaring; na mtu amefumiwa 
ni simba, and tJie man was frigJttened by the 
roaring of the lion. 

Fumiu a, v. a. t to bear up, to endure, to be patient — 
ku Btahumili, ku fumilia shidda; mfumilizi, a 
svfferer ; fumilio, patience. 
Fumiliza, v. c. (R. ?). 

Fumisha, e. a., to gladden, to mdke Jiappy (?). 

Fumiwa, v. »., to be blown. 

Fu'mka (or kumuka), v. n.; ku fu'mka, to become 
unsewn, to open at the seams, to leak (ofa boat). 

Fumo, s. (la, pl. ma — ), (1) a fiat-bladed spear, 
lance; ku-m-piga or toma fumo, to lance one; 
(2) a cJiief (Kinguzi and Kiniassa) (St.). 

Fumua, v. a.; (1) ku fumua motto, to draw out the 
pieces ofwood from a fire, after the food has 
been cooked, in order not to waste the wood (kuni 
siziteketee burre) ; ku fumtia uzi, to pick out, to 
unstitch the thread or seam (cfr. fuma, to weave) 
(yid. fumbua); ku fumua makuti mabofu, to cut 
upbad inakuti (vid.) on the roofofthe native 
cottage and throw them away ; (2) to waste or 
squander,e.g., kufumua mali ; (B)tocomeintoear; 
mtama wafumua or unaktia ku furada — watoa 
tembe, sasa tulinde niuni (as the birds tcill then 
Jmrt the corn which has come into ear) ; maua 
vamefumiia, theflowers are coming out. 
Fumua fumua, v. «., to scatter. 
Fumuka ; ganda la fumuka uombo ? (R.). 

Fumuka (or fum'ka), v. n. t to go off, to fray out 
(vid. fum'ka) ; nguo inafumuka ushone, the seam 
is unripped, sew U. 

Fumulia, v. dbj. 

Fumukana, v. c. (to be despisedf), to secede, 
separate, to set out, depart ; mfumua maneno 
nde = mpeleleri ; mafumukano, separation f 
watu hawa wanafumukana, these men (who 
were just assemUed) departed, went off or 
away. 
Funa, v. a. (vuwa), to reap, to harvest; ukiya 

mtama, uta-u-funa, ifthou sowest miOet, thou wilt 

reap U. 

Fx3viA t v.ob}. t toreapforone; ku-m-funia mtu 
kua ugira; nimem-funia shambalakwe mueg- 



niewe kapo, / harvested his plantation for 

him in his absence. 
Funiha, v. c. t to make to reap ; ku funisa kua mtu, 

to cause one to harvest with one t to assist 

in reaping for wages; mafuno, *., reaping; 

mfuni, s. t a reaper. 
Ji-funa, refl.; ku — , tos weU up, to bepuffed up, 

to boast; ku-ji-funa = ku-ji-tia hang6we (vid.). 

FunAma, v. n. (fuama), or ku wama=ku lalakirani- 
funi or kitumbotumbo, to lie on the belly and 
breast when sleeping (vid. wama). 

Funda, 8. (la, pl. ma — ) (funda la tafu), a large 
mouthful ofliquid or solid eoctending the cheeks 
80 that theyswett out ; kanoa telle, ku jasa funda 
telle ; ku piga mafunda ya maji ku-ya niuaya, to 
take the mouthfuU ofwater andpour it out, as 
playing children do to the vexation of their 
motJter, who, having brougJU the water from a 
distance, does not like to have it wasted. 

Funda, v. a. (vid. vunda), (l)tobreakordemolish; 
e.g. t ku funda viombo, to break vessels; mke 
anafunda tupa atavia sasa ; (2) to beat up t to 
mix by beating, topound; (3) to teac/t; (4) ship- 
wreck, amefunda jahazi. 

FUNDA FUNDA, V., tO da8h t CTUsh. 

FundIa, v. obj. t to break something belonging to 
one t to frustrate t to stop; e.g. t ame-m-fundia 
safari, he has stopped hisjourney; ame-ni-weka 
safari ; ame-ni-fundia kitoma akatia kisibiko ; 
ku fundia mazinga, to beat broad the tops of 
nails where they jut out; usi-ni-fundie ma- 
nangu. 

Fundika, v. n., to be broJeen, capable of being 
broken; viombo vimefundika ; mtu anafundika 
mukono, the man has a broJcen arm ; maji ya- 
fundika (afterfull moon). Ikiiundika barasa 
ndo nije ni-ku-andikie, when the assembly is 
gone I witt come and write for thee. 

Fundika, v. n. (vundika), is everything which 
has beenpHucked in a green state and ripened 
at home; ku fundika maembe, <£c. (R.). 

Fundika, v. a. t to put something into one's 
cloth (cfr. chomeka). 

Fundikia, v. obj. -= temekea or katikia, to re- 
main permanently in a place; amefundikia 
Unguja— anakeli kabisa (Sp.) ; fulani una-m- 
fundikia fundo, akae nami nikae, ijapokda 
muakani ; mimi naye tukionana, ni daua mimi 
naye. 

Fundikiwa, p., to be broken or ruined; ame- 
fundikiwa maliyakwe = hana mali tena ; ame- 
fundikiwa kua mambo ya imani, 1 Tim. i. 19. 

Fundana, v. rec., to break each other, to vie by 
breaking; ku fundana mai ya kuku, or nazi 
ya ku teza katika Ramadani. The natives 
play with eggs or coeoa-nuts during the Bama- 
dani. Hc who breaks iheegg ofihe other by 



FU 



( 76) 



por 



dashing Jiis own against that of the other is 
entitled to thc takiny itfrom him; ame-ni-funda 
iilakwe. 

FUNDIKAKA, V. 

Fundisha, r. a., to tcach, instruct. 
Ji-Fi:xi>is]iA, v.rcf; ku-ji-fundisba, tolcarn. 

FUKDAJUKOU, 8. (W8, ^/. UM — ), (I Slliall block Olld 

Jturmless insecl living in thc grass and forcst. 
Mr. ErJtardt ealls it tJtc walkiny leaf (mantis 
rcligiosa). The nativcs bclicvc that a child icill 
become carcfess and break the kitchen vesseU if 
he has toucJted tJiis insect. 

Fundanoa, v. ; ku-ji-fundanga, to allow one's self 
to bc brokcn, to be carried away, to be ovcr- 
powercd or borne down by tJtc otJtcr sex. 

Fundareoa, r. a., to break tJtrough in running, as 
a wild beast. 

Fundarere, *. (la, pl. itiR — ), a kind of snake 
whiclt tJtrows spittle like the fira. Mr. H. takes 
it for a green snake wJtich is Jtarmless. JJe 
says tJiat tJtis serpent is ofa grecn cohur and 
Gfeet long. 

Fundefunde, *. (\a,pl ma — ), rain and darkness 
in tJie morning, wJten the sun cannotbesecn (E.); 
cfr. gubari. 

Fuxdi, *. (wa, pl. mafundi ya kazi), a skiUed work- 
man of any kind ; c.g., muhunsi wa chuma; 
mfufi wa samaki ; scrmalla, muashi wa niumba, 
mganga, &c, evcry onc of tttcse workmen is a 
fundi (wa kazi), a skillcd workman, mechanic, a 
teacJter of any Jtandicraft. 

Fundisho, *. (la, pl. ma — ), teachiny, dircction, 
instruction. 

Fundo, *. (Ia,^>/. ma — ), a knot (oficood, thrcad, 
clotJt, roi>es y <('c.) ; fundo la mti, la uzi, la uguo 
(a cloth tied toyetJter), la dau, la mua, la ua, d-c. ; 
ku piga fundo, to make or tie a knot ; fundo la 
muongoti (upana wa chombo) (R.). 

Fundua, r. a., to untie, to open, e.g., a knot or 
cork; fundua fundola nguoyangu, untic tJteknot 
ofmyclotJt; fiindua kisibiko cha tiipii (or simply 
fundua tupiv), take out tJte cork of thc bottlc. 
Fundusa, r. «., to brcak opcn, to bud (pf a 
floicer o])cniny); mjungua wafundusa or wa- 
fauia maua. 

Funoa, *., « civct cat (St.) (laryer than tJtc cn- 
gawa). 

Funoa, s. (la, pl. ma — ) ; fungala nuclle, tony thick 
hair worn by tJtc tiuri peoplc (in Arabia) and by 
robbers; mtu huyu yuwalimbika nuellc funga la 
nuellc, ha-zi-nioi, ) uwa-zi-weka ; nuelle zina fun- 
gana. 

Funoa, r. a., to tie, fasten, to bind, to confine, to 
imprison, close, to be dense, Otick (ku funga, 
ganga, and jenga, to bind, fasten, and buUd by 
binding) \ ku funga m!ango=ku tia kia ja mlan- 
go ja ndani watu wakilala, to shut the doorfrom 



within when thc peopU sUep; to be distinguished 
from "ku shindika mlango," to shut tke leafof 
a folding door without bolting tkem tcith the 
komeo cha nde (rid. shiudika) ; ku funga mali= 
ku kopa mali (R.); mvua inafunga lco = uli- 
mengu ni meaussi or mawingu ni maeu»ai ; ku 
funga waraka kua Bumak, to seal a Ittter tcith 
gum~arabic. Inicfunga mito pia -- haipishi, the 
rivcrs shut themselves vp by becoming impassahle 
(R.) ; opp., mito innfunguka, fAf rirers get open, 
fordabU, passable. Mitu (forest) hu mkubo, ona- 
funga = unafania kiza, haupitiki ; ku funga vita, 
to wage war; ku funga kanoa, to shut the mouth, 
tofastcn (ku funga thaumu, thumu, vid.) ; ku — 
choo, to become constijiatcd. 
Funoa funoa, t\, to swaddU t 
Ku-ji-fuxoa, r. ref, to give or devote one's-sclf 
to a matter, to make great ejfforts, to be rery 
cager in, to pursue; ku-ji-funga (kua) na ku 
soma, to be eager in reading ; ku-ji-funga kua 
or na kazi, to bc intent in working ; a-ji-funga 
nami sana, Jte engages with me in a quarrel; 
ku-ji-funga muniewe, to bring upon one's-stlf 
troubU, d'c. It means aUo : to contradict one's- 
sclf. 
Fiwoamana, r., to cling togetJter t to connect, to 
be dense, compact, to coJtere (Er.); mahali 
hnpa panafungamana kua miba, hapafunuki, ti 
pcaupe, hapaua ndia ja ku pita. 

Funoana, r. rec, to bind each other, espedaUy 
said of a dense forest, also said of domds; 
mitu unafungana or unaguyana ; ku — magu, 
cross-lcgged t 

Fi'NUANA funoana ( = ku ngia matata). 

Funoania, r.rt., (1) to entangle, to endose ; (2) to 
jiack up; ku — viombo (vid, muumbi); ku fania 
saflari, to pack vp ont's baggagtfor ajourney; 
ugue wa ku fungania mzigo ; wakeli munio 
(mjini) wa-ji-fungania, tJtcy are still in town, 
and prepare for ajourncy. 

Fuxoanihha, r. a.; ku — jahazi na jiwe, to tic a 
vessel to a stone. 

Funoasia, s. ; kamba ya ku fungasia jombo. 

Fungasha, r. a., to tow, to tic to the stern of a 
vesscl; e.y., ku fungassa dau or mashua or mbao 
za ku undia, to tie a boat or sJtip's timber. 

Funoata, r. i (R.). 

Funoia, v. obj. t to shut to one. 

FuNoiKA, r. /1. ; ku — sana (fuugika) (R.), tobe 
tied well ; niumba inafungika. 

Funoisa, r. a. = zunguka, to surround or block 
vp, e.y., in war\; ku fungisha, to sJtut against 

Funoiwa, r. n., to be bound or beput inprison 
for anytJiing. 

Funoiza, r. c, to cause to be shut or dosed up 
to onc, to make one stop, to detain; Wagalla 
anafungiza (anafungUha) Wakamba ndla, the 



*tr 



(77) 



VTS 



OaUa have dosed the roadfor or to the Wa- 
kamba; ravua ina-ni-fungiza niurabani, the 
rain shut me up in the kouse ; ku-m-fungiza 
or fiitiza moshi, to suffocate by smoke; ta-m- 
fungiza, I shall prevent him. 

Funoate, *. A period of 'eeven days t during wJtich 
tlie bride's father sentls a daily portion offood 
to the newly married couple t after the completion 
of the wedding. During the second week the 
bridegroom's father provides the food; this is 
calied fungate kua mume, whereas theformer is 
styled fungate kua mke. Hence the natives $ay : 
" leo tuatoka kula fungate harrusini." Kua nani ? 
resp. Kua mume or mke. Thus the married 
couple and their friends areprovided with food 
by their parents and relatives for a fortnigJtt. 
Wamekiila fungate mbili. Fungato mmoja, one 
week or period ofseven days. 

Funoo, 8. (wa, pl. ma — ), a civet cat. The natives 
catch this speclded animal in tJteforest and sell 
it for about two dollars ; wJten brought up t it is 
sold at a higher rate ; fungo ni niama wa mituni, 
nnaketi kana jiboa, ana sabadi (cfr. ku-m-sabidi 
or sabadi), niama mkaii. The ngawa (vid.) is 
much 8maUer. 

Fungu, s. (la,^>/. ma— ), (1) portion t part ; fungu 
la niama, portion ofmeat; (2) fungu la mtanga, 
8andbank in the sea, a shoal, lit., portion ofsand, 
i.e., there where the sand is alone or for itself 
und where it rises over the sea ; hapa pana ungi 
wa fungu katika babari ; fungu za baharini ; ja- 
bazi imepanda funguni; ku tia mafunguni, to 
cast or draw lots (on) ? (Reb.) ; fungu lime-m- 
tok6a, tJie lotfell upon him. 

Fuxoua, v. a., to let loose, to unfasten, to open t 
unbind, untie; ku fungua mlango, to open the 
door ; mtu aliofungua kifungoni amefunguliwa 
jana, a prisoner was untied yesterday; ame- 
ni-fungiia mali nziiri, he has presented me witk 
a fine. gift t Ut. t amefungiia mukouo ku-ni-pa 
kitu kiziiri, Jie opened the Jiand to give me a 
Hne tliiiuj. It is considered very uncivil to 
dism'i88 a friend or guest witltout a present. 
Ku cnda mikono uiitupu baifai ; mgeni aki-ku- 
tembelua, haifai ku-m-fungua mikono mitiipu. 
Fu.vouka, t\, to be unfastenable t to become un- 
fastened. 

Funoulia, r. obj., to open to or for one; ku-m- 
fungulia mtu mlango, to open the door to a 



man. 



Funouuka, v. n. t to befreefrom; vid. liom. 

vii. 2. 
FuNouiawA, pass. t to be opened t to bc unfastened 
for one. 
Fungukua punoukua, said ofa wife who staysfor 
a long time with a man (?) (R.). 



Fuwouo, s.; sing. ufungiio (wa), a key; pl. funglio 
(za), keys. 

Fungukuma, i7. a. (cfr. tot6ma mitu) ; unafungu- 
ruma mitu na mitu hatta ku toka. 

Funouza, v. a.; (1) kn-m-funguza mtu nuelle, ».«., 
masongamano ya nuelle, to untie aperson'splait 
or tress of Jiair; (2) ku-m-funguza mtu majira 
ya Ramadhani — to present a man withfood — 
ku-m-pa kitu ja kula mtana, sbert ule, but the 
wife iays to Jter Jtusband usi-ni-fungiiz* Hama- 
dhani ; to force open f ( R. ) . 

Fukika, v. a. (vid. finika), to cover (with a lid) t to 
close a book. 
Funika - ku finika ; mtu huyu afunika fiinika 

to, hasemi wazi wazi (Reb.). 
Funikika, v.p. t to become covered. 
Funikiza, v. c. t to cover as with aflood. 

Funo, s. (la, pl. ma— ), reaping, harvesting; funo la 

mtama (vid. funa via). 
FCn6 (or punko), *., a red animal about the size 
of a young goat; funno ni niama wa mituni 
kana mana wa mbuzi, rangeyakwe niekundu; 
an antelope (dorkas), as Erh. states. 
Fukbu, *. (la,/>/. ma~), muddiness; funsu la maji, 
muddy water ; watu wametia funsu or mafunau 
mtoni, tJtepeople have trouUed (ormade muddy) 
the river; kua ku furiinga maji ; bahari inafunsu 
or funju. 
Fun^a, t;. a. t to uncovcr, to lay open, to open (a 
book)\ ku funfia kitu kilijo finikua; e.g. t ku fanua 
jungu, juo, &c; ku funiia meno kua ku teka; 
ku-mfunua mtu akili, akili zimc-m-pungiia. 
FuNULiA, v. obj. t to uncoverfor or to one; ame- 
m-funulia muana jungu, he opened the kettle 
for the cJUld t who was too weak to do so; ku- 
m-funulia «= tefsiria juo. 
FunulIwa, v.p., to be opened. 
Funuka, v. n. t to be open (wazi) ; e.g. t mahali pa 
ku fiiniika, pa peaupe, pasipo na miba or mitu 
(opp. fungamana) ; inafunuka sana sasa, it 
Jtas become very clear now; ndipo ufunukapo, 
then it will become clear. 
Funza, s. t a maggot. 

Funza, v. a. t to sJtow t to teach ; ku-ji-funzn, to learn; 
ku funza kazi or jiio (ku elemisha jiio), to teach 
one in workmanship or in learning (book). 
Manafunzi wa juo afunzua ni mkufunzi, namana- 
funzi wa kazi afiinzua ni fundi wa kazi ; mana 
huyu amefunzua sana kazi na juo ; si funzui 
sana. 

FuNziKA, r., to be taughi or instructed, toknotc; 

amefunzika kazi =: ametaalamu kazi, or ame- 

pata elimu, Jteproves well tavgJtt. 
Funzua, v. p.; mtu yule hadaki ku ambiwa 

neno, ajua killa neno ; ui muana (wa) kuku ha- 

funzui ku chakura, hana asi-lo-jua. 
FunzAna, v. rec. 



FTJ 



(78) 



FU 



Fuhzian a, v. rec. t to teach eaeh other, to counsel 
each other. 
Fuo, *. (la), (1) scum orfoam ( — pofu) ; e.g., fuo 

la mik6jo, the foam oftlie urine (cfr. fua, «., and 

ufuo) ; (2) fuo la ku fulia nguo = mahali pa ku 

fulia nguo. 
Futa. (la, pl. ma — ), a large bone (cfr. mfupa). 
Fupi, adj., short; mtu mfupi; ubao ufupi; kasha 

fupi ; mti mfupi ; makasha mafupi ; kitu kifupi ; 

▼itu vifupi. 

Ku fupiza, to shorten. 
Fura, v. n., to sweU; muili umefura; to be puffed 

up; »\i (?), efferbuit bulliendo ossa, pulsavit 

arteria. 
Furaua, 8. (ya, pl. za), joy, gladness, delight; 

dc^ J an^ pj , gaudium, laetitia ; furahani, 
tritA gladness, gladly, with pUasure. 

Fubahi, v. n.; Arab. tj* > hilaris, laetus ct 

laetatus fuit, to rejoice, to be glad orjoyful. 
Furahia, v. obj., to rejoice with — , in — , to be 
pleased with — (cfr. zihi). 

Furaiiisha, v. c, to make glad, to gladden, to 
cheer. 

Furahiwa, pass., to rejoicefor, over, or at — . 
Furah a, v. rec. (vid. fura and fira), to commit so- 
domy one with the other; ku fura mkundu, to 
commit sodomy (vid. fura). 

Furari, v. c, tofasten with a rope that which is 
broken; ku funga kitu kilijo fundika; ku piga 
kidango cha mua, viombo via sini viafurariwa, 
China wares are repaired, c.g., mkebe, bilauli, 
tupa, d:c. 
Furarika, v. a. 

Furariwa, v. p., to befastened. 
Furda, s. (or fubuda, ot f6roda), stapU, depdt, 

custom-Jtouse ; Arab. S-fcJ , locus maris ubi 

naves ad anchoram consistunt, statio navium. 
Furia, v. n. f (Reb.) ; mtafuria-ni ? 

FuruIka (or furujika), v., to moulder away=*\i\i 
6za kabisa ; kule ku 6za kuna (to decay, to de- 
compose) kisiri, kuna sidi, to rot, putrefy (R.). 

Furika, v. n. ( — kumuaika), toboilover, to bubble, 
to run over, to inundate. 
Furisha, r. c, to make to bubble; mabuyu yn- 

furisha niatafu. 
FurikIa, v. obj. 

Furufuru (pl. ma — ); cfr. gubari, «., out of 

orderf 
Furuoa, v. a., to stir up, to mix (vid. viiruga), to 

work at, e.g., unga, flour; ku — udongo, clay; 

ku — toka, lime. 

FuruoIa, v. obj.f to stir for one; ku — or ku 
tangania pamoja na udongo na toka. 



FurugIka, v. n., to decay,faUoff (cfr. fnrujfka); 
kita hiki kinaftza hatta kiuafurujika, hakiliki 
tena, this substanot rotted until itfell offor 
asunder, it is no longer eatable; moyo wangu 
unafurugika hautakata (moyo ju ju) (said of 
anger). 

Furugisha, v. c. 
Furuouda, v. n. ( — Kiniassa, ku burubuda, to move 

about before onefaUs asleep) ; muana huyu kapa- 

katiki, yuwa furoguda (cfr. pakata, cfr. furukuta) 

(R.) ; (2) to pull, spin (R.). 

Furujika, vid. furijika, r. n. 

Furujua, r. a. (jika) (R.). 
Furuk6mbe (or faukombb, fukombe), a large 

vulture like the mana kombe (stork t) ; ni adui 

ya samaki. It tnakes its nest upon the mfunne 

tree; niumba ni dungu (U) mbawazakwe, anatu- 

mia kua vigumba. 

Furukuta; ku — ,to move, as ofsomething under 
a carpet (St.). 

Furitma, s., a Uockfor stretching caps on. 
Furumi, «., cfr. farum, farumi, baUast. 

Furumiza, r. a., tofling or push away, to siing; 

e.g., ku furumiza jiwe na mk6no; ku-ji-furdmisA 

■=■ ku-ji-tupu, ku-ji-pumbaza, to undertake or do 

a thing at random (cfr. sukumiza). 
Furunga, r. a., to wade throngh; nimeruJcm mto 

kua ku furunga maji, I crossed the river by 

wading through it or stemming the rusk of the 

water. 
Furunoika, r. n., to be overcast; nlimengu nna 

furungika. 
Furungu, s.ffemde (R.) ? 

Furunou, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), (1) a little bag (ofmun) 
used as a plaything by children; kik6ba cha 
watoto ku tezea — limesukua kua raakuti mabiti 
or mushupatu or mia; (2) a large citron; (8) 
kikuku cha fetha, an ornamental ring on the leg* 
ofwomcn, an anklet ; katika vikuku anatia kawe 
za fethayapate lia mafurungua. The iceadthy and 
honourable ladies wear (1) silver-ringe (vikuku 
via magu) on tJtefcet, each at the rate of 10 doJ- 
lars ( — 20) ; (2) on eacJi Jiand a kekee ya mkono 
to the value of 2 dollars each (4 doUars) ; (3) on 
the ear shamili (pl ma — ) la ehikio, each 2 dol- 
lars (= 4) ; (4) on the neck a mkuffu from 1 to 
2 dollars; tctal cxpenditure for femaie orna- 
mcnts 30 doliars ; cfr. koa la fetha, a silver-ring 
adorning the upper-arms, each 15 doUars. No 
wonder if tJie property oftJie Jiusband is abeorbed 
by a large establisJiment ofwomen, wJiich is the 
gangrene ofJieatJien and Muhammedan nations. 

Furuni, 8., a kind ofoven on sJiips; meko ya mofa 

jomboni ; ^ J , furnus, in quo panis coquitur. 

Fubura, v. a.; cfr. bnrura in Kiniassa, todeprite 
of,to8tripof(U.)? 



PU 



(79) 



PU 



FuRusm,*. (la, p/. ma — ), apacket, bundie, abundle 
tied up inacloth; furushi la mtama, containing 
from one to two pisLi (native tneasurefor com); cfr. 

<&J , eipandit stratum. 
Fusa, v. a. (fuliza) ; nime kuenda kua ku fusa, / 

went irithout resting. 
Fusai, v. a. t tomake poor; Muungu ame-m-fusai 

(Sp.). 

Fusaika, v. n. — korofika — hana kitu, he be- 

camepoor. 

Fu8HA, v. c, vid. fuka (vuka). 

Fusi (or Fuaai), *. (la, jrf.ma — ), afineblock tand; 
fiisi la mtanga meaussi na mte'fu. Steere takes 
the word for " rubbish" and Erh. takes it for 
"blackfat earth." 

Fusi, 8. (la, pl ma — ), the shoulder, blade-bone; 
cfr. raba raba. The natives avoid the piural 
mafusi signifying the hair of the privities. 

Fusia, v. a.; ku — mzingi, to lay the foundatian 

^ (B.)- 
Fussus (or fusfus), s. (St.), precious stones ; cfr. 

yjak , separavit; ^oi , pt. {/>+** , gemma 
annuli. 
Futa, s. (\&,pl. ma — ), thefat or greasy part ofan 
animal which is meUed byfire; e.g., "futa la 
gnombe, la papa,'' &c, pl. "mafuta," fat, oil; 
futa la kinena (Sp.). 

Futa (vuta), v. a., to draw, topull, to wipe off, to 
cancel; ku futa maji, to draw water, to bale out 
water; ku futa fumbi ngu6ni, to wipe offthe dust 
from a cloth; Muungu a-ni-futo thambizangu, 
may Ood wipe offmy sins; m-fute kando nka-m- 
saili, take him aside and ask him; ku futa t6m- 
bako, to smoke tobacco ; ku futa vibaya via wa- 
raka, to cancel errors ofwriting ; ku futa tizi — 
ku tatisa kijitini ; ku futa makasfa, to row; ku 
futa kamasi, to blow the nose; ku futa jombo, to 
haul offa vessel. 

Futia, t7. obj. ; ku-m-futia mtu fumbi ngu6nl ; 
ku futia mke mzuri kua ku peleka mtu alio- 
pata rubu reali, to seduce a fair woman 
through somebody who receives a auarter 
doUar for his service ; ku-m-futia mtu, to take 
aside to commit fornication. 

Futika, v. n. } pliable, fiexible ; iiguo unafutfka. 
Futilia, v. ; ku — utangule (pl. tangule) vra 

mia. 
Futilika, v. n. ; tangule zimefutilika. 
Futana, t;. rec, to draw unitedly, to draw to- 

gether. 
Futari, *., the first food taken after a fast (cfr. 

Futhuli, *., officiousness (vid. fathili). 
Futi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), the knee (St.). 
FutIka, v. n. (vid. futa, v. a.), drawable, to tuck 
into the girdle or loin-cloth (St.). 



FunzA, r. c, to spread over, topaint over, to do 

over (?). 
Futua, t'. a. t to shake out; e.g., ku — ngiio - ku 
toa or kuta fumbi ngiioni, to wipe the dust from 
a cloth; ku — kibofujagnombe, to inflate a cow's 
bladder ; ji-futua m'no kua man£no, to boast, to 
brag. 
Futuka, t;. n., to grow angry ( - ku fania ukali, 

ame kua mkali), tofiy in apassion. 
FutukIa, v. a., to upbraid with f to scold (= ku 

fiolea) ; bana ame-futukia watuma wakwe, the 

master scolded his slaves (ku fania haairi). 

FutCa (fudua), v. a. t (1) topull orpluck out; e.g. t 
ku — magni6ya ya kuku, topluck offthe down of 
a fowl; (2) to bring to light, to draw forth, to 
tell to, toletoutor on (Erh.). 
Futuka, v. n., (l)tobe brought to light; (2) kuku 

amefutuka. 
Futulia, r. obj. t to pluek out for one; e.g. t na- 

ku-futulia kuku, na-ku-pokea kazi. 
Futulika, v. n.; kuku amefutulika, tJtefowl has 

beenplucked. 
Futuliwa, v. p., to become known (Erh.). 
Futussa, v. c; (1) ku — matambo, cfr. tutum- 

sha; (2) to cause to thrive; e.g., mviia ina- 

futuasa mahindi yadakayo kufa; mvfia ina- 

futussa mmea ulipo kiia mkavu. 

Futuri, s. t a span; cfr. Arab. ysi t mensuravit 

rem, &c; f± , intervallum ioter eitremitatem 
pollicis et indicis digiti eitremitatem. 
Futuru (and futari), s. (cfr. ±i ), thefirst meal 

after sunset during the Ramadan. It consists 

of a peppered tisane of rice. After the fnturu 

comes the more substantial part ofthe banauet. 

Futuru, v. n. — k(i noa uji katika Ramadani ; 

leo tuende futuru kua Gabiri — tuta ku noa uji 

kua Gabiri jioni, to-day we shall drink rice- 

tisane with Oabiri in the evening (cfr. eftari, 

«.). 

FuTURisnA, t'. c. = ku-wa-pft watu futuru ; watu 
wake wa Gabiri wame-tu-futurisha wema, the 
women of Oabiri have given us a good futuru. 

Fuu, *. (pL ma — ), a small blackfruit. 
Fuuza, 1». n., to go straight forward (vid. msobe 
msobe) (R.). 

Fuuliza ; kuni hazifuulizi kuja, wood dots not 
always come, does not come continually, to be 
offcontinuaUy. 

Futu, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), an empty sheU; fuvu la 
kitoa, a skuU. 

Fuya, v. a. — ku muaya fetha ; ku haribu mali, to 

spoil or sauander property (Er.). 
Fuza, v. n.; ku — , to go on t not to stop (cfr. 

fuuza). 



¥0 



(8o) 



OA 



Fun, s., vid. fusi and mafiisi. 
Ft6ma (vid. fi6ma), v. a., to read ( — ku soma). 
Ftokda (or fyokja), v. a. (rid. fi6nda), to tuck 
01U. 



Fyokia, v. «., to suck. 
Fyuka, v.n. (vid. fiua anrf fiuka), fo <irqp, topo 
0/) to e«cr/pe Zifte a spring. 



a 



Gabi, *. (yn, j>Z. za), (1) apulley, a block through 
tchich the ropes ofavestel run (Er.) ; (2) crane 1 

Gabri (or oahuri), *. (rectc kaburi), a grave (vid.). 

Gaddi, *. (la,7>/. uia — ), (1) apiece ofclay. This 
is a white clayish substance having a saltish 
taste, exported from Ukambani and Baraica. 
The natives grind it antl mix it vp tcith thcir 
snuff. The gaddi brouglU from Baraica is 

preferred to that of Ukambani; cfr. *>j^. 9 

terra dura ac plana, superficics tcrrae, arena 
mollis. (2) Palanquin in Jndia; (3) gaddi or 
gari, a tcaggon. 

Gadi, s. (ya, pl. za), the stay or support lashed by 
tlie natives to the side ofa vessel to prevent it 
fromfaUing over in shallow water when the tide 
is out; gadi za jombo ni nguzo za ku tcgemea 
jahazi katika maji ya ku pon, isipindiike juhiizi 
isivundiko (cfr. shiku and taurau, and inulia). 

Gadimu, v. a. ; ku gudimu jahazi, to support or 
stay up a vessel on shore. 
Gadimia, v. obj. 
Gadimiwa, r. p. 

Gaoa, v. n. % (1) to turn about f or to roll from one 
side to the other (in bcd at night or on board a 
vessel) — ku pinduka huko na huko; ku giiga 
vurabuni, to roU inthedust, as an ass does; (2) 

• fiil-t ku lala mno, to sleep too much ; kua mvivu 
(or mfifu), to be ulle, lazy; ku gagfi nit'anga, 
to lic on the sand, to dicide a haul of fish (vid. 
numbi). 

Gaoaza, v. c. (cfr. fingirisha or bingirisha), to 
make to roll (aperson). 

Gaoa, v. n. (Kim.) t to make a charm (uganga)/or 
keeping off wild beasts from tlie houscs. Mfm 
muiti uaingic ndani ya niumba. Tlie niiia (cfr. 
muii) with which the iromen tie up their bundlcs 
of dry wood must be thrown away bcfnre eiiter- 
ing thc toicn. Juirtliermore, thcy do not burn 
the kifiifu cha nazi. All thene and other supcr- 
stitious things are comprised in the term 
"gaga." 

Gaoa, s. ; — la maji, vid. kufu or koga. 

Gaoamiza (or ououmiza), v. «., to penetrate by 
force; e.g., ku pita mto kua ku gagamiza or kua 
ku furumiza. 

Gaoazi, *.; macmbe mabiti yanagagazi ? 

Gai, *. (la, pL ma — ), a large potsJierd ; jombo ki- 
fundikajo; gai la juma la ku tia motto— chafer ; 



gai \8 larger than the kigeregnensa, which means 
a very smaU potsherd (cfr. waya). 

Gala, s. (Ia, pl. ma — ), a speeies oftcild cat (like 

ngawa) (R.). 

Galawa, #., a smaU canoe with outriggers (ma- 
tcngo). Oalawas are hoUowed out ofthe trunk 
of a tree; vid. Dr. St., " Handbook," 271 (cfr. 
mtumbui). 

Galk (or uoale),«. (\&,pl. ma — ), tchite tcood (Erh.)? 

Galili, *. (la, jj/. ma — ), tortoisesheJl ; galfli la ki 
(- ngovi ya ka), tlte sheU ofthe crab; galili ni 
bamba la kassu. 

Galme, s. (la, pt. ma — ), the smaU mizzen-mast qf a 
dhow; (1) mlingoti or muonguti wagalme=mlin- 
goti mdogo wa galme, the little or second mast of 
native vessels ; (2) tanga la galme or tanga nd6go 
la galmc, the little sail-cloth, the little sail, tke 
back-sail. 

Gamba, t\ (cfr. ji-gamba, r.), to boatt, praue one's- 

self — ku ji-sifu. 
Gambia (or jambIa), s. (la, pl. ma — ), a dagger, 

which the naiives (esjteciaUy Arabs) always carry 

in tlieir girdles. 
GamIa, v. a., to rcgard onc with maUce and tostek 

to takc rcvengc (rfr. binga and sansa in Kiniassa); 

ku gumiu kua maofu, opp. to gamia kwema ; a-m- 

gamia nani? gamiuna = bampana in Kiniassa. 
Gamma, v. ?i., vid. ghamma. 

Gana, s. (ya, pl. za), the tiUer t tlie tcooden handle 

ofthe ship's ruddcr. 
Gahamu? 

Ganda, 8. (la, ph ma— ), (1) the barh oftreesor 
plants (ganda lu mubogo or la ndizi), husk, rina\ 
shcll; magandu yu mbuzi; (?) a bag tnade of 
strong bhuhd grass caUed mia {vid. rather 
kunda, « great bag). 

Ganda, v. n.; ku — , to congcal, to coagulate, to 
ctirdle, to frecze; samli imeganda ; maasiwa 
yamegandu, the milk has bccome sotid, to pau 
from afiuid to a solid statc. 

Gandama (or oandamana) (said o/ghee), v. n. t to 
cltave or stick to something, to cleave together, to 
curdle ; tungu wamengia jomboni, wamegandama 
samlini, na samli imcgandama ua juinho, tke 
little ants entered the vessel and stuck tn the 
grease, the grease stieks to the vessei (cfr. figni- 
ana, gandfima, eindama, pdraga). 



GA 



(«I ) 



GA 



Gandamia, i?. chj., to lean or press against a 
person or a tJiing, to stick to, to sit closely; amo- 
gandaraia muenziwo ku jifita, he pressed against 
or close to Jtisfriend in order to conceal Jtimself; 
ku gandamia mti, to lean against a tree; mashisi 
iliogandamia jungu (vid. shisi). 
Gandamiana, r. n., to bring togetJter, to unite 

(Er.) ? 

Gandamiza, v., topress upon and takefrm hold of 
some one — ku-m-giiya tana ; e.g., ifone tJtroics 
another upon the ground or against a tree, and 
keeps him in this position so that he cannot move 
(gandamiza, to confide; vid. nietea). 

Gandika, v. 7i., toplaster a vessel ofbeer ? 

Gando, s. (la, pl. ma — ), (1) a deserted place; 
(2) the claw ofa crab (gando la ka), but the claw 
of a pueza (a cuttle-fisJt) is calhd m'gniri, pl. 
migniri. 

Gandua (or baxdua), r. a., to pull asunder, to 
wreM one from another'a hand, to rescue him ; 
watn wame-m-gandiia. 

Ganduka (or banduka), v. n. ; amegandiika mui- 
lini wa muenziwe, he is puUed away from the 
body of his comrade (whom he threic on the 
ground, to maltreat him) (araeata ku gandamana 
nai). 

Ganua, v. a , to bind round with string (that which 
ia sjtrung), to fasten or sew together } to splice, 

to mend [cfr. aj^. , inclinavit, cito incessit) ; 

ku — geriiha or nguo, d:c. (Kimrima) ; (2) to 

restore or mend by sewing that which is torn to 

jrieces, hence to cure, Jteal (sc. kua daua), Jience 

uganga, s. (vid.) ; ku ganga vitu and muili ; nime- 

ganga matumbojangu kua daua, / have cured 

my boweh witJt medicine; kuani ku ata kuganga 

pishiyako? why didst tJiou notfasten thy pishi? 

Ganuika, to be mendable, curable. 
Gangoa, v.p. 

Ganuana, v. rec, to cure eacJt otJter. 

Gango, *. (la,p/. ma — ), brace, cramp-iron, patcJt, 
*plint ; ku tia gango la jiima ku shikia rabdo 
kiisudi; ku tia magiingo ngtio pfa, to put patches 
into tJu- wJtole clotJt (vid. kiraka). 

Gani, pron. intcrrog., wliatf wJtich? what kind or 
sort of* mtu £ani, wJtat sortofamanf The 
nante of tJie tJiing fjueried aJways precides 
tJie word gani : kitu gani ? sebabu gani ? nti hio 
gissi gani? or nti hio inaka-je? wJtat kind of 
country is tJtati raaneno gani mnenayo? wJtat 
arc you talking about f 

Ganika, v. a., to plaster over beer, i.e., tJte vessel in 
wJtich it i8 contained (R.) ; ganikisa, to smootJten. 

Ganja, 8. (la, p\. ma — ), tJtepalm oft/te Jtand; ku 
kiita ganja la mukono, to cut tJte palm of tJie 
Jiand. 

Ganju, *. (la, pJ. raa — ), tJie fruit of tJte mganju 
tree; rfr. kanjn (pl. mnkanju), a casheic apple. 



Gano, *. (la, pl. ma — ) (kano?), sinew, tendon, 
nerve (Er.); mshipa wa niuma ndio gano (cfr. 
mshipa). 

Ganza oanza, w. a.; muogni ku — yuna mukono 
mzito, hawezi ku nena upesi ; manono haya 
usaganze ganze, ukatafuna tafuna bilashi (R.). 

Ganzi, s. (la, pl. ma — ), (1) tJte unpleasant effect of 
acid; ku tia ganzi la meno ; nimefania ganzi la 
ineno kua kiila raacmbe or mananazi mabiti, / 
Jtave set my teeth on edge by eating unripe man- 
goes or pine-apples ; meno yanafania uthia (vid. 
uthia) ; kitu kikali kiliwajo jafania ganzi la 
meno ; meno yana- or yame-fania ganzi ; magu 
yana-ni-fa ganzi; (2) cramp; nimeketi hatta 
niraefania ganzi la maguni; mukono unakuffa 
ganzi (vid. posa). Tlie natives will not say 
publicJy tJtai they are seized by cramp, as tJtey 
are tJten in a defenceless condition, ofwJtich any 
oftJteir many enemies migJtt take advantage by 
attacking them in order to settle an old feud 
(ganzi, the leg going to sleep, doubtfult). 

Garamuka, v. n., vid. crevuka. 

Gari, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a cart (to be distinguisJted 
from gurtiimu la mzinga, a gun-carriage) ; gari 
la ku tukulia mawe or watu, a cart brougJttfrom 
India, a carriage, a wheeled vehide. 

Garibu, v. a. (vid. geribu), to tempt. 

Gariki (or ohariki), r. a., to sink, immer8e; cfr, 

Arabic J^& , submersus fuit. 

Garikisiia, V. c. 

Garofuu (or karofuu), 8., (1) clove ; (2) a kind 
ofrice (?) (St.) (rirf. grafu). 

Gasama, v.; gasama mangino na kumbuka man- 
gino kua-ya-gasama ? (Reb.). 

Gasi, vid. kassi ; ku tia kassi uzi. 

Gasi, *. / ku tia gasi (R.) ? (vid. kassi). 

Gaua, v. a. (— ambua), to peel. 

GAuoau, *., tlte roller (a bird). 

GaI'ka, v. n. (vid. geuka), to turn nr sJtift about, 
to turn one's-selffrom one side to tJic other wJien 
one is weary in bed, to cltange ; ku lala kua ku 
pinduka akijoka ; ku lala upiinde wa pili ; muello 
amegauka amelala upande wa pili ; gauka (Khn- 
rima) ■■ geuka (vid.). 

Gauza, v. a. (= geusa), to alter, cJiange, turn. 

Gauzi, *.; ndia ina gauzi (?) (R.). 

Gauzia, t\ obj., tocJtangc to one; gauzoa, v.p., to 
be cJtanged. 

G alziana, v. rec. ; hali (saua na yule aliekufa). 

Gawa, v. a., to divide, topart out. 

Gawa, s. (la, pl. ma — ) ; la ku finikia maji (vid. 
kawa). 

Gawania, v. a., to divide, to sJtare; tugawanie 
mtelle, kulla mtu atoe wtikwe or atoe adakavio 
pata ; gawania t« not to be confounded witJt ta- 
wanii, wJiich means "to disperse' 1 — miuiya. 

u 



GA 



(82) 



GB 



Gawania, r. obj., to dividefor one in his behalf, 
to allot or assign to one in his abscnce; nime-m- 
gawania sehemuyakwe, I have assigned to him 
hU 8hare; toiini mkagawanie wcgniewc, rid. 
ka pigia nmfungu. 

Gawanika, v. n., to be divided; niali huya yamc- 
gawunika sasa, this property is now divided. 

Gawaxikaxa, v. rec.; cfr. Luke xii. 52. 

Gawaniza, t\ c, to cause to divide for otliers ; ali- 
wa-gawaniza — ali-wa-pa kulla mtu cliakwc, 
sehcmuyakwc, Ite gave evcryone oftltem his due. 

Gawamzana, r. rec; shikuni kitu hiki mgawuni- 
zane, to dividefor another, among — . 

CvAWANiziA, t\ f to distribuie among — , to dividc 
among — ; muegniuwe hakuddka ku cndu nika, 
bidaazakwe amegawanizia watu, ku fania bia- 
shera ; nuinui hamkuupo, tume-wa-gawuiiizia 
nuiuui seheniuzcnu hizi. 

G£bali (or jebali), *. (ya, pl. ma — ), a large rock 

on the coast, caUed gcnge (vid.) ; Arab. U. ( 

mons altus. The stone is used to cover theflat 
roofs oftlie stone-houses, and to make limc (mn- 
finiko ya dari). 

Gefjaoefja, i\ a., vid. gofjagcfja. 
Gegesha ; mlimgegesha hatta (H.) (?). 
Gejeli, v.; ku-mu-ambia mtu maneno mabaya (Er.). 
Gelada, s. (ya) ( jj^. , flagellavit, cxcoriavit ; 

Ju^. , cutis, pellis, corium) ; gelada ya jiio, thc 

binding of a book in ca\f; ku-m-piga ge lada, to 
whip, lash t or beat trith a thong; Jakcn "ku piga 
geladu" hamna inuctu, would thc Suahili say, 
it does not occur with us, it is not our custom. 

G£ma, adj., good ; rid. mema. 

Gema, v. a., to yct pahn-wine; ku g£ma tcrabo, ku 
gema mnazi, ku gema minazi, to obtain palm- 
icinc from the cocoa-nut tree; this expression 
refers to the manner in which the natives obtain 
the cocoa-liquor from tlte trce. I shall best 
describe the wholc j'rocess by giving the very 
icords ofa nativc: Ku gema ni ku kuea mnazi ; 
mtu akisha kueu yuwaketi kumbini la mnazi, 
akiketi yuwagenm piinda la mnazi, kana ku- 
amba yuwakata panda la mnazi, tcmbo lipato 
toka pandani, nlipogema . yuwafunga kitonia 
pandani asingic niiiki, kisha yuwashuka na 
tembo. Mtu yiiwugemn esHubukhi na cdfikhuri 
na manguribi, lakcn edokhiiri yuwajongera bassi, 
hatoai tembo, yuwunta mfimo ju ya mmizi hatta 
mangaribi akifungiia kitomn, akisha fungiia yu- 
wamimina tcmbo jombo kinginc, kania alivio- 
fania cssiibukhi. The substauce of this is : tlie 
man tchose business it is to gema climbsthccocoa- 
trcc, sits njton a branch andcuts the shoot on which 
tlic young nuts are coming out. llaving cut it off 



aboui halfa yard distantfrom the trunk, he ties a 
ropc to the stump and hangs a UtUe calabash 
under it, into tchicJi the liauor runs slotdy. But 
it must be wett covercd, to kecp off the becs amd 
othcr insccis tcho arcfond ofthe liauor. Evtru 
morning and evening he rctnoves the calabash 
and jtours the contents inioanother vessel, tehich 
is attadted to his arm. Before he hange the 
calabash again under the stump he euU a piece 
offtlte end ofit, topromoie theflow ofthe liguor. 
This is done about noon. It is, howerrr, to be 
obserred that tlie shoot yietds the liauor onlyfor 
a certain time. Whcn it gets dry he must covt- 
mence with another. When the nuts are in an 
advanced stage ofgrowth the Uquor wiU notflow 
at ail from the shoot. Thus the possessor ofa 
cocoa-tree receives from it at one and the same 
time an agreeable litjuor and both fresh (madafu) 
and old (nazi) nuts (vid. mnazi). 

Gembe, s. (pl. mognmbe), a hoe; vid. jembe. 

Gem£a, v. obj. 

Gemua, v.p. 

Q£xcje, s. (la,p/. ma — ), coral stone; jfwe la genge, 
a soft tchite stone containing calcareous) matter; 
jiwe la genge si gumu, ni jortiro na jeanppe 
ndtini ku fania toka. It isfound in great abun- 
dance on the slwre ofthe island of Mombas, and 
is used for building and to make lime. Some- 
times in thc rainy season large piecesfaU offinto 
tlic sca, wherefore people at that time take grtat 
carc not to ajvproach tlte edge of the diff over- 
hanging the sea (cfr. Luke iv. 29). Stcep desceni, 
prccipice (Kr.) ; mahali fulani pana magenge ; 
nmngi sana, gengc laomoka (vid. siri). 

Genukuka, v. n.; ku — watu, to endeavour to 
avoid, tthun, or escape people (R.) (— dende- 
uka?). 

GfiNi, adj., strange, foreign; vid. mg&ni, a 
stranger. 

Gensi (or oisi), 8. (ya,j>/. za) (cfr.giBi), kind, sort; 

nadaka n'giio kama gcnsi or gisi hi, I demami a 

cloth ofthis kind; mkiiu gensi, a guide, one who 

m c 
is wcll acauainted with the road; Arab. lj—**- 

genus, spccics. 
G£raiia, s. (vid. jeralm, 8.) (yn, pl. ma — ) / «^ 

vulncravit ; Wj> , vulnus), wound; kn-m-tia 

geraha, to wound onc ; gcraha kubn, large 

wound. 
Geregt5ta, v. v. (vid. kcrcketa); wali inafania 

roho — , the boiled rice is too hardfor thejpalate. 
Ger£za (or ciidteA), «., (1) a fort', (2) a state- 

j/rison; kiiiir.go cha scrkali ; jfimbacha ku fungia 

watu ; pahali pa gcresani wafungoapo watu pan- 

kOti mtu munginc cla wuli ku tisha watu, wapate 

jcwa. 



GE 



( 83) 



GN 



Gekibu, v. a. (vid. garibu) ( k^j* , probavit), to 

try, 1o attempt, to tempt; kn tczdraa, ka angalia, 
kti onda, nimegeribu safari lakeri sikupata. 
Gerebiana, v. rec. 
Gt»\, v. a., to turn (m a lathe), tofortn on a lathe. 

G&sm, *. (ya) (cfr. ^V 1 exercitum collegit ; 

^jt^. , exercitus), an army «- watu wangi, a 

multitude of peopie. 

Gesi, 8. (ya), yard-measurc ; geei ni mti wa ku 

pimia nguo. In Momhas and other jriace* it is 

k only used by merchants from India (Mabaniani 

na Waliindi). 

Gesila, 8. (vid. m'so, «.), tJie measure of 60 pisbi; 
~~ *" . • -* 

Jk^ , in duas partes secuit ; Jjk^. , magnus, 

-■■*» 

copiosus, firmus. 
Geso, *. (la, pl. ma — ), turning-lathe (vid. gesa). 
Geua, v. a., to cJiange, to turn (vid. gatia); ku-ji- 

geiia, to turn one's-self; e.g., ame-ji-geua nioka, 

he turncd Jiimsclf into a snake. 
Geuka, v. n. (vid. giiuka), to become aJtered, 

cJiangcd, turned; maneno yanageuka. 
Geuliwa, pass., to be cJianged. 

Geuza, v. c, to cause to alter, cJtange, turn (pin- 
diisa). 

Geuzi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), a change. 

Geitzia (or geulia), v. obj. } to alter for one or 
against one; ame-m-geuzia maneno, hepervcrted 
(gavc a icrong turn to) Jii* words, he misreprc- 
scnted them ; geulia muhogo wangu motoni, turn 
my muJioyofor me in thejire. 

Gh6subu, v. «., to bamboozle (vid. « t ^ r Arab. f 

violcnter et contra jus eripuit). 
Gidam, s ., thc strap of a sandal (St.). 
Giduya (or guduya), s. (\ti), cfr. guduia. 
Gioiza, v. a., to perpiex; wazungu ulimiwao, 

haugigizi na ncno, ulimiwao unatoa mancno 

upesi (R.). 

- c- 

GIi.gilan, s. ( Jcfc-W- , miscuit), coriander-seed, 

a kind of Indian spvce pvt into curry-poicder 

— kusubara used in curry-powder (Sp.). 
Gilia, v. n., vid. ngia; masika yamc-m-gilia (to 

wintcr), the icinter came upon him. 
Gilidi (o£lidi), 17. a., vid. gelada; ku — jiio, to 

bind a book in calf to bind it with a leatJier 

cover. 

Gix»a (and ginrana), vid. kinsa, v. a. 

Ginsi (or oi88i), *. (ya, pl. za), kind, sort. 

Gisikafiki (or lioisiKAFiRi), vid. mjiskafiri; tu- 
mu-iie gisikafiri, ndie anakuja na sababu ya 
watu wakafua wasirndi tena-ku-zimu wcnde ka- 
bisa ; watu wa ku zimu wapige ngoma ku te- 
kella; a kind oflizard. 



Gibsi, v. n. (vid. kisi), to guess; (2) v. a., to turn 
tJte sail; hawa-ji-gissi, wakaletta kabula wasi a 
ambiwa ni walo walao. 

GissiA (or ushuku) ; ku andika gissia or ushuru, 
to tax ; Acts v. 37 (cfr. Arab. y^ , pars) ; gizi 

gani or ginzi (gcnzi) gani, tchy f Jiow is it f 
ginzi ilivio kua njema, tJie sort wJucJi was good; 
eijui gizi or ginzi afungavio, Ido not know his 
tnanner or icay ofbinding. 

Gna, v. n. (or ku gnara), to flasJt, to glitter, 
shine; e.g., mato ya paka yagna or yagnara 
katika kiza, tJie eyes of a cat glare in the dark. 

Gnakia, gnakizia, gnaza (vid. below), gnazia, 
r. obj.; ku gnariza mato, tofix the eyes; mu- 
ezi wagnara, but jua lawa. 

GnagnanIka, v. n. (ku ona), toshine, tobepolisJied, 
glisten, especiaUy afier Jiavingbeenanointedwith 
oil or grease ; muili wagnagnika kua samli; usso- 
unagnagnika. 

Gnamba, s. (ya, pl. ma — ), a kind of sea turtle; 
it is nearly as large as tJie kasa ; gnamba ana 
niama kana ya gnombc, laken avia mai kana ya 
kiiku. Mufika hu nda ya gnamba. Muaka wa 
gnamba Wajomba wamengia ku pindua gnamba 
ya Mnika. Mtu huyu anapindua gnamba, tJiis 
man Jias stolen (/*/., has overturned) a turtlc. 
A turtle mu8t bc turned over before it can 
be takcn away. In HJce manner tJte famine 
Jias overturned the WaniJca, and tJms enabied 
tJie Suahili to take and sell tJiem. TJie sJiell 
of tJie turtle is crported. Ku piga or pindiia 
gnamba (mrongura) — ku iba (cfr. kobo). TJie 
gnamba lays Jier eggs in tJie sand near to 
the sea. Ilence tJie people watch Jter return- 
ing to the sea and put a large pole in 
Jier way. When sJie comes to the pole they 
turn Jtcr ovcr quick!y, and, having tied Jierflip- 
pers, tJicy put Jier in tJie boat and tlaughter 
Jier. The Juead is said to move for onc or two 
days. Kitoa ja gnamba jatukutika hiku mbili. 
Mai ya gnamba ku liwa kuakwe, suti or shurti 
yatindoe. Juma cha gnamba kina tamani sana ; 
gnamba, a hawk's-Jiead turtle (St.). 

Gnambo (or onambu), *. (y*,pl. za), side, banJc^of 
a rivcr ; gnambo ya pili, tlie second side -» the 
opposite side or banJc of a river or bay; cfr. 

~ — — . 6 C-* 

t^ifo 1 declinavit, rn latcrc posuit; v t ^s» , 
dimidium hominis, latus ejus. 
GnAnda, *. (ya), a handful taken icith tJiefingers 
lifted upward; ku piga gnanda ya mtama, ya 
fetha, ya pilpili, dc, to take a handful ofmUlet 
money, pepper, «Cc, with the flngers; 6ya (wa 
muk6no) is a handful taken with the flngers 
stretcJied out infuU length; k6nsi (ya) is a hand- 
ful taken by closing the hand (vid. oya). 

o 2 



GN 



(84) 



asr 



Gnaiua, f. c^/. ; ku-m-ringiu (?) kua mukono or 
upanga, to burnish, d'C. (Sp.) (vid. gna). | 

G.nakiza (vi d. gna cw gniira, t?. n.) ; f.#., mato, fo . 
fx the cyes, 

G.narizia, r. a. «= kn-m-tnlizia or kodolca mato, to 
J'jr the eyes upon one, to stare at him trith optn 
e.yes, as is done in anger or in quarreUhig ; ku- 
m-tezama mno. 

GxAza, r. c.; e.g., upanga, to cause the sword to 
shinc, to be bright. 

Gnazia, v. obj., to make inteVigible (= k'i-m-faha- 

misha) or distinct; ta-m-gnazia thdhiri ajue, 1 

shall make it plain to him 80 thal lie may under- 

stand it. 
Gxea, v. n., to itcli; muili wa-ni-gnea « wa-ni- 

waaha. 

Gxia, r. w. (or ku n! a), generally " toletfall," to dis- 

charge, cast off, said ofrain and ofthe evacua- 

tion ofthe bowets; (1) mviia yagnia (or inakiignia) 

leo, it rains io-day; mvua ilikugnia jana, 1/ raintd 

yesterday; mviia itakugnia kcsho, it will rain to- 

morrow; (2) mtu ytiwiignia jo/ini BR»a, the man 

is now at stool; mtu amckugnia jooni sasa, thc 

man has gonc to stool (ku giiia or kii nia mali 

ldinniV 

Gm&wa, v. c, to causc to rain ; Mungu arao- 

gnie»ha mviia ; ku-in-gniesha mtoto, to attend 

to a chiUVs necessity (Er.). 
GniUa, v. obj.; pass. gnicwa. 

(rMELEA. 

Ji-GNifiA ; mviia wa-ji-gnk-a. 
Gniagnia, v. a., to scramble for anything, as in a 
market (Sp.). 

Gniaka, v. a., to intercept or catch something which 
18 throicn near or orer-against, e.g., a baU ; tui 
ame-m-gniaka kuku, punde amc-mu-akia (de- 
voured i7). 

Gniakua (oniaki'ba), v. a. t to 8natch away by 
flying orspringing upon ; kozi or tui amegniakiia 
kukn, punde ame-mu-akia, the vtdture or leopard 
has snatched airay a htn, and aflencards de- 
voured it (rid. akia). 

Gniama (mama), gniamaza, v. c, vid. niamaza. 

Gniamambi (?) = niama mhi, fester (Sp.). 

GmAmo.nia, t\; nikundu wa-m-gniamgnia (or wa- 
muniamiinia), thefundament trembles orquake*, 
makes a quaking motion afterthe excremcnts arv 
gonr, (vid. kiwiniowiuio). 

GxiAmza, v. a., to help in cating without being de- 
sired by tht owner (Sp.). 

(iMana gniana, v., saidoftungu ?(R.). 

GniaxonAxia, v. a. (=ku pokonia), to take vio- 
lently against the. tcill of the owner, to commit 
vio!ence,to robone, todeprive himofhisproptrty 
bt/ force and injusticc; mgniangniinii, s., rob- 
ber. 



GniAnni, s. (ya, pl ma— ), a lind of monkcy pf 
a reddlsh cotour. The iw/iw know of fovr 
kinds of monkeys: (1) tumbiri; (2) gnianni; (3) 

kima ; (4) mbcga, which is of the largett tize. 

The Wanika eat theflesh ofthe monkey. 
Gniapa, v. n.; ku nenda kua tartibu, to go softJy. 
Gkiapia, t;. it., to creepf (Sp.). 
(^niAta (or niAta), v. a. (Sp.) ? gniatuka, niatuka, 

to stalk. 
Gniatitka, t;. »1., to stalkf (Sp.). 
GniaCka, r. ii., to wiiher, to dry up, tofade atray, 

to 8hrivel; maua baya yanagniauka kna jiia. 
Gxfl? ! (Kin. nio), an exclamation, indicativc of 

slujht indignation (?) (R.). 
Gnu5a, v.a.; gu langu la-ni-gniea, my foot itckes 

or hurts me ; amegniewa ni pele, to he hurt by 

itch. 
Gnieonia v.; ku — pepo uwongo. 
(!xiegxi£ka, r. a.; ame-m-griM'gnia liatta annguie- 

gnieka — ame-m-gnignickca — amcketi nai uka- 

m-i'uaza kulla neno. 
Gsiehniekea, v. a.,(\) to supplicate, to apjAyto, to 

pay revtrence — ku-m-hcshima or fania adaba 

ngema kua mtu, to pay reverenee to one, to ae % . 

projterly and revcrently toicard one t in order 

to plcase him (ku ji-weka tini) ; kgana ame-m- 

gniegniekca babai, the boy tca* humble, reveren- 

tial to hisfather ; (2) to cry one into ilesire, i.e, 

to urge, importuae, solicit, to cry tit ordertoptr- 

suade. 
Gmkumerk'ka, v. a.; e.g., mtuma amc — , the slavt 

madc his escape secrctly (Sp.). 
(Jmegmehi:^iia, v. c. =- ku-m-kimbiza mtuma koa 

polcpolc. 
GmegmetI?a, vid. gnieta. 
(ixii5oMZA, r. «., to strew. 
(tniekua (or niekua), t;. a., to ticklc ■■ gnierisha 

(Sp.) (?). 
Om^ma, r. n. f 
Gxiexoehe\siia, r. a., to ticMeone ; gniengerekhana, 

v. rec. 
Gxie*nIa, v. a., to ask one urgcntly till he reveal* 

thc secret; ku-mu-uliza maneno hatta ku-ku-ambm, 

to tafk to a i>erson until Iie telU eomething; vid. 

lmladisi, s. 
Gnierer^za, r. a. = fitafita; e.g., to say, "Idonot 

eat " (kitu sili), and afterwards to eat sccretly. 
(rMERi^zA, v. a., to tickle. 

GsilteHA, r. c. (vid. gnia, v. n.), to cause to rain; 

ku gnu-t*ha mviia. 

Gnii5ta, v. n., to be teasing (— yuna ailabu t6ta), 
to be ill-mannered, to be icithout good-bre*ding, 
to be irrevercnt, to do all of oneU own head, to 
have a 1 ! one could wish, to strut about, <0c., bmt 
nevcr to be satisfled; mana huyu yuwagnieta 
kua babai, hc concerns himself little about his 
father; e.g., hnamkiii babai (the omission ofthe 



GN 



(85) 



GO 



morning scdutation is a great offence, arul sJiotcs 
no re*pect or good-breeding in a child orfriend). 
Ewe mana, wagnieta-wc, babayo yuhei, akifa, 
utakuta mashaka, tJiov, boi/, hast all thoudesirest, 
as hng as thy father UvetJt, but when Jte is dead, 
thou wilt be in trovble. 
Gnietea, i». «., to be negligent, irreverent; yuwa- 
gnietea babai =- hamji or hamjali babai, Jte does 
not fear Jtisfather, is negligent and irreverent 
toirard Jiiin, disregards him; mana huyu ni nija- 
iiiri, yuwajitakttbari. 

(iNIEGNIETEA, 1*. obj. 

(Jnieteza, r. c. ; gnombc zima wa-gnieteza (R.). 
CJnioma, v.; gnignjza, v. (?). 
Gmma, r. a., to refuse to, to dcny, to witJdio'd 

froni, not to give -• ku-mkataaa ; yuna hakki ya 

ku pawa, laken ame-m-gnitna kasidi ; yuna fotha 

laken a-ni-gniina. 
(J.siMiM), *., rid. nimbo; LuJce xv. 25. 
Gmmia, v. obj.; gnimana. 
Gmnui (pro xuixuj), you (R.); gninui musemao 

maneuo hava. 
Gnioa (xioa ?), to ttJiavc ; c.g., ndevu; gnioka, gnio- 

kea, gnioshea, ku nioahoa, to Jielp in need. 
Gnioonia (gxiugxia), r. n. f to suck gently ; mana 

ngniognia titti kua roamai. 
Gmogxie\sha, r. c, to suckle tJte cJiild; ku-m-pa 

titti. 
(Jmogm^a, tophtck (vid. below). 
CJmogmota, *. \\i\,j>l. ma— ) «»wa88a(jp/. mawasaa) 

lamvua; si m\iia ya kuclli, inapita to, ni ma- 

wingu bassi, nguo haikutota, a transient shower 

ofrain (mato matc). 
Gmogni6ya, v. a. (vid. futua) — ku-mu-ondoa kuku 

magnioya, toj)luck a bird orfowI f the beard, &c, 

topull outfeathers. 
Gmogxogn£a, r. «., to slacken, to be weary (espc- 

c'aUy in tJie knecs froni continually marcJting),to 

hare pains in tJiejoints ofthe Ugs; magti ya-ni- 

gniognognea kua goti kua kuenenda mno ; muili- 

wangu una-ni-gniognognca. 
Gmognoome*a, v. a., to curve ; e.g., marndi imc-m- 

gniognogniea mukono, disease has curved Jtis 

Jiand. 
Gmonoa gxi6xga, r. n. (vid. nionga nionga), to 

u riggle. 

Gm6ya, s. (la, //. ma — ) (vid. ugnioya), the down 
orfeatliers ofafowl orwool ofa sheep; ugnioya 
wa kuku or kondo, or magni6ya ya kuku, ya 
kondo. 

Gmuafua, v. a.; c.g., simba ana-m-gniuaftia gnombe 
niama, tJie lion torc apicce officsh offtJie cow. 

GxiuruKA (niufuka) v. n. f (R.). 

Gniuoniza (or okiugxisiia), v. a., tosprinMe; ku 
— maji. 

Gniukua, v. a., toptuck, to twtak, pinch with tJte 
nais (as cJiildren do inplay). 



Gniukuana, v., topidl each otJtcr. 
Gniukuka, v. «., to be ticJded. 
Cjniukuija(liwa); gniukuka, matarabo yanic-ra- 

gniukiia. 
Gniurana, to Jtate or vex eacJt other. 
Gno, a particle, cj'prcssing sliglit indignation (K.). 
Gnoa, r. a., topull up, root out; ku gnoa shiua la 

nitthogo, d'C 
Gnoda (gnota) ; ku — nuelle — ku suka nuolle (to 

take curls and turn tJtem). 
Gnooni6a, pass.; ngovi ya kondo isio tassa ku 

gnogniolewa malaika, vsoolfel ; cfr. gniognioa. 
Gnoon6na, v. n., to speak indistinctly, not in an 

intcUigiblc nianner (low or soflly) ; ku sema polc- 

pole, to spcak in tJie ear. 

Gnoononeza, t\, to whisper to. 

GnognonezAna, w. rec ; watu hawa wamegno- 
gnonezana, to wJiisper togetJicr. 
Gn6ka, r. n., to fall out (kua nafri yakwe) ; mti 

umegnoka kua pepo — umcanguka. 
Gxole\\, v. obj. (or ina-ni-kukutika), I feel paU 

pitation, 1 Jiave tJirobbing oftJic Jieart; rohoina- 

nt-gnoka = ina-ni-piga, tJiey speak of me (na 

tajua) if onc has palpitation wit/tout a known 

cause (vid. taj»»). 

GxoLK"wA,^rt*«., to be rooted out (ni mtu). 

Gx6m»e, *. (wa, 2)1. za) ; gn6mbo miimc, a buU, bul- 

lock ; gn6mbo iuke, cow; gnombe hili (pl. magnombo 

haya) — gnombo mkuba, a large cow ; gnombo 

wakiiba, large cows; gnombe la mji, a whorc ; 

gnombc hili, pl. magnombc haya (dim. ki- and 

ka-gnombc) (Erh.), a cow takes out tJie tongvc to 

put it into tJie uose — Proverb: gnombo watoa 

ulirai ku tia puaui (or utakiia gnomLc, utic ulimi 

puani), i.c, to gire a promise, but not to kcep it ; 

mtu huyti hana tliabidi ya maneno, tJtis mans 

word is not rcliable. 

\ Gxoxda, s.,fisJt divided; roatoyako ni ya gnonda? 

are your eycs tJiose o/gnonda? (R.). 

Gx6nda, v. a., to split (e.g.,jisJt) ; ku — samaki — 
ku paasiia niuma, kuanikajuani(kana ngu) (viit. 
munda) ; ndizi za paka kitoa jagnonda ulikiila 
kuetu mera. TJtus sings tJie /SuaJnli sJtipbuildcr, 
wJto gets bananas for Jtisfood, bvt wJticJt he din- 
UJces, Jiaving eaten ndizi za paka in Jiis native 
country (among the Wamuerapeople ncar Kiloa). 

Gn6xoo, s. — fito za mia (oid. nsimba). 

Gnugnunika, t;. n., to murmur, mutter, grumblc, 
to sfiow one's dissatisfaction by words in tltc 
absence ofone. 

Gnuigniza (or gnugniza), v. a. (vid. gniugniza), 
to spritdde npon (said ofdry tJtings) ; to — maji, 
to besprintde, dash water %ipon, to strew, to 
scatter; gnugnika, v. n. 

Gnuluka (?) ; e.g., ndizi (R.). 

Go (vid. ko), s., the state ofbeing capable ofgiving 
birth; la kuku, gnombe (vid. below)\ go, or beiter 



GO 



( 86) 



GO 



ko (la), is saidofall animals whichhave produced 
a young one, but goma refers to man; goma can 
be said of animals, but go never of man; to 
(l 11^y to man «* ku deiiguri intu (R.). 

G6a, v. n.; ku nenda goa = ku nenda ku 6ga poani 
(vid. koa), to go and wash on shore. 

Goa, v. a.; unagawauia kitu na muenzie, bassi 
una-ni-goa ; cbombo hakigoa leo. 

G6a, (1) mtuudo goa, tJie fourth day (cid. kcBho) ; 
(2) goa la gnombc (la lewalcwa), dcwhtp, thepiccc 
ofjlcsh hanging downj'rom a cow's ncck; (3) an 
ornamcnt ofsilvcr on thc slieaih of daggcrs (ma- 
jambia). 

Goba, *. (la, pl. ma — ), cassada dricd. 

(ioba, v. a. « ku shilisha (vid.) } tojinish, conclude. 

Goboa, v. a. = konioa (vid.), to pluk J'ruits (the 
cobs oj'Indian com) in passing through a planta- 
lion against thc owner's will. 

Godoa, v. a., vid. kodoa. 

God6ka, t'. n., to protrude (Kiniassa, rcsiika) ; 
mato yana-m-godoka (R.) --= goboka (?) ; l'ulani 
anagonda na mato yana-m-god6ka, hc himself is 
goboka 80 that his eyes protrudc. 

Godoro, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), thick nuilt or mattrcss. 

Gok, 8. (?) ; ku-m-tia nitu goe (R.). 

G6fi (or oovi), 8. (la, pl. ma — ), skin, rind, bark; 
gofi or ganda la muhogo, but gonic (gofi nenc) la 
mti, and ngoii ya muili wa mtu or niania. 

Gofia, h. (yn,pl. za), apullcy, block. 

Gofira, *. (pl. ma — ), forgivcncss, pardon (vid. 
ghofira). 

Gofiri, v. a. (gii6fiki) (Arab. J& , tcxit, ob- 
loxit, condonavit peccatum, rogavit vcniam de- 
licti), to forgive, pardon; ku g6firi thaiubi. 
This crprcssion refers to a custom oj' thc Mu- 
hammcdan Suahili; katika mfunguo tatu (mczi 
wa hija, tlic month of jtilgrimage) wanafioni wa- 
cuenda ku gofiri thambi mcsgidini. TIic day on 
which this ceremony is performcd is called siku 
ya miraji, or siku ya ku laiama. Thc Imams 
read, weep, and confess their sins and pray to 
Oodforforgivcncss. The other people standby 
andlisten. This is thegeneral or annual fast- 
day, siku ya ku juta maofu waliofania kulla mu- 
aka ; siku ya ku lalama Mdli (Mungu). 

Gofiria (or ooFURiA), v., to forgive onc; Mungu 
a-ni-gofirie nlilotenda (neno), may God pardon 
mc; Mungu amc-m-gofiria thambizakwo, God 
forgave him his sins. 

Gofiriana, v. rcc. (rid. Col. iii. 13). 

Gofjaokfja, v. a. (or gefjagkfja), to impel, 
urge on; e.g., ku nimamia watu kazini, to imj>cl, 
to urgc onjyeojtle in working ; rfr. rongaronga. 

Gofu, adj., dcsolate (Luke xiii. 15) ; muaatiJiwa 
niumbaycnu gofu ; gofu la niumba, thc ruins of 
a housc; gofula pembc (kipnndo cha skina), the 
Jtolloio end ofa tusk cut ojf(S$.). 



. Gooo, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a log oftimber, trunk ofa 
trec when fcUed, a block of wood ; gogo la mnaad. 

Goooa, i». «., to removc, to put away, e.g. t taka, 
dirt. 

Gooore"ka, v. n., (1) to cry, to caekle like a hcn ; 

kuku yuwagogorcka — yuwalia akiriaa au aki- 

bhikua ; (2) ku-mgogorcka mtu (na-m-gogorcka 

siku-m-wcza). 
Goooroda, v. a., tocompel one; bakudaka muuicwc 

(R.) ; cfr. kokorota. 

Gooorota = gogota, v. a. 

Gogota, v. a. ( - ku g6ta, piga), to beat, strike : Vi 

gogota mlango kua fimbo hatta mucgnicwo au>ke ; 

ugogote viango, vingio ndani ; ku gog6ta kiau- 

goni » ku petii, ku fania vigijttho (vuL kigi')»ho), 

ku gogota mti, to drag tJie trunk of a tree. 
Gog6ta, s., thc woodi>ecker (a birrf). 
Goigoi (la, pl. ma — ), ibis rcligiosa. 
(iokoa, r. a. ; ku — mahindi or taka = pcpca (R.) f 

to ntch, to strain the throat in vomiting. 
Gokom6ka (vid. kokomoka), to vomit. 
Golano6i«\, v. a. (?) (Sp.). 
(ioLK, s. (la, ]>l. ma — ), (1) craw, gorge ; g»'de la 

kondo; (*2) = koh6zi; golo la (magole yag*>Ie) 

mgiiini or kohozi la mgumi, the cjcpcctortition or 

8alira ofthe whale. It is a whitc mat.'cr ofthe 

sizcofa cannon-b<dl, which fioals to the sJtore. 

As no ttsc can bc viadc ofit the nativc* do ttot 

piek it up. 
Goma, s.; efr. go««rfko; mke huyu utiakua g»*mia 

(rid. ko) ; this woman is no morc a imuia muali, 

shc is now a mothe.r. 
(ioMA, s. (la, 2>l. ma— ), a largc kcttlc-tlrvm ; nija 

na goma, mja na maji (vid. mja) ; gonia is iarger 

than thc ngoma. 
(ioMUA, s. (la,|>/. ma — ), a leafof the mgomba, the 

bananas-trec (vid. mgomba). 
Gomba, v. a. (in Kin., tospcak), Kis., to oppose, to 

bc adversc to, to auarrel with (Kiung. and Ki- 

jycmba). 

Gombana, ?\ rcc, to attarrel ( — ku tetana or nene- 

sana) with cach othcr (Kiung. and Kipcmba). 

GoMiitfzA, v. a.; ku — , toforbid (St.) (vid. gomba, 

v. a.). 
Gombo, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a slieet or leafofa book 

(St.). 

G6me, *. (la, jil. ma — ), (1) the bark of trees (kn 
ambua magomc ya mti) ; (2) a chip ofwood, a 
piece ofcleft wood, a splint ; sennalla amctong» 
mti, ku toa magomo ; (3) a sheU-fUh (lililo na 

niama). 

(iOm15a, r. a. (vid. komea), to fasien with a natice 

lock. 
Gom£o, s., a nativc lock; cfr. komco. 
Gonda, v. n. (cfr. konda), to become lean, thin, 
Gondoa, v. a. (?). 



GO 



(87) 



GB 



Gonga, v. a., (1) to knock, to heat - ku gogota, to 
bcat; c.g., ku gonga or ondoa magonio mti, to 
bcat thc tree in order to take ojf tlie bark ; ku 
gonga ( = tuanga), until the skin comes off, to 
dash against, to strike, thrust atjaimt; daulako 
litagonga daulangu (Kimrima); Kitoa, cha-ni- 
gonga ; (2) to fjet very M (?). 

Gonge, s. (Kin. gonchc), fibres ofthe wild aloe used 
for makiny threiuh and strings (pl. magonge). 

Goncjo, 8. (\a } pl. ma — ), (1) thickncss, compactncss; 
gongo la muitu (muitu unakiia gongo), a thick 
forc8t of largc atul high trees, like tlm one near 
Oassi, south ofMombas; (2) a large stick. 

Gongoa, v. «., to take off a knife or hoefrom its 
hatuUe. 

Gong6ka, w.?i.(- gongoloka), to full out of it~ 
self. 

Gonookea, r. obj.; e.g., mono ya ni6kaya-m- 
gongokea. 
Gongojea, i\; kuji-gongojea, to drag one's-self 

along by the help ofa stick. 
GongomiU, v. a. = ku tia chiima kilicho na muoto 

katika nti, (1) toput tlie heated iron (afier hav- 

ing Iieenput in water) intftt • ground to cool (vid. 

matiko); ku sidi ku pata ukali ; (2) todrive naiU 

into, to luimmcr in (ku gongomea mifi). 
Gongue, *.; iii ngoma \va ku teza watu wa mrima 

(rfr. kiunibi/i) wakipiga fimbo za muaka. 
Gonia, v. u. (kugoniakoma), to appease the spirits 

of the anccstors; kua ubani, d°c. (ndsoinbo in 

Kiniassa). 
(ionjoa, v. n. (x- ku ugi'ia), toache, to havc pain; 

cfr. ugonjoa. 

Gonjoe\siia, v. c, to cause pain — ku-jn-tia mii- 
ratlii ya muili, ku ji-gonshoesha or — eza, to 
behave like a aick man. 
Gopea (toncsha). 
Gora, s. (ya, jtl. za), a picce or package ofcloth of 

GO (mikono) native or 30 English yards (vid. 

doti and kitambi). The gora of 30 Englhh 

yards of Amcrican cotton-cloth costs at Mombas 

vsually 2J German crowns (anno 1849). 
Gokdi, *. (kokti), name ofa kitul of cotton-print 

(gordi and shcdi) (Kihindi ?). 

Goufa, s. = dari (?) ( lijt , coenaculum), upper 
story ofa lumse (gorfa or ghurfii). 

GoRlA, 8. 

Gorodeza, v., to shove, push, to push aside or to 
press (II.). 

Gorofika, vid. korofika. 

Goroka, v. n. ; ku — mafi, tofumbleon cxcrement8 ; 
mana agoroka uji. 

Gok6m6e, 8. (la, pt. ma — ), a kindoflarge lizurd; 
halidrai mtu wala haliguyi kuku, pangonimuakwo 
linalala pokce, halina muonziwe. The goromoe 
lizard 11 smaUer than tfa'mbnrnkengo. Vroverb : 



goromoe halina msena. and in likc manner an 
obstinate man has nofricnds, but is left to him- 
8ctf 

Gorong6ndua, *., a kind oflizard (St.). 

Gosm, *., the tack ofa sail ; upandc wa goshini, 
tlui weather sidc; ku pindiia kua goshini, to tack 
(St.) ; gosh or goshi /* opposcd to " daniiin " in 
nauticid languagc; fig., intu huyu ana-ku-kalia 
(ketia) goshi (or kombo) lco, thh man wiU give 
you trouble to-day (tt.). 

Gota, v. a., to knock, to bcat, e.g., mlango apato 
sikia; ku gota, to bcat or strikc slowly atul 
aiulibly; ku gogota, to bcat (juickly; ku gota- 
guta, to strike neither too slowly nor too (juick. 

Gotagota, v. a.; (1) ku gotagota biio kua ku tcza, 
to strike boards with the fiiu/ers for amuscment, 
to drum with the fingcrs upon boards, to knock 
inplay; (2) to break or manglc a languagc; cg. t 
hajui sana manenoya Kienglcsc, lakon yuwagota. 
gota, he docs not know EngLhh icell, lic spcdk* 
brokcn Englhh. 

Gotana, t\ rec, to sirike or run against each 
other; c.g., viombo vinagotana vikaumizana. 
Ji-gota, t?. rcjl., to strike one's-sclf against. 

Gotegote, adi\ (or kotkkote — huko na huko), 
before and behiud; e.g., iiioka wa nduma kuili 
yuwaiima gotcgoto = kua kitoa ja .ubellc, na 
niunia yuwafufia. 

Goteza, r. a., to mingle one lavguage with an- 
other, to jumble together different ianguages; 
mtu huyu yuwagotoza niam'no ya Kimwita na 
Kiiingfija, laboihv m'bi'ia Mwita, yuwag«)teza 
mancno ya kikuao or ya kuiio, thh man mingles 
the tanyuage of Mombas trith that of Zanzibar, 
he h pcrhaps a native of Mombas, he speaks hh 
own languagc atong with the othcr (Kir. ku 
gofia). 

G6ti, *. (la, pl, ma — ), knec; ku piga goti or ma- 
goti, to knecl down; haku-m-pigia goti, he did 
not marry Iwr becausc the bridcgroom did not 
bend onc knce during thc ccrcmony pcrformcd by 
the kiithi in marrying thcm. 

G6vi mdo, *., uncircunwised (cfr. gofi, skin); govi 
mbo, one who has still the }>repucc; lit., t/te skin of 
tJie penia. 

G6ya, i'. n. ; mtu liuyu yucnda kua goya = ku-ji- 
bclenga -=- ku ponga mucgni ku goya mukouo — 
mucgni ku ponga or tupa mukono ? ku nenda 
kua goya,^/. magoya (vid. mucndo). 

GOza, v. «., to warm up, to cook up (co!d food) ; 
kitu ja jaiia wakignza. 

(JrakD, x. (ya, jd. za), clore ; mgrnfii, the clovc- 
tree; hizi grafu za l'cmba na Ungnja, tlutse arc 
Pctnba clovcs (from the hlands of Pcmba and 
Zanzibar, wherc. thcy grow vcry wcll, luiving been 
introduced by slaver* from the Mauritius many 
ycars ago). 



GB 



( 88) 



GTJ 



Greza, 8. (rid. gcrczn, *.) - niuiuba pa ku funga Gudi, *., a dockforships (8t.). 

watu, prisoa (rid. gcresa). Gudi (kudi), *.; mnhogo, viari, ndu, konde, <£<:., 

Gr, s. (la, />/. mn- ), a /*>?; mugii (Kiunguja, are gudi (or kudi) iit qpj>. to rinki (?) (R.). 
migfi), /«?/; gulangn la-ni-iima, my foot pains Guduiya (or oudulia, St.), *. (ln, pl. ma-), a 
me; gfi la kunmc, the right foot ; gu la shoto pitcher; guduiya la ku noca mnji. They are 
t>r la ku shoto, the bftfoot ^gu from the knce to ■ fjrported from iSouih Arabia, c*peciaUy from 
the tocs). Mascat ; a jiorous water-bottle, a v?ater-coo!er. 

CIua, r. a.; ku giia, rfr. pfumba (to rain) in Ki- Guonombe, *., thc disease wldch attack* uiukogo, 
niassa. '» which thc leaces look poorly and the roots if- 

( iuaouna, r., to gnatc (cid. gngiina\ »«««'» rcry small 

Guama, v. n., to lie stjueezed or prcssed in; c.g., | Ui:Gl1 ^ I* m ^ tt ndergrowth, wcetl* ; gu^u 
nimepcnicsa mukonowangu hapa, sasaunaguama j mui | u » " ™" Z rcsemUing corn; gugu, tr/W, ««- 
mtini, 7>if/ my /«iik/ herc, now it is souccud N cultivattd (St.). 
or ,Viiniii«/ &i/ « /r« = unieguiwa ni mti. , «™ri.i- f «<'<'•. « ""'"•«•' «*""*/ ^» «1**«* 



jammca by «• ...-i — ». u ^ b 

Guamikha, r. c.; mti umcguamisha mukono- 
wdngu. 
Guanje (?). 
Uuaza, i». a. (kuaza ?) ; mtcllo hu wnguaza watu 

raeno, this rice breaks a man's tecth ; ni imiwu 

ndani ; rfr. kiiarusa. 
Guaze, s. (or NGiitRi miianoo), (iii auinuil likc a 

icild hog; its tusks are like thosc of the hog ; 

ni nikoli, na rangcyakwe ivu ivu. 
CtUBA, s. (la, pl. ma — ) ; kiguba (Er.), Icaves of the 

mgadi trce rolled and sewed vp and worn hy 

natire ladiesfor thtir perfame (Er.). 

Glbari, s. (la, pl. ma — ) (Arab. -^. , consoli- 

davit; «^ , conjunctio plurium partium scpara- 

tarum, ut cx his unum f.at), a thWk bhuk clottd 
ic/tich will stxm gire rain (wingu kuba vr ncnc) ; 
mawingu yamcfnnia gubari lco, thc c'otuh arc 
heavy or ctry big (likc mountains) to-day ; uli- 
mengu unagubari, thc skyhas big cloiuis; in:igiibai i 



muhogo gugudu (U). 
CirorMiA [or ououmiza), r. a , (1) to stcaUow, to gmlp 
doirn ; mtu mgonjua amc-gugumiza maji kua 
bhida, the sick man swallowed t/ie tralcr with 
dijfu'idty; (2) to sttttter, faHcr in speaking, to 
ga*p or to pant for breath, tofalter (Er.) ; mtu 
huyu agugumiza inancno kama biibui, hawezi ku 
scma ; (3) to beat orgo through tcater swallowing 
teater as oiie goes; e.g., nmcpita maji kua ku 
gugtimiza, he could not swim, but tke shorc 
be.iiiy close by he beat his tcay through the vcater 
vkua ku saina na ku euka na kua ku p : ga maji 
na mikono), sinking and rising, and beatinp tkt 
watvr with his hands. Now and then he swal- 
lowed a mouthful of water, hence to go through 
the water swallowing (not by swintming), tckick 
sonutimes ha* prorcd dangerous to people trho 
kiunc not thc locality. (jugumia, r. a. ; tembo 
hili un:i li-gugumia pck^yo? dost thou swallow 
ahiw allthe pahn-wine f Foreating cfr. mizukua 
(11.), which sccms only to refer to nieat. 



ya mawmgu, bia mountatn-ltkc eloud*; mnguban ., . . ,.. . . . , 

J . ° . J . ,, ji i • r j * i (iuor.NA, v. a., to gnaw, tobite at, to eat of — ku 

ya wmgu vasimama mhma, t/te ou/ rouds stand . ... , , , . . J . , 

,.. /• i. r - • r - taluiia kua mcno, f.|7.,pama anaffugunaiiiuhfwo: 

tikc mountains ; om)., ulimcnjru unafania inafiim- . . ,. , . , . « v . ^ * 



furu or ulimengu ufurufuru or utu&situssi, thc sky 
has scattcretl douds, but it does not yet rain ; 
ulimcngu una mafundcfundc, una mawingu ya 
m vua, jua halitoki una magnioguiota, the sky 
has smtdl clottds of light rain, the sttn is not 
sccn. J)o not coiifoiind giibari and gabari; 



nani alieguguua nazi pasipo kissu, kua meno 

matiipu ;?). 

Ciror.NiA, r. otij.; c.g., ku-m-gugunia mfiipa. 
Ciror.N'iwA, puss.; kisio or kizio cha liazi kiiuc- 

guguniwa ui pauia (cid. kisio). 
Guounna, v. c. 
(JivihV&ijAfpas*.; mtu amcgugiiuua ni fiasi. 



gabari mcans "magnus, omiiipotcns,'» Arab. G wv xi *n a, c. a., to makca noisehy scratching or 
jL*. digyiiig Hke a mottse; kitu jani kigugurnsbajo 

Gubba, *. (la, pl. ma— ) ; gubba la mto, b: nding in- nJ, ' ini hiimr » ? ,rh " t makc * thl8 n0 '* e hcrc wtMmt 

• ?*ex/>. pania; k u gnguriisha knshani or mikobam. 

wards, bay; cjr. Arab. ^t • to ru „ tcith a Hhlffling mise like a r(U (g( , fo 

Gubi!ti, s. (ya, pl. ma— ) (kikono cha (mu>), ship's (lra// aIona with a scraping no { 8e . 

head,thcprowofadhow;yv&imiiuzunmiiombo ( ; U(J Cta, s., \i head of Indian corn, husk of In- 
lnbelle ya omo kfilG ? seest thou thc bcattty ofthe ,/; an vorn ^^ the gr ainpicked out (Sp.). 

(Juouta, r. a.; c.g., mafuta, but ku pura mtama 

(R.) (?), to shakc (?) ; cfr. kutakuta. 
GrouTiKA, v. n., to be absorbed; umando unagugu* 
tika, thc mist has been absorbed, but it is not yet 
dry; nguo nayo inagugutika, i.e., haga kauka 
saiia; mahindi yanagugufika maji. 



vesscl thcrc in the fore-part * 
Gubioubi, adc; ku-ji-finika ngiio gubigubi, io 

coccr one } s-sclf cntircfy from htad tofoot. 
CirmTi, barleysugar (?) (St.). 
CirDE, s., (1) an awl (Sp.); (2) a *i>ccic8 of doce 

(vid. ndiwa) ; gude, pl. magudc. 



GTJ 



( 89) 



GHT 



GuiA, v. a. (vid. guya), to grasp, to apprehcnd, 
seize. 

Guiana, v. rec. 
(iuilia, t'. obj., vid. guya, v. a. ; ku guiwa ni 

j»0. 

Gumba, 8., the sJtort thick finger ; kidolc or janda 
cha gumba, the thumb; clia gumba liatta shahada, 
from the tJtvmb to thefore-fingcr. 

Gumiia, r. »., to be dimsighted like a fuddler, kn 
fania kiza mato kama mlefi ; ku gumba kua ulefi, 
vot to be nble to see from intarication, hence to 
do everyt/dng j)erversely (cfr. pumba), not to 
Jtace one's wits in any sudden cmergency (cfr. 
sanga). 

Gumbana (=- gussana), to graze, to strike agaimt, 

to collide. 
Gumbaza, r. c, to caute one to be stitpid ; ulcfi 

ume-m-guiubaza, una-m-lefia lefia, intarication 

cause* hiin to be stupid and to act pereertely; 

ulefi umc-m-niika mnili = ume-m-kaza sana. 
Gumbo, 8., Iargene88; gumbo la nda — nda b6ra, a 

very grcat famine, starvation. 
Gumeoumk, 8. ; bunduki ya gumcgurae ( — bunduki 

ya viombo), aflint-gun, not a matcltdock. 
Gumu, adj., Jtard, difficult. 
Guna, v. »., (1) to 8cratch, acrapc (vid. kuna, v.a.)\ 

(2) to grunt, togrumble at (as a svjn of indigna- 

tion), tonJtow dissatinfaction, to grumble (in one's 

abience) (vid. gnugnunika, v.\ to utter ont* dis- 

pka8ure behind anybody. 

Gunda, 17. »., to be ofloto stature (rfr. kn riinda); 
yuna kimo kifupi, laken amepcfiika, hanendi 
inbcllc tena, he w oflow stature, but Jie is grown 
up, Jie icill not groio any furtJter (growth is im- 
jwstiible). 
Gundamana, vid. kundamana. 

Gunda, 8., trumpet in Kin.; in Kis. it is adled 
bargumu, war-horn. 

Gundua, 17. a., to find accidentalJy, to catch, to svr- 
prise one (so tJtat he cannot cscape), to come vjwn 
one, to discover unawares; kafule, nimc-ku-gun- 
diia, oddt-bobs ! I have appreJiended or got tJiee 
(accidentaUy) (kiifulo = odds-bobs ! tJwu dog ! 
vid.); ku gundua mtu au niama mituni mahali 
asipo aza ku-m-pata papo. 

Gunoa (vid. kunga) (Kid. gungula), r. a., to hem, 
to ekirt, to border; ku gunga mkega nguo 
(ugungo, *.); ku gunga niukuc, to interlace, 
to entwine instead ofknittingor tying; ku gunga 
tungu, to lace or edge a calabadi; gungia, gun- 
gana (<M*cmWe)=gutana, gungika; tfr.kungann. 

Gungu, *., (1) inKinika - widow; mke mjanno, 
j)J. wake wajanne; (2) a kindofdance; gungu 
la kufunda, danced by a aingle couple ; gungu la 
kukuaa, danced by two covplee (St.). 

Gunouda (?) (R.), to instigate (?). 



Gunoumka, v. »., to dry (said of mist); ngoja, 
ugungumke umande uond6ke, wait, let the mist 
get dry, then dejmrt. 

Gu.m (or ounni), *. (la,^>/. ma— ) ; guni la tende, a 
bag of da*es. 

Gunia, *. (\*,pl. ma — ), a kind ofbag; giinia la 
mteile wa ni6rn, a bag ofrice caUcd mora (giinin 
la m6ra) ; gunia ni ngi'10 ya ku finikia mtelle 
tangu Hindi hatta Mvita » kitumba cha Hindi 
cha ku tilia mtellc. Gunia i* a kind of bag 
made in India ofJiemp to Jt'old rice. TJiis kind 
ofrice the Arabs call mora. In the opinion of 
tJte Suahili it w mtclle mbaya (bad rice) ; hau« 
tamu wauiika vibaya, laken ni rakhisi, it Ims not 
a good taste, it sinetls badly, but 'is cJteajK A bag 
of mora sells at Mombas muaJIy for 1 J dollar. 
Msuahili yuwapenda mtelle wa mpunga (vid.) 
hapenJi mtelle wa mora. 

Gunkui, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), vid. kungui. 

Gunba, v.a., gunsana, v. rec. (Jiusband aitdwife)? 

Gunzi, 8. (\a,pl. ma — ), « cob oflndian corn (St). 

Gupa, 8. (ln, j) 1 . ma — ) ; gupa la mia la ku jcngca 
niumba (Makua). 

Gupua, v. a., vid. kupiia. 

Gupuka, v. n. ; punda ana-ni-goukia naniama ana- 
gupiika nibio (R.). 

Gura, r. ». ( = ku tama), to (juit aplace to dwM in 
anotlter; cfr. ^. , traxit, cvulsit, verrit. 

Gukouru, *., tJte rattle ofsometJiing in an cmpty 

box. TJte raitlc may Jtave bcen camcd by tlte 

mice. 
Guria, v. ( = tamia), to rcmove to anoiher j)Jacc; 

lco nimcguiia niumbani muangu mpia, to-day I 

removed to my new house. Wazungu wameguria 

Uabbay Mpia, pahali walipoketi, wamcguria 

Kisulutini. 

CiuiU8HA, v. c. — tamisha. 

Guhihiia, r. c, to caiue to remoce, to banish; ku 

giirisha viombokua wita, to cause the uttnsiU 

to be remored on account ofwar; muuio amc- 

m-giirisha mkcwe. 

Gurtumu, *. (la, j>I. nia — ), a icJtecl; gurtumu la 

mzinga, a gun-carriage (Dr. Stecre icritis guru- 

dumo) ; rfr. gari, *. 
Guru, 8.; kunasokari yaitua guru (R.), there is a 

kind of 8vgar wJticJi iscaUed " guru." 
G6rufu, 8. (la, jd. ma— ), a JtigJtway (ndia ku); 

• C-» 

giirufu ya gnombe, a cattlc-road ( «*Jy*. , locus 
quem fluxus non attingit). 
Guruouru, a large kind ofburrowing lizard (St.). 

Guruouhiia, v. a. (=■ ku haribu kazi), to bungle, 
8j)oil irork ; hakulckcza kazi, ameharibu mbao, he 
spoiled or marred tJte boards of wlticli he was to 
maJce a bojc. In sJtort, to spoil the work. 

GuttSA, v. a., to touch by handling anyt/ung genthj, 
or by putting oidy the fingers upon a thing; ku 



GTJ 



(90) 



GH 



bofia, to touch by taking a thing bctwccn the 
fingers and by making impressions upon it; ku 
bofin kua ku topeza vinnda ; ku papassa, to tottch 
by moving or aweeping tlie hand over a thivg; 
gussn, to touch, but kusa, tobring togetlter ; ku 
kusft mashnka ; ku kuta or kuta kuta, to give the 
cloth a shake; ku gntiwa. 

Guta, v. a.,to push, to gore, to toss ; gnombo o-m- 
guta mucnziwe, wawili wagotana. 

Gutu, *., thc stump ofa mutilatcd mcmber. 

Gutua, v. «., tofrigJiten onc; arac-ni-gutua moyo; 
mbuzi a-ji-gutiia ; cfr. kutuka, v. n. 



Gutuka, r. n., to be startltd; gutukia, gutusha, 

vid. kutuka, v. n. 
Guu (vid. gfi), foot, lcg. 
Guue, s. O&tpl. ma — j, a large swinc, but ugmie i* 

of an ordinary sizc. 
Guya, v. a. (cfr. guia), to grasp, span, to fastcn, 

to lay hold ofone or a thing by grasjnna, tpan- 

ning, orfastening. 

Guiana (or guyiana), t?. rcc. 

GuilIa, v. a.; tuiuc-m-guilia mtuniawako, we 
havc fastcncd thy slavc. 

GuiwA, pau., to be luid hoUl of. 



GH (the Arabio Letter £, gha). 



GhafOla (or oiiafala), *. (Arab. Jafc , noglcxit 

rcni, texit; dUi , socordia, incuria), a suddcn, 

apoplectic stroke; araepatiknnn ni maradi ya 

ghafula, he has had an apopleetic stroke ; jambo 

liili lina-ni-ngilia or lina-ni-tokca kua ghafula, 

thi8 matter has befaUcn mc or happcned to mc on 

a sudden or unawarcs ; kua ghnfula, suddenly. 

GhafaiJka ; ku — , to neglect, not to atttnd to, 

to be imprudcnt; nnaghafilika mno, / am prc- 

cinled by an unforesecn circujnstance. 

GiiAiin, 8., angcr; bunna alio na ghaidi na mtu- 

mun-wc, nlie-m-fania kiza kiku; cfr. ku£ , ira. 

Giiaiki (or ohkiki), r. a. (Ai, conimcatum ai 1 - 

vcsit, altcravit, mutavit), to changc, to annul; 
ku tia ghairi, to imitatc, to provokc, to oj/'end ; 

c— 

ghairi, prep., without ; j**i , absque. 
Ghalati, 8. ( Ufc , hallucinatus fuit, crravit ; 

s c- "" 

dltlis , crror, vitium) — uongo, a Uc. 
Ghali, adj. ( $& , carus, magni prctii fuit), capen- 

sivc, dear, costly ; kitn hiki ki ghali = kina ta- 
mani, this thing is capcnaivc; vitu hivi ni vi- 
ghali, these thinga arc dcar. 
G11AU8HA, t'. c, to malc dear; ku ghalika, to 

get dear or dcarer ; mpnnga unaghalika, tlte 

rice has bccome dearcr. 

Ghalidu, v. a. ( i^Jti , pracvaluit, vicit), to over- 

turn ; e.g., ku — akili = ku poteza akili. 
Ghalifu, v. a.; usi-ji-ghalifu, do not bc hurt by 

buying something vcry clicap; <_Al£ , nactus 
fuit thccam, in loculo suo recondidit. 

Ghalima, *. = fcida; ^li , Kbidinosus fuit. 
Ghalla, *. (ya,^.raa— ) ( R± , proventus domus; 



which can be locked up to kecp eataUee or uten- 
aita in; cfr. Steere, ghala, poge 272. 
Ghamma (hamna), f. ( ^fc , texit rcra, tectna rail, 

incognitun, obscurus fuit, raoestua fuit), to be 
cztremcly rare or not to befound in town, to Aare 
disaitpeared in trade ; e.g., kitambi ja passda 
moyo kinaghamma Mvita, a kind ofcloth, caUed 
passua moyo, which iras formerly in use and 
dcmantl at Mombas (at the cost qf 3 doUars), 
but which has now disappeared, is no langer 
found in thc slwps; kimcpotca or bakionekaui, 
hainna kabisa, hakienci kabisa. 

(iiiammu, *. (vid. ghamma) ( t f. , rca gravi*, 

mocror), sorrow, apprchcnsion or fcar; yuna 
ghammu or khofu moyonimuakwc-akiitua gere- 
zani, hajui neno nitiwalo ni Wali, he is apprc- 
Jicnsive or anocious in his mind, tchen he t« caUcd 
to tJie (iovcrnment-house, for he doee not know 
what the Governor tcill do to him. 

(iiianamu, *., a goat ( .Tjk ). 

(iiiakgi, *., a kind of dJiow rcsemhling a bdgala, 
exccpt tltat it has not so long aprow. 

" " , m 

GiianIma ( (**£ , pro praeda quid abstulit ; Atjir 1 

•• «• 

pracda) ; amepata ghanima niuakahu, Itc has got 
good luck, projit this year. 
Ghanja, *., a lind ofboat. 

CiiiARAMA, *. (ya, pl. za— ) ( pyb , obtstrictus fuit 



•. - 



- 



"Ifc , immisit), a storcroom; mahali pa ku wc- 
k^a viakula or viAmbo, palipo na sibdi, a placc 



debito ncccssario solvendo; Ajt , magna rvi 

cupido ; 6+A*t , dcbitum ncccssario solvendum), 

erpensc, disbursement, especiaUy in conseguenee 
ofharing girvn a bawjuct ; niinetoa or nimefania 
gharama ncngi kua ku wa-fania wageniwangn 
takrimu nongi, I Jiare hatl great carpenses bjf 
gtring an cntcrtainmcnt to my gucste. 
Gharathi, s. (- huja or hnja), a thing, matter; 
unagharathi gani, wJtat matter or bvsineM lett 



. 



(9> ) 



t/tou f (cfr. ijLt , implovit vas, desiderio roi 

'* — 

captus ; ^jt , scopus). 

GlIAKIOHARI MAUTI (R.), Jtalf-dead. 

GiiAitiKA, *., a Jiood. 

Ghariki, v. n. ( jjt , immersus) - ku sama, to 

8t'nh; chombo kimcghariki, the ship sunk, foun- 
dercd, to bc covcred with water. 

G iiauikihiia, v. c, to cause to bejiooded, to sink, 

Gharimia, v. obj., to be at the expensefor, to spcnd 
property for tJte accomplishment of a certain 
puipone ; amcgharimia mali - amefania juhudi 
kua mali hatta ku pata mapensiyakwe ; e.g., ndia 
va Jagga ilikua hcipishi, lakcn Kasimu aka-i- 
gharimia, aka-i-tolea gharaina, hatta aka-i-subua 
ukafika, the way to Jagga was untrodden, until 
Kasimu (a native of Wanga) spent propcrty, 
and incurrcd expensc, until he had opcned the 
road and rcacltcd tlte couniry. 
Gharimisha, v. c, to cause one to spend. 

Ghasi, 8.,fcar, doubt; ku fania ghasi. 

Ghasia, s., robbery, noise, tumuU ; sidaki ghasia 

hapa or sidaki ku wekewa ghabia hapa; \?± » 
petivit expcditioncm bcllicam impulit misitque. 

Ghasia, 8., little things of rarious kinds ; bana 
ame-ni-pa ghasia ningi ( =» viombo vingi or vitu 
vingi via inatakataka), lakon siwczi ku tukua, 
the mantcr gave me a Jwdge-podge of things to 
carry, but I cannot ; amc-ni-agisa ghasia ningi, 
ku numia Mwita. 

Ghathamsha, v. a., to enrage, to angeronc, topro- 

vokc to auger = ku-m-tia hasira. 

1 - 
Ghathabu, *. (ya) ( s *& , iratus fuit, succcnsuit; 

6 "" 

v t %&fr , ira), anger -» hasira. 
Giiatiiibika, v. n., to becomc angry. 

Ghawini, v. n.; mana wa Lokman a-ji-ghawini, 
the son of Lohnan is self-svfficient, independent 
(R.). 

Ghkiri, 8.,jealousy, anger; cfr. ^± . 

Gheithi, s. (ya)' ( !L& , vehementia, primusque 

impctus), fixcdnesn, determination, resoluteness, 
exertion, energy; mtu huyu yunagheithi ya ku 
pigana, Jte is rcsolved tofigld; yuwafauia ghcitlii 
or juhudi, sherti or shurti kii ya ku pata mali, he 
makes great cxertions to obtain property . 

Gh.libu (or oiialibu), v. a. ( s-J^ )» to master, 

to ovcrcome. 
Ghofira, *. ( Jte, texit, condonavit), pl. magho- 

fira, pardon, forgiveness. 

Ghofiki, toforgive sins (used of God only). 

Ghofiria, toforgive one. 



•t-» 



Gholam, *., a young man; Arab. JJ^ , adolesccns. 

Gh6r6>a,«. (y&,pl. sa) ( S»fc, cocnaculum) ■» dari 

ya pili ya niumba, the second story of a Jtouse, 
an upper room; niumba hi inaghorofa mbili 
ghorfa na sabakhiyakwe (?). 

Ghoshi, v. a. (vid. ghushi) ; ku — , to adulterate. 

(\ " — 
v _. „ .. _. s--^-t , violcnter 

ct contra jus cripuit rcm), to grievc or offcnd any 
one by ptaying him a trick or by doing him 
wrong ; amc-ni-ghosubu kua ku-ni-dangania or % 
gniagnania. 
Ghubari, s. (la, pl. ma — ) (vid. gubari, *.), a rain 
or dust cloud; ^ , pulverem excitavit. 

Ghubba, *. ( ^t , ad fincm pervcnit, cxituni habuit 

res) ; ghubba ya bahari, a bay (thisArabic expres- 
sion is, however, seldom used by nativc SuahUi), 
a sJteltered pUtcc. 

Ghumia (or ohomia) -- sanga ; si makusudi ni kua 
ku ghomia (li.). 

Ghumisa, v. a. (vid. ghamma), to afflict or grieve 
one. 

GnuMiwA, v. «., (1) to be dejectcd ; (2) to bc un~ 
determined, to wavcr, tobe at a loss what to do; 
hajiii jambo adakalo fania ; (3) to startlc = ku 
jituka ; amctokuwa ni watu ameghumiwa = amc- 
jituka, hc was surpriscd by peoplc and was 
startled. 

Ghukika, v. n. ; ku — , to bc arrogant. 

Ghurubu, 8.; cl-asiri ghiirubu = mshiiko wa el- 
asiri (?) (R.) ; cfr. ^i , procul abiit, but ^, j t 
propo fuit. 

Ghururi, 8. ( jfe , docopit vanarum rerum desidcrio 

aliqucm implcns ; ».*£ , omnia quibus quis de- 
cipitur), arrogance. 
Ghushi (or Giiosin), v. a. ( *fc , deccpit, haud 

sincerum consilium admitit) (vid. ghoshi, v. «.), 
tofalsify, aduUcrate; e.g., ameghushi fctha kua 
ku-i-tangania na kitu kingine, he adulteratcd thc 
silver by mixing with it another substance. 

GHuani, v. n., to suffice; fetha hi ita-wa-ghusbi 
watu hatta ku rudi, this money will sufficefor 
thepeople till they retum — ku akidi (vid.). 

GhushI wa, pass. ; kitu kilijo ghushiwa, something 
falsified or adulterated. 

ec" m 

Giiushu, 8. « ncksi, ^oi» , detrimentum ; ^t ' 

/deceptio. 
Ghusubu, 1?. a. (vid. ghosubu), to swindle, to cJteat. 



(9') 



Ha, scrvcs as a contracticn for nikn ; c.g., ndiainn- 
kua mballi, liarudi for nikarudi, tJie way icas long, 
but 1 rcturned ; ba-niu-ona /or nika- or nime-mu- 
ona, I saw him. 

Haba, adj. and *., a small thing, a trific, a littlc, 
a fcw; kitu hnbn «- kitu kidogo; vitu bi\i ni 
baba; watu baba; muniu amc-ni-pa babn; 
siku baba or cbachc, afew orsome days. J'ror.: 
haba na haba hujaza kibaba, i.e., little and littlc 
iUU a kebaba (a ccrtain measure) ; in Kir. bandu 
na bandu ya-roala gogo, 

Hababi, 8. (pt. mnhababi), mastcr, my lord (a 

name of lionour) ( ^W^» > aniatus, nmicus, 

amica ; SI*. , amor, amatus). 

Habali, adj., irascible (cfr. hakawi) ; habali ku 
fania basira; T^. , mentem alicnavit olicui. 

Habari, 8. (ya, pl. za) (vid. khabari), ncw8, mes- 
sage, story, information ; ta-m-pata babari kcsho, 
/ 8hall get her news to-morrow ; Arab. ~2. 
probavit, scivit, indicavit. 

Habba, *. (1) — kitu kiguyajo or kigandamajo, 
kitu ja kn shikia, gum, limc; the mkanju (a trce) 
yicUh a kind ofgum, mat6zi ya mti ; habba ya 
ku fungia waraka, sialing gum or icajr; cfr. 
m'boe, lehamu, ulimbo ; (2) lovc (}>l. mahabba) ; 

c.g., habba ya moyo, charity ; ^2, f amavit. 

Habda, 8., the name of a npe on boats or vesseU 
(B.). 

Habla (ya), vid. kabla (yn), before, dc. 

Habusuia (or Muhabusha), *. (wa), anAbyssinian. 
The Aby88inian, especialhj OaUa, slavcs are in 
grcnt demand on the Suahiii coant, and are 
boiifjht for thc sum of a hundrcd or more dollars. 
Thcy arc csjteciaUy smight for thc harems of 
grcat people. It is cJiiefiy thc JSomali icho, havittg 
fctched them from the Jntcrior on thc frontiers 
of Abyssinia, 8cll tJicm in &mth-Ea8t Africa. 
Others are brought from the sea-jtorts ofArabia, 
wherc thcy have bccn reccivcd from the Abyssi- 
nian coast, viz., from Massotca, Jtalteita, Tad- 
jurra, Zeila, Berbera, which are the chiefslave- 
port8 of Abyasinia in and ncar thc lied Sea. 
Habushia means frcqnently "« concubine^ of 
whatcver nation, especially from Abyssinia (Hu- 
basha, the country of Abyssinia or JJabcsh). 

Hachi = rojomba or mjumba (pl. wajumba), wel- 
comefriend (uiwJe) (St.). 

Hadaa, 8. ( gjk*. , obtcxit, deccpit, fefullit), deceit, 

cunning, artifice, cheating ~ hila ( &£J4. , fraus, 

doccptio). 

Ku iiadaa, v. a. (some Sudhili pronounce hadaba; 



mamboyakwe ni hadnha, his business is deceit), 
to deceivc, c/m/wt:en/=dangania; ku-m-hadaa 
kua liila fulani a-ni-hadaa or kadaha. 

Ku-jmiadaa, to dective onrfs+elf. 

Hadaika, pa88., to be deceived, to be taJccn iu by 
cunning. 

Hadaiwa, to be cheated. 
Hadaki, 8. (vid. hathaii), attention, carc_ caufion- 

maelekezo ya moyo, danger ; ku fania hadari or 

nadari ( Jjj , contemplatus fuit oculis), to tale 

precaution; Arab. j^m. ,. cavit, timuit. 

Hadaya (?) (cfr. hcdaya), apresent; cfr. hadia. 
Haddi,#[ (ya), limit, measure; cfr. Arab. j^, liracs. 

Hadia (cfr. ^jjb' A^JJb), gifi, ojfering; efr. 

hathia, «.(£»., munue quod offertur, bona 
sortc commodorum copia ct felicitate potitns fuit 
in re, portio boni cujusdam) ; beqiie*t t lcgacp = 
kitu hiki na-mu-atia muanangu, ni chakwe, njapo- 
kufa, kitu hiki ni chakwe. 
Hadimu, 8., country-lorn 8lave, onc who serrei 

(^jkd., inservivit; ^*>^- , famulun), pi. maha- 

dimu, the son or dauglUcr ofamanumittcdslacc; 
bi mtuma tcna, ni hadimu — huru. 

^ ^* ^ 

HAd'ithi, 8. (ya, j>t. za) ( v^>Ja. , do novo ct p:i- 

mum exstitit rcs, narravit), a narrative, story, 

tale ofolden time. 

Ku hadithi, v. n., to reiate stories. 

Hadithia, v. obj., to narrate to one; amo-m-ha- 
ditbia manawe mambo ya kalc. 

IIadiiu, vul. hathari. 
Hadua, 8. (l\.) (?); ku ncna ndakiija, luken safari 

ni hadua haisukisuki (?). 

Hafifu, adj. (robo bafilu), ligld; cfr. '_ *& t lcris 

fuit; ^Jutt^. i lcvis pondore, dignitatc, moiiLus. 

Hafithika (vid. hifathika), to bc preservcd (St.); 
Arab. k^. ; Muungu hafithi = aokozc. 

Hafukam — khofu (11.)? 

Hai (vid. hei), adj. (Arab. ^. ), alive. 

Haiba, s., shape, bcauty = uzuri, dignity, autiv- 

rity; cfr. sihi, matisho; cfr. «^lte , timoit: 

haiba inangia ^asa niumbani, tlte Jtouse is *ow 

bcautiful; &&Jb , timor, roverentia. 

Haina (or heina), therc is not, it is not; haina U- 

fauti, there is no doubt. 
Haitassa, not yet ( — bado) ; haitaasa iwa, it i* not 

yct ripe ( = bado) ; vid. o^cU- ^j^. , Iraro, 
until thit hour. 



(93) 



Haithuru (cfr. duru), it does no Jtarm, never 
mind, it U o/no conseauence ; it is more correct 
to write haithuru imtead o/*haiduru. 

II aj, *., the pilgrimage to Mecca; g^ , pcrcgri- 

natio Meccana. 
IIaja, *. (Arab. gU- i opns ct nocesse habuit; 

*\&.y*. , necessitas, res nccessaria), property, con- 

cern; unayo haja tcna? Jtave you any further 
icant or desiref resp. hajayangu ya ku islii 
wewe sana na furaha, my desire U that thou 
maye.it live long and joyfully — hakuna wema ; 
mtu huyu hana haja, tJiU man U poor, weak, 
feeble, his energy is gone, Jie desires to eat and 
drink and do nothing ; anapumba or analegca, 
kulla ncno aarabiwalo hafanii, sina haja na fetha- 
yakwe ; kua haja gani? by what cause f 
II a ji, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a man or woman who Jias been 

to Mecca to jnray, &c; gV». ; haji, a pilgrim; 

in generaf, converts ; haji la Kiznngu,|>Z. muhaji 
ya Kizungu, e.g., Wanika whofollow the religion 
of Europeans are mahaji-ya Kizungu. 

Hajiri, v. n. (Arab. j^ ; cfr. ^. , intcndit, 

profectus fuit ad acdem Mcccanam), to emigrate 

{k\\ hajiri Mekka), especially to go on ap'dgrim- 

age to Mecca, to removefrom a country; ku t6ka 

nti, ku nenda nti ningine, to go to Uve else- 

irhere. 

IIajirika, v. n. ( — . ku kawilia), to rcmain over- 

long. 
Hajikisiia, v.; (1) nimehajirisha Rabbai sasa 

— naketi Rabbai sasa, nimefania Rabbai ma- 

kaoytingu ; (2) ku-m-hajirisha mtu ku keti 

niumbani, muegniewe alipohajiri. 
Hajiiuhhua, v. p. 
Hakali ; ku-m-shika hakali, to reouire a stranger 
who goes upon worhnen's work to pay for hU 
intrusion, to make himpay hisfooting (St.). 

Hakamu, s. (ya) \vld. +£&. , v. a., judicium pro- 

tulit ; *£&. , judicium), (1) ajudicial ac'.; (2) a 

fine, ptnalty ; ku toa hakaniu, to pay a fine, to 
be fined; ku-m-toza hakarau, to fine one; waze 
wame-m-lii hakamu, t/ie elders have eaten him a 
fine, /.<?., have fined him. 
Hakawi or habali ku fasia hasira, he U angry 
directly (Sp.). 

IlAKIA, V.; HAKIZA, 17. / HAKIZOA (?). 

IIakIka, s. (ya) (*&>£*, veritns; OW^, dignus, 
nptus; Vb^&w , vere), truth, verity, certainty; 

ni hakika ncno hili or ncno hili ni hakika, this 
word or thing U truth — true (suafi ); neno hili, 
siua hakika nalo, I have no certainty of thU 
matter; sitarabtii sana, siku-ki-ona. 



Hakika, prep., for (propter); hakikayako, IU., 
it U true of tliee, thou certainly, for thee, it is 
true ofhim, ofme, fie or I certauily, for he or 
I Jiave; hakikai, hakikayangu ; wewo mana 
uoapigoa bakikayako wewe umekossa babayo, 
ndipo ukapigoa or sebabu, umcmkosa babayo; 
hakika moja tunayo, oue certainly we have. 
Hakiki, v. a., to make sure, to prove. 

Hakikia, r. a., to examine, to ascertain, to make 
sure ; ku hakikia ile jawabu, to find out the 
truth of a matter (by inquiring) ; umehakikia 
neno hili ? hast tJiou ascertained this matter ? 
dost thou know it fvr certain t ku hakikia = 
ku daka suafi, ku tafuta or usa sana ; ucndo 
ukahakikie ncno hiii = ucnde ukapatc hakika 
or yakiui ya maneno huya, to sound one, to 
come to ejcaminc one. 

Onesays : ta-ku-pa kitu fulani; the other asks 
hu ta-ni dangania ? resp. la hakika natoa 
hakika katika nafsiyangu or nime toa muni- 
cwc hakika ya ku-ku-pa. 

One asks : uta-m-funga muana huyu ? re*p. 
hakika ta-m-funga ; hu eadiki wadaka ni-ku- 
thubutishe upate jua ? (R.). 

Hakikisha, t'. c, to cause one to be interrogated, 
examined. 

Hakim, s., a native doctor or physician in India ; 

Hakimu, *. (wa, pi. ma — ) =» raunmzi, judge ; kathi 

ndio ahokumiio watu wa mji ; (•***■ , judex, 

arbiter. 

Hakimu, v. «./ amc-m-hakimu — amvia kua 
sherraa. 

Hakiri ; ku — , to humble ( Jb- , contemsit). 

Hakirisua, r. c, to cause to be humbled, to 
despUe one. 

Hakki,*. (ya, za) ( j^». , jus fuit ; ^ja. , jus, justitia, 

veritaa), (1) right, justice; (2) rigliteousness ; 
(3) ordcr, law, hakki ya nti = sherria or tiherraa 
ya nti ; (4)justclaim or demand, wages, kitu 
kilijo-m-pasha, c.g., ukituma mtu, una-m-pa ugira 
ndio hakkiyakwc ; ni-pa hakkiyangu, give me my 
riglit, thatwhich U due to me ; tucndo hakkini or 
shcrriani or kua katbi, tuUaarauliwe ; mtu wa 
hakki haamui ubatili, a just man does not judge 
unrighteously (R.). 

Hako, he U not here, lie U absent ( «■ hapo) ; pL 
hawako. 

Haku, sign of the third person singular of the 
negative past referring to animate beings, e.g , 
haku penda, Jte Jtas not loved; haku limui leo, 
tJiere U no work to-day on the plantalion; 
unguja haku-ni-pendezi ; mauti haku, sudden 
deatJi. These tJvret last instances are pecuUar 



(94) 



and irregular, tJic refcrence to tJie subject is 
left indefinite. This Zanzibar ttdk is not io 
be imitatcd. 

m 

Hakuna, lit. } not to be icith, tJiere is not, therc cxists 
not, no; baku tassa ku cha, ku keli usiku ; 
hakiina mtu, tliere is nobody ; hakiina kitu, tJterc 
vs nothing ; hakuna watu, iuaneno, dc. ; hakiina 
ku pcnda, tJterc is not to lore, onc loces not. 
The subjcct of speecJi is left indefinite. TJtcrc 
is not, none or notJting of man or men, of a 
thing or tliings {vid. hapana), tJiere arc not, 
none. - 

Halafa (or kiialafa) ; sina khalafa nawe, lit., ldo 

not vary or differ from tJice; *.J%i* , contrarium, 
controversia. 
Halafu (halafa); afterwards, presently; «JkU. , 

pono fuit ; «Jold. , ponc, a tergo. 

c-- 
Halaiki (ya viombo) - vingi (R.) (cfr. jlV- , 

porlio plena honi) (?). 

Halali, adj, ( Jft. , dis8olvit, licuitjussit, pcnnisit, 

Hcitam fccit rcm), lairful, licit (according 
to tJte Muliammedan notion) (rid. haramu, illicit), 
permitted, allowed; kitu kilijo amuriwa or ruk- 
husiwa cha ku tindua ; kitu hiki ni halali, tJtis 
tliingis allowed (in tJte MuJtammedan religioit), 
ejg., kiila niama ya ngamia ni halali kua lslanv/o 
eat camcVsjlesJt is alloiced by tJte MuJtammcdan 
religion> 

HalalihiiaI (halilisha), r. c, to causc to be 
aUoiccd, to make lawful =* ku tia halali ; 
Muhanimedi amclmlalisha niaifia ya gnonibe, 
laken hakuhalalisha niam'a ya nguiic, J/w- 
Jtammcd dcc'arcd cotd's jlesJi lawful, bttt Jtcdid 
not lcgalizc Jtog'sjlesh. 

Halasa, s. (ya) == iigira wa wana maji, tltc wagcs 
ofsailors; jomho ni halasa — mshuhara (Arab. 

JaSVi. , exquisita ct clecta pars rci). 

Halc.am, s. (R.), on a boat or shijp f 

Hali, s. (ya, za), statc, condition, disposition, dc; 

• ** 

JU. , status, conditio hominis ; hali ya kwanea, 

thc formcr state; kua hali ya Yohanncs, LuJcc 
^ iii. 15; yencrully, lisili gani? wJtat is thc statc 
(8c. ofhcalth, <Cr.)? uhali gani niumbani kuako, 
wJuit is tJte state of thy housc (j'amily)? resp. 
ngcma, it Js good; wakakaa kua hali ngema 
hatta khatima (hatima), tJtey lircd com- 
fortably to tJie end; uhali gani ? how dost thou 
do'i resp. (mimi) ni mcma; niu ha.Il gani? how 
do you do ? tu w6ma ; wa hali gani ? Jtow do thcy 
do ? Jtow are tJtcy i mtu huyu ni haliyctu or 
jamayctu or tarafayctu, tJtis man bclongs to us 
(R.). 



IIali, ,part. of interrog., Bom. xi. 1; e.g., hali 
Muungnamo-wa-tupawatuwakwe? kuakulla hali 
or kua hali ilio otto or bialhali, at a-U event*. 

Halibu, v. a. (Arab. SrJ^ , niger fuit) ; joa linie-m- 

halibu, blackened Jtim. 

Halibika, v.p.; araehalibika koajua. 

Halifu, r. c, to commit a transgression or erime ; 
e.g., ku halifu kua mtu mkuba, ku fania uhafifa 
kua sultani (vid. bagamansa), to sin againtt thc 
king. 

Halifia, v. obj.; Arab. c-ftU» , ponc fuit adrcr- 

satus fuit, rcbellavit, discordavit. 

IIalifiana = ku poteana, koshana koa mnneno, 
ku teta, tofatt out with each other. 

IIalikibha, r. c, to malce one a tranxgrc**or y to 
ruinone; wntn wamedaka ku-m-haliflsha kua 
maneno, likc tJte PJtarisees. 

IIalili, *. ; haliliyako, at your dUposal (cfr. 

vJtr*» , amicus). 

IIalisi, adj., adt. ( ~a1 . pura fuit res; .yJU. , 

purus, mcrus), gcnuine, real, the very samc, 
esactly; huyu ni Muika halisi, tJtis is a gcnuine 
or rcal Mnika (oftJie nafion of Wanika) ; mtn 
huyu ndie halisi ni-m-dakai, thie is cjraciJy the 
ma)t wJtom I want) kitu hiki udyo hnlisi mimi 
ni-ki-dakajo, tltis is exactly tJie thing tchich I 
dtsirc. 

Halu ; Arab. ? = ku tisha (to omit) f f Arab. 
C^" , cmpty. 

IIai.ua (or njfhvrX) f s. (ya, za) ( JU. > dulcis fuit ; 



-c- 






\ J^ ( omnis cibus mello ct saccharo paratos, 

fructus dulcis), tJtc name ofa swettmeat tnade by 

tltc Arabs (especially of Mascat), who e-Jrport it 

to tlttr HualiiU coast. Halua ni chakula kilijo 

tanganiktina na samli, na asali, na sukari, na mai 

yakuku, na unga, kitokajo Maskati. 

*/ 

Halula, s. (ya, za), guinsy, inflammation oftkc 
tJiroat, swcUing of tJte glands of the neck, and 
it8 supjmratwn ; halula ni ipu la mio, swelliny 
of tJte jugular gla ndst 

Haluli, *. ; chumvi ya haluli, sulpltate ofmagnetia, 

(St). 

IIam, sign of tJte second |WT*on plural negatirc, 
Cg., hamkupenda, you Jtacc not loved. * 

Hama, v. n., to cJtangc Jtouses, to move ; «U. , 
ingrcssus fuit tabernaculum, tabeniaculum £iit 
aliquo loco ( U&> , prohibitum declaravit locum). 

Hamiriia, v. c, to cause to remove t to banish (cfr. 
tama, tamishaV 



(95) 



Hamali, 8. (wa, pL ma — ), a porter, a eoolie ; 
J^a., portavitonus, gravida fuitin dorso ; JU*> , 

bajulus. 

s *» - ■ 
Hamaml, «., apublic baih; *U*. , balncum. 

Hamaya, *., protection; fi haniayat el nimsawi, 

under German protection ; **iU^. 

Hamdi, s. (ya), praise; J*---- , laudavit. 



Hami, r. a., toprotect; U»- , defcndit. 
Hamili, v. a. t to bepregnant; cfr. hamali. 
Hamika (St.), leaven, made by mixing flour and 

9 - 

water, and Itaving it to turn aour ; /***- » t° r ' 

mcntum, quod inditur massae panis; rfr. j+a* , 

operuit, fcrmentavit. ' 

Hamna, tJtere is not in*ide, no. 
Hamo, he is not inaide, not here. 
IIamu, s. (ya), vid. ghammu ( = husuni, majonsi), 

sorrow, concern, grief; It • texit, mocroro affccit 

*** •** 

aliquom, j^ , solicitus habuit, ^jt , solicitudo, or 

Aft. solicitum tcnuit ; ku fania haromu or ku 

v ngiwa ni hammu, kam-tia hamu or huzuni, to be 

grieved or aorrowfui. 
Hamumi, 8. (ya), d kind oftobocco (R.). 
Hana, hc ho* not; hana kuao , Jte haa no Jiome, 

Hana, v. n. ( ^. , sonum edidif, commotus fuit 

ob laetitiam aut mocrorem, miscricordia aftectus 
fuit), to mourn with one t tojoin in mourning. 
Hanabudi (Luke iii. 15) (vid. abndi), undoubtedly, 
Luke vii. 4 ; alikua hanabudi ku pita ndia ile. 

IlANAFSI, HATNAF8I, HAWATINAF8I (R.) ? grirf? 

sorrow i 
Hanali, 8., nortJtf 
Hanamu, 8. (ya, jjl. ma — ); (1) hanaron (or 

kasuma) ya dau, the cutwater ofa vessel; (2) 

oblvjuely (mshedari). 
Hananu, adj., oUinuely ; ku kiita — , to cut 

dbl'ujuely. 
IIanau, *., driftf (Er.); kulla neno linazakwe, 

coJterence, connection, meaning. 
Handaki (or iiandaka) (ye, pl. za — ) (handaki ya 

ngomc) ( % M6 i -* 088a munimenti ergo ducta), a 

drydUcft,a trencheurroundingafortress. Tlte 

water-trench made around the houscs ie caUed 
mzingi wa maji, and tltc foundation of a-house 
mzingi wa niumba (whether it be dug for the 
comlruction ofa stone- or of a pole-houee. 

IIanoaiiika, v. n. (vid. biabia), toseekfor, to show 
one y 8-8elf assiduoue, diligent, or active. 

IIanoaika, »»./ ku — , to be excited (St.). 

Hakoue, 8., (1)' hook; flg. t crookedne** e>/ Jteart t 
insincerity ; {Kimrima) manenoyakwo yana 

I 



hangfa kidogo — yana tata, hnyakunioka, hi* 
'word* are not sincere, pure, there i* somcfaltc- 
hoodinthcm; manenoyao yana hangoe kidogo, 
their word* are not quite sinccre; kungia hangoc, 
to use unfairness ; (2) ku andika hang6c, to write 

tJte Arabic letter •* hh, calied hangoe by the 
Suahili. 

HanikIza, r. a., to stun or ouUtalk one, by making 
a great noi*e, by talking long and loud, c.g. f 
before the judge, to interrupt people (cfr. bam- 
banisa).' 

Hanikizana, v. rec. 
IIAjcrrm, 8. (wa) ( ^J^ , impotontem rcddidit ad 
venereni), a sexuaUy impotent man, asicwesa 
ku kuea mko ; sodomite, catamite. 

Hanjar, 8. — jambia, a *cimitar ; j^. , culter 

vel culter magnus. 

Han8A, 8.; ni kamba mbfli neno katika formali ya 
jahazi. 

Hanz(ja, *., a kind of dance; ku toea upanga; 
han8ua ni ngtima itesoayo koa panga muezi 
muandamo wa mala (kii la) na mtana. Thi* 
expre*8ion refere to a kind ofgame of the Muham- 
medan*. The male population assembles in an 
open place, and brandish their swords againtt 
each other, to the beating ofthe drum. Tlieplay 
terminates with a greatfeast ofrice, &c. TJity 
eat again in the daytime after having taken tJteir 
meaU at night during the longfast. TJiie cerc- 
tnony is performed on tJte first day after tJte 
Ramadan. 

Mk.o,pron. dem., tJiose. 

Hapa, here, tJiitjrface; hapa hatta Rabbai ni sa 
tkno, from Jtere to Babbai it isfive Jiour* ; ku 
toka Jomvu hatta hapa Mvita yapata sa mbili 
wa nussn, from Jomvu to tJtUplace (viz., Mom- 
baea) it is 24 Jtoure* distance. 

Hapana, tJtere ie noi; hapana watu hapa — there 
ia not, or notJting of men Jiere — tJtere arc no 
men Jtere (vid. hakuna). A generalizing mode of 
expre88\on, hence tJteform remain* tJte same with 
whatever substantive it may be connccted. Con- 
nected with the infinitive of tJte verb, it forme a 
negative afatract noun, e.g., hapana or hakiina ku 
penda, tJtere ie not to love=*tJtere is nolove — therc 
\8 dislike or di*gu*t. Iti*a convenient erpedient 
for tJto*e wfto arc a* yet imperfectly acqua1nted 
with tJte variou* tempora ofthe verb—for instance, 
wJten they sJtould say, " mimi sipendi," / lorc not, 
tJtey genendize tJte tempus, and say, " hakuna or 
hapana ku penda." TJte Iianiam and ctker 
foreigner* (Arabs, BelucJiis) talk witJt the nathe* 
in this manner, wJticJt is objcciionable and 
incorrect. 



BA 



(96) 



Hapo, (1) there, this or thut time; Ungu hnpo, 
since that time; (2) he or slte is not Jtere. 

Hara, r. n. ( <4J*" , dcposuit alvum) ( = ku cnda 

jooni m'no), to Itave diarrlura, to go constuntly to 

stool. 

Harisha, r. c, to cause frequent purging ; daua 
ya ku-m-harisha, a medicine irhich i* a violent 
jmrgative ; purge or purgatire is uho callcd 
dana ya ku fungua jo ; niama ja mbiizi mimi 
sili, ina ni-harisha daima, I do not eat goat's- 
meat, for it gire* me diarrJwa. 

IIarabu — mtu muharabu, a wicked man; from 
sy*jL. ratlter than from %^jy*. ; ^ji. , vastavit, 

^juU. , latro, fur. 

Haraja, *. ( g*. , cxivit) = gharamu, takrimu; 

yuwa-ji-tia gharamn ningi, tojmt one's-selftogrcut 
«c- 

erpense; g»d. , provcntus, reditus, quod exit dc 

opibus cxpenditurque. 
Haruia, v. a. = ku kirrirau watu. 
Haraka, adr., huste, auicl:, tjuiclly «* upoai, hima ; 
tgj.a. , raovit, commovit, motus fuit ?? barnkn 
haraka heina mbarnka : Pror. 
Ku haraka, r. w., to male haste (?). 
Ku harikihha, to Jiasten. 

Haramja, a robber, a jrirate ; +p. , prohibuit, 

illicitum fecit ; u^" y*" , impius, latro. 

Haramu, adj. (rid. haramia), vnluirfut, ilh'cit, 
uccording to tJie Muhummedun notion {vid. 
lialali) ; kitu kilijozuiwa ni Muhammcdi; mana 
wa hariirou, un illegitimute chitd. If a wife 
beeomc8 prtgnunt by anothcr tJiun htr hitsbund 

the cliihl will bc a mana wa hararau ; Arab. *.&. , 

prohibuit illicitum fccit; **&. , illicitum ; *U, 

quod loge proliibitum est, ncfas. 

IIarara, *. (ya) ( «= chuki) ( »&. , incaluit ; S.Ua. , 

calor, caliditas), (1) rashne**, Jortrardnes*, 
hastines*, precipitancy, heut; nitu huyu yuna 
harnra ya moyo «= yuna upcsi wa nioyo or yuna 
moyo harara or moyo wa luuara, Jte i* ra*h, prc 



Haribu, r. a. ( ^j^i , vaatavit), to ttpot% destroy; 
ku hiiribu mimba, to miscarry. 
IlAKiniA, r. obj., to spoil to one; e.g. t anie m- 

haribia naffiriyakwc. 
IIaiuiuka, r. «., to be spoded, to decay (from 

natural causes, or kua nasibu). 
IlARiniKiA, r. olij.; samaki ana-ni-haribikia - 

nna-ni-osca, thefish is sjwiled for me. 
IIariiiikiwa, r.; nimcharilikiwa aamaki. 
Hakibiwa, v. p. t to be spoiled or destroyed (ly 

cjrternal cuuses and makusudi). 

HaruIa (cfr. haraja), r. a. — ku kcrimu watn koa 

ku-wa-pa jakiila jengi hatta wanakinai, to ent&r- 

tainj>eopie at a bamjuet until they are satiatetl, 

toprovide afeast, to sj>end money for it. 

Harimu, s. (jyJ.ma—) ; a brother is a hsaimufbrkis 

sistcr, and rice rersa; tff* , repulsam paasos, 

id quod homo dcfcndit, ct pro quo diinicat, Bacrum 
quod tangcro ncfas. 

IIakimu, r. a. (vid. haramu), to considcr or dcdare 
iUicit. 

Harimja, r. obj., not to allow; amc-m-barimi* 

saffarivakwe. 
Harimwha, r. c, to declure unlairful, toforbid 
one to do u thing ; Muhammedi amehari- 
misha watu niama ya nguup,wasfle ; kilco tuna- 
harimishua, wine isforbidden to v«. 
IIari6e, adi\, a sJiout given by the natives tchen a 
rcssel is seen ajiproaching. Oid language for 
liariona = tume-ki-ona jombo. The dtildrea, 
secing a vessel «teering totcard the harbaur, raise 
tJie cry, " harioc," wlticJt is mancno ya ku teke- 
rea jombo kijajo = ku 6na furaha ya jombo 
kidak/ijo ku h'ka, cjrjtression ofjoy at the arriral 
of a re**fl Thc townspcojile, Jiearing the outery 
oftlic chihlrcn, run to tlie shore to get nevrs <fr. 
This cu8tom j>rcruils ut most pf the eea-portsof 
the Sttahili coast (cfr.the Ilebrew trortl heria and 
teriin, riia) (cfr. heria); hariowe tupigioni kombora 
nimoja tueteke kula jakwe, thus tJie Mombassiawt 
furmerhj when fighting with Said-Said modetd 
at him. 



6 - 



Hariki, *. (ya) ( jtj*- , scricr.ui), sill: 



cpitunt; yuna harara ya hasira, he i* rholeric ; j Harki, *. and udj., (1) hot ; knnn, harri lco ku 
(2)j>rickh/ heut, hcut; nitu huyu yuna harara za | J u 'i ; (-) J>er*pirution (rid. h&ri). 

HakCfu, *. (ya, jA. za), (1) Utter* ofthe alphabet; 



niapaja kua jua na kua ndia, hc. hus heut in the 
thigh from thc snn and murching (prlcklyheat f) ; 
harara ikiwn ningi nmilini, if — there will be no 
sleej> ; usifanie moyo hnnira, naja sa?a hivi «= 
wuit tpiiethffor me, I witl come directhj (IX.). 

Harakii (St.), Jtot-temj>ercd. 

Harasa, s. (IJ.) ? 

Hari (or harri), *. (ya) (za), Jieat, warmth, sweut ; 

S , calor; ku toka hari, tojwrspire; muiliwangu 
unn harri; hnrri za-ni-tona (jr.sho ni ulc mnnzo). 



hanifu ya or za Kiiirabu, the Arabic eharactert; 
(2) un odour ofany fa'nd; kitu kinnkajo, kikiw» 
njema, kikiwa kibiiya, a smell, whether good «r 
bad; ^j^ , mutavit ; u^ ; a. 1 Httera alphabeti. 
HarCm,*.( y+jc ,ligavit,scmpcrlactu8fuit; jjm*. 

conviviura nuptiale, nuptiae; t— *Jc , spon«»\ 
(l)mij>tiaU,wedding'fe4ist; (2) thebride ; hiroti 
ni m.tmbo yatenduayo, miime akipelCkua koa 



(97) 



rake; fungate mbOi mumc na mke hawat6ki 
ninmbani, anapewa chakula (vid. fangate), wala, 
wafurahi pamoja na rafikizao. Buana harusi, 
tJie bridegroom; bibi harusi, the bride. 
Hai (or hayi or hei) (pl. wa—), alive; *1* , et 

^^jft. , rixit ; ^. f vivus, vivens ; rid. page 92. 
Hab.I, because it is (Er.) ? 
Hasa (or iiahai, ha8I, iias&ai, or MAKSAl), 8. (la, ^. 

ma ) («J^ 4, , castratus, eunuchus), an eunucJi, 
castrated; ha8a or hasi la gnoinbe, a .ae&fea* 
buJhck. In referenee to man, tJte icord muhasri 
(vid.) is used, eunuch ; hasa (pl. ma — ), a castrated 

animal, but mtn muhassa or muhassi *> rrf , cas- 
travit ; />««*. hasiwa, to 6« castrated, gelded. 
Hasada -* sima (Er.)? a porridge or panada of 

ratama^oi/r, naftV€|?a*«eZiA«8ima; f/>. S«***e , 

pulmentum spissius, a dish of condensedfood. 
Hasanadi, the good whicJi any man has done? 
(Reb.). With tJiis everyone mustpay hisfeUow- 
man ichat Jte has done Jiim amiss. Oodforgives 

only that wJiich refers to JtimseJf ! ! (R.). \~~ ^ 
benefactum, bonum opus. 
Habanta (or ahsanta), v. a., tJtou Jtast done weil 

(Luke xix. 17); y~*. , bonus, pulcher, elegans 
fuit=* Ithank you; it is a complimentary erpres- 

sionfor "trell done." 

__ «••*»«•• 

Hasaba, s. (ya, sa) (Arab. y^. aberravit via, 
jacturam fecit), injury, damage, loss ; ku pata 
hasara, to lose; ku-m-tia mtu hasara, to cause 
loss to one; e.g., mke huju ame-ni-tia hasara 
nengi = ame-ni-ishia mali nengi, kua harusi kua 
ku pamba na kua kula, kua ku nunua manukato, 
na godoro na mido. 

Hasha, (1) astrong negative,far be it, not at aU, 

not by any means; ^U- , praeter, absit; (2) 
hasha, hasha ngema, said in greeting (IX.). 

Hasuakaki — mjinga (Er.). 

Hashabati (or hashabaki), s. (wa, pl. ma — ) (cfr. 

<&>U&_- , rcptilia terrae parva; cfr. also YXZ4. , 
facx hominum) ; mtu hasharati, pl. watu ma — ; 
(1) tobe in rut, belonging to the lowest dass of 
people; (2) a iounger and whoremonger; mtu 
-asie kazi, apusika na wata wake bassi; haazi kazi, 
ela watu wake bassi ; ndie mpiizi (ku puzika — 
ku sungumza na watu wake) (ku puza mambo) • 
(3) loquacious, talkative. 
Hashtki = khuba (vid. ashiki), ardent love; cfr. 

(3-^e, multum dilexit, amore flagravit; <J-Ao_ 



s - 



or <3***c , amor quo animus flagrat et quasi 

aegrotat (lovesick) ; yuna oshiki ya mtumke or 
yuna shahawa or shauku. 



Hasho, s. (ya, pl. ma— ), a pateh in planhing, a 
piece ofwood with which a leah is stopped; kibao 
kilijo bandikoa pahali palipo na tundu; dau lime- 
tumbuka, utie hasho, ku siba mahali pa jombo 
palipotumbuka. 

Hashua, v. a.; ku-ji-hashua, vid. shaua. 

Hashuka, v. n., vid. pujiika, v. n. 

Hasi, *., vid. hasa or hasai. 

Hasibu, v. a. ( ' m r » numeravit, computavit) = ku 

hesiibu » wanga, to count, to number; e.g., ku 
hasibu fetha, tocount money. 
Hasibia, v. obj., to count for one. 
Has-biwa, pass., to be counted. 
Hasidi, s. (ya, pl. ma — ), envy, grudge (cfr. 
uhasidi, envy); uhasidi wewe, t/tou art my 
enemy. 

m» ^ ^ 

Hasidi, v. a. ( A-j.-r invidit alicui aliquid) (cfr. 

husudu, v. a.), to envy, togrudge one; e.g., ame- 
ni-hasidi maliyangu or kua sebabu ya maliyangu 
nengi, he envied mefor my property, or because 
I am rich ; ku-m-hasidi mtu (rohoyakwe) ; ku 
husudu (maliyakwo). 
Haaidiwa, pass. 

Hasihadi ; e.g., sifa za Mola latifu nengi mno ni 
tukufu hasihadi, OooVs praise is not limited; 
jk__ , limitavit. 

Hasijaisha, 8i mumo humo, tJvey are not yet 
finished, tJiere are still in tJiere. 

Hasila, *. ? (Sp.), an annual marJcet f 

Mungu hasilipiki, Ood cannot be rewarded. 
Hasiba, 8., anger ( =» ghatabu, vid.) ; mtu huyu 

yuna hasira mno, Jie is very angry; ku-m-tia 

hasira, to maJce one angry; kua na hasira, to be 

angry. 

IIahiba (or HAsiKi), r. a. (-<■__, in angustiam re- 

degit ; , rr r , aberravit a via, jacturam fecit m 

emendendo aut vendendo; diminuit), to Jmrt, in- 

jvre; e.g., ame-m-hasiri kua upanga, he Jiurt JUm 

with a sword ; mbao zimehasiri, the mbao teere 

erpensive f (R.). 

HasikIka, r. n. (ku nasibu), to be Jmrt. 

Hasibikia, r. obj., to infiict injury or lo*8. 

Hasibikiwa (ni watu). 

Hasikiwa, r. n. (ni watu, &c), to be injured, 
to sustain loss. 

Hasibisha, v. c. 
Hassa, ejcactly (St.). 
Hahulu ? v. 

Hataki, *., danger, risk; Arab. 3_L , periculum 

quo quis exitio imminet. 

•• *• 

HItiiaki (or hathiki) (j^ , cavit, metuit), to 

beware; 8., caution, eare, appreJtension ; mtu 
huyu yuna hathari, yuwa windoa ku uiwa, kua 
scbabu hi ha4ti selakha, this man hat to beware, 

. . n 



(98) 



he is chased to be kiUed, therefore he does notput 
offhis weapons; mtu huyu ana hathari, uai-m-pe 
mali, hastakiki ni mgniagnarii ; Mkamba ana 
hatari — hana 6ga, anenda harra p£kee ; hivio 
mkenda, muende kua hathari, ifyou then wiUgo, go 
cautiously; kiia na hathari, to beware, to be on 
one's guard; ku fania — , to become carefid or 

anxioua; cfr. ^ai. , and jJ^- , and y»+> . 

Hatibkha, v.; ku ji-hatirisha or ku hatirisha 
nafiriyakwe, to incur danger, to venture f to 
run rish; ku hatirisha mali (katika jombo), 
to expose one's property to danger (e.g., by 
sending it by sea). 
Hathiri, adj. — tayari {pr dahibu), ready; Arab. 

^Va. t praesens, pro j«iW , paratus. 

HatI a, v. a., to accuse one of to charge with (?). 

■ 

JIatia, jr. (ya) ( =» uhalifu), crime, transgression, 
«iTi, fault ; amekuunda pahali, hakuaga wazc, or 
babai ar nduguze, amefania hatia, yuwapasha or 
yuwapashua ku fftngua ; kn tia hatiani, to find 
fauU unth. Hatia or uhalifu is, (1) asipo agana 
na baba or wazo ; (2) ku ua mtu ; (3) uwiingo 
wa maneno, neno asilo-li-ona. Sina hatia nai, 
— sina jambo ovu mimi nai ; muegni hatia nami, 

one icho tcrongedme; *\Lt , haud rccto egit, 
erravit, pcccavit ; &JaA. » error, peccatum, cri- 

men. Hatia and thambi must be distinguished. 

Thambi is, (1) ku kata mti uliwao ; (2) ku lewa 
na ku lala mesgidini ; (3) ku gniagnania mali 
ya mtn; (4) kula chaktila, kisha akishiba 
yawamuaya (kama Baniani afaniafio^ ; ku uta 
sal 1 i si thambi, na uwungo si thambi, uwungo 
ndio watu atumiao kua biashcra ! ! 
HatIa, *., adv. (properly atia), a gift, gratuity, 

gratis ; ku toa witu hatia — ku wa-pa watu kitu 

(ja) burre ; ILc , manti ccpit, dedit donavit ; 
iJlaD , donum. 



6C- 



Hatif, 8. t an angel (St.) ? probably <jLsa> , mors 
(angelofdeath). 

Hatiki, v. a.; ku — , to annoy, to bothcr (St.) 

(Kiamu) ; cfr. ciUfc , dilaceravit, rupit. 
Hatima, 8. = muisho (muisho wa nono), the end; 

B" - 6 - 

*?U. or *>U. , finis, extremum rei, postreraus ; 
at last, end, issue, result, event ; nkakaa, hatima 
ku zaa mtoto mume, hatima atakuenda 
peponi afayo ali Islamu, he who dies as a 
Muhammedan will go at last to paradise; 
hayatakua makaziyakwe milele mottoni; hatima 
yao ilikua-je ? what was their end? hatima kufa 
kuakwe, after his dying. 



Hatimihia, r. c. = ishilisa, tofinish, to bringobout, 
to persevere to the end in serving any one; ku- 
maneno (vid. hdtima). 

Hatimu, s. (Er.); kuhatimujuo. 

Hatta, a partide ( ^j*. , uaque ad donec), vntil y 

80 far as to; hatta maghribi na etaubukhi 
until evening and tnorning; hatta baada ym 
usiku ku pita, and after the passing of nighi. 
Hatta introduces time when someihing new took 
place. Hatta siku moja, and one day, in order 
that «= afin que or dana le but in French. 

HattAmu (or hattam), s. (ya, pl. za) ( , Lf t per- 

cuarit in naao capistravit; f^"*», capiatnnD), 

a bridle; ugue wa mdom6ni wa kn fongfa pimda 
or farasi. The Suahili call it kit&ya cba pmvk 

(cfr. lijamu). 

Hatti, * . (ya, sa) ( U. , lincas duxit, acripait U. . 

linca scriptura calami, via), a writing eontmninj 
a bond, or especially one-s last wiU. In genersl, 
hatti signifies a document, reoord, tchieh wty 
at any time be produced to guarrl one's righU. 
Hatti ni waraka ulioandfkoa ni baba «»«»* 
mbelle za watu ; hatti ya deni or man£no y» 
hakki ya mtu tangu kale ; waraka una maaeae 
ya khaburi ; barua ina maneno ya nguru ya ka- 
mu-ita mtu mbelle za wali or katbi; kertas 
isioandikoa ; mu-andikie hatti, folani ai «t^"»p* 
wangu ni huri ; hatti nene, thick wcritmg» 
handwriting (R.). Hatti is to be distingmshei 

from haddi (Arab. j»., terminns, limea, fink); 
wamekufurn, wametupa haddi, they became v«- 
believers beyond measure; ku penda knako ksn 
tupa haddi, beyond measure — ka-m-penda bb» 
= mapenziyako nawe ni bora m'no. 

Hatu, sign of the first person piural negatiee: 
hatupendi, tre hve not. 

Hatua, s. (ya, za) ( IU. , passnni posnit; j£., 
passus, vcl spatium inter pedes), a stcp, a paet: 
hatiia mbili, two paces; ni kiazi kna or cht 
miigii, yadakfipo koma mngii waganga anapou 
hatua ku angalia kifuli cha jua, kn fania ngan- 
gawao ; hatua iki-tu-ondoa, aafari ni batoa? t 
ifwegetoff. 

Hau (havi) (hawa), sign of the third perm 
'singular negative ; cfr. Orammar. 

Haua, s., air; o\yfe , aer, spatium inter coelunet 

terram ; ku badili haua, to change air. 
Hawa, 2>ron. dcmonst. t these ; watn hiwa, thtsr 

men (vid. Gram.). 

Hawale, those. 

HawA (ya, pl. ma — ) (hawara) (hawai), a 
j a woman who has made no 



(99) 



toith a man, but lives with him as long at thty 
agree. 8he cooks for the tnan, and serves him 
in otlier respects, and he gives her whatever he 
pleases. Hawa ni mke asieolewa kua tartibu, 
aketie na mume kua har&mu baoa m&hari. 

IUwa (or haua), *. {or hawat, *.), longing, lust, 
passion > ^y^ , amavit ; ^jb , amor, cupiditas, 
affectu8 ; = mapenzi, love ; mtu huyu yuna 
hawa nafsi or nafsinimuakwe or yuna hawa ya 
moyo, i.e., movo una-m-tukulia sana =» yuwa- 
penda sana (manamke huyu) yuwa-m-pendelea, 
yuwa-m-shiriki yuwa-mu-aza mno. Usifanie 
hawa nafsi, do not shoio favour, do not be 
partial; yuna hawa (haua) nafsinimuakwe. 

IIawai, s. (pl. ma — ), a wJtore. 

Hawala, s., a biU of ezchange (in Kibaniani 
" hundi"). 

Hawibudi ; mimi hawibudi hafundesao biladi, / 
shall certainly destroy their towns; achrari na 
abidi, freepeople and slaves. 

Hawaba (or hawa), s., a catamite. 

Haw£zi, lit., he cannot, he is iU (cfr. weza ; ku — , 
to be able). 

Hawili, r. a. ; ku — , to tahe upon one's-self what 
was duefrom another, to guarantee a debt (efr. 

JU. conversa fuit res, mutata fuit res ab uno 

8tatu in alterum translata) ; ku hawili jombo, to 
transship. 
Hata, pron. demonst., these; mambo haya, these 
matters; saya pro hayatt old language; suyu 
pro huyu. 

Hayale, those; mambo hayale, those matters. 
Hatako, id. 

Hayo, pron.; tangu majira hayo, since that 
time. 

Haya, *. (ya) ( ftV^ , vita, pudor), shame, respect, 
sense ofhonour, modesty ; mtu asiekua nahaya, 
slutmeless man ; ku ona haya, to feel ashamed; 
ku tia haya, to make ashamed, to abash. 

Hata ! (or heiya !), be ouick l come along ! worh 
awayl 

Hatambo (or hajambo), a complimentary phrase, 
which meann, lit., hana yambo or jambo, he has 
nothing to complain of = he is weU, nothing the 
matter with him; alikua hawezi, laken sasa 
hajambo, he was iU, but now he is well, he is 
without any cause of complaint; wao walikua 
hawawezi, laken sasa hawajambo, they were 
iU, but now thei/ are weU; mimi nalikua siwe"zi, 
laken sasa sijambo, / was sick, but now I am 
well. "VVewo — huwgzi, laken — hujambo ; 
suisui — hatuwezi, laken — hatujambo ; nuinui 
mlikua hamuezi — hamjambo. 

Hatawani, s. ( y\p*. , animal, res vivens, ani- 
mata), wUd beast ; jig. t mtu huyu hayawani - 



hana akili, hasikii raaneno, yuwafuata nafsi- 
yakwe bassi ; mtu asikiaye maneno, laken arao- 
sahau harraka, yuwashika yakwe; lnaradi or 
uelle wa hayawani, a disease (murrain) among 
cattle. 

Hato, dem., tJtose; referring to plural substantive* 
in ma — (ni yayo hayo). 

Hatuko, vulgarly used in Zanzibar for hako, hs 

is not there (St.). 

Hazamu, *. (pl. ma — ), belt, girdle = sombo (Kin. 

s - 
ukumbu); f^ , constrinzit, cingulo cinxit ; «U»» 

cingulum jumenti. 
Hazi, sign ofthe third person plural negative, vid. 
Oram. 

Hazina, 8., a treasure ; ^ma. , reconditit in horreo, 

anerravit rem ; *-*)*" , «3^ • f>es»un.nus. 

Hazttabsa (vid. hatassa), not yet. 

Hedaji (or hedajia OT hidaji) (= ku daka), to 
want; mtu fulani a-ku-hidaji; maskini ahidaji 
chakula. 

Hidajtwa, v. p.; muana huyu ahidajiwa ku 
rudiwa, this child ie wanted -*must be chas- 
tised. 

Hedata, 8. (ya, pl. za) (cfr. hadia), a present ; 
tunu, kitu jema or kizuri ; kitu hiki na-m-pe)eka 
hedaya (tunu), mtuma huyu ni wako, na-ku-pu 
hedaya, wherefwe manyslaves have the name 
"hedaya" (R.). 

Hed'ma, s. (vid. hidima and hodumu) ( «J4. > 
inservivit, ministravit alicui), service. 

Heuema, v. n. ; yuwahehoma = hawezi sana, yuna 
homa, to tremble from weaknest caused byfever 
(tetcma). 

Hei (or hai), adj. (vid. hai) (hayi), alive; babayu 
hei =• ni mzima, thefather is stiU alive, or akeli 
hei ; wata hawa wa hei or wakeli hei, the*e 
people are stitt alive; mtu huyu kahai = anie- 
kufa, i« dead; wata hawa ka wahci 8 wamekufu, 
are dead, they are not alii'e. 

Hkia, interjection (James iv. 13), go to noic ; cfr. 
haya or heiya. 

Hr.niA, 8. (vUl. haiba) ( v^Ub , timuit ; £*** , 
timor, reverentia), (1) beauty; (2) damage, in- 
jury; e.g., kitu hiki ni kizuri, lakon kinangia 
heiba =- kinangia kibofu ; nguo hi mzuri, laken 
inangia ila or heiba kua hi tundu, this garment 
is fine, butitis damaged by this hole (which i* 

in it) ; nguo hi ina heiba ; cfr. 6^&- » ^ mhm 

tratio, or ^U. , peccavit ; S^W , crimen. 
Heisabudi (or hainabudi) (rfr. abudi) ; ta-ku-ji 

lipiza or sinabudi nami cla ku-ji lipa ; cfr. budi. 
Hbirika, r. n., to be stoppedor retarded by another t 

to havepain. 

HejAzi, s. t theprovince ofHejaz in Arabia. 

h 2 



( ioo) 



Hekalu, the Temple at Jerusalem (rid. /3\H in 

Bebretc); A£<J*> ; (2) everij large building. 
Hekemua — jeraua, to sneeze. 

Hekima, *., wisdom, deverness (cfr. hokumu); 

^ •* »» 

*5^>> potestatem exercuit, judicium protulit; 
Ab. i judicium ' &»£»- , scientia, intelligentia, 

justitia. 
Helefi, t>. / ku helefi mtumua (R.) ? nguva bahe- 

lifi geraha ; vid. nguva. 
Hema (or rather kiiema), *. (ya, pl. ma), tent ; vid. 

&+&. , omne habitaculura rotundum quod tribuR 

• c- 

vel quatuor fulciminibus nititur ; _>g*. , omnis 

domus e luto constructa. 

Hema (hama), r. n. (Kimrima), to pant, breathe 

short, to be pursy; mtu huyu yuwakema — 

hawcsi ku pumsika, he eannot breathe; to be 

short of breath, to gasp like a dying person 

( — tueta in Kiravai). 
Hemba? (R.). 

Hemdi (or hemidi), 8. (ya), praise ; vid. hamdi ; 

hemdi ridakwo Deiani, praise be to Godl 

Ilfinmi, v. a., topraise. 

Hemili (himili), v. a. (vid. hamiiti), to carry or 
bear, to endure=*k\i tukua ; si-ya-hemili raancno 
haya = siwuzi ku ya-sikiza or sikiliza, Icannot 
listen to these words, Icannot endurc them. 

Henni, *. (R.), cfr. hinni. 

Hensirani, *. (ya), tlte tube ofa tobacco-pipe ; mti 
muhensirani (Sp.). 

Henza, *. (St.), hdyards t 

Herabaki, v. a. ¥ cfr. jjjl*. , angustum rcddidit. 
HerasakIwa. 

Hereki = usufi ? ? (R.). 

Herl, *. (ya, sa), happincss (kheiri) ; kua ln'ri 
(koheri), in happiness, sc. go in happincss, i.c, 
farewell; kua hcrini, go ye in hajyjnness, i.e., 
fare ye wtll; ni hcri kuangu, it icill be weUfor 
me ; mtu wa heri, afortunute man; adj., hajq>y, 
it is weU, better; .U. , factus fuit possessor 

boni, elegit ; bZ&. , bonum, rcs cxquisita ; y^\ , 

melior, optimus. 

Heria, s., a cry raised on first sceing a dhoic 

coming; vid. harioc. 
Herimu, s. (j>1. ma — ) (rid. hirimu), equality, nert 

to onc tn years; cfr. hirimu (ya, pl. ma — ) ; 
Arab. *yb , decrepitus, senio confectus. 

H£ro, *., a woodcn platter, a deep trenclicr (a 
liltle smalkr than the jano) ; hero ni jombo cha 
ku pakulia wali ; hcro ya ku Ha, inanger ? 

Heaa heha ? hesa hcsa, kasi inakuenda lco, au hai- 
kuenda ? thus native masters ask their workmen, 
irhen tJiey do not look after them (hawatungnlii), 
44 Did tJie work go forward today?" (The 
word is an ejcclamation for encouraging the 

tcorkmen.) Cfr. .a , celeriter ivit. 



Hesabu, v. a. (r/r. haaibu, v.a., and hiaabu) ( 

numeravit), to count, to number, to think, svppose, 

tobe ofopinion. 

Hesabia, v. obj. 

Hkhabiaka, r. rec. t to aecount, settle accounts one 

with another. 
Hesabika, to be counied, countable. 
Hesabiwa, pass., to be counted. 
Hesabu, s. (ya, pt. za), account, opinion, idea; joo 
cha hesabu — deitar, accounUbook; ku-m-pa 
hesabu, to give him aceount; ku daka heaabu, to 
caU to account; ku fania hea&hu, to make tkt 
account; ku tia katika heaabu, toput a thing to 
account (ku andika katika heaabo). 

HeshIma, s. (ya, sa) (or rarely heshimu ), (1 ) honour, 
which, according to Oriental custonv, U rendered 
by giving a present of rcspect, henee, honour, 
respect,present; ku-m-wekea heahima, to honour 
one; ku wekeana Leshimn, to honour each othtr; 

;2) present of respect; *£». , pudoro afiecit, 
reveritus fuit ; &» A d , pudor, vorecundia, rere- 



s - 



rentia ; cfr. fUUfe , liberalitaa, munificentia. 

He^iiimu, r. a., to respect, to honour one by gic- 
ing him a present; ku-m-kumbuka kuaku-m-pt 
or peleka kitu jema. 

Hebsi, s.; mismari ya heasi, a screw. 

nKR8i, v. a. ; muhunsi ameheaai mismari, thc 

workman screwtd doivn, &c. 
Hkwiwa, t'.^;., to be screwed, tumed. 

Uethi, s., the menses of a tcoman ; manamke 
anangia muezini, or anangia kideoni or damuni, 
the icoman has the menstrual flux ; kua nahethi, 

to menstruate; Arab. ^U. , menstroa passa 



6- 



fuit mulier ; &&£». , menstruus sarjguis ; ^ r 

menstrua patiens. 
Hez.vmu, (j>1. ma— ), girdle; cfr. haz&mu. 
Hkzaya, s. (cfr. ^.6, , ignominia aflecit ; JmL , 

confusio, infamia, nffliction), a shame, anytkin* 
causing confusion or shame. 

Hi, pro niki ; nli hi simamiatanu, pro nlikuanikia 

mamia tanu ; hifuknza — nikifukuza. 
Hi, pron. demonst., this ; e.g., niumba hi, tkis 

house (vid. Grammar). 
Hiana, *. (sing. uhiana) (- uhishi), hardmess 

(of wood) (vid. mkiia), a grudging person; 

cfr. ^U. , dccepit, perfidus fuit; fulani ni htana- 

yunajY^o, N. N. is avaricious. 
Hiaki, pro akhiari ; vid. hcri. 

Hiatui, *. «- merhem, deceased or late; e^hiatki 
baba, my deceasedfather. 






( ioi) 



Hibia, v. a. — kupendeza, topleast one (cfr. 

amavit). 
Hidaja, 8., kitu cha — , something desirable, 

beautiful; e.g. t maua haya ni hidaja (R.). 
Hidaji, v. a. t fo want; vid. hedaji. 
Hidilafu, s.; neno hili naf&nia hidiUfu sana, 

kuamha silo (R.) ; jamho hili n'na hidilafu nalo. 

HiDiMA, 8. (cfr. hedma, hadumu, hadimu), service; 
cc c 
Arab. b+JA- , ministerium, opus ; mznngu yuna 

hidima — yuwatia watu katika hidimayakwe, 
watu wapate risikizao, lit. t the European has 
work or 8ervice t he takcs people into his service, 
trhereby people get their necessaries. 
Hlfathi, v. a. t to keep t to preserve t to protect, to 

sccure; cfr. Arab. W. , conservavit, custodivit. 

Hifathika, v. n. t to bepreserved (= kuzuilika). 
Hifukuza = nikifukuza (vid. hi). 
Hu, these; hiile, those ; referring to plural nouns 

in mi. 
Hija, *., pUgrimage; muczi wa hija, they depart 

on the 9th moon. 
Huaya, vid. hikaya (cfr. hedaya). 
Hui, v. n., to go on pilgrimage; ku enda hyi or 

hija; muenda hija, apilgrim (to Mecca). 
Huo, pron. demonst., that; e.g. t juo hijo, that 

book. 
Hikata (or hijaya), 8. (ya, pl. za), something extra- 

ordinary or remarkable which luts not been seen 

previously, a wonderful thing; nna hikaya, / 

liave a story; muaka hu tume6na hikaya— jawahu 

la ku taajabu, lisilo onekana, wt have seen 

iconderful things this year. 
Hiki, pron. demonst., this; kitu hiki, this thing. 
Hikile, pron. demonst., that, yonder. 
Hila, *. (ya, pl. za), intrigue t device t trick t crafti- 

ness = fikira mbaya — hada ; ku fania hila, to 

play a trick t to act cunningly; vid. JU* , 
conversa fuit, distortus fuit, versute egit ; mtu wa 

hila, a crafty man; &«•• , astutia. 

Hii.i, pron. demonst., this (vid. Gram.) ; neno hili, 
thi* word; kasha hili, this box. 

HiLo,pron. demonst., that; kasha hilo, that box. 

Hima, ado. t hastily, ouickly ( — haraka) (Kimr.)\ 
hima hima ! be quick; tuende hima (Kiung.) t let 
us go quickly ; hima mmoja, at onct, aU at once. 

Himia, v. n. t to impel t to urge on t to incite; 
himiza, v. c, to hasten, to speed one. 

Himia, v. n. (vid. hamali), (1) tobecomepregnant; 
mke amehimia, the woman became pregnant ; (2) 
v. obj., ku himia, to impel t to urge on (cfr. hima). 

HiiiiLi (vid. hemeli, hamali), v. a. t (1) to bear t to 
support, endure, to be able t toaccept; wewemana 
huhimili na jua hili, ngoja, jua lipunge tucnende, 



thou boy canst not endure or bear this (sun) heat, 
wait t tiU the sun declines t then let us go; hawa- 
kuhemili maahaka, they have not been able to 
endure troubles; (2) mtumkewangu anahimili, 
my wife ispregnant. 
Himiza, v. a. (vid. hima), to cause to make speed 
or haste, to speed one, to hasten; amekuenda 
himiza watu; uenende uka-wa-himize chakula; 
ku himiza watu kazi. 

Hina (henna), 8., a red dye t used by women to dye 
thepalms of their hands and the scles of their 
feet t also used to dye white donkeys, to give them 
apale red-brown coUmr. 

Hindl, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), Indian com (mahindi). 
Hinni, v. a. ( glA , levis fuit, contemsit) ( - ku 

gnima), to refuse to give, to lessen t cut off t cur- 
tail or withhold one's right or wages, <&c; e.g., 
ame-ni-hinni fethayangu pasipo maagano mimi 
nai ( — ame-ni-punguzia maliyangu), he lessened 
my money without being authorized to do soby 
an agreement between us—he gave me t for in- 
stance, eight doUars instead of ten which he had 
promised; nimedaka kitu kuakwe, aka-ni-hinni, 
hadaki ku-ni-pa, na kitu yunajo ; ku hinni mti, 
to lop a tree in order to make it slender (R.). 
Hinika, v. p. 

Hnio -- hi, pron. dem. 

Hirimc, 8. (wa, pl. za), an egual in age, young 
men; ni watu waanzao ku baleghi or ku on- 
dokea; (1) hirimu ndogo, little boys from 6 to 12 
years of age; (2) hirimn ya katikati, from the 
Uth to the 25th year; (3) hirimu kuba, full- 
grown men t tiU they become elders (vid. waze) ; 

hirimu moja, of the same age; Arab. +y& , senio 

s - 
confectus fuit homo ; ^tb , decrepitus, senio con- 

fectus. 
Hirizi, *. (yn, pl. za), a charm, an amulet worn on 
the side ; uganga wa ku va muilini or uvaliwao 

muilini ; cfr. t^ or jj». , circumspectus fuit, 

so 

multum timuit, cavit, custodivit; y^, locus 

munitus, refugium amuletum, maia et veneficia 
arcens. 

Hissa, s. t pardon; ^j**. , misericordia afiectus 

m 

, intelligentia, sensus, facultas ' 



fuit, sensit ; 

nipe hissa yangu, pardon me (cfr. £*». , portio). 

Hitaji (or ktaji, uktaji), *. (ya) (cfr. hidaji), 
desire t request; hitaji yangu ni hi or ukhtaji 
wangu ni hu, this is my desire. 
Hitaji, v. a., to need, to be in want, to want. 
Hita jia (or khtajia), v. a., to be in need of t to 
desvre t reguest, to want; mtu huyu ahitajia or 



( 102) 



HO 



akhUjia or akhtajiwa ku pigua, this man 
needt to be beaten, must he beaten; yeo ahtajia 
or akhtajia kiia hapo, he must be there. 
Hitakisha, v. c, to eause to select, to choote (rfr. 

akhiar). 
HItima (ya, za), (1) a funeral banauet; chakula 
b6ra katika niatanga; (2) funeral reading; ku 
soma hitima katika kaburi = ku-mu-ombea mciti 
kua Moli or Mungu, to read prayert over tJte 
grave in order to intercede with the Lord in 

behalf of a dead perton; +z±. , sigillavit, ad 

finem perduxit, totum perlegit Coranum ; *>U. , 

finis, extremum rei. 

Hitima, 8. (ya) ; — ya kungilia or ya ku tamia ni- 
umba mpia (Sp.). 

Hitimu (hitima), v. a. f tofinish one's booJc-lcarning 
after one hat read aU the books which the master 
could give; mtu huyu araehitimu juo — amesoma 
kulla juo kili6mo ; amekua mualimu nafsiyakwe, 
to leave off school, to Jcnow one's trade. The 
ending ofone's education it celebrated by afcast 
made to the teacher; iclien 30 jusu (sections) Jiave 
been read tJtey maJce a feast. Many do not 
finish the wJtole courte. 

HimiigHA, v. c, to cause one to close Jiis Mu~ 
hammedan courte of study, to bring a scholar 
to tJie end of his learning of ichatever kind 
(Kiniassa); niuulimu anie-mu-hitimisha juo 
mana, nai amehitimu ; mana akisha juo pia, 
babai akatoa mali ya reali tano or kumi or 
asherini, aka-m-komboa mana, na mualiniu 
akampa (mana) jusu mbili, na niBiif mmoja, 
i.e. f wtien the teacher has taugJit tJte boy aU ttie 
books he Jtat f tJie fatJter pretentt him witJt 5 
or 10 or 20 (according to wealtJt and plcasure) 
dollars, and thus redeemt his son (wJto during 
tJie time of instruction was considered to be 
tJie son of the teacher) from tJie teaclter, who 
pretentt to the boy two small manutcript books 
and one large book. 

Hivi, adv., 80, tJius ; sasa hivi, just noic ; punde 
hivi, a little while ago. 
Hivi, thu8 f these; referring to plural nouns in 

vi or vy (vitu hivi, these things). 
Hivile, tJtose (vitu hivile, tJtosc tJtings or 

matters). 
Hivyo, after whiclt manner ; hivyo vivyo, yes f 

exactly so, tltus, so. 

Hitari, *. (ya), cJioice; ni hiyariyako — kama 
upendavio, just as it pleases tJiee f as tJtou likctt 

(vid. heri) ; j^ , electio rei ; j\± , elegit. 

Hiyo, tJtose; referring toplural nouns in mi ; miti 
hiyo, those trees. 

Jlm, v, a. ( ,«ye. , ignominia aflccit aliquem), to 



confound, disgrace, pui to shame, 

raana huyu ame-mu-hud babai koa ku kata kula 

mbello za watn, the boy disgraced hie father by 

refusing to eat publidy; baba wa-m u- a m hi a, 

ndo mana, u!e wali, na mana wtiema, mioi 

sidaki ame-mu-hizi babai na watu, beeause it i« 

a great offence with the SuaJiHi to refute au 

invitation to take food; it is erpeeied that ont 

taJcet at least a little, ku m-paaha radi, to satisfy 

iheperson who invites. 

Hduka, v. n., to be put to shame; baba amc- 

hizika ni mana. 
Hiziwa, v. n., to be beaten, ehastened; mani 
amehiziwa ni babai, the boy was beaten by his 
father for the disgrace he had brought upou 
him by refusing to obey hi$ eommands. 
Hizi, «., these; siku hizi, in these days, eome dayt 
ago f now. 
Hizile, tftose. 
H6bela h6bela? (R.); hawa Waaheheri, kazijao 
hobela hobela waahona makanda na lnajamvi, 
bad, tuperficial work f 
Hodari, *., adj. (takes no prefixee), etrong, beU, 
brave; mtu huyu hodari wa kazi, he ie an abk, 
strong worJcman; hodari wa wita, heiea brave 
man or soldicr ; hodari wa maneno, ttrone 
orator ; ku enenda or ku enda hodari, to gofest. 
Hodi ! a cry made by a visitor inauiring outtidt 
tJte door wJtether somebody is at home. Nobeiy 
should enter before having received an 



% -- 



This word may refer to ^Jdfe , recta duzit via; 

^eJkft , directio. 

HodCma (or h6d<Jmu), t. (ya) (cfr. liidima), service, 

work f akillf ability. 

H6i>tf ma (or u6dCmu), v. a. t to terve, to rendtr 
service. 
Hooo, s. (la, pl. ma— ), a very big mai (root ) of 
tJtc muhogo or cussada shrub ; vid. mahugo,a 
very large root of cassada or cassava. 

Hohe haiie, a pJirate uted to denote cxtrem 
poverty and destitution (St.). 

Hoiio, s. (j*,pl. za); h6ho ya mukdte or mukate 
wa hoho, a kind oftJUn caJce made oftkejkmr 
of wJtcat and freth palm-wine. Much pepper it 
put into tJtiscaJce; pilpili hoho, redpepper. 

Hoja, 8. f vid. huja. 

Hoji iioji, r. a. (1) to entreat « ka ronga roogs, 

ku ng6a ng6a ; g\o- , opus et neocaae habuit ; 
(2) to calm f to remonstrate with one (B.). 
H6k0mu, *. (ya), judgment f sentence, verdiet; 
(hokumu ngcma or mbaya) ; vid. ^^, , pot*- 
tatem exercuit, judicium protulit. 



HO 



( 103) 



HU 



H6kumu, v. a. (— ku amua), tojudge ( — wema 

or wibaya), to haoe iupreme autJiority over. 

Hokumia or hukumIa, v. obj.j to exercUe au- 

thoriiy over one t tojudge one, to gioe over to 

judgment. 

HOKUMiwA, pa88. 

Homma (iiamma), 8. (ya),/e»er; homma ya lridapo 
or kidapo cha beredi, the ekweringfit infever; 
homma ndio marathi ya beredi or ya ku tetema ; 

^j**. , febris ; ^ caleficit vehementer calida 
fuit (aqua) ; ^. , laboravit febri. 

6C." 

Homha, 8. (R.) ? j+l. , vinum, omnia potus inebrians. 

Homu (or ii6mo) ; pepo za — , eteady wind t when 
mbisho and tanga mbili Jtave paeeed away (R.). 

Hondo hondo, vid. kuenibe. 

Hoxg£ra, v. a. t to wash the circumcUed part in tJte 
eea. Watoto kua siku ya sabaa tangu wameta- 
hiriwa waenenda poaui ku osha vionda maji ya 
bahari. This U called ku hongera. Watoto 
waliotahiriwa leo wamekuenda hongeroa or ku 
6shoa maji ya bahari. On the sixth day the 
wound is wrapped up in apiece ofcotton soaked 
in oil, topreoent tJte urine ajfecting tJte wound. 

Horz (or khori), s. t a creek t a smaU arm of 
tJieeea; cfr. .*l. , ostium fluminis ; \\y&»\ ,sinu8 
maris (vox Peraica) ; cfr. aleo .yfc , lacus in 

quem ezundant aquae paludun, ut largus fiat ? 
Hort, #. (la,/>/. ma~ ), (1) a kind ofcanoe with a 

raiscd head and etern; (2) ya ku uzia tambu 

(B.)? 
Horoiioro, e. (hor6ro ?), a certain bird t which 

ha% a long black neck (yuna shcngo ndefu 

meaussi). 

H6ruma, *. (ya, za) (cfr. p+>j , misericors, ciemens 

fuit ; &+*.. , misericordia), compassion, pity. 
Horumia, v. a., topity or compaeeionate one. 
Hosika (and huzika), v, n., to refer eocclueioely 

(cfr. **.)*• , perseveravit in aliqua re) ; jina hili 

lilihosika na watu hawa tu, thU name refere 
ezdueively to theee pereons; jina la "wegni 
thambi'' linahuzika kua Muegnizimgu tu, halina 
tefsiri mingine, but muovu or mbaya U aUo 
physieaUy bad (R.). 

HoaiKo (anatoka hosiko or hosko), scarcely, 
narrotoly t hardly ? (R.) ; anavuka hosko, laken, 
hukumuyakwe ilikua ya ku wawa (uawa), to Jtave 
a narrow eecape; tulikua watu wa kufa suisui 
(in danger) laken tunavuka hosiko. 

Hosumu (or khosumu), 8. ( *^. , altorcatus fuit ; 

l+y*. , altercatio lis), 8trife t contention — k6ndo, 
v. n. — ku teta, to auarrel. 



H6t0ba, 8., (1) kathi amesoma hotuba meegidini, 
the Kadi read a section (of several Koranic 
Surae) in tJie tnoegue; (2) hotuba, engagement; 

kn 6a, to be engaged to; ■, W , (1) orationem 

habuit e suggesto orator, evasit fuitve conciona- 

tor; (2) expetivit in matrimonium. In TurJcey 

s " ■» 
aiid eUewhere t/ie - m W U tJieprayer reeited in 

the mosgue on Fridays, in whieh t after tJte praUe 
of MuJtammed and tlte four 8ucce88ors t the 
reigning Sultan U mentioned. 

Hotubia, v. a.; ku hotubia watu, to read the 
eection to thepeople t addreeeing them thereby ; 
ku somca watu kua siku kii. 

HortfBU (hutubu), v. a.; kathi amehotuba 
h6tuba. 

•9 ^ ^ 

Hozuki, 8. (= ng6me), fortre%8 t castU; ^» , fir- 

mus fuit ; (j*** , arz ; cfr. aUo ^jL. , recondidit, 

in horrco, cella, &c. 

Hu (thou not) ; wewe hu mtu wa niuma, u mtu wa 
mbelle, thyplace U not behind t but before t in the 
forc-part; Wadurumawana ila, wakisilimu hurudi 
kuao. 

Hu, (1) a prefix denoting a customary action, and 

U applied to all per80i\8 t both tJie eingular and 

jiiural; hunena or husema, they epeak; huenda, 

he t &c. goe%; (2) the negative prejic of the second 

pereon eingular; hupendi, thou loveet not. 

Hua, *., a dove; cfr. Steere's "Handbook, 1 page 

276. 
Hua, /or kua, e.g. t niumba hua yangu, ifthe Jtouse 

were mine. 

Hubba (or kubba), 8. (vid. habba), (1) love, deeire; 
yuna hubba nami, he hae lote toward me <-> a-ni- 
penda, lie lovee me t to faU in love witJi; (2) kitu 
ja burre, ku-mpa hubba, to give one a token of 
hve t wJucJ^ in t/ic OrUntal cu8tom t U apreeent; 
ku tia hubbanimuakwe, to talce a fancy to one; 
moyowakwe hau-ku-nioka, ndipossa aai-ni-ambia 
kuclli, ana-ni-ambia juju, ha-ni-funulii hubba; 

amavit; &*. , amor; enenda wewe a- 



kn-funuliayo hubba, go tJiou, to whom he opene 
JiU whole Jteart. 

Hubtbi (or khubiri), v. a. (vid. hdbari) (***> , 
probavit, nuntiavit, certiorem facit) — ku-m-pa 
khabari, to give one newe or information. 

Hudumu, 8. } eeroice; v. a. t to eeroe, eepeciaUy at 
table; tafaniakazi simamani jama mu-hudumu- 
b mu andae. 

Hudumia, r. obj. t to seroe one (cfr. h6dumu). 

Huduru, v. n. t to aeeembU ; watu wamehuduru « 
wamekutana telle ; but mahadara, place qf 
aeeembly. 



( i<M) 



HU 



HudurIa, v. obj.; ku kuUnia mahali pamoja ; 
vid. yi^, , presens fait. 
Huenda, v. n,,heor they go; husema, they say. 
Hui, v. n. (cfr. hai or hayi) (c/r.fufua, fufuka), ^o 

COT7W to life again ; watu wa katika mahudum. 
Huika, v. «., to ©e brought to lifeagain, to recover ; 

alikiia mkongo mno, kisha akapoa. 
Huiwa, v. ; amehuiwa ni Mungu, nai amehuika. 
Huisha, v. a. f to cause to revive, to bring to life 
again, to make alive ,\kn-m-pa nguvu or afia, to 
restore to life. 
Huja (or hoja), 8. (ja) (cfr. gU. , opus et necesse 

hahuit ; W*o» f necessitas, res necessaria), «a&e, 
concern, account = sebabu ; kua huja yangu, on 
wiy account ; hakina huja (scil. kitu hiki) = ni 
jema or hakina teshwishi, it is right, good, 
there is nothing objectionable in it ; niumba hi 
haina huja, there is nothing exceptionable in this 
house, it is good ; kina huja ningi, it is fullof 
trouble. 

Hujiana, v. n. — jadiliana, to have to do, to have 
busines8 with one ; hawa-hujiani na Wazungu, 
they have nothing to do with the Europeans, 
they are not concerned icith tliem. 
Hujambo ? are you weU ? 

Huji (or hoji), v. a. f to pump one ; e.g. t ame-ni- 

hoji or huji, Jiepumped me, hatta ha-mu-ambia ; 

sikudaka ku-mu-ambialakename-ni-hoji, tafania- 

je ? nna-mu-ambia, ningali tenda. 

Huji, r. a. (cfr. dadisi), to examine; ku daka 

yakini, ku ondakitu, to search out,in(juire afte.r, 

to sound one; ame-m-huja hatta mtu ku sema 

neno alilo nalo ; ku uza sana ; ku hakikia ma- 

neno. 

—• ^ ^ 

Hujuru, r. a. ; ku — , to desert (cfr. j^fr , 

reliquit, deseruit rem). 
Huko, adv. (pron. dem. of locality), there, yonder, 

beyond; huko mbelle huko mballi ; huko mbclle 

ya mto wa Dana, tliere beyond the river Dana. 
Huku, adv., here, near, in this region; huko na 

huko, hither and thither ; ku-ji-tia huku na huko 

huku na huku, this tcay and that ; huku 

makukii ndo mapia yetu, here are old matters, 

and our new onet. 

Hukulk — mballi kule. 
Huku, refers freauently onhj to verbs standing in 

the infinitive; e.g., ku-ji-burugisha burugisha- 

huku-uta-tu-isha akili. 
nuKUMU, s., vid. hokumu. 
Hulu, r. n., to leave, to omit; hawahulu kuja = 

hawatindikii kuja, they do not omit coming, they 

come continuaUy ; cfr. U. , necesse habuit, 
reliauit, amicitiam coluit. 
Huluku (otkhuluku), r. a., to create; ^jl^ , pro- 
creavit, finxit. 
Hulukjwa, to be created. 



Humo, adv., thence Luhe xii. 69 ; humo mnetu 
(here with us) si jasikia neno hili, humo nti- 

yetu. 
Humo and mumo ; si mnmo hnmo (there within or 
here in). 

Hummu, vid. hammu, s., grief. 
Hummiwa, to be affected by meiancholy thomghts, 
to be distressed, affiicted. 

Humulk, in that. 

Huno, pron. demonst., this; e.g., muaka huno orhu; 

(2) and thou art not. 
Huo, pron. demonst., this or that btfore mentioned; 

it refers to nouns in u or w (pl. mi) ; cjg., mtr 

huo, that tree. 

Hurri, afreed man (cfr. usia and hatti). 

Hurru, adj. and s. (pl. ma — ),free, not in a state 
of slavery; mtu ni hurru, si mtuma, this man tr 
free, he is no slave; watu hawa ni mahurru, 
these people are free ; ku ata or ku weka hurni, 
to release or setfree from slavery. 

Hubuju, v. n, = kunia (vid.) — ku hara, to ease 
oncsself; cfr. g^ , exivit, ejecit, eduzit. 

Huruma, *. (vid. boruma), pity, mercy, compassion; 
cfr. ^. , misericors, clemens, propitius fuit; 

&«*.« , misericordia. 

Hukumia (or iiorumia), to have pity upon, to 
pity one. 
Hussu, 8. (— wasia), (1) charge, commission, last 

irill; hussu ya baba aliekufa ; cfr. y^, , dift- 

tribuit in partes; «^. , pars; (2) hussu, v.a^ 

to divide into shares, to separate each onet 
share. 

Hussia, r. a., to enjoin upon; (1) — ku-nvp* 
wasia, to cJiarge one, espeeiaUy urith respect U> 
tlte charge tchicli a dying person delivers to a 

8urvivor; cfr. < -*. , conjuniit, testamento 

mandavit ; !L&o* , mandatum, testamentam : 

(2) ku-m-hussia kaliriyakwe « ku-m-fanizi» 
katiri (or kiasijakwe), to limit one to a certain 
fjuantity of provision. Ame-ni-hussia kehaba 
cha mtelle, he limited me to the rcceipt of a 
kebaba (vid.) ofrice. 
Hcsuda, s., bercitching ? (Er.). 
Husudu, r. a. (cfr. Lasidi, v. a.), to do violencefrom 
mere wantonness, to envy, grudge at; ku-m- 
husudu maliyakwe; ku fania uhusuda ; kuhusodn 
or hasidi or ku fisadi watu— ku tia watu mambo 
maofu ya maradi, e.g., ya ndui, &c. 
Huhudlvna, r. rec, to envy one another. 

Husumu, r. n., to atrive, to contend, to aUercaie 
icith one; cfr. ^au , altercatus fuit, HtigaviL 



HU 

Rusuni, s. (vid. hozuni), o fortress; 
firmus, muDitus fuit ; (. 



(ios) 



ID 



, arx. 

Husuru, v. a,,to besiege; cfr. -^. , in angustiam 
rodegit, obsidione cinxit (hostem). 

Huthuria, v.n.(vid. hathari), (1) to venture; (2) to 
bepresent; e.</., jamia ya watu walio hutharia, 
tfte congregation o/peaple which was there. 

Jlvv, pron. demonst., this; cfr. li , ille, idem; 

referring to nouns u in tlie singular or nouns 

icith mi (ji theplural (mti huu). 
Huule, pron. demonst., that. 
IIuyo, pron, demonst., this or that, previously 

nientioned; mtu huyo. In chasing men or ani- 



mals the native cry out, huyo, huyo, huyo, here 

he is/ 
Huyu, this, this person ; s(iyu, obsclete for huyu, 

saya for haya. 
Huyule, tJiat, that one. 
Huzika, r. n., cfr. hussu and hussia. 
Huzika, v. n. (vid. hozika) ; huziwa, r., to be 

limited, confined to any thing, in it, meaning to 

include; niama mbuaji waliohiizika tui simha, 

«Gc, the wild beasts induded are the lecpard, 

lion, dic. 

Huzuni, *. (ya), grief, concern, heaviness, anriety 
(vid. hammu) ; cfr. Arab. ^L , tristis fuit, 

Oj». , tristitia. 
IIwekda (iiuenda), pcrhaps (St.). 



I, an injbcparticle; e.g. t ame-i-haribu (ninmba 

yetu), Jte destroyed it, viz., our house. 
I, \a relative to words of the i-class ; e.g., sima- 

yangu i-wajii ? where is my sima ? vid. sima. 
T, s. (la, pl. mai) ; i la kuku, tlte egg of a hen ; 
mai ya kuku, the eggs ofa hen; i la boredi or 
la ku tetcma is said of an egg which the Iten 
lays iclten thcre is no cock; i hili si gumu ; i lisilo 
mume halina nguvu, linafundika haraka ; kuku 
yuwavia or yuwafirdtt mai, the hen lays eggs 
(arda is Kimr.). 
I'a (or ku wia), to have one as debtor, todemand 
a debtfrom somebody, to sue onefor a debt; na- 
mu-ia or na-m-wia mtu huyu reali mia, Ihave 
tlus man as a debtor of 100 dollars, I demand 
from him a debt of 100 doUars — Jte oices me 
100 doUars; nadaka deni ya reali mia koakwe ; 
na-mu-ia reali tano, / want (as a debt) 5 doUars 
from him, I sue for payment of 5 dollars, he 
owes me 5 dollars. 
Iaxa (or wiana), v. rec.;, watu hawa wawiana 

wao kua wao, t/tese men are indebted one to the 
othtr 
I'wa (or vrivrA) t pass., tobeindebted, tobeowing, 

to owe to one, to be suedfor a debt; mtu huyu 

yuwaiwa reali mia kuangu, this man oices to 

me 100 dollars. 
IwisHA, v. c, to cause the debtor topay by sum- 

moninghim beforethejudge ; nime-mu-iwisha 

kua wali = nime-m-dai kua wali. 
I'asi, s. (ya), a yeUow substance brougJU from 
lndia, greatly in demand with tJte natives as a 
daua ya kionda, remedy for sores (daua ya 
kionda). 
I'ba, v. a., to steal, to taJce clandestinely ; cfr. ku 
ba in Kiniassa. 
iBiA, r., to steal from; e.g., ame-mu-ibia mali- 



yakwe pia kua faraga, Jte Jtas stoUnfrom him 

all Jtisproperty secretly. 
IbIka, v. n., taheable, tJtat wJtich can be stolen. 
IbIwa, iboa, to be stolenfrom. 

Ibada, *. (ya) (cfr. j^ , adoravit, servum fecit *, 

^^W* , servitus, obedientia, probitas), service f 

worship, especiaUy ibada ya Mungu, tJte service 
of God. WJten tJte MuJtammedans go to bed tJtey 
say " eshahad or eshehedu ya Mungu." This 
is ibada ya Mungu : Jtence " amelala na ibada or 
ameata ibada — amelala kua ku salli, or kua ku 
ata ku salli, he slept tcith or without prayer. 
But tJte word can also be tahen sensu latiori ; 
e.g., ibada ya sannam, ya mali, <£c. Mtu aliekua 
mbaya kwanza, kisha akazingatia kua ibada (ya 
Muungu). 

Iblis, *. (aba sujudi ?), devil (corruptcd form of 

the Greek diabolos) ( ^L^fj ^ ), cJtief of the 

devils, Satanas. 

Idadi, *., counting (cfr. •**•** , numerus, census, 

annumeratio) ; ukishajua idadi ya fara, and tJte 
price of something imedadi (amounts) to Jtalf a 

doUar (cfr. j^ t numeravit, enumeravit) (R.); 
haina idadi, tJtere is no counting. 
Ididadi » ku-ji-dahidi (R.) ? 
I'dili, v. a. (vid. eidili), idilisha (cfr. 'C^ , quod 

justum ct aequum esset, statuit, aequavit), (1) 
to leamgood beltaviour ; (2) to teach one reason, 
manners, or rigJtt conduct (ku idilisha) ; (3) ku- 
m-sumbua, to trouble one » ku-m-tia akili 
muana or mtuma mbishi kua ku-m-funga na ku- 
m-piga niumbani or gerezani hatta ku ombowa 



ID 



( 106) 



IL 



kua babai or banawakwe, hatta ku-m-lalama or 

daka radi babai, hatta ku-li-shika neno a-m-palo 

iabai, hatta ku fania radi or mapenei ya babai. The 

Suahili tie up tJteir refractory cliildren or slaves 

eitherintheirprivateJtouses or in tJiepublicprison, 

until theprisoner changes his mind andpromises 

to behave himself weU in future. UsuaJly rela- 

tions or friends intercede for the prisoner irith 

hisfaUier, saying, " When ababe wets your lap, 

will you on this account throw him awayf' 

Thus by degrees tJtey gain tlte heart of tJie en- 

raged fatJter. 

IdilIwa — sumbuliwa ; ku-m-tia adabu. 

Idilisha (or idirisha), v. c. 

* c— 
I'dili (or adili), *., rigJdbeJiaviour ( Jac Justitia, 

c 

aequitas ; J^ , res par pondcre, quantitate) ; 

fulani yu katika idili (adnbu), or ana idili (ana 

makazi mangi) (R.) ; mpotcvu akaidiliwaku tiwa 

ndia ngema. 
IdIki (or eidini), *. (ya), permission, leave; ku- 

m-pa idini, to give Jtim permission, especially 

permission to marry a daugJiter given by Jter 

b c \ s X 

father; Arab. ^y and &4\ , permisit, per- 

mission. 
Ifa (or ivA), t\ n. (vid. iwa vr iva, i\ w.), to cook 

sufficiently (food) — kiia mbivu, to ripen, come 

to maturity; cmbe linaiva or linaiwa, tJte mango 

is ripe. 

Ivisha, v. c, to cause to ripen ; jua limcmsha 
macmbe, tJte sun Jtas brougJU the mangoes io 
maturity. 

Ivoa, v.p. 
Ffia, v. a., to make bad ( — ku aibieha), to spoil, 

disfigure (cfr. Kiniassa iba, to be bad ; ibsa, to 

make bad) ; uki-mu-ita mtu mdiide, una-mu-ih'a 

Ifiana, v. rec, 

Iftaiii, bringer ofluck (St.). 

Ifu (or ivu), *. (la, ya, pl. maifu), atltes ; ifu la 
motto (Kiung. jifu) ; ifu la motto motto, embers. 

Ipu ifu, grey asJUike colour ? 

1'ga (or iaha), v. a., to use toorda of anotJter lan- 
guage wJtich one does not inulerstand, to 
imitate a man speaking in another ianguage by 
using his words, to mock at Jtim. Ru-mu-iga or 
ku-m-tokosa mtu kua mancno ; e.g., wewe waiga 
or waigiza mancno ya Kisuahili, nawc Muarabu, 
hu-ya-wezi = hujui raaanayakwe (maanai), wewe 
huna dsili nayo maneno haya ; Muarabu ame-mu- 
igiza Msuahili, you use KisuaJtUi icords, and yet 
you are an Arab, yon do not understand its 
meaning. 

I'onia, s. (Kiamu) (vid. inia), motJter ; niawc amc- 
kuja, Jtis motJicr came. 

Ib'taji (or ikhtaji), v. a., to want, to desire ; e.g., 



aih'taji ku sifiwa, he ought (lit^ he tcants) to be 

praised; cfr. gU^ . 

Ih'tajia, v. obj., to be wanting to, to be deeirou* 
of. 
Ih'tilafu, adj., various, different; <_6&s»»\ . 

i'h'timu, v. a. (cfr. hitimu), to finieh leaming or 

ones education. 
Ljara, *., wages, rent, hire,pay; cfr. j+\ , mer. 

cedem dedit; °°\ , mercea, praemium sponaa- 

litium ; ku-mu-ajiri mtu, to Jtire a man; i£+\ . 

Ijaza, s., a reward (St). 

Ikhiari, adv. - ni kheri, better, rather, vid. bcri 

or khcri, tJie comparative of ^*. . 

iKnTiARi, s., choice, will; kua ikhtiariyako, as 

youplease, wiUingly; vid. Aa. , elegit; jleA*^ , 

clectio. 

Iki, «., thickness in opposition to breadth (R.). 

Ikibal » ikibari ; yuna ikibal adakapo pote, ni ku 
toa (kitu) hagnimui apendeza nti nzima (R). 

I'kiza, v. a.,(\) toput over = lay across; ku (khai 
niumba boriti, toput boards (boriti) aeroeefrom 
waU to wall, in order to construct the dari {roofi 
oftJte Jtouse; ku ikiza dari, to cover tcith a roof 
to roof a Jiouse ; kuku ya ku ikiza, afowl cooked 
tcith eggs (St). 

Iko, tJtere is, it is tJiere. 

Ila (or ela) - laken,6ur, except; *\ , ai non v nUi; 

hana ila (or illa or ela) mke mmoja, he hae but 
one wife. 
I'la, «., sJtame, disgrace, defect, blemieh {cfr. Arab. 

*» morbus, causa, praetextus?) ; ana ila, he is 

blamable ; fulani ni mzuri, laken yuna ila. 
Ilakini (or LAKiNi), but. 
hv.,pron. demonst., tJiat, yonder; niumba ile, that 

Jtouse. 
Ili (or illi), in order tJtat. 
I'limu, s., doctrine; ilimu ya ingili or injfli, tke 

doctrinc oftJtc gospel (Arab. cfr. elimu). 
Ilio, tltat whicJi is; ndia ilc ilio tambulikana, tkat 

icay wJtidi is known. 
Ilioko, whicJi is or was tJiere. 
Iliopandana, tlte composition ofa word (St.); rfr. 

pandana. 
Iliviokua kwanza, ilio sasa, na itakavio niuma- 

yetu, as it was before, as it is now, and as it 

tcill be aftcr us. 
Flizi, *., a small round thing he\d to be a greot 

cJtarm against lions (St.) ; cfr. y& ' debilitavil. 
Ilkanun, 8. (cfr. Greek icapu>r, a measure, ruic. 

standard), canon, regula; bilkanuni, by the rvle * 

cfr. ^i pcrquisivit ; O^ * 
I'lki (or iuki), »., cardamom. 



IM 



( 107 ) 



IN 



I'ma, v. n. (old language) — ku simama, to stand 
up, to rise, to stand erect; fig., n6no kuba lita- 
tu-simama mbellezetu — litakoja juictu, an 
important matter wiU befaU us; ndia yaku ima, 
a straight road. 

ImamIa, v. obj., to stand out to one % to rUe upon, 
to befall one ; mtu huyu ame-m-tukana wali, 
ncno kuba lita-m-simaniia mbellezakwe. 

Imibha (or imiza) (imibsa) — ku simika, to Uft 
up, to set up, to make to stand; e.g., ku — 
mling6ti, to stt up the matt of a ship; ku 
simika mbu, to have erectiona ofthetnale yard 
(and in conseauence fiux of the sperm) ; daua 
ya ku simika mbo (e.g., by brandy), the mtdi- 
cine which causes erections ofthe yard. 
Ima, v. a.; ku ima, to eat up food providedfor 

otherpeople; ame-tu-ima, he Jias eaten our share 

as well as his oicn (St). 

Ima-ima, either, or ; nbawa hu unatakata ima-je ? is 
thisfeathtr dean or not? (lit.,or wliat Uitf)\ cfr. 

U\ , an non ? 

Imani, *. (ya), confidence, faith, belief; imani kua 
Mungu, faith or confidence in Ood; upanga wa 
imani, the sicord of safety, which does not bend; 

yuna wikono wiwili wia juma ; cfr. q+\ , fidit, 

s - 

nixus fuit ; ^U^ , fides, reb'gio. 

» 

Imara, s. (YSL),firnines8, hardness, solidity, strength, 
said ofsubstances and things which do not break 
or whic/i are hard; kiti hiki kina imara, haki 
vundiki, this cliair U btrong, it does not break; 
nti hi ina imara, hcitimbiki, thU ground is hard, 
it cannot be dug. 

I'mba, v. »., to sing; Jtence imbo (la, j>/. maimbo), a 
song (vid. gnimbo and uimbo, pl. nimbo). 
Imbia, v. obj., to sing to or for one; e.g., u-mu- 

imbie gnimbo, aitikie. 
Imbika, v. n., to be capable ofbeing sung. 

Imbisha, r. c, to cause or make sing. 
Imbiwa, v.p. 
Imbu, *., mosquitocs (rectius m'bu, vid.). 

Imisha, v. c, to cause to statul, to set up; vid. ima, 
v. n. 

Ina, it luts; e.g., niumba hi ina mawe mazuri, this 
house hasfine stones. 

Isama (not ku nama but ku inama), v. n., to stoop, 
to bend down, to bow, to slope; jua laanza ku 
inaraa, ndo majira ya elasiri, tlit sun declines, 
that U the time q/*elaeiri ; niumba ina-ni-(i)oamia 
pekeyangn, tJte hou-se depends on mystlf alone. 
N.B. JSlaces and straiigtrs generaUy use ku nama 
for inama. 

Inamia, v. obj., to bend or stoop towards (?) or 
forward. 



Inamisha, r. c, to make to stoop or to bow, to 
bend; e.g., ku inamisha mti, to bend a tree. 

Jmnamia, contr. ku-ji-namia, to bow ones-se 1 }'. 

Ji-iNAMisuA, v. refi.; e.g., ku-ji-inamisha (or 

inama) kua ku lima, to bow on£s-self in tilling 

the ground. 

Inchi, adj. (Kiung.), cfr. nti, country, land, earth. 

I'nda (or ku winda), r. a., to hunt; (2) inda, *.; 

ku-m-fania mtu inda, to give a man trouble (?) 

(neno asilo daka) ; bad habit, impertiiuince ( — 

ubishi) (R.). 

Inoia, ingilia, ingiza, ingiliza, rid. ngia, ngib'a» 
v. 11., to enter, to come or go into. 
Inoa, v. a. ; ku inga na ku suda, to scare poultry 

(cfr. tunga and shnnga. 
Ikoi, adj., much, many; jingi, ingine, different, 

otJ&r ; muingine or mungine, mgine, jingine, nin- 

gine, pangino or pingine, pl. wangine, mangine. 
Inoni (or rectius egni), having, possessing, trith 

it forms muegni, wegni, yegni, legni, kegni, 

vegni, zegni, and pegny. 
I'nou (dimin. khnou), h. (la, pl. ma — ) cfr. 

mbingu), a cloud. 
Ingua, v. a. ; ku — p6vu la tembo (or la tongu or la 

tui), to ecarc, to take off tlut froth of tembo, or 

ants, <i'c. 
Ini, s. (la, pl. maini), liver; ini la gnombe (ini, 

wengu, pafu, fio, firingizi, figo, all these words 

must be dUtinguUhed from each other). 

I'hIa (or ignIa) (wa), mother (= mviazi) (Kigun.) ; 

inia ndie alie-m-nia muana! vul. ku nia or ku 

gnia; niawe amekuja, his mother casr.e; nana, 

grandmother. 
Iniancka, v. 11., to be cut or torn to pieces; e.g., 

nguo hi inianuka, heishon6ki tena, thU cloth U 

quite torn to pieces, it cannot be mended any 

more. 
InIka, v. a. (opp. anika) («= ku laza upande), (1) to 

lay doicn, to put on one side (e.g., ku inika 

ralimnu, to lay down tlte lemon-iree in order to 

get its fruits), to careen a boat; e.g., ulaze dau, 

sermalla atie hasho, careen the boat and let the 

carpenter put apiece ofwood into it; usi-u-inike 

mzigo, simika wema, do not pui thc load awry, 

but put it straight; ku inika majembo, to form 

the outer side of hoes (rfr. mfumbe) ; mpunga 

unainika kossi or shuke la mpunga lainika kossi, 

tlit rice droops; kn inika usso or kitoa nti (ku ji- 

inika), to let tlutface or head droopfrom griefor 

in mourning; (2) trop.; hapana mtu awezayo ku- 

mu-inika mnegni mkil, nobody can bring doicn a 

proud man. 

Inikia, v. obj. ; ku inikia tuo la tini, to hem the 

lowerpart ofa cloth. 

Inikiza, v. c, to turn round; mualimu ame- 

inikiza watu kua ku salli. 



Ikna, adv. t truly; Arab. q\, utique, equidem. 



IN 



( 108) 



18 



Inbualla, please Ood, if God permit or tcill 

(Arab.), perhaps : uS\ &> &\. 

Inua, v. a., to lifi vp; e.g., ku im'ia mato ku angalia 

ju, to lifi up the eyes, to look vp ; trop., ku imia, 

to raise vpfrom sickness — ku afu. 

Inuka, r. n., to be lified vp, to be erect (mlima 

unainiika kua Mungu), to become raised. 

Inuliwa, r.p.; mlima haukuinuliwa ni watu, tJte 

mountain was not raised by mtn. 

Jmnua, to rUe; ku iniia juani. 

Inulika, r. ?i. 

InulIa, c; e.g., ku inulia gadi kati ya mgomba 

ulioinama kua ndizi kiia kuba. 

Inuiliza, r. a.; e.g., ku-m-inuliza mzigo, to lift 

upon him a load. 

Inzi, *. (vid. n'zi or n'si) (wa, pl. mainzi), a fiy, 

gnat (?). 

Iotte, all, every one, the ichole; it cJtanges like thc 

possessive pronouns, otte, iotte, chotte, lottc, 

wotte, zotte, potte. 

I6we (i6k), *. (la, pl. maiowc), a cry, noise = kclclc, 

pl. makelele; la niui iowe hili? icliat is this 

noise forf ku piga iowe, to make an outcry, 

noise (Kipemba). 

Ipa, r. a. % to long for everything onc sees, to desire 

to Jutve, to want; ku-i-pa roho mbelle, to give up 

tJie mind to, to covet; muivi ana-i-pa roho mbelle, 

kisha yuwaiba kua wazi (kua ku shiriki roho), tJie 

tJiief takes first tJie purpose (in mind), tJten Jte 

steals recdly; ku-i-pa roho mbelle, ku fania 

thambi. 
I'pi, s. (lu, pl. nia — ) (old language) — konde ; ku 

piga ipi or kondo, to strike with knuckles of tJte 

fist; but ku piga ngumi means, to beat with tJte 

inner part of tJie fist. Jn tJte former case tJte 

blow is given obIiqueIy, tn tJte second horizon- 

taUy; ku piga ipi or koude kua niuma ya 

wianda, or kua ku finikiza winnda wiliofumboa, 

laken ku piga ngumi kua ku sindikiza wianda, 

kana kua ku vunda nazi ; ku piga ipi, to slapone 

on tJie face. 

ln V what f kama ipi ? how f ( ? ). 

I'pu, *. (la, pl. maipu or mapu), boU, tumour. 

Ipua, r. a., to taJce offtJiejirc (St.). 

Ibgano (ar rioano), s. «= mze wa mbclle. 

Ieiba, s., vsury ; rfr. Arab. y» auctus fuit; Vj. > 
quod capitur in vcnditione supra prctium consii- 
tatum; usura. 

Irika, c. «., to faint (R.)? cfr. jjjfc , emaciatus 

fuit, scgnis fuit, or «Ac , menstruis laboravit. 

Irikba, r. c, to trouble (?) 

IuiwA, «., a vice (scrcw) ; cfr. S^c , ansa situlao 

vel urcei. 
Isa (or wiha), (1) to love and please (in tJte dd 

language and in poetry) ; (2) to swaUow up, to 

satisfy the JtearVs (or ajrpetite's) desire (vid. 



kongue), to conceive an unreaeonabU love or 
partiality for one. 
Isara, «., calumniation (?); kn-mu-aairi, kn-m- 

kashifu, ku-m-fania isara (cfr. !,£* , molesta 
res, advcrsitaiO, to baekbite, calumniate, U> 
defame one. 
Ifiii, ejaculation = sh. 

Ibha, v. a. t ku isa or ku isha (kwibha), tofinish, 

to bring to a close or end; pumri lime-ni-iaha or 

lime-ni'sba, my breath is finished (hana tarara 

tena ya ku enda mbio) ( j^» » tractus, extre- 

mitAs rei, latuB) ; ikisha ku isha, where or ifit is 

finisJied tofinisJi. When prectded hy thepron. 

a, a and i is contracted into e-eaha; maneno 

esha or yesha ku isha, tJie words are at an end; 

gnombe wana we'shea pro waishia, there are no 

morc cowsfor slavghter ; niki iaha mnona re- 

hini, ta-ku-pa jawabu langu ; n'le ishua ni fetha, 

I Jtad no more money. Kwisha (— ku isha) tf 

vsed as an auziliary; e.g., amekwisha piga, ke 

Jias already beaten; amekwisha kuja, he has 

come already; alipokwisha ku enda, when ht 

Jiad gone ; akaisha, and Jte hadfinished, or when 

Itc had done tJiis; akesha or akUha, after thmt 

(andfinishing tJiat). 

IsnfA, t;. obj. (= malisia), to finish, to tettle a 
tJiing for somebody; ngoja, ni-ku-iahie (ni-kn- 
malisie) manenoyako nliotumoa, traft, let me 
finish for you the matter for which I have 
becn sent; ame-ni-ishia waliwangu pia, he ha* 
eatcn vp all my rice. 
IshilIa, v. obj. ; ku-mu-ishilia mnezi. 
IsniLWA, r. «. ( = ku malisa) ; e.g., ku — muezi 
(ku ishilisa muisho), to compUte the month of 
service (to Jiis master). 
Ihiiar v, s. (ya, pl. za) ( = delili, alama), (1) some- 
tJiing strange or remarkable; (2) omen, pro- 
gnosticjoreboding, mark; tumeona ishdra muaka 
hu = tunieona tusijo 6na mbelie, tce have eeen 
tJu's year wJiat wc have not seen before; iahara 
ni jambo lisitnssalo kuja ; hi ni ishara ngema y» 
mvua or ya jua, tJtis is a good sign ofrain or 
svn; (3) pattern, kind = genzi or gissi. The 
following occurrences are ishara, e.g. t (1) tako 
likipiga, ni ishara ya matanga, ku ketinti; («) 
ukope wa tini ukipiga, ni ishara ya mat6ri ku 
lia ; (K) mafungio ya sanda yakipiga, ni ishaia 
ya ku fiwa ; (4) mkercsa kiunsa (popo) akilia, 
mtu atafiwa, ni isharayakwe ; ame6na ishira, *f 
Jias seat or got signs or omens (ofdeath), when 
tJiis or tJtat birdcrics, or this or that thing 
happens ; iambo udakalo u-ni-fanie ishara, show 
me ichat yov desire to have ; nime-ku-6nia ishara- 
yangu, kama hi, or gissi kana hi ; ishara ya 
neuo hi ndakavo mimi, / tcant a cloth Wx this. 



nguo 
Arab. ij&\ 



18 



( i°9 ) 



JA 



I'shi, v. , to live, to last, to endure ; vid. aishi ; 

^ ^ " * 

\Ju\c , vitara duxit ; nimeishi minka arbaini, 
/ liredforty years, I amforty years ofage (cfr. 
maisha, Ufetime). 
Isilakhi, &., gain ; sikununiia kitu hiki, hakina 

• — — c — 

isilakhi (R.) ; cfr. Kst} n* , utilitas, commodum. 

Oj 

Isilamu (or Islam), s. (wa,/)f. Maislam) ( *JL*« 

Muhammedicae religiouis coltor vel assccla), a 
Muhammedan ; mtu wa poiini ni I'slam or Mu- 
islam ; watu wa pouni ni Islam or Waislam, the 
coast-man is a MuJtammedan, the coast-people 
are Multammedans ; or mtu wa poani ni Msa- 
liminaorMsalihina, or Mslimina, pl. Wasalihina ; 

cfr. ^* ' 
I'simu (or ismu), name, the name ofGod; Arab. 

Isipokua, wliere there is not, cj'cept, but (vid. 

Gram.). 
Istiska, *., dropsy (St.) ; U—?...\ . 

Istiwai, 8. ; hat el istiwai, tlie Eipiator; \yZ~l\ W, 

linea aequinoctialis. 
Ita, v. a., (1) to caU, to summon,to innite ; ku taja, 
signifies, to name one, to give one a name, to call 
one X. X; hut ku ita, tocaU, invite; e.g., nime- 
mu-ita, laken amekata kuja, / caUed him, hut he 
refused to come; (2) to cast in a numld (St.) ; 
ku itoa, r. m., to he caUed. Afttr wa andhefore i 
hoth a and i are changed into e (wi') ; ku w'eta, 
itistead o/ku-wa-ita, to call them. 
Itana, r. rec, to call each other. 
Itja, v. obj., to cail one for — , to call for some 

object. 
Itika, v. — ku-m-jibu, to answer one % * call; bana 

ame-mu-ita mtiitna, nai (na huyu) ame-itika, 

tfie master called the shicc, and he responded 

to the call. 



ItikIa, v., to ansicer the call for one, in lus 

beluilf; mtuma ame-mu-itikia banawakwe; 

ku-mu-itikia sauttiyakwe kua uimbo, tofaU in 

icith one's roice in singing. 
InKizA, r. - ku kubali, ku ridia manenoyakwe, 

to approve one's word, to assent to. 
Itikoana, v. e., to respond one to the other, to 

acclaim mutuaUy, to caU to ntutuaUy. 
Ithini (or eithini), s., permission, sanction (vid. 
idini or eidini,page 106); ku toa ithini, to sanction. 
ItiiAfu, *. - kh6fu; hapana itilafu, there is no 

fear; cfr. «JU? , periit; uUJ, intcritus, cxitium. 

Ito, s. (la) ; ito la gii (giiu), the anhle. 

Iva, r. v., to ripen, to be complctely coohed; ma- 

embe yanakua yaiva mmoja mmoja, the mangoes 

became ripe every one ofthem. 

Ivisha, v. c.; muembe waivisha or unakua 
waiviaha. 

Ivo (pl. maifo) (of a keke), vid. niudi and msuka- 

wdno. 
lvu (pl. maivu), ashes. 
Iwa, r. »., vid. ia. 
Iwihha, r. c. ( = akilisha or wakilisha), to deiiver 
up to one tlte demand for payment ofa debt, 
i-e., to commission one to call in a debt; nimc- 
mu-iwisha Abdalla, adake deniyangu, or mali- 
yangu kua fclani, / charged Abd. to demand 
my property from X.N. 
Iwapi ? ichere is it t 
Iwisa (or ivIsa), adj.; i ivisa, a bad egg (;//. mai 

mawisa), bad eggs (cfr. wisa, spoUed). 
Itai (or yayi), s. (R.) - mai (Kiung.), eggs. 
bx, v. a., to refuse (St.). 

Izara, r. a., to pMish things about a person, to 
teU scandal aboutand thus calumniate aperson; 

j-ie, publicc protulit sermonem? j\ , memo- 
ravit? 



Ja (better cha) (pl. via), one of the genitive 
partides (vid. Gram.), denoting of; e.g., kitu 
cha m'tu, tlte matter of tlic man. 

Ji, v. n. ; kuja (rid. Gram.) (kuya in Kidmn), to 
come ; amekuya leo, he came to-day ; hakuiala 
usiku kuja or tangu usiku hatta ku kaja muanga, 
he did not sleep from nightfaU to daybreak, lit., 
tiU the light came ; amekelcti kiija, he sat up aU 
night till daylight; alikuja toawa, ku being 
omitted wlten a rerbfoUows after ja. 
Jajia, v. obj. 

Jia, v. obj., tocome to orforhimor uponhim;e.g., 
mgeni ame-ni-jia leo or mgC>ni amekuja kuangu 
lco, a stranger came to me to-day. TJtey say 



also jajia; e.g., siku hizi kazi ina-ni-jajia, 
eipati nafasi, on these days Igot mucJi business, 
Iwas neverfree. 
Jika, v. ii. f comeablc (if this icere an English 
word), accessibie; mji hu haujiki, this town is 
not accessible. 

Jilia, r. obj. - jia = fikilia. 

Jiwa (or jiliwa), pass., to be come, to be over- 

taken; nimejiwa or jiliwa ni mgeni leo, Ihave 

been overtaken by a stranger. 

Ja (or cha), s., tea. 

Ji, v. n. (cfr. cha, v. «.), to be afraid; yuwaja ku 
enonda pekoe, he is afraid to go alone. 



JA 



( iio) 



JA 



Jksha (or tkwia), t;. c, to cause to be afraid, to 

make afraid. 
Ku j6a (or kit j£w a), 2>a$8. t to befeared; ame- 
jewa, he wasfcared. 
Ja, a partide used to form several tenses, (1) ja 
with po, even if; a-ja-po, and in the plural wa- 
ja-po ; e.g., a-japo ku-penda, even iflie love tliee, 
pl. wa-japo ku penda, ecen if ttiey love tltee ; (2) 
icith negative prefijces ; ha-ja-ona, he has not yet 
seen ; ha-ja-ja, he is not yet come ; (3) asi-ja penda, 
before or ere he loves, or that he may not have 
loved; yasyawa haya iote (yoto), all this notyet 
being or existiny ; hawajakiila araani kabla hu- 
ja-tia, before thou puttest in; si je'nda pro si ja 
enda. 
Ja (jaa), r. 7i., to becomefuU, to be abundant with 
— kua tellc ; kasha linaja nguo, the box is full 
of cloth; maji yamcja jana nlipopita, na sasa 
yaj'a or yanajii tena, tlte water was full (tlie tide 
icas high) yesterday wlien Ipassed, and now it is 
full again, i.e., it is flood-tidc, ku jaa inshumbi, 
tlie tide is coming in. 

Jauza, v. a. t tofill vp ; ujalize wino kik/>mbe (or 

kibao) hatta ujae telle, hakika ushinda sasa, 

fiU up the glass with ink, tiU it befulI,for now 

it is only Italf fuU, or not quite fuU. Tupa 

sasa ishinda mafiida, ujalize telle, the bottle is 

notfull ofoil now,fiU it up completely. 

JAwa, v. p. % to be filled with, to be full of; 

alikua akijaa roho takatifu, Luke iv. 1 ; 

ku jawa ni khofu, Luke i. 12, to be fiUcd with 

fear; maji yamejawa dudu, the water wasfull 

of insects ; laken mtungi umrjaa maji the jar 

isfnll of matcr; cfr. Luke vi. 11, wakajawa ni 

wazimu. 

Jaza, r. c, to make full, to fiU vp ; ku tia 

telle. 
Jazoa, v. n.,to befiVed. 
Ja, *., a placc tchcre rubbish is throicn. 
Jaa, s. ; sbika majira ya jaa, steer northwards 
(St.) ; cfr. majira, the course ofa ship, to be dis- 
tinguished from majira, time ; majira, cfr. Arab. 
y^» , lata per mare fuit navis, vel cum sono 
sulcavit illud, vel ventum obviam sibi habuit. 
Jaali, r. n. \ U. , magnificavit), to be potent or 

powerful, toprosper; mtu huyu amejaali muaka 
hu *- ameja mali'tclle, he prospcred, 

Jaalia, r. c, to make onc potcnt, to give one 
authority, to prosper or bless onc; Mungu ame- 
m-jaalia mali (= ku pata mali) ; Mungu aki-tu- 
jaalia, tutakuenda kesho, if God enables or 
prospers us, we shaIlgoto-morrotp(ak\-tu-{an.h\a ) 
aki-tu-kabalia). 

JaalIwa, i\ n., to be enabled, to bc givcn power, to 
bc bh'sscd ; ku jaaliwa ni Mungu. 

Jabai.t, t., a rock, rocky hilt; kaburi iliotimboa 



katika jabali, Luke xxiii. 53, a rocky mountain ; 

Jabali (majabau), *., a thick mass ofdoud. 
Jabari, s. (magmu, omnipotens, absoluti imperii, 

dominus; X^ ) absdute king orruler (a title ef 

Ood). 
Jadi, v. a., to demand a thing urgentty and vio- 

lently ; cfr. \&+ > postulavit petiitve ut daretar 

quid; ame ni-jadi hatta nime-n>pa. 
Jadi ka jadi — milele na milele. 
Jaddi, 8. (ya) (- nda), hunger, starvation (Kiun- 

9*i a ) ; c f r - go*. , malum alimentum accepit 
maleve nutritus fuit; araeahikoa ni jaddi or 
shungitati. 
Jaddi, s. (ya,pl. za), Capricorn; ^^ , haedus, 

capricornus, signum celesto viginti et octo sidera 
complectens. 

Jaddi, s. (ya, pl. za) ( £ , SYua), grcat-grand- 

father (babu, grandfather), ancestor ; mtu hnyu 

ni sheha tangu jaddiyakwe. 
Jadili, r. a., cfr. haji or hoji, hujiana. 

Jadiliana, v.rec. ( = hujiana), to argue icith; 
cfr. Arab. Jj^ , firmus fuit, altercatua fait, 
disceptavit. 
Jafi, 8., an insect, which creeping over the body 

causes marugurugu (rid.). 
JAfu, *., a kind of basket made of mia Jbr catek- 

ing shrimp8 ; it has holes, so that the icater may 

run through, whilst tlie shrimps remain (vid. 

mfumbi). 
Jafua, r. a. (Kimwita) - tefua (Kitindini) - kn 

tia taka, to make muddy (cfr. tcfua). 

Jafuka, t\ w., to be dirty; niumba inajsiuka 
yadaka fagiwa. 

JafulIa, r. obj., to dirty, soil, bedaub ; ana-ni- 
jafulia nguoyangu. 
Jaoa, s., a frame-work for pvtting corn tt'c. in. 
Jaoina, s. (pl. majagina\ bold, brave, gaUant; 

mtu huyu ni jagina (mtu mkali, hachi), rid- 

chagina, page 33. 

Jaha, *. (ya, za) ( j^ , potentia, dignitas), 
power, authority; sultani ame-m-pa wali jaha ya 
watu, the king has given tlte govemor power 
over tliepeople; (2) goodfvrtune; zamani saka 
toka jiia hakuna upepo (Sp.) ; (3) kilango ja 
jaha or pep6ni, tlie door of paradise, urhiek the 
Suahili imagine they see open at nigJu now and 
tlien seeing a very bright sj)ot ofheaven. 

Jahabu, v. a.; ku — jombo poani, toshort up t tohfi 
up a vcs8el. 

JaiiabIwa (= gadimiwa, to be erected on 
ports. 

Jahabu, 8. (ya, ;>/. nia— ), svjiport ; ku wokajombo 
jii ya majahabu. 



JA 



( "i ) 



JA 



Jahazi, s. (ya, pi ma— ), a ship, vessel, especiatty 

baghala, ghanju. 
Jaiii, *., the North Pole. 
Jaiu, v., to 0«?e honour to. 

Jaiiiwa. 
Jahili, v. a., no* tofear any one, to he brave; ku 

jahili-neno, ame-m-jahili mtu (laken Mungu ha- 

jahiliki) asie khofu ya watu. 

Jahiliana, v. rec. (kua na daua na mtu hatta 
ku pigana). 
Jahili, adj. ands., eourageous, brave; asie khofu, si 

muoga (majahili ni ku iba tunu ya mesgidi ?). 
Jahim, s., hell; muegni pepo na jahim, the lord of 

paradise and hell; cfr. *»***• , ignis ingens ; 

ignis inferni. 
Jaja, v. n., to begin to rot, to be spoUed; wali hu 

unajaja, tJiis boiled rice begins to spoU. 
Jaja, s. (ya, sa), a kind of grass growing in wet 

places, a Tcind o/mboga? (R.). 
Jajaoa, v. a. ; ku — nguo, to wasJi a doth by rvb- 
bing it between tJie hands, not by beating it upon 
a stone, as is customary wiih native washermen 
(by being beaten softly it sounds ja, ja, ja); 
ujajage nguoyangu, usi-pure (vid. pura or pu&ya, 
r. a.), to wash a cloth by beating iiona stone. 
Jajaniaa, v. a., to out-roar, to interrupt one in 
speaking by a noisy behaviour; ame-ni-jajanisa 
kua maneno mangi. 
Jaji, s. (pl. majaji), an egg (Kiung.) 
JajIa, v. obj. (cfr. chachia), cumtdaie,press, avg- 
ment; siku hizi kazi ina-ni-jajia, or zime-ni- 
jajia, sipati nefasi, or raha ya ku keti, in these 
days my business or my occvpations accumulate 
upon me, Jcannot take rest; vid. }ia,page 109. 
Jajua, v. a., to sour, to make sour; ku — mtuzi 
(Sp.). 

Jajuka, v. n., to become or turn sour (ku pata 
ukali, ku pata kiungo). 
Jaka, v. n. (= ku legca, ku ran'ika), to get old or 
icorn out (vid. kiiku) ; nguo imejaka or imekua 
kuku, the cloth is worn out, is shabby. 
Jaka, ni sika sizizo kua na mviia (cfr. harara), a 
day when tliere has been no rain ; wakati wa 
jaka, wiuter4ime. 
Jakaja, v. a., (1) topound oil (=> ku ponda mafuta 
kua kinu, but ku shindika kua ngamia, topound 
oil in a mortar, not by the mill driven by a 
camel; cfr. shindika); (2) ku jakaja niumba ~ 
ku takassa niumba, ku fania tupu topu sebabu 
ya ku tama, to empty one's house when one 
emigrates, to clear a Jiovse ; (3) tombako ni 
jakaja or dakata heifai, ni t6mbako dufu lisilo 
asha menoni, mild tobacco which does not burn 

the mouth. 
Jakajika, v. n., to bepounded very much; mafiita 

yamejakajika sasa « yamcpondeka sana yamc- 



Jakapu (Kijomvu), an animal which eats poultry 

(hana, Kimvita) (Sp.). 
Jakahi, s., vid. bori. 
Jakula, s. (cha, pl. via — ), food, eatables (= kitu 

cha kiila). 
Jakunoa, s. (cha, pl. viakunoa), drinking. 
Jalada, *. (ya, pl. za), the cover of a bound book; 

cfr. jJLj» , excoriavit, in corio compegit (librum) ; 

jJL^. , cutis, corium; (2) a whip; ku-m-piga 

jalada. 
Jali, adj. — salikhi ; rokhoyangu jali, pure, up- 
right ¥ 

Jali, v. o., topvt; J«^. , posnit, fecit, abundavit, 
constituit; Muungu aki-ni-jalia, if Ood spares 
my life. 

Jali, v. a. (vid. jaalia), to regard one, to reverence 
one, to fear; ku-mu-angalia sana, to enable one 
to have respect for one; e.g., ratu huyu ame-m 
jali Mungu, na Mnngu ame-m-jalia; mtu huyu 
ha-ni-jali = ha-ni-sikii. 
Jalia, t;. obj., to grant, bestow (» bariki) ; Muun- 

gu ame-in-jalia sirki or risiki. 
JalIwa, v. p., to have power, to be enabled or 
hlessed. 

Jaliza, r. a. (vid. ja, v. c), to makefuU, tofill vp. 
Jalizia, v. obj., to JUl for one; ku-m-jalizia 
kasha, tofiU tJie boxfor one (— timisia). 

Jamaa, r. a., to coUect togetJier, to gather. 

Jamaa (or jama), *. (ya, pl. za), famUy, company, 

society; £♦<*-, collegit, congrcgavit; lcUi. 
turba, agmen, multitudo, synagoga, concilium. 

Jamala, courtesy, good manners, eleganee . \*+ t 
pulcher tam corpore quam moribus, elegans 
decorus fuit ; J W » elegantia. 

Jamakda, *. (la, pU. majamanda), a round basket 
with a cover, both made of mia ; kijamanda, a 
smaU basket of this Jcind. 

Jamba, r. ii., to break wind loudly; e.g., punda 
yuwajamba kua kelcle ; cfr. shnta, mashuzi and 
ushuzi. These words must be distinguisJted. 

Jamba, s., breaking ofwind. 

Jamba (or najamda) = nakuamba (ku amba), conj., 
if, tJiougJi, notwithstanding. 

Jamba, *., wJute fiim oftJie eye; muegni jamba, a 
per8on with a wJiite film on his eye; mtu huyu 
ana jamba cha jito, or ana kiini jeupe cha mato ; 
cfr. upogo. 

Jamba, 8. (or kiamba) (pl. wiamba), (1) small 
rock (muamba, a large rock) ; (2) jengo, con- 
struction (pl. viengo) ; vilifio katoa kasidi ku-m- 
pigia jamba or viamba, to make hvis for way- 
laying one, the robbers cutpart oftJie wood near 
tJte wayside, where they dweU, to waylay 
travellers. 

JambIa (la, pl. majambia) (vid. gambia), a curved 



JA 



( "O 



JA 



dagger carried in the girdle by the Arabs; 
jambia lameta kumoja, Bi kuili, tlie dagger ts 
bright on one side t not on two sides; laken 
«panga kumeteka koto kote, but thc sword glitters 
on aU sides. 

Jambo, *. (ja, pil. viiimbo), bait; kitu cha ku fulia 
samaki, a baitfor catcJiing fish ; — cha ku tegea 
niuni, to catdi birds; ku weka or tia jambo 
katika mtambo, to put a bait into a trap. 

Jambo, s. (la, pl. majumbo or mambo) (from ku 
amba), state, thing, matter, circumstance, dx.; 
nini jambo hili? irhat is the matterf ame-ni- 
tenda kulla jambo la wema, lte shoiced me all 
possible kindness; jambo, for si jambo, / am 
tcett; hujambo, you are wcll; hajambo, he is icell; 
jambo aana, / am very u>eU ; cOc. 

Jambua, v. a. (vid. shambua pamba, to ckan 
cotton), to clean, e.g., cotton, 

Jamdubu? ja-m-futia? (Sp.). 

Jamei, *., unnatural carnal intercourse; ku fania — , 
to commit sodomy. 

Jami, v. n., to have connection tcith, to copulate. 

Jamia (or jamii), r. a., to assemble, gather (watu 

na ote). 
Jamia (or jamii), *., tlie mass, tlie body of, many ; 

pia zote ; watu wote, tlie tcliole human race. 

Jamusha, v. c, to gatlier. 

Jamila ; J***- , omentum liqucfactum. 
Jamira and jamia; ta-m-fania jamira katika 
moyo =* wangu (R.), sina jumia ya ku-m-fania 

hatta akakiuai rokhoni muakwe?^W*. , mcdulla. 

Jamsakakoa, *., breakfast; chakiila cha Biibukhi 
(ku amsa or amsha or fungiia kanoa, to awakc 
or open the nwuth). 

Jamvi, s. (la, pl. majiimvi), a large mat ofcoarsvly 
pUutedpaJm-Ieaves; jamvi la ku tandika niumbani 
katika matiinga. The Suahili consider a mat on 
tlie fioor to tread ttpon a sign of mourningl 
They sit, eat, antl sleep on a mat t but do not 
tread upon it * Tliey make rarious kinds of 
mats, some of them vcry neat and fine (vid. 
mkeka). Tt is chiefiy the work of the tromen. 
The mats tchich have becn tiscd in burying a 
corpse are given to the rnosaue, which is covered 
in thc inside with mats for the use of thepray- 
ing people. 

JAna, *. (la.^/. ma— ), the larva of a bee (vid. ma- 
jana) ; jana la niuki, the empty cell of a comb, 
but kamba laniuki, the cellfutl ofhoney; hamna 
asali, tua-ji-tafunia majana. 

Jana, adv., yesterday; siku ya jana, the day 
qf yesterday; ku shinda jana = jiizi, theday 
before yesterday ; jana, last year. 

J aha, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a lad, vid. mtukutu ; jana hili 
ni tukutu m'no, this lad is very restkss. 

•* ^ •■» 

Janaba, s. (la, pl. ma- ) (cfr. ^j^. , declinavit ; 



0» **^ 



AjU*. t pollutus fuit effluxu ■eminia), JUth, un- 
cleanness after cohabitation ; hence the injune- 
tion given to tlie Muhammedans, to toash thew- 
selves; mtu huyu ana janaba (taka) asipoogi, 
akilala na mke. 
Janda, s. (Ia, pt, ma — ), leaf; jaoda la mnuai, kaf 

of the cocoa-nut tree. 
Janda, 8. (ja, pl. vianda), afinger; (1) janda cha 
gumba, tlte thumb; (2) janda cha ahahada, tke 
fore-finger; (3) janda cha toka, midale-finger ; 
(4) janda cha kati ya kando (or janda cha 
muandamiri wa misho) ; (5) janda cha miaho or 
cha kando. The middlefinger is caUed janda 
cha toka (finger oflime) because tke Suahili taix 
the lime used in uraibu (vid.) with that finger ; 
if they do not, it will judge them on the day of 
judgment, as tlieir fabulUts tell thenu 

Jandala, s. (cka.,pl. viandala), aremnant offood; 
ku m-wekca mume jandala, to preeerce for the 
husltand (separately and purposely) a remnant 
offootl, which the wife gives him after the gutsts 
are gone. She does it from the tender eon- 
sideration, tltat her husband might not hatt 
eaten enough, the guests consuming aU. 

Jandarua ( or jendarua) (cha. pl. viandania), a* 
tucning (ku tungika or funga ngiio). 

Janoa, adj., young, unripe; hakitasaa kn ira 
janga kitu kijanga, something unripe; embe hili ni 
janga ; mtoto mjanga ; mahindi majdnga ; ndia 
nijanga. 

Janga, s. (ja, pl. vianga) ; jnnga cha mato, dimnem; 
haoni sana, yuna kiza cha mato ; hana janga cha 
mkono, haua khofu ya ku suia mkono, he robs 
suddenly. 

Janoa, r. a. (- Bhanga), to split (tcood) (Kiun- 
guja). 

Janua, s. (rid. kianga), clear weather after tkt 
rain has passed ; linatoka jua, mfiia inakwiska 
kugnia, the sun has risen and the rain is orer. 

Jancjawe, s. (ya, pH. za), o pcbble (vid. kawe, 
gravel) ; jangaiwe ya jiwe. 

Janoo, *. (ja, pl. viango), (1) hook — ; kidiide ja 
ku angikia or tungikia kitu (ku tungika, to sv$- 
pend — ) (Kimrima)-, (2)/>/. o/ujango wa utumbo; 
utumbo is the great stomach ; ujango, the little 
one (/>/. jango), tlte smaU intestines ; cfr. ujangp 
and utcngelele. 

Jangua (pl. majangua), magn. of w&ngua (K.) 
(cfr. wiingoa or wangua), a large desert. 

Jangua, v. a. (Kipcmb.) = ku fumua miemba 
(Sp.). 
Jangulia, v. obj. ; ku-m-jangulia tangulezakwe. 

Janiata, v. a. (ku kata vidogo vidgo), to eut into 
small slices or pieces, e.g., cassava, bananas, dx. 
(vid. mjaniiito), to boil the whole togetJier. 

Janja, *., impostor = muongo; ujanja — urongo 
(Sp.). 



JA 



( 113 ) 



JA 



Jaxxa, h. (aid. gcnna), paradise ; cfr. ii> , hortus. 

Janni, s. Ja, pl. manni or majanni), a Uaf aUo 
gra**; janni ja mti, the leafofa tree; mnjanni 
.tignijU* generally any grass or Iierbage, but 
niassi U grass, not leaf. 

Jan.nikiwiti, green (tlw colour ofa green leaf) ; 
ngiio ya jannikiwiti, a green chth. 

Jano, 8. (cba, pl. vi — ), a 8ort oftable or low*tool, 
on tchich the Arabs pluce their food; jano cha 
kn andikia wali. 

Janhi, 8. (la, pl. ninjansi), cramp ; mtu nkiketi 
mno, yuwafania jansi la magfi ; kiifa jantri, sUep, 
Haid of a incmber oftlie body ; nasikia gulangu 
kama lililo tcnguka (when the foot is aslsep) ; 
gulangu lina-ni-fa jansi, my — U asJeep ; mukono 
wangu una-ni-fa jansi, niy luind U asleep. 

Janbo, 8. (ja, pl. vinnso), the beginning ofpHaiting, 
e.g., of a mat ; janso cba mkeka or janivi or 
shupatu akianza ku suka. 

Janvia *= jambia, vid. 

Jao, 8. (clia, pl. viao), roller, trestle ; jao ja ka 
slmlia dau (ku sbua or uhuaha dau), thepicce (or 
pieces) of tcood on tchich a boat is launched into 
tJic 8ea. 

Jao, 8. (chn,pL viao), a 8mall band, group, orcom- 
pany of people ( — kikao) ; waraekuja viao (or 
vikao) wengi hatta ku timia geshi ya watu, there 
came many bands ofpeople so that they made an 
army. 

Jai'A (or jai'ara), *., tjuite drunk ; mtu felani 
yujapa or japara lco, X. X. is to-day perfecthj 
drunk. 

Japo, 8ign ofa ten^c *ignifying " eren if;" ujapo- 
kuja, even ifthou comest ; ujapo fika, tren ifyou 
arrice. 

Japi'A, *. (cba, pl. viappa), (1) a mark, 8tamp 
( =* ahima) ; pipa linnandikoa jappa, the barrel 
has becn writtcn orer irith a mark — there U a 
mark written upon the barrel; ngome ya Mwita 
imeandikoa jappa (referring to the Jbrtuguese 
inscription on the castJe-gate at Mombas) ; (2) 
jappa cba ku fungia waraka (kua jcti or sam- 
niaha, seal of a lctter with wax or gum) ; (3) ku 
piga jappa cha juma katika kertaai, to print on 
paper, lit., to beat an iron-mark on paper; 
but only tliose natives icho have had intercourse 
icith Eurojieans know ofthU erpression ; (4) the 
fin offish 1 

Japua, v. a. = ku ongeza mlio wa ngoma, to increase 
the noUe of a drum; kujapua magu — ku fuliza 
(cfr. niatua). 
Japuka, v. n. = amekucm]a harraka, Iie tcent 

(juickly. 
Japumza, v. c. 

Japuo, s. (cha, pl. viapiio), a small natice drum; 
ng6ma ndogo (cfr. ngoma). 

Jaraha (or j£raiia), *., tcound; vid. goraha. 



Jakari, *., the ropes passing through the pulley 
attached to a dhow's halyard* (St.). 

Jaribu (oaribu), t\ a., to try ; s^- » probavit. 

Jarifa (j>1. ma — ), a drag-ntt matle of European 
cordage (vid. juya). 

Jaro, *. (cha, pl. viiiro), a band or company of 
travelUr*, a caravan, journey, cxpedition; 
mjaro i* one man of the company, a traveUer 
(pl. wajaro) ; ku fania jiiro =- ku»6affari (Kin. t 
ku bamba), to tracel, to make a journey for 
mercantile or otlie.r busines*. Mzungu (R.) ame- 
fania viaro vitiitu via Jagga, the European (R.) 
ha* made three journeya to Jagga ; na viaro 
viwili via Ukambani (Kr.), and two to Ukam- 
bani. The word jaro 1« Kinika, but now genc- 
raUy used by the Sualnli, who use " saffari "from 
tlie Arabic. 

Jako, *. {vid. fnjo, *.), thoroughfare; ku fania 
niumba jaro, to make a houseakind of thorough- 
fare. 

Jaha (or j.Vza), r. a. (rid. ku ja), tofill, makefuU; 
ku jaza tellc. 

Jaha (or jaza), s., recompense, reward, remuncrCL' 

tion. 
Jabaaa, *., a kind ofbead. 

Jabho, s. (harri or fuko la muili) (cfr. barri), Jteat 
which produces siceat without being caused by 
labour, perspiration (mfukuto) ; siku hakulaliki 
niumbani kua harri or ni harri ndani, one cannot 
s'eep in the Iiouse on account of tht lieat ; ku fania 
jasho, to swcat (jaslio la nnga). 

Jasi (or jazi), t?. a., to reward, Luke xx. 47 ; ku- 
m-jazi mtu kua woma or uofu, ku jaziwa jaza 
ngcma, to be well ntwarded; cfr. \y+ , subegit, 
retribuit. 

Jahi (or jazi), s. and adj. (cha, pl. vijani), abun- 
dance, a thing tchicli U abundant, plenty ; kitu 
hiki ni jazi mjini = jnpatikana tclle katika mji, 
tlitre i* /Aenty ofthi* thing in town; vijazi vitu 
hivi = tello humo ; kitu hiki kijazi = telle ; ma- 
rmbe ya jazi Mwitn, mangoes are abuudant at 
Mombas; pcsa zinakua jazi sasa, the pesa (a 
small copper-coin of the Eant India Company, 
anno 1845, introduced by the Sultun tiaid-Said 
on tlie Suahili coast) have now become abundant 
(tlie pcople of Mombas at fir*t having objected 
to this innovation) ; viombo vijazi — vinatamba, 
the ve*8eU are choke-fuU. 

Jahi, 8. [{&), a kind of pumice-sionc, used in making 
(suka) mikeka (Sp.). 

Jasi (or jazi), v. a., to suppiy one = ku-m-pakitu, 
to supply one's wants, to rtcompense one, Luke 
xiv. 14; pas*., ku jaziwa. 
Jazilia, v. obj., to retrard. 

Jahi (or jah8i\ 8. (la, pl. ma — ), an oruament in 
the lobe ofthe ears (round pieces ofwood or pf 
silver), worn by the native femaies; jaasi la 

1 



JA 



( "4) 



JB 



fetha — (cfr. farungu). It costs ahout 3 dottars, 
?.«., l^dollar for each car. I)r. /Steere 8ayt, 
" TJiis ornnmentwgeneraVyatilrer-pIate abottt 
an inch and a Jialf acro*8. 
Jabiri, v. a., to dare or brare ; amejasiri ndia 

pekeyakwe, Jie trarelled all the iray alone ; cfr. 

*» *» «• 

Arab. , i , ausus fuit. 
Jasirimiia, r. c. 
Jahihi, r. a., to erplore; ^j^. t captavit exy>loravit- 

que. 
J ahmik i {or j abmis), *.Jatmine. The fioirer* are *o!d 

in the ttreett of Zamibar for their *cent (St.). 
Jasubi, *. (wa, pl. wa — )? *p' ie8 (^P«)? Arab. 

(*-•— W 1 cxplorator; e.g., — wanti, a *py ofthe 

land. 
Javri, *., riolence, tyranny, oppre**ion, iuju*tice; 

Arab. **+ , from A+ t injustus fuit et tyrannus. 

JaCzi (jtftfzi or jozi), a pair, a bracc ; vitn viwili 

viwili. 
Jawa, a coarse kind of Indian earthemrare ; 

kikombe cha Jawn, a cup ofcoarse Indian tcare 

(St.). 
Jawa, r. (jnid. ja or jaa\ to befull orfitted ; waka* 

jawa ni wazimu {Luke vi. 12) ; inaji yamejuwa 

iludu 

Jawabu, 8. (la) ( v^tW , fidit, pcrvasit, respondit '» 

S-»^**. » rcBponsum), an*irer, affair, condUion, 
tl'C.; jawabu la kesbo huwanda leo ; ku lctta 
jawfibu, to bring an an*wcr ; jawdbu bili mimi 
sitambui, / do not under*tand thi* matter. 

Jawama, *., a *quadront i^Sp.). 

Jawawa, 8. t *oft wood; niti bu njawnwn, />/.mitihi 
nijawawa (11.), or mti hn ni jawa si mgiimu. 

Jawi (and habuni), *., kind of cloth of Arab 
manufacture (R.), perhapt rather of Kihindi. 

Ja7.a, v. a., tofitt; rid. jaa. 

Je? interrog. particle; wanemVjo? icJiat or Jioic 
do*t thou sayt je nilmlali (Luke xiv. 3 ; xi. 19), 
irhat is itt san-je? tchat'*o'clockt rar-zi-je? irhat 
month t 

Je ! well ! hutto! icJiat nmc! je, mli wa pata? icell, 
have you got it tlicn f an*., aba tu li wa pata. 

Jebali, *. (la, pl. ma — ), coral rock, madrepore; 
jcbali ni jiwo gumu balifai toktl ; jebali ni 
rouamba mkilfu ku suia bnhari. Makume iwe, 
Riwcmtu na Mku gnombe, pia ni iuagcbali : tee 
the *tory about these rock* under jiwe. 

Jebu, *., an ornament icorn by tcomen, hanging 
vnder the chin (St.). 

Jefua, v. a., to nau*eate = ku-mu-elcsa moyo; 

kitu biki kina-m-jefua mojo, this nauseate* him 

*o tliat he vomit* (vid. clea). 

Jkfuka, r. n., to feel a tendency to vomit; ame- 

jefuka moyo = ndaka ku tapika(i- ku jitnkisa 

moyo). 



Jefuhiia, r. c. ; kitu hiki kina-rc-jafusha moyo 
(kina-m-tukisa moyo), to cavse to vomit. 

Jkgk, 8. (la, 2*1. ma — ), bad by being uratery; 
niuhogo bu ni jcge, this cattada hat muchieater, 
but no meal, it i* bad, uteJett ; mjege (pl. mi — ) 
t* a small one, jege a large one ; the peopie of 
Pemba caU it jclema (vid.). 

Jeoni, adj.po88C88ive (cfr. muegni). 

Jtao, *. (la, pl. ma — ), cheek-tooth ; jego U ju na 
la tini, the upper and vnder cheek-tooth; majino 
ya tafn, grinder (Er.). 

Jehexxa (jehestkam), t., hett (Jame* 111. 8) ; my ley 
burn* me like jehennam, / trant medicine, taid 
a 8uahili-man to Reb.; cfr. **$* profundus 
puteus, gehenna, infernus, ipee inferoi ignia, 

Jekkj^ke, 8. and adv. (- tikitiki), completeiy (- 
kabisa, kamili), thoroughly ; niumba imeteketea 
jekejeke, heikusii hatta mti or hatta kitu, the 
hou*e is burnt doicn compUtely, notking rt- 
mained, not eren a polc, &c. 

Jkkk-jeke, 8., heat, tultrinett (Ktmrima) ; jeke- 
jeke nengi or kali leo, it i* rery tidtry to-day. 

Jekelea (or jeker£a), r. a. ( — ka-m-teremea), t» 
delight or refreth one by kindnets. 

Jekua, r. a., to dig up ; (1) fissi limejekua kabari,na 
meiti amejektika, kaburi ui waii, the hyena hat 
dug up (ku fukua) the grave, which is open ; (t) 
to throw up; gnombe mknli ame-ni-jekua — aae- 
ni-pign, a fierce buUock took me on itt homt to 
throw me to the sky (ka iniia). 
Jkkulia, r. obj. ; gtiombe ame-nvjeknKa. 
Jkkuka, r. 71., to be to**ed out or up by an ani- 
mal (cfr. tukiikn, r.). 

Jekundu, adj., red (r-id. ekundu). 

JKi.tiA. r. n. (rid. jfi or chii), to be afraid; kn kbufa, 
to fear ; na-m-jelea saidi ; najelea kufa, I fetr 
dying. 
Jklewa ; ku — na motto (?). 

J^i.kma, *. (la, pl. ma — ) (KijKmba) ; jelema la 
mubogo, a large cassada, tchich ha* muehwater, 
but no meal ; mjulema (wa, pl. mgelema) t a tmaU 
eattada m'thout meal. The Jlombaseiant catt it 
jego (la, jd. majcge) (vid.). 

Jki^wa, r. n. (rid. jelesa), to pat* the night, I» 
shep till daybreak or dayligld ; unajelewm ndiami. 

Jkleza, r. a. ( =. ku liisa), to make patm the night, 

to keep orer night; amejeleza wali hatta knnt- 

knja, to keep boiled rice over night tiU the breal 

ofday = ku ketisbausiku kuja ; kn jeleza muiki 

— ku ata hatta kuja, to let remainjor a night; 

ukuni bu wajeleza sana, umelala hatta na ■ulrakhi. 

Jelezt^a, r.obj., to keep over night for — ; nime- 

ku-jclczca wali batta elfagiri, / have kept the 

ricefor tliee ovcr night. 

Jelkza, 8. (ja,^>/. vieleza), buoy — ja nanga, bmoj 
ofan anchor (yid. elcn) ; kig6go kioleajo kn oa» 



JE 



( "5) 



JE 



sba nanga; alama ya nanga ku tamburikana 
ilipo, a large piece of wood which swims on the 
surface of tJte water to sJtow the place of the 
anchor, a mark to $how ichere the anchor is. 

J£udi, v. a. (vid. jalada), to bind books. 

J£ma, adj. (vid. cma) (kitu jema, a good thing) 
(neno lema, Kiamu), good, nice, fine (vitu vema, 
good tJtings). 

Jemadabi (pl. majemadari), a commander, com- 
manding-ojficer, a general. 

Jemdamba, adj., thin, narrow; vid. embamba. 

Je*mbk, a. (lfi,pl. ma — ), a native hoe; (1) jembola 
ku limia (pl. majembe or mcmbe) ; (2) jembc cha 
ku fumia (pl. viembe) ( = kigumba), thc iron 
arrow-head (kiembo in Kimrima)] jembe cba 
mfi ; (3) jerabo la kizungu, a spade. 

Jemb£ni, «., a European broad saw, to which they 
attach a Jiandle at the other end to enable a 
second person to draw it (R.). 

Jembe*u, 8. (ja, pl. viembeu), a chisel. 

J£mka (or jkmuka or chem'ka), tobubble, boilvp; 
massiwa yajcmka kua ku pata motto sana, the 
milk boils up very much by the fire ; jungu ja- 
jemka or jatokota kuaku pata motto sana ; tembo 
lajemuka likipata jua; maji yanajem'ka? docs 
the water boil f 

Jemua, v. n., to sneeze. 

Jena, 8. (\o. t pl. mena), vid. mena. 

J£na, 8., a kind ofsmall sJtellfisJt. 

Jenaiza, vid. jenenza, s. 

Jend£a, v. n., to go or walk about; e.g., najendea 
poani ku 6ga. 

Jendeleso, s. t pattern; vid. jeleleso. 

Jenderua, s. (vid. janderua), awning. 

JenJSne, 8. (wa, pl. vienene) ; niama mdogo aketio 
nti, atimbai mtangani, a kind offantasy (reauires 
further erplanation). 

Jenenza (jeneza, jenaiza) (ya, pl. ma — ), a bicr 
uscd at funerals (cfr. y^. f SjU*. , funus, fere- 

trum cui impositum est funus) — kitanda cha ku 
tukulia mtu aliekiifa. A native bedstead is used 
as a bier in funerals. The legs are handsomely 
turned in a lathe, and the tress-work is neatly 
done. There is a kind ofgate on the head and 
legs ofthis bier, to tuher in the corpse. Through 
one gate the head is ushered, and through the 
other tJte legs are made to descendinto the grave. 
^The jenenza is preserved in the mosque, as the 
bier in our cJiurches. Now and then a reUgious 
carpenter presents a jenenza to the mosaue as a 
present. The corpse isfirst wasJied, then covered 
with a clotJi called s&nda (vid.), thenput into an 
mkeka (fine mat), and at last covered with a 
cloth called subaia, which is an nguo ya heshiraa, 
cloth of honour. TJie subaia is taken back by 
the relatives, but the mkekai» sent to tJte mosgue 



to be spread out therefor tJte use oftJie worship- 
pers. But it must have been previously wasJied. 

Jeneo, 8. (cha) ; jeneo cha muezi, jua, niota (vid. 
enca). 

Jeneso {pr jeo), s. (cha, jpZ. viencso), a measure or 
scale (Kipimo, rulc) ; kitu ja ku enesea or sawa- 
nisia, anything with which tlie workman taJces the 
measure of the Hting to be made; e.g., miia wa 
ku ene&ea kekee, a blade o/mua with wJticlt tJte 
muhunzi measures tJte thickness oftJie hand ofa 
woman, in order to make a kekee, an ornament 
of tJie wrist. Any instrument for taking one'» 
measurefor — . 

Jenoa, v. a., to cutoff; e.g., ku jenga mtama ulioiva 
— ku kata jenga, to cut ripe millet. 

Jenoa, v. a., to build, construct; e.g., ku jenga 
niumba ya udongo or ya miti (cfr. akka); mjonsi, 
mason. 

Jeng£a, v. obj., to buildfor or on account of. 
Jenoesa, v. c, to cause to buUd. 
Jenooa, v. p., to be built. 

Jengel£le, *., tJte small intestines ; jengelclo za 
matumbo or majengelele ya matumbo ndio tumbo 
nd6go ; utumbo ud6go ndio ujengelcle. The small 
intestines are catted jcngelc'le. TJte large intes- 
tines are called tiirabo ku (e.g., la gnombe) or 
matumbo makii ; vid. jango. 

Jenoe*u, s. (ja, pl. viengeu), tJie sJtade ofa lamp; 
jengeu cha ta or cha ku iinika ta, this cover itt 
made ofolay, andput over tJiefiame, to keep tJte 
ligJtt steady from Ute wind, d'c. 

Jenoo, s. (la, pl. ma — ), building, encampment 
(jengo cha ku lala saffarini) ; majengo means 
also building materials. Pahali pa ku lala kana 
sisi )a gnombe. The natives in travelling througJt 
a Jtostile country, or vn the wilderness, erect a 
jengo every night, i.e., tJtcy cut large branches 
from trees, especiaUy thorn-trees, and maJee with 
them a Jtedge around the camp, to secure it 
against wild tncn and bcasts. 

Jenoua, V. a., topull down, to deinolish a building 
(opp. o/jenga). 

Jeniza, 8., fruit of tJte mjenza tree; mandarin 
(S P .). 

Jenna (or janna), s. (ya) ( cfr. s-*h , texit, flori- 



bus obtecta fuit terra ; &a> » hortus, inprimis 
palmis et arboribus conpitus; paradisus), (1) 
paradise (pep6ni) (of the Muhammedans); (2) 
a kind offishf 

Jenzi, v. a., to construct. 

Jeo, ». (cha fj p£. vieo), (1) a measure; ku toa jco 
to take the measure ofa thing (jeneso) ; (2) — 
heshima, sense ofhonour; mtu huyu hanajeo; 
e.g., mana huyu hana j6o, haondoki mtu mzima 
akija, this boy has no manners, Jte does not rise 
whcn a grown-up person comes in. It is con- 

i2 



JE 



(116) 



JI 



sidered rery disreputalAe trith young people not 

torisefrom tlieir stats on tJie approacJi ofadults. 
Jepa, v. a., to steal, to roh ; ku jcpa watiima, au mali 

za watu, to steal slaves or thepropcrty ofpeopite. 
Jei'ea, r. a. = ku pcnda, to love {6UI language). 
Jepksi, adj., not heavy, light (vid. epesi). 
Jepeu, s. (clia, pl. viepeu) «= koffia ya Mznngu, a 

European Jiat or cap. The native cap is called 

koffia (vid.). 
Jepi, 8. (— muivi), a thief (cfr. jepa, to stedl). 
J£ra, s. (cha, pl. viera) (Atwir.), cmi, wwrA-, a»y- 

f/ttngr put vp a* a target for practice icith gun» 

or botc* (— ehebaha), e.g., boards, boncs, cocoa- 

nut*, <(c. ; ku linga jera or shebaha, to sJioot at 

tJie marl'. 
JfiRAHA, 8. (cfr. geraha), a wound. 
Jerari, 8. (cha); jerari cha ku tuekca tanga jomboni, 

the rope with tchich the sail is Jioistcd tip on a 

vessel (?) (cfr. jarari). 
Jereiie, s., a whctstone. 
Jeribu, t7. a. (vid. jaribu and garibu or geribu) 

(Arab. s-^*- i probavit), to try. 

•TtiRiFK, *., a kind of rope used for catching fisJi. 
It is made from the bark ofthe mbuyu trce, or 
of katoani or katani, hemp ropes brougJdfrom 
Kurope. The rope is smeared witJi lime. As 

^ ^ ^ 

soon o8 thefish toucJies it, it is seized. (fr. «.Jy*. , 

mnltum cepit. 
Jk*ruiii, v. n., to be tcounded ; cfr. gcraha or jeraha. 
Je«a, v. m. = kcsha, to dawn (Sp.)? 
J&iu, 8. (pf. majcshi), an anny, a Jiost ; cfr. geshi. 
Jete, h. (cha, jd. victe) (Kimr.), a marketday 

held in many placc* (among serrraJ tribe*, c.g.. 

among tJie M'adigo) emry fonrth day ; jeteni, 

tJie marketplace ; pl. victeni, e.g., vietcni vingi 

viko mrima. 
Jetea, r. n., to rely upon, to be over-proud, to honst 

of, to bepuffed up (cfr. mtahauiari) =■ kn ganda- 

miza, ku gnietca. 
Jetezo (or cnETEzo), *. (pl. vietczo), ccnscr = ki- 

dude cha ku fukizia manukato (e.g., ambari, udi, 

(&c), a vessel vsed for fumigation . 
Jetiiamu, 8., a kind oflepro*y in wJiicJi tJie finger* 

^ ^ ^ 

and tocs drop off (St.), elcpJiantia*i* * cfr. ^J^. , 
— .» 

araputavit ; p^*- , laboravit lepra au potius clc- 



6 - ■> 



phantia ; *\<W • 

Jeti, 8. (cha, pl. vieti), (1) « *mall seal e*peciaUy 
used by the Banian» on tJic East Coast; (2) a 
passport ; (3) a mark in general (cfr. jappa). 

J£0ka, v. n., to boil up ; ku piga mteu masiwa, 
yasive *ana, walayasive mawiti sani. 
JfiusiiA, r. c, to cause to boil uj>. 

Jeuk^a, 8. (cha, pl. vieukia), a tree tchicJi grows 
upon anotJter, whichJtas its root in itf aparasite. 



Je*u i.i (or jISuri), 8. (cfir. jauri, v. a.) t vioUnce ; 
ana jeuli, Jte use* vioUnce, ke is vioUnt, he attacks 
peopU wantonly. 

Jkupk, adj., wJiite; vid. enpe. 

Jeusi, adj., black ; vid. cnti. 

Jeu8ia, s., a little chisel or missile f 

Ji, a rejkctive pron., one J s-self; e.g. t ku ji-ofu, to 
praise one's-self, to glory in t to boast of; kuji- 
wcka wema mbcllc za watu, tojustify cmc's-Jtdf 
lieforc men. N.B. — The Utter i can bc omittti 
before verbs wJiicJi begin trith a vcncel; cjg., kn 
jendea pro ku ji-endea, to ffofor or after. 

JiA, r. obj. (vid. ja kuja, to come\ to come for, Uj, 
to, vjwn; ndia uliojia, the tcay you caum 6y; 
hutambui neno lidakalo ku ku-jia ( = kn pata> 

Jiaxa, v. refl., to trash one's-seJf (vid. nna) (Sp.\ 

Jiahi, s. (rid. kiasi), measvre; kiusi cha barudi, a 
cartridge. 

Jiuaki, v. a., to out-do, excel, to endeavour to cwf- 
wit one, to act artfuUy totcards one (cid. mjv 
baki). 
Jidakika, r. n., to be outwitted. 

Jibelenoa, r. refl., to dress eleganUy (Sp.>? 

JIrene (or jibiki), 8. (ya) (efr. Arab. ^^ «' 

{$**- , caseus), cheese, Arahie cJtecsc (ofjfascat. 

Jibile (\&.pl. majibile), answer, rejdy; vid. majibfle 

( — majibio). 

JntiwA, v. p., to bc answered, to reeeive an ansrtr 

(rid. jibu). 

Jiboa, *. ( jijibca?) (la, pl. majfboa) (- m'boal n 
dog; mana wa m'boa or jiboa, a young dvg, « 
pup; jiboa and mboa mitu, a jackal; jiboa or 
kijiboa la bahari, or jiboa baharini or bahari, « 
dogger, a sea-dog, dog-fish. 

JibrAm, *. (ya) (cfr. ^ f probavit, scivit, eiper- 
tus fuit "» j+± , Bcicntia ; cfr. also y^ , cooeoK- 

davit, post pnupertntem ditavit ; amicum\ mf- 
rantage, profit (— fcida). 

JibrIka, v. n. « ku pata fcida, to derire «f- 
rantage ; ku nremeka. 

Jibu, r. a. (cfr. v>V\ ^oreply, toanstccr; kujibo 
jawabu, to send an answer. 
Jiiua, v. obj., to bring one or to convey to «w 

«i» answer =• ku-m-lettea jawabu. 
Jibiwa, v.p., to be answered. 

Jidi a x a, r. rec. ; ku — kua waraka, to co r rt s poad. 
Jirukika, r. n., to be prospered ; kn pata mli 

ncngi. 

Jibukihha, r. a., to blcs* one ; Maungn ame-«* 
jilmriBha God VUmi or pro^ered him > 

ncemesna). 

i Jicno, pl. macho (Kiung.), tJie eye t vid. jito ; ^cfc» 
la maji, a spring ofwaUr. 



I 



JI 



( ii7) 



JI 



Jj-dahi, v. refl., to exert onc's-self; cfr. Arab- j^. > 

diligentiain adhibuit. 
Jikndea, v., v'ul. jendea, enda, enenda. 
Jifia, s. (pl. mafia) (r/r. jiko and nieko), onc oftJie 

thrt-e fttone* upon which a cooking-pot U put. 

The country people of Zanzibar uee aho tJte 

word mafiga inetead o/raafia. 
JiFU (/>/. majifu) (vid. ifn) (Kiung.), aslies. 
Jiri'Li «» ufuli ; mahali pa jifuli. 
Ji-funa (or ji-vuna), v. refl.f to swell up, to be 

puffed up, to enjoy anything wJuch one can get. 
Ji-oamra, r. refl. — ku ji-sifu, to praUe one t 8-$elf to 

boast. 
JiosiA, v., e.g., usso, to wrinJde up theface in con- 

tcmpt, but jigniea, v. refl., e.g. t mvua wa-ji-gnica, 

it Hkea to rain, it raine casily. 
Jioi'zo, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), a small pillar or support, 

ey-, ofa Jtouse (cfr. nguzo). 
JiiiIdat, s. — bidii, diliyence, energy ; cfr. ijdihat 

(in Yemen) ; j^> , diligentia ac studio usus cst ; 



«.- c 



8ubst. 4\qz*.\ , diligentia, studium. 

Jmnama (or ji-inamwha), v. rejL, to stoop, to bow 
or bend one's-self (the whole body). 

Ji-imka, t». rvfl., to lie on thi 8ide ; e.g., yuwa- 
enenda kua ku ji-inika, he walfo stoopingly. 

JIja, 8. (la, pl. ma— ) (Kiung.) (— tapu, la, pl. 
ma — ), the syucezed substance of a cocoanut 
which U thrown away (vid. tuja, v. a.) ; jija za 
nazi, or taki za nazi = nazi iliotujoa or ilio- 
kamuliwa. 

Ji-jrfA, r. refl., to be afraid of, tofear; e.g., na-ji- 
jea n'ti hi a ya ku ka nti hino, / am afraid of 
tJtU land, i.e., I am afraid of dwelling in this 
land, 

Juini (or Kuini or kikiri), i., a bribe to corrupt 
a judge ; e.g., mali ya ku-m-pa kathi, ku pata 
hakki, ku amuliwa. 

Jika, r. a., to strain hard, to be in travail; e.g., 
kuku ajika i =• kuku adaka ku via i, the hen will 
lay an egg, 8he U in travail. It U efpial to yuna 
utiingu wa ku via, wJiicJt U said qf women and 
of animaU ; e.g., gnombe ana utungu wa ku via 
(cfr. utungu), the cow strains hard in bearing ; 
yuna utungu wa ku toa mafi (kua nguvu) kua ku 
jika, Jte strains hard in emptyiny the bowels. 

Ji-karadi, 17. refl., to borrow ( — ku toa kua karada). 

Ji-kata meno, to gratc the teeth in a rage (vid. 
Ads v. 33). 

Jikk, adj.,female; batta jike (kike), afemale duck; 
pl. mabatta niake. 

Jiko, $. (cfr. meko, meko matatu), the fireplace 
between the three stones which the natives we a8 
a tripod in cooking; Jience mjiko, a stonefor a 
meko ? Toa hindilangu, uka-ni-tilie jik6ni ; jiko 
ni jiwe lizuialo jnngu ja ku pika katika muotto. 



Ji-kusua, v. refL (vid. kuta, v.)\ e.g., kuji-kusha 
mashaka kaaidi, to give one'eeclf troubU inten- 
tionally. 

Jilia, v. obj., to come to aperson, e.g., on busincss; 
nijilie, I tnay come at my convenience or ai 
leisure (cfr. ku ja, to come). 
JiLiwA, v.p. 

Ji-libha, r. refl. (cfr. lisha), to eatfor one's-sdf, to 
en j°i/t ku ji-libha maliyakwe, to enjoy one'epro- 
perty, not only to heap it up, ae the Baniam and 
other people do. Mabaniani hawali vitu vema, 
hawa-ji-Hshi maliyao,ni wegni joyo, ni mabahili. 

Jiliwa, 8. (pl. majiliwa), a vice (an instrument). 

Jimbi, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), a cock ( — jog6i), jimbi la 
kwanza hakutassa ku cha, ku keli usiku ; jimbi 
la pili ni elfajiri ; jimbi lawika, tJte cock crows. 

Jimbo, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a dittrict, piace or part of 
the country ; jimbo ni nti palipo na miji miji, si 
barra tupu ; jimbo zima = nti pia otte, or nti 
nzima lajua mambo haya, the whole country 
knows this matter (cfr. iutiibo) ; (2) ku osha na 
jimbo, to wash a new-bom cJiild with water and 
medicine (St.). 

Jimbuka (or timbuka), t?. w. (cfr. timbua, v. a.), 
to begin to appear ; e.g., muczi unaauza ku toku, 
the moon begin* to ehine. 

Jimbule, *., a kind of bird (?). 

JImla (or jumla), 8., the 8um, wJioUsale ; ku uza 

jimla, to 8ell by wJtolesaU {cfr. jibra) ; 41+*» ' 
Bumnia, universitas. 

JlMLWHA, V. C, tO 8Um Up. 

Jina, 8. (la, pl. majina), name ; jina lako nani ? 
what U your namei T/ie /SuahUi gencraUy 
receive t/tree different names, (1) jina la ufiazi 
or la ku vialiwa niilo (birtli-nanw), e.g., Mucgni 
Hamisi ; (2) jina la ku tahiriwa (circumcUion- 
name), e.g., Muegni Hamisi was called Fundi 
wJien he was circumcUed ; (3) jina la mke or la 
maozi (marriage-name), e.g., Muegni Hamisi or 
Fundi on marrying a woman was caUed Shibu, 
by which name he U now generaUy caUed. The 
name of a cJtild U usuaUy taken from tJte namc 
oftJie day on wJiich the cltild was born; e.g. t tJic 
c/tild born on Wedneiday U caJled Muegni 
Matuno (if being a alavc, only Matano, because 
Muegni meam bana, lord, master) ; Muegni 
Hamisi (or merely Hamisi, if being a ilave) wJten 
born on TJtursday. A female cliild born on /Satur- 
day U caUed Mosse, on Sunday Muapili, on 
Tueeday Muatatu, on Wednesday Muegniamme. 
Muegni jumaa, one wJto U born on Friday. 

Jinamia pro ji inamia ; vid. inamia. 

JiNAMisi, 8., (1) bending, bow; mahali pa jinamisi 
— pa ku jinamia, a ptace where one must stoop ; 
(2) nightmare (cfr. cwedeka), a spirit being 
suppoaed topress on the eleeping perton ; (3) tJte 
8tillnc88 ofdeath; (4) a kind offUh. 



JI ( 118 ) JI 

Jisoi, adj., much; pcpo ni jingi. which is thought to have tahen possession of the 

Jinoihe, another. jtaticnt, or to have made him sick. This U wtat 

Jisi{or cmxi) {Kiung.) {}•&)*- tiniya,under,below. icc may tcrm " savage mcsmerism," which may 

Jrai {or Jin), s. {vid. Siui), China ; kulla jombo in former dayt have existed in a purer form 

jeauppe ni chaSini, cveryichitc vettel {of clay) it among tJic nations. Mnjinni hayadurn mto, 

caUed Sini, "bclonging to ChinaS' lakcn mashetaui ndio yadariio, as Kathi Ati 

Jiniango {or tindanuo) va niaina — vipande wia told Mr. Reb. 

mn6fu, i.e., niaraa usiokua na mfupa, meat icith- Jino, t. (la, pl. majino or mvno), a tooth; jinoU 

out honcs. The butcJicr reccirts sucJt fleshy mbcllo (;>/. mcno ya mbelle), indsor; jino b 

picces for his trouble {vid. matuni) ; cfr. ninofu. m'bua {pl. meno ya m'bua), canine iooth; jego 

Ji.nika, v. n., to bow one's-self on the face — ku (;>/. majcgo), molar tooth (Sp.) ; tcard ofakrjf. 

inama or ku jipeta ; amejiuika kua uzuri or jino la ufunguo. 

madaha or kua ku jifiina ; amcgcusa mucndo, to Jissi ? {vid. asa) ; kamba ya meno matatu, a cord 

cJtange onc't gait in walking, tojdeatc theladics. of three strandt (St.) ; jino la rakufu, a link of 

Jini mato, keni mato, kiweni muto, kilicho onekana a dtain (R.). 

mato kua uganga, jM^fcry (Sp.)? vid. kilimato. Ji<>, *., the coming (ku jia, kuja) — la usiko.or 

Jiniosha, v. ref., to ttrctch out onc't-telf to kijio cha usiku. 

straighten ont't-tclf Jio (ji6xi), s., cvcning, toward evcning ; chakub 

Jinhi, s. (la, pl. majinni) {vid. chinni) (jinns, gcnii), cha jioni, suppcr; cfr. kialio. 

an evil spirit which is lelievtd by the uativet to J jo i «-'"'■ ^io, s.; jioni, evcning. 

dwcll in water, ichile the Bhctiini is thought to Jiojo, «., vid. jojo or iojo. 

rctide only onthe mainland, e*j>eciaUy inwildcr- Jipanoa, v. nfl.; tfr. Luke xvii. 6, gnoka ukijl 

nettet. The tuperttitious viewt of the nativct pande bahari. 

concerning demons and evil tpiritt artditgutting Jipanoa, r. ref, to take a lodging teith. 

as tccll at unfathomable to a tober-miiuled man. Jipkkia, r. r., to boatt, brag, bluster, to bthect 

Thc Muhammedam go in many retpects far Hkc a grcat man. 

beyond the fancks of tht heathtn. Thcrc are JirKFtsiiA, r. rcfl. — jifania mpt-fu kana nti 

especia!ly thrce jinnis, to which the fiuahili pay mzima. 

great attcntioti. Every jinni has its pecidiar Jii-i.\, adj., new {vid. pia or pya) ; e.a. t neno jipu. 

luganga, i.c, doctor who knowt how to exptl it JiiW>a, r. ref (=• ku-ji-poniba), to adorn, to drrm 

from a jjerton : (1) mganga wa piingua; (2) wa ouc % s-eelf cjccessivthj. 

tari ; {o) nishakini. Atfirst thc doctor cautct a Jirr, «. {j>l. niajipu), a boil; cfr. ipu. 

drum to bc btaten until thc tick jwrsoit becomct Jirui, t. {KijK-mba) — tombako mbiti. 

ijnite frantw j'rom thc noitc andfrom the singhig Jipunuwa, r. rejl., to humblc ones-self « ku diusb* 

vf thc multitude ofptoplt attt tuiing the ceremony. nafsiyak wc. 

Whcn at latt the jinni comet, the doctor askt Jipuhuki «iia, v. ref., totlight, not to talc 1o htrtrl. 

him who hc is and whence hc came. All thit it to be tlow and lazy, toplay thcfbot. 

.uuKeredby tht ,ick per.oH, U uhom thc jhmi JikV , . , ma _ or _, (r/r '- , V 

ts thought to rctide. II hen he hat ttated who w* • ©Jj 

hc is or whcncc /te camc, tfic dortor atkt, " What Interior pars), a ueighbour ; jirajii ndie nitu tit 

do you want ?" Ue *ayt, " J uant a bullock, or a kiribti » a niumbayangii, ncighbour is he rho .- 

fiie cloth, ,f dc. But before he tjteaks half a » car W '.V «ouse; jiranizangu, my neigJihoHr. 

dollar must be put into hit handt, i.c, into thc Jn«, »'. «., to come, to arrive; vid tekeli-4 .'rfr. 

h( ""l; °f t} !? 'fpertonwhopr etcntt it after- " fluxitj accidit| abiit proceB|li ^ ue ^ 

wards to thc doctor. Afttr thc jinni has re- ,r\ , ... ... ...... . ... l 

ceiredthe buUock, dc, hc dcciaret that hc it satU- aho) / " en ° "* hl0 * m ' *" VOrd "» U * •*«. * 

Jicd and that he will kavc the tick m-rMon ; T ° **"]: , s , x . 

; ji • r-i , Jikiwa, *. (Ia, jh. mn — ), (scrac) vice tcfr iilW 

whcreujHjii thc ceremony is ovcr. The doctor , \^ -c.\ KJ J ' 

., , , , ,. Jisi, «., auality (bt.). 

gices t/ie jterson an amulet, aml accordtng to , . , . / \ j 




knavcry is so martifest, yet will thc peojde placc iccl1 in wybotty; </ r - ^rab. ^a^. , corpua, i.e^ wo> 

more confideiu'.c in it than in thc most able plexio corporis ct omno id quod longum, larrm 

Kuropean phynician. Titt ejccitcment, and thc ct profundum cst. 

<jfect of ditguited mcdicine, givet of courtt iit JixixobA, r. rrfl., to feign, affect, dissembk' kc 

many cases a temporary relief fromthe jinni jisingisa ugonjoa, tofcign tickness. 



JI 



( »9) 



JO 



Jisu, 8. (pl. majisu), a vcrylarge hnife; vid. kissu. 

JrrAinni, v. — ku fania kua nguvu na ku tunza 
viema, to exert one's-self. 

Jitenga, v. r. ( = ku ondoka ndiani), to <jo out of 
tJte way, asionane na mkuewe alie-mu-olea 
manawe. It is a custom with the Suahili, 
WaniJca, aiul Wakamba to avoid the sight of tJte 
mTuio (vid. ),father- or mothcr-in-lair ; hence when 
they meet him or her on the road, they imtne- 
diately go aside, lest tJtey should see Jtis or Jter 
face in passing. 

Jrri (pl. majiti), a tree-trunk (St.\ 

Jitimai, s., grief sorrow; ana jithnai — hana 
furaha, to be grieved or afflicted; muili umongia 
maji = majonsi inoyonimuakwe ; nnafania jiti- 
mai = rohoyakwe haikutangamuka. 

Jito, ». (la, pl. inato) (Kiung. jicho), tJte eye ; jito 
ovu or baya, a good or bad eye. 
Jrro la ou, tJie ankle, or ratJter tJte projection of 
tJte sJtin-bone; muana wa jito, tJte eye-ball; uzi 
wa jito, eye-brow. 

Jitto (or kitto), 8. (cha) ; jitto cha pete, a ring 
ofgreen colour t 

Jrru, 8. (la, ])l. matu or majitu), a big, large man t 
a feUow, but kijitu, a little man, mannikin, 
sJtrimp (cuprcssion of contempt) ; kijitu hili Hna 
udia, tJtis mannikin causes dijficulties ; na-li-lisha 
hatta linakua jitn ziina, sasa linakua tume la-ni- 
ncnea maneno ya upuzi (vid. tume). 

Jituka, r. n., to spoil one's teeth, e.g., by cating 
rice not propcrly cleaned, it contains little stones, 
sand, <Lc. (vid. ku fania gansi la meno) ; mtelle 
hu wakuarusa, hamku-dondoa ; nieno yana- 
jitiika roua mawe mtcllcni. 

Ji-tundia (cid> tunda, v. «.), to do at random; 
Warabai wa-jitundia nazi zao Hhufu nhufu (R.). 
Iieb. tJtinJcs tJte particle ji signifies carelessness, 
purposdessncss, tJiougJUlessness, at random. He 
niay be rigJit in reference to many reflexive verbs, 
but not to all. 

.JrruifiiA, r. r., to loungc or idle (Kim. kn tuka) ; 
kua ufiiu = hadaki ku fania kazi, adaka kn 
teinbea tu, Jte dois not like to work, Jte wants 
oniy to wulJc about. 

Jivi, s., a wild Jtog (St.). 

Jivumue, s.,perfumes. 

Jiwa, v.p., to be visitcd (vid. kuja, to come). 

JiwE, s. (la, pl. majiwe or mawe), « stone, rock; 
niuraba ya mawe, a stone Jtouse. TJiere are 
tJtree fabulous rocJcs icJticJt Jtavefallen down into 
tJte sta from tJte rocky sJiore of tJte island of 
Moinbas. TJtefirst rock is called Makamo iwe. 
TJie story couccrni'ng it ruus thus : " mtu ali- 
kucnda vua samaki siku ya kibunsi, nafgiyakwe 
waitoa Mukame ; watu walikua hawatcmbei siku 
ya muaka wala kibunsi, nai akincnda vua, aki- 
geuka jiwo, kua Ecbabuyakuvuakatikakibunsi." 



The second is cailed Kiweratu. Ni jiwe lingine 
laitoa Kiwemtu (kiwo mtu) alikuonda akivua 
tena siku ya kibunsi, akngeuka akawa jiwe. The 
tJurd is called Mku gnombe (a man called Mku 
gnombe) akaenda akivna samaki akagouka. TJte 
substance of tJte above is : tJtree men, named 
Makame iwe, Kiwemtu, and MJcu gnombe went 
a fishing on a Jioly-day. For tJtis tJtcy were 
destroyed and turned into rocJcs, wJticJt, tJtcysay, 
remain in tJte sea as a warning to after-genera- 
tions. In former timcs tJte people were more 
strict in Jceeping Jtoly-days than now. 

JiWEzrtA, v. ref; najiwezca, Ican manage (tJtougJi 
I am unweil). 

Jizuia, r. refl.; ku jizniana mnovu, to abstainfrom 
evil or sin (1 Peter iv. 1), lit. t toprevent one's-self 
from — . 

J6a (cha, pl. vioa) (cfr. kipficpfie), a large red spot 
on the body to tchicJt tJte natives ajjply the leaves 
of the cotton-sJtrub, to facilitate tJte cure of tJte 
disease. Mr. Sparshot takes joa for an excres- 
cence on the body, mba of various colours (cfr. 
mba). 

Jodari, a kind offish. 

Joooi (la, pl. ma — ) ( - jogoo), a cock — jimbi. 

Jog6wk, #., a long wooden pole witJt a Jtooked end 
to gatJter fruit from trees ; kijiti cha panda cha 
ku angulia maenibc. 

Joiiaki, s. t a jcwel; Jb»> > gemmao, uniones, 

naturalis; (2) johari za mtu ni mbili; akili and 
haya, tJtesc two are contraries, like ghatabu and 
tamaa, anger and sircetness. 

Joiiaki, s. t a bird, wJtose eggs are carried witJi 
gre(U care, lest tJtey be broJcen. 

Toho, s. (vid. juoho), woollen c'oth, grcat-coat (Er.). 

Jojo {or jiojo or iojoj, *. (cha, pl. viojo) ; (1) a 
potlers kiln in irliicJt Jte makes a anick fire of 
yticJcs and gra*s ; ku wakka upesi, viungu visi- 
passuke ; (2) jojo or iojo ndio pahali pa kusudi 
pa ku okea <>r ojea viungu, a kiln ; mukato wa 

Joka, s. (la, pl. mn joka or mijfika), « large scrpent. 

Joka, !?. n., to bc ttrcd ; jokeza or choshn, r. c, to 
maJce tircd, to weary, annoy, fatiguc, trouble. 

Joko, s., aplace to bakcpots in (St.). 

Jokojoko, *. — kani. 

Jokoha, r. «., to trouble onc, to provocatc onc wJto 
would ratJier be at rcst. 

Joma, s. f a bludgeon ? (Sp.). 

Jovida, s. = range nickundu (cfr. ngeu). 

Jomiio, *. (cha, pi. viomln^, (1) an instrument, 
tool in gtneral ; jombo cba ku fania kazi ; v 2) a 
vcsscl, sltip of natire construction, dJtow ; jombo 
(la, pl. majonibo), « very largc vcssct. 

Joxa, r. * 

Jo.nda mti'zi (or kionda mtuzi), the underlip, 
cspeciaUy that part wltich is mcst required iu 



JO 



(120) 



JU 



tasting food; arac-m-piga fimbo aka-mu-uma 

kionda mtuzi, Jie beat Jtirn icith a stick and 

hvrt hi$ under-lip (pr ratJter tJie middle of his 

under-lip). 
Jonoe, $.; jonge ya m'boa, thc canine tooth (not 

meuoya mbelle). 
Jono£a, r. w.(ku songea), to come near, to ap- 

proach ; ujongec ut6e kitu hiki, come near and 

take thi* tJting (rfr. Luke xiv. 10) ; jongea 

mbello huyu, go up higher ; jongea mvulini, more 

or go into the $hade. 

Jonueana, r. r., to approach one another. 

Jongel£a, r., to come or draw near to one. 

Jongeleana, to draw near each other. 

Jonoeleza, r., to bring near to, to offer. 

Jonoeza, v. c, to cause to ajtproacJt, to bring 
near, to mooe towards; ku jongeza kasha 
hapa or huko (karibisha), draw the box near 
here or there. 

Jongezana, v. rec., to approach eacJt other. 

Jongez£a, r. obj., to bring near to. 
Jongera, r. a., to cut a little offthe panda la mnazi 

(branch of the pahn-tree), in order that the 

cocoa-h'quor may fioic more quicldy (yid. gcma) ; 

ku jongera mnnzi upate tona. 
Jonoo, e. (c\ia,pl. viongo) ; (1) a boss, Jtumj) (k&ma 

niundu za gnombe) ; uitu huyu ana jongo or 

afania jongo, tJtis man is humpbaeked and so 

cannot walk or stand upright ; yuwapiga or 

inika jongo or kijongo or nundu, kinundu; (2) 

gout (St.) ? 
Jonoo neno eha kansu, the large seam of a natire 

cloth; ku inika jongo lu-ne. 
Jongoe, *. (yn), a large kind of fish (icJtale) ; 

nimeona jongoe ya bubari. 
Jonooja, s., a cvstom at weddings to carrg tJie 

bridegroom on the shoulders (Er.). 
Jong6o, i. (la, ph iuajongoo), « milleped, a kind 

of black worm with a great many legs, the worm 

julus?? 
Jonooya, r. w., vid. ongoya. 
Joniota, r. n.; ku washa kidogo ; tombako hi 

heijonioti, heiwashi, ni dufu, ni mbiti (or jipui in 

Kipemba), to bum onhj a little; e.g., thistobacco 

does not burn much, it is weak, unrijte. 
Jonni, *. (cha, pl. vionni), a novelty, anything 

which has not becn seen before and consequently 

causes astonishment or admiration ; jonni ni 

jambo lisiloonekdna, or lisilokuamo, or laku- 

taajabu. 
Jonha, r.; ku-ji-kondesha, r. ref, topine away, to 

griere at orfor, to languisJt ; rid. kondn. 
Jonhoe, *. (wa, pl. vionsoc), a cripjM; jonsoe ni 

mtu iuni6nge, meskini ya Mungu. 
J66 (or j0) (ch&,j)I. vio), a necessary jilacc ; pahali 

pa kiignia, ku encnda jooni, to go to stool. 
J6rA, s. (la, vl. ma — ), rid. oya, s. 



J6ka, r. a., (1) to carve, to do carved tcork ; (2) fo- 
write blunderingly (ku jora waraka kua vibaya, 
pasipo uzuri). 

Jokjia, s., a Georgian, Oie most valuedand whitest 

offemale slaves. 
Jor6ro (rorobo), adj., soft; jiwe jiruro, si kigumu, 

a sofi stone. 
Josho, s., wasfiiug, a batJting-place ; mubali ]ta 

josboni = mahali pa ku oshea mtu aliekufii. 

(i place for washing the dead; mahali pa vuuni, 

ku nenda vuoni, aphtcefor icasJiing dotJtcs. 
J6»i, *., a bhwk bird with a longbcak, wfiich drittl* 

tembo on tJte cocoa-tree. 
Jota, r. «. — ku teka kidogo, to take a littlc tcitk 

one'sfingcrs. 
Joto, s., Jieat; muili unnjoto ; cfr. ota. 
Jota, *. (Ia,7>/. ma— ), a ralued kind of cocoa-mt 

with a wJtite spongy substance; joya la nazi = 

mte wa nazi ukikua, joya la nazi li tcllc ndani- 

yakwe, shina la mte, watu anala, ni tamu. 
Joyo, s. (cha,j?/. vioyo) «= ubahili, avarice,ejrtrtiuc 

parsimuniousness ; cfr. bahili. 
Joyo, s. (from moyo, heart) ; joyo lina-m-fiyuka (iV 

anger). 

Jozi, s., a wainut: t^. , nux in gencre. 

Jozi (or j.urzi ar jkozi), apair (Arab.). 

Ju (or juu), adr. and prep., up, abore, on, vpou, 
orer, on t/te top of, against ; ju ya nilima, on the 
mountain; kitu hiki ju ynko wcwe, this may 6r 
or is vpon tJtee ; ju yangu, on my account: 
usiwc na raato jii ju, angalia tini, Juire not your 
eyes above, but look down (in order to go 
cautiously at nigJtt) ; buana yuko ju, tlte master 
i* itpstairs. 

Ji'.'A, s. (la, pl. majua), (1) sun ; (2) sun-hcat: leo> 
jiia kali, nti heifiogeki kua jua, to-day Ote sun i* 
ftot, one cannot tread upon tJte ground for heat: 
jua kitoani, noon; jiia h;kiwa likitua (Lttke iv. 
20) ; kumetoka jua jingi mno, wala si kama lito- 
kalo siku zotc. 

Jua (wa) (rio*. chiiaor tjiia, pl. viiia), afrog ; jua, 
wa ziwani yuwalia, tJiefrog ofthe lake or water- 
pool cries. TJte fiuahili peojde Jtave tJtc puerile 

i idea, that in tJte westem Jtemisphere tJtcre are 

i pcojtle wJto draw tJte sun westward. Atfirst the 
sun i* pulled by boys, tJten by old men, and Ja*t 
of all by stroug youtJts, vntil this celestial body 

\ fnlls down witJt a crasJt, icJtich, Jtowever, is not 
Jteard 011 accovnt of tJte countless number of 
jyeople wJto, drawing water witJt tJtcir bvckets (cft\ 
nd6o), wasJt tJtemselves and $ay tJteir jvrayers. 
Jiia likitua, lafdnia mshindo, laken watu hawa- 
bikii kua ungi wa kata za ku oshea, na wa watn 
wangi wcgni ku salli. 
Ji'A, r. «., to know, to vnderstand, to know about 
or Jiow; najiia neuo hili, I know tJtis matter ; 

' «'jiii mancno ya Kisuahili, I do not know «r 



ttiuterttawi Kiittulti'.i ; endu km ku jfia, go thon 
irith cautton; jui-m-jun nliko, / Imum ir/itre /it 
i» ; lunjiin ku fuo, cliiiuin, av knom hvtr to irurk 



i (or J 



9 hic 



ix),v.obj.; tntu linyn vnvni-i'iiiM 
ku juili» jaiubolnngn, //«'» ntnii looked ur in- 
uvirttl ajttr mt, to knu.c mg caivlition. 
.Ilia, r. «6/., to jiut ont ih mW, fo remind one 
o/ a thing; tJJ., mtu nmekuju ku-ni-juio kuii 
(kumbuBlia kaii), thc man caiae to rrmind 
me o/the teork. 
JOIKiSA (<w jlilikasa), F. II., 10 (« knoteu.tobe 

imjjc<iU(, t« tnoiu fi<c/i ot/ier. 
.iiniHA (otjui.wiia) ^kiijiifiiu» orjimalm;, r.r., 
to make to Lnoir, (o ttitrn, (o uiake oae ac- 
ijaninted ititk. 
JCb, «, o cantiderab'.e ricer riting in thr. north- 
ir<-il o/ Kaffa aml mnning info tkt liuliaii 
Ocean ntar the tgiiator i» Eatt A/rica. Tht 
Arabt call it " Jiiti," the Haahili "Wnuiba," the 
GaUa "DanUu," uml the i&imali " tjowiuda," 
Tkert are cataraett in the ricer. Tlte Jirtt in 
nut tritk narth o/ ihe Homati-toira lSurdi-ra. 
•rhtrt Baron v. tler Iteckcn (in 1866) icat kilUd, 
ufltc hacing loit h'.t ittamtr at the tatarart. 
Anathtr eataract U taid to be ntar thc riimiiti. 
pUiee "Guniiiaor <!»Hali," fiirlhtr to tht iiurth. 
Itit agretU pitgthtd thit rieer,trhich ajijtur' 
to bt nacigahte to a great dittance, ka* not gct 
been eramintd bg Eurupeant. Tht. ti.ri.iitH 
Uovtrmncnt ought lung ttgu tu hort wrartV il thtir 
dttfu to teiul a rttirl to llurdera, and tu lituc 
ealled itt chir.fi aiid jieopte to luvomii for tht 
murdtr o/ the Jlurou. Oa thut oerwion thrg 
mighl h*ct aneetuUd aitd csainiiictt thc r'iret 
Tni* ricer it nodonbt dctined fo cutircij Kurt 
ptant right into the. Oa'.tti roantriei titimtt. 
toutk o/ Abgninia, irhen it iciU btcomr. imjioi 
tant /ur the proitentioii o/ gcugrtipkictil tt'u 
roctritt, of eommcrce, amluf mitttonarg irorl: 
JDBHA, *. \U, jd. ma— ), o tarijt. awl itroiig rhltr. 

u mortitt-ehiitl; jubon ln kuu. 
Ji-nf 1 (or tl-jh-i) ; jiibiii v* mr.lii[:i iifr. t.Himt',. 
*,.„,il ttOKt titd to th-: /,/,;, i.jJiouk t.i miil,- . 

Jimt, e. a., to eomptl; c/r. ^ . religimt, ii 

Tituto ndtgit ail rum. 
JlWS «., groumUutt ^St.). 
Jvoi-, «., (i hilt u/ clng (kiiiiiui cbu ntl.ms*'' ,r, "' r 

thr. hogi dig vp, and in •rhirl, btet htir,- tlu; 

honey (Sp.) (= lcil .,. Kijom.ii, .:•■/ tiulu ,' 

JYl'lUfM}. 

J£-iiL'E, «., a lomj larijt rojie (reru ]a lu ruii»i«; 
&sae i'« « tmalt rope, kigiie a rcrg 'mull rtmr. 



) JV 

:iitlui, «. {}■»), aa tjfort, rffortt, tlHigiiiee, ardour ; 
ana jiibuiii }■« ki'uii, hc irortt itiligenthj ; ku 
fuiria julimli, f« tnrl ou.'t+t'f; e/r. j^ , 
ililig«iitia ac ndidio uaui e»t. 

jv, *. (wu, jA. lmyfiju), « tribt, tchich according 
to tht. gcograjihg o/ the Sutthili art a kind of 
jii'giitit*, icho retide uei/und ttu countrti of tlie 
n'tibiUkimo itt the irorltV* tnd, catiatj ttoitct aiid 
•iihiI. Thnj icill cunie to tht coatt, to tatitonet, 
irhcn tht thttrmiion o/tht mrU t't at kand. In 
their runntrg the »un lett irith acraihectrgdag. 
tyr. } <xt,*/rog. 

l'jl'uia, rid. vlniL'liuiiiia. 

i, «., ang.r; yuna jukiia mojo - junn liasirn, 
: in angrg. 

ha, r. ti., to mnle one amjrg, to ojfrntl one. 
ukiwa, r. ii., fo be miide aitgrg, to ht offtnded; 
e.g., bunna •iui>jiikivn ni tutumavtnkwr, na 
uitiunn amc-iu-jiikiz.1 bununwakve, the mtiiter 
trat iuiiile nngry bij hit itlart, antl tht tlare 
miitle hit otaiter angrg; r/r. tukiin, tukiwa, 
tind lukiii, toprocote onc to anger. 
i*. .., rub; a irord ti'td bg trii.hr* (fcl.). 
i'-.i, ,■■ «. — tukfin, fo oiit.m, to bcar (rfr.). 
Vimt, t., n teuffol.1, tcttffoldiHg (St.l. 
f iir, «., tt nifjo •>/ '/«*'■ Monginy to turioui 
•ruer': julniii yoliikfia jiikuiuu ; perktijn a cor- 
i 1 ,:ioiio/theAml,arich\ii\tZtv,'otttl[efr.*'bihi:uii). 
_..ja (or tnlt'UA), «.ichu, j>!. vifiiua), iron. 
JOtS. »., i'l' Fridag ^ofthr Mtihamintilant),their 
SaMiuti. ; ■») im-JI-; ko ni.Ii'iiiiS, to-tlng it Fridag, 
or Hiku kfi ju junin, tht grr.tit d.ttj o/flit vrek, 
;.-■., Fridtig. Tht Muhammedant count in thii 
vaij: (1) Jiimu, Friitag; (i) .luina ya miiii or 
Juuin inn^, .falvrtlttg ; \i) Jurau ya pili or Jum.i 
pili, Suutlttit: <A) Junia yn tnln or Jurnn litu, 
Monilmj: {;,) .lumnn'ne, Tiiriiltig ; ,'fi) .lumn 
tAuo ioc jn tnni'), HWi«-*</ffi/: yl) Klkliami», 
'/•A«i->'i'ni/:iiinjiini5inaiine(-muuii),o«ewoii«i; 
junui ranjn, <»"■ trrrk; jiiuiu n/inia, u trholcu-eek. 
Jn the Ztiii-ibar ilitiltet tl.e uatiret tag Jun» ;i 
! niozi, a pili. a tatn, n niio, a Uno: jn i'« changed 

' .1 ('M \ ior ji-maa), "., <"' tutteiublg; rid. Arab. 2eU* ■ 
| JiiiBA. ». (cbn, ••!. viumta), « littlc ronm; ti imatl 
I tltrjiiiig.rwui; ninmbn bi iua viuml'n liugi or 

pi'iliali 'pndi'.go, thit kott'e hai mantj l'.ttic roumi. 
I JimiA. *. (\t\, ;J. loajimiliu) iiuign.). a largt hom. 
| .•-niumbukuba ur bodiiii), «" ttpurtmutt kniiu 

inniba gewmmi ;Sp.), « roow like thtit ,'« a/orl. 
'Jihiik. *. !,/</. ninjunil*) ; il) = kifimbc kilicbo 
i iimbnn, a crrat .irc ; kinmbe ui mtn or ni uiuann 
1 «nAdamu; (2) ,i grcat ehitf (vai rokfibn or 
1 flicliu; ni nulu watuwubio kalika tnriiua =■; 
i iliwiini', apriHff, k.'ng. 



JO 



( 120) 



JU 



tasting food; amc-m-piga fimbo aka-mn-uma 

kionda mtuzi, he beat him vrith a stick and 

hurt hia vnder-Hp {pr rotlier the middle of his 

underdip). 
Junge, *.; jonga ya m'boa, thc canine tooth (not 

mcnoya nibelle). 
Jono£a, r. w.(ku songca), to comc. near, to ajy- 

proach ; ujongec utoc kitu hiki, come near and 

take this tltivg (cfr. Lvke xiv. 10) ; jongea 

mbelle huyu, go up hiyhcr ; jongca mvulini, /nove 

or go into the shade. 

Jo.noeana, r. r., to approach one anotlter. 

Jonoel£a, r., to come or dratr ttettr to one. 

Jongeleana, to draic near each other. 

Jonoeleza, r., to bring tiear to, to offer. 

Jongeza, r. c, to cause to ajtproach, to hring 
near, to mooe towards; ku jongeza kasha 
hapa or huko (karibiuha), dratc thc bo.r itear 
hcre or there. 

Jonoezana, v. rec, to approach each other. 

Jon'GEZEA, r. obj., to bring ncar to. 
Jongeka, r. a., to cttt a little offthe panda la mnazi 

(branch of the jnthn-trce), in ordcr that tlte 

cocoa-litjuor utag fioic more iptirktg (cid. gcina) ; 

ku jiingera mnnzi up.ite tona. 
Jonoo, 8. (c\ia,pl. viongo) ; (1) <i boss, h ump (kama 

niundu za gnombe) ; mtu huyu ana jongo or 

afania jongo, thi* mttn is httnijAackctl and so 

cannot icalk or stantl ujiright ; yuwapiga or 

inika jongo or kijongo or nundu, kinundu; (2) 

gout (St.) ? 
Jongo ncnc cha kansu, the largc scam of a natire 

cloth ; ku inika jongo ni-nc. 
Jonook, s. (yn\ a large kititl af fi*h jrhale] ; 

nimeona jongoc ya bahari. 
Jonooja, *., a custom ttt w?tlding* to cnrrg the 

hridegrooui on thc shotdders ^Er.). 
Jonooo, s. (la, pl. majongoo), a ntillepetl, a kintl 

of black icorm with a great ntang tcg* } the trortn 

julus?? 
Jonooya, r. n., ritl. ongoya. 
Joniota, r. n.; ku washa kidogo ; tombako hi 

heijonioti, heiwashi, ni dufu, ni mbiti (or jipui /#« 

Kijieinba). to burn onhj a Vtttle ; c.g., thi* tttbacco 

tlocs not bitrn much, it i* tfcak, tturipc. 
Jonni. *. (cha, pl. vionni), tt noceltg, ttmjthiug 

ichich has uot becn sc.en before aud conseijucntlg 

causi-s a*tonishmtut or adutiration ; jonni ni 

jambo lisiloonekaca, or lisilukuiiino, or laku- 

taajabu. 
Jonha, r. ; ku-ji-kondcsha, r. rcfi, topinc atcag, to 

gricrc at orfor. to langtti*h ; rid. konda. 
J6nj*6e, s. (wa, j>l. vioiiHoe), a cripj.lc ; jonsoc ni 

mtu mniongc, mcRkini ya Mungu. 
J66 (or jO) (cha, j)l. vio), a m.cessarg jtlttcr ; pahali 

pa kiignia, ku enenda jooni, to go to stool. 
Jopa, s. (la, vl. ma — ), rid. oya, /». 



J6ka, r. a., (1) to carve, to do carved icork ; (2) U* 
irritt ' btunderiiiglg (ku jora waraka kua vibdya, 
pasipo uzuri). 

Jorjia, s., a Ueorgian, the ntost valuedand tchitett 

offemale slarcs. 
Jororo (korobo), adj., soft; jiwe jiroro, si kigumii. 

« soft stone. 
Johiio, s. t icashing, a bathing-place ; mabali \t\ 

J08honi = mahali pa ku oshea mtu aliekuf?.. 

ajtlace for washing tlte dead ; mabali pa Tnuni, 

ku uenda vuoni, ajplttcefor tcashing clothe*. 
J6»i, s., a hhtck bird trith a longbeak, tchich driaU 

tembo on thc cocoa-trec. 
Jota, r. a. - ku teka kidogo, to talec a little tcitk 

one'sfingers. 
Joto, *., heat ; nmili unnjoto; cfr. ota. 
Jota, 8. (Ia,;>/. ma — ), a ralued kintl of cocoa-nvt 

m'th a tchite sjiongg substancc; joya la nazi = 

nito wa nazi ukikua, joya la naxi li tello nJani- 

yakwc, fihina la mte, watu anala, ni tamn. 
.Ioyo, s. :eha, j)l. vioyo) «= ubahili, avarice,extrtw: 

jHtr8i nt'*niousne8s ; cfr. bahili. 
J6\o, s. (from moyo, hettrt) ; joyo lina-n» flyiika ;•** 

rtii^fr). 
.lozi, *., a icaltiut ; i^. , nux in gcncre. 

.lozi (or javzi or jeozj), apair (Artth.). 

M' (or jru), adc. antl j>rcp., wp, abore, oa, vpou, 
orer, on thc top of against ; ju ya mlima, on tkt 
inountain; kitu hiki ju yako wewe, this maybt 
or is ujHjn thec ; ju yangu, on iny accmst: 
usiwe na matojii jii, angalia tini, hare not gottr 
ctjcs tttwce, bttt look dotrn (/#|. ordcr to go 
cautiou8lg at itight) ; buana yiiko ju, the ntaster 
is upstairs. 

M\, s. (la, pl. majiia), (1) sun ; {"2) svn-hcat; ko 
jiia kiili, nti heifiogeki kna jua, to-tlay the sss i* 
Itot, inic cannot tread upon tlw ground for hcat: 
jua kitoani, noon ; jua lijuwa likitua (Luktfr. 
20) ; kiunctoka jua jiugi mno, wala ai kama fitu- 
kalo siku zote. 

Jla (wa) (vt'd. chiiaor tjiia, pl. viua), afrog; jna 
wa ziwani yuwalia, thc frtnj ofthc lakc or tcoter- 
ptHtl cries. Tlte 8tta?tili jpeojde harc the pvtrik 
idea, that in the westtrrn hcmisphcre there arr 
ptttple tcfto dratc thc sttn tccsttrard. Atfirstth- 
ttttn ix jntllcd bg bogs, thcn bg old mcu, and la* 
tif all bg strong gouths, ttutil this cclestiai Wv 
falls tloirn tcitlt a crash, tchich t howertr is mrf 
hettrd on account of the countless number of 
jicopte vho, dratring watcr irith their bvcketi .efr. 
ml/»o), irash thentselre8 antl say their pra^trt- 
.hia likitiia, lafania m&hindo, laken watn hawa- 
sikii kua ungi wa kata za ku oshea, na wa watv 
wangi wcgni ku snlli. 

Jia, r. a., to knotc, to undcrstand, to knotr al^mt 
or hotr; nnjua ncno hili. / know this matter; 
Kjiii maneno yn Kisuahili, / do not knotr $r 



1 ) 



JU 



ttuilerttand KituahUi; cndu kuu ku yia.golhou 
inlli eauttoa ; na-ro-jua nliko, / inoio trliure he 
u/ tuujiiu ka fua cliuuia, iee knoic hoio to icork 






» (or 



I IL-m 



aeipiaiut one itith. 
JuLl {or j-jilIa), k. ot;.; rolu tiuyu wa-ni-miza 

ku juilin jambulangn, thit m/tn looktil or iii- 

ijuired ajttr rne, lo knoic my conttition. 
JliA, r. obj., to put one i'« ntiW, to remiitd one 

of a thiag; e.g., mtu omekuja ku-ni-juia kazi 

(kumbusha kazi), the ma-i eame to rtmiad 

me ofthe trork. 
Jcikasa (or jtu.iKANA) t v. «., to be kuotcu.tobc 

knoirabte, to kuoio eacli other. 
JtisitA (or jtusuA) ^kiijilniha yrjuviiha), e-.c, 

to makt to luoic, to teach, to iuake oue ae- 

antliited icith. 
JCB, «■, " eoni'ulerablc r'ivrr riting in the north- 
treit of Kaffa iiml runuing iato the ladian 
Ocean near the etptator ia Eait Africa. Tlie 
Arabt catl it " Jiib," the Suahiti " Wiitubu," thr 
llttlta "D'Uiisa," aiul the Somali "Oowiuda." 
There are calttraC.t iu tlut river. The firit it 
uttt teith uorth of tlie Soiuali-totca Barderi 
irlwrt Baron v. iler Vtcken {in 1866) wai killeil, 
afler hieiwj tott liii iteamer at the eaiarad. 
Attoilicr nttaraet 'tt raid to be near the Somali- 
plact " Cinnniia or Onuali,'' further to the nortli. 
It it a ijrciit l'HiJ ihat thii rivtr, irhich appear, 
to he navigabl; to a ijreat dManee, heu aot ye 
heca eiamined bij Europeam. The Oermai 
(lotitrniutiit onght lung aijo ta Itare mude it thtir 
tluty to teoil o rcitei Iv Banltra, aad to kact 
catled iti chicft and j-eople to actount for tltr 
mnriltr of tlie Jlaron. On tliat occaiioa tltey 
might haie aictndtd and cjatnined the ricer. 
Tn'n river it ito donbt de-tinetl to contey Euro- 
peatii ri'jht into the. Galla cottutrie» tituateii 
eoitth of Abtjttinia, irhca it irill beeoiae iinpor 
lunt for the prutecutiun of geographicat dii- 
coecrict, of commtrct, andof luittiouary tcork. 
Jluba, «. |>, i>l. n»-)i " la "Jt a » d '"■""&■ rhitel ' 

a mortiie-r.hitel; jubb» la kuzi. 

Ji-nOl {or Tinii) , jiitiii JU mhhi-.i {rfr. tuiniie), 11 

tmall ttone tied to tkc Ji/hiutjJiook tv mide it 



J fcmroi, *. (yii), on effort, eforU, diligtnct, ardour; 
ulia jiihudi yu kaii, he irorkt dUigentiy ^ku 
fiiniu juliudi, to etert oat'i-tt'f; tfr. j^ , 
diligantia «c uludio u»u> est. 

■.■IV, 1. {ws, pt. insjuju), a tribe, tchicli actordiag 
to tlie geography of the Suahili are a kind o( 
pigmiu, tclui retide bcyond thi eountry of the 
Wabiliklmo at the icorUI'i end, eating ttonei and 
lantl. They tritl come to the coait, to tat ttone; 
irhenthedeilrnctioaofthticorldiiathand. In 
their eouatnj the eun ittt tcith a erath ecerijday. 
<yr.ju*, a frog. 
M-iCmh, r. n., rfr. otuma, v. 11. 
JujcutA, v'tit. chuvhumia. 
L-«J, *., augtr; yunu juki u mojo — yuna htuura, 
itc it aagry. 

L'kha, r. a., to male one augry, to offend one. 
Jukiwa, r. n., to le made angry, lo be offended; 
e.g., busna auicjnkiwn ui mtumuwnkwe, nn 
mtuma anip-m-jukina Luanawakwc, ihe maiter 
irai made angry by hii itace, aad the ilave 
made hi» matter angry; cfr. tukiia, tukiwa, 
antl tnkin, toprovoke one lo anger. 
iKr, «., ruk; a Kord tued by trailert (St.). 
LKi-A, v. (i. — lukuu, to carry, to bear (rfr.). 
lkuari, #., a icaffolil, tcaffotding (St.)- 
t'Kf m; $., a caryo of goodt behaging to carima 
otrneri ; jnhazi yatukiio jnkfimu ; pcrhap* a cor- 
rjplioaofthcAiiihariciai&Kn-.'oaitirfr.th&ienu). 
ICha {or cltt'UA), 1. (cha,i)f. viiima), iYom. 
l'Bjfl, »■■ (1) Eritlaij [ofthc Jlidianimedant), their 
Sithba\h;'i2)tceekj\i-0TiiJC t m&,to^ayiiJPriday, 
or siku ku ya juiuu, the grtat day ofthewcek, 
i,c, Friday. The ituhammedam cennt t'n tkin 
tra'y: (I) juma, Friday; (2) Juma ya mSii or 
Juma miiz, Sattirday ; (3) Jnma yn pili or Juma 
pili, Sundny ; (4) Juma ya latu or Juma tatu, 
Monday; (5) Juma n'ne, Titetdoy ; (6) Jumu 
tiino {or ya tano), IVedaetdatj; (7) ElkliBiDin, 
Thurmlay; roajumiimanne( = muczi), oJlemoa(A,■ 
jiiroamoja, oneiceel; jfima mimu, a trhote irtek. 
In ll,e y.unzibar diaiect the natiret lay Juma n 
mozi, a pili, a taln, a nne, a tano: ya t» ckanged 



niuk. 






rtutiu, r. «., to compel; efr 
vitura ndi'git ail rero. 

1 100, «., grouail-ititti ^SL). 

Ji-ol*. «., u hitl of ctuy (kilima cha uJongo) irhiri 
thr' Itogt dig «p, aad i'« tehich bta Irarc their 
hiaicy (Sp.) (- t6u itt Kijornr», aad Uiiln t-i 



Kimkii; 



a long lurijc rope (rcfu lu ku fungin) ; 
a tmall rope, kigue a rery imaR ropc. 



JCn\{or3tnkx),:.anaiteinbly;rid.Arab. leU* ■ 
L-MBA, t. (cha, pt. viurauu), a litttt room ; a imall 
iltejiing-TOOin; niumba lu ina viumba vingi or 
piihali puiligo, thit hovte Itai many littte roomi. 
:-mba, ». (1a, ;J. majumlia) (ninon.), « large hovir 
(-niumbakuba or hodari), an apartmtnt kana 
jumba gcrejiani (Sp.), a room Uke tlntt in afort. 
t'MBF-, t. {pt. ninjumbe); (1) = Liumbe kiliciio 
fimboa, a creafurr ; kiumbe ni ratu or ni muaau 
waAdarou; (2) a great thief (mzc rokuba or 
sheha; ni watu watawalao katika mrima = 
diwilni), njirmcr, kt'ng. 



JTT 



( «2 ) 



JTJ 



Jumd£za, p. a., to heap one upon another; mtu 
huyu anapakia jumbeza (R.), this man embarks, 
heaplng one upon another. 

Jumfi, *., salt (in Kipemb.)\ maji ya jumfi, salt- 
water (opp. to maji ya mto, sweet-water). 

Jujila, s. (ya), the sum, totality (pa pia pamoja) ; 

"" " "" 6-"C-» 

itr - J**- » collegit ; dJU* , summa. 
Jumlihha, c. «., to compreliend all together, to 
sum vp, to atld up. 

Jumu, *. (y&,j)l. za) (cfr. A+ , petivit rem bonam 
malamve) = bakhti, fortune; jumu ngema, haj>- 
jriness; jumu mbaya, misfortune ; sina jumu 
niimi nai = lintupatani mimi nai, we do not agree 
irith each other, myself with him ; mua-m-tajia tu, 
ela fciye, ni jumuzakwe kua vibaya. 

Juna, r. a. - tuna, to ftay t to strip off the skin 
(rid. tuna). 

Junda, s.j a piace in t)ie island of Jlombas 
abounding in cocoa-nut trees (cfr. mUhamuri). 

Junoa, s. (magn. o/"unga), a saw-mittf poundcd 
woodfor medicinal use (R.) ? 

JuNUA, s. (yn,pl. za — ) (in Kipemb.), huslcs; junga 
za mtuma =■ matoa ya mtama (in Kitnvita). 

Junou, s. (cha, pl. viungu), an earthcnware cooking. 
pot ; jungu la ku pikia, a cooking pan or jwt. 

Jinoua, s. (la, jd. ma — ), orange; (1) jiingua la 
kinunazi. This kind of orange is ofa large 
size and of an agrceable taste, brought from 
Zanzibar to Jlombas. The orange of Mombus 
is ofa sour and di*agreeable tuste; laken jungua 
la Unguja lina bered, linatuanm, laken la Mwitu 
ni kali. (2) Jiingua za jensa ni ndogo kama niai 
ya batta, niekundu. This is thc Pcrsian orangc; 
mjensa is the tree ofthis kind oforange. 

Junia, *. (vid. gunia), a kind of maltiny-bag. 

Juniu, 8., a crustofsalt; nimcoga maji yapoiini 
nafunia juniu, / washed mysclfin sea-water und 
got my body covcred with salt (with a salt-crust) 
(cfr. miiniu). 

Junni, 8. (\&,jil. nia — ), a icatcr-bird, whitc in <•<>- 
lour and long h-ggcd. Its cry is cousidend 
ominous. 

Junudi, s., southtm latitude (ojij). shimfil) ; cfr. 

S->ys- > auster, veutus australis ( s—^- )• 
Juo, s. (cha, j)\. viiio) [yfr. jiia, r. «., to know), a 
book ; nianajuoni (j)l. wan»juoni or viuoni, wana- 
vioni), a learned, the hurned man; mtu asoniui 
(pl. watu wasomuo) juo. 
Juo, *. (chu, pl. viuo) (chuo); juo cha ku fulia imzi 
or madufu (kifuo cha ku fulia nazi), a ntickjijed 
into the ground, its end being jwintid like a 
tooth, 80 us to rij) up thc Jibrous husk of the 
cocoa-nut. Thc nutivcs vcry skdfully dash thc 
cocoa-nut against the point ofthis stick, until the 
husk is torn offfrom the shetl. 
Juokho, *. (ya), cloth of whattver colour it may be ; 



jiiokho ikiwa ncauwi, ikiwa manni mawiti, ikiwa 
ncauppo ; juokho ya sufa. 

Jupi, s., a hird, an ouseli 

Juua, s., ajmir (St.). 

JuuukIka (or jcrumika), r. n. (tfr. Kiniassa chu- 
rnra), to run down, to drop off t to ffush, e$., 
wlien the rain-water runs down frmn the gutttr 
of a roof, or from a piece ofdoth taken out oj 
water. 

Jusi (or juzi), culv. (=ku ahinda jana), the dag 
before yesterday. The word is probably a cor- 
ruption of ju ya siku, aoore one day ; juzi \\r 
ya juzi, since six days orto-day tlie sixth ; muaka 
juzi, the year before Uist; juzi usiku, yesternight; 
kijana cha juzi, a boy or girl ofthe day btfort 
ycstcrday ~ still young; tangu majuzi yale. 

JU88A, s. (ch&,j)l. viuasa), a harpoon; juaaa ni mti 
uliotiwa juma cha nta cha ku pigia aamaki 
mkuba, kana papa, ngii, tewa. 

Juhhu, s. (jd. viussu), a lcind oflizard (cfr. mjussn, 
jil. mijussu). 

Jusuu (or juzuu), s. (ya, pl. ma — ), (1) a smoJl 
book,j>amj)hlet; (2) a section ofa book, espeeially 
of the Voran (=- fungu la juo). Dr. Steere 
says, *' There arc in all thirty sections, urhich 
arc oftcn writtcn out separately.^ AU the jnzuu 

together are khitima nzima ; cfr. u^. , partitos 
fuit. 
Juta, v. n. (ji-uta ?), to regret, to he gorryfor, to 
feel grieved at hcart — ku fania hammu or ma- 

jonsi (cfr. Arab. J»\*. , anxit aliquem tollici- 

tudine) ; najuta maovuyangu, tatubu, / repent of 
my wrong-doing, I will uct better ; najuta ku 
cnendti Rabbay, naumia burre, ngawa nnakuen- 
dcu-ni ? sikuputu kazi, / regret iuy going to 
Jiubbuy, 1 troubU' myself 'in vain — for ad, vhy 
did I then goi I have not found tcork \ahtl 
tlurvfore cunnot tarn anything) ; najuta niimi 
nufsiyungu ku funia neno hiii or nnngiwa or na- 
shikiwa ui majuio. 
JuTiA, v. obj, 
.Iutimia, r. c. 

Juto, s. >)i\,j>l. ma — ), a largc rirer ; magnifyimg 
J'orm of mto, a rivcr ; kijiito (diminut.), a sinull 
river, a brook. 

.h.u, vid. ju. 

Juvia, v. a., to make to know (vid. jua, r. «.}; 
juvisha, v. c, to teach. 

Juva, x. (j)l. majuyu), u drag-net (cfr. jarifa;, 
i/«i</r ofthc burk of thc mbuyu tree or of ropcs 
oj' vorou-nut Jibre . 

Juza, s. ; shuibula juza, very old (St.). 

Juzi, rid. jusi. 

Juzu, v. u., to suit onc, to behove, to he obliged, to 
bc under obliyatiun; cj'r. Arub. jV^. , periniait, 
licitum haluit, fecit ut — ; ncno hili lajuza nami 



JU 



("3) 



ku-li-fania, I must ( — ya-ni-pasha) do thU ihing; 
mke huyu ajuzu nawe ku-mu-6a, you must marry 
tJtU woman; nguo bi hai-m-juzu, thU cloth U 
not good or not fit for him t c* nguo hi hajuzu 
nayo, thU cloth does not suit him. 



JuzIa, v. obj., to compel(= stahili); nono hili 
la-n-juzia ku-li-fania, tJtU matter compelt me 
to do it; mke huyu a-ka-juzia ku-mu-oa, this 
icoman compeU you to marry her. 



Ka, a parllcle inserled in ihe imperative and 
subjunctive of verbs, expressive of the conjunc- 
tion "and;" e.g. t enda uka-mu-<5ne, go and see 
him. 
Ka, a parlicle signifying the past tense, and 
applied in the narrative styU. TJte conjunction 
"and" U included; e.g., akakasirika, aka-m- 
piga, akanenda, and he was angry, and did beat 
him t and departcd. 
Ki (or kaa), s. (wa, pl. za), a land-crab, canccr 

ruricola (Kr.) 
Ka (or kIa) (ya, pl. za), a bloek with an incUion in 

which planks arefastened to sguare tJtem (R.). 
Ka (or kjLa), s. (la, pl. mfika or makaa), apiece of 
charcoal (pl. coals); kaa la muoto, a buming coal, 
embers; kaa zimui — k&a lililo zimua kua maji, 
cJiarcoal quencJted with water = a dead coal, in 
oppos. to kaa la muoto (pl. makaa mazimui or 
makaa zimui or makaa yazimui), coal become 
dead of itself (kaa lililozima nafsiyakwe) ; kaa 
la moshi (pl. makaa ya moshi or kamoshi), 
soot; ku piga makaa, to make charcoal. 
Kajl (or KA), v. n. t to sit t to dwell, to stay t to remain, 
to tarry, to live in or at; e.g., mahali akaapo 
sultani, tJte place wJtere tJie Jdng sits or dtcells 
— the royal dwelling or palace ; ku kaa kiutko, 
to sit doicn, to remain guiet; wowo uniekaa 
mno or sana, tJtou Jiast tarried or stayed much 
or long. 
KalIa, v. obj. ; ku-m-kalia matanga, ku kaa raa- 

tanga, to sit mourning; ku-m-kalia, to mourn 

for or ovtr Jiim; ku-m-kalia jema = ku-m- 

fanikia jema ; ku-m-kalia tamu. 
Ji-kalIa ; ku ji-kalia tu, only to stay t to pass 

time, to Jiave notJung to do. 
Kawa, v. p., to stay out, to tarry, to be delayed. 
Kawia, v. obj. t to delay. 
Kawilia, v. oly.f to tarryfor one t to loiter about 

a busines8. 
KawilIza, v. c.,to make one to tarry t to stay 

out, to be out a long wJiile. 
Kalika, v. n., capable of being inhabited; e.g., 

nti hi haikaliki, one cannot dtcell in tJtis coun- 

try t it U uninJiabitable. 
Kawisha, v. c, to cause to stay t to drlay. 

KaliIna, k. rec. t to dclay one anotJter. 

Kaakaa (or kAka), s. (\&,pl. ma — ), tJte palate; 



kaakaa la ulimi = shina la ulimi, lit., the root 
of the tongue. 

KjLa la kIkoa, thepalatef (8t.). 

Kaahoshi (or kamoshi) (ya, pl. za) (=takaza 
moshi), soot caused by the smohe; mahali or 
pahali peeussi (peaussi) kua moshi, a place 
which U blackfrom tJte amoke. TJte cottages of 
the natives arefuU ofsoot from want ofproper 
eJtimneys. 

KajLhoa (or kikoa), v. a., tofry t to cook with fat. 

Kaawoo (kikoo), s. (la, pl. makaango), an earthen 
potfor cooking meat in. 

KAba, s. (ya, pl. za) (Dr. 8t. has kaba la kanzu) ; 
kaba ya kanzu, a piece of cloth which U stitched 
into tlic tcaUtcoat on the back of tlie neck, and 
a little down on tJte front, to give tJte kanzu 
more strengtJt (ku tia kaba, kaba ya kisibao). 

Kaba, v. a. t to cJioJce, to tJtrottle (St.). 

KabAili (or kabAila), s. (wa, %A. makabaili); 
kabaili ya watu =- watu wakuba, the principal 
men of a place; thambi kabaila (— thambi 

kuba), a great sin or crime; tfr. Lj , accopit. 

KIbala, s. (Arab. J**)» the being oppostte to — 

over against (cfr. kabili). 
Kabari, s. (ya, pl. za), a tcedge = kipaude cha 

mti cha ku passulia gogo. 
KAbathu, v. a. (Arab. <^**), to catcJt (= ku guya) ; 

cfr. i^i , npprehendit manu rom, or L«J ' 

manu comprchondit rem. 

Ki bithi, v. a , to give into tJte Jiand, to seize one 
80 tJtat Jte cannot escape ; e.g., amc-m-kabithi 
muegni dcni, Jte seized tJic debtor; hence 
kibithi, 8., Jtusbandry t frugality ; amekabithi 
— amezuia mali kua kua mkafu, to beparsi. 
monious t toholdfast, not to sauander money. 

KABITHI8HA, V. C, to COUSe to 8CtZ€. 

KabIbu, adj. (Arab. S-**** , smaU t narrow f in 

oppos. to wide ; e g., sidaki nguo pana, nadaka 
nguo kabibu, / do not want a wide cloiJi, Iwant 

a narrow one (cfr. v^ ? ?)• 
KabIla, s. (ya, pl. t za), tribc, dan t a subdivision 
tess tJtan taifa (Sl) (cfr. ufungu) ; vid. Arab. 

S*S , tribus arabica, gens plures familias con- 

tinens. 



( 124) 



Kabili, *., a fiute-player «muegni kupiga mizmari 

Kabili, w. n. (Arab. J**), tobebeforeor opposite, 
toface one t to be opposite t to appear before one's 
face t to brave ; ku onana usso kua usso, to take 
the direction t e.g. t hakAbili ku uza, Iit. t he is not 
in the direction ofseUing t he doea not seem as if 
he would sell it; hatuwczi ku kabili bAhari ile, we 
could not navigate tliat sea ; ulimcngu unakabili 
mvua, it i* tikely for rain ; chaktila sasa kina 
kabili mimi, it i* now my turn to supply food. 
Kabiliana, v. rec. (— ku lckeana), to facc each 
other, to be opposite one to the other. 

KABfLisnA, r. c, (1) to confront t to bring oneface 
to face t to set before; (2) to send one with 

something, to set before; cfr. Lj , antc cssc ; 

Lj , accepit, c regione oppositus fuit ; usipo- 

ni-lipa maliyangu, ta-ku-knbilisha na wdli, if 
thou dost not give my goods t 1 will bring thce 
before the governor; nirae-m-kabilisha mtu na 
waraka ku nenda naye Pangnni, / hare sent a 
man with a letter to the Pangdni-river ; (3) ku 
kabiiisha niaraka, toforward letters. 
Kabisa, adc. ; thi* word enforces both the affirma- 
tion and negation t hencc it signifies : (1) by all 
means t (2) by no means t (3) altogetlter, utterly, 
quite ( — komoe, mno, tu, sana, mamoja) ; siduki 
kabisa kitu hiki, I do by no means want this 
thing t I do not want it at all; kabisa = asia, but 
asia is ob8olete t e.g. t wasisalia asia. 
Kabithi, r. a., to give one into the hand; vid. kii- 

bathu, v. a. 
Kadla, adv., &//<>/•<» ;kablaya, before, ere (oftime); 
kabla asijiifii, beforc hc died ; kabla ya siku jiijc, 
ere long, in a few days; kabla el-fcgiri, beforc 
day-break ; kabla mviia haitassa ku nia, before thc 
rain ; kabla muaka hautassa ku pita, before the 
lapse ofa year ; kubla or kabula nsitassa ku 
nmia, befvrc I suffer, Lukc xxii. 15 (K.). 
Kabos, *. ; ku piga kabos, to harp (Sp.). 
KabOla, adr., j'revious, beforc; anakiija nibellc 
kabula ya fulani hatassa ku tokea, hc rame 
beforc X. X. madc his appearancc ; kabulaasi- 
jenda mefigidini, beforc hc went to thc mo*que. 
Kabuli, s. (Arab. J^i ), acccptance; hapami ka- 

buli tcna. 
Kabuiu, 8. (ya,^>/. iuakaburi), a toiub, a grare (cfr. 

kitinza aud jencnza) ; Arab. ^J» , iiihumavit, 

sepclivit ; ~*S , sepulcrura. 

Kaciia (kaja), 8. (ubabi), to fasten a cla*p or list 
with nails on the sidcs (K.). 

Kadamisiia (or kadImihiia), r. a. (Arab. *jj> i 

praccessit, pracivit, to go beforc), to advancc, to 
send before (— ku tanguliza or pt-leka rabelle ; 
n : mckadamisha watu kumi, Ihave svnt ten mcn 



before or beforehand. Tlu word sounds like 
gadamisha, makaburi like niagaburi, in thepro- 
nunciation ofmany Arabs. 

^ ^ ^ 

Kadamu, s. (Arab. *oU- ), a servant (rfr. *m * 

ministravit, inservivit ; *»>U. , famulus) ; cfr. 

Bp. Steere,pagc 288, "kadamu," a servant, tke 
lowest of thc three chief men usuaily set ovtr 
the slavc* on aplan'ation. On the Zambtzi the 
man who stands at the head of tlte canoe to Ivok 
outfor shoals is called kadamo. 

Kadi (or rather kathi, Wrf.), *. (Arab. *<&} 
(wa, 2>l makiidi), judge — muamzi wa nti ; efr. 
^2& , decrevit, judicavit. 

Kadiki, r. n. (Arab. .jj ), to thihk, svjtposc, 

estimate; Arab. ^jj , potuit, valuit, magni 

estimavit, in magno prctio habuit ; nakadiri 

mancno haya ni kuclli, Ithink this matter to be 

true. 

Kadirika } v. ii., to bc supposabic ; c.g. t manen» 

yasiokadirika =- yasioncncka, the word* whick 

canuotbesupposed,cannotbenaidort9timattd; 

anatakabari mno, hakadiriki, he is excecdingly 

jnroud, 
KadikIwa, r. p. t to be supposed. 
Kadiri, 8. (Arab. «jj ), mcasure, capacity, 

amouut, raluc, about, nearly (Arab. yti » 

quod ordinatum est, quantitas, mensura, pre- 

tium); kadiri ya watu kumi wamekuja, about 

ten men came ; ame-ni-pa kadiri ya reali mia, 

he gave me to the amount of 100 doUar* (aboutor 

nearly 100 dollars) ; kadiri gani or kadri gani ? 

to what amount or how much ? kadri gani pipa 

hi ya banidi, ichat is the price qf thit barrel of 

gunpowderi what does it costf kadiri akitia 

hukiiza, whenever or as ofttn a# heput* in t dx.; 

| kiidiri utakaokiia, whenever thou «r/, d'c; kadiri 

' utakapolanioa maovu, ni-pigia ukemi, nami U- 

1 ku-tokea marra, irhencrcr yon arc trronged, girt 

! ine a call aud Iwill coine to you at oncc. 

Kadooo, adj., xmall t littlc (cfr. dogo). 

j Kafafanla unu(i v *., vncovering oftht siere; rid. 

kilinge. 
Kafaha, *. iy&,2)l.ma. — ), a sujierstitious charu 
made qf a little breod, sugar-cane t and thc eggs 
ofa hni, rfr. // is thrown into a cros*-way at 
night or early in the moming, to ejrpel an evil 
spirit, irhich i* svpjiosetl to have caused the 
sickiK** of a 2>er*on. The kafdra-maker write* 
soiue liiies upon thc, eggs or cocoa-shcUs, &c. (kn 
iauia kafara). Thc natives make makafara or 
niasadaka isacrijiees) in a time of general dis- 
tre**, e.g., infamine, war t rfc. They blindfolda 
btack cow with black cloth and bury it alivc i* 



( »5) 



tJte dead of night, fottowing tJte direction of the | Kagongo, s. (cha) =* fimbo fupi, a little stick ; 

wind. Tlii$ sacrifice is made, "ku sukuraia kAkongo cha ku pigia uzi ■» a hasp. 

maovu," to avert an evil {vid. ihakafara). Tfany Kagonoonuo (kafupi), a very little sticlc. 

onepassing tahes up tlie ingredients ofthe cJtartn . Kaoua^ r. a., to go over and impect (St.). 

which Jtaoe been thrown in tJte cross-way, he is Kaha, s. (la, pt. ma — ); kaha la i, an egg-shell; 

supposed to carry away tJte misfortune or ! ngovi la kaha la i, tJie embryo in the egg-sheU. 

disease, d-c. Kahaba, s. (wa, pl. ma — ) (Arab. &<^i ), a pros- 

Kaffi, s. (pl. makaffi), a paddle (kasia la niuma), titute, rnale orfemale. 

a small oar used (in rowing a boat) by the man Kahadi, s., an epidemicf (R.) ; the name of a 

who sits behind at the helm. sickness like cJtolera, small-pox ; hi ni kahadi 

Kafila, *. (ya) (Arab. £Uli ), a caravan; saffari | a Ho.tu-8hu8hia Muegniewo Muungu; cfc Ij 

knba ; e.g., innkuja kafila ya Wakamba (cfr. nga- , j nce88 i t contracto gradu. ' 

nidwa and kinungu). The word kafila i« not \ Kahaf, s.; ya kofia (Sp.) ? 

much used b» the real SuoJtili, bvt rather bu ; Vi „. - - *r*z 

'l^ ^ ^ J Kahawa, s., coffee; cfr. 6^5 , vinum ct tum dc- 

the Arabs. Jai , reversus fuit ox itinere ; fliij f ^^ ex kci8 nogtrum kaffec 
iter simul facicntium cohors or turba ex itinere , Kahesoa, *.; ku fania kahenga? 



redenntium. 
Kafihi, v. a. ; ku-ji-kafini, wana-ji-kufini ngiio or 

wava nguo ku-ji-kafini (R.) ; cfr. ^jtf , involvit. 

Kafirt, s. (Arab. JlS') (wn, ja/. ma — ya), infidel, , 
one who is not of the AfuJtammedan religion ; 



Kahixat, s. ¥ cfr. Arab. y£ , pruesagivit, prac- 

dixit occulta, hariohitus fuit ; vid. kuhiui. 
KAhini (pl. makahini), s., a priest, a sootJtsayer ; 

Arab. y£ , pracsagivit, sacerdotio functus 

fuit. 

knfiri wa Kinika, maknfiri ya Kisegeju ni maku- Kaida, s. (Arab. £*xcU ), reyularity (St.) ; ya 

firi ya kwisha (vid. Msegeiu\ tJte Wanika and , ., , - . ' -. , . 

J v b J ' I kaida, regular; cfr. also *>U » duxit, passus fuit 

Wasegtju are the worat infide's ; Arob. ^ , | d„ c i Be b8equentein reddidit, obedient. 

texit, abnegavit ; jte , Dci beneficia abncgans, ,Kaima; akiliyakwc kairaa? 

infidelis, MnhamnTedicao rcligionis dogmata Kaimu > '■ ( Ar<lh ' f$* ) (P 7 - makaimu), (1) muegni 



negans. Majefiri,tn/&7e ; s, promakufiri, isobsolete. 

Kaftani, s. (Arab. ^Uoi ), tJte long upper-coat of 
the Arabs, resembling tJte European niglitgown. 

Kafu (or kavu), adj., dry ; kitn kiiicho kaiika, a 
thing which is dry ; kiini kufn, drywood; ma- 
liindi makafu, dry corn ; kitu kikafu, dry matter; 
cfr. Jjtf , aridu«, siccus fuit. 

KAFUKiA, r., to cry, to ccdl out, to raise a cry. 

KafCle (or k^fOle\ *., dogl odds-bobs! an excla- 
mation of contempt ; kafule wu or liwue nguo, 
ondAka oruondoke, ifa cJdhl i* *ecn naked, tJiey 
will say, " Thou dog, wear a clotJt and gct tJice 
Jtence." 

Kaf£ri, *., campJtor ; .J>\& f camphora. 

Kaua, s. (ya, pl. za), a kind of sweUing, tumour 

(uelle wa kaga) R. ; kaga ya or za malimau, ttr. 
Kaoa, v. a., to protect anytJting by me.ans of a 

charm ; e.g., ku kaga muili, kuburi, shamba, d-c; 

kua upancra; ku kaga kab'iri — ku fnnia upanga 

kaburini fiasi asi-m-fukio meiti, to put a cltarm 

upon tJte grave lest the hyena dig vp the corpse; 

ndilo kago la fissi (pl. mngo ya fiBsi). 
Kagara kagara ; alikua hakujua knguva kagura 

(cfr. Kiniassa raga and laga), hc did not know 

what to do (R.). 
Kaoo, s. (la, pl. ma — ), protection of anytJting by 

means ofa charm; e.g., kago la ngiie, la mtti, la 

fisai, d'c; vid. kaga ya. 



ku amiia mahali pa sultani, waziri or wakili wa 
sultani, tJte viccgerent, representative of tJte 
king; (2) mganga, vid. ku punga pepo. 

Kajua, s. dimin., little *un (wJten Jte goes down at 
suuset) ; kn juu ni kapi, wJiere is Hte little sun f 
resp., Jte is nearly down. 

Kaka *. (la), vid. kunkn (la ju and la tini). 

Kaka, s. (yn) (ugdnjoa wa vido1« pia), a kind of 
disease wJtich consumes the fingers, commencing 
with tJte fiesh under tJte nails. The disease 
cit 7 Ied radudu consumes only tJie flesh of one 
Hnger (under tJte nail) ; ku fania kaka kido- 

10 • 
cm. 

Kak.v, *. (la, pJ. makiikn), sltell; e.g., kaka la i, la 
limuu, the sJiellof an egg, or tJie rind ofa lemon 
wJu'ch is throtcn away after Jtaving bten used, 
pnlp oforanges (Er.). 

Kaka, 8., a brotJter (Kikatlimu) (St.). 

Kakamuka, v. n., togroanlike a woman in travail 
or like a person in severe sickness, or to strain 
(vid. jika), to say ch in Ufiing vp a Jteary 
load. 

Kakassi, *., a little bitter ; vid. utungu; kitu 
kikassi, like tea witJtout sugar. 

Kakata, r. = ku uma, to Jtave mulligrubs (?). 

Kakatua, t\ ? 

Kakawana, r. w., to be strong t capalie of great 
ejrertion, wcll Jcnit and firm in all tJie mnscles 
(St.). 



( 126) 



Kakki, s. (ya,pl. »), a kindofvery thin and hard- 
baked cake, Jiaving many hoUe in it; mukate 
muembaraba, una tundu tundu nd6go nd6go. 

Kala, *., fox f (2) kala or kal, word; kala esbniri, 
the word ofaproverb or the word ofa veree. 

Kalafati, v. a. (Arab. ZiK ) ; k« — , to caulk. 

Kalala, 8. (la,^.ma— ) (eing. nkalala wa mnazi) ; 
(1) kalala la mnazi, the kalala u a ehoedike 
covering of the inkua wa mnaai (vid. mkiia). 
The Uaf which conceah tJte fiower-bud of the 
nazi (Er.)? (2) Kalala la niiiki, honeycomb 
(aaali ni ndani). *~ 

Kalamu, 8. (ya, pl. ma— ) ( (& , calamua scrip- 
toriua), a native reed pen for writing; kalamu 
ya mu&nzi, reedpen. The nativee like beet the 
kalamu ya rosinzi, tchicJi i$ a kind ofblack ehrub. 
The nibs ofthis reed-pen are cvt obliquely. Snaa 
fnza kalaniu kbiynri, noir write with a good pen. 

Kalabua, *. (Arab. &*&> ), a little piece of ivory 
oftJie value of4 to 5 doUars ; pembe ya kalasba. 

Kalasi, *., La8car f 

Kale, adv., (1) old, ancient; watu wa kiile, the 
anciente; ninmba bi ni ya kalo mno, this liousc 
i$ very very old ; mtn buy u ni wa kale ; bnpo kale 
palikua aimba, long ago (in olden timee) there 
wa8 a lion; (2) kale (ofa tree), alhurnum. 

KalpIti (vid. kalafati) (ya, pl. za), caulking, the 
piece of cotton which ie put between thepianJce 
ofthe veseel to make it icatertigJit. 

Kalfati, r. a. ; ku-jombo — ku tia pamba na ma- 
futa jomb6ni, yaaingio maji, or maji yasipate 
pita ndani, to caulk with cotton. 
Kalfatiwa, v. p. 

Kali, adj., tour, eJiarp, narage, ntrong, fierce; tembo 
kali, etrong (intoxicating) cocoa4iquor; kitu 
kikali; mtu mkali, a eavage ; jua kali, ahot sun. 

KalI, v. n., (1) ku kali, to be, to exist (ku kelc) ; 
nitu buyu akali mziraa, akaliko, akclc mzima or 
bei, he is still living; watu wakali bei ; iisaha 
ukali-mo, there is siill eomething (pus) in it ; (2) 
pcrhaps, pray, HJcehj ; kali kitu hiki r.i cbangu, 
this thing is likehj to be mine; kali batakuenda, 
perhape he will not go ; kali bata kuja, sijui ; 
kali (lnliida) adaka ngomo, pcrhaps hc wants the 
fortrees. 

KalIa, v. obj. (rid. koa), to 8it up or waitfor one, 
either to do him good or harm, to remain for; 
ku-m-kalia ndiani, to wait for one or to waylay 
one on the road = ku-m-otca; ku-m-kalia mtu kua 
wema au vibaya ; ku-m-kalia matanga or ku ka 
matanga, to sit mouming for one w/io has died. 
The fiuahili make a mourning of three days 
over tJte dead. Aftertcarda the wife of a free- 
man keepe profound silence and remains at 
homeforfrom three tofive montJie; ifshe i$ the 
wifc of a slave, she mourns for two and a haJf 
months. JShe epeake in a very lotc roice, does not 



leave the room, <£c; this is eaUed, " ku-m-kalin 
miime eda" (ku-m-kalia tftmu, to remain a$ he 
would uri$h). 
Kauana, v. r., to wait for another, e.g., ka 

pigana. 
Kalika, v. n., to be JiabitabU. 
Kaliba, adj., to be eharp, hot, acid ; e.g., liki ina 

kaliba, tJie vinegar ie acid; cfr, S-** f rebemens 
fuit. 

Kaubu, 8. (ya) ( %^\3 , forraa in qua aes funditnr 
vcl ad quam res fingitur), (1) mould, furnace (ku 
tia kalibuni) ; (2) kidiide cba ku fania pop6, the 
instrument for making beOe; kidude cba ku 
subia popo (vid. jubu). 

Kaijfu (or kelifu, kilifu), r.a. (= kati), to do 
vioUnce, to moUst, to trouble, to be disagreeabU 
to one, to inconvenience, to oppose, to eontradiet; 
ame-ni-kalifu maneno, or amc-ni-knnia, amatema 

sifio sifio kabiea ; *-*** , subiro ju&sit rem molev 

tam. 

Kalifiaka, v. rec. 

Kalifuha, v. a.; ame-m-kalifisba maneno yakwe. 
KalIma, 8. [vid. mnunguana), lit., word; cjg n 

watiima baw&na kalima ya nafsizao, eUtves have 

no worde of their own, i.e., have no 8clf-depemd- 

ence, they are not oftheir own selvee; cfr. Arab. 

fj£ , verbum protulit ; £«*£ , verbum, dictio. 
KalipIa (rectiua kabipia), v. a. — ku fanfa ukab', 

to ecold, to threaten; cfr. «Jkl^. 

Kalubu (or kulabo), a hook (vid.) ; but kalibu t* 
a mould. 

Kama (or kana kuamba), conj., liJee at, ae if t*p- 
poeed; ngiio kama bi, a cloth like thi»; kamani 
= kamanini ? as what — very mueh; knna 
mpunga kamani, there is cxceedingly muek rke; 
kama awezavio, as he can; kama hio nHo-kn- 
ambia, as Itold you; kama siku kumi mbelle or 
kadiri ya siku kumi mbelle, ttn daye ago; cfr. 

U£ , sicuti, prout. 

Kama, r. a., to milk; ku kama gnombe mazSwa, 
KamI a, v. obj., to milkfor one. 
Kamoa, v. p., to be miJked. 

Kama makoa, s., a pomegranate. 

Kamasa, 8. (nnapata kama&a), tomething beautifult 

Kamasi, 8. (ya, pl. ma — ) (Kin. mamira), utucm 
from the noee; ku fiita kamasi, tobJoworwipe 
one's nose; yuna makamaai roangi kama kdndo, 
Jie J\o8 much running at the noee like asheep; 
ku sbikoa ni mafiia ya karaaai, to take ceid; 
siwezi kamasi, Iam illfrom a eold. 

Kamata, v. a., to catch (e.g., muifi), to arreet, to 
take, to eeize; to be distinguisJied from ku gfija, 
ku kabitbi, ku sbika, ku zuia, ku kuta ; ku guya, 
to catch a beast; katika mtambo, in a trap; kn 
kabithi mali ; kabitbi maliyangu uai-m-pe mta, 
take or keep myproperty, do not give it to auy 



( 127 ) 



man; ku Bhika, to take it into one's hand; ku 
zuia, to seize or Jceep back; nazuia fcthayako, 
shert mlipe Mkamba scbabu ya deni, / keep back 
your money to pay the Mkamba your debt; ku 
kuta a hu ona, nime-m-kuta mtu huyu niumbani 
muangu, Ifound him in my house. 
Kamatana, r. rec. t to grapple, to seizc one 

another. 
Kam atJa, r. obj. (kamatia kuku). 
Kamatoa, v.p. 

Kamba, s. (la, pl. ma— ), the ceU-comb of a bee ; 
makamba ya niuki ndio yalio na aaali, yalio kamu- 
liwa, ikatolewa asali (vid. jana, #.). 

Kavba, *. (wa, pl. za), a shrimp f (a large sJtrimp is 
caUed mkamba, pl. mikamba), a crayfisJu 

Kamba, *. (ya, pl. za\ rope; kamba ya makiimbi 
ya mnazi. the husk of a cocoa-mU softcited in 
water and beaten, and then twisted into ropes, 
strings, or cords. The kamba ya maktimbi (from 
the fibres of cocoa-nut sheVs) is to be distin- 
guisJiedfrom tJte ukaraba, a rope madeofmm or 
gnongo (pl. karaba za mia), and kamba ulayiti, 
a European or hempen rope, and kamba or kam- 
baa, a plaited thtmg or ichip used by scJiool- 
masters and overlookers. 

Kamba, s. (la, pH. makamba); (1) kamba la kikapn, 
the twisted handle; (2) kamba la niuki, the 
honey-ceU, which Jutving been squeezed out, is 
called lapu la niuki (pl. matapu ya niuki). 

Kambo, s., a step-child; baba wa kambo, a step- 
father; maroa wa kambo, a step-mother. Mr. 
Erh. trrito "kambu." 

Kambu, s. (ya, j>/. za), <* sJioot, sprout; e.g., kambu 
ya mg6mba — mte wa mgnmba or mua ; kambu 
xa mgomba za maniwe, but walio kando kando ni 
kambuzakwo. 

Kame, adj., said of ebbing (R.), guitc dried up, 
utterly barren (St.). 

Kamt, *., a bulbous plant with large Jtead of red 
flowers (St.). 

Kamia, v. a., to reproach, to threaten; ame-m- 
kamia sana ku-m piga, he threatened him mucli 
to beat him; ji-kamia, to reproacJi one f s-self; 
(2) to demand sometJung from one, e.g., a creditor 
from a debtor who always endeavours to evade; 
na-m-kamia sana ; (3) to be resentive. 

KImili, adj. (Arab. J*^), perfect, whoU, com- 
plete =Vua kamili ; ^S , integer, perfectus fuit. 
Kamilia (timilia), v. n., to be wJtofe or perfect. 
KAMiLiFU, adj.,perfect, wanting nothhg. 
Kamilika, to beperfect. 

Kamilisha, v. a., to make perfect or entire (- 
timiza); e.g. t niiuc-u-kamilisha mueziwangu, 
Ihave made my montJtfull — Ihave served a 
fuU month. 

K1m6e, adv. (» kabisa), by no means, not at aU, 
never; e.g.> ridaki kitu biki k&raoe, / do not 



want tJtis thing at oM. Compare Ute Kikamba 
ejrpression, ka imoe, one time, once. 
Kamu ? kaskazi kamu, Ukambani f (R.) ; probably 

kaimu, rising, travelling to Ukambani. 
Kamua, r. a., topress out by twisting or wringing, 
to squseze weU; e.g., ku kamiia ipu, mafuta 
jungua, nguo, d'c. (cfr. tumbiia, popot6a). 
KamulIa, v. obj.; ku karaulia ndirau muilini, to 
press out lemons andput thejuice upon the body. 
Kamuliwa, pass., to be pressed or saueezed out. 
Kamus, 8., Arabic dictionary. 
Kana, s., a tiUer (St.). 
Kaxa, conj., if as, UJce; vid. katna. 
Kana, *., the wooden handle ofthe rudder (Sp.). 
Kana, v. a., to negative, to deny, disown; baba 
ame-m-kana manawe = baba amescma, si wangu 
mana buyu ; kwanza muifi amckana, sasa yuwa 
ungaraa, the thief formerly denied, but now Jie 
confesses. 

Kania, v. obj., to deny or disown in farour of 
somebody; prov. ku-m-kania miiifi, ni muifi 
yce ; baba ame-m-kania manawe ku iba, the 
father denied for his son, Jic said, my son has 
not committed tJie tJieft imputed to him ; baba 
amesema, raanangu si muifi, bathubudu ku 
f jnia uifi. 
KanIa, v. (= ku-m-kataza) ; mimi ninge kuenda, 
laken baba ame-ni-kania, / irouid Jiare gone, 
but the father refused or prevented me ; baba 
ame-m-kania manawc ku iba, amemkataza, 
asitende jambo hili. 

Kamka, v. p. (Er.), to be denied by; mnana 
amckanika, na surayakwe ningine, fii ya babai. 

Kanisiia (or kamusha), r. c. (haknkirri), to 
make to disown or deny, gainsay ; felani amc- 
m-kanisha nduguye hakiyakwe, a certain man 
denicd Jtia brotherU rigJtt ; mtumke huyu ame 
ku-kanisha manawako, this woman has denied 
tJtee tJty cJiiUJ, i.e., sJte declared sJie did not get 
tJte cJdldfrom tJice, but from another man; sJtt 
said, mana huyu si wako ; ame-m-kiinisha = 
arae-mu-ambia niuana huyu si wangu. They 
say, kanisha, kanusha, kaniusha, kanushia ; 
ku kanusha moyo, to deny one's-self 

Kani w a, r.p. ; ku kaniwa ni watu, tuajua si muifi, 
suisui tua-m-kania, hatu-rou-oni siku zote aki- 
fania kazi hi. 
Kakadili (pl. ma — ), a little side-chamber in 

native vessels containing the cho or water-closet . 

Kanadina, vid. darehe (R.) ? 

Kanama (= kumbe) ? (R.). 

Kanda, s. Q&,pl. ma — ), (1) a great bag made of 
mia or of ukindu or mftimo leares. In tJte 
Kimnma language kanda is called kitumba. 
Dr. Steere caUs kanda a long narrow matting- 
bag, broader at the bottom than at tJie mouth. 
(2) A thong; ku mpiga kanda, to scourge one. 



( 128 ) 



Kanda, v. a., (1) to knead with tJte hand unga 
(Jlour) or udongo (clay in potter's \oork) ; (2) to 
shwnpoo, to press with tJte fingsrs any part of 
tJte body which is in pain; ku kanda uiatuinbo 
kua mafuta. This often gives relief especiatty 
wJten done by an experienced perscn. 
Kandamana, v. 
Kandamanisha, v. c. 
Kandamiza, v. a., topress upon. 
KandIka, v. a. ; kua udongo ku kandika niumba, 
to plaster a Jtouse witlt mud. 

KANDAHioNiA, s. (ya, p 1 . ina— ), a kettle used for 
boiling water, tea-kettle. 

Kandi, *. (ya, pl. ma — ), a great tnas* or stock of 
stored things; baihesabiki, ni kandi, plenty, 
treasure; kitu kilijo kiugi or kamili or kilicbo 
wekoa akiba, kandi ya mali. In the Kisambara 
language kandi or kando means "food or pro- 
vision." Kande zika-mu-i8bia,wakapatiwanindia ; 
kandiyenu ilipo, ndipo moyowcnu nao utakapo 
kua, Luke xvii. 31. 

Kandia, <?tm.o/ndia, asmaUpath; kandia kadogo, 
a small sligJUly trodden patJt. 

KandIka, v. a. (cfr. kanda, v. a.), to plaster ; ku 
kandika niumba kua udongo, to plaster tJie waU 
of a pole-Jtouse icitJt mud. 

KandIli, s. (pl. makandili), a lanteni ; Arab. 

J>Jul , lucerna, lampas. 

Kando, s. t a deserted dweUingplacc ; mahnli palipo 
tamua, ndilo kamlo (rfr. gofu), narejea kandoni 
pangu, a Jiousc wJiirJt JtasfaUen in, is kiwanda? 

(K.). 

Kando, s. (ya, ph za), side, bnm, bank, coast, 
strand; kando ya babari, kando ya or kando 
kando ya mto, beside a river or afong by tJte side 
ofa river. 

Kanoa, *.; kiinga 1a mnazi, tJie siritcJt-Jike end ofa 
cocoabranch from wltich tJte vidako (vid. vidako) 
nhoot forth, and from wJticJt tJte cocoa4iquor is 
obtained ; vid. gt'ma, r. a. (cfr. tawi, s.). 

Kanoa, *. (wa, pl. za\ a gitineafoicl ; niuni wa 
vit6ne t6ne. 

Kanoa, p. a. (rid. kaangn), to fry, roast, to burn 
by roasting; ku kanga niama kua gai ; kanga ni 
kn oka kua sainli, lakcn ku oka or oja, ku weka 
mottoni halisi. Ku oka is to roast tJte meat on 
tJie bare fire, but kanga is to fry irith butter or 
fat or any otJier substance; ku kanga motto, to 
warm. 
Kanuia, v. obj.; kangoa, v.p. 

Kanoao \, s. (la, pf. ma — ), swordgrass in stagnant 

watcr. 
Kanoaja, *., (]) a smal! mandarin orange (St.); 

(2) a 1,-inrl offish witJiout mamba awl a little 

Jtorn projecting from tJte Jtead (R.). 
Kanoo, s. (pl. ma!?ango), rid. aango. 



Kani, *., energy, potency ? cfr. Ui , aoquudvit. 

Kania, s., a medicine ajtplied for the maradi ya 
niflhipa. Tt is the root of a tree (kama kiiuma). 

Kania, r. ohj. (vid. kana, r. a.), to deny aperson. 

Kaniaoa, v. a., to tread upon or to trample under 
one'sfeet; to be distinguished from ku vioga, 
whicJt means to tread when walking ; tjg., ku 
vioga mtiinga or nti ; vid. fioga ; labuda kuku 
ana-m kaniaga, most likely tJte Jten trode ujwh it 
(tJte Jteit-cJticken). 
Kaniauia, r. 6J)j.; kaniagiwa, v.p. 

Kanikj, 8., dark-blue calico t caUed NUe-stuff, much 
demanded in East Africa. 

Kaniha, s. (ya, pl. ma — ), cJturch of the Christians; 

A-wfl » ^ , Rynagoga Judaeorum, et ecclesia (tem* 

plum) Christianorum, from ^j^ , in latibulum 

se recepit dorcas. 
Kanuua, v.p., to be persecuted bacJcwards and 

forwards (R.) ? 
Kanja, s. (la), vid. pl. makanja. 
Kanji, s. t arrowroot, starcJt. 
Kanju, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a cashew-apjde, a Jcind of 

chestnut ; mkanju huvia kanjn, na kanjn likawia 

dunge, na dunge likipcfuka huitoa koruaho. 

Dunge na kanju hukiia saua saua, hatta kanju 

likifania uckundu wa ku iva, dunge limekoa 

korosho, na watu wala. 

Kanju, s., vid. kanzu. 
Kano, f. (]&.])!. ma— ), sinew of animals (kanola 

gnombc usedfor bow-strings) (Sp.) ; cfr. pambika 

and upotc. 
Kanoa, s. (la,^i/. ma — ), mouth. 
Kanha, i\ a., to warm; kansa motto (cid. kanga), 

to Jieat. 
Kanai, s., a large ltnoll ofa creeper (E.). 

Kantara, s. (ya) (Arab. SJbaS , pona, altum aedi- 

% ficium), bridge; more generaUy called daraja ji 

m'to, a bridge of a river. 
Kanu, s. (wa), weasel (witJt wJtite tail) (E.), or 

ratJter a kindofmarten which eats poultry (Sp.). 
Kanudi ? 
Kanuni, s. (rfr. ^i , perquisivit ; mJ\I , canon, 

regula), a matter implied by necessity, a necessars 
condition = yakiui, thabidi, halisi, of necetsity, 
trutJt ; najua kanuni, / know verily, reaUy. 
Kanuhiia ? vid. kanisba. 

Kanzi, s. (ya) (cfr. y£ t sub terram recondidit 

sc— 

thcsaurum ; ^jS , thesaurus reconditus sub ter- 

ram), (1) a treasure; (2) a dish or mes* offood 
prepared ofvarious ingredients (o/mtelle, pojo, 
bisari, meat, pilpili, samli, d'c.) which a MuhaMh 
medan bride sends to her lover during the tim 
oftJte Ramadan in sign oflove (alama ya ma- 



i 



( 129 ) 



pcndano), ia return for irhich the bridegroom 
hcmIs a Jtandsome cloth (kisiia jema); kijungu 
cha kanzi cha ku-ni pelekca mtumbawukwe ada- 
kai ku-mu-6a. 

Kakzu, s. (yn,/>/. za), coat; kanzn yajumn, coatof 
mail ; kanzu is a long shirt-like garment worn 
hoth by men and loomen in Zanzibar. Me-ns 
kanzus are vchite or of a brown-yeilow coJour, 
with ornamental itork in red silk round tJie neck 
antl dotrn the breast; tJtey reacJi to tJie JieeU ; 
iromans kanzus are generally sJtorter, and made 
ofevery rariety of stvff, frequently ofsatin or 
Jirocade, but are always bound icitJt red (St.). 
Kanzu za chuma mbambile, a coat ofmail doubJy 
lined. 

Kao, s. (Iji, pl. makuo) ( — mahali akmipo), a plare of 
residence, dweUing-place; kaohingu Habbni ; kikiio, 
the piace ichere afetc men sit and eat togetJter. 

Kaolkm, 8. t one whose words are not to be trttsted, 
a dovble-tongued man (St.). 

Kaomu.v, «. (rid. kauina), calumba root. 

Kapa, *. (pJ. ma — ), a dress like a coat (ngiio 
kama knnzu\ tJie sleeves ofwJiicJi are open. 

Kapi, wJtere is it, referring to ths diminutire form 
ka (kajua\ 

Kapi, *. (ya, pJ. za and makapi), a pulley, roller ; 
kftp* . va joroboni, ya kn pcniesea kamba, a 
trooden block tJtrougJi icJticJi ropes run on a 
natire vessei 

Kafi (pl. niakapi), bran, Jtusks. 

Kapinpi ? 

Kapo, tJtere is not. 

Kapu, 8. (Ia, pl. ma — ), a large basket ; kikiipu, 
emtdl basket. 

Kapcai, s., a kind ofrice (St.). 

Kah, «., a miUion (Indian e^pression). 

Kabafu mayiti, campJtor (St.) ? 

Kabama, *., weigJtt, value, importancc ; ulinii wa 
mtu huyu ni karama sana — ni sherifu ; maneno- 
yakwo yann karama, tJtat wJiicJt Jte says Jias 
yreat weigJtt (Sp.). 

Kabama, *., a special gift of God, an honour ; 

+£ i generositate indolis ct uobilitatc supcravit 

bonoravit ; +£, nobilitus, generositas ; Lukc v.29. 

Kabamu, s. (ya), afeast, afestive entertainment in 
konour of somebody (lakrimu). Food and drink 
is suppUed plentifuUy on such an occasion, c.y., 
on the arrival of a stranger orfriend or on Jtoly- 
days or after a successfuJ journey. 



»-.» 



Kabaki, s. ( ui , legit Hbrum ; \ J , lectioni 
deditus), a derk, sccretary, lit., a readtr. 

Karara. tJie woody flower-sheatJt of tJte cocoa-nut 
tree (8t.). 

KakasIa, *., a vessel in ichich tJte peoph of Zan- 
zibar fetch tJteir milk (B.). 



Karata, s., cards (rid. Sp., tcJto tnentions the 
names ofsome), playing-cards. 

Kakatha, s. (ya), a loan of money, borrowing, 
cretlit, trust iritJtout interest given or taken for 
a sJtort period; nimetoa karatha ya reali mia 
kua Kaniani, ya siku sctta ku-m-rudisha ; nadaka 
haja, nashikua ni lithuru, ni knrathi, beina ya leo 

na kesho, kesho kutua taku rejeza muniewe or ta- 

•»• «— ■ 

ku-pa muniewe; ^A J , (1) acs nlienum con- 

trnxit ; ^jAJ , nes nhcnum, dcbitum, citra certum 
tcmporis terminum; (2) rctribuit, repcnderunt 
in vicem bonum vel malum ; ata-ku-karithi kama 
ulivio-m-karithi wewc. 

Karktiii (or kakitiii or karathi), v. n., to bor- 
roic money for a short time irithout interest ; 
ku jipasha deni is "to borrow money upon 
interest;" r. a., to Jend inoney, to accommodate 
one with money witJtout taking any intereet; 
ku-m-pa fetha kua karata ; ku ji-karathi (bor- 
roir) or ku toa kua Raninni ya siku sita 
ku-m-rudisha. 
Kakia, s. ( Jj j , urbs, pagus\ town (old language) ; 
karia zote na miji ilikiu'nda kikiindi, all men of 
toirn^ and villayes ircnt en massc. 
Kakiadi:, s., a Jcind of chtJt, (li.). 
Kakib, (1) adj., near; (2) come near, come in. 
K.VKiBt; (karabu), s. (Arab. s-^r*» pt- \iy»\) (y*> 
pl. za or akraba), a rclative, a near relative; 
nitu huyu knribuyangu, tltis man is my relative; 
watu hawa karibuzangu or akrabnzangu, tJtese 
men are my relations. 
K.VKini , v. n. (Arab. ^3 ), to come near, to ap- 
proacli; vid. jongca; knribu na or ya, near to; 
karibuyangu or karibu nami, near me; walikuja 
karibuyangu; pale karibuyakwc, tJtere nearhim; 
kiia karibu nni, to be near to one : hivi karibu, 
recently, lately; markebu imekuja karibu ya (na) 
poani, tfte sJtip came near tJte cove. 
Kakiiua, v. oly. (kiin kiiribu nai), to come near 

to oiw, to draw near to onc. 
Karibiwa, V.}*. 

Kakibiana, r. i'., to approarJi eacJt otJtcr; kari- 
li.ina hatta ku kcti karibu, to bc near to onc 
anotJter. 
Kakibihiia, /*. r., to cansc to coute near, to invitc 
in, to offer, e.g., jakiila, kiti, d'C. 
Kakiml', adj., liberat, gencroits; rid. karama. 
Karipia (or kaui'lv), v. a., to rebuke, to reprove, 
to adntoiiisJt, to snttb one, to use ouc rougJtly, to 
scold ; ku-m-fiinia maiieno y;t ukali. 
Kariri, v. 

Karikia, r. obj. 
Karirisha, v. a. f to rccite. 

Karo, *., wages, payment,fe, but gicen in natura, 
in corn, dr.; (2) karo (= kano or hasira ya 
harraka), sttddcit anger ; wa-ni-fania karo mimi, 
tJiou art angry tritJt, me suddenly (utungn) (Sp.). 



( i3«>) 



Kartahi (or karatahi), *. (rid. kertasi), paper. 
Ka» (or kahiri), Ie*s; e.fj., reali kas robo (J) (rfr. 

Arab. yd , abbreviavit). 

Kasa (or raiher kawa) (wa, ///. ma — ), a turtle 
(vid. kassa). 

Kasa (or fotter kaza, rid.\ v. «., to strain, to 
dratr, to take stmngly, to tighten ; kn funga or 
vuta kitu kua ku kaza hodari, si kua ku legt'za, 
to tie or bintl a matter by dratcing tight, not by 

slacking off or loosening; <& , contractns fuit; 

kasani or kaaeni kidogo, tighten a little the rope 
ofthe sail; ku kazoa ni marathi. 

Kasam;, a cloth interwoven trith gold ; uzi wa 
kasabu yn fethn na thahabu, tissue. 

Kasama, cfr. haminiu, *. 

Kasaka, *., vehenunce, anger; maneno yn kasarani; 
ku tukilia kasarani, offend (rid. muhali) ; ku-m- 
tia kasirani moyonimuakwe. Usi-m-tukulie kasi- 
rani moyonimuako, or usi-m-fanio hasira, or usi- 
m-ka8irikie, or usi-m-tukulie taksiri ; aU these 
are syuonymou* term*, meaning do vot be angry. 

Kaharam, *., grief sorrotr; cfr. ^& , fregit ; 

ly~£ , contritio, nfflictio. 
Kahahi, *., rerenge, retaliation, rengeance; cfr. 

^ai , resecuit, retaliavit, coaequavit rationes ; 

^wi , talio, vindicta. 

Kasha (Ia, pl. ma — ), a che*t, a large bor ; kasha 

la fctha, money-bor. 
Kashifu, v. a., to *Iandcr, dcprcciate [opp. to 

praine) ; cfr. i_A>^ , detczit, vitia ostendit ; 

&A»^ , rcs ignominin afticiens. 

KAsnrsi, *. — to the Kinia**a irord kapuisi. 

Kahi, *. (ya, pl. za or ma — \ bu*ine**; rid. kazi ; 

ku fana or teudn kazi, to irork ; kazi gani? 

tchat bu*inc** 'f 
Kahia, *. ('ln. pl. nia — v (cfr. kiisa\ oar ; kii vuta 

roakasia, to roir. 
Kabiba, *. (Arah. A-^ u | ) (ya. pl. ma— ) (cfr. 

6*~«S , arundo, tubulus'i (kasiba ya brinduki/. thc 

barrcl ofa gun. 
Kabidi (or KrsiDi; maksudi). *. and adr. cfr. 

--- 9C - 

Arali. Ju»S , intendit, proposuit sibi; jloj . pro- 

positum), the intcntion. pnrfnmc; tidr.. inten- 
tioiudly, ou purpose. 

Kahiki. *. (ya, p 1 . ma — ), a laryc rarthen jar ; 
kasiki ya maji, ya asili, samli, d'c. 

Kahimri (kazimhi), *. = kazi nibi or mbaya, hard 
worlc ar hihour ; kazi va ncuvn or sulubu. kazi 
ngiimu. I*ror. : kasimbi si mtesa mema. mte- 
sawchnunahrshimA oriigira, hard labovr i* vot 
good play, pfaying ha* no imgcg, />., though 



hard labour i* not jday, yet a man gets tnoncy 

by it, but by playing, thottgh it be pleatant, hc 
I gain» nothing; kazimbi ni bora saidi ya niti'ao 

mema, hard labour i* far better than *fOod 

phiy. 
KahimCi (or kazimiti), s. (rid. kaa) (pl. makazi- 

mui), a dead wood-coal, in opp. to kaa la inotto. 

live-coals ichich are burning. 
' Kahikaki (— mfundo), rul. sononcka. 

•c— 

Kahirj, *., end; ~«i , brevitas, finis, cxtrciuiim : 
— — 
woJ , brevis fuit, abbreviavit. 

Kahiki, r. a., to provoke to anger (ku-in-vuinla 

moyo), to make one angry, to rex one. 

Kabiriwa, v.p. 

Kasirika, r. n., to get angry, to berome rej&A — 
ku ji-tia kasira or kasrani or kiniongo, to tak* 
exeeption at or to. 

Kabirikia, v. obj., to be angry at one; e.g., Saidi 
ame-wa-kasirikia Waarabu kna kutoa ku-m- 
fuata manenoynkwe, Saidi teas anary at thr 
Arabs because they did notfoUote hi* trord*. 

Kahirikiwa, r. p. 

Kabirisha, v. c., to cau*e one to be angry. t» 
rex one. 

Kahiriaka, r. rec, to proroke each other (or ku 

tukizona); ^J , violentcr tractnvit; h*t 

means "grief" 

Kasiri ; lasiri kasiri, from 4 to 5 o'dork p.ui., b«t 
"jua Hkiaga miti " is near sunset. 

Kahkazi (kahikahi), s. (ya), the time oftht wind 
bhncing from the nortlwrest ; wakati wa jash» 
na wa ku yabcsisha nti, the. hot season \rhen thr 
ground drie* vp from trant of rairi — im lh- 
ccmber, Javvary, Fcbruary, and Jlarch ; kaskazi 
mkuba, irhen it i* rery strong ; kaskuci matopr. 
irhen there i* much rain. The kaskazi is oppnstd 
to the kussi (masika) vhirh i* the time of rain. 
coldnc** and wetne** ofthe *oil (wakati wa mvua 
na beredi, na msisimo wn nti) ; kaskaxini t in « 
northern directiov, to or from or in the nvrth 
( = kibula) ; ussowakwe ni kasknzi = nnafipii- 
iina. 

Kaho, *., 80und} 

Kahha, *. (wa, pl. za), turtle. of vhirh therr arr 
various kind*; (1) kassa. (2) gnaroba, (3) dnfi, 
(4) koa, (5) kobe. The gnamba i* ofgreat valur 
on account ofits shcll, and must be delivered »p 
to Oovernment uvder pcnalty. The diifi i* 
somctimcs jyoisonous, hence the vatires rub i*» 
oily substancc on the hand. Tfno itching jtain 
be caused, they consider it safe for food. Thr 
kassa i* caught by means of the tasa Jish, which 
the fi*hermen carry alire trith tltcm. JVhen they 
*ee a kassa, they let the taza go after it, to stiet 
fast to the kassa. When the taza has seiztd it. 



OjmmS 



( i3i ) 



the jisherman throws a JtarjDOon and takes tlte 
kassa out oftlte sea, the taza lettiny go instantly 
when ei-posed to the air. Hence, taza avindai 
kassa, a-iu-gandamana, ha-niu-ati. 

Kahha (or kahobo), bssby(cfr. ^ai , abbreviavit) 

(cid. kas) ; reali tano kassa robo, jice dollars Uss 
a ijuarter of a doUar. 
Kakhi. s. (ya, pl. za), twine, linen thread ; ku tia 
or pigia kaasi, to twist, to ticine, to tiyhten, to 
twist or tirine thread; mtu alipotia kassi yuwaso- 
kutapote (upote) zaku shonua nguo ; iizi unangia 
kassi ; ussowakwe unangiakassioruBsowakwewa 
kassi kasfd; ku euda knssi, to rush alony (— to 

(jo irith ciolence); cfr. lli, duruit, obduravit sc; 

<j*U , durus ; uzi hu ume-u-tia kassi mno, you 

made this thread too tiyht. 
Kahhim£lk, s. (cid. kifiimbu\ the jmre mVk of 
nazi tcithout heing niured with water, tlte milk 
pressedfrom tJie yrated cMoa-nut : tui la knssi- 
lncle = maji ya nazi yalio = kamuliwa mbelle 
katika kifumbu, tltefrnt icater ichich is pressed 
*nU ofa cocoa-nut which has heen yround on the 
mbusi (cid.) and strained in a kifnmbo. The 
jirst straining ofthe ground cocoa-nut ; kassi = 
irito, niele = mbelle (nnga wa kassi = ni unga 
* msito, wa ku niutobnka) = tui la kwanza, mtu 
asitassa tia maji. Tui hili halina inaji, iii tui 
halisi. But the second straining (tui la niuma). 
ichich is mUed icith tcater, is Jirst put into the 
cookiny-pot, aiul at last, ichen the rice, d'v., is 
nearly bo'ded, they put in the tui la kassi mele <>r 
tni la kwanza, ichich strrc* instead of ghce. 
Kassi mele, the lieary milkMke suhstancc es- 
pressed from t/te ground nazi (Kiseyua niere = 
«i/tt', Kimrima mclc, Kimwita maziwa). 

Kata, *. ; kata ya niumba, adjustment of the dif- 
ferent (tpartments or dirisions of'a house ;!{.). 

Kata, *.; ku funga kuta, to tie on a a'iurm jj'r. 
ahufu shufu). 

Kat'a, s. (ya, pit. niakuta ya orz&), draicer oficater, 
scoop, boicl; kfita ya kn noi'a maji, a cocoa-she.il 
itsed instearl of a tumbler by the naticcs. Thi» 
kind ofdipper or boicl may ItoJdj'rom a ijuartcr 
to halfapint. 

Kata, *. (ya, pl. za\ a btinch or riny ofleare* or 
grass, «fcc, ichich the natives put on their heads 
to earry a tcater-pot or a load : katii ya ku-ji- 
tuekea mzigo or kata ya ku tukulia mzigo. 

Kata — ukuraza moja, a leafofa book, a section, 
a volume (Sp.). 

Kata, v. a. (Arab. ^ai ), to cut ; jiy., to decide, 
settle; ku kata shina la mti, to citt the root ofa 
tree; ku kata or tinda maneuo, to cut short a 
matter, to decide vpon, to settle it ; ku kata ta- 
maa, todespair; udia ya ku kiita, the neartst 



tcay (the shortest way) ; ku kata nakshi (vid. nak- 

shi). 

Katana, r. rec. ; wanakatana kua vissu. 

Katia, v. obj., to cutfor — . 

Katiana. 

Katiwa, v.pass., tohace cut or cut outj'or one: 
ni kiazi changu kama nalikatiwa mimi, it is 
my measure, as iflhad been cut outfor it. 

Katikia, v. ol)j. - fundikia, to c\d to orfor one. 

Ji-kata, v. reji., to ctd one's-self. 

Kit katika, v. p., to be cut off, to be decided, to 
hreak ; ugue unakatika felaki amekatiwa hnku- 
muyakwe lco or hukumuvakwe imekatika 
leo, he has been sentenced, his judyment has 
been decided; amckatiwa hokumu ya ku wawa, 
Ite ltas been senteuced to death; ku katia ndia 
mbelle, to strike on tlteformer road; ku katia, 
to cut offto in an account^to deduct ; tufanie 
hesabu] tukatinne, to strike the balance; kus*i 
ku katika, the #.If . wind is orer, lit., cut off. 

Ku katia.va (= ku koleana), to vphraid or tax 
each (tther with a guilt. 
Kata (or kataa), v. «., to refuse, to oppose one: 

wnli ame-m-knta, Oie gocernor refused him. 

Katalia, p. olij., to refuse to one, to check one, 
to refuse credence; ame-m-katalia maneno- 
yakwe, he refused or opposed his word; haku- 
ya-penda manenoyukwe ncno ukatalialo ni 
neno gani V 

KatalIka, v.p. 

Kataza, r. c, to cause one to refuse or omit, to 
proMbit, to forbid oneathing: wali ame-m- 
kataza neno hili, the gocernor forbade tJtis 
matter. 

Kataz6a, cp., to be refused (asinende). 

Katiana, r. rec. = iana, to be due or owe each 
otJter. 1 owe him tJtree dollars and Jte oices 
me two ; tuinckatiana ni-pa reali mmoja, zile 
mbili zi kuangu. 

Kataiia, r. «., to write (Arab.). 

Kata kata, r. «., to cJtop vp. 
Katani (or katoani and ketam), s. (ya), Ittmp or 

linen; ugue wa katani, striny made of hemp or 

linenwhich tlte natices buyfrom thelJuro/ieans. 
They like it on account of its solidity (uzi wa 

katani) ; rfr. (^ , Knuni ; ^ , cohaesit. 
Katiia, s. ; yuna katha ya damani, Ite 'ts in hurry, 

to yo in damani ; cfr. \k , pressus ncgotiis. 

Katua, r. n. = ku ai.li, to become too much; 

kazi iki-ku-kathi (iki-ku-sidi) ; ^ , gravavit 

nt bonc respirare non posset ; saflari ikiwa 

katha = karibu sana. 

Katiialika, <ulc, likeicisc; katha wa katha or 

kethe wa kethc, this and the like, this and many 

more, so and so ; hili hilo, such and snch, sttch 



K'J 



( W ) 



tJtinys; Arab. \36 , sic, talis, isto modo (com- Katuijwa, r. 



Kauka, r. n., to become or tjet dry; nti imekaukn. 
imekiia kiifu, the country is dry. 



• o- 



positum ex \$ and f). 
Katiiani, *., that part of tJie toicn of Mombas in 
irhich tJie Mission-Jiouse stands ; kathnni is an Kauli, word: Arab. JVJ , dixit; J^S f dictum. 
M SuaJtili tcord instead of the handaki of the 

ngome (R.); cfr. ^loi , incoluit locum. 

Kati, s. (ya), inside, tJie middle or midst, tJte court 

iritJiin a Jiou*e ; ku siin kati, to bore tJirouyJt, to 

perforate ; knti na kati, in tJie midttte. 
Katibu. #. (wa, pl. mn — ), icriter, secretary («= 

karani > > =* niunndishi ( L-s^, scripsit); katibu 
mdai, a t[uick icriter. 
KatidIa, r. obj. 
KatibIwa, v.p., to l>e icritten. 
Katika, prep., in, <rt, about, as to.amonff; katika 
Mvita, at Mombas; katika nti hi, /#i tlii* land: 
kntika saffari ile, on or durina tJiat joumeij ; 
katika kuku kuyu, as regards this foiH ; J 
Ki'mama katika genge, to stand as a precipive 
{¥..) ; katika sumu hi ha-i-iii tungu, as to this 
poison it docs not JciU tJie ants ; hawatarcjea j 
katika upotcvu, tJiey will not retumfrom tJicir i 
2>eri-erseness ; nami nimo nmalini na katika ku 
anda, T am in business and i» preparing fvr the , 
war. 
KattkAti, prep., lit., iniddle, amidst, beticeen, 

among ; katikati ya niuinba, in tJte middlc of 

tJte Jtouse; uta-ni-pata manawako katikati ya 

watu waliokutana, tftou sJtalt ftnd tJiy cJtild 

amony tJte assembled pcople. 
Kati na kati, in tJtc middle. 
Katikia, v. ohj. (vid. fundikin, v. obj. ), vid. kata. v. a. 
Katii.i, s. (Arab. Jj\i ) (mtu auwai watu), (l^ a 

mansUiyer; (2) one icJto is brave and courayeons 
in irar, and slays a yreat many cnemies ; cfr. 

J^S , interfccit ; J?Vj , interfcctor. percussor. 

Katiki, v. ■«., vid. kadiri. 

Katiti. adv., little (St.). 

Katiza ; ku katizn, to jmt a stop to, to hreak off, 

to interrupt (St.). 
Kato (la, pl. ma — ), a citttiny, a breaking off. 
KatC (or kattu), 8.; katu ya ku tafunia ughaibu; 

kattu is a JHnd of gum brovgJtt from Arabia. 

TJie nativcs mix it up witJi popo, tanibu, tombako. 

and toka, and cJieio it toitJi bctcl. It gives a red 

colouv, a8 tJte popo also does. Tlte kattu is al*o 

used for plastering tJte wound emtsed by tJtc 

opcration of circumcision (rid. uraibu toka, 

tambu, tombako, utembe). 

Katua, r. a., to clean, topolish,briyhttn (= ku toa 
or ondoa kutu, e.y., ku — bunduki). 
Katuka, v. /;., to be briffJtt, to bepolisJied. 
Katulia, v. itbj.; letta kigcregnensa cha ku 



katulia buiuluki, bring a smali potsherd to 
polisJt or clean the musJcet (by mbbing it iritJi 
oil and potsJterds). 



verbura; kauli i-m-tokayo mbelle, Mat ichich 
comesfir8t into one's mouth. 
KaCma, s., (1) calumba root; (2) ni m»i wa 
uhugu, kana viasi, kana mandano, ni daua ya 
ni8hipa, ni utungu. 
KACmu, *. (ya, jd. m) ; kaumn ya Muharamadi, 
vontemporary of MuJiammed ; +a t populns, 
quidam, nliquot ; j)l. wakaumu, jteojJe; akwamu r 
soldiers. 
Kauri, a com-y. 

Kauhiia, v. c, to cause or mdke dry ; ku fania kafu. 
Kawa, r. w. (rid. kan, r. n.\ to be delayed, to 
remain, to stay out, to tarry; nmekawa hatta 
jua limefika vitoani, Jte tarried till the svn 
arriced orer tJte Jtead, i.e., till midday ; kesho ku 
cnda ku kawa jua, to-morroic there witt hefair 
iceather. 

KawIa, v. a., to delay one. 
Kawilia, r. n., to remain lonff, to be late r to 

make dclay, to loiter about a business. 
Kawihiia (or kawiha), to cause to stay, to keep. 
to detain, to put one off; ku-m-weka mno 
lililo-iii-kawisha neno gani ? 
Kawiijsa, r. a., to delay one. 
Kawihiia. r. c, to cause one to tarry, to cause 
Jiirn dclay, tojmt Jtim off~ ku-m-woka mno. 
Kawa, s. (h\,p1. ma — ), (1) a plaitetl corer tnade 
of niiui t« tJtc shajie ofapyramid; kidiide cha 
ku finikia wali. The corer is vsed to protect 
fiKHlfrom dvst, tic. TJic. nativea vse this word 
aho for tJie European millJiojyper, a* the kawa 
has tlie form ofafvnnel (2) Mddetr, spots of 
motdd; ku fania — , to gct mifdciced or mouldy 

(Kt.\ 
Kawaiu. s. (pl. mn — \ a bad man (a term of 

reprouvJi^. 
Kawaida, s. (ya) (Arab. JlcU , jd. J^W), nects$ity r 
conjectnre, svpposition (cfr. kiasi); neno asiloli-ona 
wala asilo-ambiwa, yuwatoalia thnnn bassi nafsi- 
nimuakwe, certa'mty irhirh rests only upon gvesS' 
inff: nime-m-pa kawaida ya pishi ya mtelle r 

sikupima, laken nathsini ( JtL , opinatus ruit) 

ni pishi or saua saua na pishi, / gave him a 
meanure of ricc, but I did not measure it, bvt I 
think it is one pishi or eaual to one pishi; ku 
fania kawaida ya kitu hiki, kiwc saua saua, tw 
hit this matter riaJtt by ffuessiny, so tltat it be- 
cqual to vJtat it sJiould be by measuring. 
Kawe, s. (ya, jA. za), a pebble (ya jiwe or jangawe} r 
ka-iwc = contr. kawe, little stonc. Tlte kawe t* 
to bc distinyut8Jied from dongoa (la, jd. madon- 
goa ya) udongo, ichich is a jiwe la udongo> 
lililotimboa katikn nti ya ndongo or niadongo. 



( »33 ) 



Kawili, v. n., vid. kawa, v. n. 

Kata, 8. (la, pl. makaya), a kind of slieU-jUh . 

Kaya, s. (ya), tJte cJtief place, tlte rcsidence, 

meeting-place of the Wanika; tJte kaya in 

usuaUy fortified in case ofsudden war. 
Kayamba, 8. (la, pl. ma — ), (1) stalk* of mtania 

irhich the people fill inside with grain*, to cause 

a noUe. It U used in dancing, and ichen the 

eril spirit U expelled from a «ick man (vid. 

punga pepo). (2) A sort ofrattle or 8ieve. 
Kaza, v. a., tofir, to tigJtten; ku kazambio, to run 

quick or hard; ku kazana, tofijc one anotJier, to 

Jtold together tigJttly; kazika, to becoinc tigJtt or 

jLeed. 
Kaza.na, r. r., to adhere firmhj; kitu liiki kina- 

kazana na muensiwe, tJtU thing adJurcs 1o tJte 

other. 

Kazia, v. obj. 
Kazl, *., worJc, labour, business, employment; kazi 

mbi si mtezo muema? is not poor work as good 

OB goodplay ? 

KazImui, a dead wood-coal, in oppo*. to tJut liring 
cooJ. 

Kazo, 8. (la), pressing tight, nipping. 

Ke, femaU; m'ke, kike, wakc, ke /* tJie ground- 
syllable ofthis trord; batta jikc, a fentale duck; 
wabatta make, female duck*. 

Kebaba, *. (ch&, pl. za), a measure, umiaUy tJte 
fovrth part of a pishi, but somc natice* use tJte 
kebaba cha utatu, not cha nne, tJterefore one 
iunst always ask in buyt'ng, " Jlace you a kebaba 
cha utatu =» cha ku pimia vitatu kua pishi ku 
timia pishi kamili, or Jtave you a kebdba cha 
nne ?"' in order to guard against tkception. 
The peopU of Mombas say " kebaba,'' but tJiose 
of Kijomfu and Changamue *ay " kigundu.'' 

Kebi, 8. ; muifi kebi na mniagi ^tt.) ? 

Kekzo, «., a latJte, a machinefor turning. 

Ke"fta kefia, r. a. (vid. nionioasa, v. a.), to frcat 
irith coutempt, to teaze, toput in low spirits. 

Kefd ; n kefa wewe (R.) (?), perJiaps pro pcfu. 
Kefule ! vid. kafule ! 

Kkjelejele, #., a sJtout ; ku piga — , to sJtout, to 
make tnerry. 

Keke, 9. (ya, pit. za), (1) a drill, natire borer; 
kidutle cba ku sulia mti ; the iron U ctdled 
kekee, the wood in whicJi it U fij:etJ msukano, 
the handU in whicJi it turns jivu, and tJte bow 
by tthich it U turned uta (St.) ; (2) round 
brmceUt of silcer, which the native women wear 
on the arm; kekee ya fetha ya ku va mikononi 
watuwake ; eaeh braceUt costs usuaUy two doUar8 ; 
rfr. furungu, s. 

Kekstc, 8. (ya, pi. za), hiccup, occasioned by tJte 
kiongnHa cha moyo (vid.). 

Kskue (or kuekub), s n a weed (Kin. pekue). 
Kel&, r. jl (pro kalI) (kaa) {in Kinika kala), to be, 



to cjcUt ; e.g., yiikele, better yiikalf hei, Jte U 

alive ; yiikelc, Jte U ; perJtaps contractedfrom ka 

and elo =kele (R.) ; wa kele ku ji-taabisha, ku 

kele usiku, it U still nigJit. 
Kklea, v. a. (cfr. kercza) ( — ku kata kua nisu- 

meno), to *am into, to jag, to turu, to notcJi in 

order tofit, d'c. 

Kkleza, r. c. (e.g., muotto) ; kenga cha ku kele- 
zea muotto. 
Kki^lk, *. (ya, jil. makelelc), noUe, alarm, outcry 

sJiouting; ku ji-inulia sana kua kelele, ku zi-tolea 

n'dc, to raUe a great outcry, so tJtat it U Jteard 

far; ku scma kua kelele (ku piga fumi), to Udk 

aloud; usi-ni wekee kelele; kana lelclelc, Jie i* 

not noUy (in Kinika). 
K£leti, r. «. (Kimr.), to sit. 
Kklika, r. (cid. hajiri), to be JiabiUMei « kctika. 
Kkma, r. a. (Kiamu) » ku isha, maliza. 
Kkha, r. a., to n*e one rougJdy, rebuke, to *cream 

(ku piga kelele). 
Kemba, v. a., to jwur out into ; kidude chaku 

kembea. 
Kkmbkmbk, *., Jtairs standing on end Jrom cold or 

j'erer. 
Kkm£a, r. a., to snuh one, to u*e Jtim rougJtly, to 

Hcohl («=» laumu), to bouncc out in tpeecJi. 

CC 

Kenda, adj., card. number, vine (Arttb. g~5 y 

uovcm) ; ord. nunt., wa kenda, tJte nintJi. 
Kknda, r. n. -» ku enda, to go; kcndapi for ku 

cnda wapi ? (going toJtere /) wfiere are yott going i- 
Kknde, *. (la,7>/. ma — ), scrotum, testiclc; koko za 

makende. 
Kknkne, *. t 

KtisuA, v. a.; Kinika and Kimrima langttagc pro 

dangauia or susiia, to deceive, to cJteat, de- 

fraud. 

Kkngaka, r. r. — danganiana, to drceirv each 
other. 

Ke"ng6a, r. p. 
Kkngk, *., a large water-lizard witJi slender btnly 

and long Umlts and tail (St.). 
Kkngea, *. (ya, pl. za), the Uade of a 8icord, 

knife, d'c. ^witJtout a handle) ; kenge or kengea 

ya upanga usio kipini. 

Kenui^k, 8. ; (1) kcngce ya jua, thedUk oftJte 8ttu, 
ii8cd of tiie sun in tJte morning and ecening, 
uJten JtU glare blinds or dazzles the eyes; (2- 
kcngee ya mleli wa mbuni, dc; kengee ndio 
mashina ulipoondoa mleli. Mleli are tJte largc 
featJter8 of tJte ostn'cJi or cock, of which tJic 
natires maJce the kiru, a tuft qf featJters which 
they tU around tJteir heads in battle or on other 
stAemn occanions. After aU tJte Jtairy jtart ha* 
been removed from tJte feather, it U caUed 
kcngee. 

Kengele, s., a beU; ku piga kengelc, to ring *t 
bell. 



( '34) 



• -■ 



Kekgeua, v. a., to turn aside; nitu huyu ana-ui- Kete*wa? .11.). 

kengeiia pundawangu. Ketezo (or kietezo), $. (cha, pl. vietezo), center, 

Kenge*uka, v. p. i perfuming-pan ; kitu cha ku fukizia ufiiniba. 

Kkng£wa, *. (wa, pl. za), a kind of vulture, a ■ Kethebihha ( — kiinishn), r. c, to canse to lie, 

hatck (muewe), very dangerous topoultry. 
Kkka, r. a., to trouble; ata-ni-kera mimi, ata knn 

na kero, a-ji tcndekeza tu hatta ya-mu-ie? (K.). 
Kkbaki, *. (rid. karani), a clerk, secretary. 
Ker£fu, *.=»uercfu (jwobably contr.fr om kierefn) ; 

vid. uerefu. 
Kkreqn£xde, 8. (wa, pl. ma — ), the quailf the 

reddegged partridge, dragonfiy i 
Kereone\\8A, *., a little potslierd (E.); kigai i$ 

larger. 
Kekeketa, r. a.; (1) to irritate, to choke; e.g., 

rohoyangu ya-ni-kereketa, my throat is irritable 

internaUy — ya-ni-washa kidogo kua sebabu ya 



to deny; s^Sf , mentitns fuit v^t men- 
dacium. 

Keti, v. n., to nit down, dicell, reside, to lire, to 

stay (vid. ku kfi) ; kulla ipahali) paHpo kettwa. 

Ketia, r. obj. 

Ketiwa, r. />. 

Ketika ? 

Ketikiia, r. r., to cause to sit doiru. 
KKu, *., a stroke (— peu) ; ku piga keu or peit, to 

gice a fetc strokes of the liatchet; kua aebabu 

ya ku niosha mti. 
Kf*.uk£u, s. — kikeukeu (cha ku lia), sobbing. 



kula tombako, torobako ya-ni-kerekcta : (2) to ' K * WA > •• (?»> 1* ») ; k « w * J* ud6ngo ya ku kingia 



grate like sand in the eyes, descriptive of pain, 

said of vne tcho lost hi$ eyesight froin smatt- 

pojr (R.). 
Kereza, v. a. (vid. kelea) (to saw off), to rasp, to 

ttirn (kua tupa). 

Kerezana, v. rec. 
KtiRinu, adj. (vid. karibu), near, nigh. 
Kekimu, r. m. (vid. karinui), to be liberal to, to 

feast. 
Kkro, *., disturbance, trouble, vproar (=udia); 

muegni kero or kelcle (vid. kera). 
Kertami,*. (ya,/>/. za), bfankpajier; isioandikoa ; wa- 

B — — 

raka ni kertasi ilioandikoa : cfr. <j*l>Ji , charta ; 

iy*tyi , folium qunlecunquc sit ; vid. hatti, s. 

Keha, v. a., to tum; ina-ku-kepa (hc. niumba). 
Keaha, r. 7i., to wake, tcatch, not to sleep ; e.g., 



minia, inipate motto, the pots of day in whick 

the beUoica of the blacksmitk are placed tn the 

fire, to protect them from bcing burni or injured 

by thefire; kewa ya ku fugutia kiwanda. 

Khabari (or habari) (ya, pl. za), infomnatiom, 

neirs ; cfr. ^. , acivit, nuntiarit ; p± , (ama. 
histori'i. 
Khadav (vid. hadaa), 8.,fraud. 

Kiiafifi', adj., liyht, not important; cfr. 



lcvis pondere, dignitate, moribua ; 

fuit. 
Khaim, 8., a traitor ; cfr. kbini. 
Khalaba (mukhalada), vid. kbelibii. 
Khalifu (rid. halifu), to resist, oppote, rebel. 
Khamahtahhaka, fifteen. 
Kiiami, »., a chess bishop. 

Khamhi, /ire; ^^ , fuit qnintus. 



leri» 



ngoma ku tcsa kiicha, usilale marra moja, to 

lieat the drum the ichole niaht tcithout sleepiiifi \ v -a t » 

, . , J ' ' Khamsim,/?/??/; Arab. tt> ~*u. • 

for one momeut ; ku kesna na ngoma; ngomn ya j «- 

vijnna hai keshi. i Kiiardai.i, s. ( J J*d. , semen sinapi), mustard. 

Kesha, *., a nigM-icatch, a vig'd; nna keshaynngu I KhAriji, r. a. (cid. hiirajo\ to spend. 

usiku kuchn kua sebabu ya nndiri nlioweka, | Khamhifu, r. «., vid. kashifu. 

nlipokiia mgonjoa, / kecp tcatch the irhole night j Khatari, s. (vuh hntnri or hathari), danger, boUI; 

in conseauence ofa vow I hare made dnriug my | e .#., Omnr chatari, Omar tlte Iiold, who carned 

sickness (ichen I voiced to tcatch a irhole night 

after my recorery). 
Kesheza (ke8HEhha), v. c, to cau*e or make oue to 



watch, to keep awake; ku-m-fiinia ku keli na 

noato. 
Kehho. adi\, to-morrow; kesho kutoa (vid. ku tua) 

(kuchua, Kiung.\ the day after to-tnorrow ; 

mtundo bnda yu, or ku shindn kesho kutoa, the 

thirdday; mtundo goa (ku shinda or bada ya 

mtundo), thefourth day. 
Kkko, 8. 
Ketani (or kitani), 8. (vid. katnni), linen,fia.r. 

Ketk, s. (ya, pl. za) (la), a kind of 8heV called 
coicry (ngiitu in Kikamba). 



Muhammed , 8 letter to Herkal, the gorernor of 
Damascus, to atlopt MuJtammedan i*m. 

Kiiati, s. (rid. hatti), letter, note, document, hand- 
tcriting. 

Kiiatia, *. (rid. hatia) (crimen), /«?«//, #/». 

Khatiuu ( w*v scriba), tcriter, gerretorif. 

preacher. 
Khatima, s, (vid. hatima), end, complet'tOH. 
Khatimimha, r. c, to complete; vid. hatimivha. 
Khazana, s. (vid. hazana), treasure. 
Kheiri, 8. (vid. heri), happy, fortune, happimmi 

wntti wa kheiri, happy men ; ni khairi, / hai 

lietter; kun heri, adieu! for yood. 



( 135 ) 



KI 



Khklihu (KHKLiBiKA)=ku-ni.fania hadu. 
Khema {iid. hema), a tent. 
Khisi, r. a. (cid. hini), bttray; ^.U. , deccpit. 
Kiiitaki, r. a. (vid. hitari, v. ei.), to cJtoose. 
Khitima nzima, a complete copy of the Coran 

v Ilitima) ; cfr. Juzuu. 
Khofimiia, r. c, tofrigltien; vid. hofisha. 
Kiiofl', s.,fear, danger; vid. hofu ; ku tia khofu, to 

frighten; kungiwa na khofu or kua na khofu, to 

be ofraid. 
Kiimtj, s., apad tisetl as a saddlefor donkeys. 
Kin nim, r., rid. hubiri and habari. 
Kiiumuma, 8. (vid. hu8urau), enmity. 
Kiiutubu. r. a. (cid. hutubu), topreach. 
Khuzukunui (or hutiiuhunoi), a 8tuff ofa brotcn- 

yetttnc colour, of ichich men's best kanzus are 

tnade (St.). 
Ki \*ee Dr. Stetrts remarks, page 293). 
KiA, 8. (cha, pl. via) (Kimrima) ; (1) ahindoflatch; 

kia cha mlango (cha fungia mlango), the wooden 

bolt of the door, to shut from icithin ; oppos. to 

komC't\'the bolt whichshuts the door fromwttltout ; 

akiisha kia kisingiti, a* soon as Jie steps orer the 

threshold heforgets it; (2) kia cha (pl. via via) 

muili —flesh. 
KIa, r. a. ( — kiuka, v. a.) (Kimrima), to step over; 

e.g., ku kia (or kiuka) gogo, to step over a trunk 

nfa tree (ku tiipii kua magu) ; ku kia, e.y., ant* 

iu tlie road. 

Kjwa, v. p. ; isiokiwn, impassable. 
Kia, 8., a kind oflatch (St.). 

Kiada, 8., sloicly, distinctly; cfr. VUi , (1) tardum 

habuil iuccssum, (2) voccm katii kata edidit avis ; 

katha? 
Kiafla, 8., that ichich comes into one's nose and \ 

raitses sneezing ; e.g., yuwaenda kiafia cha ku 

jemua ; roho ya kiafia, a clmngeaUe being f (R.). 
Kiagaso, 8. il)promise, (2) place agreed uponfor 

meeting ; but maagano is agreement. 



dead tn Arabic. Kiama kimetiika, nti imehari- 
bika, watu wotc waiuekuffa, the dehtge has over- 
Jtotced everythiitg (tuka = ghariki), the earth ?# 
sj)oiled and men have died. 

Kiamamba, r. w., to bet-ome too dry by lony erpoeure 
to thtt suit; mtcllc hu unakiamamba sana, usiate 
ku kiamamba (yabcsika) hautaknja ku sagika 
wema, this rice has become too dry, do not let it 
be dr'ted too mttcJt, it icili not be tcett yround, it 
tcill be difficult to yrind it. 
Kiamba, 8. (cha) (muamba uidogo' , a sinatt rock in 

a ricer or at sett. 
Kiambaza, s. (vid. kiwambaza cha niumba), theside- 
tratt of a house inade ofpoles and plasttred with 
m ud ; to be distinyuished from ki wam baza cha mlia 
na cha ngao ; pcmbc (peupe) ya kiambaza? jiwe 
la kitoa cha kiambaza, corner-8tone, Eph. ii. 20. 
Kiamml£< iio mimi, wowc, yeyc, suisui, nuignai 
wao, that which I say, dc; kiambilecbo wewe 
somo == hayo unenayo (It.). 
Kiambo, s. (Kip.) = muaitdo. 
Kiamo (or kilamo), 8. (cha) ( — dagna) ; maziwa ya 
muanzo ku viii gnombc, beestinys ; tupike kiamo 
tule ; when a cow ctdvesfor tltejirst time she Itas 
a yreat tjuantity of beestinys, ichich grotcs less 
irith each calf. 
Kiana, 8. (cha, pl. viana) (Kimrima) = kibia cha 

ku finikia wali, the itd ofapot. 
Kianoa, s. (cha, pl. vi) (o77. muanga), ciear 
weatlter or sky after the fall of rain ; ikipussa 
nivna, ni kianga cha jua ; mvua hi iikomo wa ku 
fuliza siku mbili hizi, siku ya tatu itat6a kiiinga 
cha jua, the coiiiiny ottt of the sun after rain; 
kianga cha mgcma (rid. massu). Though aU 
other trork vtay be iitterrupted in cometpience of 
rain, yet the Jjord icill yrant at last the kianga 
cha mgL'ma (rid. gema) ; inafania kianga cha 
mgema, a short interrtd of sunshine during the 
rainy season which the mgcma (the tajiperof 
the pahn-irine) uses for his icork. 



Kiau, h. ; kiali cha motto (cfr. kitcte), a spark of \ Kianzi, *., riW. muanzi 



Jire; kiali cha barudi, rocketf cfr. muali wa 
muotto. 

KjalJo, *. (cha, pl. vialio), (1) corn requisite for 
preparing thefood taken in the evening; supper; 
ukisha kola kialio, utalala ; in Kipemba kijio = 
jakiila cha jioni ; Kin. kilariro ; kialio cha 
in vua, rain icith whichoneyoes to sltep; (2) cross 
pieces pnt in a cooking-pot to prevent the meat 
touching the bottom and burning (St.). 

Kiama, 8. (ja\ (1) overflotcing, inundation of the 
icho'e earth. The Muhammedan JSuahili believe 



Kia.nzi, s. (cha) ; ku piga kianzi cha ubincha ? 

Kiaimo (p\ viapio), cry ofjttbilee. 

KiAro, s. ^clia,p/. viapo), anoalh, an ordeal; ku la 
or fania kiapo, to eat, or to take onts oath = ku 
apa; {l)tltt siyn of oathput up in the plantations 
tofrighten thieces ; ku-m-tilia or pigisha kiapo, 
to cattse one to take an oath ; vid. afia, v. c. 

Kiara, s. ; ku rusha kiara ? 

Kiakabu, adj., Arabic; Muarabu, an Arab ; 
maneno ya Kiarabu, Arabic icords, Arabiclan- 
gnage. 



tkat at the end of the world the whole earth will j Kiasa sutv, ni daua/or the homma ku ji-paka. 



Kia*i, 8. (Arab. ^i^i ) (ch&,pl. vi — ) = kipimo, 

intasure; kiasi cha barii'di ya ramia moja, or 
simphj kiasi cha bunduki, the vieasure of gun* 
fuit; IVsl ) rcsurrection, resurrection of the potcder retptisite for one charge, a cartridgc; 



he orerjtoiced by water, after ichich wiU be the 
rteurrection ofthe dead; (2) ( Ai , stetit, erectus 



KI 



( 136) 



klasi gani? howmuchf mucgni kiasi, a temj)crate 
man; ueno hili Iinaauza kiaei, long ago, long 
since; kiaai gani unakiiza, (U Jtow much tlo yoa 
sellf 

Kiate, *. (pl. vi — ), orphan f ? (alieatoa). 

Kiati, *. (jd. vi — \ a souib, cracker (of firework) 
(Er.). 

Kiatu, 8. (chn, jit. viatu), sJtoe, a saiuJal (oftJte 
natives) ; viatu via mti, a sort of tall icooden 
clog tcorn in the Jtouse, and espeeiaUy by tcomen. 
TJtey are Jtehl on by grasping a sort ofbutton 
(msuruaki) bettceen the great and second toe 

(*.)- 
Kjatusu (or jiatumO, *./ kitu cha tiinu, kitn kisi 

cho kuamo katika nti, kikipclckoa kua rafiki wa 

mballi ku-m-tunukia, a dessert of street pastry, 

any curiosity of fotxl or otJter matter whicJi is 

sent to a distant friend toplcase Jtim irith some- 

tJting icJiich is not found in his oirn country or 

town, e.g., bungo (tJte fruit ofa tree) isfound 

at Mombas, but not at Zanzibar. 

Kiawanio, s. (pl. vi — ), measure (pishi, kcbabn) ; 
— cha ku gawania (Sp.). 

Kiazi, 8. (cha, pl. viazi), a stceet potato ; kiazi 
manga or kiazi kiku,p/. viazi vikii, yams, rariovs 
Jcinds, (1) kiazi jcauppe, (2) kiazi cha badada (of 
red colour), (3) kiazi cha mriba (big, sJtort, and 
wJiite)', kiazi kikii, pl. viazi vikuu, yam; kiazi 
cha Kizungu, European potatoes. 

Kibaba, *. (cha, j)l. vi — or za) (cid. kcbiiba), a 
measure whicJi is about a pint-hasinfiiU, about 
a pound and a Jtalf (St.), fourtJi jmrt '. 

Kibaoada, s., dim. o/pagada (R.) ? 

Kibaoo, s. ^cha, vi — ), ftx)tstool ; (1) kipaudc cha 
mti cha ku kalia or wckca miigfi, or clia ku 
ketia, a Jcind of footstool, any ptere of tcood to 
sit ujMjn (e.g., kibago cha mbiizi) ttr to jmt tJte 
feet ujx)n; (2) kibiigo cha ugazi ya ku kuelca, 
tJte round of a ladder or stej) of a staircase ; 
(3) kibago rha kisingiti cha ju na cha tini, tJte 
lintel and sill of a door. 

Kibaoi: kibaou, rid. kipucpuc. . 

Kibaku, s. (cha, j)!. vi — \ sjwt, stain, any mark 
wJticJt a sore or tlte smaU-jtor, or tJie ghee sjnlt 
upon a cloth, leaves beJiind ; miihali pa alama 
ionekamiyo katika muili au ugiio, <£'c/ kibaku 
cha jua, tJte sjxjt wJtere tJtc sunbcams fall into 
tJte room ? cfr. kipara or doa doa or nsora. 

Kibakuu, *., a kind o/mtama. 

Kibali, v. n., to prosj)er (St.). 

Kibamba (rectius kipamiia), *. (pl. vi — ), (1) alittle 
rotton dipped ia oil and applied to (Er.); (2) 
cha mua «= raakumbi ya nimi kana miba (bomba 
la mua) ; kibamba cha niama, kibamba cha 
mafuta,/«r, greme. 

Kibanawazi, rid. kipanawazi. 

Kibanda, s. (cha, j)I. vi — ) (vid. banda), a little 



sJted to sJtelter frotn the rain and sun, a korel, « 
Jtut; (2) kibanda cha usbo, tJie foreJtead, which 
is also called kijunchu or kigorao cha usso ; rjr. 
kihenia, uliugu, and dungu. 

Kibande cha sakafu, vid. kipande. 

Kibanzi, *. (pl. vi — ), a splinter ; kibanzi cha 
ukuui cha ruka ukuni ukipassuliwa, a jneec of 
wood sjdit. 

Kibao, s. (cha, pl. vi — ), a smaU board or jrfanl, n 
sJteJf; a large plank is called ubao, pl. mbao ; in 
Ttinibatu a cJiair is caUed kibao (St.). 

KiBAi>ARA,a destitute man, a paujnr (an- insultinfj 
ejnthet) (St.). 

Kiuakabaka, a JongfisJi; trop., a talfor, jtrattler. 

KlBAKANOA, 8 , (Z Ciulgel, cM* 

Kibakanuo, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), a smaU Jieacy stick ; 

fitubo neno ilio fupi (kipigi in Pemba\ a small 

cudgel; mbarango is a large cJub. 
KiBAKARK, dim. o/barare. 

Kibakaza, 8. (cha, jil. vi — ), a smaU seat ofstont 

(cfr. baraza). 
Kibakra, 8., a littte vc'dderness; kibarra cba Ma- 

kupa, between CJtangamue and Makttpa (near 

Momba*). 
KtBARtf a, s. (cha, pl. vi — ), a tickei, a uote {efr. 

biirua or baroa) ; Dr. JSteere says, " Kibarua t» 

now used in Zanzibar to denote aperton hired 

by tJte day, from tJte custotn of gicing snch 

persous a ticket, to be delivered vp wJten they art 

pa'ul." 
Kibata (vid. mbata, 8.) ; kibata clia kidazi liiki ni 

kibata, hakikuniki kua mbusi, chasuktika katika 

kifiifu, this tittle cocoa-nut Jias 110 water t it is dry 

inside, hakina tui. 
Kibato bato, s. (cha, pl. vi — ), tJie rarious coUmr» 

of a Icojiard or a cow, <£*c, wJtite, b!ack t retl, dr. 

(marakanika), vid. bato bato (la,/>/.ma — ], rarie- 

gation ofcolours in gencral. 
Kibatu, *., vessels oftin,plates oftin. 
Kibauro, 8. (rid. madoro), miserable talk. 
Kibawa cha kanga, (i kind of serpent, re*embUm\ 

Hte guinea-fowl in cotour. 

Kibaya, adj., bad (pJtysicaUy) ; rid. baya. 
KIbe, 8. ; ku-m-tia kibo katika raateso ya tungnja 
za mitunc ; cfr. modcssi and kodue ; rfr. kodue. 
Kibeberu, ndefu, ya mbiizi mume (vid. beberu'. 
Kiberamu, s., vid. beramu, *. 

Kib^tk, *., a smatt foot; e.g., kuku huyu yuna 
magu mafupi kana batta, tJtis Jten Jias small fett 
tike a duck; ndic kuku kibcte. 

Kibeti, *., a dwarf (?). 

Kibia, *. (cha, pl. vi — ) (kibia cha ku fiiiikia wali , 
a dish (not glazcd and ofclay, to cocer the hoiled 
rice, an eartJien jwtlid) (cfr. kibungu, kikongn} ; 
Kimv. kibia = dinna (t« Kilindini). 

Kibilibili, 8.; gnuellc za kibilibili, the usual 



KI 



( i37 ) 



XI 



tcooUen hair, in contradisttnctionfrom gnuelle za 

singa (vid. singa). 
Kibi6ngo (cha, pl. vi — ), a person hcnt hy agc and 

infirmity (kib6boe). 
KiBiuiKA, *., vid. birika. 

KlBlRITI (or KIBERITl), 8. (Artth. sS^ly^ \ *'«</. 

kibriti, sulphur ; pl. viberiti, matcJtes. 

Kibiti, adj.,fresh, yreen (vid. biti). 

Kiboa, *. ( pl. vi — ), vid. jiboa, a doy. 

Kibobue, 9. (cha, pl. vi — ), a piece of cloth tied 
round the loius by tcomen whtn workiny or 
dancing; ku jikaza or ku jifuugd kibobue or 
mkumbu or nguo pana kiunoni ku pata ngiivu 
za muili katika kazi. This has reference to a 
piece of chUi which the women tie rouud their 
loins irJten they pound corn in a mortar orper- 
form other hard work. It serces to fasten their 
dress and strenythen them in their «ork. Ki- 
bobue is to he distinyuishal froin mkaja wa 
mfiuzi afungai lnatumbo na kitambi kiielu, yasi- 
kue makuba. A JSncduii woman, after purturition, 
is handayed with a lonypiece ofcloth, to prtserce 
ker forin. The Wanika wouitn, who do not oh- 
serce this KisuaJtili custom, arc ntttch distended. 

Kibodoo, *., a little piece of humkI with which a 
rope is drairn tiyht. 

Kibopu (or rather kibovu ;, adj., htul \jnoraily and 
physically), decayiny, woriu-eateu. 

Kibopu, *. (ja) ; kibofu cha gnoiube, <('«•., 1) hlad- 
der; (2) the crop ofa hird ^lt.) ? 

Kibooohhi, s. (cha, }d. vi — ) ; (1) kiiiiko cha ngoli, a 
small skin or leather hay for money or jnnctler; 
(2) kibogfahi cha ku kamia (cid. kama) niaziwa. 
The OaUa makefine haysfrom ro/ies capahle of 
holding milk. 

Kib6ko, 8. (chn, pl. vi — ), a hipjHijiotanw* (liifti in 
Kinika); niania nikuba akctie mujini uajii yu barra. 

Kib6xdue, *. (cha,^>/. vi — ), rice yround with water, 
anythiny ichich is oidy poundcd, not cooketl, e.y., 
pounded inawello and scraped nazi; kibondue 
cha mawelle; mawelle mabivu yatavundon, 
vnkisha vundoa, yapcpctoa, zitoko kiimfi, zilipo- 
t6ka kumfi, mtu avunda nazi akiina, akisha 
kuna, atia na takiziikwe, akaponda tena hatta 
ku tangamana nazi na mtellc wa mawclle ; ma- 
tangamano haya ndicho kibonduc (rfr. biimbiii). 

Kib6xqo, 8. 1 

Kibohakob (pl. vi — ), ylass-beads (E.;. 

KibrJlni, s. (ya) (-» leidn) (vid. jibnini}, jirofit, ad- 
-~— •c- 

vantage; ji*., benefecit; y^, beneficium, laetitia. 

KibrIka, r. ».; ku pata fcida, to obtain profit. 

Kibrisha (— ku-m-pa or ku-m-patia feida), to 
maise one obtain profit. 
Kibriti, *. (cba, pl. vi — ) {rid. kiberiti), (l) sul- 

phur; ^2) match, jd. vi — , matches. 
Kibceta (kidauati), 8. (chn, pl. vibucta) (rid. 

biicta), a UttU desk, bor, canister. 



Kibuou, s.; ku umika kibugu mnazini, to hang ttp 
the kibugu to a cocoa-nut tree for tajijiing cocott- 
nu'. liquor (vid. ku gcma). 

Kibuouma, *. (vid. kipukussa), diseasc amonycattlt. 

Kibuiiudi, 8., yrief (— sumnzi, sigitiko) ; kibuhudi 
kimem-gia rohoni; ameshiriki kibuhudi, yrief 
ocertook him, and he took it deeply to heart; cfr. 

ijity t molesta fuit res, gravius aflfecit. 

KinrLA (and kibuli or kebla or keblia), s., thv 

jHiint towards which Muhammedans turn in 

praycr, viz., in tlie dircction of Mecca, which i* 

situated nearly north ofthe JSuahili coast, wher<- 

fore kibula means " north" in general; ku lekca 

•-c 
kibula, to turn to the north ; cfr. &** , tractus 

antrorsum oppositus, pec. quo quis sc dirigct intcr 
prccandum, regio tciupli Ilierosolymitnni vcl Mcc- 
cani ; amri ndie kutubu suhcli na kcblia, (*'oit 
rules south and north. 

Kibumba, 8. (cha) (diin. of bumba) (la, pl. uia — i 
a small case or hor of anythiny; cha tombako 
kibiimba, packet of tobacco; tombako hufunoa 
(katoa), ikisha katoa ikaatoa ku pata jua robo 
ya sna ; ikaondolewa ikakatoa na manni ya 
magomba, yakatandikoa mahnli pamoja, ika- 
toaliwa tombnko, ikawekon iotc, ikatoaliwa ma- 
gomba manginc yakafinikoa tombnko, kuamba 
isipatc beredi ikaharibika, ikatoaliwa ua mngo^o 
ikawekoa jii, ku lemezoa hntta siku ya tatu, eiku 
ya tatu iknondolcwa tombako, inakwisha iva, 
inakua niekiindu, iknfungoa ju yn niumba isio na 
motto, wala isiokua na bercdi sniia; ikakauka, ikisha 
kauka ikaondolcwa ikakuagniuliwa (ku kuagniiia^ 
ikafungoa mabiunba kua lnin, ikatiwa gandani 
lililoiiwa mbelle maji ya pouni, ikafungoa ika- 
le walewa hatta Wabarn wa wakija wakinumia kua 
doti au fetha; k.bumba clia uzi, ciew of thread : 
niuki wanaka kibiimba, the bees sit in clusttr* 
when they swarm ; kibumba chu udongo; ki- 
bumba or kitopa cha mashuke yn mtama, thr 
head of ripe maize {cid. kitopa) ; kiburaba chn 
ungn, lump offlour. 

KrouNCHU, s., a larye tress-work (containiny gisila 
mb\\\)for preserciny coru. 

Kibunou, *. (bungii la udongo la ku pozea nji) ; 
kibungu cha ku pnkulia wuli, a dish of clay for 
holdiny hoiled rice; kikiingo cha ku fania mtiizi. 

Kibunsi, s. (cha ?), the end of the year (Nerunzi) : 
tj. j , Pers., primus anni dies apud Pcrsas, novi 

anni principium, et temporis illius fostum > x ku tin 

eiku za kibunsi). 
Kibunzi, 8. — kibunsi. 
Kibube, 8., bronze winy-dove (R ). 
Kiburi (or keburi), *. (ya), j*ride (cfr. Arah. j£. 

magnitudo, supcrbia), haughtiness; ku cnenda 
usatihi or kiburi. 
Kibukiprmbe, «., a native bird (St.). 



XI 



( «3») 



Kinritu ? 

Kihuyu, *. (dim. of buyu), used in ku gemu; ku 

umika kibiiyu (K.), to hany up kibuyu. 
KiufYU mimha, *., sujjjwsed preynancy (Sp.). 
Kibuzi, 8. (kiume) (dim. nibuzi), a kid; nina kibuzi 

changu na kiina. 
Kiciiaa, *., lunacy; muegni kiclina, « lunatic. 



KiDAW, 9. (cha, pl. vi— ), the breast-bone, sttrnum. 
chest t breast of tneat (E.) ; kidari is used of mttt 
aiul animaJs, but kifiia refers to men only. 

Kidata (kitata), *. (pl. xi — ), (l) a bandage ; (2) 
jnjundetl Biuiaiui, tchich ichen sgveezed is eaUed 
bhudu (also utata) ; kidata cha lnafuta, oiUcake 
tclttn not fuUy exj>resstil. 



Kiciiaka, s. (cbu, />/. vi — ) (cfr. kitiiku), a heap of Kidau, *. (cha, j>/. vidao), a smatt etssel •jor boat); 

irood or sticht, a thicktt. hence kidau cha wino, an inkstand. 

Kiciiala, s. (cha, pl. vi — ), a bunch; kichiila cha jKidauati, 8.,alittlebox,ca8e(cfr.kibuet&) t abaHd- 

mzebibu, a buncJi of yrapes. 



Kichkko, *. (chn, ]d. ki— ) (vid. kitcko), a lauyli, 

« y'ygle. 



c «- 



Itojr; cfr. irt.j , atramcntariuni. 

Kidawati, satd ofressels or instrttments for mek- 

... /, , . v , i ingbricksf (H.V 

hic hikichi, s. (cha, ;;/. vi— ), the smatl imt* con- \ Kidazi rid kibatn 

ta;ncdi>Uhefruitofthei>a'm^trec(*t\ j Kidefu (or KinEvr ■ „. ,cha- ckin and beard oh 

hic hilkma (cba, jd. vi-), the htart oj the yroidny th( ^. ndc , vu> ^ ) H yeHer(d {or kU6fn) 

jmrt oj the cocoa-nut trce. ichich is eatea as ir ...«..„. ,. *„.\ i- •*«. ,.1 .. 

i i . . er% v hn»EMBK (or kilimi;, *., sjttaktng with the tongue 

,al,„l „„, „i vanous way* (St). „, „„ , A , ^ ^ h * ^^ 

Kk ..<-, « (cba, ^. v.-), ajear, tlamjtr. I Juwafuml ,, mnl „.. no u ,; m ; bamu ; ^^ 

K» . hOa ( *,,- kitoa), ». (cba, ,,.'. v,toa), W (,« . tafnna „, zuia uHm ; koa men( ,_ 



Kiuny.). 

Kichoc-heo, «., au instrument for j>n*hiny irotnl 
farther into thejire, tlte act ofjm^hiny. 



Kidkmk, *. (cha) (Kimrima\ rid. kiaafti (kando ja 
tumlro lililo na mafi\ the largt intestiues; viti. 
kisafu and tumbo. 



hu hck iiobo, s. (cha. f>\ vi — V a reru narroic I l-. -• /iv • i - *.t- «•■ 

' v .. , > i i . hn»EKi, *. (cha); n i makongo or mnrathi ya kuko. 



jHiHMaye yeneraUy lefi bettcctn thc Iiousen in 
Zanzibar (St.). 
Kii>aka, *. (cha,^/. vi— ), (1) theeocoa-utit in its 
fr*t 8taye of yroicth. ], Kidiika, 2, kitnlc, 3, 
chifu, 4, koroma, 5, nazi. Tltese are tlte dif- 
ferent stayes ofthe cocoa-nut. Atjirst it is rery 
*iua 7 I (kidaka\ then it yets irater (kitiile), aftet 



disease ofjmdtry and rattle,froiH trhich thegdie 
*uddeidy. 
Kidetk, *. (cha}, a little four-footed animai, the 
*ize oj'a rat, m'th a fona tail f tceaselt 

hii»f, r. /i., to be enottyh or sufficient ; cfr. JJ , <JJ&, 

Kufficit mihi. 



that it yet8jic*h aiul ayrecablc icatcr (daTu. la, j>l. KmiA, r. (rid. kifia or toshca), to satisfg one. 
ma — ), then the trater becomes sotir and the jie*h Kidiku, *., (V a certain jirecious stone from Jaggu 



hard (koioma), at la*t it l>ccomes nazi, irhen it i* 

only soughtfor cookiny, not fo'r drinkiny. (2) 

Kiduka (cha, j>l. vi — ) t-lm niumba, « niche or 

recc** in the irall of a house ; (3) kidiika cha 

kanoa? \cfr. kirindn iuasira in Kiniassa . 
Kidako, *. (cha,y. vi— ), (1) lurmorrhoidal piles ; 

kidiiko ni shina la or uwinda wa lime, trhicL if 

destroi/rd by contimtal sensuaUtif, tlte eractia- \ yakwe yaaimama;. 

tion* and tirinedo ])ass i nvoluntarilij ; (2)kidako Kidinoa poin», *., the denyue J'erer (St.;. 

i* the suturc bettcccn thcainut and the jwnis ; mt\\ Kiihnkuiki, .#., « *mull jKiisonou* Jish — muegnia 

ukitoka kidako, ni mgonjoa; huyu anutoka '" Kiuika : % H.). 

kiduko. 'Kiikmk), adj. and adc. t littlt, sntalt, « morsel, 

Kidanoa, *. (chn, jtl. vi — ); linuiu jiinga lianzalo ! crumb. 



(H.); (2) something broken, e.g., kiaauchangu 
kinakatika, ni kidiku ; cfr. Kiuiassa kidiikua. 

KiDiMiiui ^ha, pl. vi — ), ajnwl lefi on the beach bg 
thefaltiiiy tide (St.). 

Kidimi : kuku wa kidimu or wa kibarawa or kukn 
kidimu, a J'oiH vith naturally rujfltd feather* 
(R.\ In Ki*. kuku wa kibarawa (mmlaika- 



viuliwa, halinu mnji, a youny juicele** iemon ; 
«'mbc kidiingn, lianzalo toku uiini ; embc hili ni 
kidnnga, the mnngo jtist aftertltcblossom. When 
it i* a little laryer, it i* caUed eiubo jnuga (rid. 
uijangn} ; ndogo linakua kana i la kuku, linakua 
rika, it i* yroirn a* larye a* the tyy of a hen, 
ueither larye nor small, but middle-*ized ; ma- 
ombe vidanga or vidanga via macmbc. 

Kidanoo, *.; ku piga kidnngo cha mua (cfr. furari). 

KiDANctu (nr kidknou) (obscene). 

Kidaim»; kiiliiiH) cha homma, shiceriny from ferer ; 
rid. kitapo. 



Kidoko, s. clia^, *mackiny tcith the tongue, o 
ch'ck ; to sntack or dap tcith tlte tongue into the 
enr of onc's \rife, to inrite Iter for embraee (an 
ejrjircssion of conj uyat mysttrics, teherefore thi$ 
tmrd must not be used in common langmage) ; ku 
piga or ku-m-pigia kidoko. 

Kidoi.e, s. >cha), the little finytr (vidole riwili) 
[cfr. udcile) ; kidole, a jinycr, a toe; kidole cha 
gumba, tlte dumb. 

Kidonda donda (j>t. vidonda donda) ; ku fania (•- 
tondc'»ka muili), to yet many sores (cfr. tondoka^ 
a «ui« 7 eorc. a wound. 



KI 



( i39 ) 



KI 



Kidondo, *. (cba) (cha kuni), thin sticJc* which one 
collect* in the vicinity of Jti* house to kindle a 
jire quickly, twig, sprig (kijidondo,/w«/). 

Kiik)Xoe, *. (cha, pl. vi — ), a very *ma'l rottnd 
thing, apitt, a luinp inftour; kidongo cha daua ; 
kidonge cha uzi — kibumba, dew oftJtread. 

Kidonooa, *., a small dod of day (vid. dongoa, 
madongoa) a* hard a* stone. TJu land trhere 
*nrh day i* found i* caJled nti ya ndongo. The 
SttaJtili like to plant rice on such htnd; rid. 
mgagnando. 



kianzo or janzo, the beginniug and prot/re** ofa 
work, e.g., ukiauza utaendeleza nibelle kua ku 
8uka shupntu ; kiendclczo cha kazi, the progre$* 
oftJtc icork. 

Kie*kok, *. (cha, /*/• viengo); kicnge cha motto, a 
httiich of dricd carort-/<'d/(raaki'iti), to set any- 
thing onJire,e.g., in destroying the siafu. a l'ind 
ofant*. but kingacha motto i* afrdirand, apiece 
of icood bitming. 

Kiknzi. *., a rttde kintl ofbier or litter. 

KiKvr. *., rid. kidt'fu or kidcvu. 



Kidoto, 9. (cha\ a piece ofcloth or mat tied orer ; Kifa, *. (cha, pl. viftO ; kifa cha bunduki, the pan 

tJte eye* ofcamd* wJtile tnrning the oil-mill, to ! ofajtintlork inipjile of a percvssion gun f) ; ku 

prerent them froin seeing and drinking tJic oil; j tia barudi kifaui. 

kidoto cha ku finikia mato va ngamia, wasione ! Kifaduro. *. (cha) = kikohozi cha vijana. 

maft'ita ya kimini, wasinoc; ku funga vidoto, to j Kifafa, *. (cha) (— kichfi), epilepsy, Jit*; amc- 

blindfoltl; ndia ya kidotoni. | piitoa or amekamatoa ni kifafa, to be epUeptic; 

KinioE^.^i^o/dudeJ.a^Mi^. J {nih ^ furtim mhduxh 8arr ipui^ue ; 

Kidudu, *., confit*ion or perp\exity about a tcay s* * •*-» 

trhich one at other time* knew wdl; ku shikoa ni *V* • erectH fmt P rac terrore c0,ua ' to • 

kidndu (E.), to beperptexed. ■ tremor febrilis. 

Kidudumi; pembe ya kungu ya ku lindia unguiio | KifalOmk, adj.; Tangai anaunda jombochakwe 

usiku mashanibani asilc mahindi ; ku piga. kifalnme K or kitmltani), Taugai bitilt hi* ve**e! 

Kiduou, *.; kidiigu kimoja {yid. ndugu) (ku penda 

na kidiigu). 
Kidulu >or kiludu), relvct ? 
Kidunari, *.; mputiga wa kidunari, thi* sort ofrice 

i* *hort and brotul (mbcii ya gassi), opp. to 

uipunga wa msindano, which is thin ; mpunga 

wa kinika, red and not very good ; ndio uhisa- 

biwao damu (K. ). 



Kidundu, *. icha) ( — kitoma), (1) a calaba*h. .. , .. r , . ,. 

m r 1 *j ,,.w , , ., iKifanua, *. (r«/. fanua, »*.«.), uncocenng; ki 

The Lamu peo/At u*e the word kidundu for the \ . ' v . . '' . . 

i#_.i^-.;..A JL ;«-«.lua«.«i^i«.£:i^» 1 chn ungo, the uucorernig oj the *iece ; 



Momba89ianejrpre**ion "kitoma'' and "kibori 



Uke a king [in a kingly manner). 

Kifamfam, *. (Kintrima^ {or impam or pahi) 
^kama kupa}, an iu*ect (l'tke the bug) whicJ* 
ntink* dreadfuity. It i* said to exi*t at Zanzi- 
bar. Tt i* a great nuisauce in Teita and V*am- 
bara and other countrie*. 

Kifani, *., the. like, a «iinilar thing (pl. vifani). 

Kifano, *. (cha, jtt. vi — ), ituagc, likenes* — sura ; 
kifanocha ratu, thelikene«*ofa man (kufanana). 

kifanua 
vid. 



Momoa*9iunejrprc**ion Kiioiun ana Kiuon .... . 

in Kim'i nia ; Vibanduo in Ki 111 rinm. (2) Kidundu -.- , , t , . N ,. . .. A 

v ,.., ,. . , 11,. JKifaranoa, *. (cha, pl. vi — ), a chtck, a pultet, 
cha usso *= kikomo, the Jore/tead, brow; dnn. ot , . . , ' . » wi • . # 

, . , . .• whtch doe* not i/et lay egq*. 1 he rartou* stage* 



tundu [a haie\ vid. 
Kidunoa, *., dim. o/dunga ( — dsenkua ya koma /// 
Kiniassa), a broad-edged basket. 

Kidzihu, *., a small knife (dim. o/kissu). 



of develojnnent of a j'owl are; (1) kifaranga, (2) 
p«'>ra, (3; mtett'a, (4) ko. which lay* egg* thejirst 
time (yuna mimba ya kwanza) ih') la kuku). 
Heb. take* kifaranga/or cockerel. 



Kidzoi, adj. t referring to the Wanika, [who are , Kifauam.v, adj.. Frenclt; maneuo ya Kifarasa, thc 



catted Wadzoi {*ing. Mdzoi) by t/te Wakaiuba. 
Kiei.eha and muklk»a ka maoonoe (on a nel), of 

the mgosa antl mbawa tree (K.) ? ? 
KijcuZzo (or KIK1.ELEZ0 or kiklklezi), *. (chn, jd. 

vielezo), a pattern ; ku eleleza kazi, to imitate 



Frenrh Umgnage ; Mfarasa, a Frenchman. 
The n/itire* di*tingui*h maneno y% Kiengreza 
(Eugli*h\, ya Kispaniola {Sj>ani*h) t ya Kiameri- 
kani (American), yaKiportugCs (Portuguc*e), ya 
Kifnrasa (French). 



ttny icorkfrom apattern; ku tezama na ku Kifakasi, #. (cha) (Arab. ^ with a of com- 
fuaza; but ku endeleza (from endelca, to go on, '' pari*on), a litfle hor*c. or likr a hor*e, hor*e- 
to *pread about), to spread ahout, so that the , like; yuwi'nda mbio kifarasi (= uencnda kua ku 
matter run* farther, e.g., ku endeleza kelele ruka. si kua ku fiiliza magii), he walk* t/uickly 
(rid. kiendelezo, *.). like a hor*e. 

KiCmbe, 8. (cha, pl. viembe), a smaU mango (riV. KifA.ru, *. (chn, jil. vi — ), rhinoc ro* ^= pen. Kin. 
embe). ! pera), a small rhinocero* (rfr. kafarupfu 1» 

Kiembe (or jembe), 8. (cha), tlte triangular point Kinia**a). 

ar head ofthe kigumba, wJiicJi i* tJtatpart oftJie Kifa^mk, *., royalty, a kingly kind; ya kifaume, 
arrow which is ofiron,Jixed into the wood, kingly, roytd; aracvaa ngi'10 za kifaurae, Jie icore 

Kikxdklexo, 8. (cha) (cfr. kielczo, #.), progrest =. royal garment*. 



XI 



( 140 ) 



XI 



Kipaitomjo, *. ( = Kin. kifolongo) (K.\ n btetle 

ichich on being tonclttd feigns death. 
Kiffi, rid. kivif 

Kifia, v. olij'. (kafa, r. n.) ( ^.tf , satis fuit, 

Huflecit alicui), ft> give one sufficient, *o tltat it l*e 

ciwugJi for ones jmrpose; e.g., ame-nikifia 

hajnyangu — kitujangu = ame*ni-toshca or arne- 

ui-kidia (rid kidi') h^jaynngu, he hm yiyi »«■ K r to.uffice; L j£, rU. kifi.. 

enowjJt, *o that I need not buy more elsctrhere, *•* 



yiehi much, tostceU up; e.g., unga unafania kifo 
( = baraka) sana, tJte Jlour yields mttck wort 
than icas eajiected (unga unavti) ; kito hiki 
chavii ; niama hi haina kivo, thi* meat ^cotr) hn* 
not yielded as tcas cjrpccted ; waliwakwe haunu 
kivo \cfr. the tcord n-tupsa in Kiinassa: t.r 
haukuftinia kifo, Jtis rice did not prore abnt- 
dant; kifo langu a-ji-fia kua uongo (H.)? 



KifialIa (or rather kivialia), *. (cha, pl. vi — \ a 
jierson, etpecially a slace, born in the rountry 
wJtere Ite at presenJt resides, in coiitradistiitctioii 
to slaves tcho came by sea and tcith thc lieating 
vf the drttm; mtn, alicvialiwa hapa, asiekuja 
nagoma; kifialia ineantt in geueral %i a native 
fhether he be a slare or free ntan " ^ in Kiamtt 
mazalia\ When a shiji arriceH iritJt a rargo of 
slare*, tJte sailors inakc a grea'. no'iHe tritJi 
drums, Jtence mja na goma = a fresh or ueir 
*lare or telca (j>!. matelea); mtuma alickuja 
ua inamai maonptni, a slare trJto arrires by land 
but is tttill a young child carricd on tJtr motJter'* 
bark. All fresJt, slares are calied wajiuga 



Kifi: xi>L(ju, (1) tJte os coccygis, tke houe. tckirh th* 
MtiJtammedans say ntver deray* (St/; ^21 u 
jutin in tJte cJtest in connection witJ* a eottgh, bt»t 
tritJtout kama&i. 

Kifua, *. (cha), (1) breast, cJtcs^ cough (?) ; (2 
kifua cha ni'ti « kihero cha mti • kijttno \ a suudl 
trencjter. It is not deep t and is uf a circular 
*Jtajie; kifua chaku oshca mikono. .1 large o*e 
i* callcd jano. 

Kifikte, *., sijuirrcl f 

Kifi'fu, *. (cha,p/. vi — ); kifufu cha nazi iliokiina.1. 
tJte Jiard and emjtty sJtell of a cocoa-nHt, tchirj» 
Jta* becn «crajwd out ; nazi isiokiinoa i* raUed 
kisio. 



(idiot8) wasiojua mancno va huko ^laken akili KiFiiFn? adj.,bluef 

aniizo) (cfr. kiviao kivialo, rid. mpungufu). Kihuko, s. (cha, pl. y\—\apur*e,j>oclet, a *iua!l 

KifiAzi (pr kiviazi^, s. (cha), (1) birth, the art „f\ hag cha ku tafunia ughaibu; kifuko cha ku tilU 

giving birth; kiliazi cha iutumkc buyu ni jciua, j fetha, a moneypursc; (2) a smalljarfor carry- 

hakusumbuka, anievia marra moja; kifiazichao ; hgwater (mtiinge mdogo wa ku tukuna maji 

ni kimoja; kifiazichao cha mlangowao, tangu j (htmriiiia). 

asiliyao wafiauao ; kifiazi cha mlango wa watu j Kifi'-li, *., hIuuIc, *Jta*low (cha mtu); ufiili wa mti. 

hawa haikutangamnnanambcunicnginc, iinckua KiFrLirri.1, *.; fuli ni — 

mbcu ya Abrahnmi i tupu (H.) iofone kindred]; :Kifimaxzi, *. (Kinlka); kifumanzi cha Kihindi, a 

I lilth beU brougJit from Arabia and Itttiia, vallcd 
. njiiga 111 KisiiaJtili. TJte natire*, esjieciidly tkt 
j iromeii, tic it to tJieir loins to attract the attcntion 
of jyeophi tutd qf lorers esjtecially. It i* dijferent 
, from muangalla (vid.). 

1 

,. , „ |Kifi'mba, *. (cha, «i/. vifumba) (vid. fumba, ya.za); 

Kifimko, * a rorerlet, *mau corer or corrrnw i 1 . P » 1 • • • i« -i i» 1 -i». 1 j* 

, .. ' ' v '„ , ,., •' I kiiumba 111 jainvi lisilopasdiiliwa ku jihta leredi. 

yi'ta. mnniko), aenerav.ij t/tat trhicJi corers or , , \* * * t *i 

v ' •' J a mat matle up tn tlte form of a bag, vtth 



(2 ycueratioit, kabiln. 
Kinoio, *. (pl. vi — \ payment made also in 

natttral jtroduct*) (kn iidilia). 
Kififu (or Kivivr\ adj., lazy. 
Kifiko, *. (cha, jiL vi — , arrival, the rnd of u 

jouritcy. 



«top* the mouth or ajierture. of vesitcU; kana 
kibia cha ku finikia wali. It iintHt be. d'tHtin- 
guislted from kisibiko, stojiper [rorkt). 
Kifiki; ku kifiri («kuenda), to tJte stool (jooui\ 

to rontinue (R.;? rfr. j& , Hecutus fuit vcstigia. 

Kifi*<ifimi, adj., one irJio doe* not irisJt to hare to 
do anytJting icitJt anotlter ^mfisitisi) ; maiubo- 

ynkwc ni ya kifisifisi or ufisifisi ; yi , reccssit ab 

aliquo. 
Kifitofito, h. : mamboyakwe ni ya kifitofito, he 
rndeaoours to ronrcal or hide r.rerything [rid. 
h'ta, r. a.^, this is his habit (H. ). 



irhic.Jt tJicHailor*, t(-c.,corer theirbodies tojirottrt 
tJtemselces from tJte cohl. 

KiFiMiu, s.; leokuna kifumbi cha koska»i. 

KiFi'Mnr, s. (cha,p/. vi — ); kifumbu cha ku tujiunazi, 
a *mall roundbag or basket madeofmia, ttsttlfor 
stpteeziiig out t/tc cocoa-nut after it has bce* 
*vrai>cd on tJte mbuzi (rid.). TJte thirl matter 
remains behind in the bag, after the utilky sub- 
stunce Jtas ran tJtrottgJi it. Thi* milky sub- 
stance i* boiled togetJter with the rice. It 
nupjdies tltc jdace of ghee or butter. It look* 
ejcactly like cow's milk (cid. kaesimele, *.). 

Kifumfu, *. (cha), grief affliction, dejectiott. 



Kifo, s.; hawakuona kifochakwo alipokufia, tJtey \ Kifumi (or ratJter kivumi\ *., (jd. vivumi), rvarisp, 
did not *ec tcJtere Jte dicd; rid. kil fii, to die. ' hummiiu/ (e.g., kifumi cha watn wangi walio- 

Kifo ior kivo\ *., overphts, sutplus, yielding kutana) ; kifiimi cha ngoma, the sound ofadrum: 
uiuchr from kuvn = ku fura \rfr. falia, r. a.\ to ngi'jma hi ina kifumi - vafuma sana. 



KI (i. 

Kii'L'ho (or kivumo), *. ; kifumo cba mguriimo, 'Ae 
roUintj laund (mllo) o/ thututer (vid. rati(inin) ; 
kifiimo clia aimu« (— mgurumo wa eiinbai, r/ir 
grotrHny of tht lion (irith angtr, or trheit tir. 
catehf hii preg), dig'trent from mlio wn Bimbn, 
tkt roaring of ike lion; mahindo wo msgu yu 
aimbn, tlie ttoite of tht footitep ofa liou. 

Kni:m; waijj, rirf. rauatc. 

Kifummi, i. (chn, ]d. vi— ), knot ; (1) kifundo chn 
ngi'io ku fiindika kitu, a lnot maile i« the rloth 
la bind up tonuthing, e.g., ku fundiki renli 
nguimi (riil. rundo) (kifundiD) ; (2) kirundo chn 
mgiiu, Iht ktel(8u). 

Kirono pcibo, r/r. marogn rugu. 

Kifumio, *.(cbn}, anything trhickhind* Or fwleii* ; 
(II « outton, t.g., kifiingo eha kunzn ; (!) a 
prima, eonfinenitnl ; (3) kifungo cliu pingu 
i miniii), irirA ihacklet or fettere of the Ugi ; (4) 
kifungo chn mkntnle, ir/ici i7ie ff<;» are put intn 
thtitockt; (5)kifnngocha ronio — mkufiu ratvfu 
nhenp'mi, teith clinin* on the necl : (6) kifungo jn 
.liui. Thefolloireri of Muhammrd repreienl hiin 
iu the " hutton of 'rtligion," (kifunito cha diui), 
ai ndumbiiii (pro muonibczi) wn. kinmSni [Ihe 
interrtuoT at the jntlgment), atirl a* the. ulungu 
wai'imini (Ihe angnj otit utith tht faithfnP . Iiili* 
leltrr oddrened to JTirtat, the Oreeh ijwtrnor 
of Itamatcui, ichom ht ndmoiiitlttd to ndopl the 
Muhammetlan, rcligioii, he laiji a itreti on thete 

Kifcmiu, i. (dim. o/fungn, part), imall ' part. 

Kifukoua, »., a» optner or vnfaetener; C«., ki- 
fnnguu kanou, breatfait, rarlu faott; kifungua 
mlango, n preieul maile bg the britlajrnain lo thr 
knngn ofthe hridt befort sht alloie* lu'iti to enter 
tht bridt'i roam an the ocrntion ofhi* fint viill 

<»■'■ 

Kirusoio, a Vttlle heg. 

KlPL'nrv», «.— kitnrabotnmbo ; ku Inln kifunifuni 

= ku funnjin or funnmin, to tleep on the Mlg; 

vitl. fnamft ai'tl wimii. 
Kin'Mfcii (or Kin.iiKiO, *., a corer or lid .- rid. 

kifiniko. 
Kirvvit, *.. harre*t (Iter. ilv. 15), ero/i. 
Kifusuo, *., vul. funnn, E. a. 
Kifi'-o (ch», pl. tifao), a ttici irh.'eh ii utitrk in the 

grountltorip thehuil off cocoa-nitli irilk. 
KirC'FA, »., diin. o/mrupn, a bone. 
KlW'ri, adj. (vid. fnpi), thort ; kidogo kun kmio. 
KlFt'auBiii, i. (chn), toirtething ooautf tir tietl ttp m 

a rioth, a imall packet or parcel. e.tj., of rire, 
Jlonr, tOe. ; a large one i* cat'eti fiininlii. 
KrrtBi, *., Twhbish fimnd in t/hl buildingi. 
Klri'C fi-ha,pi. vi — ), a eoeoa-nttt ihell. 
Kioio.i', i.(pl. vi— ), a icab (St.). 
Kiciai (ar jcioiv* or euIva), i. -,pt. vipni', n 



pieer nf hrolen potlerg or glam ; kigai clni ku 
pnlin (pa) motto, n pottherd for taiing off or 
ratt-hinn fire iit (kegeregn«nsn) ; kiguyn iw oflen 
tttltn for the tile* nf the roof of a jialate. e.ij..of 
Ihe howe oftkt Sitttaa of Zotaibar, 

KiniMtA (ar kitavoa) cha hlkoso. the palm of 
the kiiutl; (2) ilim. o/mwda. 

KkiAkja fch»), — mukflno (cfr. kitiinga) c-hn — , 
pnlnt tiflhe hanil. 

Kiiie i'cln, ]d. vige'? 

Kki*im.. *., rid. kili'ta n«</ kijrgo. »■ 

KidKi.KiiEi.K ( pl. vi — ) (m'rf, kiji-lrji'lc), nAafifinr/, « 
nkrill *cream ichieh ii a lign of jng on etrtaiu 
oernrrrnet*,e.g.,irkeii n gorrrnor i* apjiointed 
ur a rhib/ i* born, ite. ; ku iitga kigplcgelc. 

Kickkaiia, rfim. (/gerahu. 

KiuKKKasesn, ». (pl. vi— 1 (kigmgncim chn 
ninngu\ aiitlinter,n renjmnnU piere of juitihertl 
abottt the *i:c nfa doUar; kigni i* Inrgtr. 

Kioewi, e. i'juguzo). 

KtttBCuKU, *., rhtiiiaetible, fieilr: ninncno huyn ni 
j-n kigcugou. 

Kiiiim, »., ii br'tbe. 

Kkiiwi, *. iclui kuku). puHtl. 

KiciM.i, *., riil. kignieni. 

KidNiKCiMK'Yr, >., a liehtiitg, n tingliua. 

Kiomki.1 (or KiiutLt), *. (cha mnli), jl) huinaii 
eiYremciit. (mnfl yalio.im); (2) ' dirt, filth iit 
gtneral,- mukouoyakvfc yiinn kignieui ; uiuu ya 
gnombo jiuufania kigniu kna kun mengi mno; 
kignia hikl lul'aniacho ni cha nini ? N'iaui u'najn 
niumlnui, liiumbn inufuiiin kiguiu kun tnka kiiu 

Kiasin, *, {frnm kiignin) , kignio cliu ku gniia 
miifi (Kiiiilti). In Kitttohili iid. mkimdu. 

Kicisi'msi., *., a tti-ang; ku aemn knn pufini, lo 

'lieal' icith a tu-ting. 
Kkislonm, ilnugti. jMUtte (R.) ? 
Kjiiufi, *. (iliiti. «/' iigofl, a »('.'«, kide'. n little 

*iin nr hitle. 
Kuhifu, *. (R.)? 
Kioiiao, *. (cha), (1) n thorl hitl thirii trunl of tr 

tree, a Unch ; (2) the ermt af a tratiittl : kiondn 

kinu kigiigo. 
Ki.k'ihda, *. ieiil. ingi.mbn^, a mnall /«'nonn- 

KioAsik, »., tlitn., rid. gomc. 

Km.'iMio, *. (chn), (l)nr/ai.- kigongo clin mti = 
kibaringo nr timbo di'im; (!) Ihe Imtnp nf a 
hnwjibaeltcd pirtor. ; nim'gni kigimgo. tthump- 
bnct (St.l, 

Kinimno, *. (ctin), n 'oetiil, a kook; finibo hj iuu 
kipinlir,, thiit *1ich ha* a hooh.rurritg ; mtuhuyu 
nmctckelc'a motto, nniefanin kigosho cha mukono, 
thii maii burut ki* kand. he got a cvrvtd hand 
nr tiu nrin tchirh cannol be slraighlen-.il '. 



XI 



\ 142 ) 



Kioota, s. (jd. vi — ;, a 8\ceet*lalk o/mtamu irhich 
may he cheiced (ku tafunu) ; mabiia haya ni vigota. 

Kioi:ba, #., the rulied leaf of 'the mgaddi tree; rid. 
guba. 

KiouDriA, *., a pitrher ; cfr. kuzi. 

KioCk (or juol*k\ *. i v cha, pf vi — ;, wn/, utrintj, 
especitdly for larintj or burderiuy a cloth: (!) 
kigiie cba uzi meauppc, nicaussi, muckuuda cha 
ku vaa kiunmii or sbengoni, for ornament, a 
*triny or little cord of thread of rariuu* cohur* 
trhich me.n, irear on the. loin*, or ironien on the 
neck for ornament ; (2>kigue cha mtamho cha 
ku tegea niiima, a cord tised in tra/i* laid ftrr 
animaJ*. 

Kioi'ror, «///*., clrne toijcther : nitania hn ulipa:ida 
kigugu, thi* miilet i* *oicn too clone totjeiher ; 
mawellc haya ni ya kigiigu icfr. kigugu in 
Kinia**a, and rfr. al*u mpada} ; niuiuba zilc 
zambazo kuamba zi karibu karibu, ndizo zina- 
jengua kigugu or ndizo ziambiwazo nipada pada, 
trhich i* not n*edfor jdantation*. 

Kioloumiza (or kioi ovmizi), *. ( — cha maneno, 
*tuttering,falteriny of *jiecch) ; mtu liuyu ana 
— , this man falter* : hawczi ku soma Kana. 

Kioloita, 8. (cha' ( — cha hindi), thecobofTndian 
eorn tchen the tjrain* arc. phtcked <ff: mahiudi 
ynmepukiisoa ttr puaiwa. 

Kioru, *., horrur, friijht iunakufl*a kua kigiili, he 
dicdfrum terror) (Kr.\ 

Kiovmua, *. (cha) -■ kirnibo rha m'fi, thc iron harh 
or head ofan arrtnr. Proc.. kigumbu kua ungiio, 
kua mlimengu kiutiingu. The. arroir-hrtitl i* 
utcaut fur thc irild *iriite, noboth/ trill mtmrn 
iihi.u, it i* killed, bitt there 'i* tjrcat nttmrnina 
n'hen a threlli r of the itirth {a mair is kil'ed. 

Kiovmi:, adj., hartl : rid. giimu. 

K101 namawk, *.. a kiud of Minall ' ji*h 'ni vidugo na 
vigumu ■. 

Kior.\i>A, *. {rtd. kungu '. an anti-lope'* horu, tt irar- 
horu. 

KiaiNDi, *.: fuluni una kigiiiidu clia jujii kisipo 
daudasika (II.) (rfr. hhuri, *.'_. 

Kior.sor (rfr. kibiingu'. refcr* to thr kikomho cha 
udongo, whic.h i* not t/laied a* iu Kurope. 

Kior.N.Ni, 8. (cha, /*/. vi — ): kigunni clia tcndc — 
kauda la tendc, thc. *mali olilony mattiny-bay in 
tchich datc* art: broutjht frum Arabia for *tdc 
on the Hnahili cou*t. A lanje batj. guni t/r 
gunrii (la tende'. 

Kioinzi, the datj bej'ore thc siku ya muaka. 

Kioi'ta, a tjrure : ni mahali pcgni mzimu. 

Kiorz«>, s. {fliiM. oftigtizo, supjKirt), a little po*t. 

Kiiiai.imu (antl MiiiAi.iMr':? (IJ.-; t-jr. A&. , aud 

Kiiiaki:hi, *., cramp ^StA 

Kiiif^MA, 8. icha' - kibundii cha npandc nn'»ja'; 



cha ku-jifitia mvua majira uatilindn ahamba, h 

little *hed irhieltr is open in front, to look uf*><> 

the plantation. It shelter* the iratckutan frvm 

rain and /teat. 
Kih£kk iiISre, 8. (cha moyo), {l) jHt/pitatioti, tnpi> 

dation (of the heart) ; (2) ttottbt, anjri*»******. 

fear, impatient ha*U. 
Kihindi, «<(/'., of the Indian kintl ; uiaueim \a 

Kihindi, the Indian laiajuaye. 
Kih6ki — kidau, a little eanoe. 
Kiixor, *., a $mall cloud (cfr. uwingu;. 
Kiim, n. f (1) the heart or pith of a trte ; m>iyo kiui- 

kati yam'ti ; (2) kiini cha i or ynjri, the yolk ttf 

an etjy ; cfr. uto. 
Kiini ( iia yayi (Kiung.) or cha i, the yolk uf*t* 

KiiNiMATt>, s.jjttyt/Una trick§ 7 artfulnc**. 

KiiNiMATo — kiini cha mato (cfr. tofiika\ *j*jiM 
a* to the et/cs — blind (cfr. kilimato). .-1 ffrnrt 
*orcerer irho profe.88C8 to he able to blind thr 
! pnpil ofthe cye, and to render himseh' tnnV/Wr. 
I He can camj off a man*8propcrty in hi* pre*f*tr 
trithout hi* knoiriny it. Kasimu Angardibn th* 
naine of Kasimu'* father in Ga**i) trw» " 
kiinimato sana, nkn-ji-geuza kisiki cba mti, va 
meida hawa-mu-oni, anaona kisiki tu ; Rganga 
muere' vu ana kiinimato, y uwa-ji-pcuza koa ugaujp. 
or buge kuba (cfr. jamba cha jito and kiini;. 

KnxrA moongo, «., drinl-money, gratuity tK. •" 
rid. mgongo. 

Kiihha (ur kipha), thi* beiny ende*J t aftertrurtU. 

Knvrivu, atlj., a*h-culuured. 

Ki.T.v (or kicha), r. n.^tudaim ; ktwho ya btihukJii 
ku kija tafunia kuzi kcthil wa kt>tha T to-ttunrn*-- 
at daicn I tthall pcrfurm thi* t»r t hat butiati* : 
ku kija » ku anza ku passua uwingujua; kun« 
kuja, kuua kwbhakuja: kuna kiia kuaja, kraw 
kuja, kuna kwisha kuja. Opp. (1) jua latiu: 
('J) linakua latua ; (3) jua linatua, the vun *ct*. fa 
*tt, i* settiny. 

Ki.ia, *. (cha), frenzi/t madnes*; mtu huyu .-toa 
kijii = yuna waBinni, thi* man w mad. 

Ki.tajk (or kichache), adc, a little (vid. ch;irlV 
ur jajc). 

Kija kazi, 8. (cha, }d. vi — ), « little slace-girl /iW. 
mjaknzi' (anakuja kazi 1 . 

KuALinA, *. (cha, pl. vi — ), a nntall tnttal L*v, 
ci*o a boj' madeuficood or miia trhich the trumr» 
curri/ on their brea*t* ; kibueta kidogo cha wtt' 
or kuni, o/'fetha, <fc/ ku tilia wandu, Kiladi. 
amburi, tokii, popo, dre. 

Kijamanda, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), a touall lontj*hu^^ 
bu,r ur bay ufm\\\\ in ichich the nattce* carr^t*' 
(ughaibu) betel and areca-mtt (rid. jaiminda, \*. 
pl. ma — ). 

Ki.tamha. 8. (pl. vi — ), a 8mall rock (rfr. munnihi . 

Kijamfi, rid. kitanga. 



( 143) 



XI 



Kijana, #., dim. o/muana (cha, j>l. vi — ), a boy or 
girl heticesn 7 and 12 years of age; kijiina 
manamuali, a girlbetween 10 and 15 years. 

Kuanga, adj. f unripe, greeu, youitg ; tlte varions 
stages: (1) mana mjanga, .2) kijana, (3) mana, 
(4"" mfulana, (5) mtu mzima, (G s > mw* or Bhnibu; 
kijana jume or kike or kinme. 

Kuapi, *., t/t* sign tc/tick the j>eop1e ofJagga and 
Vsambara make on their forehead* { R.\ 

Kijaraiia, *. (jd. vi — ), a *ma/l iround or ulcer = 
kidonda kidogo (vid. garaha or geraha^ ; kijaraha 
cha mbooni, sore* on tfte jtenh, *yj>/tili8, r/tauere. 

Kuego, s. (cha, jd. vi— ) (cfr. kilota) (r/«\ jcgo\ 
ekeeh-tootk. ('hildren ttorn iritk c/ieek-teetk 
{npper teetk) a'ready protrudiug 'tnaiia alie- 
vialiwa na meno ya jii ) are con*idered a* bad 
omens jMrtending distre** Itcfa'liny tJte conntry. 
Hence tJiey are strang/ed hy tJie pagan Waniha, 
teko a**ert tJiat suck a rhild ##?///. Iiecome. a cri- 
minal. But tJte StuiJtili taJce tJie.m to tke mostjne 
and read tJtc ('orttn onr tJiem, learing tJiem in 
tke mo*tjue orer nigJit. Jf tfie cki/d I». found 
alire in t/ie morning, all crry imll, btit iftaken 
awayby an angel (a* t/iey *uj>po*e\ } tjte. ckild 
irou/d kace Iteeome a mti*aiicc to the rountry, 
tkerefore Ood took it airtty ju*t iu time ; u kij«'go 
nuiana wowe, tkoit art a rillain, reprobate 
(timfi). 

Kijelejele (or ki«eleoei.k\ *., tJic cry ••elel, elel 
elel elel," */touting, ej-ultation (rid. kigelcgele). 

Klienjele (cha ajari), an acid *ance prepared 
(for *kij9*) t/mnngo and *ireet teml)o; kijenjele 
ja ngiio, a gootl dre** ; kijcnjelc Ita* rcference to 
tometking tJtat is good antl e.rceltent. 

Kuiboa, *. (clia) ; muana wa mboa nidogo, the *on 
ofa dog. a yonngdog. 

Kuiboko (pl. vi — \ a little kij>j>opotamv*. 

Kijicho, enry, an enrious gUince (St^ : lit.. a litth 
eye. 

KijigC (pi. vi — \ a littlc leg. 

Kuiji, «., a little toim (cfr. mji), Act* v. 16. 

Kijikango, *. (rid. kikango; ; jungu kidogo cha ku 
kangia niama, a *mall jmnfor frying meat. 

Kjjikiji, rid. kiehikichi. 

Kuiko, *., a *mall *poon (a large ouc muiko). 

Kuimbi, *. (cha, j)l. vijimbi\ a cockerel. 

Kutsoajinoa (rid. mjinga or ujinga ; tkc Mom- 
bassians *ay tkat tJie language of Zanzibar 
is maneno ya kijingajinga, i.e., tJic language of 
fod*. 

Kufo, 9. (cha\ tke coming. adrent. In Kij>einha 
jaknla cha jioni — kialio kijio cha usiku, tJte 
coming oftJte nigJtt. 

Kufsi,. *. (ch«, pl. vi — \ « bribe giren to a jndge 
(jSjiri or kikiri) ; kn toa-jijiri = mali ya ku-m-pa 
lcatbi, ku pata haki or ku nmuliwa, to bribe a 
jndgt to obtain ki* rerdirt in one'*faronr. 



Kijwkafihi, vid. mjiskaf.ri. 

Kuihsi:, 8. (dim. o/kissn), tittte knife. 

Kijitanhu, *., a rery small branch. 

Kijiti, *. (j>L vi — ), a *ma/l tree, a *jdinter, a 

]>iece of icood, a 6«*/*, a «krub. 
Kui-ro, *. (j> f . vi.jito), a smal' strcam, a brook 'cid. 

mto) (vid. kijuto, a brool; rintlet). 
I Kijito (or Kui(.Ho), « «mall eye (rid. jito or jicho, 

eye) ; yuna kijito cha rohoni ( = yuna husuda), 
I ks i* jealom, Ite want* all t/tat /te 8ee*, ke i* a 

coretous man ; bana kijito nawc, /te i* not enriou* 
! oft/tee; nna kijito rohnni = ku tainaa, to covet ; 

kijito ya ku ona kitu cha mtu adaka ku toa, ke 

wia/te* a/l tkat ke s?es (mtu wa roho joje) ; ku 

fauia kijito, lit., to make apinhj or littfe eye, i.e., 
1 to ency, to bejeahu* of — ; kijitOjjea.W*//. 
KuiTOA, *. (pl. vi — \ a little Jtead; muigni kijitoa, 

a man with a little Jitad. 
Kuivi, adj., tJtieivJth (St.). 
Kuiwe, *. (pl. vi — ), a *maU stone; vijiwc vijiwc 

denote* a sligJtt ernpiitm on tJte face, espi'dally 

incidental to young cJiildren ; in reference to a 

per*on wJto Jtus tkis erujAion, tlte uatires *ay: 

" wapendoa," " ke. is loved " (K.). 
Kijo, 8. (cha, j>l. vi — ), fear, aj)prclten*ion, danger 

(cid. ku ja or cha, tofcar). 
Kij6bua, a little bniu/t or cluster (R.\ 

i * ' 

KlJOGO. *. f 

Kuoooo (p 1 . vi—), a mussel, a lind of sheH-fish 

(St.). 
Ku6li, s. t a band ofslares; kijoli kimoja, about six 

or eig/tt slavcs belonging to one master ; kiniumba 

kimoja or tumba ninioja huvia mja na mnungu- 

ana, brother* and sisters irko hare tke same fat/ter 

and tke same mother (tumba mmoja). 
Kuomba, adj., refcrring to Suakili ; maneno ya 

Kijomba, t/te JSuahili language: Mjomba, a 

Suahili man. 
Ku6mbo (dim. o/jombo), a little ve**el or boat. 
Ku6xgo, *., dim. of mongo, back f (the uembcsi 

sichiess is said to jiroduce ki jongo or kidari ; 

cfr. kigongo\ bendiny, bent, inclining, knmj>- 

back ; mtambo unnpindamana unnfania kijongo; 

mtu huyu yuna kijongo, tJtis man is Jinmj>- 

bached. 
Kuor6ho, s. (kilacho kuku sana), a triUl animal 

very dentructire to foir's (irhick eats jwultry^ 

(very likely a Kisegua-icord) (R.). 
Kuoyo (dim. o/moyo), « heartkt, littlekeart; Bcbu 

Bebu na kijoyo kimumo, ke refuses a tking, and 

yet ke irould fain kare it (R.). 
Kijuku, *. (cfr. kiduku), « grcat-grandchitd. 
Kuumba, s. (dim.), a little house, closet, korel. 
Kuumbe, *. (cha,^i/. vi— \ a go-betmeen (a matck- 

maler, St.). 
Kijunciiu cha vzno, forekead (R.\ 
Kuu.vou, 8. (chn), cfr. jungu. 



( 144 ) 



XI 



Kijum, *. (tlim. o/"kiini\ a Uttle piece ofwood. 
Kijum, *., a small bird; cj'r. niiini, hirtl. 
Kijuto, 8. (dim. o/mto, a river), a brook, riculet. 

KlKAAKGO (or KIKA.VOo), *. (j>I. VI — ), rt tmall 

earthenjwt forfrying toith oil orfat orfor cot>k- 
;„(/ «. kijungu cha ku ojea or cba ku pikia mtiizi 
\rid. kibungu, kibia) ; dim. of ukango, a frying- 
pan. 

Kikaka, *., ha«tines8; kuani ku ftinia kikaka cha 
moyo? tchy arc ijou so hastij f nimcfania kikaka 
batta ku sehau jaktila cha ndia, / wa* 80 mttrh 
in ha«te that Iforgot to takefoodfor the rottd. 

Kikaka, 8. (kiika, la, pl. raa — ) ; kiknka cba limau, 
the Icmon-rind whirh i'm thrown away after the 
lemon has heen stjucezcd out. 

Kikai.k, adj. (cid. kale), ofohl, of tlie cld 8tyte or 
kind ; ya kikalc, of old time*, e.g., niumba ya 
kikalc, a house of tlic old style, hiud, or time. 

Kikali, adj., sharp, acid, 8our (vid. kali). 

Kikamha, adj., referring to the Wahainba j>et>j>Ie 
or their language. 

Kikanoa, 8. (dim. o/kanda\ Utt'e bttg. 

Kik.Vszu, 8., a little shirt; kiknnzucha mt6to,a little 
nhirtfor ch'ddren. 

Kikao, 8. ( — mahali pa ku keti, makasi), (1) 8eat, 
residence or dweUing-jtlacc ; e.g., kikaojangu or 
makuoyangu ni Kabbai, / reside at Jlabbtti, 
there I htirc my jiermanent residence, not at 
}fomhas ; (2) a company af men who eat together 
■ = mess) ; (3 ) kikao signifies tlte dignity of a 
rhief; Muegni Ngusi auutoii kikiio cha nduyuye 
Shebe, Mucgni Ngnsi took the rhieftanry ofhis 
hrother tiluche: (4) kikjio=row///^;kiknochakwc 
si jema, his condttrt is not gootl (II.). 

Kikapu, s. (cha) (dim. of kapu\ a smal hasket 
< kapu, a largc one", a matting-Img. 

Kikasiki, 8. (cba, p'. vi — ), a small pitcher with a 
handleand nerk jorlianids ttntl jyreserres ; kika- 
siki cha lisuli, <£*c; kitu kitiwujo or kikanjo piki. 

Kikatk? (R.) ; c/r.mkutc or mukiite (dim.). 

Kikaufu (or kaufu ur kafu?), vid. nocsa and 
knvu. 

Kikavu, ttdj., dry (rid. kavu). 

Kikawe, s. (j>I. vi — \ a smtttl pehhle (k»iwe, rid\ 

Kikaza (cha, pl. vi — \ the pieccsofwootl al)ove the. 
in'ndoics oj' a hoitse, timher orer a windoic or 
. dtHtr. 

\\ i kk, adj. , feminiue. 

Kikkkk, s. i (R.). 

Kiketi, s., a kind of hlue head, csjwciaUy ralned 
hy thc WaJcamba in tlte Jnterior. 

KikkYkkV, s. (vid. keukcii), a littlesohhing ; kikcu- 
kcu cha ku lia. 

Kikia, s. (dim. of rokia), a littlc tail ; wana wa 

pania wana vikia. 
KiKiiti, s. (vid. jijiri or kijiri), a bribe, 
Kikirrt, i: a., to pull about, to 8cramhle for i 



Kikihsa, r. a., to spcak in hroken words ; ku sema 

kua ku kikissa, /.«., kua kn tafuta or kua kn 

tossa jua mancno sana ; maneno yame-m-kikissa 

— batolct manuno n'de sana, ynwascmakua lurito ; 

jambo bili lakikisaa -». balipatikana ku* upcti. 

Kiko, s. (chu, j>l. viko), a pipe, tobacco-pipr. wUk a 
nazi. The natire jtijtc* consitt ofa ve**el haffmtt 
oj' irater, with ttct> stcms, one leading to the bowl 
aiul one to the mouthpiecc ; the water-ve*8el it 
jiroperly tlte kiko. See the Avthor** more eu- 
larged descrijttion itnder the tcord bori, page 28 ; 
cfr. tozn, digali, malio, Rhilamu. 

Kiko, 8. ; (1) kiko cha mukono, the elbov-bone; (2) 
kiko cha muntto (jd. viko), a fire-place out of 
doors and withont meko; watu waaaba motto 
viko vitatu. 

Kiko, 8. (cha) ; kiko cha Wngnlla, a Oalla marhet- 
jrface; muhali pa n'do pa ku fania biasbora. 
Sttch a GaUa kiko is for instance in Barrla (or 
Jie'riti), in the territory and on the frontier ef 
the Wttnika of Kiridma, in tlic vicintty of the 
river tiabdki. Oalla, Wanika, Wakamba, Wa- 
suahili, and Arabs go there on mcrcantile busi- 
uess, and tire peacefalty togetltcr for some weekt. 

Kikoa, 8. (cba, j>L vi— ), (1) a bannuet amcmg 
friends given ttrrordiny to agreement by turm* 
(kulii kikoa) ; chnkiila cba ubirik» ; kikoa cba 
clinkula na muonziwakwe ; leo kikoachangu 
(kiila kikon) ; watu wala kikoa mnjira ya manka 
hatta mviia kuugia. The people save in thi* 
mttnmr many erj^ense* and trouhle of eookery, 
('sj)pcially trhen rirtuals are *carce % or hefore the 
rtn'iiy settson. J'ror., m'la kikua aailipe asa 
kipuru jenuppc. If a j>artmr in kikoa irifl *ot 
takc his turn to girc an cntertainmcnt whc* it 
romes ronrid, his head is shaced } in sereral partt, 
in order to jmt him to oj>en shame ; chakuU cha 
Kbirika ; Ico kikonchangu kiila. (2) Kikoa ja 
fetha kii tin kntika biinduki or jnrabia, silver 
riug ou a gim or daggrr i'mabumba ya fetha) a* 
an ornament. 

Kikovkui ;'or rathrr kikuakui\*.; pcpo ya kikoa- 
kui, « irhirliriittl. 

Kikoua, ttim. o/*mkoba iridS. 

Kikofi, s. t thc inside of the finger*. 

Kikofi; i.ixi« {dofn and kidofu)? 

Kikoiiozi, s. (cha) {dim. of kobozi), a littlc covgh, 
a dry coitgh, ronstttnf rottghing ; koh6zi litc- 
moalo is a vough tchcrc muvus i* romited; efir. 
ukohnzi. 

Kikoi (cba. jd. vi — ; ijgiio yn kikoi, a irhite ciot* 
arotnid the loius with ct>Ioured *tripe* Wor 
(near the hordcr). 

Kikok a, the name of a spccia ofgra** irhich grovt 

ttrtntnd heaps ofstones. 
Kikoi.olo, s. ; kikololo cba mtuzi, a *auce madt 

hy rottsting itcas, grinding them, and ccokinj 



KI 



(145) 



KI 



them with cocoa-nut milk, &c. ; ni mtuzi wa mbuzi 
kavu ku kangua, zikasagiia unga zikafaniou 
mtuzi (Sp.). 

Kik6mba, *. (cha), a ravcnous appetite; nda ya 
kik6mba or kikomba cha nda or makiizo ya 
nda, an intense hunger, in tchich a man eats 
anything he canfind ; devouring famine. Erh. 
takes itfor the "hungry enV." 

Kik6mbe, *. (cha, pl. vi — ), cup; kikombe cha 
kunoa kuhawa, coffee- or teacitp; kikombe cha 
bilauli, a drinking-glass (vid. kombe) ; kikombo 
cha nuru, lustre ? 

Kik6iibo (ja), a little crooked thing (rfr. uk6mbo) ; 
kitu kilicbo kombo, kilicbo potoka, a curvity ; 
e.g., mti ukisongamana. 

Kik6mo, s. (cha, pl. vi — ) (ja), (1) tJtc end, 
termination; e.g., kik6mo cha ndia (ndia ih'po- 
k6ma), there where the way ends; (2) kik6mo 
cha U880, front, projecting forehead, brow ; usso 
ulipokoma, pasipo mea nielle, mbelle ya usso, jii 
ya mato. 

Kikomu, adj., fully ripe (cfr. pefu) ; kikomu U 
properly a Kiniha word. 

Kikomdoo, «., a little slieep ; cfr. kondoo, slieep. 

Kik6noo (or kikuata), «., « large curved thorn. 

Kiko.vgoma, *., a little worm of a red colour (II.) 

(perhaps Kinikaf). 
Kik6noue, *. (pl. vi — ), a very oldperson (mtumko 

mze). 
Kikonio, 8. ( pt. vi — ), flower- andfruit-stalks, the 

stalks ofdoves (St.). 
Kik6no, s.; (1) kik6no cha upanga wa imani (una 

vikono viwili) (vid. kitara) ; (2) the hand-Uke 

prow or beak of a amall native vessel (kikono cha 

6mo) ; cfr. gubeti. 
Kikope, «., the eyelid; vid. k6pe. 

Kikor6mbue, 8., a cry made into the hand by way 
ofsignal, a caU (St.). 

KiKossi (or UKO881), *. (cha,pl. vi— ), tlie nape oftJie 
neck, the lower part ofman's neckfrom bcJiind, 
tJte Jtoilowpart ofthe neck below tJie backpart of 
tJte head; niuma ya shcngo ni kikossi ; kish6go, 
tJie dimple orpit of the neck ; kogo (occiput), thcn 
kitdrigo, and then kikosei. 

KikotAma, 8. (vid. kotama) ; kissu cha kotama, a 
long knife. 

Kikoto, *. (cha), a kind of wJtip made of mua 
(ku Buka kua gnongo) ku piga watoto uscd in 
tchooU; overlookers of slaves aho use tJtis 
whip (cfr. fiatisa ; kikuto ?) ; ku songa or piga 
vik6to,to wreathe ( — cha nuelle) ; (2) a bracelet 
of brass-wire (cfr. vitanga, tzango, migunsu 1» 
Kinika) (R.). 

Kikotue, 8., a long and flying fisli. 

Kikozl, 8., a band of men who watcJtfor and way- 
lay somebody ; kikozi cha watu, vikozi via watu ; 
wame-ji-funga kikozi cha watu (kadiri ja watu 



wanane or kumi) na selakhazao, ku-m-gojea mtu 
fulani ndiani, akipita wa-mu-ue ; ku keti or ku 
ka kikozini; askari mka kikozi, sentinel; kikozi 
cha askari, a company, f)arty, body of soldiers 
(cfr. kitiingu). 

Kikua, 8. ; tJie root oftJie mlilana tree whichgrows on 
thecoast; it8fruitUcalled)im\g\irossi(m k6nde 
za mlilana). 

Kikuaju, *. (cfr. mkuaju) ; ku piga kikuaju in 
case ofthc ucmbczi sickness (R.). 

KikuakCi, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ) — pepo zakuzungiikn, 
a gust orpuff of wind, a whirlwind (kikulukulu 
or kuakui). 

Kikuai'A, *. (cha); kikuapa cha t6mbako, Htc 
8mall lcaf growing on tJie stalk of tJte tobacco- 
plant; tJie kuapa U always cut off, topromote the 
growth oftJie sJirub; (2) kikuapa cha kdnoa, tJic 
bad smell of tJtc mouth, e.g., fulani aniika kuapa 
(R.) ; (3) tJie perspiration from tJie arm-pit. 

Kikuasi, s., stumbling-blocJi (from ku kuaa or kun, 
r. n.). 

Kikuata, s., a large curved tJiorn (vid. kigongo), 
mimosa inga et Famessiana (Kr.). 

Kikuba cha mkiidi, mti utoao mariia mema ya 
harufu, watuwake wapcnda (vid. mkadi); (2) 
kikuba cha dau la mbtio (the namc of a boat) ; 
(3) grcat, vid. kuba. 

KiKUtizo, *., « laiitlcr, a fligJtt ofstairs (Kr.). 

Kikui (j)l. vikui), atJiousand, ten tJtomand (chicfly 
used inpoetry). TliCjJ. zikui/or vikui is obsolctc. 

Kikuili (vid. kuili), aluul ofscrpent. 

KiKUjiA, s. ; kikujia cba ukuja, (1) a little piecc of 
tJie root oftJte nail, apicce torn off from a nail 
of tJie fingers or toes; e.g., intu huyu ame-ni- 
limiza kikuchia (p\. vikuchia via) cha chunda cha 
mukono, kikuchia cha ukuja kina toka, kinauina 
sana; (2) vikuchia via mkeka, tJie ends of ukindu 
wJiicJi are left to rcinain on one sidc (rfr. ku 
tabuaukuja). 

Kikuju, 8., elbow ? (cfr. kikuyu cha mukono). 

Kikuku, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), an arm-ring of lcad (an 
ornamcnt ofwomcn), a bracelet ; kikuku cha ku 
pandia ferasi, « stirruj*; kikuku cha pingu (vid. 
mli). 

KikCku, 8. (dim. of kuku) = kitu cha kale, an old 
matter, sometJting ofthe old time (Er.) ? 

Kiklli, *., cfr. kiwcwe. 

Kikumba unouuk, 8. (lit., tJic pass'nuj or swceping 
by of tJte Jtog), a small knob of Turkish corn 
wJiicJt the wild Jiog passcs by, snatclting ratJicr 
thc larger oncs (kikumba unguuc =» kiscgero or 
kimbuguc). 

Kikumbo, *. (cha); ku-m-piga kikumbo =* ku-m- 
kumba, to thrust orpush one aside by toucJiing 
with the arm ; ku pigana or sukumana vikumbo, 
to thrmt one anothtr with the arms, to shove out 
ofthc way. 



KI 



(146) 



XI 



Kikunda (in Kilindini) =• kobaba in Kimv. 

Kikundi, 8. (cha), a small company of men (jrom 
12 to 20) ; kuuja kikundi cha watn, tJiere comes 
a troop ofmen (cfr. kinungu and kituugu). 

KlKUNDO, 8. 

Kikunou, *., vid. mfioansi. 

Kikuopa, 8. (Er.) ? 

Kikuta, »., a small wall of 8tonc8 (vid. kuta) ; ki- 
kiita cha kaburi, tomb, monument. 

KiKun, 8. (cha) (= nta ya kuti), tJie top of thc 
kuti, bough oftlie coeoa-nut tree; (1) kumbi, (2) 
kuti, (3) kikuti, dim. of kuti ; fig., kikuti joma 
= bakhti ngema, happine«s ; c.g. } nimctia mu- 
kono wa mbcllc chakulani, na mtu huyu wakuja 
kikuti jcma, niiini meraa. 

Kiki'to, *., tiger (Sp.) ; rather mboa mitu, jackal. 

Kikuyu ciia muk6no, *., elbow. 

Kil a, 8. (=khofu), fear, dislikc ; mkhoyangu ina- 

ngia kila, lam afraid; Arab. J* , trcmor, or 

"k, languor, calamitas. 

Kilalo (or kjlalio) (pl. vi — ) (ku lala, «.), a 
campiwj- or sleeping-placc on a journey ; kilalo 
cha kwanza, cha pili, cha tatu, tijc. Tumelala 
vilalo kumi hatta tukafika. Kilalo means (dso 
a native 8lceping-place mmle of stieks, wJuch 
rcst on UtUe forked posts fixed into the ground 
(kihilo cha mtu). 

Kilamo, 8., beestings. 

Kilanoo, 8. (pl. vi — ), (1) a narrow cntrancc; 
kihingo cha bahari, a strait or straits of the 
sva ; (2) kilango cha jaha, the gaic ofparadise. 

Kile, pron. demonst., that, yondcr; kile alicho lalia, 
vid. Lukc v. 25. 

Kilefi, *. = kidau or kihori, small canoe (kilefi cha 
ku tezea). 

KilJSfu, *., vid. kidefu, 8. 

Kileoiwambua, knee-bojic, knee-pan (It.). 

Kilklk, 8. (cha, j)l. vi — ), a summit, top, apointed 
sJioot in a trce or plant, pinnacle; kilclo cha 
mnazi = nta ya mntizi, thc summit of a cocoa- 

trce ; Arab. J** , cacumen rei, vcrtcx montis. 
Kileleta, 8. (cha), apcx — kilelc cha nta, top of 

trce, pinnacle. 
Kilema, h. (cha, pl. vilcma), a bleminh, a dcformed 

or maimed person; si wcma ku teka (cheka) 

mucgni kilcma, it is wrong to laugh at one wJu> 

is dvformed ; cfr. bunduka in Kiniassa; cfr. 

Luke xiv. 13. 
Kilemha, 8. (pl. vi — ), (1) a turban, diadem (given 

as a prcHcnt to great mcn) ; ku piga kilcmba ; 

(2) a cre8t, thc comb ofa cock. 
Kilkmhoe (kilembCe), 8. ; kilemboc cha titti, thc 

nipjtlc oftJie breast (kilcmboe cha mtu na niama). 
Kileo, 8. (cha, 2>l- vi — ), any intoxicating matter, 

intozication (kitu kilefiacho) — Bakara, ulefi; 

mtu huyu yuwala vileo; c.g., afiuni, jabangi, 



tembo, mayuni, winiu, aU these tkings are vileo ; 

kileo kime-m-pdta — amelewa, he is tipsy. 
Kileta, 8., a cliikl which cuts its upper teethfirtt; 

muegui mcno ya ju mbelle (cfr. kijego). A ckild 

born with the upper front-tooth is taken into tht 

mosaue, and the Coran is read over him (ko 

somcwa mesgidini) lest tome distress come upon 

tJw country. The Wanika strangle such an «n~ 

fortunate creature. 
KiIjEte, s. (pl. vilete), tnetal rotdocks (St.), 

crutchcs f 
Kilkvu, 8. (vid. kidevu), the chin. 
KIliciio, that wJiich; e.g., kitu kilicho jema, a 

tJting w/iich w good (vid. Oranu). 
Kilifu (pl. vi — ), the chth4ike envelope of tke 

young cocoa-nut leaves (St.). 
Kiliiiafu, s., first stomach inauadrupcds (katika 

tumbo la gnombe), the mwc, beUy,paunck (tnmbo 

kuba). 
KilIli, *., a emall bedstead; dim. o/ulili, bedstead. 

Kilima, *. ( pl. vilima), a rising ground, a kill, a 
mountain. 

Kilimanjaro, 8., the mount Njdro, a snowy ntous- 
tain in Uie Kijagga country. 

Kilimato, 8., Ut.,aUeyes; mgangaaonai killa mato, 
rabello na niuma na kando, a sorcerer wko by 
mean8 of witchcraft lodks in every directio» 
before and behind ; his eyes reach everything. 
TJie leaders of caravans freauenHy ascribe suck 
a potccr to tJiemselves, and their superstitkm 
follower8 believe fimdy in tkeir manifest imposi- 
tions (cfr. kiini mato) (cfr. kiwi cha mato). Yuna 
kilimato, he wJio covers his eyes or makes pcopU 
skcp wJien he wisJies to rob them. 

Kilimbili, 8., tJie wrist. 

KilImi, 8., tJie urula ? 

Kilimia, 8., the Pleiads; kilimia cha niota (?). 

Kilimo, 8. (cha), a piece of cuUivated ground, 
agriculture, produce ; muaka hu amepata 
kilimochakwo miso (m'so = 60 pislii) setta 
mia; muaka hu watu anaongokewa ni kilimo, 
maBhambanimuao ; vilimo vina-wa-ongokea or 
vina-wa-vilia (ku via, to burn) havi kuongoka; 
kilimo cha nini ? wJiat wiU the crop be orbe- 
come f vilimo vipia premices ■« first-fruits. 

Kilindi, 8., thc dceps, decp water. 

KilInge, 8. (cha), complicated gucstion, dark or 
unintelligiblc langvage; mancno ya fumbo, mtn 
asili-jue neno hili ; mancno ya kilinge ni ku letta 
neno kua mifuno lisilokua lile udakalo; efr. 
king6zi. Kilingo cha uganga is the cunning 
and mystcrious proces8 throughwhich an mganga 
gocs in curing rJieumatic pains cf the leg* t 
d'c. WJicn a pcrson Jias this disease, he caUs for 
an mganga, wJio promises to come after kaving 
rcceived tJic tigira wa muito, the wages cfcaUing, 
wliich consists of a jembe (native hoe). ffawing 



KI 



( 147 ) 



KI 



arrived, he cuks where the pain is. WJten told 
thepains tobe in tJte leg, Jtesays, "It is an amiili," 
t.e., a secret medicine apjriial by an cncmy icho 
wishes to Tcill the person by Jtaving put nails, 
necdles, li-c. into tlie leg. TJie mganga promises 
to removc tJte amali. TJien Jte demands Jialf a 
doUar and fivc pishi of rice for going to tJtc 
forest to fetclt medicine by digging roots, ct'c. 
(uinda). Ilaving returned from tJtc forest, Jie 
boils tJte roots, d'c. in a kettlc, and covcrs tlie 
sick man tcitJt a mat, to saturatc Jtim witJt tJte 
smcikc of tJie medicine. TJien Jte toucltes tJte 
body until Jte comes to tJtepiace wJtcre tJte limfili 
is hidden. At once Jte puts Jtis Jtand to Jtis 
inoutJt and sucks, a* it were, tJte amiili, and spits 
it tJicn into anotJter kettle, wJticJt Jtc covers 
auickly witJt a sicve. After that Jte reyuires a 
hen, whicJt is tJte feefor tJte kifaniia nngo or tJtc 
uncovering oftJtc sicve. At last Jte says, " Xow 
open the kettlc,'' wJticJt Ute people do, and in 
tohich they, to t/teir snrprise, find an amali or 
amtdet fiUed witJt nails, need'es, <C'c. " Xoir" 
they say, "we Jtavcfound tJte cattse of thc puins. 
tiome enemy intcndt:d to kill the sick man, but 
the mganga Jtas defeated Jtis dc*ign by tltc 
uganga." He tJtc.n gets one dollar, tJte sicvc 
and tJte hittlt'. Iiut tJte dcccivcd peoplc do not 
know tJtat the imjmator brougJtt tJte amiili with 
Jtim, and put it secretly into tJie kettle. IIow- 
ever, t/te tick inan tJtinks Jtimsclf cured. (2) 
Humbug, trick; watu hawa vilingc hivi wa-ni- 
faniafio ni via niui ? 

Kilinoo (ja); (1) ku piga kilingo mti «= ku tonga kua 
shoka la tisi, to plane a trcv. witJt tJte JtatcJtet, 
planing, heicing ; (2) nguso nno yaliosimikoa 
sbambani ku lindia niiini wasilc mtama, a sJted 
ertcted on four pillars and vned in guarding a 
fii/antation against bird*, dr. It is like a ros- 
trum or balcony. A largc one i* called ulingo. 

Kilinoo, *., (1) notch (E.), protttberancc, promi- 
nence, boss ; (2) a sJted for squaring timbcr in 
(ku linga, to aim <it) ; kilingo cha jua ; (3) ndia 
ya kilingo ni ya ku zunguka (cid. ku linga = ku 
dadia, dadisa). 

KilInsi, h. (cha), a bracclet ofbcads; rid. kikiiku 
and kingaja. 

Kilio (cha, jH*. vilio), a cry, wailing, wceping, 
mourning, lamentations ; kilio cha utungu, liev. 
xviii. 9; ku niamaza watu kilio; ku-m-tia kilio; 
ku-m-kumbusba kilio. 

Kiliwa, *., mealf cfr. Jfl , cdit consumBif, ffi » 
quidquid editur. 

Killa (or kulla), evcry, all; e.g., killakitu ; killa 
aendapo, wherever hegois, or cvery time Jte goes; 
Arab. l£ , universitas, omnis. 

Kiloh o6la (pl. vil — ), the guide for a journey ; 
wata hawa ni vilongola (ku longola in Kin. — 



ongoa in Kis.)\ kilongola huyu ni mucma ; cfr- 
ku rongora, to lead into, to guide (cfr. rubani). 

Kilube (kilupe ?), red and roundish beans f (R.). 

Kiludu, s. — nguo kundu (Er.), a red cloth (cfr. 
kidulu). 

Kima, 8. (cha) (Arab. 3w*S , valor, prctium), (1) 

price, account, value — tamani ; kimachakwe ni 
kadrigani? Jtow much is itspricef (2) then, after- 
wards,finally, like muisho and hatima. 

Kima, *. (wa,j>/. za), a kind ofape, a mon/cey witJt 
long Jtair ; (1) kiraa; (2) tumbiri, baboon; (3) 
mbega; (4) niani (large). 

Kimada, *., counter ofeggs (R.)? 

Kimado ku iba kimado (vid. Kiniassa mbando), 
to make an attack for plundcr (kimado kimado). 

Kimaji, adj., damp. 

PvIMAKO, 8. (K.)? 

Kimamu? (K.) (efr. «Ui, rcs ^ 11 ^ a domo scopis 

cvcrruntur, quisquiliac), sweepings, dirU 
KimAnda, *. (cha) ; kimiinda cha inai ya kuka, tJte 
beating of cggs, to makc a kind of omelette ; 
ku pika kimanda cha mai ya kuku. 
Kimandano, s m) somcthing ycUow (vid. mandano). 
Kimanoa, *., (1) a kind ofvcryfine grain Ukc uimbi 
(vid.). (2) Arabian, Arabicfrom Manga, Arabia. 
llence ku badili Kimangiini kua Kisuahili, to 
translate from tJte Arabic into Kisuah'di. 
Kimanoo, s. ; tiii or chui kimango, a full-grown 

leopard. 
Kimanoo, *. (vid. mango), (1) a small, round, Jtard 
and Jteavy stone used in grinding flour ; (2) a 
nicknamefor a Jtard and aoaricious man. 
Kimanm mawiti, cfr, ukukui. 
Kimasiiamua,*., belongingto tfte country, a country 

dialect (St.) ; ya kimauhamba, countrified. 
Kimato, s. ; ku lala kimato, to watch, not to sleep. 
Kimra, s. (cha, pl. vimba), carcase, dead body; 
nimeona kiinba cha mtu, / saw tJte corpse of a 
dead nunt; kinabuagoa kimba (= Kiniassa ku 
f'a tumbi). 
Kimhia, v. n., to fice, escapc, to run away, to go 
(juickly = ku enda mbio. 

Kimbilia, v. obj., (1) to escapc to <me or from 
one; mtuwangu amc-ni-kimbilia, my man ran 
away from mc ; ku kimbilia roho, to flee for 
onc's life ; (2) to run, topursue, tofetclt him ; 
mkimbilio upesi, go quick to catch Jiim up, to 
come vp with him, to overtake Jtim. 
KimiiilIka, v.p. 

Kimuikiza, v.; udongo ukimbirizo uli maji, uka 
kauka, huta-u-wcza, prov., beat tJte iron wJtile 
it is hot, do thy busincss in time, do not defer 
it; ku kimbiriza ku-li-tumbiia harraka ipu lisilo 
tassa ku ivua. 
Kimuiza, v. c, to cause toflec, to make to run 
away, toput toflight. 

l 2 



KI (i. 

Kimrizia, v. olij., to cauie to run aicay from one 
aine-ui-kiinbi7.ia w.itumawangu, he cavitd my 
ilucei to mn away fronl mc. 

Kimmui*; kn-iu-kinibili/.a mtu ipu, to opcil tOO enrly 
a iuinour or necll'oitj, lo be tuu ruth in «j «■«/.■ iinj ; 
wn kinibilizn-ni ? 

Kimbizi, «.,- mnji ya kintbm, irlicu Ihcjl- '■'/"te 
Ih' Jiti iminediatclij. 

KmnosANOE, i. (cha),a Hml offine rctl bcuti-i urhich 
urc ftiHshal mid hiijhlij pri-ctl ij'i'/. niar-jiitii). 

KimbuuUe, «. (Kintr.) (cha, pl. vim— ) ; kinibiigue 
cba hiniii (= kisi'^vrn tli.i liiinli'i, tninll Turiinh 
eorn, ichich it not groicii to any cj:tent ; hiudi 
liuavia or linabaribika kua jun, gojrntalalcim nj 
fupi or ndogo, the corn wai burned or tpoiled by 
tlie «uii, therefore, cic. 

KlHUtjJA, ».; maji yalrimbujn, i.c, moji ynftuza ku 
nuka or ku kua, ktia uiangi (Sp.). 

KlHnuitti, ».; kiiiLiUL'ii kiJ'^'i rli;i ku guy* kukn 
wadiigo na niuni, a vuiture, a bird ofpret/. 

KlllBCYU, >., lti.ini.htiU, slnji,ci-«Kiilion; t.g., tnaji va 
kiiubiiyil - iHiiji uii.fii 'J.il.. tl.catlictttir), ticu/i tide. 

KlMKUU, I. (I!,), Ilmt irhirlt U i/ruirn tif ittctf, e.g., 
a wiJd trte mhich litti «...' fn; .1 pluulcd ; rulninbo 
wa kimelca, a trap ntatle o/ a youny iree ichich 
1jrc.1i! tiii the ipot. 

Kim£ne, 1. — kiburi or kibri, prttle. 

Kimkrti (or KiUEiiiTi), t. (/irububly for bunduki 
ya Merki (AincrilAf) = tabnnja, a pietol. The 
natice» tpeah of a bunduki (!) ya viaiidi; (2) 
ja gumegiimo; (3j ya blwc/ilo; (-1) ja Merfci ( = 
ja mtfto, tt iniitchluck r/ww) ; ('i) bunduki ja 
bufcrokin, ti tloidilc-bti.rrJL.ii f/-in ; {(I) bunduid 
ja Scrbochn, a ftint yjin ; (7) Hugu (vid.), tltort 
antlbitj (probabitj ti Miittdcrbti**) ; (S) buntluki 
ja pislo (Arnb. huftak), piitolt (9) kizGri bii- 
gunni, jwmusio» gua ('). 

KlKSn (kim£ta), 1. (chn, pl. vi— ), tplendour, 
tparUiaij; kiunto clm .j>iii, tkc i/hire oftbe «u«, 
hriglttneu; muoto unnfiinia kiniote. 

KimSte mKte, «. (cha, pl. vi— ), a firtjlg, tjlotc- 
leorm, an intcct jltjimj ut iii./hl frntn one bank lo 
tbe o-hcr on riccr' (kimote mcta cha mtoni) ; 
niiliiilii Wiifcu iii.lii, lil., iticurm oftoi/tittcr.titit.tcr- 
infi imcct. An mdiidu wa mriwri mnwili (oftico 
ie'tii<j<i)i'itiiiii*rd cfredaml liliick ealtmr. When 
il tipcui thc iriitijs tlu- rt-i.l etiloui- h scen; icbcii it 
thut» thciu, huinm kiin, it u ilark. Tlic ntttirc» 
iiiuiiita'tii Ihut thit iiutcct </icea pam ttruttr thc 
vail» of maiin Jimjic, *t.i thd mJiidn wn kij.'ilc 
(/tiii-tiiiijchitt. nr ichithiic) will bc produccil; jiin 
Infanin vimctcmeto innttitii. 

Kiwu, ». (cbti, pl. vi— ), tilence, itillncu; mtu wa 
kiuiin kimia, o elill, qitiet uum; ku hh.Ui fcimia 
kimia, tupraysSently; kuniamiiia kimia; kimin 
kiDgi ni mahiudo mkO (aeircuiarcaitinn.net, St.). 



8) KI 

Ktaio, «, (chn), idcer of thc throal, quiufi/, erottp, 
e'pteiaSly teilli cliildrcn, icho eatiig die cftufio- 
eation (nifirndi ya ku fura mio) ; mtu huju 
juwaugtia niiinuii v;i I.iuii.i, llti' man ha* a* 
vkerated thraat, irkich tke nalivti contider rery 
dantjcrou*, they therefore verg promptly dip 
their finger into buttcr a«d tear up thc u'ar 
(kimio ipu la fikho). Dr. St. takct thii icord 
for "aa ealargcd avula." 

KhtnsliA, v. o,, (l) lo bc angry at onc, to rtproet; 
(2) to tutiaic; niama Iii inft ni-kiraialia, the mcat 
ir'dl tmtiate rae. 

KiukC'uki 1 , 1. = nrongo, a tic; maDcno jb kim- 
kumfcii, lijing wordt (lt.). 

Kiuo, : (cha), itature, lize; e.g., kimo cha mlo, 
tlie tiic of a rnuR ; a-kupitajo kimu, one- tche 
11 greater than tlum (lit., oae irho ivrpaue* tket 

Kuw, t( 1» or wai iiuitle. 

Kiuoa (or siuvs), v, n., to bt tired, ireary, rfiV 
gusled with oiw'» butine*!, not to lilte it; kujoka 
or kiia na ndia; tnajun fcuamba anakimoa ; ku- 
m-Bhibisha hntta y iimis kiinoa kna chakiib. 

Ki«6ja, oae; vitl. moja. 

KiuoYOH6*o,/e(ir, ttpprehtniion (Kin.). 

KimttMA, vid, Mrima. 

Kimtl-mtu = madarajali (R-). 

Ki«u, 11. «., lo bc out or itay out above one ytar. 

KiMUA = ana juki, himlc, itulilea anger (lt.). 

Kimuomcnie, «., o miall tiiitd of gourd reteailili*g 
thc epg of an ottrich (efr. mtfima), a lcind ef 
eiteumbtr. 

Kihl'i? (R.); guinilia ju va kimui? 

Kiuti'Ki'NiA, ., (Er.)? 

Kimu^ou (ja, pl. vi— ), rorti-tird, iccerU, cakntiec 
(katika mti'ttnn, tU.% 

KtJtuiiMjti (/)!. vi — ), a miKtile, a tliooting ilar, 
becouse thctj arc tttid tu be thromn fcy the anotU 
D(tyicjinns(8t.). 

Kiui.rimuki (pl. vi— ). tifirefty; cfr. kimclemtlr. 

KisA, «. (cha, p'. vina), tlcplh ; kina cha hahari - 
Bhinio kuha la bSb:ni, intnga licisimnmi, u oVjrfi 
ofthe. sca irltich iIik ■' iml tiliotc uiiehoragt. 

Kima, s. (yn), gcnut, familg, ract, lineaijc, housi, 
blooil. Wata hnwa ui wa kina nani? or ui «I 
nnni ? resji., wa kina linshidi =■ ni wa Baahidi, 
of tt-lumc fantiig are thcte pcopU:* reip^ «f 
liii'hid'». Si iiawa kii.n. liaahidi niukaaha bavn 
niyn kinananior yn unni mnegniewe? orpt.j* 
fciua uniit (fC'fiiliewe? rctp., ni ja kiua KaahiJi, 
(0 iriu«c fuinily tlu thcae bozea beioiujj to the 
famiiy of litithid. Cfr. ^J , qni totUB nh bera 
poatidttur, rantrc et palrc aorvuH. 

Kinai, v. w., fo bc eclfcontentcd tti a gootl, butmore 
CKiicritiUi/ in ti btid tenic, to be tclf-aatiified, to 
iraiit nothing from othcri ; mta buyu araekin«i 
nana = aoicshiba sann, this man ii fuU ofhim- 



KI 



( i49 ) 



KI 



selj\ surfeited, loathsome, to nauseate, re v olt at • 
mimi nimo kinai, I feel persuaded (cfr. <vi , 
contentum reddidit, acquisivit); ana-ku-kinai 
wewe, he wants it from tJtee; cfr. als *j3 
coctentus fuit. 

Ji-kinai, to befull ofone's-self; e.g., Seidi ami-ji- 

kimii kua ngiivu, hapiina awezai ku pigana 

nanii, Seidi isfuU of Jtimself on account ofhis 

j>oiccr,for he tJtinks ndbodyis able tofight him. 

Kinaika, v. p. 

KinAlsha (kinisiia ?), v. c. t to mdke one anable 
to eat any more, to witJtJtoId or take away the 
desire of — ; chaktila biki kina-ni-kinaisha 
rohoni, this food Jtas satiated me, so that I 
now loathc it; maneno haya yamc-ni-kinaisha, 
t/iese words Jiave disgusted me, I cannot any 
longer cndure tJtem, Imwtt expres8 my angry 
feelings; ata-ku-kinaisha siku m'moja, hewiU 
disgmt thee in one day. 
Kinamassi, s. t (1) wet ground ; nti ya rishai, nti 
ilio na maji maji or bcrcdi beredi, palimoapo 
mpiinga, a moist soil Jit for rice-cultivation; 
mtanga wa Usambani una kinamassi — una 
rutuba, unazizima kua berodi, tJie soil of Usam- 
bdni is moi^t; (2) curdy matter; e.g., raafuta 
yaraefania kinamassi, thc oil lia* got a crust or 
become thick (lakayakwe iliogiinda). 
Kinamisa, s., 8tillnc88 of death (E.). 
Kinamizi {pr kiinamizj), *., (1) tJie 8tooping or 
bending ofa person to his work, e.g., in slaughter- 
ing an animal; niama yakinamizi is tJiat portion 
of tneat which is given to the butcJier as a kind 
ofwagesfor Jtis trovUe. He receivee tJie shingo. 
Kinamizi scbabu ya ku inania akitinda niama 
(cfr. matuni ya niama). (2) An abundonetl or 
deserted place. 
Kinanda, *. (chs^ pl. vi — ), a stringed instrument, 
a kind of guitar; ugucwakwo ni uturabo wa 
mbuzi. 

Kisapc ; ni kitu joma ? (R.), something tJtat is good, 
agreeable. 

Kinara, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), (1) a little tower, a 
candlestick; (2) ku tia vinara, to put in tJtc 
lowtr seam ofthe coUar (a lailor's erpression) ; 

*jV» , cithara. 
Kinaya, 8. (ja), want ofrespect ( = usafihi, kibiiri), 

pride, telfcomplacency, insotence (asiejali watu) ; 

neno la kinaya kinaya, 
KisDA (\&,pl ma— ), chicken, a young one offowU 

and birds in general (kinda la niuni) ; kinda 

kiboa, a whelp (uted ofdogs). 

Kindana, v. n., to contradict, to object to, to stand 

in the way of — ; this verb seems not to be trtdy 

Suahili. 

KiNDANiA, v. obj. 

JKIvdi, s. (wa, pl. za), a little animal with a long 

tailj *qnirrel; kindi yuwala mabindi. 



Kind6ro, 8weet potatoes (in Kipemba) (mi6kue in 

Kis.). 

Kindu, 8. (\n.,])l. ma — ), tJiefruit of tlie mkindu tree 

(cfr. ukindu). 
Kinduou, *.; mambo ya kindugu, relationsJtip, 

brotherJiood (the abstr act of ndiigu). 

Kin£miie, 8. (=maniota ya kuma, kana kilima 

katikati ya kuma), the cUtoris in its natural 
state. 

Kin£mi, 8. ; kincmi cha mviia, cha mto. 

Kin£n a, 8. ( — cha suruali), (1 ) flap of the trousers ; 

(2) mow veneris (Er.), the lengthened clitoris as 
is the custom with tlie Waniassa and Wagnindo. 

Kix£ne, adj., big, tJiick. 

Kinoa, 8. (cha, pl. vinga), (1) a brand; kinga cha 
motto, a fire-brand, a half-burnt piece offire- 
wood, d-c.;(2) = bakhti, fate; kingachangu kua 
Mungu, my fate, misfortune, accident is from 
God ; e.g., gnombezangu, mbuzizangu pia 
wamckuffa, ni kingachangu (bakhtiyangu)» 
nisilie, my cows, goats, &c. are aU dead, this 
%8 my fate, I sliall not icecp on tJutt account ; 

(3) a limit or stop put to a matter; (4) kinga, *• 
(cha), a conduit ofrain-water runningfrom trees. 

Kinga, v. a., to jwrH/i io ward off a stroke by 
protecting onc'sself or by being protectcd by an- 
otfier with a sJiield, to obstruct, to protect, pre- 
serve, to guard or sJtield, sheUer in general (ku 
kinga na — ) ; nimekinga muiliwangu kua ngao, 
upanga wa Mgalla usi-ni-pate, i" protectcd my 
body with a sliield so tJtat the sword of the 
GaVa coutd not reach me ; kinga, jiwe hili lita- 
angiika, guard thyttelf this stone wiU faU; 
Mungu ame-ni-kinga = ame-ni-nu8uru or lindu, 
God Jias preserved, protected me ; ngao ya ku 
kingia sclakha za adui, a sfiicld for guarding 
one^sclf against the weapons oftJte enemy; ku 
kinga mvua, to prut somcthing to catch the rain- 
water. 

Kingana, to protect each other by a shield. 
Kingia, v. obj. 
Kingika, v. n. (mkingiko). 
Kinoiza, v.; m-kingize apate ku pita palipo watu. 
Ji-kingiza ; ku ji-kingiza mviia or jua. 

Kinoaja, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), a string or bracelet of 
beads, worn by female* on tJie middle oftJte arm, 
and mixed with corals. 

Kinoaijnoali, adv., backward; ku lala kingalin- 
gali or kitanitani, to sleep or lie on tJte back 
(ku tanuka). 

Kingama, v. «., to lie across; e.g. t gogo linakin- 
gama ndiani, sipati ku pita, a trunk ofa tree 
Iic8 across the road, thcrefore I cannot pass ; 
mti umekingama ndiani, a tree lay acrost the 
road; ndia ninginc inakingama ndia ya kit6fu 
or ndia ya mbelle ilioni6ka, another way crostcs 
tJte right way wJiich lies before us. 



Ja (j; 

Kinuamim, i p ., lo go arraa* tocarh vllicr; tumc- 

kingant» mimi nai. 
Kincamia, v, obj., to lic aeroit beforc one, to 

preiK..: /.■■'.■,! ; , .tj , iiiol.il ii[in'|iiki[i;:llni;i rnliil, 
sikov. .'.■■.-. kn jiidi !i! [ii uinc m.ki.riwnni i n'liiini. 
a icrjient lay acrot* tlie road, thcreftirc I coultl 
notpats it, a man lay acrot* unj iray, 
Kihoahisha, i'., to cauae, to lie acroti = to ipoil, 
tkaart, itop; amtikinganiisbn mnnenoyango 
= acii[,n|.',,i iini(:li.ii-il,ii p iiincii.-itili, nnicfimin 
komb.i i : -iiiii'ikc. vnaitenilf ke ; amckingama- 
ninhon ni kitu or kitu kiiue-m-kingnmin. 
Kisais*, v. r., to protect each otlwr bij a tlticM; 
vid. kiagn, o. II. 

KlNUAWE, t. * 

Kinui, adj., mttrli : liin kinsi, iimrh mntlcr. 

Kinuilizi ciia u.ut, a groore (?). 

Kjnuine, adj., anothcr; kitu kingine, nnather 

KinotzA, v.; ku-ji-kingizn kun ku salli anlla ntb'Tu, 
li.iwa Wiitm'na liukmnu yn ku eidi ku kitiii-ni, 
LvJ.cxx.47 (patilisnn). 

KlKOO, i. (tl-in, lililt : ; iuufumin kingo knnilokanJo 

<»■)• 

Kikuojo, i. (cha), irulch, gnnrd, plaee or timc of 
icalching; ku limin kingojo, to lic. on tlte. mtteh 
orguard = kuki'k'ti ziimu or kn pnnaznmu; ku 
nj^'ija ot kcti kingfijo, to be u/ion dnty. 
Kihooj£zi, «. (ubo, pl. ri— ), rltl. kingojo (rfr. 
mgojbS). 

Kihoozi, t. (ja); (1) mnn.'no yn watu wa kalc, 
oltl illalect, nii,vi<dli, ufAltdlnili tvtd tlie nartkcnt 
regton; {■!) nunjfino yn kitiifu (P) <ir yn fnmbo, 
mtumun.i.-iini uni li-jiii; ucno liili, dark untl viiia- 
telligibi, itill: (i-id. kilingo); e$., wkcn. a guctt 
or itranijrr contct lt> i/ou ttml it it ncrctiary t<i 
treat kiin ni,„t libcriillij, btit icitliing to tace 
(jjkj«(.:, v< iii litll: /[i vi""' 'trttiiit i'n a tonn:- 
ickat vmiitctliijiljL: langitage. Tltc tlranger, 
vndcritnnding it ivjwrjieinllij, think* that you 
Itave gieen thr. ttricteft order* Tcjiirdiiij lii* 
enterfaii'Hf iti, irh, r, „.■, i/uw,- .i.i-niiit, trhn imdir- 
ttandi ijiiii, trill tittc grettt earc. not (.t cfim/ilti 
tcith thi Irnjli , rpertntiim* oflhc stranger. Y 



l lay 



i the i 



( == UHi-r :t ii Vrii,- 1 utuki'ini ( - siikiiui) nii 
wnla kil.cn'ii asfomlic," lit., i/irc ltii,t, rrfnsr Itim 
iKrf, kc nuitt nvt gu to the inarhct (A) biaj feod 
himitlf), 'intltuta kitoOo. /leihall not Iv Mi'jrsl 
to licgf'ir it, HiV/i all thcie imooth icortlt tlic 
Sutrhili "i.ltr.i i.i p„ij_ i,i|„i kijM.i;fj or ui'po kun 
Liidiri, ijirr him. n litllr »r 'jir' hint rnail, rnt, hj. 
In th\t TVipeel kingi'izi U cunnimj liiutjiitiij,-, 
and i'h general a play upon icortli. 

Kimoubua, «., tke ipotted hyena (St.). 

Kieo^ine, 8. (ttiil. mgiinH), a emall cripptctl mk6ma 
tree, af n tmaU liat; kcnct mlu buju ni kinguui 



) KI 

linnn kimo, ni mtti mpefu, laken yairanindi 
nnuiundikn fumlik» m mfupi, thu mnn ii of 
ihort itature like thr. kingune, ke u afuJLgrwr* 
jierion, bnt he u under-iised, It implic* * 
nieiiiatne (nono la ku-m-thanvu mtn) ; t.g, 
uiunslii Uuuiis kingano or kifupi, lAe tnaio* 
JJamii, Ihe vndcr^ized (better mfupi). 
Kimol-o, «., a piece of clotk of a imall tixe (trid. 
uguo) ; jiroc, kikulajo kinguonimuako, tkat ickir* 
rntn ar hitci thec m in thy oirm doth. Tkii 
crprciiion refert to tltc bug ich'tcJt. i* tn a man'l 
cloth antl bitct Itim. Bnl the prorerbial mcan- 
ing i* " you hare gonr cnemy in yotiTotrn kmur 
,,i- ftmiiij, ItH Jutlat Jiatriot,'' John ri. «0, 71. 
im, t„ thc hearl ofa tree (pl. vini); (1) tkrcestrt 
or kardritt part af a tree ; (2) kini (pl. vinil cb* 
mnto, pnpil of the eyei; (3) kini ni nali » 
nitu; kinizakwo tinzikadiri kaoi ; kiini, yidh; 
ki ; iii clia yiivi, yiiH: nj'aii rgg. 
ini, u. ii., to be truc or pTohablc ; khiibnrihi jakini, 
thit nciri i* trite; ynmkiui vit'imbo kuTnnda, it ii 
priibablcormthcr tnte, that tke ihipe verebrtJca; 
li.ii-iii-kitii, it ii not true to kim, he doei nj 
Iniicre; liiii-m-kini kojn, probaMy he doei wt 
comc; rfr. ^ i pcmcrutatOB fuit, peTauinTit. 
fsli, t.; kinifi clin miifi, hvman ejxremcntt; 
ndin hi bcipitikl kua kinia cha mnfi. 
Kisiion, t. (cba, jil. ti — ), rkyme, vtrtt; viuiagt 
Tia uimbo ; kiniiigo cbo ku-m-lea6a. munri (nid.). 
The tinahili cut the branch of a tret aml jir \l 
intn thc gromul (at no great dcptk). Tkrt 
thnj orilcr thc munri to pnU attt or drtac ont 
thc brunch, irhtck ItC ciinnot tlo, vntil tke i*- 
itruetort ihair him the rraion. Thi* ii a U*a 
of plrty irith tlie natirci. Tlieyjir tke brandt 
iil:can utichar tu the yroitnd, *o tkat it leiH 
tinlri.inti:imt. Kiningo tiijuifict alto a tkttgtt 
fritdttrn projilc, tuch at a mock gkoit, ct-c. (St.). 
ttitd a ngiimn ya wntoto (mnnri) (Er.). 
KiMKIiSne (KiSTBcTOaat), *., aferociout nnima',oj 
ii-hic/i thc nuticci tell niitny crayycratcd ttoriu; 
fclis Jjjujf Jt'u ofthe tizcofntargetlaa, oftit 
ath eohtir; il putt lojiight bcci and mict by the 
stinl: cniitted frimi Itt pottcriort, eat* the kuneif, 
anil cntelii-i thc iuire; it attack* eren nim, 
e'jieciully nenr thc jirieitiet. One muet acrw 
iiitntion iti nainc, fnr in thit ca*e. a tprar 
MMjby, if'c, icit'. ntit iill it. Jt ean. only U 
dr'lrtii/ril trith clubs, Ku pigoa riffungo ba™ ni 
k:i[;,>l,">kv.-c, ii jniit/it high orcr vatl*. Tklt ii 
Ihf itoticf uiffitiil t-oiici rning thii titrioitt, ratkei 
fabtdottii animnl ((/«■ Bryctrro/nittt). 
KiNii'.m, ttilj., yijui/, /ilftinint ; rfr, neema, gract. 
Kimka, v. n., tn be ccrlnin or attertaincd, it u 
crciliblc; yum kiiiikiv Scitli ku s/.fari keaho, it ii 
niccrta'tned, it ii credilile that Said aiU dtpari 
bsi-m-kini kimoo mimi kn fani» 



KI 



(151 ) 



KI 



ncno hili; ya-m-kini or ya-m-kinika ni kuelH; 

haita-wa-kini ku-mu-ata; yakini, it is true; 

laboda ni kuelli. 
Kjnika, adj. t (1) beionging or refcrring to the 

Wanilca, their country t languaye, antl manners; 

(2) to be certain or ascertaincd about; cfr. kini, 

to be true. 
Kinimato, «., playing at hide and scek, taking 

one % sseif aicay t making onc's-seif invisibic; vid. 

kilimato and kiinimato. 
KininoIna (pl. viningina), great-great-grandchild. 
Kinioa, 8., a drink', or kinioaji, *., a bercrage. 
Kixi6noa, s., chameleon. 
Kini6koe, a. and adv. t wcakness; ku kcti kini- 

ongo (vid. kuniata) » to sit lamenting like a 

man impioring mercy. 
Kinionoo, n. (dim. of niongo), bitterness; rokho- 

yakwc ni Buafi, haina kiniongo ; ku enda kua 

kiniongo, or kua kisengesenge. 
Kiki6ri, *., name of a eickness from eating nazi 

(R.) (Kin.). 
Kinioh, 8., a barbcr (at Zanzibar). 
Kiniumba, *. (vid. kijoli, mbari), kindred on thc 

mother's side; (2) a kept mistress. 
Kikiume (or kikiuma), s. and prep. (cha), (1) 

afterwards, bchind, after; kiniumechangu, be- 

hind or after me; kua kiniume, on the contrary; 

khabari ya kiniumo rijui, the subsetjuent (late) 

news I do not know; (2) alteration t an enig- 

matic [toay of speaking t in which thc last 

syUabie is putfirst (St.) ; kiniume cha ku tumai 

ameamini kua ku tumai, liom. iv. 18 ; kiniumo 

niumo, bachcards (obsotcte) t too late. 

Kzktukia, s. (cha, pl. vin — ), a kind of lircad 
mixed with honey t flour t tembo, cftr. ; sima ya 
mukate-hutiwa asali ya ngizi ; (2) a little cakc 
made to try tlie auality oftheflour (St.). 

Kikiundo, 8. (dim. of niundo), a small hammcr. 

Kikiukdu, s. (vid. nundu, a hump) t a little hump. 

Kikiuta, «., lengthened clitoris (Er.). 

Kikjukjuri, s. ; ku kata — , to sJtavc all thc hair 
ezcept onc long tvft (St). 

KiNOA, s. (pl. vinna), a mouth; vid. kanoa. 

Kikoaji, beverage; cfr. ku noa. 

Kikoeo, 8.; maji yanocwa (hunocwa) na kiiiot-o- 
matupu yasonga moyo, this prov. rcfers to him 
to whom water is offercd t but wJta is hungry 
and wants to eat t not to drink (R.). 

Kih6pu, 8. (cha niama ?) ; cha unga, dovgh ? 

Kikoko, 8. (jpl. vinono), afatling. 

KIkoo (or kiko), 8. (cha, pl. vinoo), whctstone t 
hone; jiwe 1a ku nolea; a large grindstone 
which is turned like a wheel is caUed jcrebo (cfr. 
noleo andnCto) (ku futa kino?) (kino cha mkono). 

Kiksa, v. a. } to refuse t to negative, to disputc t 
guarrel about (ku fania ubiflhi), to object 9 to con- 

tFOOtCt. 



Kinsana, r. rcc. 

Kinsania, r. otij.; wa kinsania-ni, about what 
do tliey dispute f usi-tu-kinso mancno, do not 
object to our words (vitl. ukinsani, shindania). 

KInu, 8. (cha, pl. vinu), a mortar for pounding t a 
miU t oilriniU; kinu cha ku tuangia; kinu cha 
juma, a mortar of iron; kinu cha mti, a 
tcoodcn mortar ; kinu cha ku tthindikia, a mill 
for pressing oil ; kinu cha moshi, a stcam miU. 

Kinua mciiuzi, tJtc imj>eriai t tJie. place wJtcrc tJw 
imperial grows (St). 

Kinubi (pt. vin — ), a harp (St.). 

Kinukamido, s. (K.), a restless moving ahoutfrom 
one place to anotJicr. 

Kinundunundu, s. (onhj vscd iii tJte jiii. vi — ), UttJe 
lumps or knobs of lime or clay formed by watcr 
whicJi runs down on the wall. 

Kinunou, s. (rid. nungu) ; *= kiktlndi kidogo cha watu, 
a smali band or company of mcn t from 12 to 20; 
kinungu cha Wakamba wegni biiisbera, a 
company of Wakamba traders ; but nganiawa is 
a iargc caravan of 300 or 400 traders. 

Ki6 (or kioo), s. (cha, pl. vio), a looking-glass t a 
piecc ofgla** (kidude cha ku tezamia). 

Kio, *. (cha, pl. vio), a fiMtook (cha ku vulia 

Siimaki). 
Kiodari, 8.; ngiio ya kiodari, « chcckcd chtJi 

(ya marakanika). 

Kiooa, 8. (cha, pl. vio — ), « musJiroom. Thcrc 
arc various kinds of musJirooms wJticJt thc 
vativcs eat: (1) kioga cha kumfi, (2) cha mbasi, 
(3) cha ndofu. TJie last kiud is tJtc largcst. 
WJtcn a Suaftili finds a grcat number of kioga 
cha ndofu in onc place, his sujwrstition considcrs 
it a rcry bad omen. Jlecries out, tJtrows offhis 
garments so as to l)ccome tjuite nakcd t and dc- 
stroys aU the musJirooms. 

Kioja, s. (cha, j)l. vio — ), a curiosity, a fcarful 
sight ; vioja vitishafio (Luke xx. 11). 

Kiokobi (pl. vio — ), a reward for finding a iost 
tJting and rcturuing it to thc owncr. 

Kiomo ; kiomo cha nti, iit. t lip of the land t i.c, 
vcrk ofland. 

Kionda, a tanter or ta*tin/j; kionda mttizi, tast- 
ingofgrary. 

Ki6nda, s. (cha, pJ. viiiuda), a wound; ku-m-tia 
kionda, to wound a pcrson; nashuku kionda = 
nathanni tafania kionda, / supjwse. or susjted I 
sJtall gct a wound or sorc ; ( 1 ) kitonc ja touesha 
(mtianzo wa kionda) ; (2) kitoningc, wJticJt is 
about tJie size of a quarter-tfoUar; (3) kionda 
kikiiba (largc woitnd) (vid. tondoa) ; kionda 
ndugu, an old wound wJticJi refuscs to be Jtcalcd; 
ku-m-tia vionda vionda, to bring many wounds 
upon one. 

Kionoojio, s. =knngoji'a chakula, thc time of 
tattling and cating, from sunsct till isha at the 
mtama time. 



KI 



( 'S*) 



KioMirzi (;>/. vion — ), (1) the guide or leatler of a 
cararan; (2) an obsoicte Kisuah'di diakct tcith 
Arab and forcign words intermijred. 

Ki6x«Ce, *. (=s mbishi) ; punda kiongue, a refrac- 
tory as* unfitfor riding, *uch a* the Oulla a*scs 
are (vid. punda). Thcy are gtml for carrying 
loath. 

Kidro, *. (cha, pl. vi — ), apolc with an iron hoolc 
lowered into a wc'l of water to fetch up thing* 
which harc fallcn into it ; kiopo cha ku opolca 
ndo kiziniani {vid. opoa). 

Kiohha mhjuu, a pre*cnt madc hy the bridegroom 
tc the kungu of thc bride on the occasion of hi* 
fir*t vi*it (St.). 

Kiosho (or jobho), tca*hing; vid, josho. 

Kioto (R. kiota), s. (cha, pl. vioto), a hen'* ncM, 
a 2>lace prepared by a hen for laying hcr egg* ; 
kuku yuwafania mahali pa ku vialia mai kua 
ku timba fuko = shimo; kuku amcfania kioto 
akata (kii t'a = ku daka ku via i). Kioto cha 
kuku ni mahali kuku aviapo ilakwe. 

Kiovu, adj., (morally) bad. 

Kiowflvu, *., a liauid (St.). 

Kioza, *. (cha), rottennc**, any thing i>utrid t 

putridity; mti hu una kioza ndani, haufai ku 

fania mbau, this trec i* rotten in*ide, it is not 

fit for planks ; or mti hu ni muoma niaraa hauna 

kioza ; niama hi ina kioza, this mcat isputrid. 

Kipa mkono, a prescnt made by the bridegroom 
to tlte bridc wlten hefirst see* hcrfacc (St.). 

KIpaa, *. (2)1. vi — ) ; kipaa cha mbclle, thc front 
slopc of thc thatched roof of a nativc cottagc ; 
the back slopc of the rot>f i* ca'tcd kipaa cha 
niuma; paa is the largc side-roof which covcrs 
thc eottage. 

Kipaoo, *., thc lintel of a door (rid. kisingiti), stcp 
ofa ladder (Er.). 

Kii»aje, «., a kind ofminmn ? 

Kir.vji, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), (1) gift; vipaji via 
Mungu, the gift* of Ootl ; (2) forchead and 
temple of the facc (kipaji cha usso). M ajira ya 
harosi ku paka vipaji via usso, watu wasipate 
harufu mbaya harusini. // is a misture of ambari 
tibu udi na ufnmba, together with samlal oil (ku 
nuka viziiri), to gii-e pcrfume. Thc fcmah8 
anoint their forchead and templc (waandika 
kipaji cha usso) with thi* kind of cosmctic. ('.)) 
A black *pot on thc head or neck of a wootl- 
pigcon or ring-dovc. 

Kipakaja (rid. pakaja), ni tumbi ya mia, a littlc 
Iniskct of m\& for fithing (vid. tumbi). 

Kipaku, *., a black sjwt trr tuft of hair on the 
hcad ; kuku wa mtumc yuna kipaku jeusi 
kitoani. Tlic son of Muhammcd askcd hisfather 
(thc rrophet)for mcdicinc, whosaid, u l will give 
it to you for wage*. " Thc «on replied, " / hare 



vothing to gicc you." Muhammcd said, u Hate 
you no cggsV' The 8on brought au egg, on 
which Muhammed wrotc afcw lincs and jdaced 
it bcncath a brood-Jteu. The pullet* lookal aU 
whitc cxccpt the onc which had a hlack *]Jot o* 
the hcad. Xo doubt this story has been con- 
triced by tlie native physicians to show the 
jyeopHc their right of demanding wages for 
mcdicinc given. 

Kipamda, 8. (cha), a fat pitce of meat (kipamba 
kinioja) ; kipamba cha mafuta, kilijo nona sana, 
it look* white, likc cotton (pamba) ; ku andika 
kipamba kifuani (to put a fat piece of meat to 
thc chest) i* a medical ejrpretsion tcith the 
natire*. They take cggs and mus$clMme (t»ka 
ya k6mbc), na tui la nazi la karimele, atul mix 
them togethcr over the fire, then put this muiurc 
upon apicceof paper, and apj>ly it to the brcatt. 
Thi* kind of *inapi*m burne cotuidentbly, and 
lctire* a mark behind on the skin. The remedy 
i* ap2>iied katika maradi ya kifua cha ku kohua 
(fttr 2>u!monary dUorders) (toi la nazi lazima 
or lapuugiiza ukali wa toka). 

Kipamho, s. (^d. vi — ), adornment ; kipambo cha 
niumba, fincry of thc house. The natives Uke to 
di*2>lay all their finery by puttintj it up in their 
rooms, so that peo^de may see their platts, cofee- 
cup*, trinkcts, btwkett, and many other things. 
You may often obscrve a large chamber-pot 
among the household stuff, which they use as a 
milk-2>ot. Niumba hi heina kipambo, this houte. 
ha* no ornamcnts, thc ^troprictor must be fljwr 
man. 

Kii'ANAwAzi, *., a kind of harc. The kipanawazi 
i* bclitvcd by the Muliammcdan* to ferry sotds 
ov.r a rircr. Jt icill a*k thcm who ha* beatcn it 
with a muiko ; pale ulipo-ni-muiko hu ni mbucne? 
and will then say a-ku-pinduaha. 

Kipandf, s. (cha), « smatt ^i'ccc, cAy, chop; 
kipando cha niama, a j>/cr« of mcat. Fron 
upando (sidc, piecc) arc made pando; ifthcscart 
largc thcy are caUtd mipande, if small vipande. 
Ku kata vipandc, to cut into sliccs. Dr. & 
takcs thc word for a ^<>re, an instrument, « 
smaU rammcrfor bcating roofs; vipandc via ku 
pimia f nautical instrumcnt*. 

Ripanoa, *., a large bird ofprcy % horse-fiy. 

Kii'ANoo, *., vid. panga. 

Kii'Apa, adj. 

KirArARA, 8. ; kipapara cha mgurnmo (radi), 
thuntlcrboJt. 

Kii'AUA, s. (cha, }>l. vi— ), a shaved place o% tkc 
head; cfr. kikoa ; amcniolewa kipara jeupe, ht 
wa* shavcd on thc sidc of the hcad to disgrace 
him. 

KirAuiA, s., a small calabash, used by the natites 
instcad of a drinking-glass. When the Wanika 



KI 



( i53 ) 



KI 



are assemhkd in a drinking comjmny, one of tJic 
party filh all the viparia from a large jar of 
tcmbo. Whcn he has fiUcd thc kiparia of tJtc 
last man, Jtc cries out "kiparia kizigota" (kwisha) ; 
Otey ali rcspond "bei, hei." When Jie begins 
fiiling it again, tJie last man crics "kianza hijo 
(kiparia) Gh ;" resp., " hci, bci." 

Kipatu cn.1 kikojo, cJiamber-pot. 

KipAwa, *., *tej> ofa taddcr. 

Kipawale, *., a kind of hcan (largc oucs mnp:i- 
wnlc). 

KiriYO CIIA NGAZI (or CHA KU elea). 

Kiiele, s. (jtl. vi — ), apimple (St.) ; vipi'Ie havi- 
ni-toka kubisa. 

Kii»kmd£a, *.; niumba ili kipcmbi'a (11.)? 

KipiSndi (or kipendo), *. (cha,7>Z. vi — ), a bcloved 
onc,darling, favourite, intimate friend; Keidi 
Solirnan ni (kipendo) kipcndi cha Seidi, S. 8. t« 
tlie favourite of &; mtu huyu kipondochangu 
— mtu mimi ni-m-pcndni. 

Kipenge (or kipj:ng£e), *. = tartibu (Er.) ? manenc- 
yakwo haya kipengc «- haja ku tataniuka (cfr. 
tataniua), tJtis mattcr is not yct clcared up; 
kipcngo cha mitu, cha iia, cfrc. ; ku tafuta kipengH, 
to endeavour to evade in a dispute (K.); (2) 
kipcngco cha mto, bend ofa rivcr. 

Kipenio, s. (cha) ; mahali pa tundu, pa pitapo kua 
udia na kua kn inama (vid. penia), a small 
ojtcning or window, or place tJirougJt wJticJt onc 
must maJce Jtis way by stooping and grcat cxer- 
tion; (2) hiding-place (Er.). 

Kip£nu, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ) (kipc'nu clia liiumba), (1) 
a lean-to, a small miscrablc Jiut wJticJt is built 
against tJte walls of a largc Jtousc, wtually by 
scrvants or poor pcople ; (2) tJic side-cabins ofa 
sitip; cfr. upeuu. 

KlI'EO, 8. f 

Kipkpeo, 8. (cha), (1) aflatfish with a Jtigh arcJtcd 
bacl', large head, and sprcad (?) tail, caten by tJtc 
naiivcs (ynna mli'li kana jimbi); (2) an ivstru- 
ment or fanfor blotring tJtefirc (kidudo cha ku 
pepcloa motto, or kipcpco kipcpelcacho motto) ; 
(3) butterfly (?). 

KirEKEA, 8. (cha), a small canoe carrying two mcn 
( = kidan or kihori). 

Kii'Eai, adj., light, not Jteavy; kipcsi (or kiepcsi) 
ku jua, it 18 easy (tjuicJcJy or all at once) to 
know. 

Kipeto, 8. (cha, pt. vi — ), a j>ackct, tJte standing 
end of a hag which is only jmrtially fiUcd with 
corn, <£c. (kikiito in the Kilindi language) 
(kipcto cha niaraka). 

(or kipia), 8. (cha), a claw, a cock's spur ; 
miba sa magu ya jog6i, or kuja cha nitima katika 



ju ya kisigino oha jogoi, the daw on tJic Jtind 
jmrt of tJtefeet of a cock. Kipi cha jogoi. 

KiriA, 8. - ghorofa (Er. ). 

Kirioi, «., rainbowf 

Kipila, *., a curlew (St.). 

Kipilipili, 8.; niclle za kipilipili, woolly Jtuir ; cfr. 



nnga. 



Kipiuo, a mcasure (vid. pima, v. a.). 
Kipinda (cha), in Kinika pro kitumba or kikiinda, 
a small bag made ofm\i\. 

Kiimndi, 8. (chn), a measure or j>eriod oftimc, an 
Jtour, time in gcneral; tangu subukhi hatta jioni 
ni vipindi kumi na viwili, tJtere are twelve Jtours 
from morning tilt evening. Very UkeJy tJtis word 
Jtas becnformed by observing tJte various turninge 
or 8tagcs of tJte sun (ku pinda, to hcnd) (cfr. 
pindi). Wajomba anasalli vipindi vitano, tJte 
tiuahili j>ray five times: (1) kipindi cha clfagiri ; 
(2) kipindi cha dohori ; (3) kipindi cha elasiri ; 
(4) kipindi cha magribi ; (5) kipindi clia isha. 
Kulla siku ni vipindi vitano. Kulla kipindi, kulla 
saa, kulla majira, kulla wakati, all tim*8 =» 
alway8, constantly (milcle) (cve.ry bout) ; kipindi 
= udurn, occasion f kipindi chote, at every 
jieriod; kipindi kimcpita or kimengia; ana 
ondoka kipindi (synon. witJt kitambo, majira), 
Jtc went offfor a time. 

Kipindo, s. (clia, ]>I. vi — ), tJte clotJt into wJiicJt a 
dcad person is put bvforc hc is wasJtcd and put 
into t/ic sanda (kipindo, smalJ, upirido, a large 
one). 

Kipindupindu, s., cholcra (St.). 

Kipingea ciia maneno? 

Kipincjiti, 8., tJie small ring forming tJtc. knot of 
tJte stalJc of a sugar-cane ; pingiti ya niiia, tJtc 
jointe or knobs of recds or cancs. 

Kipjnoo, 8. (cha), a nccktacc ofbccuh orpearls. 

Kipingoa, s. (cha) «= kia cha ku pingia mhingo 
kua ndani, a door-bolt inside (vid. kia and 
komco) ; vid. ku pinga, v. a. 

Kipini, s. (cha, jd. vi — ), (1) Jtandle (cha kissu, of 
a knife) (mpini, a large Jtandte) ; (2) a stud- 
shajyed ornament, a picce of Icad or tin whicJt 
womenput into tJie ear or nosc (kipini cha rusasi 
ku tia shikioui or puani). 

Kipipa, 8., dim. o/"pipa. 

Kipito (pIto), passagc. 

Kiro, dim. of po (la, j>I. ma— ), tJtc fruit of tJte 
mpo trce (Kimr.) = mtoria. 

KiPOA, 8. (vid. m'poa), (1) a small space wJtcre the 
bottom of the sea is laid bare at the ebb; (2) 
rocks in the sea. 

Kipofu (ch&, pl. vi— ); kip6fuchamato, W/ndneM; 
mtu huyu ni kipofu or yuna kipoTu cha mato, 
this man w blind; mato yanapofuka, ha6ni 



KI 



( 154 ) 



tcna (?;j>/. pofua alic tota mato, his cyes arc 
dcstroyed, hc con see no more; vipofu via mato 
= hawana natbari. 

KlPONDE PONDE? 

Kipondo, dim. ofpondo (vid.). 

Kipo.vdCe, 8., something thnt i* poundcd togetJtcr, 
c.g., maere and nazi. 

Kipooza, *., jmralysis (St.) ; vid. pooza, r. n. 

KiWutf, «., dim. of popO (vid.), a Uttle bundle of 
toJtacco. 

Kipora, 8. (cha), a cockcrel; yuwannza ku ondokca 
or ku kua (pora, la, pl. ma — , a large cock), hc 
t'8 growing, but not yet crowing. 

KipuA (j>/. vi— ), rocks in tJtc sea (St,); rid. kipoa. 

KipffEPUE, *., a cutaneous disease seen in small 
red 8pot8 on the skin. This irord is aho used 
for joa, if they wish not to nse thc rcal name of 
tJu's cruption ofthe skin; cfr. joa and bato. 

Kipuja, 8. (cha); kipuja cha mtaraa, a bunch of 
mtama ; kibumha or kitopa cha mashuke ya 
mtama. 

Kipukusha, s. (vid. pukussa, v. n.) t a disease 
among cattle (cfr. puku puku), and among men ? 

Kipuij, *. ; kipuli cha shikio la wako wa Wanika, 
an car-ornament of the Wanika women. It i» 
made ofbrass, about two inehc* long and rery 
thin. You may often 8ce five or six pieccs of 
this ornament tcorn round tJte outer circum- 
ference of each ear, and thcy are sometimes of 
s'drcr. 

Kipumha, s. (cha) = mpunibafu,/'*)/; mtu huyuni 
kipumba = asiesikia, nsietatukari, tliouyJitlesA, 
dcaf; siku zote ni-mu-anibiayo ha-ya Hhiki, a-ni- 
fania kipumba (obstinacy) ; wcwc u kipiiniba, 
tJiou art a bloekJicad. 

KieuMiiu, 8., vid. maniota, s. 

KiruMssiKo (or pumsikio), «., rcst-place. 

Kipunou (cha), (1) a kind offish with dangcrous 
fins; (2) a largcvulturc wJtich carrics off snakes, 
turtlcs (kobc), sJiccp, goats, (t-c. ; it brcaks tJtc 
sJiell ofa tortoisc hy dropjnng it on a rock. 

Kipuxguo, «., dcfcct, dcficicncy; ku pigoa kipungtio? 

Kipupa, *. (cha) ; pupa la kula, grccdincss offood ; 
mtu huyu yuna kipiipa cha kula, tJtis man is 
voracious ; hajui Bhibaynkwe, kulla kitu aonujo 
adaka kula tu, he docs not know wJtcn he has 
cnough, but wants to eat cvcrytJting Jte sec8. 

KipupCk, 8., ihc wind wJtich blows at tJte timc wJtcn 
tJte mtama is blooming, and tJterefore tJte farina 
is blown away and much mtama spoiled; tJtc 
cold scason (in June and July) ; bcrcdi ya 
kipupuo, 

Kipure, *., a kind of dove; vid. fukoa. 

Kiraiii, *.,(!) insolcnec (R.) ; ncno hili ulilo-ni- 



ambia ni la kirahi (or ikirakhi) ; (2) Irirahi or 
kerahi, cfr. kirihi, v. a.;ku faniakerahi (rfr.Arab. 

l&f , bcllum, infortunium), akaona kirahi sana 

ku pigua ni mtuma ; vid. kirihi. 

Kiraka, 8. (cha, pl. vi— ) ( ImSs p&nni pars qua 

vuntis reparatur ; S Jk or jl , cuniulus arcna- 

rum), (1) patch, botch, rag ; (2) nhattow pUaccs, 
want of depth (Arab. makiin ernikaa), hcnce 
mapoaji ya kiraka, tJie sca-coast of sJtaUows, i>., 
tJte tiuaJtili coast. 

Kiratha, 8. ; ku-m-lekca — ; cfr. muari. 
KirJ?fu, adj. (vid. refu), long. 
Kiriba, 8. (ja, pl. vi — ), a watcr-ekin, a tanned 
bag made of the skin of a goat for earrying 

water (Arab. gcrbe) ; borachio ; cfr. &|«i nter 

coriaceus in lactiu usnm et interdum inaervit 

aquae \from ^j. J 1 ivit itinere nocturno, ut mane 
ad aquam pcrvcnirot. 

Kirihi (or kIrikhi), v. a. — kn tharan, to trad 
one diere^pectfuUy, to slight, hence to procokc 
one (ku kirihi watn, to provoke peopie by du- 
respect as many frivolous children do) ; tfr. 

if , aversatus fuit, ingratnm, invisnm et exo- 

sum rcddidit. 

Kiriiuka, v. n. ; kn — moyonimnakwe, to be 
irritated or provokcd in one's mind, to be 
offcndcd. TJtc irritatcd j^erson gocs to tke 
fatJter to complain of the disrcspectful ehild, 
but tJte fatJicr will not litten, but iucrtaset tke 
irritation by a disrcspectful hchaviowr. 

Kiriiiihha, v. c, tomake offended. 

KIkimu, v. a., to treat ai\d Jionour one by feasting 
Jtini. 

Kirimia, v.; baraza ya kn kirimia wato, tht 
vcrandah where jwj/>/c arc scated when tkrtf 
are eutcrtained at a banauet; kdramu ya kn 
kirimia watu. 

KiniMiwA, r. p. (ku-m-kirimu chakula) (rn/. 
karimu) ; wngcni wnmckirimiwa, vid. karanin 

( +& ) ; n'najiwa ni wagcni, watoka mbaUi, 

nina kitu ku-wa-kirimu. 

KmiNGo, s.; kiringo kimoja — npande mmoja. 

Kiritiii, v. a., to borroio (money, dbc.) ; vid. ki- 

ratha. 
Kiriwa (cha), 8crew-vicc; cfr. jiriwa. 

Kiroiioto (pl. vi — ), aflca, pouItry-Jouse. Dr. St. 
says, pagc 301, The Jlathramaut soldicrt art 
nicknamed viroboto, and their song at thtif 
march is parodied by kiroboto, kiroboto, ti» 
motto, tia motto. 



KI 



( i55) 



Kibonoo ? (R.) (kirongrte). 

Kirri (or kiri), t\ a. *» ku-m-kubali, to acccpt, to 
receire or acknou&cdge onc, to confess him to be 
such aa Jte wisJtes to be ; c.g., Wanika wame-m- 
kirri Seidi-Seidi, the Wanika have acknoiclcdgcd 
Scid-iSeid (the Imam of Mascat) to be their king 

{pr mze, eldcr, chief) ; (2) to confess; jj, mansit, 

ad confitendum coegit aliquem; confossus fuit 
veritatem. 

Kirriaka, v. rec. 

Kirrisa, v. c. t to make to confess; (2) ku ambia 

uongo nengi; (3) ku la hatta ku wimbiwa 

(Er.) (?). 

Ki&riwa, v.p. = kubaliwa, to be receivcd. 

KIru, 8. (cha) (Kigunm), (1) anger; ku fania kirii 
= ku ngiwa ni hasira, to become angry ; (2) a 
leathern mask uscd in war, a buncfi of fcathers 
tchich the natives tie roundtJteir Jicads on solemn 
oceasions or in war. Kiru cha ngovi iliodtingoa 
ikatiwa raileli ya mbuni, or nianioya (?) ya kuku 
(kirii cha mleli). 

KirukIa, s. t a kind of parasite groicing onfruit- 
trees (St.). 

Kirumbi, the magic wand of a caravan-leadcr ; ni 
fimbo ja mkurugenzi ilio na pingn na hirizi 
nongi. Many charms are appended to the stick, 
which is fixed into the ground at evening time, 
and there must be the encampmcnt for the night. 
If it faUs during ths night, the caravan-people 
pack up, fcaring some disastrous accidcnt from 
wild men or beasts. 

Kntuifou, s. (cha), a smaU club; rungu, a largc 
onc. 

KlRUO CIIA NUELLE. 

Kiha, v. a.; kukisa kitanda. 

Kisa, v. n. ; kuku yuwakisa — yuwavifi leo, kcsho 
haviai, siku ya tatu avifi tena. Katika mimba 
ya kwanza mai hayapofiiki harraka, lakon ko la 
kuku lavia kulla siku essubukhi, to lay cggs 
every third day, as is done by a fowl whicJi has 
noi laid eggs prem'ously. 

Kisa (or kiza), s. (cha), darkncss; katika usiku 
wa kisa, in the dead of night. 

Kisa (p/. visa), (1) a cause, rcason, a sJtort tale (cfr. 

A*i re8 gesta, scriptum, historia) ; visa vingi, 

many matters or affairs; (2) kisa cha koko, a 
iernelpfafruit. 

Kibafu, *. (ja) (kideme), the large intestine of 
an animal, which isfull offilth (kando ya tumbo 
lililo namafi). 

Kdaoa, s. (cha), a measure eaual to two kcbaba = 
▼ibaba viwili ; nimo-m-pimia kisaga cha mahindi, 
Ihave measuredout to him haJfa pishi of Indian 



com (or vibaba viwili) (cfr. kizio chanazi, halfof 
a cocoa-md). 
Kisaitani, j». (cha) (dim. of sahani), a smaUplatc or 
dish (Arab.). 

Kisanduku, s., a 8maU box or chest (Arab.). 

Kisasa, tltcprcsent time, of now; manono ya kisasa, 
words ofnow, ofwJtat is tohl now; cfr. sasa. 

Kibasi, s. (<fr. ,jp<ai > talio, vindicta ; ^oi , resccuit, 

Becutus vcstigia), rctaliation of bodily Jtarms, 
likefor likc, ifno makombozi bc accepted ; talion, 
revenge, blood-money ; ku daka ku-m-tolea kisasi, 
to dcmand blood- or revenge-money ; ku toa or 
kn lipa, to givc or pay blood-money according to 
tJie demand of tJte rdations of the murdcrcd or 
injured person (from 100 to 2,000 dollars), or to 
kill tJue murderer instmd of taking fidia ; vid. 
mlandu in Kiniassa. 

Kis£dabu, s., strife; hapo kwanza ana kiscbabu 
(cfr. sebabu). 

Kiskoere, s. (Kimv.) — Indian corn burnt by thc 
8un; mahindi yanavia (pl. visegere), Kimr. = 
kimbugue (kikumba unguue). 

Kim£lkma, 8. (?); jombo lina-ku-kiselema / prov., 
usi-m-tharau kiseloma chalima, kikapita jcmbo 
zima? 

Kis£mbe, 8., dim. o/msembe, slow (vid.). 

Kisenoe sekge, s. and adr. ; ku nidi or ku enda, 
to go or rctum backwards (It.). 

KisiiA, adv., after, afterwards — punde, khalafu 
bado ya ; kisha ya dohori, after mid-day. 

Kisiiadda, 8., a little bunch ofbeads; cfr. shadda. 

Kisiiaka, s. (cha), a little forest, grovc (kidiia). 

Kisiiau shali bau ? 

KisnANDO, *., a cttildren's game, clapping with tJte 
Jtand8 and leaping with tJtefeet, to which tJtcy tic 
(njuga) rolls, applied in Europe to horses; 
kishando cha muamlolo. 

Kisiiasi, 8. (cfr. tunga, v. a.), a string offisJt ( — 
cha samaki). 

Kihhe'nzi, *., referring to matters ofapcoplc caUed 
WasJtcmi (lit., subjectedor subducd peoplc, sub- 
jccts), a tribe residing bctwecn Utambara and 
tJie coast; mancno or lokha ya Kishonzi, tJte 
language of tJie Washenzi. 1'erJtaps better to 
write Washinsi, from ku shinda, to subdue or 
confjucr. 

Kishi, 8., a cJtess-gucen (St.) ; malkia, gueen; kisbi, 
chess. 

KisnioiNO (or kisigIno), s.; kishigino cha gu, tJtc 
Jtecl, tJte cnd of the hindpart oftJtc sole of the 
foot; kishigino cha mukono, elbow. 

Kimhiku, *., a stump (also said of a nail) ; cfr. 

kisiki cha mti. 
Kishimo, s. t dim. o/shimo (depth, abyss). 



KI 



( iS«) 



KisniNDA, s.; mtu huyu ni kishinda waganga (pl. 
watu hawa ni vishinda waganga) t this man is 
baffling all the doctors, as no medicine will take 
cffect on him; (2) kinu telle ni kishinda kimoja, 
a portionfor pouiuling in a mortar (Er.) ; (3) 
a smaU residue in a vcssel, e.g. t kishinda cha 
maji mtungini, a small residue of water in the 
bottom of a jar, but shinda la maji is a largc 
guantity, about half of thc jar; shinda la kinu, 
karibu na ku jii, but kishinda ni haba, ni tini. 

Kisiiisni, *., one who excels. 

Kibiiindo, s., dim. o/mshindo, noise, sound, tunc; 
e.g., nti yapiga kishindo, lit., tJtc country makcs 
a noisc, it is roused, it is in agitation; tlie 
80und of footsteps, tramping. 

Kisfirru, *. (ku snrruKA), differcntfrom kishiku. 

Kihiio.vra (kihiiuara), *. ; cha — gnongo za ku 
funga kassia mbaviini mua dau, tfie rope wJtivli 
in ticd to t/ic side ofa boat (by means of a small 
Juile bored througJt tJie board), in ordcr tofx tJic 
oars; (2) ku viita kihhoara hatta ku tcta, to cry 
and ragc against an advcrsary so tJiat tltc 
arbiier cannot scttle tJtc qitarrt;l, becautc onc 
party will not be silent and liitcn to him. Tltis 
increases only tJte strife. 

Kisiiogo, s. (cha), tJic pit or Jtollow of tJic nccJc 
(cfr. kikossi) ; prov., a-ku-pai (a-ku-lekczai) ki- 
shogo si muenzio, Jtc wJto turns tJic back toward 
you, hc inlio is gonc away, Jtim you cannot 
cntclt to tcll Jtim wJtat you may Jtavc forgottcn, 
he is gonc, Jtc is not yottr f/'icnd; (2) tJic back 
part of tJtc sluU, tJic Jthidsr part oftJte Jtvad. 

Kihiioka, s., a JiatvJtct, a small twc. 

Kisiiondk, s., rid. shondo (or kid^noe) ; kishonde 
cha mafo ya niaiua, a small cakc (shonda, la, a 
large vakc) ofanimaVs dung uscd asfucl by tlte 
Jlakua, WaJcuafi, and otJicr nations. It is dricd 
in tJic sun. 

Kisnoro, *., rid. mlio. 

Ki«ii6r6ka, s. (vfr. ushoroba) (or siiorora), a 
8tnaJl patvJt of muhogo. 

KisiiUAKA, s., loops ofropc to haul by in dragging 
a vcssel into or out oftJte toater (St.). 

Kisiiubaka, 8., a piyeon-Jtole, a siiuill rcccss (vfr. 
shubaka, windutc). 

Kisiiinda, 8., a small basket made of grass. It 
servcs to kcep littlc tJdngs in (c.g., tobarco), and is 
cxportcd from SJtihiri, a town in SoutJt Arabia. 

Kishunoi, *. (pl. vi — ), lappct, tJie ends ofa cloth ; 
(2) kishv'ingi cha nuellc, a tuft of Juiir lcft on 
tltc top of tJui sJiaucd Jwad, a tuft offcatJters. 

KisHirri, *. = mdomo wa kikanda. 

Kfsf (or kissi), v. a.; ku kisi tanga = ku weka 
upando wa pili, to turn over tJtc sail, to put it 



on the other side in tacking; (2) ku kisi maneno, 
to make an estimate (e.g., amekisi mtama) («■ 
ku fania akili or nadari, to guess, to considtr) ; 
ku fania maw&zo nafsini muakwe, to ponder 
in one's mind; ku furahisha roho na ku-ji-kisri 
nafsiyakwe. 

Kisianda, s.; in Kinika kisi ya ndd = ku sia 
ndani, to shut tJie beUy of a woman ; in Kisua- 
hili ~- ku tinda mimba, the dosing of the 
womb — tJui last child which is born by a wontan 
= the youngeat child; muana hayu ni kitinda 
mimba, tJtis is the last child, with which the womb 
is closed as it wcre; (2) a dwarf, a child whieh 
docs not grow in body and understanding. 

Kisibao (or kisibajo), s. (cha ku mba — ), a waist- 
coat, with or witJwut sleevza ; kisibao cha mi- 
kono, a slcercd waistcoat; kisibao cha vikapa or 
vikuiipa, a sletvcless waistcoat. Waddka kisibdo 
cha bilana, au cha ku vuta ? 

Kibibiko, s. (cha), a cork, a stopper. 

KiBiniTi ; mboga za kisibiti, cummin, carawoy- 
sccd. 

Kisino, 8. (vid. msibo), a nicknamc; ku-ni-toalia 
kibibo, to give onc a nickname. 

Kisicuo, rt/., tJuit wJiich is not; vid. Orammar. 

Kisifu (or kivivu), adj., ripe, vid. ifu or ivu; kito 
kisifu or kivivu, or tfting which is ripe or rcady 
( = kitu kitayari) ; wali ni msifa (or msivu) - 
wali umewckoa teari \pr tayari), the boilcd rieets 
rcady. 

KisiuiNO, 8., vid. kishigino ; kisigino cha gu, thc 
Jietl. 

Kisioitiko, *., cfr. lia ng/ia. 

KisiKi ciia mvua, (1) a rainbow; (2) kisiki, 
8tump, trunk; kisiki cha bua, stubblclf 

Klsikusiku, *. ( — kiza kiza), cvening, tw'dight, to 
grow dusk (cfr. raukia). 

Kisima, adj., living, bcing in good condition, whde. 

KIhima, s. (cha) ; kisima cha maji, a weU ofwatcr. 

KisiMnA, 8. (cha) ; (1) kisimba cha kuku, a heniumst, 
Cfige or votforfowls or dovcs; (2) kisimba chaku 
tegi'a tui, a trap to catch large animaJs, f^f., 
Uopards, dv. ; (3) kiKimba, alittle lion; kisimU 
marara, yuna madoa doa or marakaraka, « 
striped (?) lion ; simba 1« a large lion. 

KisiMBO, s. (cha) = cha niugiie ya ku tungia 
samaki, Ote rope with which tJic fishermen lay 
J10UJ of a fisli, but wJticJt carries them often very 
far into tJic sca, so tJtat many fishcrmcn peritk 

Kisimi (obsccne), the ditoris. 

Kisimu, s., blightcd corn (Er.), mildew, smut (R.). 

Kisimui, s. (cha, ]>l. vi.«»imui), an empty coeoa-nwt, 
i.e., without water and fiesh inside; mosa 
unavid wisimiii. 



Kl 



( »57. 



Kl 



KisinDA, «. (c/r. mnda, v. a.), the hymen of a 
virgin; ku-m-tomolua (tomoa) kisinda or ku-m- 
bikiri manamuali, to remove tke hymen of a 
virgin by thefirst coitus. To retnove that which 
makes hard, contracts, closes the passage (vid. 
sinda), the hardness or obstruction; kisinda uzi 
kidogo ndani ya koma, uzuiliao mbo kn pita. 

Kisinde, *. ; habari za kisinde (R.) ? 

Kmixga, s. (cha), (1) a small cannon; (2) kisinga 
cha niuki, a native beehive, which is madc of a 
small trunk hollowed, andput upon the branchof 
a trte (it lookt Uke apiece ofa cannon) ; (3) a 
smalldrum (II.)? 

Kdjinoia, $. (clia) ; (1) kisingia cha maji, a ichirU 
pool; (2) kisingincha kio cha juraa cha ku vulia 
papa (koto), an iron fish-hook for catching 
sharks; (3) kisingia cha jiwo la poiini liuniialo 
tnagu, asmaU hollow stonc which iujurcs thcfcit 
on thc shore. 

Ki*ixuixo, *., hecl. 

Kisixqiso (or kisixoi:a ?), *., prctcncc, pretcxt (<:g. t 
for gtjing abegging). 

Kwinoiti (or kizinuiti), 8. (clia) ; (1) kisingiti chu 
rohingo, tlic thrcshold of a door (tlte Untd ix 
catied kipiigo) ; (2) ki*ingili cha muamba wa 
bahari, a rcej of rocks in thc sca } a 7 lowing ouly 
here and thcrc a passage to vcssds. 

Ki»ixoo (or kizix«o), «. (cha), crooked,winding ; 

kisingo cha m'to, the winding course of a river ; 

mdauara, mazunguko (ku singa singa) ; cfr. 

msingo. 
Kiaio, s. (cha); kisio cha nazi isiokiiuoa; cha 

ndimu zisizo kamuliwa (rfr. Vassimclc), a cocoa- 

nut shell with itsficsh; vid. kuna. 
Kihikani, s., an otntn (= niuthanna) ; ui wewe 

ulio-tu-piga kisirani. 
Kihiri ; mancno ya kisiri yanasidi. 

Kuifti (or Kizizi), s. (cha) ; kisisi cha gnombc, 
cow-house (cj'r. zizi) ; kisi^i mtama or cha iuifaka, 
a granary. 

KisiTO, adj. (cfr. sito), heavy (si kipvsi). 

Kiaiwa (or kiziwa), *. (pl. visiwa), an island 
(dim. o/siwa), aplace limited by watcr or land, 
hence island and lake ; kisiwiini, on the island. 

Kraiwftio, it is not there — kitu kisicho kmimo, 
a matter which is not found at a placc where it 
is sought; e.g., nimotafuta tendo Mvita, laken 
siwemo, sikupata, nimerudi. 



zuia) or suppression ofthe stoolpains, iscausing 

pain (uma, vid.). 

Kisiyangu (Tumbatu) = kisingiti (St.). 

... ^ - 

Kisma, s. t apart; cfr. *~J , divisit; (+~*, portio, 

pars divisae rei. 

KlSMARI CHA KU ANDIKIA. 

KisofiA ; mvua-i-kisoca (R.) = kignictesa. 

Kisoo6a, s. ; ku fania kazi kisogoa (R.) (vid. ku 
soca). 

Kisoloti, s. (Kimrima), apiecc ; kisoloti ni kipando 
cha Amcrikano (mikono minno), cha ku va tini ya 
kiuno, a piecc of four yards of Amcrikano 
doth, to wcar under the loins; kis61oti is the 

thirdpart of a doti; s±£ , una pars vel portio 
ex tribus. 

Kisombo, s. (cha) ; kisombo matangaranno ya mbazi 
na mihogo ynlioson^oa pamoja, a }>a*tc or mijr- 
turc 2>reparal of mlnizi and camtaca m'ucd and 
hca'cn togcthrr : vibombo cha kundc. 

Kimonoo 'ar Kisopo) ; kijiti cha ku song«';aor fungia 
ini.i. The uuinen uxr thc. trord ki.^opo, thc mcn 
kisongo; a p'uc.ii of wuotl to twittt cord or rope 
with, e.g. } a bundle of grax* or brushwood. 

Kiaonono (or Kisi:xnxo) y s. t fluxofthe H]>enn,yonor- 
rhaa; ni ug.)njoa wa mkojo pamoja na damu 
(lAntl) au usaha (matter) ; kisonono cha mkojo, 
with constant micturition (rriirrcal dineasc). 

Kissa, s. (cha, /;/.vissa), (\)cause, story, tale; kissa 
cha ku-m-pig.i nini, what is thc cause or rcasun 
of bcating hint ; kissa gani? whercj'ore, why't 
waka-m-to!i'a kissa'kin^iiio = scbabu ningine. 
(2) -1 curiout thing, not having becn sccn bcfore; 
nmaka hu utaona vissa vingi ( =» mambo mangi) 
visilio om'ka mbclli;, thls year yuu will sce many 
things not men befurc. (li) Niama wa mitiini 
aliwai ni watu, an animal ofthejorcst, which is 
catcn hy men. Thc Momhassians catl this ani- 
mal mfunimfu. Kissa is the Kinika namc. In 
Jmhiu it is cnlhd nguriifu. (4) Kissa cha koko, 
thc kernel o/thc ntonc. ofaj'ruit calted ukonde or 
ukongoa, <?.</., wa tende (oj'dat&t), but ndani ya 
ukonde (pl. konde) or ukongoa (pl. kongoa) mna 
kissa. 

Kissu, s. (cha, ph vissu), a kuifc of modcratc size; 
kijissu, a small knifc ; jissu is a large one ; cfr. 
kotama and Hhcmbca. 

Ki.stahamii.ifl" ; <■</., kitu ltiki ni kislabamilifu 

:Kistari, dim. o/mstari (line). 



K»iwi, s aman hard oftoaring (pl visiwi), v-ho KhtiiiIi m .,, or Mler , u!d of a kiwaml) 
M almo»t deaf; yuwastkta kua kclclc, or kua ku- of a , calcr<h , rl (cll01 , ni) . 



rn-kuniua or kuniura, he hears when a cry is 
made to him, or when peojilc nip him. llc is, 
howcver, not bubui, asiesikia wala nsiencna. 

Kuiiwiiso (or kizuizo) (cha) ; kisiwiso cha clioo cha 
dma, constipation (R.) y Ut. t tht retention (suia or 



KisiM, a suit ofduthvs (kisua jcma, a prctty cloth); 

cfr. msuani. 
Kiscaiiili, rcj'erring to—; ndicho Kisuahili hiisa. 
Kisuduo (pl vi— ), food which is gotten after the 

work has been done. 



KI < i: 

Kibuoulu ( pl. vi — ), a mouiui ofcarth, a» ant-lilll 

(SSt.). Momid uf ilone» ii boiua. 
Klauto or ituiiiai {or Kizuio or KUL'PU) (jn), o »(oj) 

or hindraitce, ■uujtl.iiuj whiih itays orltindcrt; 

kisuio cha ku euin pshali, &c,, a preventice 

inttrttmtitt, c.g., tltc faucet ofa barrel or catk 

(kisuisi otu) ku auilia mnji jn pipa. 
Kiai'KAiu, of tugar; cfr. udizi. 
Kihuli, giildineit, ccrtigo; usijc uknfnnin kistili, 

i/o iioi fiirn j/iuVj' ir/ieii yuii ilumf i/;i a gengo 

KiBCufcM, vitl. maumcno ('aic). 

Kiausoui, i., tjirt.iiiing ofihefoot (li.), 

KiaL'Nutu, t. (iBheelf). 

Kibl-voPk.1, i., u Ulfle rabbit or liare (Kl.). 

KlaUNai (pl. Ti — ), ilh:ineii, gidtliii.ae, eertit/o, 

iieiminiiig oftlie head. 
Kiai'BE, i. (olia, i>l. vi — ), u kiitd of icorpion (in 

Jiiniiritii) ■■*•! Kijtniifi' n'yi-; ; kinn ualiingoaiiiui, 

il i'a t'trt/ poiionoui. 
Kiacaiu, «., un ooearmtee; kilu kime-m-sushia, u 

tliing Ihtit happcaed tohim. 
Kiai-siu (ui- kizl-»iii), ■., (i bTiVw ,' i"iu huyu ni 

kiaiinbi or inpiga nibini ku siia or tnliita nnnes, 

ihii ntan U a dii'cr, he diec.il Iti f-lch tlte lotl 

tmclior; watu hiiwn iii vioushi, thcsc iitea ani 

dit'ert, /ilungere. l)r. Sl. tnkct il iit thc tciuc 

"inlruder," page 304. 
Kibuhi (pl vi— ), thc hip ofa roof; viU Sl. page 

302. 
KiauaULi (ur KttttMn), t. (cha), « //»'/ oflile trhiclt 

rltildrcn !■:! flij 1" thr tkij ut.ili iili.>l.iimli\v:i : 



kiJ 






/( c 



* «J/ / 



lenttt of tliE eocua-trec, ichiclt urt. tietl tvgctht r 
on a meitch, on irhieli thcg lic a tlritiii leit tltc 
iciml carriet it atcaij. (3) .1 ichirliriiul / 

Kwi'-TU [or kuutu), I. (tlia), n kiiid uf colonreil 
rlulh. u lnrge. itirr.' tifjiriitlf/ rtitica. The hiiids 
uf elulh kttott-it to thc SmtliiU urc: (1) kiaiitn, 
(2) lungi, (3) Blifdr.ro, (4) kik-ii, (5) dcb.uini, (G) 
bersi'ili, (7) kitambi clia iwishoa rupungn, (8) 
laiiMin, (!l) matuiiifi, (10) Hebiiia ya n.t.inil,! m 
kiiili, (11) Kfiniko, [15] lamnutt. (13) usbo wa 
niaiuii, (I4J miiiiirc, (15) siiiiko za maluniio or 
iuimdiinJu, (1G) bnfudn dundo, (17) Aluerikano, 
(1S) ljamnli, (19) Bhotara. ilott nfthctc clotlit 
iirc crportrdfroia India ond Arabiu. 

Kita, *., the kalf-rootcd trec rn'ff not fall <u it hat 
idrciitli, kita, i'.c, ttiii/t (II.). 

Kitauu {/il. vitubn), abook; «v'US', Hber.codci, 
cpistoln. 

Kitaoa, «., dim. o/taga; efr. taga and iangu. 

KitaKATaka, »., o motc, o»i/ «JJttlB partielc nfdust 
or dlrt; kitnkntakn cha mato, dutit faUing into 



) KI 

oHe'i cy»,- (iinengin-a ui kitaJuLaka, tiutt entcrti 
hit tije. 

Kttaeizu (jit. ti— ), the heail and faot jticeet ofo 
btihlead, the lico crott-jiitett of a bttlittaA 
[rfr. mfumbnti) (Ileb. icritet kidakiaa). 

Kitaku, t. (cba);(I) kitiko cha naii iliokuuoa, 
ikaauBoa kidogo kifufuni, Ihe rtmaindtr Itft in 
ii coeva-nul afler itt haning been i/round ; \1) 
tittiitg, baektidc, fundament; ku kfti or kaa 
kitiiko or matako, to tit on the backtidr, to lil 
doKH atitl rtmaia on otie tpot (ku kaa kitako) ; 
kulbt kil.iko ukctipo, wherecer you »il or dtetU. 

KrTALE, *., n eoeoa-nu( hcginn'tng to grote; dafn 
janga tianzilo ku tia ugundi or urambirmnbi, iJ 
ijouiuj eocoa-nvt wkich btij'mt to gtt itaitr and 
jieth imide (ninma ua uiaji), tae iicond tlagt 
oj'the groicthofthtcocoa-nut; vid. dafu, a. 

Kttali, #., nailcloth. 

Kitai.u, «., a ttonc fcnce, a aail. 

Kitauoa, 9., ti littlc coic ; efr. mtiimba and urbima. 

KiTAuu.i.i (or kitauua), t. (cba), a rag, a riming 
iia/rkiii lakenfroiaan old (or ncic) piece ofdoth; 
kitnmbft ni kipnudo cba ngiio kilicbo tatuka or 
ran'ikii ; kitambTia cha ku futia mukuno, a loieil: 
kitaiubiiu cha mfza, u tablc napkin; vuta «un 
^.'tiii.iti liiii kua kitambila, mijie thae plaltt ledl 
ar cartfuilg teilh a toutel. 

KiTAiim, i. (cbs), u pieee of cl"th meaturing 5 ar 
6 mifcuae ; 13 mikf.no makt a doli i'a tke Suoliu' 
tlio/i; triththe IVnniku, M'akamba, andiitgae 
rul trith tlie jmi/ilc ofthe Interior 4 mikooo itait 
a kitambi, aml $ makc a diiti. Tkut tht Sta- 
hili 'juin 2 mikoiio i'n Ihe Inlerior from ererf 
kitnmbi, irhich cottt } Gcrman crotrm or J tltiBar 
(oue iliillintj) oa the cotttl. Kitambi cta Anwii- 
cano, apifce. uf Antcrictm cotton-ctatk of irkick 
uiuallij ut Mumbai or 7 (lometimei 8) tuibi» 
ure obla'uied fur \ dollar. 2 miki'mo are i;td 
lo 1 EtitjUih gard. Ki tambi cba kilemba, e 
/liece ofelajffor making a turlmn. 

Kitamih, s. (cha) -mafiita jn matumbo ya gnftrab», 
llicfat cunl vr epSphon ofan animaTt body. 

Kitambi), *. (ja), ii ipace nf timc or ofplace; an* 
kiiwa liitilmbo cba wakali, he ttai/ed a tpaet of 
limc, a «horl timc ; anmkuenda kJLambo kiiima 
or ji'mn, ht trtnt a contidtrable dittanct, m 
kiiribu ; kitambo froat ku Umba — tembcn, lo 
Kiilk. totraeel (Kiiiika, ku himba); nna-nm-ala 
kiUmbo kizima, / lcft him at a coniideraktt 
diituiice ; a tjootl ichile, ndia nrefn ; kiUmbo cfca 
kiila clinktiln, u> long at ii retjuUitefar eating; 
wahindi waua kitambo, inprayer at twon. 

Kitimiki, *., a kintl ofet'U tpirit (St.). 

Kit..j.u, adj., tireet; vid. Umu. 

KiTini, t. (kiUna cba ku Unla ndi-fa), a ibmI 



KI 



(159) 



KI 



combfor combing the beard; ahanuo, «. (la, pl. 

ma — ) ; la ku tania nuellc, the combfor combing 

the hair, made of bamboo-cane. 
Kjtanda, 8. (cha), a native bedstead consisting of 
four legs, two long side-poles, witJi two Uttlepoles 
fastened at the Jtead and Joot. The wJiole is 

connected with ropes across. Kitanda cha 

uchaga. To be distinguished from malazi. 

Kttanoa, 8. (cha) ; (1) kitanga cha mizani, the 
scale of a balance; mizani ina vitanga viwili; 
-vitanga via taraju ; kitengele cha taraju ; (2) the 
palm of the hand (kitanga or kiganja cha mu- 
k6no) ; (3) kitanga cha kijamvi kiwekoajo tini ya 
jiwe la kn sagia, kitanga cha ku sagia, apieceof 
mat (kijamfi) laid beneath tJie grinding stone 
to intercept theflour, aUo mat used in prayer; 

(4) aho a round mat used to lay outfood upon ; 

(5) kitanga cha pepo, tJie name ofa dance. 
Kitakoamuko; kiwiliwili jangu hakina kitanga- 

muko (R.). 

Kitanoo, s.; kitango cha ku funga matango, <£c. 
(or ku piga kitango), to sew up, e.g., a kitoma 
(cfr. makinni). 

Kitakoo fepeta (pl. yitango pcpeta), a kind of 
smaJU pumpkins, the steds of wJtich are caOled 
pepeta ; kitango via godoro, littlepieces ofcloth; 
ku piga or pashisha or shaliki kitango cha 
viafu. 

Kitani, s.,fiax, Unen; vid. 

Kttanitani (or kitanutanu), adv., backwards (» 
kingalingalli) ; amelala kitanitani or kua ku 
tanuka, kua ku atana viungo, kua ku ji-tupa 
viungo, he slept on the back, strttcJiing out his 
limbs, as man does when returned from a 
fatiguing joumey. 

Kttanba, 8. ; mhao za kitansa, planks lying 
obUauely near tJte bottom of the vessel; mbao za 
wajehi kitanaa (R.). 

Kttansu, *., dim. o/tansu. 

Kttanu, *., splinter, splint; cfr. utnnu. 

KttAjczi, 8. (ja), a noose, a little loop of a rope or 
$iring, a button4oop; tanzi is a large one; 
kitanzi (cha kifungo) cha ku fungia or angikia 
kita or cha ku tegea niama. 

Kttao, s. ; ku fnngua kitao cha pingu. 

Kttaowa, the Jeind proper for a devotee; amevaa 
Dgiio sa kitaowa, he is dressed like a devotee 
(St.). 

Kttapo, 8. (kitapo cha beredi, cha bomma, cha 
kh6fu), ihicering cauted by coldness, fever, or 
fear ; kitapo cha homma, the beginning offever 
with oM; muili wa-ni-tapa or tetema kua beredi 
or homma or kh6fu, my body trembles witJi cold 
orfever orfear. 

KrrAfUKUzi, s. (cha mti), a little sprig of a trce 
(vid. tepukuzi or tapukuri). 



Kttaba, *. (cha), a curve. (1) Upanga wa kitara, a 
curved sword like that of European soldiers. (2) 
Upanga wa fulogi. This kind ofsword is beauii- 
ful, and its blade is of hard iron (jumajakwo 
kigiimu sana). (3) Upanga wa imdni, the sword 
of safety ; hautetemcki or haupot6ki, yuna vi- 
kono viwili via juma, na juraajakwe ni jema. 
TJiis sword does not bend. Jt Jtas twopieces of 
iron (like long naUs) protruding between tJtc 
handle and blade in opposite directions, which 
make it safe. Its iron ts good. (4) Upanga wa 
msanaa (wa mgnarizo). This kind ofswordis 
of inferior quality and not much liked by tJie 
natives. TJie iron is soft. 

Kitasa, s., a lock, a box lock (St.). 

Kitata, *. (cha), entangling, complication = tala 
(la, pl. ma — ) uzi unangia kitata or matata, tJie 
tJiread is tangled; uzi unasongomana or una- 
Bongamana, twigs fastened together like a 
hurdle. 

Kitawi, s. (cha), (1) a smaU shrub with red 
blos8oms, brancJi, bough, bunch; tawi la mtende, 
a bunch of dales; (2) a kind of weed much dis- 
liked on the plantations; 1, kitawe, 2, ndago, 
3, mudmba niama are the principal kinds of 
weed on the plantations ; (3) kitawi cha ku 
fumia, a shuttle ? 

Kitaya, 8. (cha), jaw (hattamu yatiwa kitayani) ; 
ku-m-guya punda kitayani, to seize the ass by the 
jaw. The bridle ts applied to tJie jaw. Ku 
funga vitaya. 

Ktte, 8. (cha) ; (1) kite cha mfiazi, the groaning or 
moaning, wailing of a woman in labour ; ku 
piga kite, to groan in labour or severe sickness 
(cfr. tumbuisa) ; (2) certainty (?). 

KlTEFTgFU, 8. (cha) (OT KITEFTEFI CHA KILIo), the 

sobbing which precedes the weeping (cfr. ku sina 
sina, v. n.). 

Kttefute, s., tJie cheek, tJte part oftheface over 
the cheehbone (St.). 

Kiteko, s. (cha), laughing for joy (cfr. kihaka), 
8how ofjoy especiaUy on the receipt ofgood news, 
a giggle ; ku aishi katika kiteko. 

Kit£ku, 8. (cha, pl. vi — ), a kind of iron pick-cuce ; 
kiteku cha ku tekua or timbua (cfr. wekua, v. a.) 
viteku = viombo visito ku vunda mawe. 

Kitelele, 8.; mahali kitelele (LuJce vi. 17), tJie 
pUiin, an open place whence you can see far =* 
weuni ndipe mahali kitelcle = kiwandani mahali 
pasipo kua na ukuta wa ku ji-siba, a site without 
enclosure. 

Kjtelle kitelle. 

Kitema kuni, s., an insect, dweUing in a nest of 
wood very cleverly made. 

Kitembe, 8., a heavy tongue, Usping, stammering, 



EI 



( 160) 



KI 



a lisp, a defect in thc spccch (cfr. kiliini) (kitembo 
cha kanoa or cha maneno), the speaking ofjycople 
who canor will not lift vp tJicir tongue above thc 
teetJi, vchich renders the understanding of the 
words Bomeichat dijjicult. Ilcncc, in general, 
"brvkcn language," such as is onlg ludf under- 
stood. 

Kitemue (or kitiiembe), 8. (nna bikia kitembc), 
alurm t 

Kitendawiij (pl. vitcndawili), an cnigma. The 
propounder say*, Kitcndawili ; tJtc rest amwer, 
Tega ; hc tJten j)roj)ounds Jtis enigma (St.). 

Kitekdk, *. (j)l. vi — ), action } occupation (=» kituo, 
H.). 

Kitende ciC (j)l. vi — ), dim. of tcndc gii (vid. 
tcnde, *.). 

Kitendo, /?., a dced or action; kitendo cha kazi 
or mambo, csjmcially an cfploit of eating and 
drinling, in wJticJt tJie Jicroicfeats oftJte natires 
greathj consist ; kitcndo ni karainu kuba, sheha 
nkitawasoa, akipigoa kilemba ku pata kiia 
mkuba, wakati huo yuwatcnda kitendo, irJicn a 
chicf is insUdlcd, and wJien hc is crowned icith 
a turban, Jic gives a great fcast to Jiis jnoplc. 
TJu's is a kitcndo. Kua ncno na kua kitcndo, bij 
irord and decd. 

KiTKNcirfhK, s. (dim. of tengele) (=mdiiara or 
mdauara), rounding, roundness (ku tcngelea, to 
Jh' rouud), a round stripe of anything ; jiia lina- 
fania kitcngclc jickundu, mviia karibu ya kiignia, 
the. sun forms red round slripcs, tlic rain irill 
sJiortly full; ku fchona kitengele jiekundu ja 
jamvi, to stw a round rcd strij/c on a mat. 

Krrfr>, s. (clia), (\) a UtCe sicve or a sifting basht 
(a large onc, utt'o ; in Kijuimba, ungo) ; (2) pro- 
riaion ; ku-m-pcleka kitco mtu aliefiwa, to scnd 
food (kiu'o) to a jierson wJio Jias lo-tt somebody 
bij deutJi. TJtc friends and relations cacfi send 
onc. pishi of ricc or of Indian corn or mtama, 
cfr., to honour tJie unfortunule mourner. (3) 
Mtumkc anangia kitconi or damuni or kalika 
mcsi, tJic tcomuii Jias Jicr montldy ronrsc.A. It is 
disresjtectful to say, "anangia dmniiiii." Drcitt 
languaye reijtiins to suy, " anangia kitconi or 
muezini." (Dim. o/'uteo, a tunje sicvc.) 

Kitkitzi, vid. kitapuzi. 

Kitetk, 8., vid. kiuli. 

KitHte, s. 'kiniaina kidogo kana kindi), a little 
animal UJ;e tJie stjuirrcl. 

KlTKTKME8A, 8., UllstCudilU'88 of tJie JlOlld (jl'OIII 

ncriousncss) [11.). 

Kitktkmo, 8., trcmbling; kitctenu'so cha mukono 
= mukona watctcme.sa, thc Jiuud trembUs, is un- 
stcudy. 

Kitewatewa, 8. = kijongo kidogo ja ifuifu jcm- 
bambo, a small tJiin worm. 



Kit£we (or kjtewetewe), *., (1) a tcorm smaJkr 
tJian tJte jongoo ; (2) loss of thc use of thelegt 

(St.). _ 

KmiiRi, v. n. (cfr. Arab. Jg", multus fuit); ku 
kithiri, to grow large, to increasc; nmekithiri 
ku zaa, it has borne more tJian lefore; kn 
kithiri, to bc made. Kithirishiwa ; yupi mmoja 
wapo aliekithirishiwa mapcnsi, icho lovcs hin 
mostf (li.). 

Kithule, adj. (cid. kitulc), poor, miserablc han* 

kitu; Arab. JJ , abjcctus silisquo fuit, knmilis 
ct bubmissus. 

KrriiUTiiu, s. ; ku slkikoa ni kithuthu, an insect - 
kinia ; cfr. mbumbuasi. 

KiTi, 8. (cha, pl. viti), (1) a seat, a native ckair; 
(2) a Euroj)ean chair; kiti cba cnzi — chairof 
power or dignity; kiti cha mfolme alio katika 
cnzi or nguvu, the chair of dignity and po*cer,of 
tJte king trJto is in powcr (ritl. cnzi) ; kiti cha 
fcrasi, a saddle; kiti cha puesa, a ttar-jisU, at- 
tcrias; kithi chu shikioni ? 

KiTiuA, 8. (cha), custom (vid. mathihabi, matiltla, 
and mauinbile), original institution procetding 

6 

from Ood; s->^> W&r, mandatum, lcx ; kitila, 
sonutJting ncw or original, kitiba = miila or 
mathihabi, cvstom ; ku zua kitiba kingine,/o 
introilucc protJucc or broach aometlung ncr; 
ku sumbua kitiba hiki cha sasa kiuang«a nki 
hizi or munka hu ; kulla mtu yuna kilibachakTC 
or maumbiliyakwe. 

Kitikitiki, s. (jd. vi— ), 8Jdver8; kua vitikitikl 
to be broJccn into sJiivers. 

Kitimiii (j>L vi— ), an artfid tricl; an artifrf.a 
strutagvm (= hila). 

Kitimbo, s., lit., digging (ku timba) \fig n intrifpte*, 
cubul. 

Kiti.nda MiMnA (Kinika, kieianda, a. f rid.\ tle 
lajtt child to wJiicJt a woman lias givcn birtk; 
mana huyu ni kitinda miniba, thc lu*t and tkert- 
fore youiigitt chdd of a motlter (lit., the di*if$ 
of tJte womb); (2) mumc huyu yuna kitinda,* 
mun wJto loies all his wivcs by dcatJt, ni kitinda; 
rid.p. 15G. 

Kitindio, s., tJic j>lace for rcsting at noon; mbus' 

zina or wanakuenda kitindioni. 
Kitindo, cfr. tiuda. Kitindo cha badali ya tharala, 

« tacrijice for sins; cfr. Badakaya ku tcki-zuatf 

ya utekefu, a burnt-offering. 
Kitimik», s. (jil. vi— ), fear, a frightcning or terri- 

fying tJiing (cfr. tisha, to terrtfy). 

Kititi (or KiTiNrrrNi), *.; kititi cha usiwn, (\)thc 
botlom of tJte 8ca, dccjxst dcj)th; (2) kititi, « 
little tJdng, a rabbit, a Jtare (cfr. Lulce viii. 33) ; 
mimi ni jinni wa jinani wa kititi cba balwri, 
/ am Oie jin of t/ie deep undcr the $and oftk 



XI 



l 161 ) 



KI 



sea; genge Usimaina kititi, ku siuiika mti kititi 
mlima ulio simama kititi, in oppos. to tam~ 
barisha. 

KiTo, 8.; kito cha pOte, a red precious stone 
(carnelian f) worn in a ring on the little finger 
oftke left hand. It comesfrom Jagga, ichere it 
U called mboro. 

KirdA, 8. (cha, pl. vitoa), Itead. 

Kitoakitoa, topsy-turry. 

KrroAMOOMBA, 8. (vid. pintlo), Uunbling, sonier- 
sauU; ka piga kitoamgomba or ku piga kitoa 
pindu or ku pindukia na kitoa, to tumblc orer, to 
mahe a bob (ku enenda vitoa pindu) ; fig., the 
head hanging dowmcord like tfte fru'rt of the 
banana-tree; kitoa tini kana mgomba. The 
Wa&nga (sing. Mudnga) of Pcmba are rejwrtcd 
to be celebrated tumbler*. There, i* an abomi- 
nable set ofmen and icomen on that island, saiil 
to go naked in the forcst oa their festicities. 
They place tltemselves on their heads icith their 
legs pointed to Itearen. They kill jiersons and 
hang them on a trec, until the corpsc is eateit by 
the worms and one piece aftcr the otlter falU to 
the grtmnd. The last irorm is roasted and 
ground, anil from that poirder they prepare the 
nnga wa ndere, ichich, irlten eaten, is said to 
destroy maii's life to a certainty. 

Kitoana, *. ( — kijana kidogo kilijo nunuliwa), a 
slave-boy ; opp. to kijakazi, slarc.-girl. A fuV- 
grown slave is mtoana .rid.) (mtu mana) tkitu 
mana — kitoana). 

Knotfo, «., rid. kitolco, n. 

Krropi:, *., nacel; ttifu, a large nanl *uch a* is 
seen protruding icith mani/ Wanika and Sua- 
hili, tt'c. It U an hercditary eril in many 
families. It protrude* tiro to thrce inches. 
Kitoru lindi ? (H.). 

Kjtoja, *. (ja), the needlc-like end of a coarse 
species of grass (ofgreat length) ichirh pricks a 
Uttle. The specics is called niassi ya ondo, jtL 
maondo. 

Kjtoka (or ki*h6ka), s. (ja), hatchet kitoka cha 
ku katia mlti,for cutting trees, <(r. . 

Kitoleo (or kitoeleo or kitoeo), s. (cfr. toca or 
toelea), some relish tcith wali, regctabks, herb*, 
jmfse ( — kitu kitiwujo katika wali), something 
tchich U put into the boiled rice or mtama, <Cr., 
to inake it more relUhable, e.g.,JUh, curry,foirl, 
tneat, ghee, d'c. Mb6ga ya mtungo, ya kunde, ya 
Kibindi, ya muangani, d'c, are likcirise sought 
for the kitoleo. Tlte wali U too dry to be rc- 
lished, there must be some sauce or relish added 
to it. 

Krr6iiA, s. (cha), a general name for calabash 



made ofasmaU round pumpkin or gourd; biigu 
lamtoma U tlie creeper ofwhich the toma U thc 
fruit. The pumpkin Uplaced near thefirt for 
some time, until tlte (moyo) core U dried. Wheu 
the neck of it has been cut off and a little of the 
core has been taken out, the natires piU Itot 
ashes into tlte hoUow. Afterward* they take a 
long aicl of iron andpiercethe core until itfall* 
out little by little, iclten Ute calabash will be 
readyfor water, milk, or grain. 

Kitonatona ; damu ila ikali kitonatona (R.). 
Kit6ne, s. (1) a drop; (2) kitone cha kionda, a 

little wound oftlte size ofa sirpence. When it 

becomcA as large as a tjuarter-doUar it U eaUed 

kiton'mge. 
Kit6nga, 8., a chief great man icith tlte Wakamba 

(=banam A7*.). Hydrocelef (St.). 

Kit6nuk, *. (cha, pl. vi — ), food pressed into balU 
in tlte hand and conveycd to the mouth (vid. 
mcnia, v. a.). 

Kitongoji, #., a village (Kiamu). 

Kitonootonoo, 8., onc-eyed, a side-Iook; c.g., mtu 
huyu yuna usafihi yuwa-ni- tezii.ua kitongotongo, 
thU man i* proiul, he looks askance at me. Be- 
sidcs he shuts one cye f yuwapcta jito moja 
(mark ofcontempt). 

Krroiw, s., tlte bunclt of ripe maise (mtama) = 
kibumba cha maohuko ya intiinju) = cha ma- 
kiiti, tangalo (oid. kibumba) ; cfr. mgminda. 

Kitoria, *. (cha), tltefruit ofthe mtoria tree. It 
U eatable (kana limnu or bungu). 

Kttor6nge, *., « boil larger than kitono (««/.); 
inlten the kitonmgo gt-ts as largeas a guarter- 
dollar it U caUed gcraha. 

Kitoteo, *. (kichochco in Kiung.), a pair oftong*, 
irith irhich a picce of icotnl (having burned ojf' a. 
little) i* taken and thrust into thefire again (ku 
totca vinga via motto » ku songeza ndiini na ku 
pepca motto). Kitoteo ni kolco or kueh'o clia 
ku totclea motto. 

Kitoto (pl. vi — ), (1) a little child; adj., childUh ; 
kijana kitoto kiume ; kitoto kichanga, a baby; (2) 
a uarrom space between tico houses; umesiba 
vitoto, he biocked up tlte narrow passcs ; (3) a. 
small basket. 

Kitotoe, *., a kind ofwhite-fish. 

Kitovu, s. (vid. kitofu), thc navcl. 

KitowUo (pl. vitoweo), vid. kitoTo or kitoluo, a 

something to be eaten tcith tlie rice or other vegc- 

tablefootl, a relish (vid. kitoleo). 

Kitowe (kishakini) (R.). 

Kitu, *. 'cha, pl. vitu), a thing, matttr (mapigano 
yctu hamna waume kitu); ku-m-Uitisa kitu, to 

M 



162 ' 



gire r/f,* o»' thi*Q nfter tht otlter, t.g., doth t 
grj.d, ti'r+r. drr. 

KirvA. s. ' jd. vitua . IV the *hadt ofa tre* : t»ia, 
a largt *hode of a lorge trte: hsk-'ti kfcuani, 
let wt $U in the Vti'e *hade ofa thrwh vhirh »*# 
'tepukuzi, from thr*:t to ten ftet high : '2 y a emall 
shrub or hovgh, manni ya mti ndiomatua. yaaiba 
jua. T^p'ikuzi ** the skoot, sprig ofa tree trhirh 
thovgh eut ojf *hoots again ; kitila is a stnall 
shrub feen^u p-oprio; toa 'la. large shroh jj. 
matua , a hu*h. 

Kituana, *. 'cha, jJ. vituana', ahoy; mtuana. a 
ifttuth; tuana f jA. wa, afuli-groien yo»th »mtu 
iup*fu. 

Kmf.A, a*Ir. t aJonr, solitary ; mtn huyu aki'-tihapa 
kituca, thi* man lires here 'juite alone ; mtu hu vu 
yuna rokho n^umu, this man is strong-mindtd. 
heeause he i* not afraid ofliving tdon*. 

Kituouta, *., cheekbone (R.). 
Kituttui, *., a *maU quaking hird on th* nhorc 'ni 
kijuni cha pouni, chawiuia winia). 

Kituka, «., a shrub ? (R.). 

KrrrKfzi, *., a husybotly ' = mancnoyakwe hayana 
kiti'io, ni kn-m-rukia tu'. 

Kituko, i. (- k\uy.\\fright t *tartlednc**. *hriaking 
hack at the *ight ofa momtrous thing, e.g. % qf a 
nerpent (rfr. kutuka, v. n.) ; ku tia watu vitiiko 
via khufu, to make jteojde shrink haek irithfear ; 
mtu huyu yuna kitiiko — mtu muoga, a man who 
i* afraid, a timid vian; nti hi kuna vituko or 
imcngiwa ni kitiiko, thi* country i*fu!l offcar. 

KitCku ( or kitikuu , *., a great-grandchUd ; cfr. 
iiijukii or mtukfi. 

Kitukuta (?) *. ( = ku fiinia kitilkoorku-ji-tuka). to 
startle. 

Kituuzo, *., a fjuieting or *oothing thiug; cfr. 
ku tiiliza. 

Kitumiia (?) *., cfr. tumbn. 

Kitumdi, *., dim. o/tiimbi, a bankct madv ofgrcen 
leares ofthc rotva-nut trce. 

Kiti'mho, *.; kitilml>o cha mfumo, the bough ofan 
mfumo tree; (2) dim. of tumbo ; mu;ina huyu 
yuna kitumbo kuma mnura, thi* boy ha* a belly 
likc a toirer; (3) ali-ni-tia kitumbo maji. 

KrruMHOTUMnn (kifunifuni), on the. hclly. 

Kiti:miii':a, *., akind ofjtancake; mukiito mdogo 
uliopikoa kua mafuta, uliotumbulhva uive (cfr. 
maanduHi). // inbaked in oil r mul i* perforated, 
in order to promote it* rijtenhg, a* they call it. 
It i* madti on *j>t.cial day* t c.g., at Kibunsi. 
The jHojih; of Ztntzibar likc it. 

Kitumoa, *., cfr. punguani; anatangamana na maji 

ya kitumon. 
KnuNARi, *.; mpunga wa kitunari, a kind of rice, 



rhort a*d hr^id ncl-^a ya z*sez ; oyp. to 

wa msiiidlao fArt • : nd>> cbMbiwv 

laken mpu^ja wa Kicika \$ red amd n<* miooi. 

Km''si#A T *.. a rhe+t-pa*-* >;. . 

KrrtsDii. *.. (i trater-jar Tmmhatm . 

KrruNCA. *..a *i«aU roumd eartkem di*k. 

KrrrsGr. *.. a l'ttU faap -nr.gm. Imrft l*ap : «^- 
ku weka r.iln;a Hiotindoa Tinmgc vitccsu. to 
jft vp thf int*'- *fn *Unsihler*d amimaH i» litde 
h*ap* fnr diciding amomgst tke jpevplei T ki- 
tungu cha watn = kikir.di. a Vttie kewpefmem 
a Uttle trooji : watu waiia ■biiti khasgv 
rfr. kundi, kikuudi : efr. k'rfangu. kikon, hert 
a rompauy, thtrt a rompamm of men. 

KrrfjsoC 'or Krrrsr.rr\ #., an omkm { jrf. Tituagn x . 

Kiti.noule, *.. a hart : 1 kitinagnl» w» Bifi 
manne. yuwakt-ti mituni : (2; kdtcisgale ndogo 
wa ningu mmngi hutamba viamlwnini, a spider. 

Km.Niii, *.. a largejish trhieh deromre am riea 
they are hathiug or dlring i'jt tke mea: kitoma 
ame-m-tunuka mtu, the kitunazi kam eicaBarede 
man (rid. tunuka'. The matire* besUere tmmt e 
gho*t or Satan $it* ia thefuh amd imetigateshm . 
to *iraUoir a man. 

Km'o, *., (\) a resting-jdaee or emcamtpmemt sm 
the road, v*ually vnder a large tree, <ffr. ; aa- 
liali palipo na uviili wa mti, watu waj 
huondokc sasa kituoni, hushike aaflkri, 
zetn;mtumke hnyu hana kituo, thie 
nerer tjuiet at home, she altrays goem ahemt m 
others ; (2) hana kituo. he is mnetabie; banbatki 
mtu kutu (nW.kitnkizi^ ; Kimahili hakinakhao ) 
the tfuahili language is not settkd; {3) seetiom sr 
jiaragrajih tfa Imok 'chajderf). 

KrrrrA, *., a little btittlc, a n'al (rid. tupa). 

Kitushi pl. vitushi V R.). 

Kitutam. *., enciron* (R.) ; Rabbai na kitutuu- 
chakwc, Bahbai and its enrirons. 

Kitutumi. *. (E. ?), Uttle horn (tu tumi). 

Kitwa, vid. kitoa, head. 

Kitwanoomba, a *omcr*auU ; vid. kitoamgonba. 

Kiu (cba> (niod'a^ thirst ; nina kiu, rokhoyuga 
imckniika, nadaka maji, / hare thirst, my sptri 
or throat has got dry, Iwant teater ; kua nakia, 
to be thirsty : ku ona kiu, tofeel tkirst. 

Kiua, #., the natne ofajish. 

Kiuaji, a thing trhich kiUs; efr. mboajL 

Kif'KA, r. n., to step over (vid. kia, ».). 

Kiukia, ?•. (kirnkia). 

Kiuma, *., afork. 

Kiuma unvzi, a smdU, dark-eoJoured Uzard (St). 

Khmanzi, *., a Uttle inseet trhiek kiUs JUet, th.; 
kiumanzi (ku uma n'zi) ni adui wa n'zi. 

KiuMiiE. s. (cha, pl. viumbe), a creature, thatmkkm 
is created (ku umba) ; kiumbe kaishi ku dmbot 
cla kua siku ya kuifa, a creaiure U snbjeetedw 



XI 



(163) 



continual changes HU it dies ; kiumbe cha roana 
Adam or viumbe via wana Adam, human crea- 
tures (vid. nmbo). 

Kjf/MBin, s. f beating ofthe drum aceompanied by 
the song " Shetani nd6, tupigane fimbo." 

Kidme, adj. } malc (vid. ume) ; aakari ndume b6ra, 
very heroic soldiers. 

Kiusda, *., a certain trap (R.) ? 

Kjuhoa, *. (cba, /rf. vi — ) (Pers. bustan), (1) a 
piantation of fruitArees ; kiunga ni mahali pa 
ku ja minazi, miembe, mifenesi, midansi, mijii- 
ngoa, migumba, &c; kiunga is different from 
sbnmba (eid.) ; (2) kiunga — a 8uburb, the ouU 
skirts ofa town; kiungani, near the town. 

Kiukoa, «., a kind ofredfish. 

Kiukoo, e. (cha, pl. viungo), union ofvarioua parts, 
henre (1) joint of the body (kiungo cha imani, 
article of faith)\ (2) condiment; kitu kikali 
cha ku unga mtuzi or kiungiwajo mtuzi or 
kiungamanacho na mtuzi, something add or 
aour whieh is put into the mtuzi, e.g., malimau, 
ukuaju, riki, maeiube, mabiti, ojc. (vid. dibu) , 
samli, malimau, muniu, &c, used to add a 
uniform and better taste to food; huko viungo 
▼ina atana, in thU region orplace joint$ leave 
each other; nianenoyakwe haina (hayana) 
kiungo ; (3) makuti ja kiungo or ya kike, yalio- 
•ukoa ni watu wake (vid. makanja). 

KiutouAka, adj. and adv., noble and free; ma- 
neno ya kiunguana, the language ofthefree men 
or nobles, not ofslaves, gentiemanly, noble, grave, 
cwUized, courteous, becoming a free man; mtu 
huyu yuwaffa kiunguana or kikSndo, this man 
dies like a nobleman, or like a sheep, tohich does 
not cry nor resist ; manamke wa kiunguana, a 
lady. The Masruo (the former dynasty of 
Mombas) were like sheep, they died nobly (as 
becomes great men) when they were erpeUed (by 
8aid-Said) ; Masrue ni kikondo, wafa kiun- 
guana. 

Kiuvocja, adj., referring to matters or to tlte 
ianguage of Zanzibar. 

Kiukgulia, s. (kiungulia cha m6yo), rising ofthe 
Stomach, eructation, rumbling, a breaking of 
wind, heartbum; n'nafania or n'na kiungulia 
cha moyo, nilambe fvu la motto, my stomach 
rumbles, I have heartburn, let me lick the ashes 
offire (whieh is considered by the natives tobea 
remedy against eructation) ; cfr. kekefu. 

Kiubgubcmo, s.; kiungurumo cha tui or jui, the 
growling of a leopard (vid. ku unguruma). 

Kiuho (cha,/>/. vi — ), the loins, the hip; kiunocha 
■uruali, that part of the trousers which covers 
theloins. 

Kiukza, s. (cha) ; kdunza ni ubio wa ku sikia niufifu 
kaburini, the board orplank which is laid over 
the dead in the grave. The corpse, after having 



been carried on the jene" nsa (vid.) to the grave, 
is lowered down to the bottom, trhere it is covered 
icith the kiunza, so that it rests, as it were, in a 
box. In place of a plank, the Suahili put a 
auantity ofbranches ooer the corpse, and then 
fill the grave with earth. Coffins are not used. 

Kiunze, s.; kiiinze cha maneno ya kiniume niume 
or maneno ya kiiinze, tJie tnrning or contortion 
ofthe words, so that Oiey are not naturallypro- 
nounced, the last syllables being spoken first; 
e.g., maji they pronounce jima, wali they speU 
liwa, tupa — patu, mafuta => tamafu, mkebe — 
bemk'», nenoma — mancno. 

Kiunzi, s., an edifice of irood; ku unda — to build 
a ship (chombo kiunzi). 

Kiutungu, adj., bitter, acid ; kitu hiki kiutungu, 
hakitamu, hakiliki, kana shibiri, this is bitter, it 
is not sweet, it cannot be eaten, it is like aloes. 

Kiuwaji, s., killing, murderous, deadly; niama 
kiuwaji (pl. viuwaji), a wild bcast (ku iia, to 
kiU), in generaleverything which kills, like sumu, 
bunduki, &c 

Kiuzr, s.; maneno haya nda kiiize =■ kiniume 
niumo — maneno ya fumbo (R.), ndio maneno 
ya kiniumo niiime. 

Kivi, *., the elbow. 

Kivimba, s. (vid\ kiwimba, the girth of a tree), the 
circumference. 

Kivuko (or kifuko), a ferry, a ford, a crossing- 
place (vid. vuka). 

Kivuli (pl. viviili), a shade, shadow (a ghost). 

Kivumi (pl. vi — ), a roarivg, beUowing sound (ku 
viima, to roar) t or noise. 

Kivunga (or kiwunou), s. ; kivuuga cha nuelle r 
long hair; yuwaweka kivunga cha nuelle, ha- 
zi-nioi kama mt6ro, he lets his hair grow, does 
not shave it as the robbers do. The Wanika let 
tlte hair grow in time ofmourning. 

KrvYAo, kivyazi, kizao, the bearing (child), birth; 
vid. kifiao, kifiazi. 

Kiwa; muana kiva ulimi wa kiwa; unasema na 
ulimi wa kiwa. 

Kiwafuwafu, adc; ku anguka — , to fall side- 
wards. 

Kiwaji, *. f vid. kiuwaji, *. 

Kiwambaza (or kiambaza or kiwtmbaza), «., a mud- 
waU; kiwambaza cha uafu wa niumba, the side 
wall (chiefwaU) ofa native mud-house (uafu, pl. 
mbafu, vid.) ; kiwambaza cha kati, tlte middle 
waU; kiwambaza cha ngao ya mbclle, thefront 
waU; kiwambaza cha ngao ya niiima, the hind 
waU. The wliole figure of these architectural 
expressions is taken from the human body; 
kiwambaza uavu, side, rib (pl. mbavu), forms 
the outside or out-waU of the human body; ngao 
ya muili is itsfront and hind waU; ya ku finika 
ndani (to cover the interior ofthe body). 

m2 



KI 



( 164) 



XI 



Kiwambo, s. (ni kitu cha ku ombisha na kitu 
kingine ku gnyana), anything fiited for over- 
laying, covering, orjoining a thing togetlicr with 
anotlier, to holdfast ; e.g., kiwambo cha ng6ma, 
ngtfh* ilioambiwa ngoma; ku amba ngofi ngoma, 
to covcr a drum with a skin, to put a skin upon 
it t in order that it may give a poicerful sound, 
somethiny strained tightly over aframe, Uke the 
skin ofadrum; kiwambo cha makuti ; kiwurabo 
cha kitanda, orerlaying irith leaves oftJte cocoa- 
nut tree, overlaying of a bedstead. 

Ktwanda (kiwanja), «., (1) an open plaee tcithin a 
town, village, or house, ayard; (2)kiwanda cha 
muhunzi or ya ku fulia juraa, a shed under which 
the native blacksmiths do their work, a work- 
ihop; uwanda, afreeplace around the house (a 
yard) ; (3) mahali pa ku jenga niumba, building 
ground or lot; hi ilikua niumba, inavundika, 
sasa ni kiwanda tii. 

Kiwango, *. (cha) (cfr. ku wanga, v. a., to count, 
to number), (1) a number ; kiwango kadiri 
za watu mia, about 100 men in number (wali- 
pita vivango via kn fiii); ku pita viwango, to 
exceed the number; (2) — deraja, degree, position 
in the world, dignity ; e.g., ni kiwangochangu, 
ku aema hivio na wali, my degree or dignity 
requircs that I slmdd *peak thus to the govemor; 
si kiwango cha mtiima ku sema hivio na muun- 
guana, it dots not belong to the slave, is not his 
degree, to speak in suclt a manner to afree man. 

KiwangOa, 8. (in Kin. mueri), « kind of snail on 
the sea-coast, from tlne shdUofwhich the Suahili 
make ornaments whicJitheyseUto the Wakamba. 
Atfirst they separate the up})er part of the 8hell 
by burning, then they rub the kitako cha kiwa- 
ngoa on a stone, afterwards tJiey perforate and 
jmt a string into it, to wear it on their necks or 
breasts. The Wakamba call it mavuo, and pay 
afowl for ticopieces. 

Kiwanio (not kiwani), any slip ofwood used as a 

wedge tofasten with, a little wedge (E.). 
Kiwao, 8., a grcatfeatt (Tumbatu) (St.). 

Kiwavi, 8. (pL viwavi), a nettle, a sca-nettle (St.). 
Kiwavu ciiana, ribs. 

KiwE, 8. (pl. viwe); kiwe cha usso, a kind of 

pimplc on the face. Thc viwe wilt aho rise on 

the hindpart ofthe head, when a man is shaved 

for the first time; aliekunioa nuelle hizi hajaku 

nioa, ndipo ukafania viwc katika usso. 

Kiweko, 8. ; kiweko cha roukono, the arm from 
the shoulder to the elbow, the wrisl. 

Kiwelle, 8. (cha), the udder; vid. maziwa. 

Kiweo, *. (cha) ; kiweo cha asamu, the uppcr part 
oftlte thigh (vid. maengaenga, 8.) (Kimrima) ; 
Kimv. kiweo, thigh, refcrs to animaU, but paja 
to men (paja, UijpL ma — ) ; Kinika, kiga. 



Kiwetk, 8., lame, the loss of the use of the legs 
from rheumatism, a eripple who eannot walk. 

Kiwewe, 8. (cfr. wewedeka), amazement; kiwuve 
kilikua, kina-m-shika, Luke v. 9 (kungiwa ni 
kiwewe) ; kiwewe kika-wa-jia wote. 

Krwi, adj., (1) shy, bad — kibaya, si jema, ki(u 
hiki kiwi (Kinika) ; (2) dazzling, moonblind- 
ncs8 ; ku fania kiwi, to dazzJe; kiwi cha mato, 
dimness; kiwi cha mato, shynessfrom tceakncs* 
of sigJtt; mtu akiona mtana u&iku haoni, ana 
kiwi. Er. states that the muegni kiwi cha mato 
sees more at night than in day-time, and tkat 
kiwi is the transition to the grey cataract. 

KiwialIa or kivialia (pl. viwialia), or Kiwiio or 
kiviao (pL viwiao), *., a nativeofaplaee, one rho 
is born in a certain place or country ; mto huju 
ni kiwiao cha Mvita, this man is a natire of 
Mombas; mimi ni kiwiao or kiwialia cha Un- 
nguni, I am a home-bred or natire of Europt 
(kiwiao cha nti hi, a native of this eomntry). 
Kiwialia or kiwiao cha Pemba amekua oa 
mtu wa Mvita, the man who tcas bom at or 
wlto was a native of Pemba has bccome anaUtt 
of Mombas; mkasi wa Mvita, a dweUer at 
Mvita. He is m'ja na maji, he came by sea, he 
is afree man, not m'ja na goma, who is a siace. 

KiwIda, s. t tfte hole in the beam into trkiek the 
mast ofa vessel isjuced. 

Kiwiewie, s.; mbuba za kiwiewie. 

Kiwifu, adj., ready; vid. Irimfn, mbifn, kiifu; bst 
kiwifu fifu, vid. kusuru ktnuru. 

Kiwiko ? kiwiko cha mk6no, the tcrist; kiwiko cfaa 
gu, the ankle (St.) ; vid. kiweko. 

Kiwiliwili, s. (cha), (1) the trnnk of the knhta* 
body, the body icithout the limhs; (2) tke bod§ 
in general; nguvu za chakula jema ni ogurn n 
kiwiliwili ; kiwiliwili ni kipando cha mnifi ; (3; tkt 
circumferencc of something — um'nc; una-ki- 
pima, kiwiliwilichakwe cha pata-je? 

Kiwimba (or kifimba), s. (cha) ; kiwimba cha nti. 
the size, bigness, girth, circumference ef a trte. 
Ku wimba, v. n., vid. wimba. 

Kiwinou, 8. (dim. o/wingu) (cha, pL viwingu^ 
small cloud; kiwingu cha mvua chagnioni6ta - 
chafania mvua nd6go, nti isipate maji ■ana, tkt 
rain-cloud gives only a little rain, so tkat tk 
land does uot get mueh rain; wingn la mvtia, « 
large black cloud, espeeiaUy ofrain (jrf. mawingv 
ya mvua) ; uwingu is the blue sky; mbingu, tk 
scven heavens of the Muhammedans (keaee* i- 
general). Kiwingo cha us90 t forekead. 

KrwiMowiNio, s. (cha), the shaking ofa littUekM 
held in one's arms (ku-m-tosesha mana) ; (2) tk 
trembling motion of the buttocks after eracws- 
tion (cfr. ku muniamtlnia and gniamgma';. 

Kiwm (or kibiti); janni kiwiti, ^rf<rw ; nioka « 



( i*5) 



KO 



janni kiwiti, a green tnake whiclt climbs the 

cocoa-nut tree in guest o/tembo (cfr. manni). 
Kiyama, *., the resurreetion (vid. kiama). 
Kiyambaza, vid. kiwambaza. 
Kiyambo (?), neighbourhood (St.). 
Kiza, «., darkness; ku tia kiza, to darken, to dim. 
Kizao, *. (pl. vizao), one born in the plaee, a 

native. 
Kizazi, #.; (1) -» kiviazi, birth — cha ku viaa wa- 

toto ; (2) generation. 
Kize, 8. and adj., (1) maneno ya kizc, sayings of 

old people; (2) kizc clia kale, an old tcoman; 

(3) kizekiganga, a hag. 
KiziA, 8. (?) ; ku lala yizia — ku otea (vid.). 
KmBO, *. (pi. Tizibo), a cork, stopper. 
KaofBi, *., a eagt. 
Kizisda, 8., a virgin (St.). 
KiziKorn, »., threshold, the top and bottom pieces 

of a door or window-frame. 
Kjzikgo, *., windings ofa river, bends, it'c. 

Kmo, s. (pl. vi — ), the halfofa cocoa-nut or ofan 
orange, &c. ; kizio cha nazi ; kizio cha nazi cha 
pikn, kisaga, which wants only half a nazi for 
cooking (vid. kiaaga). 

Kiziwi (pt. vi — ), deaf. 

Kizizi ; kizizi cha mtama, a room full of maize, to 
whiclt there is no access through the door t but 
onlyfrom above by means ofa ladder. 

Kizui (or Knum), s. (pl. vi — ), a stop, a hin~ 
drance (cfr. ku zuia), kizuio, kizuizo. 

Kizuka, s. (pl. vi — ); (1) mke aliefiliwa ni muracwe, 
a woman ichose husband died, and therefore is in 
mouming; mtumke huyu ni kizuka, this woman is 
mowming; kiziika alie na eda haonekani na watu, 
yuwaketi niumbani baasi, aaoma kua polcpole, 
ndie kizuka, she remains excluded and <juiet 
during her mourning; (2) an evil spirit, e.g. f the 
Ibrtuguese left a kisuka, i.e. } an image of Mary, 
at Rabbay, when they abandoned Mombas. 

Kjzukgu, adj., European, referring to a Euro- 

' pean; maneno ya Kizungu, European language. 

KlZUVOU CHA MAJI. 

Kizukguzcjcgu, 8., giddiness ; mzungu mambo- 
yakwe ni ya kizunguzungu ; naona kizungu- 
zungu (lritoa ku-m-flulika). 

Kizuzi, adj. (zuri), beautiful, fine; ame-m-pa kitu 
kizuri, he has given him something which isfine, 
pretty. 

Kjzushi, *., an intruder, an occurrence. 

Kjzuu (pt. viztiu), a kind of evil spirit which kills 
men at the order ofhin master (St.). 

Ko, a partide denoting direction to a place and 
residence in it; e.g., yuwakaa Mvita, ndiko aliko 
kuenda or ndiko aliko, he dwells at Mombas, 
tkere it is where he went to, there it is wliere he 
is or dwells; ko kotte, tchithersoerer. 



Kfl, *. (Ia), a projection of the larynx; ko yaumizia 
chakula (Er.). 

K6, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a motlier either in the human 
or lower creation; ko or goma la mke, la gnombe, 
la nibuzi, la kiiku ; a tcontan previously to her 
becoming a ko icas manamuali (a virgm), but 
the animal was mtumba, a cow-calf or heifer 
(e.g., mtumba wa gnombc, a cow not yet having 
given birtli); ko la kuku, a laying hen; ko la 
mbuzi, a breeding goat. 

K6a, s. (la,p/. makoa) ; (1) k6a la fetha (« bamba 
la fetha), a thin band of silver which wealthy 
people put on the scabbard oft/ieir sword, or on 
a musket to liold the barrel on tlte stock; (2) a 
kind of ornamental ring worn on tlie legs by 
females (cfr. furungu ; uk6a, jil. koa). 

K6a, v. a., to bathe one 1 s-self (Kimrima) (kuoga m 
Kimv.) ; ku-m-k6a maji — ku-m-tia maji or kn 
muaya or muayisa maji muilini, to wet, sprinkle 
one or one's body with water. 

K6a, used ofthe sun, offire and salt (Reb.) ? 

KOa, s. (wa, pl. makoa or with za), a snail. The 
jSuahili do not eat it, but the Wanika do. The 
jSuahili make a medicine for the itch from it. 
Nadaka daua ya niiingu niungu (vid. niungu) 
magii yaniea, yawasha kana pele; majira ya 
mviia, nkiputa iite wa koa nkijipaka magiini, 
hayawashi tena, I want the medicine for sore 
legs, they burn me like tlie itch at the rainy 
season; ifl could get tfte ute of tlie snail, and 
anoint my legs icith it, they irotdd burn me no 
more. 

Kobe, *. (la, pl. ma — ), a sinaU land-tortoisc. lt 
is eaten neither by the Suahili nor the W'anika. 
Only the makobe ngiilu is eaten t aiul its flesh 
is agreeaUe. lt is of a large size. The sea- 
tortoises are: (1) kassa, (2) gnamba, (3) diifi. 

Kobo, s. ; kobokobo, *. (R.) ? 

Kobu, adj., conver; ku fania koba (koba), to be 
convex; cfr. ku fukuka, to be concave, said of a 
plank which has been sawn unequally. 

K6buk,«. - kobo??(R.). 

Kociie, *. ( pl. ma- ), thefruit ofa kind ofjtalm; 
mkoche, the tree. 

K6do, s. (la, pl. ma — ), that part of the masters 
plantation which belongs to a slave. Shamba pia 
ni jiimbe la bana, laken mtuma yuna kipande 
cha shamba la nafsiyakwe, apate chakula, asiibe 
kitu cha banawakwe. WeU-disposed masters 
allow their slares to work for themselves on 
Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday. Kua siku 
hizi tatu mtiima yuwalima kodo. On tlte four 
remaining days he worksfor his master (siku za 
muunguana). The kodo or kipunde cha mtuma 
is all around the master } s plantation, which lies 
in the midst. When the master thvs allows his 



KO 



< 166) 



KO 



slave tkrec days of labour for himself he gices 
him neither food nor cloth, but the slave is to 
maintain himself If he takes from hi$ masters 
property Ite is beaten or imprisoned. Besides, 
the slave is allowed to workfor himself on the 
kodo before sunrise and a little before sunset. 
Those masters (like the Banians and some 
others of tiberal mind) voho do not aUow the 
slave a kodo, gice him a daily posho or 
allowance of rice or Indian corn, and Hotlies 
from time to time, but then they reauire the 
whole strength and time of their slaves for them- 
selves. Other masters, wlio are less weUdisposed, 
grant them only two days or oidy one day of 
labour for t/teir own maintcnance. Hence the 
slaves will steal and pilfer wliererer they can. 
(2) Kodo (koto) (ku-ni-piga mtu kodo), a stroke 
with the knuckles / (11.) ; ku lima kua kodo (cfr. 
koto). 
Kodoa, v. a.; ku — mato, to open (one's eyes) wide, 
to stare at, to have or keep the eyes open like a 
deadperson (ku gnariza). 
KodolKa, r. f to stare at one, to ke*p afired look 

upon one (especiaUy as insolent persons do) ; 

kuani ku-ui-kodolea niato, wherefore do you 

fix your eyes upon me t 

KodOe, *., a kind of game in wliich Uttle stones 
arc thrown upwards and caught with the hand. 
If tlie playtr docs not catch the faUing stones, 
his ptayfttiwp yuwa-m-tia kibc, i.e., takes up tlie 
play \n his stead (cfr. madessi). 

KoELfio, s. (ya ku kolca), forcrps (rid. kolco); 
koclco kidude cba ku cpulia or shikia chuma, a 
pair oftongs to hold ho'. iron with. 

K6fI (or koffi), s. (la, pl. ma — ), the fiat of tlie 
Iiand; ku-ni-piga kofi la sbikio, to gice one a box 
on the ear trith the palm oftlie hand ; ku-m-piga 
kofi la wivu, to strike tlie side with the opcn 
hand (vid. ova, s.) ; ku piga inakoffi, to clap thc 
hands, e.g., in natice. dances, keeping time with 
tlic drum (ngoina); kofi, «., a stroke with the 
opcn hand. 

Kofia, s. (ya, pl. ma — ), cap, such as the Oricntals 
wear: (1) kofia ya balifia (bcautiful and erpen- 
sive) (probably brought from Aleppo in tiyria) ; 
(2) kofia nickundu turuki (the Egyptian or 
Turkish red cap) ; (3) kofia ncauppe ya shamu 
(the whitc capfrom JSyria). 

Kofila, 8. (r-id. kafila), a caravan. 

K6pu (or k6vu), s. (ya, pl. za) (cfr. gofu), (1) the 
scar of a wound or burn ; kofu ya ki6nda cba 
motto, a scar of a brand (cfr. mkofu) ; kcfu la 
mtama ; mtama umengia kofu, mustiness, to be- 
come mouldy; (2) koTu (pl. ma — ), ruin, ruins, 
e.g., la, pl. ya niumba (makofu ya kionda). 



Kofua, v. a. («ka-m-kondeaha kabiaa), to tuut 
ciate, enervate, wear out, waste his strengtk. 

Kofuka, v. «., to become veru meagre (R. gofuka' : . 
topine away. 

Kofubha, v. c; maradi ina-m-kofaah*, the sickuw 
has rcduced him very much. 

K6fCli, s. (ya, pl. za), a padlock (opp. ufunguo w» 
kasha, cZc.) ; vid. kufuli, s. 

Kooa (or kuooa), s. (la, pl. ma — ), the dirt tchd 
accumulates on a vessel not i n use; ngofi kn faaia 
k6ga. 

Kooo, 8. (Ia, pl. ma — ), the baek pari of the «fofi, 
occiput (» niuma ya kitoa) (vid* kikosai aai 
kishogo), the hind part of the head; kogo a 
mato; mtamuegni mato makubatana (tnmbakoa 
neno) ; k6go za mato, large eyes protruding. 

Kooodo (rectiua kokoto), s. (pl m ma — ), a smsR 
stone ¥ (R.). 

Koiio, s., a large bird of prey; cfr. tai, firkomba, 
pungu, kipanga. 

Koh6a, v. n., to cough. 
Kohoza, v. a. 

Ji-kohoza, r. r., to cough on purpose to attrsd 
the observation of him with whom ome 
to speak. 

Kouozi, 8. (ya, pl. ma — ), expectorations t 
(vid. kikohosi). The native doctors 
mandano (rid.) ground in a kibia, and 
with uji ofmtnm&fiour, and drunk as a remwty 
against trpectoration. 

Koikoi, 8. (pl. ma — ), a sort ofevil spirit (St.); f# 
bc distinguished from hoihoi, cry ofjoy. 

Koja, *. (pl. makoja) (R.) ? 

Kojoa, v. n., to make water, micturate ■» ku toa 
mikojo or ku tabaiilu or tabauali. 

Koj6zi, s. (la, pl. ma — ), urine; ndizi bizi ni 
kojozi, these bananas cause lauch wrint. Thert 
is a kind of small banana which has a grtnt 
effect U}X)ii urination, 

Koka = ku oka, v. a. (cfr.). 

Koka, v. a. (Kigunia), to set onfire — ka tiamotia, 
ku anza ku fufia, or toma motto tange (Kimrits' 
(cfr. tangc). 

Koka, v. a., to roast on the fire = ku 6ka cr uja ■ 
ku weka mottoni halisi, biku kangfeknasamH,^ 
put into thefire rcaUy, not tofry with gbee. 
Kok£a, v. a. (Kigunia) ; ka kokea m6jo - kv tii 
motto, to set onfire, to burn, 

K6ke, s. ; k6ke ya motto, the largt fire mais 4 
wood on clearing the ground for a new putsts- 
tion; ku faniakoke yamojo (Kigunia); kakokc* 
motto tange or ku tia or vuta (kienga cba kob) 
motto tangeni, to bum the wood ofa newflsmts- 
tion (tange) ; sbamba la tange (new plamtstiesi 
is opposed to fiie or shamba la kale (<m sU 



KO 



( 167) 



KO 



plantation). When tJte natires commence a new 

pUtntation, tJtey first cut down tJte trees and 

shrubs, and only large trees are left standing, 

after the barh has been jweled off. At tJie dry 

season tliey assemble on an appointed day rery 

early in the morning, each man carrying a red 

cock and a loafofbread trith him. At first the 

mualimu (Muhammedan teacher) reads prayers 

and some portions of the Coran, after wJiicJi he 

gives a sign for slaugJttering the coctcs. The 

heads of these and a piece of brtad Jtamng been 

thrown into the fire, the burning of the shrubs 

<\nd trees begins. Heaps ofdry grass have been 

previously accumulaied in differcntplaces, so thot, 

when the wind rises, thefire burns furiously and 

presents an awful spectaele, for you may then see 

a tract ofcountry for many miles exposed to the 

rage ofthefiery element. When thefire Jtas done 

iU work all over the ttingc, t/te natires take some 

eatinct firebrands, and fasten them to tlteir 

bodies, which they bedaub witJt, coaldust and 

ashes. Then they return singing and dancing 

to their homes, where the women meet them 

with jars of honey-water, to refresh them after 

the heat to whicJi they were erposed. The 

blaekened firebrands haring beai suspended to 

ihe door qf the house, tlie wJiole ceremony ter- 

minates, and soon aflerwards the ploughing of 

the new plantation begins, after the native 

fashion, with the littie hoe, not with tJte European 

plough, which is yet unknown to these East 

Jfrieans. However, in the colony of Frere 

Toum (near the island of Mombas), the Euro- 

pean phugh was introduced in 1878, to tJte 

amazement ofthe natives. 

K6ko, s. (ya, /rf. za and makoko), stones offruits ; 
e.g., koko ya koraa, ya embe, d'c, but kissa (vUl.) 
is the Jcernel wJtirh is in the stone. 

Koko, *., bushes, thickets, brusJtwood; Jtcnce mboa 
koko, a roving dog which stays in thc busJtes 
and eats aU that it canfind. 

Kok6a, v. a. (vid. pukuasa) ; ku kokoa = ku soa 
taks; ku kokolowa; mtanga unakokolcwa na 

maji. 
Kokolka, v. obj. and instrum.; kidiide cha ku 

kokolea, tongs (vid. koclco). Tltey use koeleo and 

koleo. 
Kokomka, v. a. ; ku kokomea jembe, to iredge a 

hoe, to put a wedge into it. 
Kokom6ka, v. n., to vomit or retch violently, to 

bekhout. 

Ku ji-kokomobha (or JiT.vpisHA), r. refl., to 

eause one's-self to vomit, e.g., by tJte applica- 

Hon ofafeather irritating the throat. 

Kokokkka, v.n.,to cacUe, to be distinguisJted from 

the peculiar sound which a hen makes when 

about to lay her egg; after tlte eackle tJte hen 

yawaA'eVea (cries in travaU, karibu na ku via). 



Kok6kota, v. a,, to drag on the ground (« ko- 
kota). 

Kok6ta, v. «., to draw, drag, trail, e.g. t miba ku 
vuta sana. Ku enda kua ku ji-kokota, (1) to 
marcJi airay or offUJce one wJio has been given a 
refusal; (2) to protraet, to lcngtJien a speecJt =» 
ku endclcza ; (3) to stammer, to stutter, ku kokota 
mancno (to speak sloioly) or ku gogota mancno 
(to prolong icords) ; (4) ku kokrtta k6o, to rattle 
tJte throat; ku kokota roho, to breatJte Jtard. 
Kokoteza, v. c, to do anytJtiny slowly but care- 
fidly. 

Kokoteka, r. w., to tug f 

Kokoto, s. (la. pl. ma — ), cockle-stones or small 
pieces of stone put (by beating) into tJie clay or 
lime of a wall to make it solid. 

Kokua (pl. ma — ), nuts, stones offruits (8t.). 

K6la, r. n. (Kin.) (vid. kora, Kisuah.), to satiatc. 

K6le (or bhawi) (la, pl. ma — ) ; k61e la nazi, tJte 
cluster ofcocoa-nuts (cfr. tana, la). 

Kol£a, r. a., (1) to appreJiend somebody for dcbt, 
to take forcibly tJie property of a man (on the 
road, d'c.) on account of tJte debt of another 
countryman or of a relation who owes the taker 
some money, but Jtas not yet paid him. After 
the real debtor Jtas paid, tJte property must be 
restored to its original owner,from whom it iras 
forcilily taken; e.g., Gabiri ame-m-kolca Mnika 
perabczakwe zotto ndiani, Oabiri (a former 
poicerful cJiief at Mombas) has taken on tJte 
road from an MniJca all his ivory (wJi\clt the 
Mnika wished to sell at Mombas). (2) Ku kolea, 
to pnt the proper proportions o/'ghee, niizi, <Z'c., 
into tJte food so as to render it icett flavoured ; 
ku koK'a samli, nazi, &c, katika chakiila, lipato 
tamu (ku tia ndani) ; kolcwa, v.p. KertiUi ya 
koleu, writing-paper (in old language). 

K6lek6le, *., a kind ofJtay-fish which tJte natives 
catrh at sea; ku la puju na kangoja ni ut6fu wa 
kolekolc. 

Koleo, *. (la, pH. ma — ), tongs ; vid. koelco. 

K0LE8I, «., appreJtending somebody for debt (cfr. 
kolca) ; kolcsi tupu zinangia nti, hapana mambo 
ela ku kolca watu. 

Kolfa, 8., fore-skin ; cfr. <^J&J » cortice nudavit, 

resccuit praeputium, circumcidit ; £££ , prac- 

putiom. 
KoLOtiA, v. a., to stir. 
Kolokolo (korokobo ?), a turJcey. 
K6ma, *. (la, pl. ma — ), tltefruit of the mkoma 

tree. 

Koma, r. a., to cease, to end, to leave off (in the 
languages of Jagga, Usambara, and Pare 
koma means to die, to kill); utakoma-pi, how 
far tciltthou gof wJtere wiU you endf koma, 



KO 



( 168) 



KO 



die i'jt tJte imperative; akomn-po, wherertr he 

stojis; koma, UBije, conte nofarther. 

Komama (or komagma), r. a., to get, to com- 
preJtend ; si-m-komanii or komagni, Icannot 
comprehcnd him (tJte actire form of koma) 
(R.). 

Kom£a, r. obj., to lock in, to sJtut up. 

KoMELtfA. 

Komesiia, v. c, to cav*e one to cease to do any- 

thing *> to forbid, prevent one; ku komouha 

maneno or makelele, to stop talking or mak- 

ing a noise; nimc-m-komeBha mtu huyu kuja 

kuangu, si-m-kiibali tcna, / have forbidden 

tJtis man to come to me again ; Mungu a-ku- 

komeahe or a-ku-epiishe na maovu, may (lod 

prevent youfrom evil. 

Koma, s. (wa, jil. zn), a man wJto dicd and irho is 

believed to exist in tJtc grave , tchencc hc sontc- 

times appears to a relative in a dream, in wJiich 

the koma gives Jum orders icith regard to sacri- 

jices and offcrings in order to avoid judilic 

calamities. The Suahili are almost as sujicr- 

stitious as the jntgans in this point. They 

believe that the dead care for tJte lieing, w/iere- 

fore the latter must honour the graves of the 

dead every year. 

Komaa (pr koma), r. n., tobe fuJl groicn; fig., to 

make boys and girht rij>e by reproacJiful names 

referring to tJie sexes. 

Komafi, s., tJie fruit of 'tJte mkomiifl trec, a Jsind of 
crccper (cfr. mkiia, *.). 

Koma manoa, s. (ln, j>l. ma — ), pomegranatc : 

Arab. ^jlo. > malum punicum. 

Komaza. r. a., to mock, to makc game o/(St.\ 

Komasiii. m. = ngumu? (Arab. ,jS»Ui) dl.) [of 

clotJf. 

I 
Komba. r. a., to hollow out, to cJtisel oat, to scrajie 

out, c.g., o trttnk, tcith an instrument of irou, to 1 

make a drum or mortar (ukombe wa chuma wn '. 

ku kombea ngoma or winu) ; ku komba pishi, to I 

hollow a pishi (a certain measure, rid.) ; to 

clean, e.g., ku komba dafu, to clcan a cocoa-nut; 

ku-ro-komba mtu, to draw airay all the moncy or 

property of a pcrson by bcgging, and by sJiow- 

ing apparent attachment to him, btit irJien Jtc 

ha* spent all Jtis jtrojyerty and has bccoutc 

de*titute, to leare him to Jtis fate. TJtere are 

many Suahili tcfio trere once wcalthy iteojAe. 

Intt tcJto lost all tJteir ricJtes by aspiring after 

greatitcss, injiuence, and a large retinvc. "Watu 

wame-m-komba lnaliynkwe pia iote, thc jkojiIc 

got all his moncy =- wame m fukarisha (rid.) ; 

ilafu la ku komba, a cocoa-nut in ichicJi tJte 

knotty part is but just forming, whicJt is tJten 

rcekoned a delicacy (St.). 

Kombeka, r. ; maliyakwo pia imekombcka or 



imepangusika, aU his property is exhausted, 
to be cleaned out, to hare had att one's money 
gotfrom onc. 

Komba, s., a galago, s. (St.). 

Komba, s. (w&, za); niama nrukai kana ldndi, a 

kind of sauirrel icJtich is rery fond of the 

bananas and o/tcmbo. Erh. takes this animal 

for a smati monkey which is reryfond of palm- 

icine (»imia antellus). 

Komba miko (jd. ma— ), a ereeping insect, codt- 
roach, a kind of beetle (in Kiniassa pemfu za 
mma). 

Komba movo, s. (la, pl. makomba mojo ya), the 
main rafters or mainjtoks on ichich tke thatched 
roof(pii) ofa natire cottage rests. 

Kombati, *., a frametrork (of sticks t ) for a vaff 
ofdayi or only thinjwlesi (R.). 

Kombe, s. (ya, jtJ. za) ; (1) kombe ut poani, cockie 
or mussci nlieUs ofwhich thenatice* maie agosd 
kind of lime ; kombc la mukono, tke shoulder- 
blade (St.) ; (2) (ja, pl. ma— ) a large oraldish. 
jiJate (kombo la udongo, pl. ma — ), it is deep 
and Jong; kikombc, sinall piate, cofee-cwp; 
kikombo cha bilauli, a drinking-glae* ; kombe la 
ku Ha wali (kombe hili), a tlish fur rice ; (4) 
kombo (ya, jrf. zu), a sJu-U (kombo ut kunwa tim, 
a icineglass, R.) ; (5) kombe, a raker, seraper 
like a Httle Jtoe- (R.) ; kombe ya chuma ym knkmnt 
ngoma, an instrument for hcttowing out tntt 
for canoes, mortars, dc; (6)in Kinika, ukonkt 
(jd. kombe), naiJ,daw (KisuaJttli, uknja,/£ knji) 
nanga ya parua ina makombe manne, laken ptnra 
ina makombc mawili, rid. canga. 

Kombe\>, s. f a sling (St.). 

Kombkk^ka, r. v.. Jte Jtas been strijrt of aU kit 
jnroperty, Jte Jtas become a jpoor utan (vid. 
komba). 

Kombekkhiia. r. c ; ku — mtnzi kiia waK, to kt tk 
sauce be absorlied in the wali, so that thtre is *o 
more mtuzi in tlte plate. 

Kombo, s. (ya, pl. ma— ), defect, crookedness,otr- 
rity, an vncommon jyrojection of the bottom ; mti 
hu una kombo, ///1* trce has a crookedness, ta- 
kunioka, // is uot straight ; mti hu u kombo, thk 
trce is crooked ; kitu hiki kik6mbo, thisthdnsit 
curred or crooked (cfr. go&h or gosbi) ; haptaa 
kombo => hapana nhaka, thcrc is no dispuU; w 
kombo nayo, ///., / am crooked witk it, osnmt 
nacJi it. Atu'e kombo na tua is one of the prt- 
tendcd fjualitie* of MuJtammed (He wJto is m'/A- 
out crookedness aiuJ blemish). 

Kombo, s. (la, pl. ma — ), tJte remainder, residue o( 
food after one has eaten one % sfiU, scrajM; kombo 
la wali or makombo ya wali, the remainder of 
boilcd rice left after eating. 

Komboa. r. a. (- ku tia kombo), to makecrotM: 



KO 



(169) 



e.g., mimi nimelekeza maneno, nawe umekujaku- 
ya-komb6a (— ku ya haribu), I Itave settled this 
affair, but you eame and made it crooked (=-you 
thwarted or spoiled it again). 

Komb6a, v. a., to redeem, to obtain a person or 
thing back afier havingpaid a ransom (ku letta 
ukombozi) ; mkomb6zi, the redeemer; ukombozi 
or kombozi and makombozi, redetnption; ku 
komboa mtu alieuzoa, to redeem, to bwj back a 
vian who wa$ sold. 

Komboza, r. c, to redeem. 

Kombolea, v. obj.; ame-m-kombolea nduguyc. 

Komboleza, r. c, to cau$e to redeem. 

KoMBOL^WA, V.p. 

Komboka, r. n., to become crooked, curvcd (-» 
petemana); e.g., usso or mukono umekomb6ka 
kua maradi, the face or hand got crooked by a 
di$ease ; kitanda kina kombokn, the betlstead 
irent asunder; mti umekomb6ka, the trce became 
crooked; maneno haya yamekomboka sana, 
Hebabu-hayana shahidi, na kuamba shtihidi yupo, 
yangclekea harraka. 

Kombo kombo, great crookedness, crooked; mti hu 
u kombo kombo, this tree is very crooked, is full 
of curves ; yuwaangalia kombo kombo = yuua 
tongo, he $t[uint8. 

Kombora, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a bomb, sltdl. The 
Mombassians felt tiiepower ofthis missile when 
the Sultan Said of Zanzibar bombarded the town 
in 1836 (?). 

Komboh, $., a ransom (vid. komboa). 

K6mi>a (kumda), *. (la, pt. ma — ), a coffee-pot (dila 

ya kahawa) (or komda ya kn pigia cahawa, coffec- 

miUf). 
Kome, $. (lapoani) (jrf.ma — ), (1) a kind of fine 

mu$$el (pearl oy$ter f), the meat of which is 

eaten, and it$ sheU sohl to lndian trmlers (Reb. 

fcrites it gome) ; (2) kome (ya, pl. za), the small 

fiag ofa caravan-leader. 
Kom£a, r. a., to bar, lock up with a natice Jock 

trhich, together with the key, isof icood(k\i komca 

kua komeo) (cfr. kia, «. ; ku tia kia). Kia or via 

(oid) ja muili, member$ ofthe body. 
Komelea, r. ; nfnnguo wa ku komelca komco, the 

keyfor locking the door. 
KomISo, $. (Ia, pi. ma — ), rail, bolt of a door irith a 

wooden lock, fastened to the outside of tlie door. 

Komesha, v. c. (oid. koma), (1) to stop, to makc to 
eease; e.g., Muhammadi ndie aliekomesha ntume, 
Muhammed has closed the series of propliets; 
(2) to send one away rougldy, tliough he was 
ordered to eome (Er.). 

Konio, $. (ko and mio) (ya), (glottis ?) the canel 
hone andthat part ofthe throat through which 
the waterpasses in drinking (said of men and 



animals). Ni mio miwili, (1) umio ni ndia ya 
chakiila, the asophagns ; (2) komio ni ndia ya 
maji ; umio is sing., mio pl. 

K6mo, s. ; komo la usso (or ukomo wa usso), fore- 
head, front; fulani una komo — usso baya ulio- 
tokcza, or komo avd kikomo katikausso baya, a 
forehead whicii projects very much. 

K6m6e, v. (ya, iri. za), tlw patch applied to the bot- 
tom of a mortar. 

K6moe, *. (la, pl. ma — ), fruit of tlie rok6moe t ree f 
the seeds of a targe climbing plant abundantly 
fnmished with curred thorns; the native$play 
the game o/bao irith this fruit (cfr. bao) (St.) ; 
ku tcza bno na komoc or korosho, dc. 

Komu, s. ; ni komu dafu hili (II.) (?). 

Konda, v. n., tobecome thin (opp. ku wanda, to get 
fat) ; muili umekiia mucmbamba, the body has 
got thin. 

Kondavi, $., (1) large beads worn by women; (2) 
(ya, pl. za) kernel offntits. 

Konde, *., a fist ; ku piga moyo konde, to take 
heart, to resolre firndy. 

K6xde,*. (y&,pl. za), (l) a cieared spot of 'land for 
planting rice, drc. (Sp.) ; (2) stones or kerneU of 
fruit$; ukondc, $ing.; ndani ya ukonde i$ the 
kissa (vid.). 

K6xdek6xdk, s., the bce-eater (Mcrops Philip- 
pensis) (K.). 

Konde^iia (or ki: ji-koxdehiia), r. c. (vid. konda, 
v. 71.), to cause to get thin ; c.g., kuakuji6nsa 
nafsiyakwc or rohoyakwc, to be pining with 
grief, for loss of friends, d'C. If one takes 
jioverty, sirkness, loss offriends, and otlier mi$- 
fortunes too rnuch to heart, nkishiriki haya, he 
will becoine thin ; roho heina takato (neauppe), 
ina sigitiko basn, ina kibiihudi or simasi baasi 
(vid. kibiihudi). Usi-rri-kondeshe, usi-ni-nonse, 
says a husband to his icife who has maneno ma- 
baya (K.). 

K6ndo, s. (ya, j>/. za), (piarreJ, strife, war, enmity 
(mkondo, the encmy). 

KondOo, s. (wa,j>/. za), a sheep; yuwafa kikondoo, 
Jie dies like a sheep, silentty. 

K6xdo ya muma (ya mfiazi), tlte afier-birth (mji). 
Prov.: ku via mana si kazi, laken koudo yaniiima 
ndio mambo yauviazi, i.c, togive birthis no great 
business, but the difficulty consists in the after- 
birth, whtther that wiU yo offsaftly. Kondo ya 
niuma imesalia, lakcn mji na mana umet6ka. 

K6xoA,r. »./ kiia mze, toget old andfeeble; lnze 
huyu amekonga, hawezi ku fania kazi na ku pata 
chakula (vid. mkonguc). 

Kokgeaua, r. c. ; mtu huyu ni makamu-ni uelle 



KO 



( 170) 



KO 



ulio-m-kongcsha (R.), to mal'C old (wabaniani 
wa hapa wakiia hatta wakakonga bapa). 

Konge, 8. (Ia, pl. raa — ), tJie barh of a fibrous 
plant (?), wkich is beaten trith clvbs vntil it gets 
soft t when it i> buried in the mud of the sea 
until it begins to rot ; then (watu waponoa) the 
people strip it off and maJce of it ropes calied 
niafu, which being twisted sereral timut produce 
upote {pl. pote) strings. Niafu ya pote za kongc 
(niiigue uiembamba yaliosokotca mua ngovi ya 
konge). 

Konoo, *./ (1) muezi kongo, thefirst quarter of 'tlie 
moon — muandamo; (2) maratbi (Er.). 

Kongo, *?. / mnazi kongo, an old high cocoa-nut tree ; 
mnazi kongo, mrefu ua wa kale ; (2) an old forcst 
which grows no longcr. 

K6xgo, s. (pl. ukongo) ; kongo za mbuba, pain of 
tJie joints and ervption produced by the mbiiba, 
smaU~2>ox (Kin. franj, ndiii) ; afania kongo za 
mbuba; uelle wa kongo; mbuba ndizo zi-ku-faniazo 
kongo ; niuroba ya kongo (ya mfiringo kama 
niumba ya Wakamba), a round Jioutc. 

K6ng6, *. (va, pl. za), thc fork-lilc bough or arm 
of the mkoma tree ; kOngo* ni panda ya or za 
mkoma. 

Kono6a, v. a. ; ku — mcno, topull ont teeth, to tahe 
topieces, to draw oiit nails; mtu ame-ni-kongoa 
meno kua fimbo. 

Kongol£wa, r.; nioka amekongolewa meno, to 
bepuded out. 

Kongoja, r. n., io lottcr, towaJh with difiiculty. 

Kongom£a (kongomewa), r. a.; ku — mifi ? (Ii.). 

Kongowe\\ (or Kaxga\v£a), 8., an old namc of 
Mombas; othcr namcs arc Monibasa, Faladi, 
Mvita. 

Kongue, adj., wora out with age. 

K6ng#e, 8. (ya), the lead in singing ; ku toa kongiic, 
to tahe the lead in singing; the raptain ofa boat 
nakhoda or nakhuda yuwabuaga nimbo (sing. 
uimbo), na wana maji wa-mu-itikia. He sings 
first, tJien the sailors rcsjiond to him* 

K6nia, v. a. (= ku kopa or kcnga), to orcr-reach, 
defraud onc by tahing too murh for one's share, 
wJtereas au ajual dir'mion of a artain jtrojurty 
sJiouJd tahe place ; amc-ni-kouia niama [or 
sawadi), he tooh more meatfor hiinseJfthan wa'* 
due to him on a just distribution ; (2) to winh 
with the eyes (Er.), to connire. 

Konieza (or konikhiia), r. a. ; ku konirza kua or 
na mato or na mukono, to mahc a sign icith 
the eyes or Jiand, \nj raising the eyebrows, to 
winh; ku-m-pigia ukope, ku pesa pesa mato or 

• Sce a tpccimcn of morinc song-s on page 182. 



ku funiba mato, to winh at one covertly (ku uiu- 
ita kua iariiga). 

Konieza, s. (la,/)/. roa — ), the passion-flower f 

Koniezo, 8. (la mato, pl. roa — ), a winh. 

Konioa, r. a. ( = goboa), to break off (Indian corn 
in reaping it), topluek off, break offfruits from 
trecs or the staJk of plants in passing through « 
plantation; amekonioa ndizi ; arae-ni-koniolta 
hindilangu (ku ondoa mtini), to break into suittJJ 
piecse, to crumble. 
Konioka, v. n., tofaU off or down of its w* 

accord, to bc off, to JiavefaUen. 
Koxiok£a, r. obj.; mahindi yanakoniokea, th> 

Indian corn snapped off. 
Koniol^.a, r. oly. 

Konkoka (konkok^a) ; keku iuakonkokea niumo 
or bumo; keko ana-i-konkolea mumo, he Itft tht 
borer there. 

Kono, s. (la, pl. ma — ) ; kono la mtango, ]a mtono. 
tJie offshoot or sprig of the bugu (its hautJ 
mukono), a inrojectiwj Jiandlc, like that of n 
saucepan. 

K6no, *. (ya, pl. za) ; kono ya pili, ya tatu, ttct», 
tlirce times (Kipemba) =» deffe; e.g., amepiga 
bunduki defifc mbili, Jiefired the musket twioe. 

Konoa, r. a., clear off; e.g. t ku konoa manindi, to 
breaJz offtJie cobs ofJndian corn ( =» ku pukuaa ma- 
bindi, toclear offcobsoflndiancorn)\ ku konoa 
tembe za mabindi ; ku-m-konolea mahindi. Jteb. 
takes konoa in tJie sense " to pound " (only of 
Indian corn tcJtcn it is Jtard ?). 
Konol£a, r. obj. 
Konol£wa, r. pass. 

Kono kono, 8., a snail. 

Konsi (or konzi), s. (ya, pJ. za),fist, ajUtful; konzi 
mbili za mtclle, two Jiandful ofrice (as mnch «* 
one can taJcc or grasp in the hand and Hinch it, 
ndio konzi) ; ku-piga or teka konzi, to scoop vj> 
a JiandfuJ, to rap with the knuckJes, to rap o*c 
on tJie hnuchlcn; ku-m-piga konzi, to strike with 
tJie fint (Kimrima, ku-ra-piga ngumi) (rid. oyi, 
*.). 

K6n»>, s. (la, j>J. ma— ), (1) a longpole (konzola mti 
mrefu HHlo tongoa nta, lililotiwa mottoni ku pata 
ugumu, ku iia nioka), a long pole which has been 
jiointed and hardened in fire to hill serpeut* 
tcith (rid. pindi) (ukonzo, pA. konzo, za); [t : 
konzo (pl. makon7o), wooden nails applied i# 
pits (marima) (R.). 

K60, rid. ko (za), (1) tJtroat; (2) a breedi^ 

animal, e.g., koo la mbiizi ; koo la kuku, a layituf 

Jicn. 
Ko6ndk (2>1. ma— ), a cultivated land, a pieceof 

plantatioii allottcd to a slavefor his own nse (rid. 

kodo). 
Kopa, s. (la, pl. raa — ) (vid. mnk6pa), a piece of 

dried muhogo, wJtich has been stesped and cooltti. 



( 171 ) 



KO 



Kopa, r. a. (ka kopa « ku vata, M language), (1) 
to take goods on credit, to bc returned at acertaitt 
period, to borrow ; e.g., nimcknpa mali kua Ba- 
niani kua m da wa miozi miwili, / have takcn 
goodsfrom theBanian oncredit for two rnonths. 

1 iniend to huy a jn'ece of cloth icorth 1 4 dollar, 
but I cannot pay tlie money immediately ; thtts 
the Baniani says, " / will give you the doth for 

2 doUars, but I do not want tlie money now, I 
give you ra'da (an appointed *pace of titne) of 
four tnonths." By this mcans he gains J doUar. 

The man who takes on credit must altcays pay 

tnore than the actual valuc is at present, but t/ten 

he has not to pay immediately. Siku-nuntia nguo 

hi, laken nime-i-kopa kua rcali mbili. Tlte mer- 

chant gains on account of the m'da. (2) To cheat, 

deceive, e.g., if the man who took money or gootls 

on credit escapes to another country, which is 

freguently the case (mkopi). 

Kopba, v. ; e.g., nime-ku-kopca mali kuaBaniani, 

/ have taken goodsfor youfrom the Baniav, 

you would not have got tlie goods from him, 

but I got tltemfor you. 

KopfoHA, r. c, to lcnd, to supply a trader with 
goods on credit; Baniani ame-ni-kopcsba m'da 
miezi miwili, the Baniani gave me goods on 
creditfor two montlts ; u-ni-kopcshc reali mbili, 
wiU you lend me 2 dollars ? 

KopfiwA, v.p. 

K6poa, v. n^ to be cheated. 

K6pe, s. (\&,pl.ma — ) (kope la ta), (l)tltewiclcofa 
candte, the snuffoftlte wick which must be cleared 
away with the snuffers; (2) kope za mato, cye- 
lashes (uk6pe, pt.)\ kope za mato, the loicer 
eye lashes; the upper lasltes are called ushi, pl. 
niushi za mato. Kikope (Iteb.writes kigobe), the 
eydid. 

Kopesa, v. n., to wink ? 

K6po, $. (1a, pl. ma — ), (1) a cup, a large metal 
vessel; kopo la maji ; (2) ku piga kopo (la,jp/. ma- 
k6po), to beat on the crossed arms (in dancing), 

Kop6a (or tubua), r. a., to strip off, to flay ; ku 
top6a magofi yamagii ya kuku, to strip the skin off 
thefeet ofa hen (ku-m-kop6& gofi la gu kua ku-m- 
kaniaga), to dragout ofone's hand (chopoa). 

Kop6ka, v. n., to be flayed, to slip out of the 
hand. 

K6pfc, 8. (la, pl. raa— ) ; (1) kopiio Ia mdorao, a 
can, a tankard which has a snout ; kopue la ku 
no6a maji; (2) kopuo la raaji or mlisamu wa 
maji, the gutter of the roof of a Itouse to carry off 
the rain-water. It is to be distitiguished from 
mtilisi (pt. mitilisi) wa maji, irhich is only a kuti 
(cocoarbranch) tied to a tree (ku kinga maji), to 
convey the rain-water into ajarplaced near the 



. trunk ofa tree (ratilisi mkingamaji, maji yangie 
mtungini). 

Koba, r. a. (cfr. J> , laetus cvasit), to sate, flU, 

satiate onc, to seem sweet to, to be lovetl by ; c.g., 
chakula hiki kime-ni-kora, nikasasa, tJiis food Jias 
sated me, I left some ofit; kua tollo ndani ; (2) 
to attach one to onc's-scJf; mtumke yunakoroa 
ni mumc mungine, the woman is attadted to 
anotJter man ; mumo mungine una-m-kora 
ratumkc = amc-m-tia taarau ; (3) ku kora nuinza 
or biiugii manza, to commit a hideous crime, e.g., 
to commit fornication with a king'sdaughter,for 
which crime tJte offender has to atone icith Jiis life 
(vid. manza) ; ku-m-kora mtu neno = ku-m-tia 
kasirani moyonimuakwe. 

KoRADAM (or KOKODAM Or KORDANl), *. (ya, pl. 

za), a shcave of a puUey, tJte little trheel or 
block througJi which tlte ropes of the mast of a 
ship run. 
Koham (or Koroani or Kuruani), *., the Konui, 

thc Bible ofthe MuJtammedans; cfr. Arab. ^ jj " 
Koubam, *. ; gjlfJ , id quod offertur dco, eacriticium. 

. Koiieoa, v. v., to cackle (Er.). 

Koui = tenguri or dcnguri (R.). 

Koiua, 8. (ya, pl. za), a score, a bale, d commercial 
ejrprcftsion, probahly of Indian origin. Korja 
ya nguo ni 20 doti (vid.), i.e., one korja of cloth 
conttuts of 20 doti ; korja ya boriti or miti, a 
korja of poles »=»20 pctes; a korja of beads is 
20 hundred or 2,000 little strings. 

K6r6, adv. =» pia, all togetlier, throughout ; e.g., 

wamc-ni-gniagnagnia maliyangu koro, they Itave 

stript me ofmy property altogether, ofmy irhole 

property ; (2) koro or majonsi ? aeiekua na koro 

= mkundifu? 
Korou^sa, s. (la, pl. ma — ), a male ofa gnorabc ; 

la kondo, la mbuzi, la ferasi gnombo korobesa. 

Korodam, s., nautical term (vid. koradani), a 

blwL', pulley. 

Kobofi, 8., a bird of iU omen, a messcnger ofbnd 
htck (St). 

Kouokika (or korofeka), v. n., to bc poor, Jtc i* 
destitute ; hana kitu tena. 

Kobofisiia, v. a. f to cause one to arrive at etnpti- 
nes8; = ku-m-rusha mali pia =* ku-m-t<'»a («■ 
ku-m-tusha) mali koro kua uerefu, to make poor, 
to distrain, to strip one of his property t to ruin 
a man; vid. komba. 

Kor6(;a, r. a. (=• ku — maji, ku fania maji tope 
topc, or ku piga mfumbi), to make the water 
muddy (by stirring it with the feet), to stir vp ; 
cfr. furunga. 

K6boma, t\ «., (1) to groan, to growl, to saarl, to 
rattle in tlte tJiroat, to cry like an animal beiny 



KO 



( 172 ) 



slauglttered ; gnombe akoroma akitindoa, yuwa- 
lia kua ku vuiua ; (2) to snore (Er.) ? cfr. kungu- 
ramo, to rage. 

Kokoma, s. (la, pJ. ma — ), tlte fourth aitd Jast 
stage of growth of a nazi ; vid. kidaka. It has 
ceased tobe a dafu, and is not yet a nazi. 

Koromana? (R.). 

Korokgo, #., (1) a crane; (2) korongo (j>/. ma — ), 

a hole dibhUdfor seed (St.). 

Koboka ; ana korora tembo (R.^ ? 

K6r6ko, *. (la, pl. ma — ) (Kin. kololo), (1) tlie 
rattling in the throat of a dying man ; (2) — 
niakohozi ku vuta, to rattle in the throat; it 
must be distinguislted from ku vuta misono, to 
snore a little, and ku vuta miono, to snore aloud 
80 aa tobe heard afar ; (3) a crested guinea-fowJ. 

Korosho, s. (ya, pl. za) (la, pJ. ma — ), cash-ew-nut, 
tlte fruit of the mkanju tree. Jts taste t* like 
that of a chestnut. (1) Diinge, (2) kanju, (3) 
k6rosho, are tlte names of the various stages of 
tJte growth of 'tltis fruit. 

K6r6ta, r. (vid. forota), to snorc. 

Koroweza, v. n., to dun ; ku-mu-isa mno ; mtambo 
unakoroweza, tlte trap has caugltt; niama ana- 
korowezoa ; watu wakifungoa wanakorowezoa. 

Korti, *. (ya, pl. za) ; nguo ya korti, korti ya 

dondo, a kinil ofchintz or caJico t 

Koru, 8., tJte waterbuck (St.). 

Komia, v. m., v'ul. kossa, v. n. 

Kosni, *. (la) (ya, pJ. za), a Icatltcr-shoe ; kiatu 
clia koshi (pl. viatu via koshi), a shoe wltoJIi/ of 
Jeatfter (Jike that wJticJt tJte Europcans wcar, not 
of wood) ; lotta koshilangu, hring my sltoe 
(being of a Jarger size tJtan koshiyangu, la and 
ya mvst be icell attettded to) ; koshi za Kizungu, 
European sftoes t 

KoHi, 8., a watchman, a Jook-out-mait — mlinzi; 
tumeweka kosi = mtu akiieai mti ku angalia 
sidui. 

Koki. *. (wa. pJ. makosi), a largc vuiturc, haick; 
kosi aguyai majimbi. 

Kosi riNOU (wa, pJ. makosi pingu) U tJte vidture 
wJticIt carries offsJteep, chiJdrcn, cfr. It is ccry 
largc. It resembJes (in Itcigltt) the furiikombe 
or fukombe, a Jarge Icind of stork, tlte adui wa 
samaki. 

Kosh (or kossi), 8. (la, pl. ma — ), the vertebra: of 
tlie neck; ku vuuda kossi or kikossi, to break the 
nccJc ; anakwisha funda kossi, he Jtas reaJIy 
Jrroken his neck, he must die; yampasha ku-ji- 
inika, hawczi ku inuka, he must bend himself, he 
ruanot stand erect ; kossi la shcngo, thickhind- 



part oftlte neck, wltcn small kikossi ; ku shusba 
kossi = ku wanda, ku fania niuma kuba. 

Kossa (or kosiia), 1?. n., to err t fail, miss t notreach 
mistake, commit a fault, to offend any one, to 
tcrong, do wrong ; amekossa ndia, Ite missed the 
voay ; amepiga bunduki, laken amekoasa niama, 
he fired his gun, but m'isscd tlte animal; ameta- 
futa, Iakcn amekoasa katika nti z6te, he searched 
in aU lands, but failcd to find ; ana-ni-kossa sana 
leo kua vi!o vibaya alivio-ni-fania, he has offendtd 
me very much to-day by tho$e bad things whieh 
Ite has committed against ine . 
K08SA kossa, r. intens. 

Kosbana (or koshaxa), c. rec, to miss eaek 
other, to faU out, to Iw at variance with 
anotlter. 
Kosseka (or kosh£ka), r. p., the fault is 
mitted ; neno limckossoka, nifanie-je ? thefault 
is done, what shaJI I doY toprove a faUure. 
Kosskkana, v. u., to be absent, tobe missing, not 
to be there ; amefiolea watu kua makosaekano 
ya imaniyao or imani kaimo moyonimuio, he 
reprovcd thc men on account of tke absence 
of their faith, because there tcas no faith in 
their Jtcart* «■ he rejiroced them for their 
faitldessnets or unbelief Allahu daima, 
Mungu wa milcle, hakossckani wala hafi. 
Kose^ha (or kobiiIvZa), r. c, to cause one to faU 
or to do anything wrong, to lead astray, to 
cause one to m't88 or not to obtain what ht 
wanted. 
Kossa (or kosiia), s. (la, pl. ma — ), error, faUing, 
fault ; makosha ni juvako, the fault is upon 
thce ; lile kossa alilo kossa ni lipi? 
Kosudia, t7. a., rid. kusudia, to inteml, topurpote. 
Kota, 8. (la, pJ. nia — \ crookcdness, a crook; goti 
linafania kota or kombo, the knse is crooked; 
yuua kota la matege, hc has Jarge crooked legi 
(tvge, pJ. matcge, cid.) ; mtu alie-ji-tia kota - 
kijongo cha muili. 
Kota, 8. (pl. ma — ), (1) the stalks of a kind of 
miJlet which are chewed like sngar-cane (St.); (2) 
kungia kota (crooked). alic-ji-tia kota or ki- 
jongo, ku tia mti kota?? 
Kota, v. a. (== ku sunga nuellc)? kotea? (gota?) 

Reb. 
Kota, 8., a crook (St.;. 

Kotama, 8. (ya) (kissu cha kotama), a long km'fe 
with a curved point or without any point, used 
in getting paJm-winc (shembca in Kigunia). 
Kikotama is a knife uscd on theislandof Bemba. 
On one side tltere i# a mbuzi wa ku konia nozi, 
and on tlte other an edgc. With the mbuzi the 
natives grind thc nazi secretly, when they are 
forbidden to do it opcnJy. Btv. xir. 14, kisiu 
cha kotama jegni makali. 



KO 



KotcHe, «. (pt. iiii--), IheJ'ntU oj' ,i hiiul ofpalm; 
rid. koche. 

Koti kote (or kottk kottk), nrff,, oii ectrij lide, 
from all dirtttioiu ; huko nn huto, nolhing bitt, 
mtre; ku fumi thnmbi or mnov kote kote, ■ 
do uothing but eoil; kinu kiniv. ■ , koto kote, 
l/i« knife chIi on bolh i'idet. 

K.oto (kio), .. (I») {»«1. kigingin) O'.to I ku fulin 
pSp»), a farjfai Aoo-t iMerf for catching tlntrln, 
d-e. T*e klito u atlacked lo an iron ehain, 
tehich hai at the eiul an iroit ri'»»/ (kikiiku cha 
cbuma kana pute), (o icAu-A i'» r/i / il„ i.iy.j, fnh- 
'tng Unc (mnhipi mni-nc). 

K6 vfj, (. ( }J. mnku vo), irar. 

K6wr (ioe, koi), «., « euintf rerf c-ul, e «(«n &u (fte 
JFnnii-a. 2*A« /oryer » «uW ka (Cialuinug 

Kd, partide alieayt prrtLretl to thc infinititie, liie 
tht Engiith " to," bul kn it frapienllg omitted, 
eipcciaily afttr kn daka; ku ponda, r» Zoise,* 
rfr. Br. iSteere'» remarit* ou "ku," jjaoe 307. 

Ht,inJUipartide; anio-kupcnda, fie hatloetd tlite. 
Ku it alio uiedfor eonjugating imperional rerln; 
e.g., kulikuft kuaja, etr.; huko niuiiin ta-ku-patn- 
je? rtere behiiul, hoie gel T theref ka pro 

bako. 

Kfl(w kOo or kcba), «y, jfdMr, 'nrae,- nti ku 
or kubn, * jfreai eotiatry; kitit kiku, a ijrea( 
mntter; mtu mkii, atjrtut utan; i/rcat 
wakub*. 

Ku aupe (or ku eupk) ; mi>yoniuiiiangu wula ei 
knaupo(R.)(?). 

"Kua, r. n. (prokuu, (Wcc kiia), fl) (o fce, loezitt; 
(2) ku kua, (O grow (tai'd of mc n and antmalt), 
to become large; nadnka kiia mcinn, / mith ta be 
arto becamtgood; awe.mai/neof {„ptatice);pati. 
kn awu; mvi'ia inakuu yaj'a, tht ruia u comtng; 
kiia Da, lo haac, lo jioiitii ; aim-kun na felha, 
hc had moHey ; (3) ncno liili lina-m-kulia 
kaha or «ito ku-li-fnnia, ihii Ihing icat too 
great for himtodoit (lina-m+h tni.i , kitu ki- 
wicho chote, trhatercr il may be ; (4) kulia, tn 
grow vp; muaua huyu anakulin liupa Uvita- 
KCUA, e. obj. (efr. nikua, Jlnun-u mkua welu). 
Kuaa, r. e., (1) (o eaiiM to er'ut; '2) (o magnify. 
KuLiiTA, v. (ka fanin kuzi). 

■KOa, Jjrqi., bif, Garongh, icith, from, on acconnt; 
kua aubabu, kua huja or i'igili, \„i rcatan of, on 
aeeount of'; nimepata hua wali, / ijiit it from the 
ffortrnor (vitl. Gram.); Shimhoa anakiia kua 
mamas au kua fulani, Shimhm ira» al hoine 
at hit mother't or ai stich and tuch one'i; 
kiia kiia rafikiye, Lule xi. ; kua nuiaui ka Bema, 
■ ewe Muuogu ua-kn-gbnkura kua mimi ku lf>a 
kiia kaina watu wangine, I.itle iviii. 11; kus 



) KTJ 

watu kuu wangi, /juie lii. 3 ; ku» h«li y> kua 
karibn na, Lal'e lii. 11; na ua w»tu ku 
thanni kuambn ufalmc wa Muujiu haunabudi 
utabarini Bumt liisi; Bami ni muonawo kun-je, 
//ute IX. 44 ; muonnpo mambo hay» jana 
knapo, Lu&t ni. 31; kuiini ■ kua nini, trhyt 
kuani or kua uini wewe kn fonin iiivi, ir(j hacr. 
yoa done «ot kua-jo umenunua, in'th irhat hare 
ijou bovght thlit 
Ki'A ( pl. mikiSa), tlir tproutt or ihoott ichich grom 
ont oflhc roolt ofllic mlilnnn (rrf [vitl. mipin). 
Dl (or konocU), P. ». (rid. kuin), to itumblc. 
Kca hifio nilifin nikia gifayakwe, on aeeoiiHt of tht 

•part ichich 1 heard nbont (JM (B.). 
KOAA(orKUKo0.iA),i.'.n.,(o«(ri"fa:(ne/oo(,(i>nenj.iy(;; 
(.;/., ku kiiaa nr kungiiaa na gngo, (o itumbie al 
Ihc trunL- of n Iree ichitji it i'u tht teay; (2) (u 
ttitiiiblt, i'u tpealing; e.g., if a man layt gamaka 
pro Biimaki, ft»h, hc correctt hiimelf by latfing 
ml/ma □imekiinn? irhatt I htive ilitinbttd, 
ipoheit hadly; makuiio tir mnkuDgnao ya mo- 
neno, ttumblimj ofrpeccli. 
KdIm (or kcah-iia), e. e., (1) lo caiue tottumblr: 
(!) dau limeknt'iia mawCni, the boat ilipped 
ocer rocl-t irith a lind of roaring noite ; (3) 
i'ii eating to hite Hlllc iloitet, (o crunci if otte. 
(in eatiiig)ftniU a littie ttone, tte. 
Kuaiana, >'. rer. ; madau yukuazana. 
KcApUKiA, r. a., to tiiub one to thnt he tremhl'i 

ttnd beconie» etry ttibmittice. 
KridNA, n h'rti irktch ■ i 'ickiiuj voiite. 

KtUOKIcA, r. «.,- ku kuogniuliwa, rid. kifumbn. 
Kl'AjA, r.; knunkiia kuaja = kunakiia kueupe, uli- 
tnengu (sky) unakiia mfioupo or msiipe, il 



Kca.ia (inid kl*aki:ja); muili wa-ni.kuaja (R.). 
KvJJA kikUDili c.lm iintu, thcre cmct acoiujniiiy 

,/,«.(n.). 

KirL'E, tcith trhal f ut iclial pricc or ainosnt ! 
onuniia kuujo ? 



KfAl 



talch. 



KuAKUA, «. (lo, pl. mn— ), (1) ihe. frult of the 
mkunkiia tree; \'l) kuakua, *, a., lo inalch 

Koakl'ka, r. a., lo tear trith daui, laeerate, lo 
ciatc; eimbu nnn-m-kunkura mtn = ame-oi*piga 
kaja, nka-mn-ata dipo-m-pnpiirn, (ne (iou ttruck 
hit clttir» into a ninn, and having toi-n him lo 
pieeet, icft him ,- ukila hnpo nde utakunki'iTO* ni 
kingC*wa, if i/oii cat here onttidc you irill be. 
claicedbijthe rulture. 

Kuakwk, through him or her (cid. kua*; kunko, 
tkrovgh or ttilh thee, at tltyjilacc. 



KTJ 



( 174) 



ZU 



Kualk, *., a partridgei (St.). 

Kiai.iki' ja ; kualikuju jana (not kulikuja) inerkabu 
ya dokhuni, yestcrday there canu a steauusr. 

Kuama, ?•. a.; ku-m-kuama ( Kipcmha), dtfilc f 

Ki'ama, r. n., to he jammed, to tie scizcd orpiiwlutl 
in thc hand by the fork-Iike branrh oj' a trec *o 
that onc cannot free him*elf; (i) kn sakiitnu 
mukmio ; (2) ku kuama ; (3) ku aDgitma (ju ya 
matiiu ja mti); mukonowangu unakuama (una- 
slukoa"! panda yu inti, my luind is saueezed in or 
pinclud in by a p.mda yu mti. 

Kuamisiia, v. c, to jam, to causc to stjueeze thr 

hand r.g. t as a picre of irttott may do in ticiiig 

cut or H^Ait by one) ; mti hu urac-ni-kamitsha 

mukono. 

KCamba. conj. {Ut., na-ku-ambn, / nay thee^, to 

say, to suppose, hence tJie ronj., aUhottyh, not- 

irithstanding, as if; na knamba yuwadaka, 

mimi sita-m-pa, and althovgh Itc denires it, T 

n/iall not give it him. Somctimes the vatircs say 

jamba or najamba/w kuamba and na knamba. 

Kuamo : kisicho kuamo, tJiat trhich is vot tJtcrcin 

(e.g., in a ressel). 
KuAngt, irith me, through im, u ' my Jtouse. 
Kuanuua, r. a. ; ku kuangua maji intungini or 
kiHimani. to draw offihelast oftJte icater from 
a jor trr treU. It is done carefully, so tJtat the 
tnnd i* not taken vp. Ku kuangiia juugu = ku 
ondosha ukoko wa jungu ulioshiku, to scraj>e vp 
(rid. ukoko). 
Kuanoula, r. a., to draw oui, to putl (R.) ? 
Ku ani ? adr. intcrrog. conj. ; kuaiii pro kua nini ? by 
irliat 'i \cJty 'i kiiani or kua nini wcwc ku fania 
hiwi, tcJty dont tttou ort in this mamur t trJicre- 
foref for Jie. himsclfsaw it } kuiini ycc mucgnicwc 
ame-ki-ona. 
Kuaniua, r. a. (=goboa), to hrrak ojf\ to nh't, 
clectve ; e.g., nimckuaniiia ndizi hizi mbili (rfr. 
gniukt'ta) (vianda viwili via ndizi), I har*i hroken 
off(from thetrtc) thesc ttro bananas; ku kua- 
niiia or habiia or tabiia raaktiti (kunibi) to strip 
offthe dry leavcs from the rocoa-vut trres. Kua- 
niulia, r. obj.; makuti kuaniulia, / broke off for 
him, <i'r. 
Kuanua, r. c, to spld dotcn, to ttar doicn (rfr. 
kuaniua). 

KuANii'KA, r. n., to be split doicn likr tJu- bouglts 
and branclus of a trec trhic/t somc onc has 
been trying to cdiitb by (St.). 
Kuanuka, r. n.; kijiko kiiikuauiika, probably kili- 
kuaniuka? the tcaspoon icas broken (R.\ 
Kuamuka, v. n.; panda ya mti inakuuniiika 
kua mtu msito alickaniaga, thc stcp (ladder) 
oftJtc trce brokc on account oftJte lieary man 
icho ascended. 



Kianza, r. a. 'tfr. anzu), to begin, heginning, at 
firnt, formcrty ^kwan/a ; ya kwanza, first, the 
| first ; ugoja kwauza, trait a tittle. 
| Ku anziliha. r. r , to brgiu. 

i Kl ao, h. (pl. mukuao), a MtHmbling-htork. 

j Kr.\o, tcith tJiem, at thtir jdace (rid. kua\ 

Ki'.vi'A. s. (lu. pJ. ma — or ya, pl. za ?) i % /rf. xna- 
kuapa\ the arm-pit, asiUa; kuapani, under tMc 
arm-pit. 

Kuaka, *., a kind of rtdtttrc (R.) ? 

KuarCz.\, v. a., io ncrajic aiong % to ttlide over stonts 
at Hea with a yrating noise; jombo kimeknarutt 
muamba; mtcllc hu wakaaruza watu, waiimiza 
komio (vid, wakuuza watu mcno, it spoils the 
peoplc's teeth), this rice grates in jmsming dov% 
tlut jtfojrfe' 'h throats, and hurts them, btcause it U 
dry and without mtuzi; ku kuan'izn, to be coarte 
in gcncral, opp. to lainika, to he tJiin, sofi to tke 
totrrh. 

KCahi, *., name of an animal tike nguwe, it kn 
smatt tiorns; Kin. bashc or buashe. 

Ki'ahhi, r. a. ; ku-m-kuasbi, to male Jt'tm riek ; vid. 
nikuasi. 

Kuata, h. (\a. /»/. ma — ), to xtril-e tcith tke koef t 
hicking \of mun or animai) ^» tcge, la) ; punda 
amc-ni-piga kuuta or tckc, thr ass kicbed at «w, 
or makuata (mati'gc\ if Jtc kicks often. 

Kuato, h. (siug. ukuuto, pl. kuato, za), the doven 
Jioofs of many animats, like cotcs, d'c; ga la 
gnombc lina kuato nibili, tltcfoot ofa cotrkattwo 
totH (bceavHc vtort -n), Jootntcps of hoofcd anifnais 
v Kr.\ 
KiATiA, r. a.. to rttJ>, e.g.. knires, sicords, <£*c n in 
1 cieanitig thtm K \\.) \rfr. kuangi'ia). 
Kuaupk (or riel'im:), tit., it is tchitc — there is 
vothiiig to br Jtad in tJie marJcet; mviia hakmu 
tena, kuaupc or kucupc, tJure is »o more rmn, it 
is atl gonv : cssubukhi kuaupc, carty in the iwm* 
ing, at ttrvigh/. 
Kuaza, r. c, to makc tn Htumble; kuazn meno, to 

jar the trcth iikt' grit in food; vid. kuaa, v. n. 
'KruA, adj., grrat, large (rj'r. ku or kuu); aUoan 
! elder. a chicf. 

j Kvbali, r. a., tu arrcjit . kn pokca meansto receivt),to 
asHcnt to, to appron: ucknoirledgc ( = ridia or shika, 

cg., maneno) ; rfr. Aji , ncccptavit, admi&it rem. 
KritALJA, r. obj.: kti-iu-kubalia raaneno, tocom- 

pty tcith his irords ; hata-m-kubalia kn enda» 

Itc in'tl uot consi nt to his going. 
Krn.n.iwA, r. p. 
KritALiANA, r. r. (= ku ridiuna), to receive cme 

from anothcr. 
Ki'itALisiiA, r. c, to canse onc to aecept; ame-m- 

kubalibha mancno kua nguvu. 
Kudalika, r. a. } to bc acccptabte, to be aceepted. 



KTJ 



( 175) 



KU 



Kubba, s. (lo, pl. ma— ) (— knto la kdburi, pl. 
ma — ), the vaultMke building constructed over 
thegrave of Muhammedan saiitt* or sheikJis; cfr. 

£jj , concameratum opus, ct talo sacellum, taber- 

naculum. Kubba la toka katika kaburi ku-m- 
jengca babayakwe au mamayakwe, ndio beshima 
bora, kaburi isipotcc. Mana akijonga kubba, yuwa- 
fania hitima, yuwatinda gnombc, apika wali mingii 



In like manner tJie wimbi la mkoba is not very 
dangerous, becanse it lifts up the boat. 

KuklJSo, vid. koelco or koleo, forceps, pincers. 
Kuelli, 8. (ya), truth, veracity (ai urongo). 

Kuema, tJte adj. for tJtc inf. kn ; ku-m-zira hako si 
kuema (R.) ; kucma or kwt'ma, gtx>d, wctt, it is 
weU there; kufa kuako kwoma kutampcndeza, 
tJii/ good death wiUplease Jiim, 



domo. 



na wanavi6ni wasoma koroani, na muashi yuwa- „ . . . 

akkakubb«,«ki8hakuakka,watuwakiilachakula \ K ™"™' *- ° «" rfer - 6 »" i M: "* « lon Ml ' md 
wakftnda viao. From tJiis tve sec tJiat the act of 
building a vaulted grave is attended with many 
soJemnities. To cover the grave witJt a building 



KuISmbe, s. (wa), a black bird with a large red 
beak (cfr. hondo hondo) ; cfr. toucan (pepper- 
eater). 



is considered an act of great piety, since tJie .„ . . .. . . , 

MuhammedansbelievethattJteVomtiordeparted KlKXDA > mterrog. = hali, perhaps ; e.g., kuenda 



pcrson is in or about the grave. 

Kubua, v. n. ; maji yamekubua = moji yamekua 
kutukutu, ebbing (R.). 

Kucha (or kuja) (za) (pl. of ukncha), tJie nail of 
man's finger, the claw of onimals (kucha za 
aimba, kucha za watu\ 

Kuciia (or kumekuciia), tJie dawn; usiku kucha. 
all nigJit, lit., nigJit till daicning, morning, or 
sunrising. 

Kuciia, r. m., to be afraid (ku cha), tofe.ar; yuwa- 
cha, he is afraid; pass., yuwachcwa, he is 
feared. 

Kudamiza (or kadamisha) ( = peleka mbelle), to 
send before. 

Kudi (or oudi ?), *., a tin of gunpoioder (R.) ? 

Kudu, s., ?pox, syphilis (Sp.). 

Kuea, v. n. t to go up, to ascend, to climb; e.g., ku 
kuca mnazini, to climb a cocoa-nut trcc. 

Kueana, r. rec. 

Ku-ji-kueza, to pride, boast. 

Kueza, v. a., to cause to ascend = to raise, eralt, 

ku kueza nguo kid6go, to draw up tJte cloth 

much or too much. 

Kuezana, v. rec. (obscene). 

Kuklea, r. n.; e.g., kidudo cha ku kuolea, a 
ladder. 

Kueleka, v. n., tJtat wJticJi can be ascended, as- 
cendable. 

KtJELEZA, V. C. 
KUEZOA, V.p. 

Kuegkiua (R.), to dicel, to tear off. 

KCbkue (and pu£k^e), s. (ya, pl. za), icced in a 
plantation. 

Kuelsa, *. (ya, pl. za) ; kuelca ya wimbi or ma- 
wimbi, the rising and faUing of a wave or 
tvaves. This is not so dangerous as tJte wimbi 
U ku umka, the breakers or surfs which come up 
nrith a white foam, and fiU tJie boat icith water. 



wanakuiia ku anguka, Jiom. xi. 11 (lit., it migJtt 
be or go orfare), Luke xiii. 9 ; kuenda akaja leo, 
perJtaps Jte comes to-day. 
Kuendeleza, cfr. tatousha, v. a. 

Kuenkuele (R.) ; kissu changu chalia kuenkuele, 
kipapo bapo. 

Kri?N8i, *. (wa), a green bird witJt a curved beak, 
tJie parrot (Pfcittocus). 

Kuesu (vid. kua), with you, at your place. 

Kue>a, v. n.; ku kut'pa, to start out oftJic way. 

Kuesha — ku kaza or kasa, e.g. % an old door (R.) 

Kuete, *. (pl. ma — ), goose t 

Kuetu (vid. kua), with us, at our place, by tis, 
at us ; mimi natoka mjini kuetu, nika potea 
katika barra. 

Kutiu, clear (St.) (kwcu). 

Kueupe, adj., wJtite; kuna kueupe, grey daum. 

Kueza, v. c. (cid. kuca, v. n.), tocause to ascend, to 
make go up, to raise, exalt; ku-m-kueza jina- 
l&kwe. 

Ku fa {vid. fa, ?;. «., to die) ; kn fa maji, to be 
drowned; ku fa ni yetu sabili, deat/t is ourway. 

Kufit, s. (la) = gaga or koga la maji, the green and 
dirty colour wJiicJt the water assumes by stagnat- 
ing and by the decay of various plants ; maji 
yafania or yanangia kfifti or gaga or k6ga (yame- 
kua janni kiwiti). WJien the green coat Jtas 
been skimmedoffthe water canbeusedfor drink- 
ing. On tJte road to Teita the water is generaUy 
of tJus descnption. Prov. : manamaji wa kuali, 
kufu mafi ni soelo. 

Kufuli,«. (yo),apadlock; jAi , obseravit portam 

ei pessulum obdidit ; jAi , sera, pessulus. 

Kufuli, e.g., in a dobuani, stripe lengtJtwise; cfr. 
lnualamu (R.). 

Kuf^eu, v. a., to apostatizefrom Ood, to become an 
infidel, or to bacJulide from tJte MuJiammedan 



KU 



( 176) 



KU 



religion; ka dta dini, ka halifu amri, ku fania 
mamboya-m-tukizayoMungu; yuwasema kiifuru, 
Luke v. 21 ; ku-ni-taja Mu^gnizimgu kua uovu. 
Kufuribha, v. c, to consider one an infideJ (cid. 

makiifuru) ; cfr. J& , tcxitreui, abscondidit,ab- 

negavit impius fuit, incrcdulus fuit ; J6 f 

s - 
incredulitas ; ^*» , accepta bencficia non 

agnoscens, infidelis, Mubammedicae religionis 
dogmata negans. 

KuonIa, v. n. (md. gnia), (1) to rain; (2) to cva- 

cttate the boweJs. 
Kugnuto, «.; kugniito 1a ku tujia nazi, a kind of 

smatt sieve usedfor straining tJie nazi water. It 

is made at Zanzibar. 
Kuouni, 8., the hartebeest (bosclapbus) (St.). 

Kuhani, s. (pl. makubani) = mkopi, a strindJer, 

defrauder, deceiver; yulo mkopi kuhani mku, 

hakadiriki (R.). 
Kuia, r. ; ku kuia ? (R.). 
Kuibana, robbing one anothcr. 
Kujkwe, *., Jticcup (St.). 
Kuili, »., a kind of serpcnt : hence kikuili or 

kikuilikuili. 

Ku ihiia, r. a.o-kwisba, ku y£sha ; nadaka ku isba 
or kwisha kaziyangu ; niinoyesba raadafu, amc- 
ycsha, umeyesba = nime-ya-isba, I harefnishtd 
tJtem, sc. raadafu ; nime-kwisba = nimc-ki-isba, 
I havejinished, sc. kitu biki, sboka linakwisha 
wckoa, the axe is aJready pnt. 

Kuiu (or Kwiu), 8. (la), the, hungry erit J'or meat, 
greedincss for meat, cfr. uthu ( = liju wa kitoeo, 
ku tVimani nidma). Thc drsirc onc hasj'or 
meat, after long abatiitcuce from it. Onc eats 
then rarenously ; c.g., nimctoa kuiu lco, nimckiila 
kua kuelli niama hatta ina-ni-piga moyo (kinai- 
sha) or batta ku ona vibaya raoyonimoyoni. 
Sidaki tcna, nimc kiuaisba roho. 
Kuja, s. (sing. ukiija or ukombe, ugiindo ; pl. kiya, 
za, kombc za), the nail ofmaanjingcr, tlte.rJair* 
pf auimals ; knja za watu, za simba ;ukombe is 
a Kinika word). 
Kuja (or kucha), r. n., to l>c ajraid, to fear {rid. 

ja) ; Jtc is feared, yuwajcwa. 
Kuja, v. n., to comc (rid. jJi) ; kujia, r. obj. 

Ki'ma (or kucha), r. «., it dawns, moming- 
ttrilight; kunakuja, kunaparabasiika, kuna- 
pambauka, uekuudu umctoka. 
Kujuka ? (R.), scngererc ? 

Kuke, adj. ( — kuukc, kikc), femininc ; mukono wa 
kiike or kike, or wa ku sboto, the left hand, 
oppos., mukono wa kuiime, or wa ku fuli, or wa 
ku lia, the right hand; kukcni, on thc fcmale 
side. 



Kuko, yonder, to yonder, just there; kua knko, 
beyond, on yon side ; huko. 

Kuku, 8. (wa, pl.zs.), a hen, afowl, pouliry; arntna 
wakuku, a cJiicken. (1) Kioda lakuku, thepsttet 
ofa hen; (2) faranga ; (3) mso (jil.inl—); (4) 
pora, larger than faranga ; (5) mtetca (pi. mi— ), 
the J'otcl tchich will soon lay eggs ; (6) ko (U), * 
laying hen. Kuku wa mtume, the hen of tke 
Prophet (3/uJtammed), which had a blaek tufi of 
Jiair on tJte head ; kuku mke, kuku kidimn, knh 
wa mangisi, kipaku ni kuku wa mtiime (efr.). 

KCku, adj., obsolete, old, tom topieces, tcornottt; 
ngiio hi imekiia kukuu or kukti (imelcgea, lat- 
raruka), ugiio bizi zinakua kuku ; vid. jski,v.9^ 
Luke v. 36 (sing. andpl. of kukii are the tame). 

Kuku na uukit, bachcards and forwards. 

Kukuru ? (R.). 

Kukussa, r. a. (-ku-m-himiza ku toka), to bidotu 
to depart or leare quickly. To thrust oneoutof 
tlie house in a quarrel, ku-m-eukuma kua kwa- 
sbika batta nde. 

KCkCta, r. n., to be stifforhard (hence mkiih- 
tufu, wihlf) ; toka imekwisha kukuta, thelim'u 
alrcady hardened. 

Kukuta, r. a. (= ku kumanga or pura kua fimbojt 
to sliake off, to beat out the dust (euy^ Dg6o) rM 
a stick, to remove the dustfrom it, to dust. 

KukCta, v. n., to sJtrirel, to shrink together (Er. ? 

Kukutaku, adj., shrireUed, wr'mklcd. 

Kukutika (or ku kutika maji), to dry thekdl 
after swimming. 

Kukutika, r. n.; robo yo-ni-kukutika=y^ni-p> 

kua sbindo. 
Kukutiko, apopJexy ? 

Kukutu, adj.: maji ni kukutu = kame, the *<#' 
is guite dritd vp. 

Ku la, v. a. (vid. la), to eat; ame-m-lia cbkn^ 
jakwe, he Jtas eaten for Ju'm (in his abscMt: *» 
food, i.e., tJiefood tcJtich belongedtoanotker:)^ 
la amani, io eat peace, vid. amani ; kula n'n** 
pa, / give him to eat. TJie infinitice trfta» 
the continuation oJ'tJte action, chakula «wW^ 
onJy once. 
Ku iJa, r. oJij. 
Ku LisiiA, r. c, tofeed. 
Kv liwa, v. p., to be caten. 
Ku iJka, v. n., eatabJe. 

Kulaiiu, s. ( yj&, calcar, harpago, fuscini) (f*. 
pl. za), (1) (kidudc cba ku shikia ngiio) » hd 
with wJiich tJte tadors keep fast the ciotk; (S) 
kulabu ya ku naniia pingu kua kamba («^- 
nanua) ; lctta kulabu ya ku nanulia pingu, bc'^ 
tJte instrument for putting asunder the M* 4 
a jtrisoner; (3) o Jtook uscd in sJups. KulibnM . 
differentfrom kalibu, wJtich means afurnaeff* 
nt'lting mctal. 



KU 



( 177 ) 



KU 



Kulastara, *., the name of a bird (kulla stara), 
*>hieh is said to go atide and eonceal his head 
VfUh one of itt toingt tchen eating 9 (Reb.). 

Ktft*, adv., thither, there t far off (ni mahali pa 
kiUmbo) ; pale ni hapa karibu (here near to us) 
kuetu. Native song: Mkassi (the name of a 
pereon) kule nd6 ku61e kuenda tukapata mtoto, 
kua Mungu kayakule (kaya mbalii) wala hakuna 
jambo «ito, usiniue kua majuto, kana muua dira 
(vid. dira). Kule barani, Luke iii. 2. 
KulS, yonder, very far off; kule kule, there , 
just there (cfr. kudali in Kiniassa). 

KuUa, v. obj. (kukua), toheforonegreatorhard; 
anarudia-ni ? repty, kuna-ra-kulfa mballi, it was 
toofarto him; neno hili lina-m-kulia kuba or 
iito (lina-m-shinda) ku li-fania, this matter is too 
grtat or hardfor him to do (vid. mfifu) it, 
Kuliwa, v.p.; amekuliwa ku fania kazi hi, ame- 
ona kua kuba, amejoka. 

Kuu iua ha mtu, Luke iv. 33, there tcas a man; 
waliktia wanatoka. 

Kuli iua 3ia mtumke, tJtere was awoman,Luke 
xiii. 11. 

Kduka MTrrmo; ni ku kulika tu (R.). 

Kcliko, vhere there is or was, to be where is (cfr. 
ku li i» Kiniassa). 

Kuuko (expre**ingthecomparative)] niumbaJii 
ni njema kuliko ile, this liouse is better than 
that; mtu huyu ni muema kuliko yule, this 
man ts betler than that, lit. t good where this 

*n"£' "** < * fr ^ br « better than tta* ^an. 
Dr. 8t. remarks rightly (page 308) : "Because 
%faquality becomes evident in anything by 
putttng some other thing beside it, the first 
nmtt possess thc auaUty in a higher degrec 
than the other." J 

KuLttfcri? particU of interrogation, why? kuli- 
k6m ku eema hiTio, why speak thust ku (to) li 
(to be) ko (where) ni (what f )t where ^ jrhat or 
why t mti hu ni mkuba kuliko ule, lit., this tree 
•• large tchere is that one (scilfor comparison), 
ue n thts tree is larger than that onc. 
KuLf wi, *., a ccrtain insect. 

£ulla (or iilla), adj., tvtry one, aV, cach one; 
kulla mto, erery man; kulla watn wamcsikia 
neno bili, all men Jtave heard tJtis word ; kulla 
mmoja, every one. 

[mirKJL ? (R.). 

KULUKI8UA (?). 

ul6la, v. n.; ku kulula or ku kula, to take out or 
from fjlff., to outdo. 
jL.trm&u, a kind of antelopc. 

rMA, #. (jra, jpL ma- ), the female pudenda 
KMffina, vulva. ' 

muamba, s. t a mussel in thc sca, tchich, w7ien 



trodilen upon, wounds severely. A man taJcing 
itfor a woman intended to approach it, but was 
tnutilated by it. Ilence the name (pl. makuroa 
miamba). 
Kumanoa, v. a. (Kijomvu), to beat out the dust, 
e.g., ku kumdnga jdmvi kua fimbo, rid. ku ku- 
kussa, v. a. (ku toa fumbi) (cfr. kukuta) ; nguo 
hi i-kumange, shahe offthe dust from this cloth; 
niama hi yakumangia ? ? (11.). 
Kumanoana, t\ rcc. 
Kumani, an abominaUe nichname; mana kuma 
nind we =- kuma ja nina (an abominable nick- 
name ofachUd) (mother), or kumauioko ! O thott 
of the kuma! Oko is a kind of vocative in 
Kijagga; e.g., mangioko ! O king 1 (R.). 
Kumba, *. (pl. ma — ), a frcsJi-icater fish (ni maji 

ya pepo). 
Kumda, r. «., (1) to sliove, to push away or knock 
against onc in passing ( = sukiima) ; ku-m-pita, 
ku-m-gussa, ku-mu-ambdsa, to touch one in 
passing; (2) to take off tverything ; c.g., muivi 
anakumba malijangu pia iote akanenda nayo, 
ths thieftook away all my property and went off 
bag and baggage ; ku kumba taka or fumbi kua 
mukono, ku kusdnin, to rake dust or dirt with 
thc hand; amc-ni-kumba kizani, he touclied me 
in darkne s. 
Kumoana = sukumana, to push one against 

another un in tentionaUy. 
Kumuia, t\ oltj. 
Kumbia kumhia, v. obj '. / muivi ame-ni-kumbia 

inaliyangu pia. 
Kumbiza (or kumbizia) (— sukumia, sukumisfa) 
ncno baya, to charge one with a crime % to lay 
itvponhim;mumQ kanaadamu amemkumbisia 
mkcwe, mkeapate mashaka pekee. 

Kumba moyo, s.(pl. ma — ), rafter,pole f stake(vid. 

komba moyo). 
Kumhati? (ya, j>l. za). 

Kumbatia, v., to embrace, to clasp. 

Kumbatiana, v. rec. t to embrace each othcr. 

Kumbe ? an expre**ion of surprise, a particle like 
mbona, wJiat t but now, <C-c; e.g., kumbe ndivio 
aliviofania, wJiy has hc acted tJtus t kumbe huku 
nenda ku-m-pa Mzungu amanayangu? kumbo 
anawazimu ndiposa asiwe na akili (kumbe = 
kumbuka, consider — ) ; kumbc must not always 
stand at tJte beginning oftJte sentence. 

Kumbi, s. (la, pl. ma — ) (=shaha or nta ya mnazi), 
tJie top ofa cocoa-rtut tree, wJiich, wJtenfallen to 
tJte ground, is cut off by tJte natives; ku pata 
nidma ya nta, a k'tnd ofwhite marrow (caJled 
palmese in the Seychclles) wJiich is said to be a 
delicious food. 

Kumbi, s. (la, pl. ma— ), cocoa-nut fibre and tJie 

n 



KTJ 



(178) 



Hbrous ma*n out of irhich the leace* grotr. The 
dry skin of a nazi ts used (ku palia motto) to 
fetch or catchfire, as thc dry fibres catch firc 
iptivkly. The fibrc* are also usai for makhtg 
ropcn. Watu anasika kumbi ]<i nazi katika maji 
ya tnpc, lipate ku logea; baadcn ana-li-gogota 
anatua uiuzizakwc auasonga kamba ur auapiga 
or anaftuka kaniba. 

Kumbi, *., circumcision (Mcr.). 

Kumui, 8. (sing. ukumbi wa niushi zausso) ; kiimbi 
za usso, thij hairs of thc %ippcr vycUishv8. 

Kumiii, *. (sing. ukumbi, tlic antc-chambvr) ; kiimbi 
za niunibu, tlie antc-roonn or antc-vhambtra of a 
housc, in opp. to jiimbu, or niumba ya nduni, thc 
innvr-room, irherc nobody is alloiotd io go iritft- 
out sj>cci<d jvrmission. Ku-m-tia kumbini » ku- 
m-tahiri, to circumcisc one, bcrausc fu- must stay 
in the ante-chambcr until lic is hcaled. Ku-m-tia 
kumbini is a morc noble cjrprvssion for ku-m- 
tahiri or ku-m-pasha tohara. There arc usualh/ 
ten or twenty boys circvmciscd togcthcr. They 
Uve together in onc place. 

Kumdi kumbi, *., ants in thcir jlying Rtagc, thc 
whitc ants or termites, irhich gct trings at the 
rainy scivton, trhcn thcy fiy about in large 
sicarms. l)y roasting on afirv, thcir trings fall 
off, and tften tfmc insccts arc considered a 
delicions food (rfr. mtoa, pJ. mitoa). Kumbi 
kumbi ni mtoa mkiiba lilio na mbawa ; watoka 
tcuni (a hitl of cluy) majira ya mviia ; niuni na 
watu wala. 

Kumhiza (or kumdisua), r. a.,to lay a vhargc. npmt, 
another man, io push off uptjn ; rid. kumba, 
v. «.). 

KuMuiziA, 1?. obj., to lay the charge upon one (ku-m- 
sukumia or sukumizia) ; Adam amc-m-kum- 
bizia mkOwc pckcc, apatc mashaka pckce (ku- 
m-kumbizia mtu nuno buya). 

KCmuu, s. (pl. za) (sing. ukumbiV, a girdlv } a bclt, 
consisting of a narrotn j/iccv of cloth icound 
round tfte loins ; vid. maKOinbo. 

Kumbuaya, 8., a kind of drnui standing on fvct ; 
cfr. ngoma ; cfr. msondo and kiwambo. 

Kumbuka, t\ «., to rvmembcr i'ku talakari, ku taru- 
dfidi), to recollect, topondvr over. 

Kumbukia, r. obj. ; amc-ni-kumbukia juojangu. 
fte put me in miud of my hxik; Bikumbukii, / 
have ito rvcollection of it (riz. t of thc mattcr). 

Kumbubha, v. c, to cause oitc to rcmcmbcr, to 
rcmiud onc of. 

Kumbu ki:m«u, *., a maitiun, mcmorial, remem- 
brunce ( = muanzo wa mancno ya ku-in-kumbukia 
kitu) ; e.g., 8omv onc spokv ofthe chiia cha siwani, 
frog of the lake, tftc heurhtg of the irord chua 
put me in mind of the irord}uo (book), tchich I 



have forgotten to hring with me, butbflit** 
certain place. Hencc 1 tcould tay: mtubm 
amefania kunibu kumba ya jaojangu, tiit w 
made mention of my bool; hc pui ne i* ■i^'f 
it. Kumbu na kumbuse (Er.) ? 

Kumda, 8. (Ia,p/. ma — ), vid. komda. 

Kume ku ciiA, therc 1« dawN, it datcned ; vi.h 
cha. 

Kumfi (or kumvi), s. (sing. ukumfi, pL karf'; 
kumfi za mpiinga or mtama, c£*c. (=viA«i. 
husk and bran of rice or luilltt, <£r. J#A 
chaff of Jndian coru is largcr, the nativatdi 
makumfi ya mahindi ; tchereas the empt$i^4 
tfte mawcllo tlicy call kununu (la, pl n*^; 
(kunnnu la mawelle, because this kind of$r** 
hu no wishoa, chaff pro}>er). 

Kumi, (la, pil. makumi), ten; kumilabnna,* 
kati, la kwisha. 

Kumio? (R.), roho, mio? 
Kumoja, adv.y on onc sidc (kua upande auoj» ; 
cfr. ulimi wa mti. 

Kumunta, t\ a.; ku kumunta, to$kakeo*t *4 

(St.) (Mcr.). 

Kuna, v. a., to grate, to ecratch (one y $ Jbea4):h 
ktina ( — puna) nazi (vid. mbiui), ku kon* p* 
but tfw.y say ku pila sumaki or saodirii, * 
8craj>c off the scales of fish (niamba y» wib^ 
or the clayfrom tfte copal. 

Kuna, thcre is ; kuna sauti ya — (Lnke E 4); 
kuna-ni ? trhat '18 the matter / kiina kn amUje' 
what do you say i ( Tumbatu) (St.) ; koni «■? 
irhat do thv*c tftings mean* (Lule xr. 26> 
kuna siku situ za makazi ku pashoa kn ttfli* 
(efr. Lukc xiii. 14) ; kunuyc, depcndi*Q » 
him (?). 

Kux.v Kucii.v (i.»irf. kuja, v.) (cfr. mtana), thm i 
tftc dairning ; kunofunga mvua, rain ck^ 
(thc nky). 

Kunazi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), the small fruit of^ 
mkunazi trvc (a apccic* of thorn), tchichU» 
ablc, 8omt;thing like a sloe. 

Ku.nda (or kunja), v. a. f tofold up, toterap. t-f, 
ugiio ; (2) tu knit thc brotrs ; ku kundaus^i^* 
ku tukiwa or kua ku fania koro). 
Ji-kunda; kujikunda mabu (bu, pl. nubi #■* 

niawa). 
Kunda kunda, r. intens., to vcrinkh (Jfr. W- 

writcs : kunsa and kunsa kunsa, to rumfk:^ 

tumble a cloth). 

Kundamana (kunjamana), r. n., tolayitfi**' 
usso unakundamana, the face looks or u tm 
or sour, frotrning ; kuaku tukiwa orkna» 1 
fania koro (koro, anger in Kinika). 

Kundana, r. r., tofoid itseif; e#. f kna pep* 



KU 



( »79 ) 



KTJ 



Kundika, v. p., to be folded or capable of being 
folded; ngiio hi inakundika wema or vibaya, 
this cloth is folded up weU or badly (Reb. to 
erumble). 

Kundia, v. obj., tofold for one. 

Kuvdaa, v. n., tobe short and smaU of stature. 
Kuhdamanzi, *., a large white, but short snake. 

Kukde, »., beans, haricot beans (ukundo, wa, 
sing.) (pi. za), a kind ofbean (mkunde, thetree); 
kundo za Kipemba and za Kitoita are considered 
bett. Yarious kinds : kiind», fiwi, choko, baazi. 

Kundi, *. (la, pl. ma — ), afiock, herd, drove, many 
iogether ; kundi lagnombo, kundi la niuki, a herd 
ofcows, sicarm of bees; kundi la viombo (vid. 
pambanisha and msoani) wnta wanasimama 
maknndi makundi. 

Kdidd, adj. , red (vid. kiludu) ; kundu lamekameka 
muotto, vid. muari. 

Kuitdua, v. a. t to unfold, unwrap, unroll; e.g. t 
ngfio ; ku kundiia moyo or usso, to make serene 
iheface or heart. 



during the rainy season. It must be distin- 
guislied /rom uraandc (vid.). Kuna kungo lco, it 
is misty or foggy to-day ; kuugu yafuka, a fog 
rises or spreads (?). 

Kukoi, *. (la) = eheha (Ebr. ▼. 1). 

Kunoo, *. (pl. za, sing. uktingo), brim; ku tii 
maji mtnngini hatta ukungoni, to fiU the jar 
with water to the brim ; ukungo wa kusima, the 
edge of a weU. 

Kunoo, *. (j&,pl. za), the fruit ofthe mkungo antl 
muafi trees, uscd by the potter ku kungia or 
sugulia (to clean) or lainisha viungu (kungo za 
mfinanzi) ; the kernel is agreeable t and tinges thc 
tongue. 

Kunooja, v. n. (vid. ngoja), to wait; ku-m-gojea, to 
waitfor him. 

Kungu (kutjnou), s. (wa, pl. za), a species ofanie- 
lope with long horns, of whicJt the natires make 
vigunda (war-Jiorns). Dut the kungu mbawa or 
fenuile kungu has no liorns. OtJter kituls of 
antelopes are malu, kuro, which lmve very long 
1u)rns. 



Kuhduka, v. } to get unfolded, to grow larger, to 

ezpand, to become serene ~ iraekua nieupe ; KCnoC, s. (wa), a kind of raven or crow ? (hiiyu, 

naan HTn*»knm1iilra iht» /Vi/v> »** nr 7sviZ*a mpwiip p'- IiaWaj. 

KunoCa, v. n., to stumble (cfr. kuaa, v. n.) (wiih 
tlic accusatice of the subject) ; ku-gu ni heri ku 



umo umekunduka, thc face is or looks serene, 
cheerful; moyo umekundiika, he is gratified 
(Kingozi) ; mojo umc-m-kunduka ; aliekun- 
duka roho =■ mkundiifu, to be serene. 

Kundulia, v. obj., to unfold for one, in his 
favour t e.g., ngiio, u*«>. 

KundclIwa, v. p. t to be unfolded; nguo imc- 
kunduliwa ni watu. 
Kumoa, «. (ya, pl. za) — sirri, mystery ; kungazao 

na-wa-tambua (R). 

Kumoa, v. a., to hem a cloth, to make a border to 
the doth (ku kunga ngiio) ; ku kunga utrpc, 
Utirartiko harraka ; utepe ni mahali psi embamba 
pa ku raruka nguo ; ku kunga msh6iio, to cn~ 
team. 
Kunoua, v. p. t to be hemmcd. 

Kuhoali na mapema nADo, while it is yet earhj. 

Kukoamana, v., to asscmble in crowds, to be 
erowded. 

KUNOAMANIBHA, V. O. 

Kukoana, 9., to assemble from various ouarters, 
and then depart in numbers to make war; ku 
toana katika mji, ku enda witani. 

Kukuarizi, * , a remedyfor a cough. 

Kumgawa, thovgh, although; knngawa mbali, ta- 
kuenda, aUhoughfar off, I shall go. 

•Kuhoe, s.; kunge za mudfi, the hard black corc of 

ike muafi tree, the wood of which is so hard that 

hatchets are unable to cui it. 

KttveB (kunou ? or k#kjb la nti), s. (la, pl. 

i — \ the mist risingfrom the ground, tspccially 



kungua gii wafunga kitamba, kama ku kungna 
ulimi. 

KUNOUAUSUA. 

Kunouaza, r. c ., to cause one to stumble. 

Kunoua, v. a. } to pull off or strip off, and hence 
ransack; ame-m-kungua nguoyakwe, he stript 
him of his cloth; amc-tu-kuiigiia or toalia vitu- 
victu vioto, he ransacked aU our things. 

KunoCi, s. (la, jf>/. makiingui), the person (male or 

female) who instructs boys or girls in thc mys- 

teries of adult life {cfr. muari and kisinda) (vid. 

gunkui) ; huyu ni kungui or gnnkui lnngu; mtu 

ftlieftmea kijana mambo ya niumbani. 

Kunouma (pl. ma — ), the berry of thc mkunguma 

tree. 
Kungu manoa, 8., a ttutmeg. 
Kunouni, *. (wa, pl. za), bug (which are abundant 

in native bedstcads). 
Kunourabsi, *., thefruit ofthc mlilana (usio uhiana) 

Thc mkurassi or roliliina tree is very soft (vid. 

kikiia) ; it is usedfor cough (Er.). 

Kunouru, *., a crow, a bird a little larger than a 
rook, black, with a white patch on the shoulders 
and round the neck; itfeeds on carrion (St.). 

Kunouruma, cfr. ku kororaa. 

Kunousua, v. a. ( — kungtia or sappa aappa), to 
ransack. 

n2 



KU 



( 180) 



XU 



Kuno'uta, v. a., to shahe offor out. 
Kunouto (pl. ma — ), a hind of bashet used as a 
sieve or strainer. 

Kunouyu, a grey hind ofowl f 

Kuni, s. (sing. ukiini, ;>7. kuni za — ), firewood; 
uktioi, one piece ofwood; kunizangu una-zi-alia, 
hujui kuamba zina masumbuo, you bum my 
wood, dost thou not know that this cavses troulle 
(to get it again) ? 

Kunia, v. obj., to scrape or scratch with or for 
(cfr. kuniua). 

Kukia, v. a. y to raise the eyebrows in contempt. 

Ku n!a, v. n., to ease one's-self (vid. nia). 

Kukiakuka, v. p. t to be torn, ragged, tattered ? 

Kukiata, v. a. («= ku fraia usso), to show a sad 
anxiousface or looh, lihe a condemned man, who, 
bij his melancholy looh, seehs to obtain tJiefavour 
of the judges or the mercy of the people ; ku ji- 
kuniata kana meskini, ku keti kiniunge, ku ji6nsa, 
watu wafanie h6ruma knniata, to give an im- 
ploring hoh; amejikuniata usso, amefinia usbo 
kua ku tukiwa; ka ji-kuniata kua sumasi or 
beredi, to draw one's-self together, to shrinhfrom 
sorrow or coldness. 
KunikIa, v. n., to nod (?); kunikia kua leppe la 

usingizi, to be drowsy. 
Kukiua (or kuniula or kuniura), t\ a., to scratch 
the shin so that blood fiows, to hurt, injure, or 
wound one's-self by rubbing; e.g., niniekuniua 
jandajangu hatta ku toka damu, 1 scratched my 
fingcr until the blood caiue (bherti ku umiza, by 
rubbing or touching). l>r. Stcere, page 309, 
says that this verb means "to touch secretly 
(with a scratchinff motion) by way of signal or 
of caUing attention privately, to mahe a scratch 
on tlie skin." 
KuniulIwa, v. n.; kuniuliwa ni mti, to be 

scratched by a trce, and lose blood. 
Kukiuka, v. n., to bleed from a scratch; nime- 
kuniuka kua mti, I lost blood from a tree 
having scratchcd my shin onpassing by it. 
Kuniura, r. a., (1) to graze, to touch one slightly; 
(2) = ku-m-niukiira kua ku-m-niukua, to call one 
(out ofan assembly of men) by toucldng him = 
giving tliereby a secret sign, watu wasitambiie. 
Kunja, v. a., to wrap ujt, to fold or furl (cfr. 
kunda, v. a.) ; kunja uzi, to wind thread; kunja 
usso (or ku kunja vipaji), to hnit the brows, to 
frown. 
Kunjana, v. 7i., to fold together, to wrinhle, 

dwindle. 
Ji-kunja, v. ref, to shrinh, tofiinch. 
Kunjamana, v. mctl., vid. kundamana. 
Kunjia, v. obj., tofoldfor. 
Kunjika, v. n. } to becomefolded, to le creased. 



Kunje (vid . kunge), mist, fog. 

K<}xju, *., a hind of uwanga (vid.) which is eaten 

in a time offamine. 
Kunjua, v. a. (vid. knndiia), to unfM; ku kanjua 

magii or migu, to stretch one's legs; ku kunjuka, 

to become unfolded, to spread over; ku kunju- 

liwa, to be opened or unfolded. 

Kukrathi (for kun lathi) (in Arab. ^^j <$f}> 
be thou ready, give your consent, ercuse, pardon, 
do not be offended. 

Kunsui (Kir.). 

Kukukia. 

Kukunu, s., vid kumfi. 

Kuo, *. (ja, pl. za), the measured tract of land 
within which a slave has to labour on a ptanto- 
tion ; kiio ni perabe or kando ya shamba, wa- 
tiima wakilima; kulla mmoja afuate kuojakve 
iliolekezoa kua mudle. When the slares begin 
to break vp with the native hoe (ku lima) the 
ffround of a plantation, the master or ocerseer 
measurcs out with a long stick (muale) the tratt 
or extent of land which every slave has to «ork 
at. This portion of land is called kiio. Baaa 
ameniosha kuo, the master has laid out or 
measured out the kuo saua saua. Mtuma asio- 
ngcze wala asipunguze kuo ja mpaka. (2) Niama 
ja mitu (Er.). 

Kupa, *. (pl. ma— ), a lock madeofwood. Kopa 1* 
mlango = komuo, tlie bar; ufunguo, the key. 

Kupa, s. (kupa unagandama na gnorabe, jnwanoa 
damu), an inscct vexing cattle, a cattle tick. 

Kii'A, s. (la, pl. makiipa) ; kuti, pl. makiiti, ja mii 
ya wimbia niiimba, tlte thatch (of the houset) 
made of mia, which is stronger than that whith 
is made of tlie cocoa-teaves. Knpa la ku fangtt 
kuni, udilo iiguo wa mia, the wood-fetehivg 
women tie vp tlieir bundles with mia. 

Kupk, s. } a tich, a cattle tick (St.); probaliy fir 

kupa. 
Kupia, vid. pia. 

Kupua, v. a.; ku kupua mtama, topour the mtama 
on tlte ground ( - ku muaja nti) ; (2) ku knpo» 
kofuni ? to shahe off one's dress ; ku kapaka, to 
fall away or off, to drop off. 

Kupulia, v. obj.; ku kupulia mtama nti (*& 
mtama). 
KuruKiA, v. obj.; ina ku kupukia otte (R.). 

Kuua, 8. (ja, pl. za), lot, fortune; fulani anapati 
kura ; ku piga kura, to cast lots; ku fania <* . 

piga or tiipa kura. 

Kuraku, 8., a preparation of tobacco, sugar, asd 
honey after Indianfashion (kuraku oi Kihindi?); 
hailcfii kabisa. 



KTJ 



( 1S1 ) 



KTJ 



Kubasa (sing. ukiirasa wa kertaai,^. kurasa za — ), 

a leafofpaper; cfr. %jCs, pars libri. 
Kurisa ? wanakuriaa makasha ndani ? (R.). 

KCr6, $. (vid. kungu), kind ofantclopc. 
Kubofuu, *., doves. 

Kububia (or kabjbia); kurubia kua karibu, to 
come near, approach. 

Kueubisha (or karibisha) = ku fnnia karibu, to 
bring near. 

Kubudika, v. n. ; anakurudika ? (R.). 
Kubumbwa, 8. (Kimv.) (Kimrima, jiipi), a bird 
wJUcJt sings a long and curious tune. 

KuBtf bu, s. (koi mueupe poani, apcndai kula maii 
mno kururu), little wJtite crabs on the bcach wJtich 
arefond ofdung (cfr. ka uifu and ka dondo). 
Kururuhi, g. t kiirurusi la gnombe, anoxft 
Kubdbi wa ohombe, a bullock; vid. nsau. 
Kusa (kubza), v. a. t to exalt t to make great, to 
magnify. Mungu amo-m-kusa Seidi, ame-m-pa 
mali, watu, d'c, apate kua mkuba. 
Kusi, v. a., to make to grow (from kii or kuba, 
grcat), to make great, to exaJt (kueza), to mag- 
nifyf ku kusa jina «= ku-ni-kueza jina, likawa 
kuba or refu, or ku ongeza jina, to increase, lit., 
to exaU one's name. Muungu ame-m-kusa Saidi, | 
aroe-ra-pa mali, watu, &c, apate kua mkuba. 
The father of my servant Kisuse was called 
Ng5mc, hence the son was named Kisuse wa 
Ngomc, but the people added to his name and 
coMed him Babe Ngome, hence the scrvant is 
eaUed by $ome simply Kisusc, by others Babe 
Ng6me (Kisuse). The fatJter of the present 
Itnam of Mascat was called Said-Sultani (Ben- 
Imamu), Jience the son (irho is tJte present Imam) 
u in Kisuahili caUed Babe Sultani Saidi (or in 
Arabic, Said-Said-Ben Sultan). 

Kuba (or kuza), v. a. t to seU; lit., ku uza or iiliza, 
to ask, scil. aprice, to ask people to buy what is 
exposed for sale. Hence kfiza na ktia pro ku 
uza na ku nunua, to seU and to buy, i.c, trade, 
traffic, commerce in general; lit., ku 61iza na kii 
kua-kitu kilijo iizoa kinakua kikiiba, kioavia fcida 
nengi-ndio biashera ya kuza na kua, e.g., robo ina- 
kua reali. Nad&ka iiza or ku uza kiti hiki, Iwish 
to seU this thing; nime-ki-uza, Ihave sold it, or 
nimekwisha ki-iiza ; na-ki-uza sasa, / sell il 
now; mza na kua, the trader. 
Kusana (or usAJiA ot uzana), v.rcc. ; watu wame- 
nsina or wamekusana, thepeople sold to each \ 
other or barUred. 
Kusa, v. a. (Kin.) t to assemble. 
Kusana, v. rec. 

Kusania, v. a. t to gather, to coUect ; ku kusania 
mahali pamoja, to astemble at oneplace. 

KUBAJfiWA, v.p. 



Kusaniana, v. rcc, to assemble (one with 

another), i.c, kua nafsiziio. 
Kusanjka, v. n., to be assembled, to meet to- 

getJter or gatJiered, to be capable of; kundi la 

watu linakusanika pahali pamoja » linaku- 

tana. 
Kusanikana — dirikana. 
Ku8h6to, ado., on the left (vid. kuko and kuume); 
mukono wa kushoto, tlic left hand. 

Kusntf lu, v. a. ; kushulu kanzu ; cfr. \j** , lcvi 

ct latiorc sutura consuit vestem. 
Kusi [pr kuzi), *. (la, pl. ma — ) (kfisi la maji), an 
eartJien pitclicr with a handle and a narrow 
neck for carrying water. TJic kusi is larger 
tJian thc guduia, is porous, and brougltl from 
Egypt gencrally. 
KusikA.ni (or kuzikani), afuneral. 
Kusimu (or kuzimu), under thc earth, in tJie grave 

(cfr. tuugulia). 
Kussa, v. a. (cfr. kuta) ; ku-m-kussa mashaka, to 

trouble onc, to vex (cfr. sononesha). 
Kussi, *. (ya) (=- pcpo ya shangani or suhcli), tJie 
soutJt or soutJi-east wind, bloicing from April or 
May till Octobcr. Kussi yaviima tangu Damani 
hatta kiiiibu ya Msimu or Mosimu. TJie soutJt- 
I east wind blowsfrom Damani (from the end of 
August, wJicn tfte soutJi wind bJows more gently, 
until near tJte Mosimu. Prov. kussi m'ja na 
mtama, kasktizi mja na sui (samaki), i.e., witJt 
thc south icind tJie boats carry corn to Arabia, 
but with tJie north wind tJtey carry fish (dry 
fisJt)from Arabia to tJtc iSuaJtili coast. Kussini, 
southerly, in tJte dircction of kussi = shangani 
and suheli. 
Kustubani, s. (ya), a thimble (tondo?). 
Kusubabba, «., coriander seed, used in curry- 
powder (cfr. gilgilan), name of an Indian spice 
(or kurubasa ?). 
KusCdi (or kasidi, or mAksudi or makusudi), *., 
intention, design, purpose; adv., intentionaUy, 
on purpose; kua kusudi ; cfr. jj^j , intendit» 
proposuit sibi ; vid. kasidi. 
Kusudia, v. a. (=- ku ukilia), to intend,purpose, 

determine. 
Kust^RU, v. a. (— ku punguza), to diminish, makc 

sJiort; y& , brcvis fuit, abbreviavit. 
Kuhubu kusuru, *. ; c.g., kazi ya kusuru kusuru, 
work badly done = kuzi ya kivifu vifu =» uvifu. 
KCt, *. (ya) (Arabic pro ngome), castle, fortress. 
Kuta, *. (la, pl. ma — ), waU; kuta zima, a large 

wall (cfr. kikuta) (sing. ukiita). 
Kuta, v.a.,(l)to see, tofind, tohappen, to befaU, 
to be in travail or to suffer pain in giving birth; 
kuku annkuta, alipo knta amebuaga or amctoa i, 
the fowl is in travail, and after travail she 
brought forth or cast down an egg - laid an 



KU 



( 182) 



KW 



egg; kuku amckuta mdi (cfr. t'a) ; hujui iku- 
m-kuta, you do not Jcnow trhat tcill happen to 
him; (2) kukuta mashaka, to be troulled («= ku 
6na udia or mashaka), to meet icith troubJc ; ku- 
m-kushia mashaka, to worry one; ku-ji-kusha 
maehaka, to trouble one'sscJf to toil; (3) ku 
kuta or ku songa mikuto ya nuelle. 
Kutia, r. obj. t to happen to him. 
Amekutiwa, v, p. ; amepatika ni mauti (cfr. 
mauti). 

Kuta, v. a. ; ku kuta watu — ku kusania watu, to 
asscmblc people, hut with thc acccssory notion; 
kua ku tafuta. 

Ku kutiwa, v. p., e.g., na mvua. 
Kutaka, v. rcc., to a88cmble, to mcct, convenc, to 

conic togcthcr. 
Kutania, v. a.; ku — niuzi, to bring togctltcr 

thc strings, to egualizc thc dimjizi (K.). 
Kutakia, v., to asscmblc in bchalf of one, or 

around onc who speaks, &c. 
Kutakika, i\, to bccome assembled ; watu wamo- 

kutanika kulisha sadaka. 
Kutanihiia, v. c, to cau8c to come together or to 

asscmble, to bring togct/icr (mcii or things). 
Makutanikio, s., tumuU. 

Kutakua, v. (there will bc) ; na kilio na ku uma 
meno, Luke xiii. 28. 

Kuta kuta, t\ a. (e.g., kukutakuta nguo fumbini\ 
to shake out the dust from a cloth; ku futa 
fumbi means to strip off or strike off the dust 
by smoothing the cloth with the hand (cfr. 
mkiito). 

Kutanda cha kitunuule, a spider' 8 wcb (Sp.). 

Kutaoki (or kudaoki) ? (R.). 

Kuti, s. Qa,pl. makfiti) (cfr. kikuti), (1) thc green 
or dry hrancli of a cocoa-trec; (2) thc plaitcd 
cocoa-nut leaves uscd for thatching thc native 
cottages (ku euka makiiti).' 

Kuto, 8. (la, pl. ma — ) (cfr. mkiito) ; kuto la 
nuclle, a ringlet (ofhair). 

Kutu, *. (ya, pl. za), rust; e.g., kutu ya juma, 
rust of iron; kutu ya muezi, rust of thc moon, 
i.e., spot, speck of tlic moon, which tlte Suahili 
think has bccn created by God for tlie purpose 
of lesscning tJte brightncss of tlie moonshine, 
which otherwisc would split a man's Iiead, as is 
tltc case witli cocoa-nuts, which tliey say arc split 
by tJie moon. 

Kutua, adv., the wliole day, from morning till 
sunsct; usiku kucha, the whole nigltt, till the 
dawning ofthe day; kutua, to be dark or black 
(R.)? 

Kutua, v. a. ; ku kutua baridi (by labour), ncnda 
nikakutue baridi ; ku kutuka; ku-ji-kutua rohoyo. 

Kutubu, «.; jahi na kfitubu, expressions refer- 



ring to tlie compass (R.), or to a pair of com- 
pa88C$ ; ku kutubu, to write ; vid. katibo, p. 132. 

Kutuka, v. n. (Kimrima, ku jekuka kua khoTu), to 
be struck with fear, to be frightened at thc 
sudden appearance of d thing, to be startled; 
mimi nimekutiika or jekuka, or nimcjituka 
nikiona nioka, / was offriglUed or shrank back 
at thc sight ofa serpent. 
Kutujua, v. obj. 

Kutukutu, 8.; kutukutu za mitu ( — mitu mjanga), 
a young forest or copse ofunderwood, bushes, 
budding wood. 

Kutusha, v. c. (Kim. jekiia), to affright suddenhf, 
to startle, to alarm suddenly. 

Kuu (or ku), great; e,g., niumba ku, a grtat 
house; ana maku, he i$ vain, lit., hehas grtatnem 
or pride ; mkuba, a chief a noble (mtu mkuba). 

Kuukeni, adv., on the female or mothcr's side; 
mtu huyu ni mkabala ( — mbari) kua like, kva 
upiinde wa iike (cfr. kumoja), wa kuukeni uami, 
this is a rclation of mine on the mothers side 
(vid. kiike). 

Kuukuki? (R.). 

Kuumeni, adv., on the male or father's side; 
mukono wa kuume or mukono wa kuruli, the 
riglU hand (vid. kuke) (jina la kuumlni —); 
kuumoni mua or kua sultani, at the right oftht 
king. 

Kuve (or kuwe in Kin.), afield-rat (?). 

Kuvult, adv.: mukono wa kn — , the right hasd 

(cfr. fuli). 
Kuwili, twice over, in two ways. 
Kuyu ? 

Kuzimu, lit., into cold, i.e., into the grave; tid. 

gisikafiri. 
Kwakza => ku anza, to begin : kwanza, firtt, at 

first, formcrly; ya kwanza, the first; ngoji 

kwanzu, wait a littlc or a bit. 

Ku akziliza, vid. anza, to begin. 
Kwisiia, v. a., vid. ku isha, to finish, to compUte. 
Kwiu, vid. kuiu, 8. ; cfr. uju. 



SPECIMEN OF MARINE SONGS. 
(Ad vocem " K6NOUE," p. 170.) 

1. Thc Captain singsfirst the following strain: 

Mama alipo-ni-via, jina aka-ni-ita Muakaje, 
Aka-ni-tia vikiiku vikalia ngueje nguejn 
Ni mzuri, sina bakhti, kuamba nali mui 
Ningalije ? kuna kijinu jaliapi? 

2. The Sailor8 respond : 

Jalia mgambo kua Muatime-h6ya 



LA 



(183) 



A Lover'8 Sosg. 

w 

Kuna kertasi ya sharan, tumishi mucgni ajiba, 
Ndakarapc salamu, mana mzuri haiba (haya) 
Umu-eI6ze afaharau, mapensiyangu mahaba 
Wala asidanni mingiuo, moyo asitio n'ikhuba 

(sumasi) 
Kuani? ndio matilaba (milla), ku penda kiniwi- 

sajo (ku wisa =- penda, kinipendajo). 

(B) 

JResp. ofthe Bride. 

Mimi nna wasia wa baba, mojo sitiliwi kijo, 
Moyoni sina msiba, furaha nengi, si haba, 
Wala usidanni mingine, moyo sitio riikhuba 
Koani? ndio matilaba ku penda kikuisajo. 

( The Captain sings A and the Sailors 0.) 



Killcfi mkata jorabo 
licndori sitangamaue 
Nakhuda mdaka jombo 
Si-m-jenge safiari. 



( Translaiion.) 

In thc KiUefi Bay a man is cutting wood for a 

vesscl. 
Jiarhour, do not middle with him. 
A captain U dcsiring a iwi, 
Do not huild him (hclp) a voyage. 



La, adv. (in Arabic), no, not; Kis. sivio; Arah. 
non, minime. 

LA, v. a. ; kii 15, to eat, to consumc, to spend ; ame- 
kula, he has eaten; yuwala, hc cuts noio, Jic is 
eating; atakula, hc shall or wiU cat ; simba amc- 
m-la gnombe, the lion has catcn thc cow; cfr. 

Arab. j£t , edit, consumsit (the first and 

$econd letter having fallen off in Kisualtili) ; 
ku la ufundo, to eat rotten meat ; kii-m-la utoto, 
to dcfileagirlff amekula fethayakwe, he has 
spent his tnoney; ulo kadiri udakavio, eat as 
mueh as you like. 

Lan a, v. rec. } to eat one anotlter. 

LiA, v. obj. and instrum.; kijiko cha ku Ha, a 
smaU spoonfor eating ; sahani ya ku lia wali, 
a plate in which to eat boiled rice ; mukono wa 
ku Ha, the hand with which one eats t i.c, tlie 
right hand (opp. to mukono wa ku shoto, tlte 
left hand), for the right hand is uscd to cat 
with; jumba cha ku lia, the eathtg-room, thc 
room to eat in ; arao-m-lia waliwfikwe, he ate 
(to him) his rice, i.e., he atc hisportion ofricc 
in his (the other's) abscna: 

Ldla, v., to be eatable, to bc eatcn; kitu hiki 
hakiliki, this cannot be eaten; kitu hiki 
cbalika, but kissu kinalika= kina kua kidogo. 

Liua, vid. lia. 

Ji-lia, v. ref. ; muana ame-ji-lia mali ya babai, 

the ehild has eaten up his father's property. 
Liah a, v. r. ; kuliana, to eat in turn ; vid. ki- 

k6a,«. 
Ljbha, v. c, tocause to eat, to give onefood(vid. 



posho), to cawte to grazc [e.g., a herd ofcows), 
to lcad to the pasturagc. 

Laabu, v. n.,to sport, to play with; Arah. c,-**} , 
salivavit ore, lusit. 

^ ^ ^ 

Laana (ya, pl. malaana), *. ( /^*5 , abcgit ct pro- 

ec- 
cul csro jussit, male dixit ; ^jjJ , maledictio), 

a cur8e. 
Laani, r. a., to curse, to damn. 

Laakisha, v. c, to hring a cursc upon somcbody. 

Lab£ka (or leb£ka, lkbek) (shortened into ebbo 

or bco), yes ; tlie humJble manner of answering 

whcn called hy thc master or somehody clse; Arab. 

tilnnl , paratus consisto ud gcrendum tibi morem, 

ccce adsum et obcdio. 

Lam labi, vid. ushairi. 

LaijCda (otlabGda), adv. (Arab.), perhaps ; labuda 
atakuja 16o, perhaps Jie tcill come to-day ; cfr. 

4} , 5 , haud cst evitandum. 

Ladu, s. (ya), a native confcction in thcform ofa 
baU, made ofsugar, honey, pcpper, andflour of 
scsamc (tangaisi) ; 1/ 1* bakcd vtry Iiard and is 
nseful on a long journcy hy sca or by land; cfr. 

jj , suavoot jucundum compcrit. 

Lafua, v. a. 

Jilafua, v. ref. ; asicktia na haya (vid. pujuka), 
to be shameles8 and to want all that one sees. 

Lafuka, v. n., never to be satisfied, always to be 
hungry (roho hakinai) ; mtu huyu yuwalafuka, 
ni nilaG, this is a ravenous feUow, a glutton. 

Lafukua (Kin. lafnka) (?). 



LA 



( i»4) 



IiA 



Lafutiii, s.; lafuthi ya mnncno ta, si maneno 
jcgni maana or ya kuelli, bi kuclli, ni lafuthi ya 

moneno tu (lafuthiyakwe), excuse, pretence (cfr. 

"" . . . f°~ 

k&5 , jecit, de se cjccit, protulit verba; hence feal ' 

vox, vocabulum), senselets or faUe tdUi. 

Laga, v. n., pro la aga ; e.g., jiia laga or la aga 
raiti, tJte sun takes leave of the trces in the even- 
ing when it stands saua saua (equal) or level 
witJt tJie top of the trecs, and conterptently it 
about to act (cfr. aga). 

Laiiamu, vid. leheniu, *. (ya), eohler ; cfr. ^) f 

firmavit, consolidavit argentum aurumvo auri- 
faber. 
Lahaula, «., blatphemy ; usi-tu-tio lahaulani = 
u8i-tu-kufuri8ho or usi-tu-tio kufuruni, e.g., kua 
ku-m-taja Muungu kua makossa (11.). 

Lahu, s., a sJicct of paper (R.) ; cfr. £ J , tabula 

lata, omoplata in quo scriptum cst, -£% . 

Laika, 8. (eing. ulaika) (la, pl. ma — ), the sliort 
Jiair growing all over tJie body exccpt tJte head. 
Laika la niiini or roalaika ya niuni. Dr. Stcere 
limits tJie Jtair only to tJie hand or arm. 

Laini (leini), adj. (Arab.), tJtin, fine, soft to tJie 
toucJt, not rougJiorcoarse (vid. kuahiza), delicate, 

smooth; cfr. ^ X A ((^). lonis ac mollis fuit 

rcs. 

Lainjka, v. «., to bc 8oft % tJtin, witJioui rougJi- 

ve*8 or coarscnes*. 
Lainijsha, v. c, to cause to be soft, to inake 
smootli. 
Laiti ! 0J1 that ! vould tJiat ! an cxcJamation of 
regrct, and a uinJi tJiat things Jtad becn otJtcr- 
wise ; iiatamani niaraka laiti kuamba za-ni- 
wasilia lco (ni ncno udakalo liwe) (cfr. falaula) 

- c- 

(vul. Luke xii. 49) ; cfr. v-^J , utinam ; laiti 

kuamba fulani alikua hapa, ncno hili ningali- 
fania, icould tJtat hc Jtad bcen Jtcre, Iwould not t 
Juive donc this matter. 
Lakkn ( =» cla or ila), conj., bnt, yct, ncvertJtckss 

(Ardb.) ; {^ , scd, attamon. 

Lakt, v. a., to go to mcet ; Saidi Thucn ali-wa-laki 
Wahabia, Said-TJtucn iccnt to mcct tJtc Waliabi 

(R.) ; cfr. ^jfiJ , obviam habuit, occurit alicui. 

Lakini, vid. lakcn, but, Jtowevcr. 

Lakki, a hundred tJtousand, a lac (Indian numbcr)) 

lakki kumi, a mUUon. 
Lakki, »., 8ealing-wax (Hindostani ?) (R.). 

Lakwe (or lake), Jtis, Jters, its (vid. suffixe8 inthe 
Grammar) ; lako, thy, vid. ako. 

Lala, 17. n., (1) to lie downfor slccp, to rccline, to 
bc in a lying posturc, to slccp; (2) == ku inama 
or ku wama, to aseumc a bending potture; e.g., 



niumba inalala nti = imeanguka nti, ike houte 

fellflat on the ground. 

Lalana, v. rec, to sleep, eat, &c, together, to be 
on intimate terms. 

Lalia, v. obj. ; e.g., ku-m-lalia or ketia raatanga, 
to sleep or sit on the tand wJien mourning. 

Laliana, v. rec. 

Lalika, v., to be abJe to be slept vpon, to afford 
convenience for slccping; kitanda hiki cha- 
lalika, hakina knngiini, thit bedstead enablet 
one to sleep (on it), becaute there are no bugt 
(in it) ; siku hizi hakulaliki niumbani tena kna 
harri, in these dayt one eould not sleep in the 
Jtouse for Jteat. 

Laza, r. c, (I) to cause or bring to sleep; mnroa 
yuwa-m-laza manawakwe, the mothcrputt hcr 
child to sleep; (2) to put into a horizontal 
position; ku laza laza maneno =3 ku tak&nia, 
tongelesa. 

Lazua (or lazoa), v. p.; alielazua horini, 
Luke ii. 16 ; he icae brought in a lying postwrt. 

Ku-ji-laza, v. ref, to lie down. 
Lalaika, v. n. (=» ku umia kua nda), to starve; 

kcsho nihipopata chakula, talalaika. 

Lalama, t?. n., to confe88, to cryfor mercy, to np- 
plicate, to entreat, to aek pardon promising *ot 
to commit the fault any inore ; muivi jruwaUlimi, 
apate pona nafsiyakwe ; alipoungama (confesud) 
muivi yuwaja ku katoa mukono, aebabu hi yvva- 
lalaraa, sitafania tenn, mnipige yamini ; »ika ya 
ku lalama miraji, tJte annualfast-day. 
LalamIa, v., to implorepardonfrom one; ku-m- 
lalamia wali, to implore the pardon of the 
governor ; mdeni ame-m-Ialamia muegni niali 
ku-m-pa rubu ; ana-ku-lalamia nini? whatkat 
Jw told tJiee confidentiaVy f (cfr. nngamia). 
Lalamisiia, v. c, to cause one to ask pardon; 
wali ame-m-lalamisha Abdalla, the govtrnor 
caused or ordered AbdaUa to ask pardon, he 
said to him " ulahime. " 
LALAMiwA, v.p.; muegni mali amelalamiwa. 
Lammi, *. (ya), glue or tar (cfr. berCu, *., and ike- 
hami) ; lammi ya ku paka jonibo, a kind oftfse 
or tar, to lay on a ship (cfr. lahamu). 
Lana, v. rcc (vid. la; kii la, to eat) t toheon very 
intimate terms, so that theygiveeachotherever$- 
tJting; they eat cach other, as it were; wate 
hawa walana. 
LAna, *. (propcrly laana, vid.) (la, pl. ma— ), curte; 
malana ya Mungu, tJie divine eurse, imprecation, 
maledictwn. 
Lanoo, s. (la, pl. ma- ), gate, city-gate (cfr. 

mlango). 
Lanou, my (vid. Grammar), pron. possess. fatt 

pcrs. sing., mine (la dass). 
Lani (properly laaki), v.a., tocurse, ezecraUont; 
vid. laana. 



LA 



( 185) 



Lanika (or laanika), v. n., to bt disgraced or 

cursed, imprecated. 
Lanisha (or laanisiia), i\ c, to bring curse upon 

one ; e.g., kua uganga. 
LanIwa (or laaniwa), v. p., to bc accursed. 

Lao, their; v'ul. Grammar. 

LApa (or rai'a), v. n. («- ku shiriki nda kali), to bc 
sharp set witJt hunger so that one may eat any- 
thing obtainable, to be ravenously hungry; mtu 
huyu yuwalapa kua nda. Ku lapa rolio = or 
robo ku-i-pa mbelle = ku fania or fuata killa 
kitu roho idakajo, to eat quickly and ravenously. 

Lasirmali, s.; amepata lasirmali ncngi, hc got 
much property. 

Latamia, v. a., to bring up, i.e., to have tJte over- 
sigJtt, care, e.g. t of a child; ptrhaps froin tlie 

Arabic *JJ , affixus fuit loco, effecit ut altcr 

alteri affixu? esset ac continuo adcssct (compare 

" «• «» 
also tJte Arabic *qj , fracnavit, instruxit 

fracno). 

lAtiuk? ( ^A f reprehensio, vituperium), blame, 

reproof. Kathi Ali said to Mr. lieb. tJtat Jie 
Aorfno lauraa (blame), ifthepeople did notfolloic 
him, as he had shown tJiem the rigJtt way. 

La#mu, v. a. (Arab. J$ , roprehendit, culpavit, 

corripuit aliqucm) (— ku shika ku-m-suiubulia), 
to go to law with one t to inform against one, to 
blame; e.g., ifa man has agreedwith a merchant 
to buy a certain article, to which Jte took afancy, 
but having no money about Jiim, he says to the 
merchant,"Donotsell thc matter, ifyou do, takuja- 
ku-laumu, i.e. t Ishall come and sumnwnyou." If 
the merchant sells it in the absence of tlie otJier, 
who is gone tofetch the money, tJte seller can be 
accused (ku laumiwa), and must produce tJie 
artide in guestion, or pay tJtc value of it. Mr. 
Er. takes laumu in the sense of " taxing or 
aceusing one falsely" (7). Laiimu hi ya-ni- 
patia-ni, nimctoa-ni? said a fidcjusBor to t/tc 
debtor (R.). Ku laumu, to do one's-self harm by 
doing wrong (to get maumifu) (R.). 
LaumIwa, v.p. 

Launi, s. (ya), UJcencss, kind, sort, form, spccics ; 
adv.f like; nadaka juo launi ya hiki, / tcant 
a book like this — gissi ya hiki, or kama hiki, or 
launiyakwo iwo kama hiki, or nishebaha wa hiki, 

or shebihi ya hiki ; Arab. ^ J , conditio rei 

qua ab alia distinguitur, color. 
Launilauni, adv. = mballimballi ? 
Latia, v. a. t tojUch, topilfer t tofinger (R.). 
Lawa, v. n.; kulawa, to comefrom(Mrima) (St.). 
Lawana, v. (cfr. laumu), to blame or scold (St.); 

probably, v. rec., to Uame each other f 
Lasa, 9. c, vid. lala. 



Lazima, *. (la, pl. ma — ), necessity, surety, bail, re- 
sponsibility ; jambo lililo pasha ; natukua lazinia, 

I bail; Arab. rf , assiduu8fuit,necessarium fuit 

alicui. 

L.'vzimu, v. n., to be obligatory ttpon, to be com- 
pelled; wewe ya-ku lazimu ku nenda, tJiou must 
go, to bail or answerfor; mimi nalazimu fctha 
ya Kisuse, I answer for the money of Kisuse, 
Iwillpayit; tuna-ku-lazimu wewe, we make 
tJice responsible ; ni lazimu juyako, tJtou art 
rcsponsible. 

Lazimia, v. obj. 

Lazimihha, v.c, (1) to compel; mdeni amo-ni- 
lazimisha fetha ya Kisuso, t/te lcnder madc me 
pay thc moncy of Kisusc ; (2) to make rcspon- 
sible; ntibi nnalazimishua mirai, kadiri lita- 
kalo kuja ; la heri araa la shari, tauzua mimi ni 
SaidMajid: •« vili kuaje ?" said RasJtid Ben- 
Salim of Takaungu to Mr. Beb.; (3) ku-ji- 
lazimisha nafsiyakwe ua or kua = ku-ji-funga 
nafsiyakwo na or kua, to devote or give onc's- 
sclf to. 
Lea, v. a. (dcriv. mlezi, tutor ; inalezi or ulezi, 

education), to bring up, to nursc (ku possa) ; ku- 

m-lca mana, to bring up a child ; ku lea nti, to 

secure tJte land ? ku leza, to educate (cfr. ku rera 

1» Kiniasna). 

LfiWA, v. j).; (1) muana amclewa vemn, thc chiltl 
is icell bred; (2) to bc drunk, tipsy, amclewa 
kua tembo. 
Lkbeka, r.id. labeka. 
Li5fia (or l^via or lewea), v. c, to mckc drunk 

to intoxicatc (vid. kileo, *.). 

Lewa ; ku lewa, to be drunk or tipsy. 

Le*viale"via, v. a., to make giddy. 

Ku-ji-l£fia (or liSvia), to make one's-self in- 
tozicated, to get drunk. 

Leg£a, v. n. (cfr. regea), to gct loose or lax, to 

yield, to faint, to become soft; muiliwangu umo- 

lcgea (or tepctea) kua homma ; iigue umclegca ; 

ku legea kuandaa, to flag from Jtunger ; maungo 

yana-ni-legea, to be seized witJt extreme lassitude, 

tofeel an cvtire prostrativn ofstrength. 

Lkuea legea, i7. redupl., to slacken very mucJi, 

be very loosc. 

Leoeza, r. a., to let loosc, to cause tobecomelax, 

to relax, to looscn ; c.g., legeza ugiie, usikazc, 

loosen tJte rope, do not stretcJi or strain it ; ku 

lcgeza md6mo. 

LfiGM, vid. miiogni. 

Le*hemu (or l£uamu), s., solder ; ku tia lehemu, to 

solder (oid. luhamu). 

Leuemiwa (or lihimIwa), p. 

L£hemu, v. a.; ku lchcmu jombo, to solder a 

vessel. 

Lekea, v. n. (vid elokca), to take into one's eye, 

to turn toward, to face t to have something before 



( 186) 



LI 



one, to be opposite to; cfr. ytf , obviara habuit, 

occurrit alicui. 

LekeAna, t». rec, to bc turned oppositc to cach 

other, toface cach other in sitting or standing; 

watu wamelekeana wao kua wao. 
Lekeanisha (lekanisha), v., to piacc peopie 

fronting orfacing one another. 
Lekeza, v. c. t to cause to have its direction to- 

wardj to cause toface ortobe turned against ; 

ku lekcza bundfiki, to lerel a musket at ; ku 

lokeza jombo bcndarini, to steer toward tJic 

harbovr ; ku lckeza janda, to show ; ku lekeza 

ndia, to show the road. 
LekezAna, v. r., (1) to level (e.g. t selakha) arms 

against one anotJier ; walipo-onana wamoleke- 

zana bunduki wao kua wao ; (2) to agree, to 

come to an agrcemcnt. 
Lele, s.; yu lcle, hc sleeps; amclele, he slept, scil., 
usingizi (amelele usingizi) (R.), amolele, yii mato, 
he laid himself down, but was watchful, kept 
awake. 
Leli, 8.; usiku lcli, midnight. 
L£ma (or dema), s. (la, ^>/. ma — ), a wicker-net, 
fishing-nct or trap or basket; lema la ku fulia 
samaki, wicker-work ofbranches ofthe cocoa-nut 
tree. 
Lemaa, *., disfigurement ; muegni lemaa, disfigured 

by discase (St.) ; cfr, <WJ , infortunium ? 

L£mba, v. a. (Kinika, cha duriiraa), to cheat, 

dcceivc. 
Lemba, s. (la), thc comb ofa cockf (Er.). 
Lembelkmbe, adj.,running over,fully acatmuJated 

or amassed (R.) ? 
Lembezi (la, pl. ma — ), hail (?) in Kiseg&a (vid. 

maji ya balli ?). 
Lem£a, v. n., tolean, rcposc vpon; inana amo-m- 
lemca mamai, to lie upon or above, to lic lieavy 
tq>on, to oppres8; kasha lalenn'a ju ya kasha 
lingine, a box lies upon or rathcr abovc anothcr. 
Lemkana, t'. r., to lie or lcan one vpon another ; 
fig., to press or Jiarass one another (as /S T . 
Majid and Barg. did). 
Lemeza, v. c, to causc a thing to licor lcan vpon 
avother thing, to pvt onc vpon anotlicr, tolieap 
vpon; amclcmcza makasha ju ya makasha, Ju> 
placed boxcs vpon boxe*. 
Lemkzana, t\, to press against, to placc cach 
otlter in svch aposition that both parties lean 
against each other, toforcc anything vpon an- 
other; ku lcmezana mzigo, to lay a load vjwn 
the head or back ofeach other. 
Ji-lemeza mzigo, to put upon onds-self a load 
(frcauentJy takenfrom another in addition to 
one8 own). 
Lenoa, v. a. t to take aim; ku lenga ehcbaha, to 



shoot at the mark ; ku lenga kua bunduki, jiwe* 
rOc. ; cfr. linga,